Volume 4 Circuit Protection

Electrical Sector Solutions
Volume 4 Circuit Protection

Volume 4:
Circuit
Protection
Eaton Corporation
Electrical Sector
1111 Superior Ave.
Cleveland, OH 44114
United States
877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)
Eaton.com
© 2010 Eaton Corporation

All other trademarks are property
of their respective owners.
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Publication No. CA08100005E / MSC
December 2010
www.comoso.com
Volume 4—Circuit Protection 4
Tab 1—Miniature Circuit Breakers and
Supplementary Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-1
Tab 2—Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-1
Tab 3—Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . V4-T3-1
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . V4-A1-1
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . V4-A2-1
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . V4-A3-1
www.comoso.com
Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not
be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available
upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without
notice. Photographs are representative of production units.
Terms and Conditions

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes
occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders
accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions
as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.
Technical and Descriptive Publications

This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further
information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated
brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton
Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.
Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission
for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of
these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions
of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that
are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these
codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered
sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.
Copyright ©2014 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.
www.comoso.com
Introduction
Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know what’s important to you.
Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
● Reliability—maintain the ● Efficiency—minimize ● Safety—identify and
appropriate level of power energy usage, operating mitigate electrical hazards
continuity without costs, equipment footprint to protect what you value
disruption or unexpected and environmental impact most
downtime
Using the Eaton Catalog Library

As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
● Volume 1—Residential ● Volume 7—Logic Control, ● Volume 12—Aftermarket,
and Light Commercial Operator Interface and Renewal Parts and Life
(CA08100002E) Connectivity Solutions Extension Solutions
● Volume 2—Commercial (CA08100008E) (CA08105001E)
Distribution (CA08100003E) ● Volume 8—Sensing ● Volume 13—Counters,
● Volume 3—Power Solutions (CA08100010E) Timers and Tachometers
Distribution and Control ● Volume 9—Original (CA08100015E)—Available
Assemblies (CA08100004E) Equipment Manufacturer in electronic format only
● Volume 4—Circuit (CA08100011E) ● Volume 14—Fuses
Protection (CA08100005E) ● Volume 10—Enclosed (CA08100016E)—Available
● Volume 5—Motor Control Control (CA08100012E) in electronic format only
and Protection ● Volume 11—Vehicle and ● Volume 15—Solar Inverters
(CA08100006E) Commercial Controls and Electrical Balance of
● Volume 6—Solid-State (CA08100013E) System (CA08100018E)
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)
These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
● The Consulting Application ● The Eaton Power Quality
Guide (CA08104001E) Product Guide (COR01FYA)
If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—June 2013 www.eaton.com i
www.comoso.com
Introduction
Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eaton’s products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide “exceptional environmental benefit.”
Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.
Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.
Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.
ii Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—June 2013 www.eaton.com
www.comoso.com
Miniature Circuit Breakers and
Supplementary Protectors
1.1 Industrial Circuit Breakers
Miniature Circuit Breakers and
Supplementary Protectors
QUICKLAG®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-2
1
QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-5 1
QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,
Types QPGF, QPHGF, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-8 1
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-11
Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14 1
Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,
Types QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-17 1
Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
1
Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1
Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,
Types QCGF, QCHGF, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-28
1
Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching
Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-31
1
Solenoid Operator—Remote-Controlled Latching for
Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-34 1
International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC. . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-37
Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-40 1
1.2 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 1
FAZ-NA Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-49
1
1.3 UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors
FAZ Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-67 1
1.4 UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-87
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-93 1
1
Learn
1
Online
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—August 2013 www.eaton.com V4-T1-1
www.comoso.com
1.1 Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors
Industrial Circuit Breakers
Contents
1 Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors
Description
1 Quick Reference
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 QUICKLAG
1 Quick Reference
1 Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers 1 Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out

Continuous Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes
1
Circuit Ampere Number Federal Vac Ratings Vdc Ratings 2
Breaker Circuit Breaker Rating of Spec. Page
Type Type Code at 40°C Poles Vac Vdc W-C-375b 120 120/240 240 24–48 62.5 80 Number
1 HQP P 10–70 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 10a, 11a, 12a — 10,000 — 5000 3 — V4-T1-6
HQP P 10–125 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 10a, 12a — 10,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-6
1 HQP P 10–100 2, 3 240 — 10b, 11b, 12b — — 10,000 — — — V4-T1-6
1
3
QPHW P 15–70 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 14a — 22,000 — 5000 — V4-T1-6
QPHW P 15–125 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 14a — 22,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-6
1 QPHW P 15–100 2, 3 240 — 14b — — 22,000 — — — V4-T1-6

3
QHPX P 15–70 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 — — 42,000 — 5000 — V4-T1-7
1 QHPX P 15–100 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 — — 42,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-7
1
QHPX P 15–100 3 240 — — — — 42,000 — — — V4-T1-7
3
QHPW P 15–30 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 15a — 65,000 — 5000 — V4-T1-7
1 QHPW P 15–30 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 15a — 65,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-7
QHPW P 15–20 3 240 — 15b — — 65,000 — — — V4-T1-7
1 QPGF P, GF 15–40 1 120 — 10a, 11a, 12a 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-9
QPGF P, GF 15–50 2 120/240 — 10a, 11a, 12a — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-9
1 Notes
1
1 QUICKLAG circuit breakers are suitable for application in relative humidity 0–95% noncondensing.
2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL® listed.
3 62.5 Vac interrupting rating is 3800 AIC 10–50A and 2500 AIC 55–100A continuous.
1 Circuit Breaker Type Codes: P Plug-In; B Bolt-On; C Cable-In/Cable-Out; GF Ground Fault, 5 mA; GFEP Ground Fault, 30 mA.
For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-31 to V4-T1-36.
1
1
V4-T1-2 Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—August 2013 www.eaton.com
www.comoso.com
Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors
1.1
Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers 1 Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out, continued
Continuous Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes
1
Circuit Ampere Number Federal
1
Vac Ratings Vdc Ratings 2
Breaker Circuit Breaker Rating of Spec. Page
Type Type Code at 40°C Poles Vac Vdc W-C-375b 120 120/240 240 24–48 62.5 80 Number
QPHGF P, GF 15–30 1 120 — 10a, 11a, 12a 22,000 — — — — — V4-T1-9 1
QPHGF P, GF 15–50 2 120/240 — 10a, 11a, 12a — 22,000 — — — — V4-T1-9
QPGFEP P, GFEP 15–40 1 120 — — 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-9 1
1
QPGFEP P, GFEP 15–50 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-9
QPHGFEP P, GFEP 15–30 1 120 — — 22,000 — — — — — V4-T1-9
BABRSP B 15–30 1 120 — — 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-12
1
BABRSP B 15–30 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-12
BRRP P 15–30 1 120 — — 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-32 1
BRRP P 15–30 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-32
CLRP P 15–30 1 120 — — 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-32 1
CLRP
BAB
P
B
15–30
10–70
2
1
120/240
120/240
—
24, 48, 62.5
—
10a, 11a, 12a
—
—
10,000
10,000
—
—
—
5000
—
3
—
—
V4-T1-32
V4-T1-12
1
BAB B 10–125 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 10a, 12a — 10,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-12 1
BAB B 10–100 2, 3 240 — 10b, 11b, 12b — — 10,000 — — — V4-T1-12
BABRP B 15–30 1 120 — — 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-32 1
BABRP B 15–30 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-32
QBAF B, AF 15–20 1, 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-15
1
QBCAF B, AF, GF 15–20 1, 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — —
3
— V4-T1-15
1
QBHW B 15–70 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 14a — 22,000 — 5000 — V4-T1-12
QBHW B 15–125 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 14a — 22,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-12 1
QBHW B 15–100 2, 3 240 — 14b — — 22,000 — — — V4-T1-12
HBAX B 15–70 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 — — 42,000 — 5000 3 — V4-T1-13 1
1
HBAX B 15–100 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 — — 42,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-13
HBAX B 15–100 3 240 — — — 42,000 — — — V4-T1-13
HBAW B 15–30 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 15a — 65,000 — 5000 3
— V4-T1-13
1
HBAW B 15–30 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 15a — 65,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-13
HBAW B 15–20 3 240 — 15b — — 65,000 — — — V4-T1-13 1
QBGF B, GF 15–40 1 120 — 10a, 11a, 12a 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-18
QBGF B, GF 15–50 2 120/240 — 10a, 11a, 12a — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-18 1
QBHGF
QBHGF
B, GF
B, GF
15–30
15–30
1
1
120
120/240
—
—
10a, 11a, 12a
10a, 11a, 12a
22,000
—
—
22,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
V4-T1-18
V4-T1-18
1
QBGFEP B, GFEP 15–40 1 120 — — 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-18 1
QBGFEP B, GFEP 15–50 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-18
QBHGFEP B, GFEP 15–30 1 120 — — 22,000 — — — — — V4-T1-18 1
QBHGFEP B, GFEP 15–30 2 120/240 — — 22,000 22,000 — — — — V4-T1-18
QC C 10–70 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 10a, 11a, 12a — 10,000 — 5000 3 — V4-T1-41
1
QC C 10–100 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 10a, 12a — 10,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-41
1
QC C 10–100 2, 3, 4 240 — 10b, 11b, 12b — — 10,000 — — — V4-T1-41
QCD C 10–60 1, 2 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 — 10,000 10,000 — 3000 3000 — V4-T1-23 1
QCD C 10–100 2, 3 240 24, 48, 62.5 — — 10,000 — 3000 3000 — V4-T1-23
QCF C 10–60 1, 2 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 — 10,000 10,000 — 3000 3000 — V4-T1-42 1
Notes
1
1
2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL listed.
Circuit Breaker Type Codes: P Plug-In; B Bolt-On; C Cable-In/Cable-Out; GF Ground Fault, 5 mA; GFEP Ground Fault, 30 mA.
For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-31 to V4-T1-36. 1
1
www.comoso.com
Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers 1 Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out, continued

1 Continuous Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes
Circuit Circuit Ampere Number Federal
1 Breaker
Type
Breaker
Type Code
Rating
at 40°C
of
Poles Vac Vdc
Spec.
W-C-375b
Vac Ratings
120 120/240 240
Vdc Ratings 2
24–48 62.5 80
Page
Number
1 QCF C 15–20 1, 2 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 — 22,000 — — 3000 3000 — V4-T1-27
QCF C 15–30 2, 3 240 24, 48, 62.5 — — 10,000 — 3000 3000 — V4-T1-27
1 QCR C 10–60 1, 2 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 — 10,000 10,000 — 3000 3000 — V4-T1-27
1 QCR
QCR
C
C
15–20
15–30
1, 2
2, 3
120/240
240
24, 48, 62.5
24, 48, 62.5
—
—
22,000
—
—
10,000
—
—
3000
3000
3000
3000
—
—
V4-T1-27
V4-T1-27
1 QCHW C 15–70 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 14a — 22,000 — 5000 3 — V4-T1-22
QCHW C 15–100 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 14a — 22,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-22
1 QCHW C 15–100 2, 3 240 — 14b — — 22,000 — — — V4-T1-22
QHCX C 15–70 1 120/240 24, 48, 62.5 — — 42,000 — 5000 3 — V4-T1-22
1 QHCX C 15–100 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 — — 42,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-22
1 QHCX
QHCW
C
C
15–100
15–30
3
1
240
120/240
—
24, 48, 62.5
—
15a
—
—
—
65,000
42,000
—
—
5000
—
3
—
—
V4-T1-22
V4-T1-22
1 QHCW C 15–30 2 120/240 24, 48, 80 15a — 65,000 — 5000 5000 5000 V4-T1-22
QHCW C 15–20 3 240 — 15b — — 65,000 — — — V4-T1-22
1 QCGF C, GF 15–40 1 120 — — 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-29
1
QCGF C, GF 15–50 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-29
QCHGF C, GF 15–30 1 120 — — 22,000 — — — — — V4-T1-29
1 QCHGF C, GF 15–30 2 120/240 — — — 22,000 — — — — V4-T1-29

QCGFEP C, GFEP 15–40 1 120 — — 10,000 — — — — — V4-T1-29
1 QCGFEP C, GFEP 15–50 2 120/240 — — — 10,000 — — — — V4-T1-29
QCHGFEP C, GFEP 15–30 1 120 — — 22,000 — — — — — V4-T1-29
1 QCHGFEP C, GFEP 15–30 2 120/240 — — — 22,000 — — — — V4-T1-29
1 Notes
1
2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL listed.
Circuit Breaker Type Codes: P Plug-In; B Bolt-On; C Cable-In/Cable-Out; GF Ground Fault, 5 mA; GFEP Ground Fault, 30 mA.
1 For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-31 to V4-T1-36.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Contents
QUICKLAG Type HQP Single-Pole
Description Page
1
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-2 1
QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-6
V4-T1-7
1
QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment
Protectors, Types QPGF, QPHGF, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP V4-T1-8
1
V4-T1-11
1
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . .
Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types
QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14
Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, 1
Types QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . V4-T1-17
Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, 1
QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1
Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment
Protectors, Types QCGF, QCHGF, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP V4-T1-28 1
Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-31 1
Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for
Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . . . V4-T1-34 1
International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC V4-T1-37
Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . . . V4-T1-40
1
1
QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW 1
Product Description
● All products 15–100A are
Standards and Certifications
● Built and listed to UL 489
1
●
HACR rated
Switching duty rated for
● All products UL and
CSA® listed
1
1
120 Vac fluorescent light
applications
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
1
1 QUICKLAG Type HQP QUICKLAG Type: HQP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Single-Pole
1 Continuous
Ampere Rating
Single-Pole
120/240 Vac
Two-Pole
120/240 Vac
Two-Pole
240 Vac
Three-Pole
240 Vac
1 at 40°C
10
Catalog Number
HQP1010
Catalog Number
HQP2010
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
HQP3010H 3
1 15
20
HQP1015 12
HQP1020 12
HQP2015
HQP2020
HQP2015H
HQP2020H
HQP3015H
HQP3020H
1 25
30
HQP1025
HQP1030
HQP2025
HQP2030
HQP2025H
HQP2030H
HQP3025H
HQP3030H
1 35
40
HQP1035
HQP1040
HQP2035
HQP2040
HQP2035H
HQP2040H
HQP3035H
HQP3040H
1
45 HQP1045 HQP2045 HQP2045H HQP3045H
50 HQP1050 HQP2050 HQP2050H HQP3050H
1
55 HQP1055 HQP2055 HQP2055H HQP3055H
60 HQP1060 HQP2060 HQP2060H HQP3060H
70 HQP1070 HQP2070 HQP2070H HQP3070H
1 80 — HQP2080 HQP2080H HQP3080H
90 — HQP2090 HQP2090H HQP3090H
1 100 HQP1100 HQP2100 HQP2100H HQP3100H
110 — HQP2110 — —
1 125 — HQP2125 — —
150 — HQP2150 — —
1
1 QUICKLAG Type: HQP Non-Automatic Switches
Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
1 Continuous
Ampere Rating 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
at 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
1 50 HQP1050N — HQP2050N HQP3050N
60 HQP1060N — HQP2060N HQP3060N
1 100 HQP1100N — HQP2100N HQP3100N
1
QUICKLAG Type: QPHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1 Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Continuous
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
1 Ampere Rating
1 QPHW1015 1
15 QPHW2015 QPHW2015H QPHW3015H
20 QPHW1020 1 QPHW2020 QPHW2020H QPHW3020H
1
25 QPHW1025 QPHW2025 QPHW2025H QPHW3025H
1
1 50 QPHW1050 QPHW2050 QPHW2050H QPHW3050H
1 60 QPHW1060 QPHW2060 QPHW2060H QPHW3060H
1 80 — QPHW2080 QPHW2080H QPHW3080H
90 — QPHW2090 QPHW2090H QPHW3090H
1 100 — QPHW2100 QPHW2100H QPHW3100H
110 — QPHW2110 — —
1 125 — QPHW2125 — —
1
Notes
1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications.
2 For special low-magnetic breaker, order HQP1015L1 or HQP1020L1.
1 3 Not UL listed.
www.comoso.com
1.1
QUICKLAG Type: QHPX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
1
1
15 QHPX1015 1 QHPX2015 — QHPX3015H
20 QHPX1020 1 QHPX2020 — QHPX3020H
25
30
QHPX1025
QHPX1030
QHPX2025
QHPX2030
—
—
QHPX3025H
QHPX3030H
1
35
40
QHPX1035
QHPX1040
QHPX2035
QHPX2040
—
—
QHPX3035H
QHPX3040H
1
1
45 QHPX1045 QHPX2045 — QHPX3045H
1
80 — QHPX2080 — QHPX3080H 1
90 — QHPX2090 — QHPX3090H
100 — QHPX2100 — QHPX3100H 1
1
QUICKLAG Type: QHPW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole 1
Continuous
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
Ampere Rating
at 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
15
20
QHPW1015 1
QHPW1020 1
QHPW2015
QHPW2020
—
—
QHPW3015H
QHPW3020H
1
25 QHPW1025 QHPW2025 — — 1
30 QHPW1030 QHPW2030 — —
1
Dimensions 1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Shipping Data
Number Carton Approximate 1
of Poles Quantity Weight Lbs (kg) Dimensions
1 24 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 1
2 12 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
3 8 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Contents
1 QUICKLAG Type QPGF Single-Pole
Ground Fault Circuit Breaker
Description Page
1 Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-2
QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW V4-T1-5
1 QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment
Protectors, Types QPGF, QPHGF, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP
1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-9
V4-T1-10
V4-T1-10
1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . V4-T1-11
1 QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14
1 Types QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . . . . V4-T1-17
Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,
1 QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-20
1 QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-24
Protectors, Types QCGF, QCHGF, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP V4-T1-28

1 Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching
Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . V4-T1-31
1 Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for
Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . V4-T1-34
1 International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC
Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .
V4-T1-37
V4-T1-40
1
1 QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,
Types QPGF, QPHGF, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP
1 Product Description Standards and Certifications
1 QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit
Breakers, Class A GFCI QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit
1 ● 5 mA trip sensitivity Breakers, Class A GFCI
● Built and tested to UL 943
1 QUICKLAG Ground Fault
Equipment Protectors QUICKLAG Ground Fault
1 ● 30 mA trip sensitivity Equipment Protectors
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Product Selection
1
QUICKLAG Type QPGF Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: 1
Single-Pole QPGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Single-Pole Two-Pole 1
Continuous
120 Vac 120/240 Vac
Ampere Rating
at 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
15
20
QPGF1015
QPGF1020
QPGF2015
QPGF2020
1
25 QPGF1025 QPGF2025 1
30 QPGF1030 QPGF2030
40 QPGF1040 QPGF2040 1
50 — QPGF2050
1
QUICKLAG Type: QPHGF 22,000A Interrupting Capacity 1
Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Continuous
120 Vac 120/240 Vac
Ampere Rating
15
20
QPHGF1015
QPHGF1020
QPHGF2015
QPHGF2020
1
25 QPHGF1025 QPHGF2025 1
30 QPHGF1030 QPHGF2030
1
Ground Fault Equipment Breakers—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: 1
QPGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Continuous
Ampere Rating 120 Vac 120/240 Vac
15 QPGFEP1015 QPGFEP2015
20 QPGFEP1020 QPGFEP2020 1
25
30
QPGFEP1025
QPGFEP1030
QPGFEP2025
QPGFEP2030
1
40 QPGFEP1040 QPGFEP2040 1
50 — QPGFEP2050
1
QUICKLAG Type: QPHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity 1
Continuous
15 QPHGFEP1015 QPHGFEP2015
20 QPHGFEP1020 QPHGFEP2020 1
25
30
QPHGFEP1025
QPHGFEP1030
QPHGFEP2025
QPHGFEP2030
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—5 mA Sensitivity

1 QUICKLAG Type: QPGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or
Auxiliary Switch (W2)
1 Continuous
Single-Pole Two-Pole
120 Vac 120/240 Vac
1
Ampere Rating
at 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number
15 QPGF1015W1 QPGF2015W1
1 20 QPGF1020W1 QPGF2020W1
1
1 40
50
—
—
QPGF2040W1
QPGF2050W1
1 15
20
QPGF1015W2
QPGF1020W2
—
—
1 25
30
QPGF1025W2
QPGF1030W2
—
—
1
Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—30 mA Sensitivity
1 QUICKLAG Type: QPGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or
1 Continuous
1 at 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number
15 QPGFEP1015W1 QPGFEP2015W1
1 20 QPGFEP1020W1 QPGFEP2020W1
25 QPGFEP1025W1 QPGFEP2025W1
1 30 QPGFEP1030W1 QPGFEP2030W1
40 QPGFEP2040W1
1
—
50 — QPGFEP2050W1
1 15
20
QPGFEP1015W2
QPGFEP1020W2
—
—
1 25
30
QPGFEP1025W2
QPGFEP1030W2
—
—
1
1 Wiring Diagram
Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic
1
Blue
1
Blue Wire
Ground NC
Fault Black Wire
1
Breaker NO
Red
Red Wire
1 Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac.
Bell Alarm (W1)—contacts change state when breaker trips.
Auxiliary Switch (W2)—contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed.
1 14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided.
1 Dimensions
1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Shipping Data
1 Number Carton Approximate
1 1 24 11.00 (5.0) 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)
1 2 5 5.00 (2.3) 15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)
Note
1 Shipped individually or in carton quantities.
www.comoso.com
1.1
Contents
QUICKLAG Type BAB Single-Pole
Description Page
1
1
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-12
1
V4-T1-13
1
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14
QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1
1
1
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW 1
Product Description
1
●
HACR rated
Switching duty rated
CSA listed
1
1
for 120 Vac fluorescent
light applications
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
1
1 QUICKLAG Type BAB QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Single-Pole
1 Continuous
Ampere Rating
Single-Pole
120/240 Vac
Two-Pole
120/240 Vac
Two-Pole
240 Vac
Three-Pole
240 Vac
1 at 40°C
10
Catalog Number
BAB1010
Catalog Number
BAB2010
Catalog Number
BAB2010H 3
Catalog Number
BAB3010H 3
1 15
20
BAB1015 12
BAB1020 12
BAB2015
BAB2020
BAB2015H
BAB2020H
BAB3015H
BAB3020H
1 25
30
BAB1025
BAB1030
BAB2025
BAB2030
BAB2025H
BAB2030H
BAB3025H
BAB3030H
1 35
40
BAB1035
BAB1040
BAB2035
BAB2040
BAB2035H
BAB2040H
BAB3035H
BAB3040H
1
45 BAB1045 BAB2045 BAB2045H BAB3045H
50 BAB1050 BAB2050 BAB2050H BAB3050H
1
55 BAB1055 BAB2055 BAB2055H BAB3055H
60 BAB1060 BAB2060 BAB2060H BAB3060H
70 BAB1070 BAB2070 BAB2070H BAB3070H
1 80 — BAB2080 BAB2080H BAB3080H
90 — BAB2090 BAB2090H BAB3090H
1 100 BAB1100 BAB2100 BAB2100H BAB3100H
110 — BAB2110 — —
1 125 — BAB2125 — —
1
QUICKLAG Type: BA Non-Automatic Switches
1 Continuous
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
1 Ampere Rating
1
50 BAB1050N — BAB2050N BAB3050N
60 BAB1060N — BAB2060N BAB3060N
100 BAB1100N — BAB2100N BAB3100N
1
1 QUICKLAG Type: QBHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1
Continuous
1 15 QBHW1015 1 QBHW2015 QBHW2015H QBHW3015H
1
20 QBHW1020 1 QBHW2020 QBHW2020H QBHW3020H
25 QBHW1025 QBHW2025 QBHW2025H QBHW3025H
1
1
1 55 QBHW1055 QBHW2055 QBHW2055H QBHW3055H
1 70 QBHW1070 QBHW2070 QBHW2070H QBHW3070H
80 — QBHW2080 QBHW2080H QBHW3080H
1 90 — QBHW2090 QBHW2090H QBHW3090H
100 — QBHW2100 QBHW2100H QBHW3100H
1 110 — QBHW2110 — —
125 — QBHW2125 — —
1 Notes
1 2 For special low-magnetic breaker, order BAB1015L1 or BAB1020L1.

3 Not UL listed.
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
QUICKLAG Type: HBAX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
1
15 HBAX1015 1 HBAX2015 — HBAX3015H
1
20 HBAX1020 1 HBAX2020 — HBAX3020H
25 HBAX1025 HBAX2025 — HBAX3025H 1
30 HBAX1030 HBAX2030 — HBAX3030H
35 HBAX1035 HBAX2035 — HBAX3035H 1
40
45
HBAX1040
HBAX1045
HBAX2040
HBAX2045
—
—
HBAX3040H
HBAX3045H
1
50 HBAX1050 HBAX2050 — HBAX3050H 1
60 HBAX1060 HBAX2060 — HBAX3060H 1
80 — HBAX2080 — HBAX3080H 1
80
90
—
—
HBAX2080
HBAX2090
—
—
HBAX3080H
HBAX3090H
1
100 — HBAX2100 — HBAX3100H 1
1
QUICKLAG Type: HBAW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Continuous
15 HBAW1015 1 HBAW2015 — HBAW3015H
20 HBAW1020 1 HBAW2020 — HBAW3020H 1
25
30
HBAW1025
HBAW1030
HBAW2025
HBAW2030
—
—
—
—
1
1
Dimensions 1
1
Shipping Data
Number
of Poles
Carton
Quantity
Approximate
Weight Lbs (kg) Dimensions
1
1 24 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 1
2 12 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
3 8 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Contents
1 Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter QUICKLAG Types QBAF, QBCAF
Description Page
1 Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-11
QBAF, QBCAF
1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-15
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-16
1 Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,
Types QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . . . . V4-T1-17
1 Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,
QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
1 Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1 Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment
1 Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . V4-T1-31
1 Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . V4-T1-34
1 Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . . V4-T1-40
1
1 Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF, QBCAF
1 Product Description
● All products HACR rated
Features, Benefits and
Functions
1 10 and 22 kAIC rating at
● ● UL File E7819 for QBAF
120V and 120/240V
1 Single-pole AFCI
●
● HID ratings for HID (High

1 ●
Intensity Discharge) lighting
All models are HACR rated
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Product Selection
1
QBCAF and QBAF Type AFCIs
Effective immediately, Eaton magnetic protection of Pow-R-Line 3a and Pow-R- 1
AFCIs are available for use in branch circuits. This product Line 4a panelboards. For
Sumter panels with a 22 kAIC will have the same form, fit series rated combinations, 1
rating. This higher rated and function of the current continue to use the less
breaker will allow us to
win jobs where AFCIs are
bolt-on AFCI (QBCAF and
QBAF Type). Product scope is
expensive 10 kAIC QBCAF
and QBAF offerings.
1
specified at higher than
10 kAIC. This breaker
below. These breakers are in
Bid Manager™ for Pow-R- Breakers can also be ordered 1
provides standard thermal- Line 1a, Pow-R-Line 1a-LX, from Vista.
1
QBHCAF 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wide Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter 1
Poles
kAIC
Rating
Ampere
Rating Configuration Catalog Number
1
Type QBCAF Combination AFCI
1
Single-pole 10 kAIC 15 Combination AFCI QBCAF1015
20 Combination AFCI QBCAF1020 1
22 kAIC 15 Combination AFCI QBHCAF1015
20 Combination AFCI QBHCAF1020 1
Type QBAF Branch Feeder AFCI
1
Single-pole 10 kAIC 15 Branch Feeder AFCI QBAF1015
20 Branch Feeder AFCI QBAF1020 1
22 kAIC 15 Branch Feeder AFCI QBHAF1015
20 Branch Feeder AFCI QBHAF1020 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Wiring Diagrams
1
1 Single-Pole 120V Load Application
Sourced by 120/240 Vac
1 120/240 Vac
Source
1 N A B
Line B
1
1 Single-Pole
Neutral
1 Neutral
120V
Duplex
Receptacle
1 Equipment Ground
1
1 Single-Pole Shared Neutral with
Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application
1
120/240 Vac
1 Source
N A B
1 Line B
1 Two-Pole
1 Neutral Two 120V

Duplex
Neutral Receptacles
1
1 Line A
1 Equipment Ground
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Contents
QUICKLAG Type QBGF Single-Pole
Description Page
1
QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW V4-T1-5 1
Protectors, Types QPGF, QPHGF, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP
V4-T1-8
V4-T1-11
1
QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14 1
Types QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP 1
Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-19 1
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-19
QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1
1
1
Types QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP
Product Description Standards and Certifications
1
QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit
1
Breakers, Class A GFCI QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit
● 5 mA trip sensitivity Breakers, Class A GFCI 1
QUICKLAG Ground Fault
Equipment
1
Protectors
● 30 mA trip sensitivity
Equipment Protectors
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
1
1 QUICKLAG Type QBGF Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type:
Single-Pole QBGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1 Single-Pole Two-Pole
Continuous
120 Vac 120/240 Vac
1 Ampere Rating
1 15
20
QBGF1015
QBGF1020
QBGF2015
QBGF2020
1 25 QBGF1025 QBGF2025
30 QBGF1030 QBGF2030
1 40 QBGF1040 QBGF2040
1
50 — QBGF2050
1 QUICKLAG Type: QBHGF 22,000A Interrupting Capacity

Continuous
120 Vac 120/240 Vac
1 Ampere Rating
1 15
20
QBHGF1015
QBHGF1020
QBHGF2015
QBHGF2020
1 25 QBHGF1025 QBHGF2025
30 QBHGF1030 QBHGF2030
1
1 Ground Fault Equipment Breakers—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type:
QBGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1 Continuous
15 QBGFEP1015 QBGFEP2015
1 20 QBGFEP1020 QBGFEP2020
1 25
30
QBGFEP1025
QBGFEP1030
QBGFEP2025
QBGFEP2030
1 40 QBGFEP1040 QBGFEP2040
50 — QBGFEP2050
1
1 QUICKLAG Type: QBHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity
1 Continuous
15 QBHGFEP1015 QBHGFEP2015
1 20 QBHGFEP1020 QBHGFEP2020
1 25
30
QBHGFEP1025
QBHGFEP1030
QBHGFEP2025
QBHGFEP2030
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type:
QBGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2) 1
Continuous
Ampere Rating 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 1
15 QBGF1015W1 QBGF2015W1
1
20
25
QBGF1020W1
QBGF1025W1
QBGF2020W1
QBGF2025W1
1
30
40
QBGF1030W1
—
QBGF2030W1
QBGF2040W1
1
50
15
—
QBGF1015W2
QBGF2050W1
—
1
20 QBGF1020W2 — 1
25 QBGF1025W2 —
30 QBGF1030W2 — 1
1
Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type:
QBGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)
1
Continuous
Ampere Rating 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 1
15 QBGFEP1015W1 QBGFEP2015W1 1
20 QBGFEP1020W1 QBGFEP2020W1
25 QBGFEP1025W1 QBGFEP2025W1 1
30 QBGFEP1030W1 QBGFEP2030W1
40 — QBGFEP2040W1 1
50 — QBGFEP2050W1
15 QBGFEP1015W2 — 1
20 QBGFEP1020W2 —
25 QBGFEP1025W2 — 1
—
1
30 QBGFEP1030W2
Wiring Diagram 1
Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic 1
Ground
Blue
NC
Blue Wire 1
Fault Black Wire
Breaker
Red NO
Red Wire
1
Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac. 1
Auxiliary Switch (W2)—contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed.
14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided.
1
1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1
Shipping Data 1
Number of Poles Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) Dimensions
1 11.00 (5.0) 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0) 1
2 5.00 (2.3) 15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)
1
Note
Shipped individually or in carton quantities. 1
1
www.comoso.com
Contents
1 QUICKLAG Type QC Single-Pole
Description Page
V4-T1-11
QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14

QHCX, QHCW
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-23
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1
1 Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW
1 ●
HACR rated
Switching duty rated for
CSA listed
1
120 Vac fluorescent light
applications only
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Product Selection
1
QUICKLAG QUICKLAG Type: QC 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 1
Type QC Single-Pole
Continuous
Ampere Rating
Single-Pole
120/240 Vac
Two-Pole
120/240 Vac
Two-Pole
240 Vac
Three-Pole
240 Vac
Four-Pole
240 Vac
1
1
at 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
5 QC1005 1 QC2005 1 — — —
10 QC1010 QC2010 QC2010H 1 QC3010H 1 — 1
15 QC1015 2 QC2015 QC2015H QC3015H QC4015H
20 QC1020 2 QC2020 QC2020H QC3020H QC4020H 1
25 QC1025 QC2025 QC2025H QC3025H QC4025H
30 QC1030 QC2030 QC2030H QC3030H QC4030H
1
35 QC1035 QC2035 QC2035H QC3035H QC4035H
1
40 QC1040 QC2040 QC2040H QC3040H QC4040H
45 QC1045 QC2045 QC2045H QC3045H QC4045H 1
50 QC1050 QC2050 QC2050H QC3050H QC4050H
55 QC1055 QC2055 QC2055H QC3055H QC4055H 1
1
60 QC1060 QC2060 QC2060H QC3060H QC4060H
70 QC1070 QC2070 QC2070H QC3070H QC4070H
70 — QC2080 QC2080H QC3080H QC4080H
1
90 — QC2090 QC2090H QC3090H QC4090H
100 QC1100 QC2100 QC2100H QC3100H QC4100H 1
1
QUICKLAG Type: QC Non-Automatic Switches
Continuous
Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 1
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
1
Ampere Rating
1
50 QC1050N — QC2050N QC3050N —
60 QC1060N — QC2060N QC3060N —
100 QC1100N — QC2100N QC3100N —
1
Notes
1 Not UL listed.
2 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only.
1
For special low-magnetic breaker, order QC1015L1 or QC1020L1.Non-automatic switches, see Page V4-T1-42. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
QUICKLAG Type: QCHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers

1 Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Continuous
1 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
1 15 QCHW1015 1 QCHW2015 QCHW2015H QCHW3015H QCHW4015H

20 QCHW1020 1 QCHW2020 QCHW2020H QCHW3020H QCHW4020H
1 25 QCHW1025 QCHW2025 QCHW2025H QCHW3025H QCHW4025H
30 QCHW1030 QCHW2030 QCHW2030H QCHW3030H QCHW4030H
1 40
45
QCHW1040
QCHW1045
QCHW2040
QCHW2045
QCHW2040H
QCHW2045H
QCHW3040H
QCHW3045H
QCHW4040H
QCHW4045H

1 70 — QCHW2080 QCHW2080H QCHW3080H QCHW4080H
1 90 — QCHW2090 QCHW2090H QCHW3090H QCHW4090H

100 — QCHW2100 QCHW2100H QCHW3100H QCHW4100H
1
1 QUICKLAG Type: QHCX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
1
Continuous
Ampere Rating 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
1 15 QHCX1015 1 QHCX2015 — QHCX3015H —
20 QHCX1020 1 QHCX2020 — QHCX3020H —
1 25 QHCX1025 QHCX2025 — QHCX3025H —
1 30
35
QHCX1030
QHCX1035
QHCX2030
QHCX2035
—
—
QHCX3030H
QHCX3035H
—
—
1 40 QHCX1040 QHCX2040 — QHCX3040H —

45 QHCX1045 QHCX2045 — QHCX3045H —
1 50 QHCX1050 QHCX2050 — QHCX3050H —
1
55 QHCX1055 QHCX2055 — QHCX3055H —
60 QHCX1060 QHCX2060 — QHCX3060H —
1 70 QHCX1070 QHCX2070 — QHCX3070H —

70 — QHCX2080 — QHCX3080H —
1 90 — QHCX2090 — QHCX3090H —
100 — QHCX2100 — QHCX3100H —
1
1 QUICKLAG Type: QHCW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1
Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Continuous
Ampere Rating 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac
1 15 QHCW1015 1 QHCW2015 — QHCW3015H —
1 20 QHCW1020 1 QHCW2020 — QHCW3020H —

25 QHCW1025 QHCW2025 — — —
1 30 QHCW1030 QHCW2030 — — —
1
Notes
1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only.
1
Non-automatic switches, see Page V4-T1-42.
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
QUICKLAG Type QCD Miniature Circuit Breakers
QCD breakers are used ● Flexible power feed 1
primarily in HVAC and connection:
industrial applications. wire size, position 1
● Single-, two- and ● Same breaker size for
three-pole options entire rating range 1
● Modular construction ● Field mountable
● DIN mounted accessories: 1
(symmetrical rail 35 x finger shroud proof, quick
7.5 DIN/EN 50 022) connect terminals 1
● QCD same profile as ● Other accessories:
Type QCR jumper unit 1
1
QUICKLAG Type QCD QUICKLAG Type QCD 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Miniature Circuit
Breaker Continuous
10 QCD1010 QCD2010 — —
15 QCD1015 QCD2015 QCD2015H QCD3015H 1
20
25
QCD1020
QCD1025
QCD2020
QCD2025
QCD2020H
QCD2025H
QCD3020H
QCD3025H
1
30 QCD1030 QCD2030 QCD2030H QCD3030H 1
35 QCD1035 QCD2035 QCD2035H QCD3035H
40 QCD1040 QCD2040 QCD2040H QCD3040H 1
45 QCD1045 QCD2045 QCD2045H QCD3045H
50 QCD1050 QCD2050 QCD2050H QCD3050H
1
55 QCD1055 QCD2055 QCD2055H QCD3055H
1
60 QCD1060 QCD2060 QCD2060H QCD3060H
70 — QCD2070 QCD2070H QCD3070H 1
80 — QCD2080 QCD2080H QCD3080H
90 — QCD2090 QCD2090H QCD3090H 1
1
100 — QCD2090 QCD2090H QCD3100H
— QCD2100 QCD2100H —
1
QUICKLAG Type QCD Non-Automatic Switches
1
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
1
60 — — QCD2060NA — 1
100 — — — —
1
Dimensions 1
1
Shipping Data
Number Carton Approximate 1
1 24 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 1
2
3
12
8
9.00 (4.1)
9.00 (4.1)
12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Contents
1 Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF, QCRH, QCFH
Description Page
V4-T1-11
QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14

QCR (Rear-Mounted Breakers)
QCF (Front-Mounted Breakers)
Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,
QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
QCRH, QCFH
QCR and QCF Options and Accessories . . . . . . .
V4-T1-25
V4-T1-27
1
1 Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF, QCRH, QCFH
Eaton Type QCR circuit
Application Description
QCR and QCF circuit breakers
Features, Benefits
and Functions
1 breakers have as a standard are only 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) wide
● ● UL File No. E7819
feature provisions for 35 mm wide per pole and are per pole ● CSA File No. LR48907
DIN rail rear mounting with excellent for general purpose
1 Cable-in/cable-out
●
a spring-loaded release. industrial applications where

● Type QCR and QCF circuit
● Black cases with black breakers are UL listed
Optional clips for individual space savings is required.
1 mounting are available as a
●
handles
Three position handle:
circuit breakers that are
suitable for use as branch
separate accessory.
ON, Tripped (center), OFF circuit protectors
1 Type QCF have two threaded ● Thermal-magnetic ● All ratings 15–60A are
steel inserts to facilitate front protection HACR rated
1 mounting with #6–32 steel
screws. The clamp type
1 terminals are accessible from
the rear of the breaker so that
1 cables can be accessed
without removal of the
breaker from the front cover.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Product Selection
1
Cable-In/Cable-Out, QCR Breaker Catalog Numbers 1234 1
1/2-Inch Wide
Continuous
Ampere Rating
Single-Pole
120/240 Vac
Two-Pole
120/240 Vac
Two-Pole
240 Vac 5
Three-Pole
1
1
QCR Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings
10 QCR1010 QCR2010 — — 1
QCR1010T QCR2010T — —
— QCR2010P — — 1
15 QCR1015 6 QCR2015 QCR2015H QCR3015H
QCR1015T 6 QCR2015T QCR2015HT QCR3015HT
1
— QCR2015P — —
1
20 QCR1020 6 QCR2020 QCR2020H QCR3020H
QCR1020T 6 QCR2020T QCR2020HT QCR3020HT 1
— QCR2020P — —
25 QCR1025 QCR2025 QCR2025H QCR3025H 1
1
QCR1025T QCR2025T QCR2025HT QCR3025HT
— QCR2025P — —
30 QCR1030 QCR2030 QCR2030H QCR3030H
1
QCR1030T QCR2030T QCR2030HT QCR3030HT
— QCR2030P — — 1
35 QCR1035 QCR2035 — —
— QCR2035P — — 1
40 QCR1040
—
QCR2040
QCR2040P
—
—
—
—
1
45 QCR1045 QCR2045 — — 1
— QCR2045P — —
50 QCR1050 QCR2050 — — 1
— QCR2050P — —
55 QCR1055 QCR2055 — —
1
— QCR2055P — —
1
60 7 QCR1060 QCR2060 — —
— QCR2060P — — 1
QCR Breaker 22 kAIC Interrupting Ratings
15 QCRH1015 6 QCRH2015 — — 1
1
QCRH1015T 6 QCRH2015T — —
20 QCRH1020 6 QCRH2020 — —
QCRH1020T 6 QCRH2020T — —
1
Notes
1 Standard breaker terminals are box type lugs.
2 Breakers with T Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for line and load side ring terminal connection
1
(#10–32 plus/minus terminal screw provided).
3 Breakers with P Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for terminating two 10 AWG Quick-Connect Type Terminals per
1
phase on breaker load side.
4 Breakers with Shunt Trip (extra pole required on breaker right-hand side) are available on single-, two- and three-pole. 1
Contact the Customer Support Center at 1-800-356-1243.
5 Breakers with H Catalog Suffix have 240 Vac construction.
6 All 15 and 20A single-pole breakers are SWD (Switching Duty) rated for fluorescent lighting applications. 1
7 60/75°C Cu/Al wire on all ratings except 60A, which requires Cu only conductor.
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
QCF Breaker Catalog Numbers 123

1 Cable-In/Cable-Out,
1/2-Inch Wide Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Continuous
1 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac 4
Catalog Number Catalog Number
1 QCF Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings

10 QCF1010 QCF2010 — —
1 QCF1010T QCF2010T — —
15 QCF1015 5 QCF2015 QCF2015H QCF3015H
1 QCF1015T 5 QCF2015T QCF2015HT QCF3015HT
1 20 QCF1020 5
QCF1020T 5
QCF2020
QCF2020T
QCF2020H
QCF2020HT
QCF3020H
QCF3020HT
1 25 QCF1025 QCF2025 QCF2025H QCF3025H

QCF1025T QCF2025T QCF2025HT QCF3025HT
1 30 QCF1030 QCF2030 QCF2030H QCF3030H
QCF1030T QCF2030T QCF2030HT QCF3030HT
1 35 QCF1035 QCF2035 — —
1 40 QCF1040 QCF2040 — —
45 QCF1045 QCF2045 — —
1 50 QCF1050 QCF2050 — —
55 QCF1055 QCF2055 — —
1 60 6 QCF1060 QCF2060 — —
1
QCF Breaker 22 kAIC Interrupting Ratings
15 QCFH1015 5 QCFH2015 — —
1 QCFH1015T 5 QCFH2015T — —
20 QCFH1020 5 QCFH2020 — —
1 QCFH1020T 5 QCFH2020T — —
1
Notes
1 Standard breaker terminals are box type lugs.
2 Breakers with T Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for line and load side ring terminal connection
1 (#10–32 plus/minus terminal screw provided).

3 Breakers with Shunt Trip Attachment (extra pole required on breaker right-hand side) are available.
1 Contact the Customer Support Center.

4 Breakers with H Catalog Suffix have 240 Vac construction.
5 All 15 and 20A single-pole breakers are SWD (Switching Duty) rated for fluorescent lighting applications.
1 6 60/75°C Cu/Al wire on all ratings except 60A, which requires Cu only conductor.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
QCR and QCF Options and Accessories
1
QCR and QCF Standard Box QCR and QCF Ring or Spade Lug Available QCR and QCF
Terminals Terminals (10 to 30A Ratings
Only)
Breaker Accessories 1
Factory-installed line and load Catalog
side breaker terminal to
accommodate14 AWG to
Factory-installed line and load
side terminals each equipped
Description Number 1
Steel mounting clip QCRMTGFT
4 AWG wire. with a #10–32 screw suitable
for terminating one 10 AWG
mounts QCR breaker if
individual mounting is
1
Standard Box Terminals wire with insulated ring or
1
required. Quantity two
spade type terminal as shown. required for single- and two-
pole and four required
Catalog Suffix “T” for three-pole breakers.
Removable padlock QCRFPL1P
1
device for single-pole
QCR or QCF breaker. 1
1
Removable padlock QCRFPLMP
device for multi-pole
QCR Quick-Connect Terminals QCR or QCF breaker.
Factory-installed two-prong
quick-connect terminal on
Padlock bracket assem-
bly for QCR or QCF
QCRFLOFF 1
1
breaker load side suitable for single- or multi-pole
terminating two 10 AWG wire breakers (OFF only).
with insulated slip-on
1
Padlock bracket for QCRPLOFF
terminals as shown. Line side QCR, lock-off only.
terminal is the standard type.
Catalog Suffix “P” 1
1
1
1
Technical Data and Specifications 1
● Single-, two- and ● 3 kAIC at 62.5 Vdc
three-pole (single-pole) 1
● 10 kAIC at 120/240 Vac, ● 3 kAIC at 130 Vdc
10–60A (two poles in series) 1
● 22 kAIC at 120/240 Vac, ● Normal operating
15–20A environment: 1
● 10 kAIC at 240 Vac, 10–30A ● 0–40°C
● 5–95% humidity 1
(noncondensing)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Contents
1 QUICKLAG Type QCGF Single-Pole
Description Page
V4-T1-11
QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14

QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
Protectors, Types QCGF, QCHGF, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP
1 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-30
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-30
1 Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching
Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . V4-T1-31
1 Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for
V4-T1-37
V4-T1-40
1
Protectors, Types QCGF, QCHGF, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP
1 QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit
Breakers, Class A GFCI Breakers, Class A GFCI
1 ● 5 mA trip sensitivity ● Built and tested to UL 943
1 QUICKLAG Ground Fault

1 ● 30 mA trip sensitivity ● Built and tested to
UL 1053
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Product Selection
1
Breaker Catalog Numbers
QUICKLAG Type QCGF
Single-Pole Ground Single-Pole Two-Pole
1
Fault Circuit Breaker Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
120 Vac
Catalog Number
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
1
Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity
QUICKLAG Type: QCGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 1
15
20
QCGF1015
QCGF1020
QCGF2015
QCGF2020
1
25
30
QCGF1025
QCGF1030
QCGF2025
QCGF2030
1
40
50
QCGF1040
—
QCGF2040
QCGF2050
1
QUICKLAG Type: QCHGF 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 1
15 QCHGF1015 QCHGF2015
20 QCHGF1020 QCHGF2020 1
25 QCHGF1025 QCHGF2025
30 QCHGF1030 QCHGF2030 1
Ground Fault Equipment Protectors—30 mA Sensitivity
QUICKLAG Type: QCGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 1
15 QCGFEP1015 QCGFEP2015
20 QCGFEP1020 QCGFEP2020 1
25
30
QCGFEP1025
QCGFEP1030
QCGFEP2025
QCGFEP2030
1
40 QCGFEP1040 QCGFEP2040
1
50 — QCGFEP2050
QUICKLAG Type: QCHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 1
15 QCHGFEP1015 QCHGFEP2015
20 QCHGFEP1020 QCHGFEP2020 1
25 QCHGFEP1025 QCHGFEP2025
30 QCHGFEP1030 QCHGFEP2030 1
Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protector—5 mA Sensitivity
QUICKLAG Type: QCGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or 1
15 QCGF1015W1 QCGF2015W1 1
20 QCGF1020W1 QCGF2020W1
25 QCGF1025W1 QCGF2025W1 1
30 QCGF1030W1 QCGF2030W1
40 — QCGF2040W1 1
50 — QCGF2050W1
15 QCGF1015W2 — 1
20 QCGF1020W2 —
25 QCGF1025W2 — 1
30 QCGF1030W2 —
Special Application Ground Fault Equipment Protectors—30 mA Sensitivity 1
QUICKLAG Type: QCGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or
1
15 QCGFEP1015W1 QCGFEP2015W1
20 QCGFEP1020W1 QCGFEP2020W1 1
25 QCGFEP1025W1 QCGFEP2025W1
30 QCGFEP1030W1 QCGFEP2030W1 1
40 — QCGFEP2040W1
50 — QCGFEP2050W1 1
15 QCGFEP1015W2 —
20 QCGFEP1020W2 — 1
25 QCGFEP1025W2 —
30 QCGFEP1030W2 — 1
www.comoso.com
Wiring Diagram
1
1 Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic
1
Blue
Blue Wire
Ground NC
Fault Black Wire
1 Breaker
Red NO
Red Wire
1 Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac.
1 Auxiliary Switch (W2)—contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed.
14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided.
1
Dimensions
1 Shipping Data
Number Carton Approximate
1 of Poles Quantity Weight Lbs (kg) Dimensions
1 20 11.00 (5.0) 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)
1 2 5 5.00 (2.3) 15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Contents
BABRP and BABRSP Breakers—
Single- and Two-Pole
Description Page
1
1
V4-T1-11
1
QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14
QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1
Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP 1
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-33 1
Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for 1
Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . . . V4-T1-34
International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC
Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . . .
V4-T1-37
V4-T1-40
1
1
Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching 1
Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP
Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions
1
The BABRP and BABRSP
are bolt-on branch circuit
Eaton’s BABRP, BABRSP,
BRRP and CLRP breakers are
● Bolt-on line-side terminal
(BABRP, BABRSP—
● Handle permits manual
switching when control
1
breakers designed for use in remotely operated molded Type BA) power is lost
panelboards. The BRRP is a case circuit breakers ideally ● Plug-on line-side terminal ● Mechanical trip indicator 1
plug-on branch circuit breaker suited for lighting control (BRRP—Type BR, CLRP— 15 and 20A breakers SWD
1
●
designed for use in load- applications or energy Type CL) (switching duty) rated
centers not manufactured management applications. ● Cable connected load-side HID ratings for HID (high
1
●
with breakers with a 1-inch
terminal intensity discharge) lighting
wide format and are listed on
● Four-position control All models HACR rated
1
●
the “Compatibility list for
Classified Applications”— terminal ● Status feedback of control
Pub. 26271. In addition to ● Bi-metal assembly for circuit (BABRSP)
providing conventional branch thermal overload ● Series rated (BABRP, 1
circuit protection, they include protection BABRSP only)
a unique solenoid-operated ● Fast-acting short-circuit ● BRRP series rated same 1
mechanism that provides for protection as BR breakers
efficient breaker pulse-on and
pulse-off operation when used
● Arc-chute assembly for ● BABRP, BABRSP same 1
fast-acting arc extinction as BA breakers
1
with a suitable controller like ● Three-position handle: OFF,
Eaton’s Pow-R-Command™
TRIP (Center), ON
lighting control system.
These breakers can also be 1
controlled by pushbutton or
a PLC unit. 1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
1
1 QUICKLAG Type QCGF BABRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting BRRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting
Single-Pole Ground Ratings Ratings
1 Fault Circuit Breaker
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)
Number Ampere Vac (50/60 Hz) Vac (50/60 Hz)
1 of Poles Rating 1 120
Catalog
120/240 277/480 Number
Number Ampere
of Poles Rating 120 120/240
Catalog
Number
1 1 15
20
10,000 —
10,000 —
—
—
BABRP1015
BABRP1020
1 15
20
10,000
10,000
—
—
BRRP115
BRRP120
1 25 10,000 — — BABRP1025 25 10,000 — BRRP125

30 10,000 — — BABRP1030 30 10,000 — BRRP130
1 2 15 — 10,000 — BABRP2015 2 15 — 10,000 BRRP215
20 — 10,000 — BABRP2020
1
20 — 10,000 BRRP220
25 — 10,000 — BABRP2025 25 — 10,000 BRRP225
30 — 10,000 — BABRP2030
1 30 — 10,000 BRRP230
1 BABRP and BABRSP Wire Harness CLRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting
Ratings
1
Catalog
Description Number Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)
Vac (50/60 Hz)
1
This 60-inch (1524.0 mm) wire pigtail provides SLBKRPTL1 Number Ampere Catalog
a connection from a single BABRP’s control plug to of Poles Rating 120 120/240 Number
a customer’s pushbutton, relay or PLC. Each box
1 contains 12 pigtails. Wires are 22 AWG, 600V.
Order in multiples of 12.
1 15
20
10,000
10,000
—
—
CLRP115
CLRP120
1 25 10,000 — CLRP125
30 10,000 — CLRP130
BABRSP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting
1 Ratings 2 15 — 10,000 CLRP215
20 — 10,000 CLRP220
1
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)
Number Ampere Vac (50/60 Hz) Catalog 25 — 10,000 CLRP225
of Poles Rating 1 120
1
120/240 277/480 Number 30 — 10,000 CLRP230
1 15 10,000 — — BABRSP1015
Note
1 20 10,000 — — BABRSP1020 1 Continuous current rating at 40°C.
25 10,000 — — BABRSP1025
1 30 10,000 — — BABRSP1030
2 15 — 10,000 — BABRSP2015
1 20 — 10,000 — BABRSP2020
1 25
30
—
—
10,000
10,000
—
—
BABRSP2025
BABRSP2030
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams
1
Solenoid Operating Data Operation
● Power requirements: 24 ● Tripping system—the Control Circuit for the BABRP and BABRSP 1
Vac/dc (20.4V minimum– BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP
30V maximum) and CLRP circuit breakers
BABRP
Remote
BABRSP
Remote
1
● Controlled signal: have a permanent trip Contact Contact
+AC/DC 8 ms minimum unit that contains a factory
preset thermal (overload) Load Line Load Line 1
with zero cross, 300 ms Breaker Breaker
●
maximum
AC: 1.3 cycles minimum, ●
trip element in each pole
Operating mechanism—
Contact Contact
1
RM RM RM RM BKR
the BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP
1
18 cycles or 300 ms b a b a a
maximum and CLRP circuit breakers
have an over-center toggle
1
Yellow
● DC: 8 ms minimum,
Yellow
Black
mechanism that provides
Blue
Black
Red
300 ms maximum
Blue
Red
quick-make, quick-break
Maximum duty cycle of
1
●
operation. The operating
6 OPEN/CLOSE cycles mechanism is trip free. An
On Off Remote On Off Remote
Coil Coil Status
per minute Coil Coil Status
● Current draw: open 1A,
internal cross-bar provides
a common tripping of all 1
close 3/4A multi-pole circuit breakers
● Blue wire: power input 1
(see power requirements) Operating/Application Data
● Black wire: remote opening ● Ambient temperature: 1
● Red wire: remote closing 0 to 40°C
● Yellow wire: feedback
● Nominal pulse magnitude: 1
status from power input, 24 Vac/dc
maximum 0.50A draw ● Frequency: 50/60 Hz 1
(BABRSP only) ● Maximum breaker cycling:
6 operations per minute 1
● Tolerance: +10% to –15%
of nominal voltage 1
● Humidity: 0 to 95%
noncondensing 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Contents
1 GHBS and GHQRSP
Description Page
V4-T1-11
QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14

QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1 Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers
1 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-36
V4-T1-37
V4-T1-40
1
1 Solenoid Operator—Remote-Controlled Latching
for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers
1 Product Description Features, Benefits
1 Eaton’s GHBS, GBHS and
GHQRSP circuit breakers
and Functions
● Bolt-on line-side terminal ● Visual indication of the
are bolt-on branch circuit
1 breakers designed for use
● Cable-connected load-side
terminal
remotely operated
contact’s position (open,
in 277/480 Vac panelboards. closed or trip)
1 In addition to providing
● Status switch—remote
status and breaker status ● Remote override handle
conventional branch circuit permits manual switching
available from internal
1 protection, they include a
unique solenoid-operated
auxiliary switches when control power is lost
● Bi-metal assembly for ● 15 and 20A breakers SWD
1 mechanism that provides
for efficient breaker pulse-on thermal overload (switching duty) rated.
and pulse-off operation protection ● 15 and 20A breakers HID
1 when used with a suitable ● Fast-acting short-circuit rated for HID (High
controller like Eaton’s protection intensity discharge) lighting
1 Pow-R-Command lighting ● Arc-runner and arc-chute ● All models HACR rated
control system. assembly for fast-acting arc ● Series rated with various
1 extinction Eaton main circuit breakers
● Three-position breaker
1 handle: OFF, TRIP (Center),
ON
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Product Selection
1
GHBS—Single-Pole GHBS UL 489 Interrupting Ratings 1
Number
Ampere Vac (50/60 Hz)
1
1
of Poles Rating 1 120 240 277/480 Catalog Number
1 15 65,000 — 14,000 GHBS1015D
20 65,000 — 14,000 GHBS1020D 1
30 65,000 — 14,000 GHBS1030D
2 15 — 65,000 14,000 GHBS2015D 1
20 — 65,000 14,000 GHBS2020D
30 — 65,000 14,000 GHBS2030D 1
1
GBHS CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings (Not UL Listed)
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 1
1
Number Ampere Vac (50/60 Hz)
of Poles Rating 1 347/600 Catalog Number
1 15
20
10,000
10,000
GBHS1015D
GBHS1020D
1
2 15 10,000 GBHS2015D 1
20 10,000 GBHS2020D
1
GHQRSP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings 1
Number Ampere Vac (50/60 Hz) 1
of Poles Rating 1 120 120/240 277 480Y/277 Catalog Number 2
1 15 65,000 65,000 14,000 14,000 GHQRSP1015 1
1
20 65,000 65,000 14,000 14,000 GHQRSP1020
30 65,000 65,000 14,000 14,000 GHQRSP1030
2 15 65,000 65,000 14,000 14,000 GHQRSP2015
1
20 65,000 65,000 14,000 14,000 GHQRSP2020
30 65,000 65,000 14,000 14,000 GHQRSP2030 1
1
Notes
1 Continuous current rating at 40°C.
2 All UL listed circuit breakers are HID (high intensity discharge) rated.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams

1
Solenoid Operating Data ● Red wire: remote closing Typical Single-Pole Circuit Breaker Schematic Diagram for
1 ● Power requirements: 24 ● Yellow wire: feedback
GHBS and GBHS Breakers
Circuit Breaker
Vac/dc (20.4V minimum– status from power input,
1 30V maximum) maximum 0.50A draw
● Controlled signal: +AC/
1 Operation Solenoid
DC 8 ms minimum with a
zero cross, 300 ms Mechanism manually
1 maximum operated by external handle
allowing ON, OFF and RESET Common Solenoid Auxiliary
● AC: 1.3 cycles minimum,
operation. Handle assumes a
1 18 cycles or 300 ms
maximum center TRIP position after
AMP Inc.
Conductor
/ Cycle
1 2
Maximum
performing protective Plug 1
1
● DC: 8 ms minimum, 28 Vac
response. Pulse Source
300 ms maximum
28 Vac
1 Maximum duty cycle of
●
Operating/Application Data
6 OPEN/CLOSE cycles Circuit Breaker
● Ambient temperature: Open/Closed
per minute
1 ● Current draw: open 1A,
0–40°C Status
● Frequency: 48–62 Hz
close 3/4A
1 ● Blue wire: power input
● Humidity: 0–95%
noncondensing Typical Single-Pole Circuit Breaker Schematic Diagram for
(see power requirements) GHQRSP Breakers
1 ● Black wire: remote opening GHQRSP
Remote Breaker
1 Terminal Type Contact Contact
Load Line
1 Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Screw Terminal
Type Amperes Head Type Type Range
1 GHQRSP 15–20 Slotted Clamp #14–#4 AWG
1
1
Yellow
Black
1
Blue
Red
1 Status On
Coil
Off
Coil
Power
Input
1
1
Dimensions
1 Dimensions per Pole

Circuit Breaker Type Width Height 2 Length 3
1 GHQRSP 1.00 (25.4) 4.63 (117.6) 2.81 (71.4)
1
Notes
1 Purchase separate AMP Inc. conductor plug #640426-3.
2 Excluding line terminal.
1 3 Excluding handle.
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Contents
International Rated
Description Page
1
1
V4-T1-11
1
QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14
QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1
International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-38 1
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-39
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . . .
V4-T1-39
V4-T1-40
1
1
International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC 1
1
QUICKLAG International Circuit QUICKLAG International Circuit
Breakers Breakers 1
● Bolt-on Type BA ● Built and test certified to
BS3871, Pt. 1 1
QUICKLAG International Ground ● 50/60 Hz, 40°C
Fault Circuit Breakers
● Plug-on Type GFMB
1
QUICKLAG International Ground
● Cable-in/cable-out Type
GFXBC
Fault Circuit Breakers
● Built and test certified to
1
BS3871, Pt. 1; BS3871,
Section 31-C; BS4293 1
1
● 50/60 Hz, 40°C; 30 mA
sensitivity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
1
1 BAB Breaker Catalog Numbers
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Continuous
1 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
240/415 Vac
Catalog Number
240/415 Vac
Catalog Number
240/415 Vac
Catalog Number
1 3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

10 BAB1010E BAB2010E BAB3010E
1 15 BAB1015E BAB2015E BAB3015E
16 — — —
1 20 BAB1020E BAB2020E BAB3020E
1 25
30
BAB1025E
BAB1030E
BAB2025E
BAB2030E
BAB3025E
BAB3030E
1 32 — — —
1 50 BAB1050E BAB2050E BAB3050E
1
1 90 — BAB2090E BAB3090E
100 — BAB2100E BAB3100E
1 6000A Interrupting Capacity (M6) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
15 BAB1015HE BAB2015HE BAB3015HE
1 20 BAB1020HE BAB2020HE BAB3020HE
1 25
30
BAB1025HE
BAB1030HE
BAB2025HE
BAB2030HE
BAB3025HE
BAB3030HE

1 90 — BAB2090HE BAB3090HE
1 100 — BAB2100HE BAB3100HE
1 Breaker Catalog Numbers—Ground Fault Single-Pole 30 mA Sensitivity

1 Continuous
Ampere Rating 240/415 Vac
at 40°C Catalog Number
1 3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Plug-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
1 10 GFMB110B2
15 GFMB115B2
1 16 GFMB116B2
20 GFMB120B2
1 25 GFMB125B2
1
30 GFMB130B2
32 GFMB132B2
1 40 GFMB140B2
Note
1 For other 240/415V applications, please contact the Customer Support Center at 1-800-356-1243.
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Interrupting Ratings
Ratings Suffix E Suffix HE
1
International Circuit Breakers 1
NEMA® 10,000 AIC 10,000 AIC
120/240 Vac
1
BS3871 220/380, 3000 AIC 6000 AIC
240/415 Vac
1
International Ground Fault Circuit Breakers
BS3871 220/380,
240/415 Vac
3000 AIC 1
1
Dimensions 1
1
Shipping Data
Miniature
Circuit Breaker
Number
of Poles
Standard Carton
Quantity
Approximate Carton
Weight Lbs (kg)
Approximate
Standard Carton
1
QUICKLAG Type B 1 24 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 1
2 12 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
3 8 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 1
1
Type P—All 1 20 11.00 (5.0) 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)
Types B and C—All 1 20 11.00 (5.0) 12.50 x 7.00 x 5.50 (317.5 x 177.8 x 139.7)
1
Types P and B—All 2 5 5.00 (2.3) 12.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (317.5 x 152.4 x 114.3)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Contents
1 QUICKLAG Type P Switching Neutral
Description Page
1 Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW
V4-T1-2
V4-T1-5
Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . V4-T1-11
1 Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types
QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14
QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20
1 QCRH, QCFH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-24
1 Protectors, Types QCGF, QCHGF, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP
V4-T1-28
1 Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . .

V4-T1-31

1 International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC V4-T1-37
Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-41
V4-T1-43
1 Factory Modifications and Installed Terminals . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-46
V4-T1-47
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-48
1
1 Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC
1 ● All products UL and
Breakers QUICKLAG HID (High Intensity Molded Case Switches—Non-
1
CSA listed
● Plug-on Type HQP: Discharge) Breakers automatic QUICKLAG Molded
10–30A, single- and ● Plug-on Type HQP: Case Switch
1 two-pole, 10 kAIC 15–60A, single- and ● Plug-on Type HQP: 50,
60,100A, single-, two- and
● Bolt-on Type BA: 10–30A, two-pole, 10 kAIC
1 single- and two-pole, ● Bolt-on Type BA: 15–60A,
●
three-pole
Bolt-on Type BA: 50,
10 kAIC single- and two-pole,
1 ● Cable-in Type QC: 10–30A,
●
10 kAIC
Cable-in Type QC: 15–60A,
60,100A, single-, two- and
three-pole
single- and two-pole,
1 Cable-in Type QC: 50,
●
10 kAIC single- and two-pole,
10 kAIC 60,100A, single-, two- and
Switching neutral QUICKLAG three-pole
1 breakers available in single- Breakers designed
and two-pole configurations, specifically for use with high
1 plus neutral pole for
applications in accordance
intensity discharge (HID)
lighting applications. (UL
1 with NEC® 514.5, 240.22 and listed as standard lighting
380.2. A single-pole device breakers.)
takes two pole spaces, and a
1 two-pole device takes three
pole spaces.
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Product Selection
1
QUICKLAG Type P
Switching Neutral
Breaker Catalog Numbers
1
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
1
QUICKLAG Type: HQP Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 1
10 HQP2010B HQP3010B — —
15 HQP2015B HQP3015B — — 1
20 HQP2020B HQP3020B — —
25 HQP2025B HQP3025B — —
1
30 HQP2030B HQP3030B — —
1
QUICKLAG Type: BA Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
10 BAB2010C BAB3010C — — 1
15 BAB2015C BAB3015C — —
20 BAB2020C BAB3020C — — 1
1
25 BAB2025C BAB3025C — —
30 BAB2030C BAB3030C — —
QUICKLAG Type: QC Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1
10 QC2010B QC3010B — —
15 QC2015B QC3015B — — 1
20 QC2020B QC3020B — —
25 QC2025B QC3025B — — 1
30 QC2030B QC3030B — —
QUICKLAG Type: HQP HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
1
15 HQP1015D HQP2015D — — 1
20 HQP1020D HQP2020D — —
25 HQP1025D HQP2025D — — 1
30 HQP1030D HQP2030D — —
35 HQP1035D HQP2035D — —
1
40
50
HQP1040D
HQP1050D
HQP2040D
HQP2050D
—
—
—
—
1
60 HQP1060D HQP2060D — — 1
QUICKLAG Type: BA HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
15 BAB1015D BAB2015D — — 1
1
20 BAB1020D BAB2020D — —
25 BAB1025D BAB2025D — —
30 BAB1030D BAB2030D — —
1
35 BAB1035D BAB2035D — —
40 BAB1040D BAB2040D — — 1
50 BAB1050D BAB2050D — —
60 BAB1060D BAB2060D — — 1
QUICKLAG Type: QC HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
15 QC1015D QC2015D — —
1
20 QC1020D QC2020D — — 1
25 QC1025D QC2025D — —
30 QC1030D QC2030D — — 1
35 QC1035D QC2035D — —
40 QC1040D QC2040D — —
1
50
60
QC1050D
QC1060D
QC2050D
QC2060D
—
—
—
—
1
1
www.comoso.com
Breaker Catalog Numbers, continued

1 Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Continuous
1 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
120/240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
240 Vac
Catalog Number
1 QUICKLAG Type: HQP Non-Automatic Switches

50 HQP1050N — HQP2050N HQP3050N
1 60 HQP1060N — HQP2060N HQP3060N
100 HQP1100N — HQP2100N HQP3100N
1 QUICKLAG Type: BA Non-Automatic Switches
1 50
60
BAB1050N
BAB1060N
—
—
BAB2050N
BAB2060N
BAB3050N
BAB3060N
1 100 BAB1100N — BAB2100N BAB3100N

QUICKLAG Type: QC Non-Automatic Switches
1 50 QC1050N — QC2050N QC3050N
60 QC1060N — QC2060N QC3060N
1 100 QC1100N — QC2100N QC3100N
1 QUICKLAG Type: QCD Non-Automatic Switches

60 — — QCD2060NA —
1 100 — — — —
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Accessories 1
1
Handle Locks: Non-Padlockable 2 1
QL1NPL
Description Order in Multiples of Catalog Number
1
QUICKLAG Type P, B, C—single-pole 10 QL1NPL
1
1
1
QL23NPL QUICKLAG Type P, B, C—two- and three-pole 10 QL23NPL
1
1
1
1
1
Handle Locks: Padlockable 2
1
1
QL1PL QUICKLAG Type P, B, C—single-pole 10 QL1PL
1
1
1
1
1
QL123PL QUICKLAG Type P, B and ground fault—single-, two- and three-pole 10 QL123PL
1
1
1
QC123PL QUICKLAG Type C —single-, two- and three-pole 10 QC123PL 1
1
1
1
QUICKLAG Type P, B—single-, two- and three-pole (off only) 10 QL123PLOFF

1
QUICKLAG Type C—single-, two- and three-pole (off only) 10 QC123PLOFF 1
Notes
1 See Page V4-T1-27 for QCR and QCF accessories. 1
2 Can lock in ON or OFF position.
1
1
www.comoso.com
Mounting Hardware
1 Description Order in Multiples of Catalog Number
1 QCFCLIP QUICKLAG Type C face mounting clip 24 QCFCLIP
1
1
1
1 QC1FP QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate—single-pole 10 QC1FP
1
1
1
1
QC2FP QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate—two-pole 10 QC2FP
1
1
1
1
1 QC3FP QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate—three-pole 10 QC3FP
1
1
1
1 QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate and lock-off (off only)—two-pole 1 10 QC2FPLOFF
1 QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate and lock-off (off only)—three-pole 10 QC3FPLOFF
QCBCLIP QUICKLAG Type C base mounting clamp 10 QCBCLIP
1
1
1
1
1 QC6BP QUICKLAG Type mounting plate—six poles total 10 QC6BP
1
1
1
Note
1 1 Suitable for ground fault breakers.
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
Mounting Hardware, continued
1
QUICKLAG Type C base mounting plate—six poles total—heavy-duty screw-secured 10 QC6BPS
1
QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 2-way jumper unit with cover 10 QCDJ2
QCDJ4 QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 4-way jumper unit with cover 10 QCDJ4 1
1
1
QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 6-way jumper unit with cover 10 QCDJ6
1
QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 2-way jumper unit, no cover 10 QCDJ2T
QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 4-way jumper unit, no cover 10 QCDJ4T 1
QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 6-way jumper unit, no cover 10 QCDJ6T
QUICKLAG Type QCD Finger protection attachment 10 QCDFP 1
1
QUICKLAG Type QCD 4-prong Quick Connect 10 QCDQUICK
QCDINADAPT QUICKLAG Type C DIN rail adapter 6 QCDINADAPT
1
1
QCDRING QUICKLAG Type QCD ring lug attachment 10 QCDRING 1
1
1
1
Dummy Breakers 1
Description
QUICKLAG Type P
Order in Multiples of
1
Catalog Number
HQP1000
1
QUICKLAG Type B 1 BAB1000 1
QUICKLAG Type C 1 QC1000
QUICKLAG Type C clear choice breaker 4 QC30SAMPLE 1
1
Miscellaneous
QCRSPACER
Description Order in Multiples of Catalog Number 1
QUICKLAG Type C Spacer 1 QCRSPACER
1
1
1
1
QL1HT Handle Tie
1
QUICKLAG handle tie—single-pole 100 QL1HT 1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Factory Modifications and Installed Terminals

1
1 Factory Modifications 1
Type of Modification Breaker Type Catalog Suffix
1 Shunt trip (requires one extra pole space on right side)

120, 208, 240 Vac
Draws 2.6A at 120V, draws 11A at 24 Vdc QUICKLAG Types P, B and C S
1 Shunt trip (requires one extra pole space on right side)
24, 48 Vac/dc
1 Draws 2.6A at 120V, draws 11A at 24 Vdc QUICKLAG Types P, B and C S1
Special calibration (50°C) (no UL) QUICKLAG Types P, B and C V
1 Shock testing QUICKLAG Types P, B and C L
Freeze testing QUICKLAG Types P, B and C Y
1 Moisture-fungus treatment QUICKLAG Types P, B, C and ground fault F
1 Marine duty QUICKLAG Types P, B, C H08

Naval duty QUICKLAG Types P, B, C H09
1 400 Hz calibration QUICKLAG Types P, B, C G

Specific DC ratings (breaker marked with a max. Vdc rating) QUICKLAG Types P, B, C Q thru Q9 2
1
1 Spare Terminal Hardware Screws (Lugs not Included)
Terminal Type Description Order in Multiples of Catalog Number
1 1 QUICKLAG terminal screw 10 QLLDTSA
1 2 QUICKLAG terminal screw 10 QLLDTSB

3 QUICKLAG terminal screw 10 QLLDTSC
1 5 QUICKLAG binding head terminal screw and clamp 10 QLBHTSE
6 and 7 QUICKLAG terminal screw 10 QLLNTSFG
1 Notes
1
1 Contact Eaton for factory modifications available for QCR and QCF breakers.
2 Q = 32 Vdc; Q1 = 32–40 Vdc; Q2 = 37.5 Vdc; Q3 = 45 Vdc; Q4 = 48 Vdc; Q5 = 50 Vdc; Q6 = 62.5 Vdc; Q7 = 75 Vdc (2P); Q8 = 80 Vdc (2P); Q9 = 125 Vdc (QCR 2P); Q10 = 62.5 Vdc (QCR 1P).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.1
1
Factory-Installed Breaker Terminals
1
Continuous Standard Line Terminal Standard Load Terminal Optional Terminals
Breaker
Type
Ampere
Rating
Terminal Wire
Type Type
Wire
Range (AWG)
Terminal
Type
Wire
Type
Wire
Range (AWG) Line Load
1
QUICKLAG Type P
HQP, QPHW,
10–30 Plug-on female clips that mate
with the bus stabs
1 Cu/Al 14–4 N/A 3 1
QHPX, QHPW 35–50 2 Cu/Al 14–4 N/A 3
55–125 3 Cu/Al 8–1/0 N/A — 1
QUICKLAG ground fault 10–40 Plug-on female clips that mate 1 (single-pole) Cu/Al 14–4 N/A 3
QPGF, QPGFEP,
QPHGF, QPHGFEP 10–40
with the bus stabs
1 Cu/Al — N/A 3
1
10–30 1 Cu 14–8 N/A —
1
QUICKLAG Type B 10–40 Extended tangs that bolt 1 (single- and two-pole) Cu/Al 14–4 N/A 3
1
BAB, QBHW, directly to the bus
HBAX, HBAW 35–50 2 (three-pole) Cu/Al 14–4 N/A 3
55–125 3 Cu/Al 8–1/0 N/A —
QUICKLAG ground fault 10–40 Extended tangs that bolt 1 (single-pole) Cu/Al 14–4 N/A N/A 1
QBGF, QBGFEP, directly to the bus
1
QBHGFEP, QBHGF 10–40 1 Cu/Al 14–8 N/A N/A
10–30 1 Cu 14–8 N/A N/A
QUICKLAG Type C
QC, QCHW,
10–20 5 Cu/Al TBD 5 Cu/Al 14–10 6, 7 6, 7, 8
1
QHCX, QHCW 25–60 6 Cu/Al TBD 2 Cu/Al 14–4 5, 7 5, 6, 7, 8
70–100 7 Cu/Al TBD 3 Cu/Al 8–1/0 5 5, 7, 8 1
QUICKLAG 10–55 1 Cu/Al TBD 1 Cu/Al 14–4 N/A N/A
QCR, QCF
60 1 Cu TBD 1 Cu 14–4 N/A N/A 1
QUICKLAG ground fault
QCGF, QCGFEP,
10–20
25–50
6
6
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
TBD
TBD
14–8
1
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
14–4
14–4
6, 7
5, 7
5
5
1
QCHGF, QCHGFEP
10–30 6 — — — — — — — 1
QUICKLAG 10–60 9 Cu/Al 14–4 9 Cu/Al 14–4 See Accessories
QCD
70–100 10 Cu 4–1/0 10 Cu 4–1/0 See Accessories 1
1 2 3 5 1
1
1
1
Steel Box Lug Steel Box Lug Steel Box Lug Steel Ring Type
6 7 8 9 10 1
1
Aluminum Box Lug Aluminum Box Lug
4-Prong Quick Connect QCD Terminal Assembly
10–60A
QCD Terminal Assembly
70–100A
1
Note 1
1 Clamp on line side only.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Dimensions
1 Shipping Data
1 Miniature Number
Standard
Carton
Approximate
Carton Weight Approximate Standard
Circuit Breaker of Poles Quantity Lbs (kg) Carton
1 QUICKLAG Types B, P, C–all 1 24 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
1 QUICKLAG Types B, P, C–all 2 12 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
QUICKLAG Types B, P, C–all 3 8 9.00 (4.1) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)
1 QUICKLAG ground fault Type P–all 1 20 11.00 (5.0) 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)
Types B and C–all 1 20 11.00 (5.0) 12.50 x 7.00 x 5.50 (317.5 x 177.8 x 139.7)
1 Types P and B–all 2 5 5.00 (2.3) 12.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (317.5 x 152.4 x 114.3)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers
1.2
Contents
FAZ-NA Circuit Breakers
Description Page
1
FAZ-NA Circuit Breakers 1
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-50
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-51 1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-55
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-57 1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-66
1
1
1
1
Optimum and Efficient Protection for Every Application
1
1
FAZ-NA Circuit Breakers 1
Product Overview Features 1
Optimum product quality, ● Complete range of UL 489 ● SWD (switching duty)— Device Printing on Front and Side
tested reliability and safety listed DIN rail mounted suitable for switching Installation options 1
stand for best protection of miniature circuit breakers fluorescent lighting loads
personnel, installations and
plant. Eaton’s FAZ-NA DIN rail
up to 40A current rating (In ≤ 20A) These branch circuit breakers
are available in two terminal
1
● Standard ratings of 10 kAIC ● Fulfill UL 489, CSA C22.2
mountable circuit breaker is
designed for use in branch up to 277/480 Vac No.5 and also IEC 60947-2
configurations: standard box
terminals that accept multiple 1
service applications. Standard conductors and ring-tongue
1
● Select amperages available
at 14 kAIC up to 277/480 ● For use in applications for terminals, ideally suited to
Powerful Offering for Machine Vac and 10 kAIC up to 125 which UL 1077 or CSA demanding requirements of
and System Builders Vdc per pole C22.2 No.235 are also the semi-conductor industry.
All breakers mount on
1
The FAZ-NA is available with allowed
Current limiting design
1
●
B, C and D characteristics in standard 35 mm DIN rail.
accordance with UL® 489, provides fast short-circuit ● Field-installable shunt trip Bus connectors and feeder
CSA® C22.2 No.5; UL 1077, interruption that reduces and auxiliary switch terminal facilitate mounting
CSA C22.2 No.235 and IEC the let-through energy, subsequent mounting and wiring of multiple 1
60947-2. These devices are which can damage the miniature circuit breaker
Separate version for ring-
1
●
CE marked. circuit arrays in control panel
tongue connection (Type
assemblies. These circuit
● Suitable for branch circuit FAZ-RT), terminal screws
Feeder and branch circuit
device protection can be removed (on
breakers can also be
reverse feed.
1
both sides)
protection for: ● Thermal-magnetic
overcurrent protection ● Module width of only
1
● Convenience receptacle
17.7 mm (per pole)
circuits (internal/external) ● Three levels of short- 1
● Motor control circuits circuit protection, ● Contact Position Indicator
● Load circuits leaving the categorized by B, C
and D curves
(red/green) 1
equipment (external) ● Easy installation on DIN rail
● HACR internal/external ● Trip-free design—breaker
● Possibility for sealing the
1
equipment (heating, air can not be defeated by
conditioning, refrigeration) holding the handle in the
ON position
toggle in ON or OFF
position 1
● PLC I/O points
● Computers ● Captive screws cannot 1
● Power supplies be lost
● Control instrumentation 1
● Relays
● UPS 1
● Power conditioners
1
www.comoso.com

1 FAZ-NA complies with ● RoHS compliant
the latest national and
1 VDE compliant
●
international standards. ● ABS compliant

1 ● UL 489
● Standard for molded
1 case circuit breakers
(MCCB) for feeder and
branch circuit protection
1 ● Products meet the
requirements of the
1 National Electrical Code®
(NEC®)
1 ● CSA C22.2 No.5
1 ● Standard for molded
case circuit breakers
(MCCB) for feeder and
1 branch circuit protection
(corresponds closely to
1 UL 489 Standard)
● Products meet the
1 requirements of the
Canadian Electrical Code
1 (CEC)
1 Catalog Number Selection
1 FAZ C 6 / 1 NA SP
1 Breaker Family Single Package
Trip Terminal
1 FAZ = FAZ UL
circuit breaker Characteristics 1 Ampere Rating 2 Number of Poles NA = UL 489 branch
SP = Single package for
C and D curve
B = 3–5X In 0.5 = 0.5A 10 = 10A 1 = Single-pole circuit with screw single-pole only
1 C = 5–10X In 1 =
1.5 =
1A
1.5A
13 = 13A
15 = 15A
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
terminals
RT = UL 489 branch
Blank = Standard
packaging
D = 10–20X In
2 = 2A circuit with ring
1
16 = 16A
3 = 3A 20 = 20A tongue terminals
4 = 4A 25 = 25A DC = UL 489 branch
1 5 =
6 =
5A
6A
30 = 30A
32 = 32A
circuit at 125 Vdc
per pole
7 = 7A 35 = 32A
1 8 = 8A 40 = 40A
1 Notes
1 I = Rated current for instantaneous trip characteristics.
n
2 B curve starts at 1 ampere.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.2
Product Selection
1
1.13
1.45
FAZ-NA B Curve
1
7200
● UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) 3600 Specified non-tripping 2.55 I :
N
current t = 1–60 s (IN < 32A)
as branch circuit breakers
1
1200 INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h t = 1–120 s (IN > 32A)
● Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 600
Type B: 3 x I : t > 0.1 s
N
Specified tripping current
● Current limiting device Type B: 5 x I : t < 0.1 s
1
300 IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h N
● UL file number E235139 120

1
1
60
30
1
10
5
t [sec]
1
2
1
1
0.5
0.2 1
3
0.1
0.05
2 B
1
0.02
0.005
0.01
1
0.002
0.001
1
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
1
I / IN
1
Single-Pole FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC,
14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)
Single-Pole FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with
Ring-Tongue Terminals—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC
1
B Curve (15–25A)
Single-Pole 1 Two-Pole Three-Pole
1
Catalog Catalog Catalog
Amperes Number Number Number Catalog
Amperes Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1
B Curve (3–5X In Current Rating)
1 FAZ-B1/1-NA FAZ-B1/2-NA FAZ-B1/3-NA B Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals
(3–5X In Current Rating)
1
1.5 FAZ-B1.5/1-NA FAZ-B1.5/2-NA FAZ-B1.5/3-NA
Two-Pole 2 FAZ-B2/1-NA FAZ-B2/2-NA FAZ-B2/3-NA Two-Pole

1
1.5
FAZ-B1/1-RT FAZ-B1/2-RT
FAZ-B1.5/1-RT FAZ-B1.5/2-RT FAZ-B1.5/3-RT
FAZ-B1/3-RT
1
3
4
FAZ-B3/1-NA
FAZ-B4/1-NA
FAZ-B3/2-NA
FAZ-B4/2-NA
FAZ-B3/3-NA
FAZ-B4/3-NA
2 FAZ-B2/1-RT FAZ-B2/2-RT FAZ-B2/3-RT 1
3 FAZ-B3/1-RT FAZ-B3/2-RT FAZ-B3/3-RT
5 FAZ-B5/1-NA FAZ-B5/2-NA FAZ-B5/3-NA
1
1
1
Three-Pole 13 FAZ-B13/1-NA FAZ-B13/2-NA FAZ-B13/3-NA Three-Pole
16
20
FAZ-B16/1-RT
FAZ-B20/1-RT
FAZ-B16/2-RT
FAZ-B20/2-RT
FAZ-B16/3-RT
FAZ-B20/3-RT
1
1
35 2
2
FAZ-B35/1-NA FAZ-B35/2-NA FAZ-B35/3-NA
35 2 FAZ-B35/1-RT FAZ-B35/2-RT FAZ-B35/3-RT
40 2 FAZ-B40/1-RT FAZ-B40/2-RT FAZ-B40/3-RT
1
Notes
1 Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box.
1
1
2 240 Vac rated only.
www.comoso.com
FAZ-NA C Curve
1
1.13
1.45
● UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) 7200
Specified non-tripping Type C: 5 x I : t > 0.1 s
1
3600 N
current Type C: 10 x I : t < 0.1 s
N
INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h
Current limiting device

1
● 600 Specified tripping current
300
IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h
● UL file number E235139
1
120
60
30
1 10
5
t [sec]
1 2
1
1 0.5
0.2
1
2
0.1
1
0.05 C
1
0.02
0.01
0.005
1 0.002
0.001
1 0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
1 I / IN
1 Single-Pole FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, Single-Pole FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with
14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A) Ring-Tongue Terminals—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC
1 Single-Pole 1 Two-Pole Three-Pole
C Curve (15–25A)
1 Catalog Catalog Catalog Single-Pole 1 Two-Pole Three-Pole

Amperes Number Number Number Catalog Catalog Catalog
Amperes Number Number Number
1 C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)
C Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals
0.5 FAZ-C0.5/1-NA-SP FAZ-C0.5/2-NA FAZ-C0.5/3-NA
1 1 FAZ-C1/1-NA-SP FAZ-C1/2-NA FAZ-C1/3-NA
0.5 FAZ-C0.5/1-RT-SP FAZ-C0.5/2-RT FAZ-C0.5/3-RT
1.5 FAZ-C1.5/1-NA-SP FAZ-C1.5/2-NA FAZ-C1.5/3-NA Two-Pole
1
Two-Pole 1 FAZ-C1/1-RT-SP FAZ-C1/2-RT FAZ-C1/3-RT
2 FAZ-C2/1-NA-SP FAZ-C2/2-NA FAZ-C2/3-NA
1.5 FAZ-C1.5/1-RT-SP FAZ-C1.5/2-RT FAZ-C1.5/3-RT
1
2 FAZ-C2/1-RT-SP FAZ-C2/2-RT FAZ-C2/3-RT
4 FAZ-C4/1-NA-SP FAZ-C4/2-NA FAZ-C4/3-NA 3 FAZ-C3/1-RT-SP FAZ-C3/2-RT FAZ-C3/3-RT
6 FAZ-C6/1-NA-SP FAZ-C6/2-NA FAZ-C6/3-NA 5 FAZ-C5/1-RT-SP FAZ-C5/2-RT FAZ-C5/3-RT
1 Three-Pole 10 FAZ-C10/1-NA-SP FAZ-C10/2-NA FAZ-C10/3-NA Three-Pole
7
8
FAZ-C7/1-RT-SP
FAZ-C8/1-RT-SP
FAZ-C7/2-RT
FAZ-C8/2-RT
FAZ-C7/3-RT
FAZ-C8/3-RT
1 13
15
FAZ-C13/1-NA-SP FAZ-C13/2-NA FAZ-C13/3-NA
FAZ-C15/1-NA-SP FAZ-C15/2-NA FAZ-C15/3-NA
1 16 FAZ-C16/1-NA-SP FAZ-C16/2-NA FAZ-C16/3-NA 15 FAZ-C15/1-RT-SP FAZ-C15/2-RT FAZ-C15/3-RT
1 35 2 FAZ-C35/1-NA-SP FAZ-C35/2-NA FAZ-C35/3-NA

40 2 FAZ-C40/1-NA-SP FAZ-C40/2-NA FAZ-C40/3-NA 35 2 FAZ-C35/1-RT-SP FAZ-C35/2-RT FAZ-C35/3-RT
1 40 2 FAZ-C40/1-RT-SP FAZ-C40/2-RT FAZ-C40/3-RT
1 Notes
1 Option for single packaging on single-pole C and D curves only;
1
add suffix SP when ordering.
www.comoso.com
1.2
FAZ-NA D Curve
1
1.13
1.45
● UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) 7200
Specified non-tripping 2.55 I :
1
3600 N
current t = 1–60 s (IN < 32A)
t = 1–120 s (IN > 32A)
Type D: 10 x I : t > 0.1 s
N
Current limiting device
1
● 600 Specified tripping current
Type D: 20 x I : t < 0.1 s
300
IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h N
1
120
60 1
30
10 1
5
t [sec]
2 1
1
1
1
0.5
0.2
1
3
0.1
2
0.05 D
1
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.002 1
0.001
0.0005
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
I / IN
1
Single-Pole FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, Single-Pole FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with 1
14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A) Ring-Tongue Terminals—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC
D Curve (13–20A) 1
1
D Curve (10–20X In Current Rating)
0.5 FAZ-D0.5/1-NA-SP FAZ-D0.5/2-NA FAZ-D0.5/3-NA
D Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals 1
1 FAZ-D1/1-NA-SP FAZ-D1/2-NA FAZ-D1/3-NA
0.5 FAZ-D0.5/1-RT-SP FAZ-D0.5/2-RT FAZ-D0.5/3-RT 1
Two-Pole 1.5 FAZ-D1.5/1-NA-SP FAZ-D1.5/2-NA FAZ-D1.5/3-NA Two-Pole
1
1 FAZ-D1/1-RT-SP FAZ-D1/2-RT FAZ-D1/3-RT
1.5 FAZ-D1.5/1-RT-SP FAZ-D1.5/2-RT FAZ-D1.5/3-RT
1
4 FAZ-D4/1-RT-SP FAZ-D4/2-RT FAZ-D4/3-RT 1
Three-Pole 10 FAZ-D10/1-NA-SP FAZ-D10/2-NA FAZ-D10/3-NA Three-Pole
7
8
FAZ-D7/1-RT-SP
FAZ-D8/1-RT-SP
FAZ-D7/2-RT
FAZ-D8/2-RT
FAZ-D7/3-RT
FAZ-D8/3-RT
1
1
1
1
35 2
40 2
FAZ-D35/1-NA-SP FAZ-D35/2-NA FAZ-D35/3-NA
FAZ-D40/1-NA-SP FAZ-D40/2-NA FAZ-D40/3-NA
35 2 FAZ-D35/1-RT-SP FAZ-D35/2-RT FAZ-D35/3-RT
40 2 FAZ-D40/1-RT-SP FAZ-C40/2-RT FAZ-D40/3-RT 1
Notes
1 Option for single packaging on single-pole C and D curves only;
1
1
add suffix SP when ordering.
www.comoso.com
FAZ-NA-DC C Curve
1 ● UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02)
1 ●
as Branch Circuit Breakers
Interrupting capacity: 10 kA at 125 Vdc UL/CSA, 10 kA
1 ●
at 250 Vdc
125 Vdc for one-pole, 250 Vdc for two-pole in series
1 ● Current limiting device
● Polarity (+/–) sensitive and not for use on photovoltaic
1 string application
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Single-Pole FAZ-NA-DC UL 489 Circuit Breakers—
10 kAIC at 125 Vdc Per Pole
1 Single-Pole 1 Two-Pole
Catalog Catalog
1 Amperes Number Number
C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)
1 2 FAZ-C2/1-NA-DC-SP FAZ-C2/2-NA-DC
3 FAZ-C3/1-NA-DC-SP FAZ-C3/2-NA-DC
1 Two-Pole 4 FAZ-C4/1-NA-DC-SP FAZ-C4/2-NA-DC
1
1 35
40
FAZ-C35/1-NA-DC-SP
FAZ-C40/1-NA-DC-SP
FAZ-C35/2-NA-DC
FAZ-C40/2-NA-DC
1 Note
1 Option for single packaging on single-pole C curves only; add
1 suffix SP when ordering.
1
www.comoso.com
1.2
Accessories
1
FAZ-NA UL 489 Breakers FAZ-NA UL 489 Breakers, continued 1
Contact
Description Catalog Number
Z-NHK 1
Description Catalog Number
1
Two-pole contact or auxiliary Busbar Busbar—single-pole, 6 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/1P-1TE/6
contact/trip indicating contact
Busbar—single-pole, 12 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/1P-1TE/12 1
Busbar—single-pole, 18 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/1P-1TE/18
Busbar—two-pole, 6 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/2P-2TE/6 1
1
Busbar—two-pole, 12 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/2P-2TE/12
Busbar—two-pole, 18 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/2P-2TE/18
Busbar—three-pole, 6 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/3P-3TE/6 1
Busbar—three-pole, 12 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/3P-3TE/12
1
Auxiliary Contact Auxiliary contact Z-IHK-NA
Busbar—three-pole, 18 terminals 2345 Z-SV/UL-16/3P-3TE/18
1
Busbar Shroud Three-pole busbar shroud ZV-BS-UL
1
1
Shunt Trip Shunt trip 110–415 Vac FAZ-XAA-NA110-415VAC
Extension Terminal Extension terminal—
35 mm2 (2–14 AWG)
Z-EK/35/UL
1
Shunt trip 12–110 Vac FAZ-XAA-NA12-110VAC
1
1
1
1
Padlock Hasp Padlock hasp IS/SPE-1TE
Bus Connector Bus connector—conductors up to

50 mm2 (~1/0 AWG)
Z-EB/50/UL
1
1
1
Notes
1 Voltage of FAZ-NA circuit breaker is limited to 300V with this auxiliary contact installed.
2 Do not cut commoning link.
1
1
3 A maximum of three commoning links may be used in conjunction. Each breaker connected to
the commoning link must have the same number of poles for proper use.
4 Not for use with ring-tongue circuit breakers.
5 Bus may be center fed for high current capacity.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Tripping Signal Switch Z-NHK, Z-IHK-NA Connection Diagram

1 ● Design according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1, IEC/EN 62019
Z-NHK Z-IHK-NA
1 Field installable
●
● The specified minimum voltages are per contact—take into 4.14/4.12 21

account particularly in case of series connection 4.12/4.14
1 ● Self-cleaning contacts
13
4.11
1 Contact material and design particularly suitable for extra
●
low voltage
1 Z-NHK: the function of one of the two change-over

●
contacts can be switched from “auxiliary switch” to

“tripping signal switch”
1 ● Tripping signal contact transmits message of electric tripping, 22
14
not mechanical switch-off
1
1.11
● Test key for contact function “electrical tripping” 1.14 Same Polarity
● Z-IHK-NA: will allow for > 480Y/277 Vac rating
1 1.12
1 Busbar Connection Example
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.2
1
Trip Curve Chart Tripping Characteristics
Eaton FAZ-NA branch circuit D-curve devices are suitable 1
breakers are available with for applications where high
“B,” “C” and “D” tripping levels of inrush current are 1
characteristics. B-curve expected. The high magnetic
devices are suitable for
applications where low
trip point prevents nuisance
tripping in high inductive
1
levels of inrush current
are expected.
applications such as motors,
transformers and power 1
supplies.
C-curve devices are suitable
for applications where Eaton FAZ-NA devices are
1
medium levels of inrush
current are expected.
current limiting, which means
they interrupt fault currents 1
Applications include small within one half cycle of the
transformers, lighting, pilot fault. Current limiting devices 1
devices, control circuits and offer superior protection by
coils. C-curve devices provide reducing peak let-through 1
a medium magnetic trip point. current and energy.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Miniature Circuit Breakers FAZ-NA Technical Data

1 Connection Diagrams
Description Specification
1
Single-Pole
Electrical
Design according to UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2
1 Rated voltage FAZ-NA
UL/CSA 10 kAIC at 277/480V from 0.5A to 32A
1 14 kAIC at select amperages
B and C Curves (15–25A), D Curve (13–20A)
1 UL/CSA
UL/CSA
10 kAIC at 240 Vac for 35A and 40A
10 kAIC at 48 Vdc per pole
1 IEC 947-2 15 kAIC at 240/415 Vac

Rated voltage FAZ-NA-DC
1 Two-Pole UL/CSA 10 kAIC at 125 Vdc per pole (two poles maximum)
10 kAIC at 250 Vdc with two poles connected in series
1 Rated frequency 50/60 Hz

Characteristic B, C, D
1 Endurance ≥ 20,000 operations

Line voltage connection Suitable for reverse feed
1 Mechanical
1
Frame size 45 mm
Device height 105 mm
1 Three-Pole
Device width 17.7 mm per pole
Terminal protection Finger and hand touch safe according to BGV A3, OVE-EN 6
1 Mounting Quick fastening with two lock-in positions on IEC/EN 60715
Upper and lower terminals Open mouth/lift terminals
1 Terminal capacity One wire: AWG 18–6
Two wires: AWG 18–10
1 Terminal fastening torque AWG 18–21: 21 lb-in
AWG 10–8: 25 lb-in
1 AWG 6: 36 lb-in
Mounting Independent of position
1 Calibration temperature
UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5 40°C
1 IEC 60947-2 30°C
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.2
Power Loss at ln
Characteristic B Characteristic C Characteristic D
1
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole 1
In [A] P [W] P [W] P [W] P [W] P [W] P [W] P [W] P [W] P [W]
0.5 — — — 1.6 3.2 4.7 1.6 3.2 4.8 1
1.0 1.1 2.2 3.4 1.1 2.2 3.4 0.8 1.5 2.3
1.5 2.2 4.4 6.6 1.3 2.6 3.9 1.0 2.1 3.1
1
2.0 1.4 2.8 4.3 1.4 2.8 4.3 1.0 2.1 3.1
1
3.0 2.1 4.2 6.4 1.2 2.4 3.6 1.2 2.4 3.6
4.0 1.4 2.9 4.3 1.4 2.9 4.3 1.4 2.9 4.3 1
5.0 1.8 3.7 5.5 1.9 3.7 5.6 1.5 2.9 4.4
6.0 1.7 3.5 5.2 1.2 2.3 3.5 1.2 2.3 3.5 1
7.0
8.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
3.9
6.0
5.9
1.4
1.4
2.8
2.8
4.3
4.2
1.4
1.2
2.8
2.4
4.3
3.7
1
10.0 1.8 3.6 5.3 1.8 3.6 5.3 1.5 3.0 4.5 1
13.0 2.4 4.7 7.1 2.4 4.7 7.1 2.0 4.1 6.1
15.0 1.9 3.8 5.6 1.9 3.8 5.6 1.5 3.1 4.6 1
1
16.0 2.1 4.3 6.4 2.1 4.3 6.4 1.7 3.5 5.2
20.0 2.9 5.8 8.7 2.9 5.8 8.7 1.8 3.7 5.5
25.0 3.1 6.2 9.3 3.1 6.2 9.3 2.6 5.1 7.7 1
30.0 3.0 6.0 9.0 3.0 6.0 9.0 2.7 5.4 8.1
32.0 3.4 6.8 10.2 3.4 6.8 10.2 3.1 6.2 9.3 1
1
35.0 4.0 8.1 12.1 3.7 7.4 11.0 3.8 7.6 11.3
40.0 4.0 8.1 12.1 4.0 8.1 12.1 3.9 7.8 11.6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Let-Through Energy
1
Characteristic B (1–32A), 277V Characteristic B (35–40A), 240V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Characteristic C (0.5–32A), 277V Characteristic C (40A), 240V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.2
Characteristic D (0.5–32A), 277V Characteristic D (40A), 240V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Influence of Ambient Temperature T on Load Carrying Capacity

1 Device Market In (A) at Higher Ambient Temperature
Current Rating In
1 (A) at 40°C 15°C 20°C 25°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 55°C 60°C
0.5 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9
1 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4

2.0 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
1 3.0 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8

4.0 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.7
1 5.0 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.7 4.6
1 6.0
7.0
6.6
7.7
6.5
7.6
6.4
7.4
6.2
7.3
6.0
7.0
5.8
6.7
5.6
6.6
5.5
6.4
1 8.0 8.8 8.6 8.5 8.3 8.0 7.7 7.5 7.4

10.0 11.0 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.0 9.6 9.4 9.2
1 13.0 14.3 14.0 13.8 13.5 13.0 12.5 12.5 12.0
1
15.0 16.5 16.2 15.9 15.6 15.0 14.4 14.1 13.8
16.0 17.6 17.3 17.0 16.6 16.0 15.4 15.0 14.7
1 20.0 22.0 21.6 21.2 20.8 20.0 19.2 18.8 18.4

25.0 27.5 27.0 26.5 26.0 25.0 24.0 23.3 23.0
1 30.0 33.0 32.4 31.8 31.2 30.0 28.8 28.2 27.6
32.0 35.2 34.6 33.9 33.3 32.0 30.7 30.1 29.4
1 40.0 44.0 43.2 42.4 41.6 40.0 38.4 37.6 36.8
1
Load Carrying Capacity of Adjoining Miniature
1 Circuit Breakers
1.00
1
Rated Diversity Factor
1
Load Factor KT [I/IN]
0.90
1
1 0.80
1
1 0.70
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Number of Circuit Breakers
1
1 Ambient Temperature T [°C]
Maximum Load IL at ambient temperature T: IL (T) = IN KT(T)
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.2
Contact and Auxiliary Contact
Z-NHK
Description Z-NHK Z-IHK-NA
1
Electrical
1
Contact function 2CO 1NO + 1NC
Rated voltage 230V 250V 1
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Rated current 2A 6A 1
Rated thermal current Ith
Utilization category AC13
2A 6A
1
Z-IHK-NA
1
Rated operational current Ie 3A/250 Vac 3A/250 Vac
Utilization category AC15
Utilization category DC12
1
Rated operational current Ie 0.5A/110 Vdc 0.5A/110 Vdc
0.25A/220 Vdc 1
Rated insulation voltage UI 250 Vac 250 Vac
Minimum operational voltage per contact Umin 5 Vdc 5 Vdc 1
1
Minimum operational current Imin 10 mA DC 10 mA AC/DC
Rated peak withstand voltage Uimp (1.2/50μ) 2.5 kV 4 kV
1
Conditional short-circuit current Ik with backup fuse 6A 1 kA 1 kA
Max. backup fuse, overload and short circuit 6A gL — 1
Mechanical
Tripping indicator “electrical tripping” Blue/white — 1
1
Frame size 45 mm 45 mm
Device height 80 mm 80 mm
Device width 8.8 mm (0.5MU) 8.8 mm (0.5MU)
1
Mounting Onto switching device —
Degree of protection, built-in IP40 IP40 1
Terminal protection Finger and hand touch safe Finger and hand touch safe
According to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6 According to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6 1
Terminals Lift terminals Lift terminals
Terminal capacity 20–14 AWG 0.5–2.5 mm2 1
1
Terminal screws M3 (Posidrive Z0) M3 (Posidrive Z0)
Fastening torque of terminal screws 7 lb-in Max. 1.2 Nm
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Shunt trip release FAZ-XAA-NA

1 ● Remote release for subsequent mounting onto FAZ-NA/RT
1 Additional installation of standard auxiliary switch is possible

●
● Position indicator red–green

1 Shunt Trip Release FAZ-XAA-NA
Connection Diagram
1 1 Description FAZ-XAA-NA12-110VAC FAZ-XAA-NA110-415VAC

Electrical
1 Can be FAZ-NA / FAZ-NA-DC / FAZ-NA / FAZ-NA-DC /
mounted onto FAZ-RT FAZ-RT
1 2
Operational
voltage range
12–110 Vac
12–60 Vdc
110–415 Vac
110–230 Vdc
1 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Mechanical
1 Frame size 45 mm 45 mm
1
Device height 105 mm 105 mm
Device width 17.5 mm 17.5 mm
1 Mounting Quick fastening with two lock-in positions on EN 50022

Degree of protection, built-in IP40 IP40
1 Terminal protection Finger and hand touch safe according to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6
Terminals Open mouthed/lift Open mouthed/lift
1 Terminal capacity 18–10 AWG 18–10 AWG
One and two wires
1
1 Busbar block UL 489 (pin)
● Tested according to UL 489
1 ●
●
Do not cut
Extension terminal 35 mm2 Z-EK/35/UL for copper conductors
1 ● Incoming terminal 50 mm2 Z-EB/50/UL
● For covering of not used pins, use busbar tag shrouds ZV-BS-UL
1
Connection Diagrams Busbar Block UL 489 (Pin)
1 Three-Pole Busbar
Description UL 489 IEC/EN 60947-2
Electrical
1 Rated operational voltage 480/277 Vac —
96 Vdc
1 Rated frequency 50/60 Hz —
1
Rated voltage 480 Vac 690 Vac
Two-Pole Busbar Overvoltage category — III
1 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp — 9.5 kV

Rated current 80A at 40°C 80A at 30°C
1 Rated conditional short-circuit current AC with 350A gG — 15 kA
Short-circuit current 10 kA —
1 Single-Pole Busbar Mechanical
1 Busbar cross section

Flame class according to UL 94
—
V0
16 mm2 Cu
—
1 Pollution degree — 2
Comparative tracking index — CTI 600
1 Minimum clearance (internal/external) — > 9.5/25.4 mm
1
Minimum creepage distance (internal/external) — > 12.7/50.8 mm
Resistance to climatic conditions — According to
DIN/EN 60068
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.2
Application Guidelines
1
Example of UL 489 and UL 1077 Application
1
1
UL 489
Breaker 1
1
1
UL 489
UL 1077 Branch 1
Internal Receptacle External
Receptacle 1
Electronics
1
UL 489
1
UL 1077
Branch External
Motor 1
Other
Sensitive M 1
Devices
UL 489
Branch 1
UL 489
External
Motor
1
Branch
M 1
Motor
1
UL 1077
HACR Controller
1
1
1
Example of UL 489 and UL 1077 Application
1
UL 489 circuit breakers 1
Used for branch circuit protection, internal/external receptacles, external motors and HACR equipment
(heating, air conditioning and refrigeration). 1
UL 1077 supplementary protectors 1
Used for overcurrent protection within appliances or electrical equipment, where branch circuit protection
is already provided or not required. 1
Note: UL 489 devices can be used in place of UL 1077; UL 1077 devices cannot be used in place of UL 489.
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Dimensions
1 Miniature Circuit Breakers Lockout Attachment—IS/SPE-ITE
1
1
1 4.13 4.13 4.13
(105.0) (105.0) (105.0)
1
1
.70 .70 .70 .70
1 (17.7) (17.7)
1.39
(17.7) (17.7)
2.09
(35.3) (53.1)
1
1 Accessories
1 Z-SV/UL-16/6 Z-SV/UL-18...12 ZV-BS-UL
1
1
1
1
1
1 Z-SV/UL-16.../18 Z-EK/35/UL
1
1
1
1
1
1 Z-EK/35/UL Z-EB/50/UL
1 Description UL 489 IEC/EN 60947-2 Description UL 489 IEC/EN 60947-2

Ue 480 Vac/96 Vdc 240/415 Vac Ue 480 Vac/96 Vdc 240/415 Vac
1 f 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz f 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Uimp — 9.5 kV Uimp — 9.5 kV
1 Ie 80A at 40°C 80A at 30°C Ie 115A at 40°C 160A at 30°C
1 #2–14 AWG 60/75°C Cu 2.5–35 mm2 Cu #1–14 AWG 60/75°C Cu 1.5–50 mm2 Cu
1 0.56 in 14 mm 0.56 in 14 mm
1
1
www.comoso.com
UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors
1.3
Contents
FAZ Circuit Breakers
Description Page
1
FAZ Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-67 1
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-68
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-68 1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-75 1
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-85 1
Optimum and Efficient Protection for Every Application
1
1
1
1
1
FAZ Circuit Breakers 1
Product Overview Features 1
Optimum product quality, ● Complete range of UL ● Trip-free design—breaker
tested reliability and safety 1077 recognized DIN can not be defeated by 1
stand for best protection of rail mounted miniature holding the handle in the
personnel, installations and
plant. Eaton’s FAZ DIN rail
circuit breakers up to
63A current rating
ON position
1
● Captive screws cannot
mountable circuit breaker is
designed for use in control
● Standard ratings of 10 kAIC be lost 1
panel applications. up to 277/480 Vac
1
● Fulfill UL 1077, CSA C22.2
● Current limiting design No.235 and also IEC
Powerful offering for machine provides fast short-circuit 60947-2 Standard
and system builders interruption that reduces
● Field-installable shunt trip
1
The FAZ is available with B, the let-through energy,
C, D, K, S, and Z characteristics
in accordance with UL 1077,
which can damage
the circuit
and auxiliary switch
subsequent mounting 1
CSA C22.2 No.235 and IEC
60947-2. These devices are ● Suitable for supplementary
● Module width of only
17.7 mm (per pole)
1
CE marked. protection
Application Description ● Thermal-magnetic

● Contact position indicator 1
overcurrent protection (red/green)
● Supplementary protection
● Easy installation on DIN rail 1
● Control circuits ● Six levels of short-circuit
● Lighting protection, categorized
by B, C, D, K, S, and
● Possibility for sealing 1
● Business equipment the toggle in ON or
Z curves
● Appliances OFF position
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com

1 Discover These Advanced Features FAZ complies with the latest ● RoHS compliant
national and international
1 VDE compliant
●
standards. ● Devices with B, C,

1 Captive Posidrive
● UL 1077, CSA C22.2
No. 235
and D curves are
VDE compliant
terminal screws with
Breakers install on
1 CCC
●
standard DIN rail
finger and back-of- ● Apply to supplementary
hand protection (IP20) protectors intended for ● Devices with B, C,
use as overcurrent, or and D curves are
1 Available in one-, two-, overvoltage or CCC compliant
Trip-free design;
three-, four-pole, 1+N undervoltage protection ● ABS compliant
1 and 3+N models
breaker cannot be
defeated by holding within an appliance or
the handle in the other electrical
1 Color-coded indicator
ON position equipment where
branch circuit protection
provides breaker
1 status for easy
troubleshooting
Breaker information
is already provided, or is
not required
printed on the front of
1 the device for quick
identification
1
1
Catalog Number Selection
1
FAZ C 6 / 1 SP
1
1
Breaker Family Single Package
FAZ = Supplementary Trip SP = Single packaging of single-
protector Characteristics 1 Ampere Rating Number of Poles pole curve B, C and D for
1 B = 3–5X In 0.5 = 0.5A 13 = 13A 1 = Single-pole 4 = Single-pole select amperes only
Blank = Standard packaging
C = 5–10X In 1 = 1A 15 = 15A 2 = Two-pole 1N = Single-pole +
1 D = 10–20X In
K = 8–12X In
2 =
3 =
2A
3A
16 = 16A
20 = 20A
3 = Three-pole neutral
3N = Three-pole +
4 = 4A 25 = 25A neutral
1 S = 13–17X In
Z = 2–3X In
5 =
6 =
5A
6A
30 = 30A
32 = 32A
7 = 7A 40 = 40A
1 8 = 8A 50 = 50A
10 = 10A 63 = 63A
1 Note
1
1 I = Rated current for instantaneous trip characteristics.
n
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.3
Product Selection
1
FAZ B curve (3–5X In current rating)
1.13
1.45
● Designed for resistive or slightly inductive loads 7200
3600 Specified non-tripping 2.55 I :
1
N
● Response time of instantaneous trip: 3–5X In current rating t = 1–60 s (IN < 32A)
1
current
1200 INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h t = 1–120 s (IN > 32A)
● UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors Type B: 3 x I : t > 0.1 s
600 N
Specified tripping current
For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2)
1
● Type B: 5 x I : t < 0.1 s
300 IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h N
● UL file number 177451 120
1
60 1
Suitable for applications where protection against low-level
30
short-circuit faults in control wiring is desired. Instantaneous trip
is 3–5X continuous rating of device (In). Applications include PLC
wiring, business equipment, lighting, appliances and some
10
5
1
t [sec]
motors. Low magnetic trip point. 2
1
1
1
0.5
0.2 1
3
0.1
B
1
2
0.05
0.02
0.005
0.01
1
0.002
0.001
1
1
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
I / IN
1
Single-Pole B Curve (3–5X In Current Rating)— B Curve (3–5X In Current Rating)—
1
Four-Pole
Designed for Resistive or Slightly Designed for Resistive or Slightly
Inductive Loads 1 Inductive Loads, continued 1
Single-Pole 2 Two-Pole Three-Pole Single-Pole Three-Pole 1
Catalog Catalog Catalog Four-Pole + Neutral + Neutral
Amperes Number Number Number Catalog
Amperes Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1
1 FAZ-B1/1-SP FAZ-B1/2 FAZ-B1/3
2 FAZ-B2/1-SP FAZ-B2/2 FAZ-B2/3 1 FAZ-B1/4 FAZ-B1/1N FAZ-B1/3N
1
Two-Pole
4 FAZ-B4/1-SP FAZ-B4/2 FAZ-B4/3 Single-Pole + Neutral 3 FAZ-B3/4 FAZ-B3/1N FAZ-B3/3N 1
4 FAZ-B4/4 FAZ-B4/1N FAZ-B4/3N
5
6
FAZ-B5/1-SP
FAZ-B6/1-SP
FAZ-B5/2
FAZ-B6/2
FAZ-B5/3
FAZ-B6/3 5 FAZ-B5/4 FAZ-B5/1N FAZ-B5/3N 1
7 FAZ-B7/1-SP FAZ-B7/2 FAZ-B7/3 6
7
FAZ-B6/4
FAZ-B7/4
FAZ-B6/1N
FAZ-B7/1N
FAZ-B6/3N
FAZ-B7/3N
1
10 FAZ-B10/1-SP FAZ-B10/2 FAZ-B10/3 8 FAZ-B8/4 FAZ-B8/1N FAZ-B8/3N 1
Three-Pole 13 FAZ-B13/1-SP FAZ-B13/2 FAZ-B13/3 12 FAZ-B12/4 FAZ-B12/1N FAZ-B12/3N 1

Three-Pole + Neutral
1
1
30 FAZ-B30/1-SP FAZ-B30/2 FAZ-B30/3 25 FAZ-B25/4 FAZ-B25/1N FAZ-B25/3N 1

1
1

1
Notes
1 In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240,
1
and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to
provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required.
2 Option for single packaging on single-pole B, C and D curves only; add suffix SP when ordering. 1
www.comoso.com
FAZ C curve (5–10X In current rating)

1
1.13
1.45
● Designed for inductive loads 7200
Specified non-tripping Type C: 5 x I : t > 0.1 s
3600 N
1 Response time of instantaneous trip: 5–10X In current rating

● current Type C: 10 x I : t < 0.1 s
N
● UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 1200
600 Specified tripping current
1 ●
●
UL file number 177451
300
IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h
120
1 Suitable for applications where medium levels of inrush current 60

30
are expected. Instantaneous trip is 5–10X rating of device (In).
1 Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices, 10
control circuits and coils. Medium magnetic trip point. 5
t [sec]
1 2
1
1 0.5
0.2
1
0.1 2
1
0.05 C
1
0.02
0.01
0.005
1 0.002
0.001
1 0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
1 I / IN
1
Single-Pole C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)— Four-Pole C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)—
1 Designed Inductive Loads 1 Designed Inductive Loads, continued 1
Single-Pole 2 Two-Pole Three-Pole Single-Pole Three-Pole
1 Catalog
Amperes Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number Catalog
Four-Pole + Neutral
Catalog
+ Neutral
Catalog
1 0.5 FAZ-C0.5/1-SP FAZ-C0.5/2 FAZ-C0.5/3

Amperes Number
0.5 FAZ-C0.5/4
Number
FAZ-C0.5/1N
Number
FAZ-C0.5/3N
1 FAZ-C1/1-SP FAZ-C1/2 FAZ-C1/3
1 1.6 FAZ-C1.6/1-SP FAZ-C1.6/2 FAZ-C1.6/3
1 FAZ-C1/4 FAZ-C1/1N FAZ-C1/3N
1.6 FAZ-C1.6/4 FAZ-C1.6/1N FAZ-C1.6/3N
1
Two-Pole Single-Pole + Neutral 2 FAZ-C2/4 FAZ-C2/1N FAZ-C2/3N
1
1 6 FAZ-C6/1-SP FAZ-C6/2 FAZ-C6/3
1 8 FAZ-C8/1-SP FAZ-C8/2 FAZ-C8/3
1 Three-Pole
10
13
FAZ-C10/1-SP
FAZ-C13/1-SP
FAZ-C10/2
FAZ-C13/2
FAZ-C10/3
FAZ-C13/3 Three-Pole + Neutral 10 FAZ-C10/4 FAZ-C10/1N FAZ-C10/3N
1 15 FAZ-C15/1-SP FAZ-C15/2 FAZ-C15/3

13
15
FAZ-C13/4
FAZ-C15/4
FAZ-C13/1N
FAZ-C15/1N
FAZ-C13/3N
FAZ-C15/3N
1 20 FAZ-C20/1-SP FAZ-C20/2 FAZ-C20/3
1 30 FAZ-C30/1-SP FAZ-C30/2 FAZ-C30/3
1 32 FAZ-C32/1-SP FAZ-C32/2 FAZ-C32/3
1 50 FAZ-C50/1-SP FAZ-C50/2 FAZ-C50/3

40
50
FAZ-C40/4
FAZ-C50/4
FAZ-C40/1N
FAZ-C50/1N
FAZ-C40/3N
FAZ-C50/3N
1 63 FAZ-C63/4 FAZ-C63/1N FAZ-C63/3N
Notes
1 1 In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240,
1 provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required.
2 Option for single packaging on single-pole B, C and D curves only; add suffix SP when ordering.
www.comoso.com
1.3
FAZ D curve (10–20X In current rating)
1
1.13
1.45
● Designed for highly inductive loads 7200
Specified non-tripping 2.55 I :
3600 N
Response time of instantaneous trip: 10–20X In current rating
1
● current t = 1–60 s (IN < 32A)
INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h t = 1–120 s (IN > 32A)
● UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 1200
Type D: 10 x I : t > 0.1 s
N
600 Specified tripping current
1
Type D: 20 x I : t < 0.1 s
● For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) 300
IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h N
● UL file number 177451 120
Suitable for applications where high levels of inrush current are 60

30
1
1
expected. Instantaneous trip is 10–20X rating of device (In). The
high magnetic trip point prevents nuisance tripping in high
inductive applications such as motors, transformers and
10
5
1
t [sec]
power supplies. 2
1
1
1
1
0.5
0.2
3
1
0.1
2
0.05 D
1
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.002
0.001
1
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
1
I / IN
1
1
Single-Pole D Curve (10–20X In Current Rating)— Four-Pole D Curve (10–20X In Current Rating)—
Designed for Inductive Loads 1 Designed for Inductive Loads, continued 1 1
Single-Pole 2 Two-Pole Three-Pole Single-Pole Three-Pole
Catalog
Four-Pole + Neutral
Catalog
+ Neutral
Catalog
1
0.5 FAZ-D0.5/1-SP FAZ-D0.5/2 FAZ-D0.5/3
Amperes Number
0.5 FAZ-D0.5/4
Number
FAZ-D0.5/1N
Number
FAZ-D0.5/3N
1
1 FAZ-D1/1-SP FAZ-D1/2 FAZ-D1/3
1 FAZ-D1/4 FAZ-D1/1N FAZ-D1/3N 1
2 FAZ-D2/4 FAZ-D2/1N FAZ-D2/3N
Two-Pole
3
4
FAZ-D3/1-SP
FAZ-D4/1-SP
FAZ-D3/2
FAZ-D4/2
FAZ-D3/3
FAZ-D4/3
Single-Pole + Neutral 3 FAZ-D3/4 FAZ-D3/1N FAZ-D3/3N 1
1
1
8 FAZ-D8/4 FAZ-D8/1N FAZ-D8/3N 1
Three-Pole
13
15
FAZ-D13/1-SP
FAZ-D15/1-SP
FAZ-D13/2
FAZ-D15/2
FAZ-D13/3
FAZ-D15/3 Three-Pole + Neutral 13 FAZ-D13/4 FAZ-D13/1N FAZ-D13/3N 1
1
1
1
40 FAZ-D40/4 FAZ-D40/1N FAZ-D40/3N 1
50 3 FAZ-D50/1-SP FAZ-D50/2 FAZ-D50/3
63 3 FAZ-D63/1-SP FAZ-D63/2 FAZ-D63/3
50 c
63 c
FAZ-D50/4
FAZ-D63/4
FAZ-D50/1N
FAZ-D63/1N
FAZ-D50/3N
FAZ-D63/3N
1
Notes 1
1 In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240,
1
2 Option for single packaging on single-pole B, C and D curves only; add suffix SP when ordering.
3 IEC 60947-2 only. 1
www.comoso.com
FAZ K curve (8–12X In current rating)

1
1.13
1.45
● Designed for motors, transformers and upstream electronics
7200 Specified
●
3600 non-tripping current
● UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors Int = 1.05 u In
1200 for t > 1 h
1 ●
●
UL file number 177451
600
300
Specified
tripping current
It = 1.30 u In
1 Suitable for applications where medium levels of inrush current
120
60
for t < 1 h
are expected. Instantaneous trip is 8–12X rating of device (In).
1
30
Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices,
control circuits and coils. Medium magnetic trip point. 10
1 5
t (sec)
2
1
1
0.5 K
0.2
1 0.1
0.05
1 0.02
0.01
1 0.005
0.002
1
0.001
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
1 U-rated Current
1
K Curve (8–12X In Current Rating)— Four-Pole K Curve (8–12X In Current Rating)—
1 Single-Pole
Designed for Inductive Loads 12 Designed for Inductive Loads, continued 12
Single-Pole 3 Single-Pole Three-Pole
1
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Four-Pole 3 + Neutral + Neutral
1 0.5 FAZ-K0.5/1 FAZ-K0.5/2 FAZ-K0.5/3

Amperes Number
0.5 FAZ-K0.5/4
Number
FAZ-K0.5/1N
Number
FAZ-K0.5/3N
1 1
1.6
FAZ-K1/1
FAZ-K1.6/1
FAZ-K1/2
FAZ-K1.6/2
FAZ-K1/3
FAZ-K1.6/3
1 FAZ-K1/4 FAZ-K1/1N FAZ-K1/3N
1.6 FAZ-K1.6/4 FAZ-K1.6/1N FAZ-K1.6/3N
1 Two-Pole
2 FAZ-K2/1 FAZ-K2/2 FAZ-K2/3 Single-Pole + Neutral 2 FAZ-K2/4 FAZ-K2/1N FAZ-K2/3N
3 FAZ-K3/1 FAZ-K3/2 FAZ-K3/3
1
1 8 FAZ-K8/1 FAZ-K8/2 FAZ-K8/3
1 10
13
FAZ-K10/1
FAZ-K13/1
FAZ-K10/2
FAZ-K13/2
FAZ-K10/3
FAZ-K13/3
1 16 FAZ-K16/1 FAZ-K16/2 FAZ-K16/3
Three-Pole + Neutral 16 FAZ-K16/4 FAZ-K16/1N FAZ-K16/3N
Three-Pole 20 FAZ-K20/1 FAZ-K20/2 FAZ-K20/3
1 25 FAZ-K25/1 FAZ-K25/2 FAZ-K25/3
20
25
FAZ-K20/4
FAZ-K25/4
FAZ-K20/1N
FAZ-K25/1N
FAZ-K20/3N
FAZ-K25/3N
1
32 FAZ-K32/1 FAZ-K32/2 FAZ-K32/3
40 FAZ-K40/1 FAZ-K40/2 FAZ-K40/3
1 50 FAZ-K50/1 FAZ-K50/2 FAZ-K50/3
63 FAZ-K63/1 FAZ-K63/2 FAZ-K63/3
1
Notes
1 provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required.
2 These breakers are available by special order and may result in additional delivery time.
3 Two-piece box order, quantities of 2.
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.3
FAZ S curve (13–17X In current rating)
1
1.05
1.30
● Designed for control circuits with high inrush
7200 Specified
Response time of instantaneous trip: 13–17X In current rating
1
●
1200 for t > 1 h
1
●
600 Specified
● UL file number 177451 300 tripping current
It = 1.30 u In
Suitable for applications where high levels of inrush current are 120
60
for t < 1 h 1
expected. Instantaneous trip is 13–17X rating of device (In). The
1
30
high magnetic trip point prevents nuisance tripping in high
inductive applications such as motors, transformers and 10
power supplies. 5
1
t (sec)
2
1
1
0.5 S
0.2
0.1 1
0.05
0.02
0.01
1
0.005
0.002
1
1
0.001
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
U-rated Current 1
S Curve (13–17X In Current Rating)—
Single-Pole
Designed for Inductive Loads 12 1
Single-Pole 3 Two-Pole
Catalog Catalog 1
Amperes Number Number
1 FAZ-S1/1 FAZ-S1/2 1
1
2 FAZ-S2/1 FAZ-S2/2
3 FAZ-S3/1 FAZ-S3/2
Two-Pole
4 FAZ-S4/1 FAZ-S4/2
1
6 FAZ-S6/1 FAZ-S6/2
10 FAZ-S10/1 FAZ-S10/2 1
16 FAZ-S16/1 FAZ-S16/2
20 FAZ-S20/1 FAZ-S20/2 1
25
32
FAZ-S25/1
FAZ-S32/1
FAZ-S25/2
FAZ-S32/2
1
40 FAZ-S40/1 FAZ-S40/2 1
Notes
1 In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA 1
Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of
NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian
Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be 1
used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device.
They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an
appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit
1
1
overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required.
2 These breakers are available by special order and may result in
additional delivery time.

1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
FAZ Z curve (2–3X In current rating)

1
1.05
1.30
● Designed for protection of electronic devices
7200 Specified
●
1200 for t > 1 h
1 ● For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) 600
300
Specified
tripping current
Suitable for applications where low levels of inrush current
It = 1.30 u In
1 are expected. Instantaneous trip is 2–3X rating of device (In). 120
60
for t < 1 h
Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices,
1 control circuits and coils. Medium magnetic trip point. 30
10
1 5
t (sec)
2
1
1
0.5
Z
0.2
1 0.1
0.05
1 0.02
0.01
1 0.005
0.002
1
0.001
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
1 U-rated Current
1 Single-Pole Z Curve (2–3X In Current Rating)—

Designed for Inductive Loads 12 Three-Pole Z Curve (2–3X In Current Rating)—
1 Single-Pole 3 Two-Pole
Designed for Inductive Loads, continued 12
Catalog Catalog Three-Pole Four-Pole
1 Amperes Number Number
Amperes
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
0.5 FAZ-Z0.5/1 FAZ-Z0.5/2
1 1 FAZ-Z1/1 FAZ-Z1/2
0.5 FAZ-Z0.5/3 FAZ-Z0.5/4
1 FAZ-Z1/3 FAZ-Z1/4
1 1.6
2
FAZ-Z1.6/1
FAZ-Z2/1
FAZ-Z1.6/2
FAZ-Z2/2
1.6 FAZ-Z1.6/3 FAZ-Z1.6/4
Two-Pole
1 3 FAZ-Z3/1 FAZ-Z3/2 Four-Pole
2
3
FAZ-Z2/3
FAZ-Z3/3
FAZ-Z2/4
FAZ-Z3/4
4 FAZ-Z4/1 FAZ-Z4/2
1 6 FAZ-Z6/1 FAZ-Z6/2
4 FAZ-Z4/3 FAZ-Z4/4
6 FAZ-Z6/3 FAZ-Z6/4
1
8 FAZ-Z8/1 FAZ-Z8/2
8 FAZ-Z8/3 FAZ-Z8/4
10 FAZ-Z10/1 FAZ-Z10/2
10 FAZ-Z10/3 FAZ-Z10/4
1 13 FAZ-Z13/1 FAZ-Z13/2
13 FAZ-Z13/3 FAZ-Z13/4
16 FAZ-Z16/1 FAZ-Z16/2
1 20 FAZ-Z20/1 FAZ-Z20/2
16
20
FAZ-Z16/3
FAZ-Z20/3
FAZ-Z16/4
FAZ-Z20/4
25 FAZ-Z25/1 FAZ-Z25/2
1 32 FAZ-Z32/1 FAZ-Z32/2
25 FAZ-Z25/3 FAZ-Z25/4
32 FAZ-Z32/3 FAZ-Z32/4
1
40 FAZ-Z40/1 FAZ-Z40/2
40 FAZ-Z40/3 FAZ-Z40/4
50 FAZ-Z50/1 FAZ-Z50/2
1
50 FAZ-Z50/3 FAZ-Z50/4
63 FAZ-Z63/1 FAZ-Z63/2
63 FAZ-Z63/3 FAZ-Z63/4
1
Notes
1
2 These breakers are available by special order and may result in additional delivery time.
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.3
Accessories
1
FAZ Auxiliary Contacts and Voltage Trips
Rated Operational Catalog 1
Circuit Diagram Description Voltage Number
Standard Auxiliary Contacts 1
■
1
1NO/1NC 230 Vac FAZ-XHIN11
■ Installs on left side of FAZ or shunt trip
■ Max. one per FAZ (1077) device
■ Switches when FAZ is tripped
electrically or manually
1
1
■ 1 changeover contact 230 Vac FAZ-XHINW1
12 14 ■
■
Installs on left side of FAZ or shunt trip
Max. one per FAZ (1077) device
1
■ Switches when FAZ is tripped
electrically or manually 1
11 1
1
Auxiliary/Trip Indicating Contact
■ Small selector screw changes mode 230 Vac FAZ-XAM002
■
1
Two Form C (changeover) contacts
■ Installs on left side of FAZ or shunt trip
■ Auxiliary contacts switch when FAZ is
tripped electrically or manually
■ Trip indicating contact switches only
1
when FAZ is tripped electrically
Two-pole auxiliary mode 1
1
1
Trip indicating mode
1
Undervoltage Trip
1
■ Prevents FAZ from operating unless 115 Vac FAZ-XUA(115VAC)
U
D1 voltage is present
■ Installs on left side of FAZ
230 Vac FAZ-XUA(230VAC) 1
■ Includes test button 400 Vac FAZ-XUA(400VAC)
D2
1
1
1
Shunt Trip
■ Allows remote trip of FAZ 12–110 Vac FAZ-XAA-C-12-110VAC 1
C1 ■ Installs on left side of FAZ 12–60 Vdc
110–415 Vac FAZ-XAA-C-110- 1
C2 110–230 Vdc 415VAC
1
1
1
Allowable Combinations of Accessories
1
AUX AUX
TRIP
FAZ AUX AUX
TRIP
FAZ FAZ 1
or
Circuit
or
Shunt Circuit UnderV Circuit
1
Breaker Trip Breaker Trip Breaker
1
www.comoso.com
Busbar System
1 Number of Poles Number of Catalog
Description Rated Operational Current per Device Terminals Number 1
1 Without Auxiliary Contacts
1 For connecting FAZ supplementary protectors without auxiliary

contacts. May be fed from line or load side.
80A 1 57 BB-UL-18/1P-1M/57
1
2 56 BB-UL-18/2P-2M/56
1
1 3 57 BB-UL-18/3P-3M/57
1 WMZS WMZS WMZS
100A 1 57 BB-UL-25/1P-1M/57
1
1 2 56 BB-UL-25/2P-2M/56
1
1
3 57 BB-UL-25/3P-3M/57
1 Auxiliary/Trip Indicating Contacts
1 For connecting FAZ supplementary protectors with auxiliary

contacts. May be fed from line or load side.
80A 1 37 BB-UL-18/1P-1,5M/37
1
2 46 BB-UL-18/2P+AS-2,5M/46
1
1 3 48 BB-UL-18/3P+AS-3,5M/48
1 FAZ FAZ
100A 1 37 BB-UL-25/1P-1,5M/37
1
1 2 46 BB-UL-25/2P+AS-2,5M/46
1
1
3 48 BB-UL-25/3P+AS-3,5M/48
1
Note
1 1 Bus may be center fed for high current capacity.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.3
Pin Type Incoming Supply Terminals Bus Incoming Supply Terminals
Incoming Terminal
Catalog
Incoming Terminal
Catalog
1
Description Number Description Number
■ Accommodates conductors BB-UL-TEP/35 ■ 50 mm2 BB-UL-TE/50
1
from 6–35 mm2/#10–2 AWG ■
1
#14–1 AWG
■ 4–5.5 Nm/35–50 lb-in ■ 75 Deg wire
■ Two- and three-pole ■ 115 A/Y, 480V UL
■ 160 A/Y 690V IEC 1
1
Fork Connector Busbar End Cap
Incoming Terminal Pin Type Incoming Supply Terminals— Catalog 1
Single-Phase Only Description Poles Number
Description
Catalog
Number
■ Install after cutting busbar 2 and 3 BB-UL-EC/3 1
■ Protects end of busbar
1 BB-UL-EC/1
■ Accommodates conductors
from 6–35 mm2/#10–2 AWG
BB-UL-TEPA/35 1
■ 4–5.5 Nm/35–50 lb-in
1
Busbar Terminal Cover Protective Accessories

1
Description
Catalog
Number 1
For covering
unused terminals
BB-IP/5
1
■ Prevents reactivation of the device
during maintenance
IS/SPE-1TE
1
■ Holds one padlock
Padlock Hasp
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com

1
Trip Curves Chart Tripping Characteristics
1 Eaton FAZ supplementary Even though not required by
1.05
1.30
protectors are available with NEC or CEC for supplementary
1
1.13
1.45
six different tripping protectors, Eaton’s FAZ
characteristics, including devices are current limiting, 7200
1
Time-current characteristic acc. to UL 1077
Type B, C, D, K, S and Z. which means that they 3600 Conventional 2.55 I :
Definitions for each trip curve interrupt fault currents non-tripping current
N
t = 1–60 s (IN < 32A)
1 are contained on the ordering

pages and can be used to
within one half cycle. Current
limiting devices offer superior
1200
600
Int = 1.13 IN: t > 1 h
Conventional tripping
t = 1–120 s (IN < 32A)
Type B: 3 I : t > 0.1 s
N
determine the optimal protection by reducing current Type B: 5 I : t < 0.1 s

1
300 It = 1.45 IN: t < 1 h N
characteristic for your peak let-through current Type C: 5 I : t > 0.1 s
120 N
application. For example, and energy. Type C: 10 I : t < 0.1 s
1 60 N
low-level short-circuit faults in Type D: 10 I : t > 0.1 s
control wiring, such as PLCs, 30 N

Type D: 20 I : t < 0.1 s
1
N
are best protected by devices 10
with Type B trip characteristics
5
(3–5X continuous rating of the
1
t (sec)
device (In). 2
1 D
1 0.5
0.2
1 0.1 Z B C K S
0.05
1 0.02
0.01
1 0.005
0.002
1 0.001
0.0005
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
I/In
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.3
FAZ Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data
Description B Curve C Curve D Curve
1
Electrical
1
Approvals UR (UL 1077), CSA (CSA 22.2 No. 235), CE
Standards IEC/EN 60947-2 1
Short-circuit trip response 3–5 In 5–10 In 10–20 In
Supplementary Protectors—UL/CSA 1
Current range
Maximum voltage ratings—UL/CSA
1–63A 0.5–63A 0.5–40A
1
1
Single-pole, single-pole + neutral 277 Vac 277 Vac 277 Vac
48 Vdc 48 Vdc 48 Vdc
Two-, three-pole, four-pole and
three-pole + neutral
Two poles in series
480Y/277 Vac
96 Vdc
480Y/277 Vac
96 Vdc
480Y/277 Vac
96 Vdc 1
Thermal tripping characteristics
Single-pole 1.35 x In @ 40°C 1.35 x In @ 40°C 1.35 x In @ 40°C 1
Multi-pole 1.45 x In @ 40°C 1.45 x In @ 40°C 1.45 x In @ 40°C
Short-circuit ratings (at max. voltage) 1
Single-pole 10 kA (5 kA for 40–63A device) 10 kA (5 kA for 40–63A device) 5 kA
Two-, three-pole
Single-pole
10 kA (5 kA for 40–63A device)
10 kA @ 48 Vdc
10 kA (5 kA for 40–63A device)
10 kA @ 48 Vdc
5 kA
10 kA @ 48 Vdc 1
Two poles in series 10 kA @ 96 Vdc 10 kA @ 96 Vdc 10 kA @ 96 Vdc
Miniature Circuit Breaker—IEC 1
Current range
Maximum voltage ratings—IEC 68898-1
1–63A 0.5–63A 0.5–63A
1
1
Single-pole 230 Vac 230 Vac 230 Vac
Two-, three-pole 230/400 Vac 230/400 Vac 230/400 Vac
Single-pole 240 Vac
48 Vdc
240 Vac
48 Vdc
240 Vac
48 Vdc
1
Two-, three-pole
Two poles in series
240/415 Vac
96 Vdc
240/415 Vac
96 Vdc
240/415 Vac
96 Vdc 1
1
Thermal tripping characteristics
Single-pole > 1 hour @ 1.05 x In > 1 hour @ 1.05 x In > 1 hour @ 1.05 x In
Multi-pole < 1 hour @ 1.3 x In < 1 hour @ 1.3 x In < 1 hour @ 1.3 x In
Interrupt ratings (at max. voltage) 1
IEC 60947-2 15 kA 15 kA 15 kA (10 kA for 50 and 63A)
IEC 60898
Operational switching capacity
10 kA
7.5 kA
10 kA
7.5 kA
10 kA (50 and 63A not available)
7.5 kA 1
Max. backup fuse [gL/gG] 125A 125A 125A
Rated impulse withstand—Uimp
Rated insulation voltage—Ui
4000 Vac
440 Vac
4000 Vac
440 Vac
4000 Vac
440 Vac
1
Environmental/General
1
Selectivity class 3 3 3
Lifespan (operations)
Shock (IEC 68-2-22)
> 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF)
10g–120 ms
10g–120 ms
10g–120 ms 1
Operating temperature range –40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C) –40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C) –40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C)
Shipment and short-term storage
Housing material
–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)
Nylon
–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)
Nylon
–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)
Nylon
1
Mechanical
1
Standard front dimension
Device height
Terminal protection
80 mm
Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536
80 mm
Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536
80 mm
Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536 1
Mounting width per pole 17.5 mm 17.5 mm 17.5 mm
Mounting IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail 1
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Terminals top and bottom
Supply connection
Twin-purpose terminals
Line or load side
Line or load side
Line or load side 1
Terminal capacity [mm2]
Torque
1 x 25 (AWG 4–18)/2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)
2.4 Nm
1 x 25 (AWG 4–18)/2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)
2.4 Nm
1 x 25 (AWG 4–18)/2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)
2.4 Nm 1
Imperial torque 21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in 21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in 21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in
Thickness of busbar material

(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)
0.8–2 mm
(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)
0.8–2 mm
(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)
0.8–2 mm
1
Mounting position As required As required As required
1
1
www.comoso.com
FAZ Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data, continued

1 Description B Curve C Curve D Curve
1 Electrical
Approvals UR (UL 1077), CSA (CSA 22.2 No. 235), CE
1 Standards IEC/EN 60947-2, E177451, 204453
Short-circuit trip response 8–12 In 13–17 In 2–3 In
1 Supplementary Protectors—UL/CSA
1 Current range
Maximum voltage ratings—UL/CSA
0.5–63A 0.5–40A 1–63A
1
48 Vdc 48 Vdc 48 Vdc
Two-, three-, four-pole and
1 three-pole + neutral
Two poles in series
480Y/277 Vac
96 Vdc
480Y/277 Vac
96 Vdc
480Y/277 Vac
96 Vdc
1 Thermal tripping characteristics

Single-pole 1.35 x In @ 40°C 1.35 x In @ 40°C 1.35 x In @ 40°C
Multi-pole 1.45 x In @ 40°C 1.45 x In @ 40°C 1.45 x In @ 40°C
1 Short-circuit ratings (at max. voltage)
Single-pole 5 kA @ 277 Vac 5 kA @ 277 Vac 5 kA @ 277 Vac
1 Single-pole + neutral
Two-, three-, four-pole
5 kA @ 277 Vac
5 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac
5 kA @ 277 Vac
5 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac
5 kA @ 277 Vac
5 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac
Two poles in series — — —
1 Miniature Circuit Breaker—IEC
1 Current range
0.5–63A 0.5–40A 1–63A
1
Two-, three-, four-pole,
three-pole + neutral 240/415 Vac 240/415 Vac 240/415 Vac
1 Thermal tripping characteristics
Single-pole > 1 Hour @ 1.05 x In > 1 Hour @ 1.05 x In > 1 Hour @ 1.05 x In
1 Multi-pole
Interrupt ratings (at max. voltage)
< 1 Hour @ 1.3 x In < 1 Hour @ 1.3 x In < 1 Hour @ 1.3 x In
1
IEC 60947-2 15 kA 10 kA 10 kA
Operational switching capacity 7.5 kA 7.5 kA 7.5 kA
Max. backup fuse [gL/gG] 125A 125A 125A
1 Rated impulse withstand—Uimp
Rated insulation voltage—Ui
4000 Vac
440 Vac
4000 Vac
440 Vac
4000 Vac
440 Vac
1 Environmental/General
Selectivity class 3 3 3
1
Lifespan (operations) > 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF) > 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF) > 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF)
Shock (IEC 68-2-22) 10g–120 ms 10g–120 ms 10g–120 ms
Operating temperature range –40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C) –40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C) –40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C)
1 Shipment and short-term storage
Housing material
–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)
Nylon
–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)
Nylon
–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)
Nylon
1 Mechanical
Standard front dimension
1
Device height 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm
Terminal protection Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536 Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536 Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536
Mounting width per pole 17.7 mm 17.7 mm 17.7 mm
1 Mounting IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
1 Terminals top and bottom
Supply connection
Line or load side
Line or load side
Line or load side
1 Terminal capacity [mm2]

Torque
1 x 25 (AWG 4–18) / 2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)
2.4 Nm
1 x 25 (AWG 4–18) / 2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)
2.4 Nm
1 x 25 (AWG 4–18) / 2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)
2.4 Nm
Imperial torque 21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in 21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in 21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in
1 Thickness of busbar material
(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)
0.8–2 mm
(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)
0.8–2 mm
(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)
0.8–2 mm
Mounting position As required As required As required
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.3
Let-Through Energy I2t Let-Through Energy ID
1
Characteristic B and C Characteristic B and C
∫i2dt 105 lD 104

1
63 A 9
[A2s] 8
6
50 A
40 A
[A] 8
7
63 A
40 A
50 A 1
32 A 32 A
1
25 A 6 25 A
4 20 A 16 A20 A
16 A
13 A 5 13 A
10 A 10 A
4
6A
4A
1
2
3A
1.5
6A
4A
3
1
104
8
3A
2 1
2A
6
2A 1.5 1
4
103
1
2 1A 1
1.5
1
0.5 A
1 A
103 5
0.5 A
8
6
1
4 1
1
3
2
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15
Icc rms [kA] Icc rms [kA] 1

1
Characteristic D Characteristic D
∫i2dt 10
5
lD 104
1
40 A
[A2s] 8 9
1
32 A [A] 8
25 A 40 A
6 20 A 32 A
7 25 A
16 A 20 A
4
13 A
10 A
6 16 A
13 A
10 A
1
5
1
6A
6A 4
2
1.5 3 1
104
8 2
1
6
1.5 1
4
103
1
2 1
1.5
103
1
5
8
6
1
4 1
2
1
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15
Icc rms [kA] Icc rms [kA] 1

www.comoso.com
Let-Through Energy I2t

1
Characteristic K Characteristic S
1 lD 104 lD 104
[A] [A]
1 8
8
1
6 63 A
50 A
40 A
6 40 A
32 A 25 A 32 A
20 A 25 A
1 4
13 A 16 A
20 A
16 A
10 A 10 A
1
6A 4
3 4A
3A
6A
1 2 2A 3
4A
3A
2A
1.6 A
1 1.5
1A
1
2
10 3 1A
1 1.5
1
5 103
1 0.5 A
1
1 5
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 Icc rms [kA] 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Icc rms [kA]

1
Characteristic Z
1 lD 104
[A]
1 8
1
6 63 A
50 A
40 A
32 A 25 A
20 A
1
16 A
4
10 A
8A
1 3 6A
1 2
4A
3A
1 1.5
1 103
2A
1
1
5
1 1.6 A
1A
1
0.5 A
1
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 Icc rms [kA]
www.comoso.com
1.3
Influence of the Ambient Temperature on the Thermal Tripping Behavior
Corrected values of the rated current dependent on the ambient temperature 1
Ambient Temperature T 1
In (A) –40°C –30°C –20°C –10°C 0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C 35°C 40°C 45°C 50°C 55°C 60°C 65°C 70°C 75°C
0.16 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.13 1
0.25 0.32 0.31 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.25 0.24 0.24 0.23 0.23 0.22 0.22 0.21 0.21
0.50 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.52 0.50 0.49 0.48 0.47 0.46 0.45 0.44 0.43 0.42 0.41 1
0.75 0.96 0.93 0.90 0.87 0.84 0.81 0.78 0.75 0.74 0.73 0.71 0.69 0.68 0.66 0.65 0.64 0.62
1.00 1.30 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.10 1.10 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.89 0.87 0.85 0.83 1
1.50 1.90 1.90 1.80 1.70 1.70 1.60 1.60 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.20
1.60 2.00 2.00 1.90 1.90 1.80 1.70 1.70 1.60 1.60 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.30 1
1
2.00 2.60 2.50 2.40 2.30 2.20 2.20 2.10 2.00 2.00 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.80 1.80 1.70 1.70 1.70
2.50 3.20 3.10 3.00 2.90 2.80 2.70 2.60 2.50 2.50 2.40 2.40 2.30 2.30 2.20 2.20 2.10 2.10
3.00
3.50
3.80
4.50
3.70
4.40
3.60
4.20
3.50
4.10
3.40
3.90
3.30
3.80
3.10
3.70
3.00
3.50
3.00
3.40
2.90
3.40
2.80
3.30
2.80
3.20
2.70
3.20
2.70
3.10
2.60
3.00
2.50
3.00
2.50
2.90
1
4.00
5.00
5.10
6.40
5.00
6.20
4.80
6.00
4.70
5.80
4.50
5.60
4.30
5.40
4.20
5.20
4.00
5.00
3.90
4.90
3.90
4.80
3.80
4.70
3.70
4.60
3.60
4.50
3.50
4.40
3.50
4.30
3.40
4.20
3.30
4.10
1
6.00
7.00
7.70
9.00
7.50
8.70
7.20
8.40
7.00
8.20
6.70
7.80
6.50
7.60
6.30
7.40
6.00
7.00
5.90
6.90
5.80
6.80
5.70
6.70
5.60
6.50
5.40
6.30
5.30
6.20
5.20
6.10
5.10
6.00
5.00
5.80
1
8.00 10.20 9.90 9.60 9.30 9.00 8.70 8.40 8.00 7.90 7.70 7.60 7.40 7.20 7.10 6.90 6.80 6.60
1
10.00 13.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 11.00 11.00 10.00 10.00 9.90 9.70 9.50 9.30 9.00 8.90 8.70 8.50 8.30
12.00 15.00 15.00 14.00 14.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 1
13.00 17.00 16.00 16.00 15.00 15.00 14.00 14.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 11.00 11.00 11.00
15.00 19.00 19.00 18.00 17.00 17.00 16.00 16.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 12.00 1
16.00 20.00 20.00 19.00 19.00 18.00 17.00 17.00 16.00 16.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 13.00
20.00 26.00 25.00 24.00 23.00 22.00 22.00 21.00 20.00 20.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 18.00 18.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 1
25.00 32.00 31.00 30.00 29.00 28.00 27.00 26.00 25.00 25.00 24.00 24.00 23.00 23.00 22.00 22.00 21.00 21.00
32.00 41.00 40.00 38.00 37.00 36.00 35.00 33.00 32.00 32.00 31.00 30.00 30.00 29.00 28.00 28.00 27.00 26.00 1
35.00 45.00 43.00 41.00 41.00 38.00 38.00 36.00 35.00 35.00 34.00 33.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 30.00 29.00 29.00
40.00 51.00 50.00 48.00 47.00 45.00 43.00 42.00 40.00 39.00 39.00 38.00 37.00 36.00 35.00 35.00 34.00 33.00 1
50.00 64.00 62.00 60.00 58.00 56.00 54.00 52.00 50.00 49.00 48.00 47.00 46.00 45.00 44.00 43.00 42.00 41.00
63.00 81.00 78.00 76.00 73.00 71.00 68.00 66.00 63.00 62.00 61.00 60.00 58.00 57.00 56.00 55.00 53.00 52.00 1
Influence of the Mains Frequency 1
Influence of the mains frequency on the tripping behavior IMA
of the instantaneous release 1
Mains Frequency f [Hz] 1
16 2/3 50 60 100 200 300 400
IMA(f)IMA (50 Hz) [%] 91 100 101 106 115 134 141 1
Load Carrying Capacity of Adjoining Miniature Circuit Breakers
1
1.00 1
1
Rated Diversity Factor
0.90 1
1
0.80
1
0.70
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
Number of Circuit Breakers
1
www.comoso.com
Accessories Technical Data

1 FAZ-XHIN
Description FAZ-XAM002 FAZ-XAA-C FAZ-XUA
1 Electrical
1 Contact function 1A + 1B
2 C/O
—
—
—
—
1 Rated operational voltage Un 250 Vac — 115 Vac

230 Vac
400 Vac
1 Voltage range — 12–110 Vac —
12–60 Vdc
1 Voltage range — 110–415 Vac —
110–230 Vdc
1 Closing threshold [x Un] — — 0.8
Tripping threshold [x Un] — — 0.5
1 Rated frequency ƒ 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
1 General use (UL/CSA)

AC—230/240 Vac 2/2A — —
DC—110/120 Vdc 0.5/0.5A — —
1 Pilot duty A600/Q600 — —
Conventional free air thermal current Ith 4A — —
1 Rated operational current
AC-13 Ie 3A (250 Vac) — —
1 AC-15 Ie
DC-13 Ie
2A (250 Vac)
0.5A (110 Vdc)
—
—
—
—
1 Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 Vac — —

Minimum operating voltage per contract Umin 5 Vdc — —
1 Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50μ) Uimp 2.5 kV — —
Rated conditional short-circuit current with 6A backup fuse ISC 1 kA — —
1 Max. admissible backup fuse 4A gL — —
1 Mechanical
Standard front dimension 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
1 Device height 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm
Mounting width 8.8 mm 17.6 mm 17.8 mm
1 Mounting On MCB IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail
1
Degree of protection enclosed
IP40 IP40 IP40
Terminal protection Protection against Protection against Protection against
1 electric shock to IEC 536 electric shock to IEC 536 electric shock to IEC 536
Terminals Lift terminals Twin-purpose terminals Twin-purpose terminals
1 Terminal capacity
Solid 0.5–2.5 mm2 1–2.5 mm2 2 x (1–2.5) mm2
1 Flexible 0.5–2.5 mm2 1–2.5 mm2 2 x (1–2.5) mm2
Tightening torque of terminal screws 0.8–1.0 Nm (7–9 lb-in) 2.4 Nm (21 lb-in) 0.8 Nm (7 lb-in)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.3
Dimensions
Miniature Circuit Breakers 1
FAZ
1
0.74
(9.4) 1
3.15 1.77
1
(80.0) (45.0)
1
1
1.73 1
0.22 (44.0)
1.40 2.09 2.79
0.70
(35.4) (53.1) (70.8)
(5.5)
2.36 1
(60.0)
(17.8)
1
1
Auxiliary Contacts
FAZ-XHI11 and FAZ-XH1NW1 FAZ-XAM002
1
1
3.15 1.77 3.15 1.77 1
(80.0) (45.0) (80.0) (45.0)
1
1
0.35 0.22 1.73 0.35 0.22 1.73 1
(8.8) (5.5) (44.0) (8.8) (5.5) (44.0)
2.36
(60.0)
2.36
(60.0) 1
Shunt Releases Undervoltage Releases 1
FAZ-XAA FAZ-XUA
1
1
3.15 1.77
1
3.15 1.77
(80.0) (45.0) (80.0) (45.0)
1
1
0.70
(17.8)
0.22
1.20
0.39
0.70
(17.8)
1
(30.5) 0.22 1.73
(5.5) (10.0)
1.03
(26.2)
1.73
(44.0)
(5.5) (44.0)
2.36 1
2.36 (60.0)
(60.0)
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com

1
1 Busbar and Accessory Weights and Dimensions
1
Catalog
Unit Weight (kg) Length Width Height Number
1
0.29 39.72 (1009.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) BB-UL-18/1P-1M/57
0.64 39.02 (991.0) 0.87 (22.0) 1.46 (37.0) BB-UL-18/2P-2M/56
1 0.83 39.72 (1009.0) 0.87 (22.0) 1.46 (37.0) BB-UL-18/3P-3M/57

0.26 38.78 (985.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) BB-UL-18/1P-1.5M/37
1 0.63 39.72 (1009.0) 0.87 (22.0) 1.46 (37.0) BB-UL-18/2P+AS-2.5M/46
0.79 38.66 (982.0) 0.87 (22.0) 1.46 (37.0) BB-UL-18/3P+AS-3.5M/48
1 0.36 39.72 (1009.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) BB-UL-25/1P-1M/57
1 0.79
1.04
39.02 (991.0)
39.72 (1009.0)
0.87 (22.0)
0.87 (22.0)
1.46 (37.0)
1.46 (37.0)
BB-UL-25/2P-2M/56
BB-UL-25/3P-3M/57
1 0.31 38.78 (985.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) BB-UL-25/1P-1.5M/37

0.73 39.72 (1009.0) 0.87 (22.0) 1.46 (37.0) BB-UL-25/2P+AS-2.5M/46
1 0.97 38.66 (982.0) 0.87 (22.0) 1.46 (37.0) BB-UL-25/3P+AS-3.5M/48
0.03 2.36 (60.0) 0.67 (17.0) 1.14 (29.0) BB-UL-TEP/35
1 0.03 1.42 (36.0) 0.67 (17.0) 1.14 (29.0) BB-UL-TEPA/35
1 0.03 1.57 (40.0) 0.71 (18.0) 1.18 (30.0) BB-UL-TE/50

0.003 3.35 (85.0) 0.47 (12.0) 0.94 (24.0) BB-IP/5
1 0.001 0.55 (14.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.39 (10.0) BB-UL-EC/3

0.001 0.94 (24.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.39 (10.0) BB-UL-EC/1
1
1
L W
1
1
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 H
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB
1.4
Contents
Description Page
1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac 1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-88
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-89 1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-90
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-91 1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac. . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-93
1
1
1
1
1
1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac 1
Product Overview Features Standards and Certifications 1
Optimum product quality, ● Wide range of compact ● UL 1053
tested reliability and safety RCCB types serving as ● IEC/EN 61008 1
stand for best protection of fault-current and additional ● CSA
installations and plant.
Eaton’s UL 1053 Residual
protection according to
UL 1053 and IEC/EN 61008
● ÖVE 1
● CE Marked
Current Circuit Breaker
(RCCB) is designed for use in
standards, suitable for
worldwide use 1
residual current applications. Type A or Type G/A (with
1
●
delay) protection available

● Comprehensive range of
● Motor control circuits
accessories 1
● HVAC internal/external ● Real contact position
equipment
indicator 1
● PLCs ● Fault current tripping
● HMIs indicator 1
● Equipment protection ● Transparent designation
● European housing plate 1
● Trip-free design—RCCB
can not be defeated by 1
holding the handle in the
ON position 1
be lost 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
1
UL 1053 RCCB 480Y/277V Type A
1
Conditionally Surge Current–Proof 250A, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type A
1
Two-Pole
Two-Pole
GF Sensitivity Catalog
1 Amperes (mA) Number 1 Designation
25 30 167113 FRCmM-25/2/003-A-NA
1 300 167116 FRCmM-25/2/03-A-NA
1 40 30
300
167114
167117
FRCmM-40/2/003-A-NA
FRCmM-40/2/03-A-NA
1 63 30 167115 FRCmM-63/2/003-A-NA
300 167118 FRCmM-63/2/03-A-NA
1
Conditionally Surge Current–Proof 250A, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type A
1
Four-Pole
Four-Pole
1
Amperes (mA) Number 1 Designation
1
25 30 167125 FRCmM-25/4/003-A-NA
300 167104 FRCmM-25/4/03-A-NA
1 40 30 167102 FRCmM-40/4/003-A-NA
300 167105 FRCmM-40/4/03-A-NA
1 63 30 167103 FRCmM-63/4/003-A-NA
300 167106 FRCmM-63/4/03-A-NA
1
1 UL 1053 RCCB 480Y/277V Type G/A
Type G/A has a 10 ms delay.
1
Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)
1 Two-Pole
Two-Pole
1
25 30 167119 FRCmM-25/2/003-G/A-NA
1 300 167122 FRCmM-25/2/03-G/A-NA
1 40 30 167120 FRCmM-40/2/003-G/A-NA
300 167123 FRCmM-40/2/03-G/A-NA
1 63 30 167121 FRCmM-63/2/003-G/A-NA
300 167124 FRCmM-63/2/03-G/A-NA
1
1 Four-Pole
Four-Pole
25 30 167107 FRCmM-25/4/003-G/A-NA
1 300 167110 FRCmM-25/4/03-G/A-NA
1 40 30 167108 FRCmM-40/4/003-G/A-NA
300 167111 FRCmM-40/4/03-G/A-NA
1 63 30 167109 FRCmM-63/4/003-G/A-NA
300 167112 FRCmM-63/4/03-G/A-NA
1 Note
1
1 Has no thermal element; must be paired with FAZ-NA or FAZ per application.
1
www.comoso.com
1.4
Accessories
1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac
Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number
1
Contact Two-pole contact or auxiliary
contact / trip indicating contact
Z-NHK 1 Padlock Hasp Padlock hasp IS/SPE-1TE 1
1
1
1
1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com

1 ● Residual current devices UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data, continued
1 Has no thermal protection; must be paired with FAZ-NA

●
or FAZ per application
Electrical According to UL 1053
1
● Captive screw terminals
Design according to UL 1053
● Universal tripping signal switch, also suitable for Z-A; can be
mounted subsequently Current test marks as printed onto the device
1 ● Auxiliary switch Z-HK can be mounted subsequently Tripping Type G 8 ms delay
Red-green contact position indicator Rated voltage Un 480Y/277V, 60 Hz

1
●
● White-blue tripping indicator Pickup current 22, 200 mA

Sensitivity AC and pulsating DC
1 Delayed types recommended for use with standard
●
fluorescent tubes with or without electronical ballast Overvoltage tested 530V

(30mA-RCD: 30 units per phase conductor,
1
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
100mA-RCD: 90 units per phase conductor) Rated short-circuit capacity Inc 5 kA according to CSA
● The device functions irrespective of the position of installation
1
Maximum backup fuse Overload protection Short-circuit protection
● Tripping is line voltage-independent. Consequently, the RCD is In = 25–40A 25A gG/gL 63A gG/gL
suitable for “fault current/residual current protection” and
1 “additional protection” within the meaning of the applicable In = 63A
Rated breaking capacity Im or
40A gG/gL 63A gG/gL
installation rules
Rated fault breaking capacity I'm
1 ● Reverse-feed permitted
In = 25–40A 500A
● The four-pole device can also be used for two-pole
1
In = 63A 630A
connection. For this purpose, use terminals 5-6 and N-N
● The test key “T” must be pressed every month. The system Voltage range of test button Two-pole 184–305V~
1 operator must be informed of this obligation and responsibility

in a way that can be proven (self-adhesive RCD-label enclosed) Endurance
Four-pole
Electrical
184–528V~
>4000 operating cycles
1 Pressing the test key “T” serves the only purpose of function
●
Mechanical >20,000 operating cycles
testing the residual current device (RCD). This test does not Mechanical
make earthing resistance measurement (RE) or proper
1 checking of the earth conductor condition redundant, which Frame size 45.0 mm
must be performed separately Device height 80.0 mm
1 ● Type -A: Protects against special forms of residual pulsating Device width 35 mm (2TE), 70 mm (4TE)
DC that have not been smoothed Device width Quick fastening with two
1 ● Type -G/A: Additionally protects against special forms of lock-in positions on DIN
rail IEC/EN 60715
residual pulsating DC that have not been smoothed
1 Degree of protection, built-in
Degree of protection in moisture-proof
IP40
IP54
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data enclosure
1 Description Specification Upper and lower terminals Lift terminals
Electrical According to IEC/EN 61008
1
Terminal protection Finger and hand touch
Design according to IEC/EN 61008 safe BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6
Terminal capacity 1.5–35 mm2 single-wire
1
ÖVE E 8601
Current test marks as printed onto the device 2 x 16 mm2 multi-wire
Busbar material thickness 0.8–2 mm
1 Tripping Type G
Rated voltage Un
10 ms delay
230/400V, 50 Hz Tripping temperature –25°C to +60°C
Resistance to climatic conditions According to IEC 61008
1 Rated tripping current I'n
Sensitivity
30, 300 mA
AC and pulsating DC Humidity 5–95%
1 Rated insulation voltage Ui 440V

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
1 Rated short-circuit capacity Inc 10 kA

Maximum backup fuse Overload protection Short-circuit protection
1 In = 25–40A 25A gG/gL 63A gG/gL
In = 63A 40A gG/gL 63A gG/gL
1 Rated breaking capacity Im bzw.
1 In = 25–40A 500A
In = 63A 630A
1 Voltage range of test button Two-pole 184–250V~
Four-pole 184–440V~
1 Endurance Electrical >4000 operating cycles
1 Overvoltage category III
www.comoso.com
1.4
Connection Diagram Impact of Ambient Temperature on the Maximum
Permanent Current Allowed (A) 1
1 N 1 3 5 N 16A 25A 40A 63A
Tripping Two- Four- Two- Four- Two- Four- Two- Four- 1
Temperature Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole
T T
40°C 16 16 25 25 40 40 63 63 1
1
45°C 14 14 21 22 37 37 59 59
2 N 2 4 6 N 50°C 11 11 18 19 33 34 55 55
Two-Pole Four-Pole 55°C 9

1
9 14 16 30 31 50 50
1
60°C — — — 26 27 45 45
Notes 1
1 Do not use.
Please make sure that these values are not exceeded and that any upstream overload protection 1
switches off in time.
1
Correct Connection
1
1
1
1
1
3+N
(230/400V) IEC
Three-phase load without N
(184–254 Vac Phase-Phase) IEC
(400 Vac Phase-Phase) IEC
1+N
(230V) IEC
1
(480 Vac Phase-Phase) UL
(277/480V) UL (184–277 Vac Phase-Phase) UL (277V) UL
1
Dimensions 1
1
0.22 0.18 1
(5.5) (4.5)
1.20
(30.5) 1
1
1
3.15 1.77
(80.0) (45.0) 1
1
0.41
1
2.76 1.73 (10.5)
(70.0) (44.0)
2.36 1
Four-Pole (60.0)
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com

1 Description Z-NHK
1 Electrical
Contact function 2CO
1 Rated voltage 230V

Frequency 50/60 Hz
1 Rated current 2A
Rated thermal current Ith 2A
1 Utilization category AC13
Rated operational current Ie 3A/250 Vac

Rated operational current Ie 2A/250 Vac
1 Utilization category DC12

Rated operational current Ie 0.5A/110 Vdc
1
Rated insulation voltage UI 250 Vac
Minimum operational voltage per contact Umin 5 Vdc
1
Minimum operational current Imin 10 mA DC
Rated peak withstand voltage Uimp (1.2/50μ) 2.5 kV
1 Conditional short-circuit current Ik with backup fuse 6A

Maximum backup fuse, overload and short circuit
1 kA
6A gL
1 Mechanical
Tripping indicator “electrical tripping” Blue/white
1 Frame size 45 mm
Device height 80 mm
1 Device width 8.8 mm (0.5MU)

Mounting Onto switching device
1 Degree of protection, built-in IP40
Terminal protection Finger and hand touch safe
1 Terminals
According to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6
Lift terminals
1 Terminal capacity 20–14 AWG

Terminal screws M3 (Posidrive Z0)
1 Fastening torque of terminal screws 7 lb-in maximum
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.4
Contents
Description Page
1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-87 1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-95
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-96 1
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-97
1
1
1
1
1
1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac 1
Product Overview Features Standards and Certifications 1
Optimum product quality, ● Wide range of compact ● UL 1053
tested reliability and safety RCD type serving as fault- ● IEC/EN 61008 1
stand for best protection of current and additional
installations and plant.
Eaton’s UL 1053 Residual
protection according to
UL 1053 and IEC/EN 61008
1
Current Circuit Breaker
(RCCB) is designed for use in
standards, suitable for
worldwide use in the 110V 1
residual current applications. range of applications
● Type A or Type G/A (with 1
delay) protection available
● Motor control circuits ● Comprehensive range of 1
● HVAC internal/external accessories
equipment ● Real contact position 1
● PLCs indicator
● HMIs ● Fault current tripping 1
● Equipment protection indicator
● Transparent designation 1
plate
● Trip-free design—RCCB 1
can not be defeated by
holding the handle in the
ON position
1
be lost
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
1
UL 1053 RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Type A
1
1 Four-Pole Conditionally Surge Current–Proof 250A, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type A
Four-Pole
1 GF Sensitivity Catalog
1 25 30 167699 FRCmM-25/4/003-A-NA-110
300 167702 FRCmM-25/4/03-A-NA-110
1 40 30 167700 FRCmM-40/4/003-A-NA-110
1 63
300
30
167703
167701
FRCmM-40/4/03-A-NA-110
FRCmM-63/4/003-A-NA-110
1 300 167704 FRCmM-63/4/03-A-NA-110
1
UL 1053 RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Type G/A
1 Type G/A has a 10 ms delay.
1 Two-Pole Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)
Two-Pole
1 GF Sensitivity Catalog
1 25 30 167693 FRCmM-25/2/003-G/A-NA-110
300 167696 FRCmM-25/2/03-G/A-NA-110
1 40 30 167694 FRCmM-40/2/003-G/A-NA-110
1 63
300
30
167697
167695
FRCmM-40/2/03-G/A-NA-110
FRCmM-63/2/003-G/A-NA-110
1 300 167698 FRCmM-63/2/03-G/A-NA-110
1
Four-Pole
1 Four-Pole
25 30 167705 FRCmM-25/4/003-G/A-NA-110
1 300 167708 FRCmM-25/4/03-G/A-NA-110
40 30 167706 FRCmM-40/4/003-G/A-NA-110
1 300 167709 FRCmM-40/4/03-G/A-NA-110
1 63 30
300
167707
167710
FRCmM-63/4/003-G/A-NA-110
FRCmM-63/4/03-G/A-NA-110
1 Note
1 Has no thermal element; must be paired with FAZ-NA or FAZ per application.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
1.4
Accessories
1
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac
Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number
1
Contact Two-pole contact or auxiliary
contact / trip indicating contact
Z-NHK 1 Padlock Hasp Padlock hasp IS/SPE-1TE 1
1
1
1
1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com

1 ● Residual current devices UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data, continued
1 Has no thermal protection; must be paired with FAZ-NA

●
or FAZ per application
Electrical According to UL1053
1
● Captive screw terminals
Design according to UL 1053
● Universal tripping signal switch, also suitable for Z-A; can be Current test marks as printed onto the device
mounted subsequently
1 ● Auxiliary switch Z-HK can be mounted subsequently
Tripping Type G 8 ms delay
Rated voltage Un 208Y/120V, 60 Hz
Red-green contact position indicator
1
●
Pickup current 22, 200 mA
● White-blue tripping indicator
Sensitivity AC and pulsating DC
1 Delayed types recommended for use with standard
●
Overvoltage tested 530V
fluorescent tubes with or without electronical ballast
(30mA-RCD: 30 units per phase conductor, Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
1 100mA-RCD: 90 units per phase conductor) Rated short-circuit capacity Inc 5 kA according to CSA
● The device functions irrespective of the position of installation Maximum backup fuse Overload protection Short-circuit protection
1 ● Tripping is line voltage-independent. Consequently, the RCD is In = 25–40A 25A gG/gL 63A gG/gL
suitable for “fault current/residual current protection” and In = 63A 40A gG/gL 63A gG/gL
1 “additional protection” within the meaning of the applicable Rated breaking capacity Im or
installation rules Rated fault breaking capacity I'm
1 ● Reverse-feed permitted In = 25–40A

In = 63A
500A
630A
● The four-pole device can also be used for two-pole
1 connection. For this purpose, use terminals 5-6 and N-N Voltage range of test button Two-pole 100–121V~
● The test key “T” must be pressed every month. The system Four-pole 100–210V~
1 operator must be informed of this obligation and responsibility

in a way that can be proven (self-adhesive RCD-label enclosed)
Endurance Electrical >4000 operating cycles
1 Pressing the test key “T” serves the only purpose of function
●
Mechanical
testing the residual current device (RCD). This test does not
Frame size 45.0 mm
make earthing resistance measurement (RE) or proper
1 checking of the earth conductor condition redundant, which Device height 80.0 mm
must be performed separately Device width 35 mm (2TE), 70 mm (4TE)
1 ● Type -A: Protects against special forms of residual pulsating Device width Quick fastening with two
DC that have not been smoothed lock-in positions on DIN
1 ● Type -G/A: Additionally protects against special forms of
Degree of protection, built-in
rail IEC/EN 60715
IP40
residual pulsating DC that have not been smoothed
1 Degree of protection in moisture-proof
enclosure
IP54
UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data
1
Upper and lower terminals Lift terminals
Terminal protection Finger and hand touch
Electrical According to IEC/EN 61008 safe BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6
1 Design according to IEC/EN 61008 Terminal capacity 1.5–35 mm2 single-wire
ÖVE E 8601 2 x 16 mm2 multi-wire
1 Current test marks as printed onto the device Busbar material thickness 0.8–2 mm
Tripping Type G 10 ms delay
1
Tripping temperature –25°C to +60°C
Rated voltage Un 230/400V, 50 Hz Resistance to climatic conditions According to IEC 61008
Rated tripping current I'n 30, 300 mA
1 Sensitivity AC and pulsating DC
Humidity 5–95%
Rated insulation voltage Ui 440V

1 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
Rated short-circuit capacity Inc 10 kA
1 Maximum backup fuse Overload protection Short-circuit protection
In = 25–40A 25A gG/gL 63A gG/gL
1 In = 63A 40A gG/gL 63A gG/gL
1
Rated breaking capacity Im bzw.
In = 25–40A 500A
1 In = 63A 630A
Voltage range of test button Two-pole 100–132V~
1 Four-pole 100–230V~
Endurance Electrical >4000 operating cycles
1 Mechanical >20,000 operating cycles
Overvoltage category III
1
www.comoso.com
1.4
Connection Diagram Impact of Ambient Temperature on the Maximum
Permanent Current Allowed (A) 1
1 N 1 3 5 N 16A 25A 40A 63A
Tripping Two- Four- Two- Four- Two- Four- Two- Four- 1
Temperature Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole
T T
40°C 16 16 25 25 40 40 63 63 1
1
45°C 14 14 21 22 37 37 59 59
2 N 2 4 6 N 50°C 11 11 18 19 33 34 55 55
Two-Pole Four-Pole 55°C 9

1
9 14 16 30 31 50 50
1
60°C — — — 26 27 45 45
Notes 1
1 Do not use.
Please make sure that these values are not exceeded and that any upstream overload protection 1
switches off in time.
1
Correct Connection
1
1
1
1
1
3+N
(230/400V) IEC
(184–254 Vac Phase-Phase) IEC
(400 Vac Phase-Phase) IEC
1+N
(230V) IEC
1
(480 Vac Phase-Phase) UL
(277/480V) UL (184–277 Vac Phase-Phase) UL (277V) UL
1
Dimensions 1
1
0.22 0.18
1
(5.5) (4.5)
1.20
(30.5) 1
1
1
3.15
1
1.77
(80.0) (45.0)
1
0.41
1
2.76 1.73 (10.5)
(70.0) (44.0)
2.36 1
Four-Pole (60.0)
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com

1 Description Z-NHK Z-IHK-NA
1 Electrical
Contact function 2CO 1NO + 1NC
1 Rated voltage 230V 250V

Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
1 Rated current 2A 6A
Rated thermal current Ith 2A 6A

1 Utilization category DC12

Rated operational current Ie 0.5A/110 Vdc 0.5A/110 Vdc
0.25A/220 Vdc
1 Rated insulation voltage UI 250 Vac 250 Vac
Minimum operational voltage per contact Umin 5 Vdc 5 Vdc
1 Minimum operational current Imin 10 mA DC 10 mA AC/DC
Rated peak withstand voltage Uimp (1.2/50μ) 2.5 kV 4 kV
1 Conditional short-circuit current Ik with backup fuse 6A 1 kA 1 kA
Maximum backup fuse, overload and short circuit 6A gL —
1 Mechanical
1
Tripping indicator “electrical tripping” Blue/white —
Frame size 45 mm 45 mm
1 Device height
Device width
80 mm
8.8 mm (0.5MU)
80 mm
8.8 mm (0.5MU)
1 Mounting
Degree of protection, built-in
Onto switching device
IP40
—
IP40
1 Terminal protection Finger and hand touch safe

Finger and hand touch safe
1 Terminals
Terminal capacity
Lift terminals
20–14 AWG
Lift terminals
0.5–2.5 mm2
1 Terminal screws
Fastening torque of terminal screws
M3 (Posidrive Z0)
7 lb-in maximum
M3 (Posidrive Z0)
1.2 Nm
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
www.comoso.com
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2.1 Introduction
Series G Circuit Breakers
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-2 2
Typical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-2
Series G in Eaton Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-3 2
Series C in Eaton Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-3
2.2 Series G ® 2
Globally Accepted Breakers
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-4 2
Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-6
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-7
V4-T2-9
2
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-14
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15 2
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-29
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80 2
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-84
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-87 2
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-91
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . .
Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-96
V4-T2-99 2
Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108 2
Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-109
2.3 Series C ® 2
North American Standards and Special Application Breakers
Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-110 2
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-111
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146 2
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-154
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-179 2
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-205
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-216
V4-T2-231 2
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-250
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-261 2
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-263
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-264
V4-T2-268
2
External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-299
2.4 Definite Purpose
2
Optimized solution for HVAC/R and Pumping Applications.
Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-326
2
2.5 Metering and Communications 2
Power Monitoring and Metering with Modbus RTU
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-333 2
2.6 Specialty
Specialty Breakers 2
Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-336
Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PVGard™ Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-342
V4-T2-355
2
E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-367
V4-T2-390 2
Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-404
2.7 Handle Mechanisms 2
Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-407
Handle Mechanisms—Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-419 2
Learn Drawings 2
Online Online
2
Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V4-T2-1
www.comoso.com
2.1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Introduction
Contents
2 Series G E-Frame and Series C F-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Description Page
2 Introduction
Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-4
2 Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-110
Definite Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-326
2 PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . V4-T2-333
Specialty Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-336
2 Learn Drawings
2
Online Online
2
2
2
2
2 Product Overview Application Description
2 Series G vs. Series C Eaton molded case circuit
breakers cover the widest
Feeder Pillars
In distribution systems to
Individual Enclosures
Completely assembled in
Eaton’s Electrical Sector, range of applications in the
2 under the Eaton brand, offers industry:
provide main and branch
circuit protection.
enclosures to meet specific
customer requirements.
the widest variety of molded
2 case circuit breakers available
today. Designed for electrical
● Electrical OEMs
Switchgear Additional Applications
● Machinery OEMs
In distribution systems to Special versions of each Eaton
2 and machinery OEMs serving
a range of industries and
● Navy breakers: provide main and branch frame are available to provide
applications, these proven
● UL 489 Supplement SB circuit protection up to 2500 safe equipment control and
2 designs incorporate the latest ● MIL-C-17588 amperes (RG-Frame). protection in mining and other
in innovation with the high ● MIL-C-17361 applications. Contact your
2 reliability that has been our
hallmark since the advent of
● ABS/NVR
Busbar Trunking Tap-Offs
In busbar trunking tap-offs to
Eaton agent or distributor for
additional information.
2 Mining breakers up to 1100 provide circuit protection.

●
the circuit breaker in the
1920s. Vac
2 Earth leakage
●
The Series C family ranges Typical Eaton Applications
from 15–2500 amperes, and
● DC breakers 125–750 Vdc
2 Engine generator breakers
●
includes thermal-magnetic
breakers, electronic trip 15–1200 amperes
2 breakers, molded case Current limiting breakers

●
switches, motor circuit

protectors, and specially
2 designed breakers for engine Typical Applications
generator, DC and mining
2 applications. Machine Tool Control Panels
and Motor Control Centers
The new Series G line
2 features an average 35%
Designed for these
equipment requirements,
size reduction, common
including new world-class Panelboard
2 field-installable internal
accessories, and advanced accessories.
trip unit functionality that
2 eliminates the need for rating Panelboards Individual Circuit
plugs. These breakers meet As both main and branch Breaker Enclosure
2 the requirements of UL®,

CSA®, IEC, CCC and CE,
circuit protection devices. Busbar Trunking
Tap-Off
allowing the OEM to
2 standardize on a design that
meets the needs of their
Machine Tool
Control Panel
2 global customer base.
Switchboard
2
V4-T2-2 Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—February 2014 www.eaton.com
www.comoso.com
Introduction
2.1
Eaton Molded Case Circuit Breakers in Assemblies
2
Series G
Panelboards Switchboards Motor Control Centers Enclosed Enclosed
2
Frame Ampere Range 1A 2A 3A 4 5P PRL-C IFS Freedom IT. Control Bus Plugs Breaker
EG 15–160 1 — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ — —
2
JG 20–250 — — — — — — — — — — — —
2
LG 100–630 2 — — — ■ — ■ ■ — — — — ■
NG 400–1600 3 — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — ■ 2
RG 800–2500 — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — —
2
Series C 2
Panelboards Switchboards Motor Control Centers
Frame Ampere Range 1A 2A 3A 4 5P PRL-C IFS Freedom IT.
Enclosed
Control Bus Plugs
Enclosed
Breaker 2
FD/ED
JD
15–225
70–250
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
KD 70–400 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
LD 400–600 — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MDL 300–800 — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
ND 400–1200 — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RD 800–2500 — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — —
2
Notes
1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for EG.
2
2
2 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for LG.
3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Contents
2 Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications
Description Page
2 Series G
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-5
2 Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-6
V4-T2-7
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-9
V4-T2-14
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15
2 JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-29
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-45
2 NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-61
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-70
2 Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-80
V4-T2-84
2 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-87
V4-T2-91
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
2 Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-96
Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-99
2 Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
2 Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-109
Learn Drawings
2 Online Online
2
2 Product Overview
2 Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for

UL, CSA and IEC Applications
The EG, JG and LG frames are
designed around space-saving
The Most Logically Designed Thorough In-Plant Testing
Contact Assembly The quality, dependability and
2 Eaton Series G molded case
circuit breakers provide
footprints. The NG and RG
use the proven Eaton Series C
The flexibility and outstanding
performance characteristics
reliability of every Eaton
Circuit Breaker is ensured by
increased performance in ND and RD designs.
2 considerably less space than
The Series G family includes
of Eaton circuit breakers are
made possible by the best
a thorough program of in-
plant testing. Two calibration
standard circuit breakers or contact designs in circuit tests are conducted on every
2 comparable fusible devices.
five frame sizes in ratings
from 15 to 2500 amperes. breaker history. Our pole of every circuit breaker
The “G” signifies global Series G offers a choice of technology creates a high- to verify the trip mechanism,
2 applications: Series G circuit several interrupting capacities speed “blow-open” action operating mechanism,
breakers are marked with UL, up to 200 kA at 480 volts AC using the electromechanical continuity and accuracy.
2 CSA, CE, IEC and KEMA (200 kA at 240 volts AC). forces produced by high-level
fault currents. Current Limiting
KEUR listings. Other Characteristics
Series G molded case circuit
2 advantages include:
breakers are also available in Eaton circuit breakers are Circuit breakers are current
● Field-fit accessories direct current options. Please operated by a toggle-type limiting because of their
2 ● Common accessories see Specialty Breakers mechanism that is
mechanically trip-free from
high repulsion contact
through 630 amperes Section 2.6 for more details. arrangement and use of
2 ● Electronic trip units from Standard calibration is 40°C.
the handle so that the
contacts cannot be held
state-of-the-art arc
20 to 2500 amperes extinguishing technology.
For applications in high closed against short circuit
2 ● UL-listed and IEC-rated, ambient temperature currents. Tripping due to Eaton offers one of the most
30 mA ground fault/earth conditions, 50°C factory overload or short circuits is complete lines of current
2 leakage modules calibration is available on clearly indicated by the limiting breakers in the
● Built-in ground fault thermal-magnetic breakers position on the handle. This industry. The industrial
2 protection down to (not UL). remarkably fast and
dependable contact action is
breakers are available in
current limiting versions with
20 amperes
2 designed to enhance safety. interrupting capacities up to
200 kA at 480V without fuses
in the same physical size as
2 standard and high interrupting
capacity breakers.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Operating Mechanisms
Eaton circuit breakers have The toggle handle snaps into As an additional switching Positions of the Toggle
2
a toggle handle operating the TRIPPED position if the position indicator for EG- to Handle Drive
mechanism, which also breaker is tripped by one of RG-Frame circuit breakers, 2
serves as a switching position its overcurrent, short circuit, there are two windows on
indicator. The indicator shows shunt or undervoltage the right and on the left of the 2
the positions of: ON, OFF and releases. Before the circuit toggle handle, in which the OFF ON Tripped
TRIPPED. breaker can be reclosed
following a trip-out, the toggle
switching state is indicated
by means of the colors
Reset
2
handle must be brought
beyond the OFF position
red, green and white
corresponding to the ON, 2
(RESET). The circuit breaker OFF and TRIPPED positions
can then be reclosed. respectively. 2
2
Eaton Series G circuit Global Third-Party
2
breakers meet applicable UL
489 and IEC 60947-2
Certification 2
Certification marks ensure
standards.
Molded case circuit breakers
product compliance with the
total standard via the third
2
party witnessing of tests
from Eaton are designed to
conform with the following by globally recognized 2
international standards: independent certification
organizations. 2
● Australian Standard AS ● National Electrical ● Union Technique de
2184 and AS 3947-2
molded case circuit
Manufacturers Association
Standards Publication No.
l’Electricite Standard NF C
63-120, low voltage
KEMA is a highly recognized,
independent international 2
AB1-1993 molded case switchgear and control organization that offers
2
breakers
● British Standards circuit breakers gear circuit breaker certification and inspection
Institution Standard ● South African Bureau of requirements facilities for equipment in
EN60947.2 Standards, Standard SANS ● Verband Deutscher many industries. The KEMA- 2
156, Standard Specification Elektrotechnike KEUR mark is the highest
● International
Electromechanical for molded case circuit (Association of German certification an electrical
product can receive from
2
Commission breakers Electrical Engineers)
KEMA. Our IEC 60947-2
Recommendations IEC ● Swiss Electro-Technical Standard VDE 0660, low
voltage switchgear and molded case circuit breakers 2
60947.2 circuit breakers Association Standard SEV are KEMA tested and
947.2, Safety Regulations
for circuit breakers
control gear, circuit
breakers certified. These breakers are 2
also listed in accordance with
Japanese T-Mark standard
2
●
UL 489, as well as CSA C22.2
molded case circuit No. 5-02.
breakers
KEMA, UL and CSA provide 2
ongoing follow-up testing and
inspections to ensure that 2
Eaton molded case circuit
breakers continue to meet
their exacting standards.
2
ISO Certification 2
Eaton circuit breakers are
manufactured in ISO® 2
certified facilities.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Product Selection Overview

2
Electronic Trip Units (Digitrip RMS Trip Units)—Multi-Function Electronic Trip Units for All Applications
2 True rms Sensing
2 Digitrip rms trip units use Eaton’s microprocessor-based intelligence to provide true rms sensing,
permitting increased accuracy and reliable system protection. True rms sensing is not susceptible to
2 nuisance tripping when waveforms containing high harmonic currents are present.
Digitrip RMS 310+ Digitrip RMS 610 and 910

2 Digitrip RMS 310+ electronic The optional Digitrip RMS Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip Digitrip RMS 910 trip units
trip units are available with 310+ provides additional flat units are available with Eaton can also provide the user with
2 Eaton circuit breakers JG, LG, response short time delay R-Frame circuit breakers 800 power and energy monitoring
NG and RG. They are adjustments on an through 2500 amperes. capability. Peak power
2 selectable long time delay
(tLD) and pickup settings (Ir).
instantaneous setting to
provide LSI curve shaping
Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units demand, present power
provide unparalleled system demand, and total energy, as
2 A rating plug is not required.
The Digitrip 310+ offers true
capability. protection with the added
convenience of a local
well as forward and reverse
energy can be monitored with
rms sensing, is front Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units display. this unit.
2 adjustable and has an optional are available with ground fault
local display of current and pickup and flat response Curve Shaping Digitrip RMS 910 trip units
2 cause of trip. ground fault delay, which
provides the trip unit with full Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip
have the additional capability
of monitoring line-to-line
units are available with up to
2 Rating Plugs function LSG and LSIG curve
shaping flexibility. nine curve shaping choices
voltage, as well as system
power factor. Both
If rating plugs are needed for achieved by adjusting up to parameters are displayed in
2 the R-Frame, they are marked
for 50/60 Hz applications.
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units
can effectively coordinate
seven switches on the front
of the unit for optimum
the digital display window
and are supported by LEDs to
2 Both fixed and adjustable
rating plugs are available,
with both sophisticated
upstream power breakers as
system coordination.
Maximum curve shaping
indicate which parameter is
being displayed.
providing further flexibility well as downstream thermal- flexibility is provided by
2 when applied to selectively magnetic breakers, making dependent long and short Harmonics Monitoring
coordinated systems. Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units delay adjustments that are
2 the cost-effective reliable long delay pickup (Ir) based, Digitrip RMS 910 trip units
are capable of displaying
Curve Shaping choice for selectively depicted on the front of the
values of current harmonics
2 When selectively coordinated coordinated systems. unit by the blue portion of the
time-current curve. in the digital display window.
systems are called for, Percentage of harmonic
2 Digitrip RMS 310+ will Thermal Memory
Additional coordination content can be monitored for
provide a cost-effective All Digitrip RMS trip units capability can be provided by each phase, up to the 27th
2
solution for a variety of incorporate a long delay. utilizing the short delay and harmonic. Additionally, a total
applications. Thermal memory prevents the ground fault zone selective harmonic distortion value can
system from cumulative
2 The standard Digitrip RMS
310+ includes an adjustable
overheating due to repeated
interlocking features available
on these trip units.
be calculated and displayed.
overcurrent events that may Communications
short time pickup setting
2 encompassing an I2t ramp
occur in quick succession. System Diagnostics Digitrip RMS 910 units have
function that provides the Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 built-in communications
2 basic LS curve shaping
Field Testing
models of trip units provide options to allow all protection,
function. JG-, LG-, NG- and A field test kit is available for long delay, short delay, monitoring, and control
2 RG-Frames have an
adjustable long time delay.
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units. instantaneous, and ground information to be transmitted
Arcflash Reduction fault cause of trip LEDs on back to a central location via
2 JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames Maintenance Mode (ARMS) the front of the unit. Their
display shows a magnitude of
the Eaton PowerNet™
system.
have selectable long time ARMS is an available feature trip information, as well as
2 delay (tLD) and pickup on the LG- and NG-Frame remote signal contacts, for Field Testing
settings (Ir). A rating plug is with 310+ electronic trip improved system alarming.
2 not required. units. This feature increases
Integral field testing capability
is provided on all 610 and 910
worker safety by providing an System Monitoring trip units. No additional test
2 accelerated instantaneous
trip unit to reduce arc flash.
Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units set is needed to perform both
have the capability to monitor trip and no trip field testing.
2 phase currents, as well as
neutral or ground currents.
2 This information is displayed
on a large digital display
mounted on the unit.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Product Selection Guide
2
Electronic Trip Units
Digitrip—RMS 310+, 610 and 910
2
RMS 310+ RMS 610 RMS 910 2
JG 2
2
2
LG/NG
RG
Breaker Type
2
Eaton frame(s) JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames RG-Frame RG-Frame 2
Ampere rating 20–2500A 800–2500A 800–2500A
Interrupting rating at 415V 35, 70, 100 kA 70, 100 kA 70, 100 kA 2
Trip Unit Sensing
rms sensing Yes Yes Yes
2
Protection and Coordination
2
Protection Ordering options LS, LSG LSI, LSIG LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG
Fixed rating plug (In) 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Overtemperature trip Yes Yes Yes Yes
Long delay Adjustable rating plug (ln) 1 Yes Yes No No 2
2
Long delay setting 0.5–1.0 (ln) 2 0.5–1.0 (ln) 2 0.5–1.0 x (ln) 0.5–1.0 x (ln)
Long delay time I2t at 6x 10 seconds 2 10 seconds 2 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds
Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
High load alarm No No 0.85 x Ir 0.85 x Ir
Short delay Short delay setting VAR/frame 3 VAR/frame 3 200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 2
Short delay time I2t 100 ms No 100, 300, 500 ms 100, 300, 500 ms
Short delay time flat No I–300 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 2
Instantaneous
Short delay time ZSI
Instantaneous setting
No
No
No
200–800% x (ln) 4
Yes
200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)
Yes
200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)
2
Discriminator No No Yes 5 Yes 5 2
Instantaneous override Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ground fault Ground fault setting VAR/Frame 6 VAR/Frame 6 25–100% x (ln) 6 25–100% x (ln) 6 2
Ground fault delay I2t at 0.62x No No 100, 300, 500 ms 100, 300, 500 ms
Ground fault delay flat I–500 ms 7 I–500 ms 7 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
2
Ground fault ZSI No No Yes Yes
2
Ground fault thermal memory No No Yes Yes
Notes 2
In = Rating plug rating.
Ir = Long delay setting.
1
2
JG- and LG-Frames have selectable settings instead of a rating plug.
2
2 JG-, LG- and NG-Frames have adjustable long delay times of 2–24 seconds.
3 JG/LG: 2X–14X (In); NG: 2X–8X (In); RG: 2X–8X (In); 2500 ampere RG-Frame 200–600% x (In).
4 JG-Frame also has a 14X setting.
5
6
LS, LSG only. 2
Not to exceed 1200 amperes.
7 JG- and LG-Frames are Instantaneous, 120 ms. NG- and RG-Frames are Instantaneous, 100, 300 and 500 ms.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Digitrip—RMS 310+, 610 and 910, continued

2 RMS 310+ RMS 610 RMS 910
2
JG
2
2
2 RG
LG/NG
LS, LSG LSI, LSIG LSI, LSIG, LSIG (A) LSI (A), LSIG
2 System Diagnostics
2 Cause of trip LEDs Yes 1 No Yes Yes

Magnitude of trip information No No Yes Yes
2 Remote signal contacts No No Yes Yes
System Monitoring
2 Digital display Yes 2 No Yes Yes
2 Current
Voltage
Yes 2
Yes 2
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
2 Power and energy Yes 2 No No Yes

Power quality—harmonics No No No Yes
2 Power factor No No No Yes
System Communications
2 PowerNet No No No Yes
2 Field Testing
Testing method Test set Test set Integral Integral
2 Notes
1 Using cause of trip module (catalog number TRIP-LED).
2 2 Using ammeter or remote ammeter/cause of trip display (catalog number DIGIVIEW and DIGIVIEWR06).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
Ratings
Frames EG, JG and LG 2
2
EG JG LG
2
2
2
Maximum rated current (amperes) 125, 160 1 250 400, 630 2 2
Breaker type 3 B B E S S H H C E S H C U X E S H C U X
Number of poles 1 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 2
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) Vac 50–60 Hz
NEMA®, 240 Vac 25 25 35 85 85 100 100 200 65 85 100 200 200 200 65 85 100 200 200 200
2
2
UL, CSA
480 Vac — 18 25 — 35 — 65 100 25 35 65 100 150 200 35 50 65 100 150 200
600 Vac 4 — — 18 — 22 — 25 35 18 18 25 35 50 50 18 25 35 50 65 65
125/250 Vdc 5 10 6 10 10 35 6 35 42 6 42 42 10 22 22 42 50 50 22 22 42 42 50 50 2
IEC 60947-2 220–240 Vac Icu 25 25 35 85 85 100 100 200 65 85 100 200 200 200 65 85 100 200 200 200
Ics 25 25 35 43 43 50 50 200 65 85 100 200 200 200 65 85 100 200 200 200
2
380–415 Vac Icu
Ics
— 18 25 — 40 — 70 100 25 40 70 100 150 200 35 50 70 100 150 200
2
— 18 25 — 30 — 35 100 25 40 70 100 150 200 35 50 53 100 150 200
660–690 Vac Icu — — — — — — — — 12 12 14 16 18 18 12 20 25 30 35 35 2
Ics — — — — — — — — 6 6 7 12 14 14 6 10 13 15 18 18
125/250 Vdc 5 Icu 10 6 10 10 35 6 35 42 6 42 42 10 22 22 42 50 50 22 22 42 42 50 50 2
Ics
2
10 6 10 10 35 6 35 42 6 42 42 10 22 22 42 50 50 22 22 42 42 50 50
Ampere range 15–160A 1 20–250A 100–630A 2
Trip Units
F = Fixed
FT-FM
AT-FM
FT-AM
AT-AM
FT-AM
AT-AM
2
A = Adjustable Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310) Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)
T = Thermal
M = Magnetic
2
Interchangeable — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
Built-in ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Thermal Fixed thermal ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2

magnetic
Adjustable ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
thermal 2
Magnetic Fixed Adjustable Adjustable
Electronic LS — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 2
RMS 7
2
LSI — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5
LSG — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5
LSIG — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5 ■5
2
Utilization category A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Notes 2
1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG.
2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 2
3 Breaker type C, U and X are current limiting per UL 489.
4 EG breaker rated 600/347 Vac.
5 Two poles in series.
2
2
6 125 Vdc only for single-pole breakers.
7 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Frames NG and RG
2 NG RG
2
2
2
2
Maximum rated current (amperes) 800, 1200 800, 1200 800, 1200 1600 1 800 1600, 2000, 2500 1600, 2000, 2500
2 Breaker type S H C 2 S U H C2
2
Number of poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3 3 3, 4 3, 4
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz
2 NEMA,
UL, CSA
240 Vac 85 100 200 — 200 125 200
480 Vac 50 65 100 — 150 65 100
2 600 Vac 25 35 65 — 65 50 65
IEC 60947-2 220–240 Vac Icu 85 100 200 85 — 135 200
2 Ics 85 100 100 85 — 100 100
2 380–415 Vac Icu

Ics
50
50
70
50
100
50
50
50
—
—
70
50
100
50
2 660–690 Vac Icu 20 3 25 3 35 20 3 — 25 3 35 3

Ics 10 13 18 10 — 13 18
2 250 Vdc Icu — — — — — — —
Ics — — — — — — —
2 Ampere range 400–1200A 400–1200A 400–1200A 1600A 800A 800–2500A 800–2500A
2 Trip units Electronic

(Digitrip RMS 310+)
Electronic
(Digitrip RMS 310+, 610 and 910)
2 Interchangeable
Built-in
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
2 Electronic 4 LI — — — — — ■5 ■5
LS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 LSI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LIG — — — — — ■5 ■5
2 LSG ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 LSIG ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■
■
■
■
ALSI —
2 ALSIG ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ ■
Utilization category A A A A A A A
2 Notes
2
1 NG 1600 ampere frame is not UL or CSA listed.
2 Not KEMA-KEUR listed.
3 IEC 60947-2 H.5 Annex H is not KEMA-KEUR tested.
2 4 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available.

5 Available only on Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
General Specifications
2
All Series G Frames
EG JG LG NG RG 2
Maximum rated current In depending on the version
Rated insulation voltage U, according to IEC 60947-2
160A 1 250A 400, 630A 2 800, 1200, 1600A 3 1600, 2000, 2500A
2
Main conducting paths 500 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 2
Auxiliary circuits 500 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2
Main conducting paths 6 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
Auxiliary circuits 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
2
Rated operational voltage Ue
2
IEC 415 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac
NEMA 600Y/347 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 2
UL and CSA listed Yes 1 Yes Yes 2 Yes 3 Yes
Permissible ambient temperature –20° to 70°C –20° to 70°C –20° to 70°C –20° to 70°C –20° to 70°C 2
2
Permissible load for various ambient temperatures 4 5 4 5 4 5 — —
close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated current
of the circuit breaker
Circuit breakers for plant protection 2
At 40°C 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
At 50°C 96% 92% 96% 94% 96% 91% 91% 91% 2
At 55°C
At 60°C
93%
91%
87%
83%
94%
92%
90%
87%
93%
90%
86%
82%
85%
81%
85%
81%
2
At 70°C 86% 73% 88% 80% 84% 70% 70% 70% 2
Circuit breakers for motor protection
At 40°C — 100% 100% — — 2
At 50°C — 100% 100% — —
At 55°C — 100% 100% — —
2
At 60°C — 100% 100% — —
2
At 70°C — 90% 90% — —
Circuit breakers for starter combinations and
isolating circuit breakers
2
At 40°C 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 2
At 50°C 100% 100% 100% 91% 91%
At 55°C 96% 96% 95% 85% 85% 2
At 60°C 91% 82% 90% 81% 81%
At 70°C 86% 88% 84% — —
2
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (DC) Not for circuit
breakers for motor protection (Time constant t = 10 rms) 2
2
Two conducting paths in series 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 6 6
For EG to LG up to 250 Vdc
2
NEMA (time constant t = 8 rms) 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 6 6
Two conducting paths in series 250 Vdc
Notes
1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG.
2
2
2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG.
3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the NG.
4 Thermal overload release set to the lower value.
5 Thermal overload release set to the upper value.
6 Not suitable for DC switching.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
All Series G Frames, continued

2 EG JG LG NG RG
2 Main switch characteristics according to IEC 60947-2

in combination with lockable rotary drives
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Rated short circuit breaking capacity according to

IEC 60947-2 (at AC 50/60 Hz)
For rated short circuit breaking capacity, see Page V4-T2-9.
2 Endurance (operating cycles)

Maximum switching frequency
10,000
300 1/h
10,000
240 1/h
8,000
240 1/h
3,000
60 1/h
3,000
60 1/h
2 Conductor cross sections and terminal types for

main conductors
Box terminals Box terminals Box terminals Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals
2 Solid or stranded 2.5 to 95 mm2 50 to 150 mm2 95 to 240 mm2 — — —

Finely stranded with end sleeve 2.5 to 50/70 mm2 35 to 120 mm2 70 to 150 mm2 — — —
2 Busbar — — — 600A Optional Optional
Tightening torque for box terminals 5.6 Nm 20 Nm 42 Nm 31 Nm 31 Nm —
2 Tightening torque for busbar connection pieces 5.6 Nm 15 Nm 30 Nm 6 Nm 50 Nm 20 Nm
2 Conductor cross sections for auxiliary circuits with

terminal connection or terminal strip
2 Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
0.75 to 2.5 mm2
0.75 to 2.5 mm2
0.75 to 2.5 mm2
0.75 to 2.5 mm2
0.75 to 2.5 mm2
0.75 to 2.5 mm2
Up to 2x4 mm2
Up to 2x2.5 mm2
Up to 2x4 mm2
Up to 2x2.5 mm2
2 With brought-out cable ends — 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2
Tightening torque for fitting screws — 0.8 to 1.4 Nm 0.8 to 1.4 Nm 0.8 to 1.4 Nm 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
2 Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum rated
current ln (the power losses of the undervoltage
2 releases (“r” releases) must be observed if necessary)
at three-phase symmetrical load) 400A: 600A:
2 For plant protection

As isolating circuit breaker
40W
40W
45W
45W
65W
65W
120W
120W
87/210W
87/210W
220/270/400W
220/270/400W
2 For starter combinations 40W 45W 65W 120W — —

For motor protection — 45W 65W 120W — —
2 Permissible mounting position
2
90
90
90
90
2
2 Arc spacing— suitable for reverse-feed applications Yes (except HMCPE) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Auxiliary Switches
2 Rated thermal current lth 6A 6A 6A 6A 6A
Rated making capacity 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A
2 AC-14 AC-14 AC-14 AC-15 AC-15
2 Rated operational voltage 230/400/600V 230/400/600V 230/400/600V 600V 600V

Rated operational current 6/3/0.25A 6/3/0.25A 6/3/0.25A 6A 6A
2 DC-13 DC-13
Rated operational voltage 125/250V 125/250V 125/250V 125/250V 125/250V
2 Rated operational current 0.5/0.15A 0.5/0.15A 0.5/0.15A 0.5/0.25A 0.5/0.25A
2
Backup fuse 6/4/4A (4) 6/4/4A (4) 6/4/4A (4) 6/4/4A (4) 6/4/4A
Miniature circuit breaker 6/4A 6/4A 6/4A 6/4A 6/4A
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
All Series G Frames, continued
EG JG LG NG RG
2
Releases
2
Undervoltage releases (“r” releases)
Response voltage: 2
Drop (breaker tripped) Us 35–70% 35–70% 35–70% 35–70% 35–70%
Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us 85–110% 85–110% 85–110% 85–110% 85–110% 2
Power consumption in continuous operation at:
50/60 Hz 12 Vac — — — 1.9 VA 2.9 VA
2
50/60 Hz 24 Vac 0.72 VA 3.9 VA 3.9 VA 2.4 VA 3.1 VA 2
50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac 1.15–1.78 VA 2.5–3.8 VA 2.5–3.8 VA 2.3–4.1 VA 3.4–6.0 VA
50/60 Hz 110–127 Vac 0.96–1.25 VA 1.8–2.4 VA 1.8–2.4 VA 3.4–4.2 VA 3.3–3.8 VA 2
2
50/60 Hz 525–600 Vac 3.4–4.3 VA 3.4–4.3 VA 3.4–4.3 VA — —
2
12 Vdc — — — 2.6W 3.4W
24 Vdc 0.70W 3.1W 3.1W 3.6W 4.3W 2
48–60 Vdc 1.12–1.76W 2.0–3.1W 2.0–3.1W 3.5–5.5W 4.8–7.2W
110–125 Vdc 0.94–1.21W 1.6–2.2W 1.6–2.2W 2.9–3.6W 3.3–3.8W 2
2
220–250 Vdc 1.45–1.86W 3.1–4W 3.1–4W 4.8–6.3W 6.6–7.5W
Maximum opening time 50 ms 50 ms 50 ms 62 ms 62 ms
Shunt Trips
2
Shunt trips (“f” releases)
Response voltage: 2
Pickup (breaker tripped) Us 70–110% 70–110% 70–110% 70–110% 70–110%
Power consumption in (short time) at: 2
50/60 Hz 24 Vac
50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac
10–41 VA
139–210 VA
87–405 VA
710–1105 VA
87–405 VA
710–1105 VA
98–475 VA
24–50 VA
612 VA
403–666 VA
2
50/60 Hz 48–127 Vac — — — — — 2
50/60 Hz 110–240 Vac 83–360 VA 66–432 VA 66–432 VA 67–432 VA 396–1896 VA
50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac — 127–188 VA 127–188 VA 76–110 VA 1596–2156 VA 2
50/60 Hz 380–600 Vac 418–1080 VA — — — —
50/60 Hz 480–600 Vac — 34–60 VA 34–60 VA 19–42 VA 230–384 VA
2
12–24 Vdc 29–120W 164–631W 164–631W 145–610W 396W
2
48–60 Vdc 475–720W 830–1580W 830–1580W 67–102W 341–528W
110–125 Vdc 99–121W 112–150W 112–150W 121–150W 264–350W 2
220–250 Vdc — 40–58W 40–58W 46–55W 374–475W
Maximum load duration Interrupts automatically Interrupts automatically Interrupts automatically Interrupts automatically Interrupts automatically 2
2
Maximum opening time 50 ms 50 ms 50 ms 62 ms 62 ms
Molded Case Switch (with High Magnetic Trip)
Unfused kAIC at 480 Vac (415 Vac) 65 (70) 65 (70) 65 (70) 65 (70) 65 (70)
2
Self-protected, will trip above 1250 for EG125; 2500 4000/6300 12,500 20,000
1600 for EG160
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Dimensions and Weights

2 Series G—Frame EG, JG and LG
2 EG
H W D
JG
H W D
LG
H W D
2 Single-pole 5.50 (139.7) 1.00 (25.4) 2.99 (76.0) — — — — — —

Two-pole 5.50 (139.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.99 (76.0) 7.00 (177.8) 4.13 (105.0) 3.57 (87.4) — — —
2 Three-pole 5.50 (139.7) 3.00 (76.2) 2.99 (76.0) 7.00 (177.8) 4.13 (105.0) 3.57 (87.4) 10.13 (258.0) 5.48 (140.0) 4.09 (104.0)
Four-pole 5.50 (139.7) 4.00 (101.6) 2.99 (76.0) 7.00 (177.8) 5.34 (135.6) 3.57 (87.4) 10.13 (258.0) 7.22 (183.0) 4.09 (104.0)
2
2 Series G—Frame NG and RG
NG RG
2 H W D H W D
Single-pole — — — — — —
2 Two-pole — — — — — —
2
Three-pole 16.00 (406.0) 8.25 (210.0) 5.50 (140.0) 16.00 (406.0) 15.50 (394.0) 9.75 (229.0)
Four-pole 16.00 (406.0) 11.13 (280.0) 5.50 (140.0) 16.00 (406.0) 20.00 (508.0) 9.75 (229.0)
2
2 Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
Series G—Frame EG, JG and LG

2 EG JG LG NG RG
2 Single-pole 0.85 (0.39) — — — —

Two-pole 1.57 (0.71) 11.3 (5.13) — — —
2 Three-pole 2.28 (1.04) 5.06 (2.30) T/M

5.31 (2.41) ETU
12.36 (5.61) T/M
13.04 (5.92) ETU
46.8 (21.3) 103.0 (47.0)
2 Four-pole 2.85 (1.29) 6.76 (3.07) T/M

7.12 (3.23) ETU
16.27 (7.39) T/M
16.92 (7.68) ETU
62.0 (28.3) 118.4 (54.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Contents
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)
Description Page
2
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-17
V4-T2-26
2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-27
V4-T2-27 2
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-29
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-45 2
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-61
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-70 2
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-80
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . .
V4-T2-84
V4-T2-87
2
V4-T2-91
2
Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-96
Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-99 2
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108 2
Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-109
2
2
2
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) 2
Product Description
EG breaker is HACR rated.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2 This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers.
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
2
Series G—EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)
2 E G H 3 015 FF G
2
Frame Terminations/Hardware
2 E
Amperes
Terminals Mounting Hardware
M = Metric end caps Metric
2 Standard/Application
G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA 1 = One
Number of Poles 016 1
015
E = Imperial end caps
G = Line/load standard
Imperial
Metric
2 = Two 020 B = Bolt-on —
2 Performance
3 = Three
4 = Four—neutral 0% protected
025
030 Trip Unit
2
600Y/347 480 415 240 7 = Four—neutral 100% protected 032 1
FF = Fixed fixed
B — 18 18 25 035
AF = Adjustable thermal fixed magnetic
E 18 25 25 35 040
KS = Molded case switch
2 S 22 35 40 85
045
050
H 25 65 70 100 060
2 C 35 100 100 200 063 1
070
K Molded case switch 2
2
080
090
100
2 110
125
160 1
2
Notes
2 1 Cannot be UL rated.
2 Available only as 125 and 160A sizes.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Product Selection
2
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals
and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
2
EG-Frame—18/18
EG-Frame
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 3 2
Adjustable 2 Adjustable 2
Fixed Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Thermal, 2
Maximum Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic
Continuous
Amps at 40°C 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
15 EGB1015FFG EGB2015FFG EGB3015FFG — EGB4015FFG —
2
20 EGB1020FFG EGB2020FFG EGB3020FFG — EGB4020FFG EGB4020AFG 2
25 EGB1025FFG EGB2025FFG EGB3025FFG EGB3025AFG EGB4025FFG EGB4025AFG
30 EGB1030FFG EGB2030FFG EGB3030FFG — EGB4030FFG — 2
35 EGB1035FFG EGB2035FFG EGB3035FFG — EGB4035FFG — 2
2
2
63 EGB1063FFG EGB2063FFG EGB3063FFG EGB3063AFG EGB4063FFG EGB4063AFG 2
2
160 — — EGB3160FFG EGB3160AFG EGB4160FFG EGB4160AFG
Notes
1 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings.
2
2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed.
3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
EG-Frame—25/25 Single-Pole Unavailable

2
EG-Frame—25/25
2 EG-Frame
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 3
2 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Thermal,

Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable 2
Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic
2 Maximum Continuous
Amps at 40°C 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 15 EGE2015FFG EGE3015FFG — EGE4015FFG —

16 EGE2016FFG EGE3016FFG — EGE4016FFG —
2 20 EGE2020FFG EGE3020FFG — EGE4020FFG EGE4020AFG
2
25 EGE2025FFG EGE3025FFG EGE3025AFG EGE4025FFG EGE4025AFG
2 32 EGE2032FFG EGE3032FFG EGE3032AFG EGE4032FFG EGE4032AFG

45 EGE2045FFG EGE3045FFG EGE3050AFG EGE4045FFG —
2 50 EGE2050FFG EGE3050FFG — EGE4050FFG EGE4050AFG
2 60
63
EGE2060FFG
EGE2063FFG
EGE3060FFG
EGE3063FFG
—
EGE3063AFG
EGE4060FFG
EGE4063FFG
—
EGE4063AFG

2 160 — EGE3160FFG EGE3160AFG EGE4160FFG EGE4160AFG
Notes
2 1 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
EG-Frame—40/35
EG-Frame
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 3
2
2
Adjustable2 Adjustable2
Fixed Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Thermal, Fixed Fixed Thermal, Thermal, Fixed
Maximum Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Magnetic
Continuous
Amps at 40°C 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
15 EGS1015FFG EGS2015FFG EGS3015FFG — EGS4015FFG — 2
16 EGS1016FFG EGS2016FFG EGS3016FFG — EGS4016FFG —
20 EGS1020FFG EGS2020FFG EGS3020FFG — EGS4020FFG EGS4020AFG 2
2
25 EGS1025FFG EGS2025FFG EGS3025FFG EGS3025AFG EGS4025FFG EGS4025AFG
2
40 EGS1040FFG EGS2040FFG EGS3040FFG EGS3040AFG EGS4040FFG EGS4040AFG 2
50 EGS1050FFG EGS2050FFG EGS3050FFG EGS3050AFG EGS4050FFG EGS4050AFG 2
60
63
EGS1060FFG
EGS1063FFG
EGS2060FFG
EGS2063FFG
EGS3060FFG
EGS3063FFG
—
EGS3063AFG
EGS4060FFG
EGS4063FFG
—
EGS4063AFG
2
2
160 — — EGS3160FFG EGS3160AFG EGS4160FFG EGS4160AFG
2
Notes
1 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
EG-Frame—70/65
2 EG-Frame
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 3
2 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Fixed Thermal,

Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed
Maximum Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Magnetic
2 Continuous
Amps at 40°C 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 15 EGH1015FFG EGH2015FFG EGH3015FFG — EGH4015FFG —

16 EGH1016FFG EGH2016FFG EGH3016FFG — EGH4016FFG —
2 20 EGH1020FFG EGH2020FFG EGH3020FFG EGH3020AFG EGH4020FFG EGH4020AFG
2
25 EGH1025FFG EGH2025FFG EGH3025FFG EGH3025AFG EGH4025FFG EGH4025AFG

45 EGH1045FFG EGH2045FFG EGH3045FFG — EGH4045FFG EGH4050AFG
2 50 EGH1050FFG EGH2050FFG EGH3050FFG EGH3050AFG EGH4050FFG —
2 60
63
EGH1060FFG
EGH1063FFG
EGH2060FFG
EGH2063FFG
EGH3060FFG
EGH3063FFG
—
EGH3063AFG
EGH4060FFG
EGH4063FFG
—
EGH4063AFG

2 Notes
1 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings.
2 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
EG-Frame—100/100 Current Limiting (Single-Pole and Two-Pole Unavailable)
2
EG-Frame EG-Frame—100/100
2
Three-Pole Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral 3
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
2
Maximum Continuous
Amps at 40°C 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
15
16
EGC3015FFG
EGC3016FFG
—
—
EGC7015FFG
EGC7016FFG
—
—
2
20 EGC3020FFG EGC3020AFG EGC7020FFG EGC7020AFG 2
25 EGC3025FFG EGC3025AFG EGC7025FFG EGC7025AFG
30 EGC3030FFG — EGC7030FFG — 2
35 EGC3035FFG — EGC7035FFG —
2
2
2
2
2
Molded Case Switches 4
Catalog 2
Number
EGK3125KSG 2
EGK7125KSG
EGK3160KSG 2
2
EGK7160KSG
Notes
1 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings.
2 Adjustable thermal is not UL listed.
2
2
3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100%
neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.

4 Molded case switches may open above 1250A.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)
2
EG-Frame—18 kAIC at 480 Vac
2 EG-Frame
2 Maximum Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
Continuous Catalog Catalog Catalog
Amps at 40°C Number 1 Number 2 Number 3
2 15 EGB1015FFB EGB2015FFB EGB3015FFB
2 20
25
EGB1020FFB
EGB1025FFB
EGB2020FFB
EGB2025FFB
EGB3020FFB
EGB3025FFB

35 EGB1035FFB EGB2035FFB EGB3035FFB


2
2
2 EG-Frame EG-Frame—35 kAIC at 480 Vac
2 Maximum
Continuous
Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
2
15 EGS1015FFB EGS2015FFB EGS3015FFB
2 20 EGS1020FFB EGS2020FFB EGS3020FFB



2

2 Notes
1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24.
2 2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
EG-Frame—65 kAIC at 480 Vac
EG-Frame
2
Maximum
Continuous
Catalog
Catalog
Catalog
2
15 EGH1015FFB EGH2015FFB EGH3015FFB
2
20
25
EGH1020FFB
EGH1025FFB
EGH2020FFB
EGH2025FFB
EGH3020FFB
EGH3025FFB
2
30 EGH1030FFB EGH2030FFB EGH3030FFB 2
2
2
110
125
EGH1110FFB
EGH1125FFB
EGH2110FFB
EGH2125FFB
EGH3110FFB
EGH3125FFB
2
2
Load Terminals
2
Terminal, (Package of Three Terminals)
Maximum Breaker
Amps
Body
Material Wire Type
Metric Wire
Range mm2 AWG Wire Range
Catalog
Number 2
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals
15–50 Aluminum Cu/Al 2.5–50 #14–1/0 3TA125EF
2
60–125 Aluminum Cu/Al 16–70 #6–3/0 3TA150EF 2
Notes
1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information

2
EG-Frame
2
2
2
2
2
2
3T125EF 3TA125EF 3TA150EF 3TA160EFK EF2RTWK, Two-Pole–Metric Control Wire Multiwire
2 EF3RTWK, Three-Pole–Metric
EF4RTWK, Four-Pole–Metric
Terminal Kit
GCWTK
Connectors
EF2RTDK, Two-Pole–Imperial
2 EF3RTDK, Three-Pole–Imperial
EF4RTDK, Four-Pole–Imperial
2
2 Line and Load Terminals
(Package of
2 Maximum
Breaker
Terminal
Body Metric Wire AWG Wire
Three Terminals)
Catalog
Amps Material Wire Type Range mm2 Range Number
2 Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals
2 125
125
Steel
Steel
Al
Cu
4–6
2.5–95
#12-10
#14-3/0
3T125EF 1
3T125EF 1
2 125 Aluminum Cu/Al 2.5–50 #14-1/0 3TA125EF

160 Aluminum Cu/Al 16–70 #6-3/0 3TA150EF
2 160 Aluminum Cu/Al 35–120 #3-250 3TA160EFK
160 Aluminum Cu/Al 35–120 #3-250 4TA160EFK 2
2
EG-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have line and load terminals
2 as standard equipment.
Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely
2 with screw and washer.
Caution: Collar must surround conductor.
2
Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion. Tighten securely with screw and washer.
2 Endcap kits are used on the E-Frame breaker line side to connect busbar or similar electrical
connections. Includes hardware.
2
Notes
2 1 Standard line and load terminals.
2 Four-pole kit with four terminals.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Control Wire Terminal Kit Terminal End Covers (Gas Barrier)
Catalog The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers 2
Number only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity
Control wire terminal kit 5652B38G01 (one per circuit breaker) when ordering. 2
Package of 12—priced individually
Terminal End Covers 2
For use with steel or stainless steel standard line and load Conductor Opening Diameter Catalog
terminals only. Inches (mm) Number 2
6.35 (0.25) EEC3K
Interphase Barriers
10.41 (0.41) EEC4K
2
Catalog
Number
Multiwire Connectors 2
Interphase barriers EIPBK Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end
Package of 12—priced individually terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit 2
breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate
The interphase barrier is available for extended insulation
between circuit breaker poles. Specify quantity when ordering.
distribution terminal blocks. 2
Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, terminal shield
Base Mounting Hardware—DIN Rail Mounting
insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three 2
mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side
Catalog
Number
(OFF) end. 2
DIN rail adapter—single-pole EF1DIN EG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information
(Package of 3) 1
2
DIN rail adapter—two-pole EGDIN
DIN rail adapter—three- or four-pole EF34DIN
Maximum
Amperes
Wires per
Terminal
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Kit Catalog
Number
2
Metric base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker
or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required
125 3 14–2 3TA125E3K
2
125 6 14–6 3TA125E6K
separately, order S/N 8703C80G08.
Note 2
Note: English mounting hardware kit can be supplied separate. Catalog 1 For four-pole kit, change “3” at beginning of catalog number to “4.”
number is BMHE #6–32 x 3 inches for two-, three- and four-pole. Single-
pole mounting hardware metric order 8703C80G11. English hardware 2
8703C80G12. Both sold in quantities of 100.
2
Terminal Shields
The terminal shield is available for line terminal areas in three- 2
and four-pole circuit breakers. Special terminal shields are also
available for use when an electrical (solenoid) operator is
mounted on the circuit breaker. The standard style number by
2
pole for each terminal shield is for a package of 10 and is priced
per each package. Special terminal shields are packaged 2
individually.
2
Terminal Shields—IP30 Protection
Number Catalog 2
of Poles Number
3 EFTS3K 2
4 EFTS4K
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Accessories
2
Allowable Accessory Combinations
2 Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories
and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
2 EG-Frame Accessories
2 Reference
Single-
Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
2
Description Page Center Left Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories
(Only one internal accessory per pole)
2 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ — — ■ —
2 Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ — — ■ —

Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ — — ■ —
2 Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ — — ■ —

Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ — — ■ —
2 Shunt trip—standard V4-T2-104 — — — ■ — — ■ — — —
■ ■
2
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-105 — — — — — — — —
External Accessories
2 End cap kit V4-T2-25 — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Multiwire connectors V4-T2-25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Base mounting hardware V4-T2-25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Terminal shields V4-T2-25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Terminal end covers

Interphase barriers
V4-T2-25
V4-T2-25
—
—
—
●
—
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
—
●
—
●
—
●
—
●
2 Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-102 ■ ■ — — ■ — — ■ — —

Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-102 ■ ■ — — ■ — — ■ — —
2 Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-102 — — ■ ❏ — ❏ ❏ — ❏ —
Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-102 — — — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Plug-in adapters V4-T2-102 — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Electrical operator V4-T2-102 — — — ●

●
●
●
●
●
— — — —
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-407 — — — — — — —
2 Modifications (Refer to Eaton)

Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Freeze-tested circuit breakers — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement —
SA and SB
2 Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
2 ● Accessory available/modification available
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1 2
Circuit
220–240 380–415 690 2 125 250 34
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles 120 Icu Ics 277 347 Icu Ics 480 600Y/ 347 Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics 2
EGB125 1
2, 3, 4
35
—
25
25
25
25
18
—
—
—
—
18
—
18
—
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
10
—
—
10
—
10
2
EGE125 2, 3, 4 — 35 35 — — 25 25 25 18 — — — — 10 10
2
EGS125 1 100 85 43 35 22 — — — — — — 35 35 — —
2, 3, 4 — 85 43 — — 40 30 35 22 — — — — 35 35 2
EGH125 1 200 100 50 65 30 — — — — — — 42 42 — —
2, 3, 4 — 100 50 — — 70 35 65 25 — — — — 42 42 2
EGC125 5 3, 4 — 200 200 — — 100 100 100 35 — — — — 42 42
EGB160 2 3, 4 — 25 25 — — 18 18 18 — — — — — 10 10 2
2
EGE160 2 3, 4 — 35 35 — — 25 25 25 18 — — — — 10 10
EGS160 2 3, 4 — 85 43 — — 40 30 35 22 — — — — 35 35

2
EG-Frame
Number
2
2
of Poles Width Height Depth
1 1.00 (25.4) 5.50 (139.7) 2.99 (75.9)
2 2.00 (50.8) 5.50 (139.7) 2.99 (75.9) 2
3 3.00 (76.2) 5.50 (139.7) 2.99 (75.9)
4 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 2.99 (75.9) 2
EG-Frame
2
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View 2
2
CL
Breaker
0.14 (3.6) R 1.85
(47.0)
0.90
(22.9) CL
3.03 5.50
(139.7)
2
(77.0)
Handle
2
1.30 Dia. 0.47 (11.9)
2
(33.0) 3.00 2.77
0.94 (23.9) (76.2) (70.4)
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 2

EG-Frame
2
Number of Poles Number of Poles
Breaker Type 1 2 3 4 Breaker Type 3 4
2
EGB125 1.5 (0.68) 2.0 (0.91) 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82) EGB160 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82)
EGC125 1.5 (0.68) 2.0 (0.91) 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82) EGE160 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82) 2
EGE125 1.5 (0.68) 2.0 (0.91) 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82) EGS160 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82)
EGH125 1.5 (0.68) 2.0 (0.91) 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82) 2
2
EGS125 1.5 (0.68) 2.0 (0.91) 3.0 (1.36) 4.9 (1.82)
Notes
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
2 IEC only.
2
2
3 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
4 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 42 kA.
5 Current limiting per UL 489.
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

2
10.26
2 (260.6)
4.75
0.55 (14.0)
(120.6)
2
1.49
2 0.50
(12.7)
1.00 (37.8)
(25.4)
3.98
(101.1)
2 1.00
3-Pole
2.98
(25.4) (75.7)
2 1.50 0.50
2.00
(50.8)
2
(38.1) (12.7)
2 4.78
(121.4) 0.70 (17.8)
8.59
2 (218.2)
0.90 (22.9)
2 0.35 (8.9)
2
3.01
2 0.09
(2.29)
(76.5)
3.17
2.75 (80.5)
2 (69.9)
0.78
2 (19.8)
2 EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module
2 4.17
9.66
(245.4)
(105.9)
2
0.56
(14.2) 3.61
(91.7)
2
2 1.00
(25.4)
2 3.00
0.50
1.00 (12.7)
(76.2) (25.4)
2 1.00
(25.4)
2
2 3.20
(81.3)
2 4.17
(105.9)
2
2
2 2.75 0.09
(69.9) (2.3)
2
0.78
2 (19.8)
0.41
2 (10.4)
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Contents
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)
Description Page
2
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15 2
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-30
V4-T2-31
2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-42
V4-T2-43 2
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-43
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-45 2
V4-T2-84
V4-T2-87
2
V4-T2-91
2
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108 2
2
2
2
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) 2
Product Description
JG breaker is HACR rated.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2
Series G—JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)
2 J G S 3 250 FA G C
2
Frame Rating
2 J Blank = 80% rated
C = 100% rated
2 Standard/Application Amperes F01 = Freeze tested for –70ºF (–57ºC)

Number of Poles 050 F02 = Freeze tested for –22ºF (–30ºC)
G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA
2 = Two 070
2 Performance
3 = Three
4 = Four—Neutral 0% Protected
080
090
Terminations/Hardware
Terminals Mounting Hardware
600 480 415 240
2
8 = Four—Neutral 0–60% Protected 100
125 M = Metric end caps Metric
E 18 25 25 65 9 = Four—Neutral 100% Protected
150 E = Imperial end caps Imperial
S 18 35 40 85 G = Line/load standard Metric
2 H 25 65 70 100
160
175 W = Without terminals
C 35 100 100 200 200
2 U 50 150 150 200 225
250
Trip Unit
AA = Adj. adj.
X 50 200 200 200
2
FA = Fixed adj.
K Molded case switch
KS = Molded case switch
33 = 310+ electronic LS
2 32 = 310+ electronic LSI
35 = 310+ electronic LSG
36 = 310+ electronic LSIG
2 NN = Frame only (no trip)
2 Trip Unit
2 JT 4 100 FA
2
Trip Trip Unit
2 JT
2 = Two
Number of Poles
T/M
Amperes
ETU
AA = Adj. adj.
FA = Fixed adj.
2
3 = Three 080 050 KS = Molded case switch
4 = Four—Neutral 0% Protected 090 100 33 = 310+ electronic LS
8 = Four—Neutral 0–60%% Protected 100 160 32 = 310+ electronic LSI
2 9 = Four—Neutral 100% Protected 110
125
250 35 = 310+ electronic LSG
NN = Frame only (no trip)
2
150
160
175
2 200
225
250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Product Selection
2
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals
and Mounting Hardware)—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts 2
JG-Frame JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25 2
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 0%2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable
2
2
Maximum Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic 1 Magnetic Magnetic 1
Continuous Magnetic Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Amperes Range Number Number Number Number Number
70 350–700 JGE2070FAG JGE3070FAG — JGE4070FAG — 2
90
100
450–900
500–1000
JGE2090FAG
JGE2100FAG
JGE3090FAG
JGE3100FAG
—
JGE3100AAG
JGE4090FAG
JGE4100FAG
—
JGE4100AAG
2
125 625–1250 JGE2125FAG JGE3125FAG JGE3125AAG JGE4125FAG JGE4125AAG 2
150 750–1550 JGE2150FAG JGE3150FAG — JGE4150FAG —
160 800–1600 — — JGE3160AAG — JGE4160AAG 2
2
200 1000–2000 JGE2200FAG JGE3200FAG JGE3200AAG JGE4200FAG JGE4200AAG
2
250 1250–2500 JGE2250FAG JGE3250FAG JGE3250AAG JGE4250FAG JGE4250AAG
2
JG-Frame JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35, Two-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable
2
2
Maximum Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic 1 Magnetic Magnetic 1
Continuous Magnetic Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Amperes Range Number Number Number Number Number
70 350–700 JGS2070FAG JGS3070FAG — JGS4070FAG — 2
90
100
450–900
500–1000
JGS2090FAG
JGS2100FAG
JGS3090FAG
JGS3100FAG
—
JGS3100AAG
JGS4090FAG
JGS4100FAG
—
JGS4100AAG
2
125 625–1250 JGS2125FAG JGS3125FAG JGS3125AAG JGS4125FAG JGS4125AAG 2
150 750–1550 JGS2150FAG JGS3150FAG — JGS4150FAG —
160 800–1600 — — JGS3160AAG — JGS4160AAG 2
2
200 1000–2000 JGS2200FAG JGS3200FAG JGS3200AAG JGS4200FAG JGS4200AAG
2
250 1250–2500 JGS2250FAG JGS3250FAG JGS3250AAG JGS4250FAG JGS4250AAG
Notes 2
1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0.
2 Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 0–60% neutral protection, 9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65
2 JG-Frame
2 Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Adjustable Thermal,
Magnetic Magnetic Fixed Magnetic 1 Magnetic Fixed Magnetic 1
Maximum
2 Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 70 350–700 JGH2070FAG JGH3070FAG — JGH4070FAG —

90 450–900 JGH2090FAG JGH3090FAG — JGH4090FAG —
2 100 500–1000 JGH2100FAG JGH3100FAG JGH3100AAG JGH4100FAG JGH4100AAG
2
125 625–1250 JGH2125FAG JGH3125FAG JGH3125AAG JGH4125FAG JGH4125AAG
2 160 800–1600 — — JGH3160AAG — JGH4160AAG

2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 100/100, 150/150
2
JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—100/100, Current Limiting
JG-Frame
Three-Pole Four-Pole 0% 2
2
2
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal,
Maximum Adjustable Magnetic Adjustable Magnetic 1 Adjustable Magnetic Adjustable Magnetic 1
Continuous Magnetic Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Amperes Range Number Number Number Number 2
70 350–700 JGC3070FAG — JGC4070FAG —
80 400–800 — JGC3080AAG — JGC4080AAG 2
90
100
450–900
500–1000
JGC3090FAG
JGC3100FAG
—
JGC3100AAG
JGC4090FAG
JGC4100FAG
—
JGC4100AAG
2
125 625–1250 JGC3125FAG JGC3125AAG JGC4125FAG JGC4125AAG 2
150 750–1550 JGC3150FAG — JGC4150FAG —
160 800–1600 — JGC3160AAG — JGC4160AAG 2
175 875–1750 JGC3175FAG — JGC4175FAG —
200 1000–2000 JGC3200FAG JGC3200AAG JGC4200FAG JGC4200AAG 2
225
250
1125–2250
1250–2500
JGC3225FAG
JGC3250FAG
—
JGC3250AAG
JGC4225FAG
JGC4250FAG
—
JGC4250AAG
2
2
JG-Frame JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—150/150, Current Limiting 2
Three-Pole Four-Pole 0% 2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 1
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
2
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
70
80
350–700
400–800
JGU3070FAG
—
—
JGU3080AAG
JGU4070FAG
—
—
JGU4080AAG
2
90 450–900 JGU3090FAG — JGU4090FAG — 2
100 500–1000 JGU3100FAG JGU3100AAG JGU4100FAG JGU4100AAG
125 625–1250 JGU3125FAG JGU3125AAG JGU4125FAG JGU4125AAG 2
2
150 750–1550 JGU3150FAG — JGU4150FAG —
160 800–1600 — JGU3160AAG — JGU4160AAG
175 875–1750 JGU3175FAG — JGU4175FAG —
2
225 1125–2250 JGU3225FAG — JGU4225FAG — 2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200

2
JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200, Current Limiting
2 JG-Frame
Three-Pole Four-Pole 2
2 Maximum
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Continuous Magnetic Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 Amperes Range Number Number Number Number
70 350–700 JGX3070FAG — JGX4070FAG —
2 80 400–800 — JGX3080AAG — JGX4080AAG
2 90
100
450–900
500–1000
JGX3090FAG
JGX3100FAG
—
JGX3100AAG
JGX4090FAG
JGX4100FAG
—
JGX4100AAG
2 125 625–1250 JGX3125FAG JGX3125AAG JGX4125FAG JGX4125AAG

150 750–1550 JGX3150FAG — JGX4150FAG —
2 160 800–1600 — JGX3160AAG — JGX4160AAG
175 875–1750 JGX3175FAG — JGX4175FAG —
2 200 1000–2000 JGX3200FAG JGX3200AAG JGX4200FAG JGX4200AAG
2 225 1125–2250 JGX3225FAG — JGX4225FAG —

250 1250–2500 JGX3250FAG JGX3250AAG JGX4250FAG JGX4250AAG
2
2 Molded Case Switches 3
Catalog
2 Number
JGK3250KSG
2 JGK7250KSG
Notes
2 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is
0.8 and 1.0.

2 2 Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable
0–60% neutral protection, 9 for 0–100%

neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
2 3 Molded case switches will trip above
2500 amperes.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Frame—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 0%
2
Maximum
Amperes
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
2
25/25
250 JGE2250NN JGE3250NN JGE4250NN
40/35
2
250 JGS2250NN JGS3250NN JGS4250NN
70/65 2
250 JGH2250NN JGH3250NN JGH4250NN
100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489 2
250 —
150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489
JGC3250NN JGC4250NN
2
250 — JGU3250NN JGU4250NN 2
250 — JGX3250NN JGX4250NN 2
2
2
25/25 100% Rated Per UL 489
250 — JGE3250NNC —
40/35 100% Rated Per UL 489 2
2
250 — JGS3250NNC —
70/65 100% Rated Per UL 489 2 2
250 — JGH3250NNC —
2
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 2
Ampere Catalog Catalog
Rating Range Number Range Number 2
70 350–700 JT2070FA JT3070FA — — JT4070FA —
80 400–800 — — JT3080AA 3 64–100 — JT4080AA 3
2
90 450–900 JT2090FA JT3090FA — — JT4090FA —
2
100 500–1000 JT2100FA JT3100FA JT3100AA 3 80–100 JT4100FA JT4100AA 3
125 625–1250 JT2125FA JT3125FA JT3125AA 3 100–125 JT4125FA JT4125AA 3 2
150 750–1550 JT2150FA JT3150FA — — JT4150FA —
160 800–1600 — — JT3160AA 3 128–160 — JT4160AA 3 2
2
175 875–1750 JT2175FA JT3175FA — — JT4175FA —
225 1125–2250 JT2225FA JT3225FA — — JT4225FA —
2
Notes 2
1 Standard line and load terminals.
2 Components—100% rated frame.
3 Adjustable thermal trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Electronic Trip Units

2
JG Electronic Trip Units
2 Neutral CT for LSG
LS LSI LSG LSIG and LSIG 1
2 Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 Three-Pole
50 JT305033 JT305032 JT305035 JT305036 JGFCT050
2 100 JT310033 JT310032 JT310035 JT310036 JGFCT100
160 JT316033 JT316032 JT316035 JT316036 JGFCT160
2 250 JT325033 JT325032 JT325035 JT325036 JGFCT250
2 Four-Pole 2
50 JT405033 JT405032 JT405035 JT405036 —
2 100 JT410033 JT410032 JT410035 JT410036 —

160 JT416033 JT416032 JT416035 JT416036 —
2 250 JT425033 JT425032 JT425035 JT425036 —
2
Plug-In Test Kit Breaker Mount Ammeter
2 Voltage Catalog Catalog
Rating Number Description Number
2 120 Vac MTST120V Breaker mount DIGIVIEW
ammeter
2 230 Vac MTST230V
Notes
2 1 For use on a three-pole breaker used in a four-wire system if ground fault protection for the neutral is required.
2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
2 Long time pickup—selectable via dial setting.

50 ampere settings—50, 45, 40, 32, 30, 25, 20.
100 ampere settings—100, 90, 80, 70, 63, 50, 45, 40.
2 160 ampere settings—160, 150, 125, 110, 100, 90, 80, 63.
250 ampere settings—250, 225, 200, 175, 160, 150, 125, 100.
Adjustable long time delay—2–24 seconds at 6 x lr.
2 Adjustable short time delay—Inst., 120, 300 ms
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Complete Breaker with Electronic Trip Units
2
IEC/UL/CSA—25/25
Neutral CT for 2
LS LSI LSG LSIG LSG and LSIG 1
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
Three-Pole 2
50 JGE305033G JGE305032G JGE305035G JGE305036G JGFCT050
100 JGE310033G JGE310032G JGE310035G JGE310036G JGFCT100 2
2
Four-Pole 2
2
50 JGE405033G JGE405032G JGE405035G JGE405036G —
100 JGE410033G JGE410032G JGE410035G JGE410036G — 2
160 JGE416033G JGE416032G JGE416035G JGE416036G —
250 JGE425033G JGE425032G JGE425035G JGE425036G — 2
2
IEC/UL/CSA—40/35
Neutral CT for 2
Ampere Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog 2
Rating Number Number Number Number Number
Three-Pole 2
50 JGS305033G JGS305032G JGS305035G JGS305036G JGFCT050
100 JGS310033G JGS310032G JGS310035G JGS310036G JGFCT100 2
160
250
JGS316033G
JGS325033G
JGS316032G
JGS325032G
JGS316035G
JGS325035G
JGS316036G
JGS325036G
JGFCT160
JGFCT250
2
Four-Pole 2 2
50 JGS405033G JGS405032G JGS405035G JGS405036G —
100 JGS410033G JGS410032G JGS410035G JGS410036G — 2
2
2
IEC/UL/CSA—70/65
Neutral CT for
2
2
Ampere Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Three-Pole 2
50
100
JGH305033G
JGH310033G
JGH305032G
JGH310032G
JGH305035G
JGH310035G
JGH305036G
JGH310036G
JGFCT050
JGFCT100
2
160 JGH316033G JGH316032G JGH316035G JGH316036G JGFCT160 2
250 JGH325033G JGH325032G JGH325035G JGH325036G JGFCT250
Four-Pole 2 2
50 JGH405033G JGH405032G JGH405035G JGH405036G —
2
2
Notes 2
1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
IEC/UL/CSA—100/100, Current Limiting Per UL 489

2 Neutral CT for
2 Ampere Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 Three-Pole
2
50 JGC305033G JGC305032G JGC305035G JGC305036G JGFCT050
2 160 JGC316033G JGC316032G JGC316035G JGC316036G JGFCT160

2 Four-Pole 2
50 JGC405033G JGC405032G JGC405035G JGC405036G —
2 100 JGC410033G JGC410032G JGC410035G JGC410036G —
2 160
250
JGC416033G
JGC435033G
JGC416032G
JGC425032G
JGC416035G
JGC425035G
JGC416036G
JGC425036G
—
—
2
2 IEC/UL/CSA—150/150, Current Limiting Per UL 489
Neutral CT for
2 Ampere
LS
Catalog
LSI
Catalog
LSG
Catalog
LSIG
Catalog
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
2 Three-Pole
2 50 JGU305033G JGU305032G JGU305035G JGU305036G JGFCT050

100 JGU310033G JGU310032G JGU310035G JGU310036G JGFCT100
2 160 JGU316033G JGU316032G JGU316035G JGU316036G JGFCT160
250 JGU335033G JGU325032G JGU325035G JGU325036G JGFCT250
2 Four-Pole 2
2
50 JGU405033G JGU405032G JGU405035G JGU405036G —
2 160 JGU416033G JGU416032G JGU416035G JGU416036G —

2
2 IEC/UL/CSA—200/200, Current Limiting Per UL 489
Neutral CT for
2 LS LSI LSG LSIG LSG and LSIG 1
2 Rating Number Number Number Number Number

Three-Pole
2 50 JGX305033G JGX305032G JGX305035G JGX305036G JGFCT050

100 JGX310033G JGX310032G JGX310035G JGX310036G JGFCT100
2 160 JGX316033G JGX316032G JGX316035G JGX316036G JGFCT160
2
250 JGX325033G JGX325032G JGX325035G JGX325036G JGFCT250
Four-Pole 2
2 50 JGX405033G JGX405032G JGX405035G JGX405036G —

100 JGX410033G JGX410032G JGX410035G JGX410036G —
2 160 JGX416033G JGX416032G JGX416035G JGX416036G —
250 JGX425033G JGX425032G JGX425035G JGX425036G —
2 Notes
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
JG 100% Rated Circuit Breaker—Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
2
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
2
JG-Frame JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25 JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65
Three-Pole Three-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal, Fixed Thermal,
Maximum
Continuous Magnetic
Adjustable Magnetic
Catalog
Maximum
Continuous Magnetic
Adjustable Magnetic
Catalog
2
2
Amperes Range Number Amperes Range Number
70 350–700 JGE3070FAGC 70 350–700 JGH3070FAGC
90 450–900 JGE3090FAGC 90 450–900 JGH3090FAGC 2
100 500–1000 JGE3100FAGC 100 500–1000 JGH3100FAGC
125 625–1250 JGE3125FAGC 125 625–1250 JGH3125FAGC 2
150 750–1550 JGE3150FAGC 150 750–1550 JGH3150FAGC
160 800–1600 — 160 800–1600 —
2
175 875–1750 JGE3175FAGC 175 875–1750 JGH3175FAGC
2
200 1000–2000 JGE3200FAGC 200 1000–2000 JGH3200FAGC
225 1125–2250 JGE3225FAGC 225 1125–2250 JGH3225FAGC 2
250 1250–2500 JGE3250FAGC 250 1250–2500 JGH3250FAGC
2
JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35 2
Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal, 2
Maximum Adjustable Magnetic
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Catalog
Number
2
70 350–700 JGS3070FAGC 2
90 450–900 JGS3090FAGC
100 500–1000 JGS3100FAGC 2
2
125 625–1250 JGS3125FAGC
150 750–1550 JGS3150FAGC
160 800–1600 —
2
175 875–1750 JGS3175FAGC
200 1000–2000 JGS3200FAGC 2
225 1125–2250 JGS3225FAGC
250 1250–2500 JGS3250FAGC 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
JG 100% Rated Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker

2
IEC/UL/CSA—25/25
2 Neutral CT for
2 Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 50 JGE305033GC JGE305032GC JGE305035GC JGE305036GC JGFCT050

100 JGE310033GC JGE310032GC JGE310035GC JGE310036GC JGFCT100
2 160 JGE316033GC JGE316032GC JGE316035GC JGE316036GC JGFCT160
250 JGE325033GC JGE325032GC JGE325035GC JGE325036GC JGFCT250
2
2 IEC/UL/CSA—40/35
2 LS LSI LSG LSIG

Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
50 JGS305033GC JGS305032GC JGS305035GC JGS305036GC JGFCT050
2 100 JGS310033GC JGS310032GC JGS310035GC JGS310036GC JGFCT100
2 160
250
JGS316033GC
JGS325033GC
JGS316032GC
JGS325032GC
JGS316035GC
JGS325035GC
JGS316036GC
JGS325036GC
JGFCT160
JGFCT250
2
2 IEC/UL/CSA—70/65
Neutral CT for
2 Ampere
LS
Catalog
LSI
Catalog
LSG
Catalog
LSIG
Catalog
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
2 50 JGH305033GC JGH305032GC JGH305035GC JGH305036GC JGFCT050

160 JGH316033GC JGH316032GC JGH316035GC JGH316036GC JGFCT160
2
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
JG-Frame
2
2
2
2
2
T250FJ TA250FJ Endcap Kit Control Wire Multiwire Connectors
Terminal Kit 2
2
Load and Line Terminals
Maximum Terminal AWG Wire 2
Breaker Body Metric Wire Range/ Number Catalog
Amperes Material Wire Type Range mm2 of Conductors Number
2
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
250 Stainless steel Cu 25–185 #4–350 (1) T250FJ 1 2
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10–185 #8–350 (1) TA250FJ 12
JG-Frame circuit breakers include aluminum terminals TA250FJ as standard. When optional stainless
2
steel only terminals are required, order by catalog number.
2
Endcap Kits
Catalog Number
Control Wire Terminal Kit
2
Catalog
Number of Poles Metric Imperial Description Number
2
3 FJ3RTWK FJ3RTDK Package of 14 (priced FJCWTK
4 FJ4RTWK FJ4RTDK
individually)
2
For use with aluminum or
Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker to connect busbar
or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.
copper terminals only. 2
2
Base Mounting Hardware
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch.
2
(Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A2546G02.
2
Terminal Shields IP30
Location Number of Poles Catalog Number
Interphase Barriers
Number of Catalog
2
2
Poles Number
Line or Load 2, 3 FJTS3K
3 FJIPBK 3
4 FJTS4K
4 FJIPBK4 3 2
2
Multiwire Connectors
Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end
terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit
JG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information
(Package of 3)
2
breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate
distribution terminal blocks.
Maximum
Amperes
Wires per
Terminal
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Kit Catalog
Number
2
Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, 250 3 14–2 3TA250FJ3 2
insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace 250 6 14–6 3TA250FJ6
three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load
side (OFF) end. Notes
2
1 Individually packed.
2 Standard line and load. 2
3 Individually priced.
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Accessories
2
2 JG-Frame Accessories
2 Description
Reference
Page
Two- and Three-Pole
Left Center Right
Four-Pole
Left Center Right Neutral
2 Internal Accessories
(Only one internal accessory per pole)
2 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ —

Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ —
2 Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ —
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-104 — — ■ — — ■ —
2 Shunt trip—standard V4-T2-104 ■ — — ■ — — —
2 Undervoltage release mechanism

V4-T2-105 ■ — — ■ — — —
2 End cap kit V4-T2-41 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-41 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Multiwire connectors V4-T2-41 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-41 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Interphase barriers V4-T2-41 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Padlockable handle block V4-T2-102 — ■ — — ■ — —

Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-102 ❏ — ❏ ❏ — ❏ —
2 Key interlock kit V4-T2-102 ❏ — ❏ ❏ — ❏ —

Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-102 ● ● ● — — — —
2 Electrical operator V4-T2-102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Plug-in adapters
Handle mechanisms
V4-T2-102
V4-T2-407
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
2 Earth leakage/ground fault protector V4-T2-87 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Drawout cassette V4-T2-109 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Digitrip 310+ test kit V4-T2-36 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammeter/cause of trip display V4-T2-101 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Cause of trip LED module V4-T2-101 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-100
2 Freeze-tested circuit breakers — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Legend
2 ❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both
● Accessory available/modification available
2 Note
2
1 Contact Eaton.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1 2
Circuit
220–240 380–415 690 2
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles Icu Ics Icu Ics 480 600 Icu Ics 250 23 2
JGE250
JGS250
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
65
85
65
85
25
40
25
40
25
35
18
18
12
12
6
6
10
22
2
JGH250 2, 3, 4 100 100 70 70 65 25 14 7 22 2
JGC250 4 3, 4 200 200 100 100 100 35 16 12 42
JGU250 4 3, 4 200 200 150 150 150 50 18 14 50 2
JGX250 4 3, 4 200 200 200 200 200 50 18 14 50
2
Dimensions and Weights 2
JG-Frame
Number
2
of Poles
2, 3
Width
4.13 (104.9)
Height
7.00 (177.8)
Depth
3.57 (90.7)
2
4 5.34 (135.6) 7.00 (177.8) 3.57 (90.7) 2
JG-Frame 2
CL
0.63 (16.0)
Breaker 1.25 (31.8) 2
0.28 (7.1) 0.19 (4.8) R 3.95
3.06 2.05 (52.1)
(100.3)
7.00 2
(77.7) CL (177.8)
0.50
Handle 2
(12.7) 1.06 (27.0)
2
4.00
(101.6)
4.13 3.44
(104.9) (87.4)
2
JG-Frame 2
Number of Poles
Breaker Type 2, 3 4 2
JGC 6.00 (2.70) 8.00 (3.60)
JGE 6.00 (2.70) 8.00 (3.60) 2
JGH
JGS
6.00 (2.70)
6.00 (2.70)
8.00 (3.60)
8.00 (3.60)
2
JGU 6.00 (2.70) 8.00 (3.60) 2
JGX 6.00 (2.70) 8.00 (3.60)
Notes 2
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

2 4-Pole
5.50 (139.7)
2 3-Pole
4.13 (104.9) 5.50
2 (139.7) 2.05
0.69
(52.1)
1.38 (17.5) 2.06 3.57 1.25
2 (35.1) (52.3) (90.7) (31.8) 0.63

(16.0)
2 R 0.19
1.88
(47.8) 6.97
3.92 5.50 3.92 (4.8) (177.0)
2 (99.6) (139.7) (99.6) 4.93

(125.2)
0.28
7.00
2 (7.1) 11.25
(177.8) (285.8)
2 11.25
(285.8)
0.50
(139.7)
1.06
(26.9)
2
2 RESET
4.25
3.37
(85.6)
(108.0)
2
TEST
2
2.05
2 3.31
(84.1) 3.69
3.57
(90.7) 4.09
(52.1)
(93.7) (103.9)
2
3.81
4.78 (96.8)
(121.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Contents
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
Description Page
2
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15 2
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-47
V4-T2-58 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-59
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-59 2
V4-T2-84
V4-T2-87
2
V4-T2-91
2
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108 2
2
2
2
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) 2
Product Description
LG breaker is HACR rated.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2
Series G—LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
2 L G S 3 600 FA G C
2
Frame Rating
2 L Blank = 80% rated
C = 100% rated
2 Standard/Application
Number of Poles
Amperes
250 Terminations/Hardware
G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA
300
2
3 = Three Terminals Mounting Hardware
4 = Four—Neutral 0% protected 350
Performance M = Metric end caps Metric
6 = Four—Neutral 60% protected 400
E = Imperial end caps Imperial
2 E
600
18 35
480 415
35
240
65
7 = Four—Neutral 100% protected
8 = Four—Neutral 0–60% protected
500
600
G = Line/load standard
W = Without terminals
Metric
S 25 50 50 85 9 = Four—Neutral 0–100 protected 630

2 H 35 65 70 100 Trip Unit
C 50 100 100 200
2
AA = Adj. adj.
U 65 150 150 200 FA = Fixed adj.
X 65 200 200 200 KS = Molded case switch
2 K Molded case switch
33 = 310+ electronic LS
32 = 310+ electronic LSI
2 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG
38 = 310+ electronic ALSI
39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG
2 NN = Frame only (no trip)
2 Trip Unit
2 LT 3 600 FA
2
Trip Trip Unit
2 LT Number of Poles Amperes AA = Adj. adj., thermal-magnetic
FA = Fixed adj., thermal-magnetic
3 = Three 250
2 4 = Four—neutral 0% protected 300 KS = Molded case switch

8 = Four—neutral 0/60% protected 350 33 = 310+ electronic LS
9 = Four—neutral 0/100% protected 400 32 = 310+ electronic LSI
2 500
600
630 38 = 310+ electronic ALSI
2 39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Product Selection
2
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
2
LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)
IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1 2
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, 2
Adjustable Magnetic Adjustable Magnetic 45 Adjustable Magnetic Adjustable Magnetic 45
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
250 LGE3250FAG LGE3250AAG LGE4250FAG LGE4250AAG 2
300 LGE3300FAG — LGE4300FAG —
320 — LGE3320AAG — LGE4320AAG 2
400 LGE3400FAG LGE3400AAG LGE4400FAG LGE4400AAG
2
500 LGE3500FAG LGE3500AAG LGE4500FAG LGE4500AAG
2
630 4 — LGE3630AAG — LGE4630AAG 2
2
LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)
IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1 2
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, 2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
250 LGS3250FAG LGS3250AAG LGS4250FAG LGS4250AAG
2
300 LGS3300FAG — LGS4300FAG —
320 — LGS3320AAG — LGS4320AAG 2
350 LGS3350FAG — LGS4350FAG —
400 LGS3400FAG LGS3400AAG LGS4400FAG LGS4400AAG 2
500
600
LGS3500FAG
LGS3600FAG
LGS3500AAG
—
LGS4500FAG
LGS4600FAG
LGS4500AAG
—
2
630 4 — LGS3630AAG — LGS4630AAG 2
LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) 2
IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3 2
Adjustable Magnetic Adjustable Magnetic 45 Adjustable Magnetic Adjustable Magnetic 45 2
Ampere Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Rating Number Number Number Number
2
250 LGH3250FAG LGH3250AAG LGH4250FAG LGH4250AAG
300 LGH3300FAG — LGH4300FAG — 2
320 — LGH3320AAG — LGH4320AAG
350 LGH3350FAG — LGH4350FAG — 2
2
600
4
LGH3600FAG — LGH4600FAG —
2
630 — LGH3630AAG — LGH4630AAG
Notes 2
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals.
2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. Neutral is on LH side.
2
4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG.
5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2
LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489
2 LG-Frame
IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
2
2 Ampere Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 250 LGC3250FAG LGC3250AAG LGC4250FAG LGC4250AAG
300 LGC3300FAG — LGC4300FAG —
2 320 — LGC3320AAG — LGC4320AAG
2 350
400
LGC3350FAG
LGC3400FAG
—
LGC3400AAG
LGC4350FAG
LGC4400FAG
—
LGC4400AAG
2 500 LGC3500FAG LGC3500AAG LGC4500FAG LGC4500AAG

600 LGC3600FAG — LGC4600FAG —
2 630 4 — LGC3630AAG — LGC4630AAG
2
2
LG-Frame
2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal,
2 Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 250 LGU3250FAG LGU3250AAG LGU4250FAG LGU4250AAG

300 LGU3300FAG — LGU4300FAG —
2 320 — LGU3320AAG — LGU4320AAG
2
400 LGU3400FAG LGU3400AAG LGU4400FAG LGU4400AAG
2 500 LGU3500FAG LGU3500AAG LGU4500FAG LGU4500AAG

2 630 4 — LGU3630AAG — LGU4630AAG
2
2
LG-Frame
2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal,
2 Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 250 LGX3250FAG LGX3250AAG LGX4250FAG LGX4250AAG

300 LGX3300FAG — LGX4300FAG —
2 320 — LGX3320AAG — LGX4320AAG
2
400 LGX3400FAG LGX3400AAG LGX4400FAG LGX4400AAG
2 500 LGX3500FAG LGX3500AAG LGX4500FAG LGX4500AAG

2 630 4 — LGX3630AAG — LGX4630AAG
2
Notes
2 3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. Neutral is on LH side.
4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG.
2 5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Ampere Number Catalog
2
Rating of Poles Number
400 32 LGK3400KSG
2
4 LGK4400KSG
2
630 3 32 LGK3630KSG
4 LGK4630KSG 2
2
Frame—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole 0% 2
Maximum Catalog Catalog
Amperes 3 Number Number 2
35/35
630 3 LGE3630NN LGE4630NN 2
2
LGE3630NNWC —
50/50
630 3 LGS3630NN LGS4630NN
2
LGS3630NNWC —
70/53 2
630 3 LGH3630NN LGH4630NN
LGH3630NNWC — 2
630 LGC3630NN LGC4630NN
2
150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489 2
630 LGU3630NN LGU4630NN
200/200 Current Limiting 2
630 LGX3630NN LGX4630NN
2
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 2
2

Ampere Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog 2
250 LT3250FA LT3250AA LT4250FA LT4250AA 2
2
300 LT3300FA — LT4300FA —
320 — LT3320AA — LT4320AA
350 LT3350FA — LT4350FA —
2
400 LT3400FA LT3400AA LT4400FA LT4400AA
500 LT3500FA LT3500AA LT4500FA LT4500AA 2
600 LT3600FA — LT4600FA —
630 — LT3630AA — LT4630AA 2
Notes
1 Molded case switches will trip above 6300 amperes.
2
2
3 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG.
4 Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
5 Neutral protection is indicated by the third character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%.
6 100% rated frame.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Electronic Trip Units—Digitrip 310+

2 Neutral CT for
2 Three-Pole
2
250 LT325033 LT325032 LT325035 LT325036 LGFCT250
400 LT340033 LT340032 LT340035 LT340036 LGFCT400
2 600 LT360033 LT360032 LT360035 LT360036 LGFCT600

630 2 LT363033 LT363032 LT363035 LT363036 LGFCT600
2 Four-Pole 3
250 LT425033 LT425032 LT425035 LT425036 —
2 400 LT440033 LT440032 LT440035 LT440036 —
2 600
630 2
LT460033
LT463033
LT460032
LT463032
LT460035
LT463035
LT460036
LT463036
—
—
2
2 Plug-In Test Kit 4
Voltage Catalog
2 Rating Number
120 Vac MTST120V
2 230 Vac MTST230V
2
Notes
1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.
2 3 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
4 IL Number is 5721B13.
2 Long time pickup — selectable via dial setting.

630 ampere settings — 630, 600, 500, 400, 350, 315, 300, 250 (315, 630 are IEC ratings only).
600 ampere settings — 600, 500, 450, 400, 350, 315, 300, 250 (315 is IEC rating only).
2 400 ampere settings — 400, 350, 315, 300, 250, 225, 200, 160 (315 is IEC rating only).
250 ampere settings — 250, 225, 200, 175, 160, 150, 125, 100 (160 is IEC rating only).
Adjustable long time delay — 2–24 seconds at 6 x Ir .
2 Adjustable short time delay — Inst., 120, 300 ms.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
IC Rating at 415/480V
Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and 2
Mounting Hardware) 1
2
IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
LS LSI LSG LSIG

Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 2
2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
Three-Pole 3
2
250 LGE325033G LGE325032G LGE325035G LGE325036G LGFCT250
400 LGE340033G LGE340032G LGE340035G LGE340036G LGFCT400 2
600 LGE360033G LGE360032G LGE360035G LGE360036G LGFCT600
630 4 LGE363033G LGE363032G LGE363035G LGE363036G LGFCT600 2
2
Four-Pole 5
250 LGE425033G LGE425032G LGE425035G LGE425036G —
2
630 4 LGE463033G LGE463032G LGE463035G LGE463036G — 2
Neutral CT
LS LSI LSG LSIG for LSG and LSIG 2 2
2
Three-Pole 3
250 LGS325033G LGS325032G LGS325035G LGS325036G LGFCT250 2
400 LGS340033G LGS340032G LGS340035G LGS340036G LGFCT400
600 LGS360033G LGS360032G LGS360035G LGS360036G LGFCT600
2
630 4 LGS363033G LGS363032G LGS363035G LGS363036G LGFCT600
2
Four-Pole 5
250 LGS425033G LGS425032G LGS425035G LGS425036G — 2
400 LGS440033G LGS440032G LGS440035G LGS440036G —
600 LGS460033G LGS460032G LGS460035G LGS460036G — 2
2
630 4 LGS463033G LGS463032G LGS463035G LGS463036G —
IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415 Vac, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac

Neutral CT
2
2
LS LSI LSG LSIG for LSG and LSIG 2
Three-Pole 3 2
250
400
LGH325033G
LGH340033G
LGH325032G
LGH340032G
LGH325035G
LGH340035G
LGH325036G
LGH340036G
LGFCT250
LGFCT400
2
600 LGH360033G LGH360032G LGH360035G LGH360036G LGFCT600 2
630 4 LGH363033G LGH363032G LGH363035G LGH363036G LGFCT600
Four-Pole 5 2
250 LGH425033G LGH425032G LGH425035G LGH425036G —
2
2
630 4 LGH463033G LGH463032G LGH463035G LGH463036G —
Notes 2
2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.
2
2
5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
www.comoso.com
Series G
IC Rating at 415/480V
2 Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and
Mounting Hardware) 1
2
IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
2 LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT
for LSG and LSIG 2
2 Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 Three-Pole 3
250 LGC325033G LGC325032G LGC325035G LGC325036G LGFCT250
2 400 LGC340033G LGC340032G LGC340035G LGC340036G LGFCT400
600 LGC360033G LGC360032G LGC360035G LGC360036G LGFCT600
2 630 4 LGC363033G LGC363032G LGC363035G LGC363036G LGFCT600
2 Four-Pole 5
250 LGC425033G LGC425032G LGC425035G LGC425036G —
2 400 LGC440033G LGC440032G LGC440035G LGC440036G —

600 LGC460033G LGC460032G LGC460035G LGC460036G —
2 630 4 LGC463033G LGC463032G LGC463035G LGC463036G —
2 IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
2
Neutral CT
Three-Pole 3
2 250 LGU325033G LGU325032G LGU325035G LGU325036G LGFCT250
2
400 LGU340033G LGU340032G LGU340035G LGU340036G LGFCT400
600 LGU360033G LGU360032G LGU360035G LGU360036G LGFCT600
2 630 4 LGU363033G LGU363032G LGU363035G LGU363036G LGFCT600

Four-Pole 5
2 250 LGU425033G LGU425032G LGU425035G LGU425036G —
400 LGU440033G LGU440032G LGU440035G LGU440036G —
2
2 IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
Neutral CT
2
2 Three-Pole 3
2 250
400
LGX325033G
LGX340033G
LGX325032G
LGX340032G
LGX325035G
LGX340035G
LGX325036G
LGX340036G
LGFCT250
LGFCT400
2 600 LGX360033G LGX360032G LGX360035G LGX360036G LGFCT600

630 4 LGX363033G LGX363032G LGX363035G LGX363036G LGFCT600
2 Four-Pole 5
250
2
LGX425033G LGX425032G LGX425035G LGX425036G —
400 LGX440033G LGX440032G LGX440035G LGX440036G —
2 600 LGX460033G LGX460032G LGX460035G LGX460036G —

630 4 LGX463033G LGX463032G LGX463035G LGX463036G —
2 Notes
2 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired.

2 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.
5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
LG 100% Rated Circuit Breaker—Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
2
2
LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes
UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and
480 Vac 1
UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65
kAIC at 480 Vac 1
2
Three-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal,
Three-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal,
2
2
Adjustable Magnetic Adjustable Magnetic
Ampere Rating Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number
250 LGE3250FAGC 250 LGH3250FAGC
2
320 — 320 — 2
400 LGE3400FAGC 400 LGH3400FAGC 2
2
630 4 — 630 4 —
2
Notes
LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes

2
UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and
480 Vac 1 2
Three-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal,
2
Adjustable Magnetic
Ampere Rating Catalog Number 2
250
300
LGS3250FAGC
LGS3300FAGC
2
320 — 2
350 LGS3350FAGC
400 LGS3400FAGC 2
500 LGS3500FAGC
600 LGS3600FAGC
2
2
630 4 —
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
LG 100% Rated Electronic Breaker Per UL 489

2
IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
2 Neutral CT for
2 250 LGE325033GC LGE325032GC LGE325035GC LGE325036GC LGFCT250
400 LGE340033GC LGE340032GC LGE340035GC LGE340036GC LGFCT400
2 600 LGE360033GC LGE360032GC LGE360035GC LGE360036GC LGFCT600
2 630 2 LGE363033GC LGE363032GC LGE363035GC LGE363036GC LGFCT600
2 IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
2
Neutral CT for
250 LGS325033GC LGS325032GC LGS325035GC LGS325036GC LGFCT250
2 400 LGS340033GC LGS340032GC LGS340035GC LGS340036GC LGFCT400
600 LGS360033GC LGS360032GC LGS360035GC LGS360036GC LGFCT600
2 630 2 LGS363033GC LGS363032GC LGS363035GC LGS363036GC LGFCT600
2
2 Neutral CT for
2 Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 250 LGH325033GC LGH325032GC LGH325035GC LGH325036GC LGFCT250

400 LGH340033GC LGH340032GC LGH340035GC LGH340036GC LGFCT400
2
Notes
2 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
Series G LG circuit breakers simple and reliable method to interruption times than the Maintenance System unit can 2
are available with the Arcflash reduce fault clearing time. standard (digital) have a significantly lower
Reduction Maintenance The Arcflash Reduction “instantaneous” protection. incident energy level, 2
System™ integrated into the Maintenance System unit Work locations downstream reducing arc flash potential to
electronic trip units helping to utilizes a separate analog trip of a circuit breaker with an the system. 2
improve safety by providing a circuit that provides faster Arcflash Reduction
2
LG with LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System
ALSI ALSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
2
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
2
250 LGE325038G LGE365039G LGFCT250
400 LGE340038G LGE340039G LGFCT400 2
600 LGE360038G LGE360039G LGFCT600
630 LGE363038G LGE363039G LGFCT600 2
2
250 LGS325038G LGS365039G LGFCT250
400 LGS340038G LGS340039G LGFCT400
2
600 LGS360038G LGS360039G LGFCT600
630 LGS363038G LGS363039G LGFCT600 2
250 LGH325038G LGH365039G LGFCT250 2
400
600
LGH340038G
LGH360038G
LGH340039G
LGH360039G
LGFCT400
LGFCT600
2
630 LGH363038G LGH363039G LGFCT600 2
IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
250 LGC325038G LGC365039G LGFCT250 2
400 LGC340038G LGC340039G LGFCT400
600 LGC360038G LGC360039G LGFCT600
2
630 LGC363038G LGC363039G
LGFCT600
2
250 LGU325038G LGU365039G LGFCT250 2
400 LGU340038G LGU340039G LGFCT400
600 LGU360038G LGU360039G LGFCT600 2
2
630 LGU363038G LGU363039G LGFCT600
250 LGX325038G LGX365039G LGFCT250
2
400 LGX340038G LGX340039G LGFCT400
600 LGX360038G LGX360039G LGFCT600 2
630 LGX363038G LGX363039G LGFCT600
2
LG Electronic Trip Units with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System 2
Neutral CT for
Ampere
ALSI
Catalog
ALSIG
Catalog
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
2
2
Rating Number Number Number
250 LT325038 LT325039 LGFCT250
400 LT340038 LT340039 LGFCT400 2
600 LT360038 LT360039 LGFCT600
630 LT363038 LT363039 LGFCT600 2
Note
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2
2
Line and Load Terminals
AWG
Maximum Terminal Wire Range/ Metric Number of
2 Breaker
Amperes
Body
Material
Wire
Type
Number of
Conductors
Wire Range
(mm2)
Terminals
Included
Catalog
Number
2 400 Aluminum Cu/Al 500–750 (1) 240–380 (1) 3 3TA631LK 1

400 Aluminum Cu/Al 500–750 (1) 240–380 (1) 4 4TA631LK 1
2 400 Copper Cu 500–750 (1) 240–380 (1) 3 3T631LK 1
400 Copper Cu 500–750 (1) 240–380 (1) 4 4T631LK 1
2 630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 1 TA632L
2 630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 3 3TA632LK 12

630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 4 4TA632LK 12
2 630 Copper Cu 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 3 3T632LK 1

630 Copper Cu 2–500 (2) 35–240 (2) 4 4T632LK 1
2 400 Aluminum Cu/Al 3–500 (1) 35–240 (1) 1 TA350LK 2
2
400 Copper Cu 3–500 (1) 35–240 (1) 1 T350LK
2 Base Mounting Hardware
2
(Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03.
2
Terminal Covers Terminal Spreaders
2 Description
Catalog
Number
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
2 Three-pole terminal cover 3 LTS3K 3 LGTEW3

Four-pole terminal cover 3 LTS4K 4 LGTEW4
2
2 End Cap Kits (MIO Metric Nuts) Terminal Extensions
Number Catalog Number Catalog
2 of Poles Number of Poles Number
3 L3RTWK 3 LGTES3
2 4 L4RTWK 4 LGTES4
2 Control Wire Terminal Kit Handle Extension

2 Description
Terminal
Body Type
Catalog
Number Description
Catalog
Number
2 Three-pole kit Aluminum 3TA632LKW Handle extension HEXLG

Four-pole kit Aluminum 4TA632LKW
2 Three-pole kit Copper 3T632LKW

Interphase Barrier
Four-pole kit Copper 4T632LKW
2
Catalog
Package of 2 Number
Interphase barrier IPB3
2
Notes
2 1 Includes LTS3K (three-pole) or LTS4K (four-pole) terminal covers.

2 Standard terminal included with complete breaker.
3 Included in TA63IL, T63IL, TA632L kits listed above.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Terminals and Terminal Cover for the LG Breaker—Includes LTS3K (Three-Pole) or LTS4K (Four-Pole) Terminal Covers
Note: Extended terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.0 mm) to breaker length.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Accessories
2
2 Base Mounting Hardware
2 (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03.
2 Allowable Accessory Combinations

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
2 in the circuit breaker.
2 LG-Frame Accessories
Three-Pole Four-Pole
2
Reference
Description Page Left Center Right Left Center Right Neu.
2
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-104 ■ ■
2 Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-104 ■ ■

Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-104 ■ ■
2 Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-104 ■ ■
■ ■
2
Shunt trip—standard V4-T2-104
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-105 ■ ■
2 External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-56 ● ●
2 Handle extension V4-T2-56 ● ●
Terminal cover V4-T2-56 ● ●
2 Padlockable handle block V4-T2-102 ■ ■
2 Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-102 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏

Key interlock kit V4-T2-102 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
2 Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Electrical operator V4-T2-102
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Rear connecting studs V4-T2-102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Handle mechanisms V4-T2-407 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Earth leakage/ground fault protector V4-T2-87 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Drawout cassette V4-T2-109
Digitrip 310+ test kit V4-T2-50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Ammeter/cause of trip display V4-T2-101 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Cause of trip LED module V4-T2-101 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-100
Freeze-tested circuit breakers — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Legend
2 ■ Applicable in indicated pole position
Note
2 1 Contact Eaton.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
Interrupting Capacity Ratings
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 2
Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1
2
Circuit
2
240–240 380–415 480 600 690 250 23
Breaker Number
Type of Poles Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
LGE630 3, 4 65 65 35 35 35 18 12 6 22 22 2
LGS630 3, 4 85 85 50 50 50 25 20 10 22 22
LGH630 3, 4 100 100 70 70 65 35 25 13 42 42 2
LGC630 6 3, 4 200 200 100 100 100 50 30 15 42 42
LGU630 6 3, 4 200 200 150 150 150 65 35 18 50 50
2
2
LGX630 6 3, 4 200 5 200 200 200 200 65 35 18 50 50

2
LG-Frame
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2
2, 3 5.48 (139.2) 10.13 (257.3) 4.09 (103.9)
2
4 7.22 (183.4) 10.13 (257.3) 4.09 (103.9)
2
LG-Frame
Note: TA63IL, T63IL, T632L, TA632L terminals add 1.19 inches (30.2 mm) to line or load side of LG. LTS3K or 2
LTS4K terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.1 mm) to line or load side of LG.
2.43 (61.7)
2
4.06
R 0.25 Breaker
2
CL
(103.1)
(6.4) 3.16
(80.3) 5.58
2.00
(50.8)
(141.7)
10.13 2
(257.3)
1.92
(48.8) 2
2.69
(68.3) 5.38
5.48
(139.2) 2
(136.7) Three-Pole
2
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
LG-Frame
2
Breaker Type Two- and Three-Pole Four-Pole
2
LGE, LGS, LGH, LGC, LGU, LGX 16 (7.3) 20 (9.1)
Notes 2
1 DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits. 2
3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at–kA.
4 Three-poles in series. 750 Vdc ratings available (four-pole in series, not UL listed). Contact Eaton.
5 IEC rating is 300 kA at 240 Vac.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

2
5.16 4.31 3.44
2 (131.1) (109.5)
4.06
(87.4)
1.72
3.44
2 (87.4) (103.1) (43.7)
1.72 3.98 0.86
(43.7) (101.1) (21.8)
2
2 5.58
5.58
4.73 (141.7) 4.73
(141.7)
2 (120.1) (120.1)
2
8.44
2 8.44
(214.4)
10.13
(257.3)
(214.4)
2 15.38
(390.7)
2 13.69
13.68
(347.5)
15.38
2
(347.7) (390.7)
2
2
4-Pole 3.97 4-Pole
2.75 (69.9) (100.8) 2.75 (69.9)
3-Pole 3-Pole 4.30 4-Pole 3-Pole
2 5.48 (139.2)
4-Pole
2.74 (69.6) (109.2)
4.55
7.22 (183.4)
3-Pole
2.74 (69.6)
(115.6)
2
7.22 (183.4) 5.48 (139.2)
5.43
(137.9)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Contents
NG-Frame (1200 Ampere)
Description Page
2
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15 2
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)
V4-T2-45 2
Product Selection Guide and Ordering
V4-T2-62
2
Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-63
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-66 2
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-70
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-80
V4-T2-84
2
V4-T2-87
V4-T2-91 2
Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-96 2
Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-99
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106 2
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
2
2
2
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) 2
Product Description
● All Eaton NG-Frame circuit
2
breakers are suitable for
reverse feed use 2
2
● All NG-Frame circuit
breakers are HACR rated
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2
Circuit Breaker/Frame Catalog Number System
2 NG H 3 080 39 ZG E C
2
Frame Rating
2 NG Blank = 80% rated
C = 100% rated
2 Performance
Amperes
080 = 800 Trip Unit Terminations 3
at 480 Vac
2
120 = 1200 33 =
310+ Electronic LS M = Metric tapped line/load
S = 50 kAIC
H = 65 kAIC 32 =
310+ Electronic LSI conductors
C = 100 kAIC Poles 35 =
310+ Electronic LSG E = Imperial tapped line/load
2 U = 150 kAIC 1 3 = Three
35B22
36
=
310+ Electronic LS(A), GFA, no trip
=
310+ Electronic LSIG
conductors
4 = Four; neutral 2
36B22 =
310+ Electronic LSI(A), GFA, no trip
2 0% protected
7 = Four; neutral 2
38 =
310+ Electronic ALSI Feature
w/ Maintenance Mode Blank = No feature
100% protected
2 9 = Four; neutral 2
0/60/100% adjustable
39 = 310+ Electronic ALSIG
w/ Maintenance Mode
B20
B21
=
=
High load alarm
Ground fault
39B22 = 310+ Electronic ALSI(A) ZG = Zone selective interlocking
2 protection w/ Maintenance Mode and GFA, no trip
2
Notes
1 800A only.
2 Neutral inn left pole on GN; right pole on NG.
2 3 Breakers do not ship with lugs.
Trip units are factory installable only.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information
2
Type NGS Standard Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with
2
Imperial Tapped Conductors
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup 2
S– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time
2
Maximum
(I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response)
Continuous
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous
Ampere
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response)
Rating
at 40°C 12
Number
of Poles LS LSI LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG 2
Short Time Range 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In
Short Time Delay
Ground Fault Pickup
—
—
I–300 ms
—
—
200–1200A
I–300 ms
200–1200A
I–300 ms
—
I–300 ms
200–1200A
2
Ground Fault Delay — — I–500 ms I–500 ms — I–500 ms
800 3 NGS308033E NGS308032E NGS308035E NGS308036E NGS308038E NGS308039E 2
2
44 NGS408033E NGS408032E NGS408035E NGS408036E NGS408038E NGS408039E
45 NGS708033E NGS708032E — — NGS708038E —
46 NGS908033E NGS908032E — — NGS908038E — 2
1200 3 3 NGS312033E NGS312032E NGS312035E NGS312036E NGS312038E NGS312039E
44 NGS412033E NGS412032E NGS412035E NGS412036E — NGS412039E 2
45 NGS712033E NGS712032E — — NGS712038E —
46 NGS912033E NGS912032E — — NGS912038E —
2
2
2
Type NGS Standard Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit
2
with Metric Tapped Conductors
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug)
Maximum S– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time
Continuous (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response)
2
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C 12
Number
of Poles LS LSI LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG 2
2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In
2
Short Time Range
Short Time Delay — I–300 ms — I–300 ms I–300 ms I–300 ms
Ground Fault Pickup — — 200–1200A 200–1200A — 200–1200A
2
Ground Fault Delay — — I–500 ms I–500 ms — I–500 ms
1600 3 3 NGS316033M NGS316032M NGS316035M NGS316036M NGS316038M NGS316039M
44 NGS416033M NGS416032M NGS416035M NGS416036M NGS416038M NGS416039M
2
45 NGS716033M NGS716032M — — NGS716038M —
46 NGS916033M NGS916032M — — NGS916038M — 2
2
Ue Maximum 690 Vac 2
Rating Three-Pole Number Four-Pole Number 2
800 MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK3080KSE MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK4080KSE
1200 MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK3120KSE MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK4120KSE 2
1250 MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK3125KSE MCS with Imperial line and load terminals NGK43125KSE
2
Notes
1 For AC use only.
2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40°C or 50°C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40°C labeling.
2
2
3 Non-UL listed NG 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available.
4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pocket; GN, neutral in left pocket.
5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four).
6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four).
7 For AC use only. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes.
2
8 For two-pole applications, use outer poles of three-pole molded case switch.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Type NGH High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 65 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit
2 Maximum
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup
2 Continuous
Ampere
Rating Number
2 at 40°C 12
Short Time Range
of Poles LS
2–8 x In
LSI
2–8 x In
LSG
2–8 x In
LSIG
2–8 x In
ALSI
2–8 x In
ALSIG
2–8 x In
2 Ground Fault Pickup
Ground Fault Delay
—
—
—
—
200–1200A
I–500 ms
200–1200A
I–500 ms
—
—
200–1200A
I–500 ms
2 800 3 NGH308033E NGH308032E NGH308035E NGH308036E NGH308038E NGH308039E

43 NGH408033E NGH408032E NGH408035E NGH408036E NGH408038E NGH408039E
2 44 NGH708033E NGH708032E — — NGH708038E —
45 NGH908033E NGH908032E — — NGH908038E —
2 1200 3 NGH312033E NGH312032E NGH312035E NGH312036E NGH312038E NGH312039E
2
43 NGH412033E NGH412032E NGH412035E NGH412036E — NGH412039E
44 NGH712033E NGH712032E — — NGH712038E —
2 45 NGH912033E NGH912032E — — NGH912038E —
2
Type NGC Very High Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with
Imperial Tapped Conductors
2 L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup

Maximum
2 Continuous
Ampere
Rating Number
2 at 40°C 12
Short Time Range
of Poles LS
2–8 x In
LSI
2–8 x In
LSG
2–8 x In
LSIG
2–8 x In
ALSI
2–8 x In
ALSIG
2–8 x In
2 Ground Fault Pickup
Ground Fault Delay
—
—
—
—
200–1200A
I–500 ms
200–1200A
I–500 ms
—
—
200–1200A
I–500 ms
2 800 3 NGC308033E NGC308032E NGC308035E NGC308036E NGC308038E NGC308039E

43 NGC408033E NGC408032E NGC408035E NGC408036E NGC408038E NGC408039E
2 44 NGC708033E NGC708032E — — NGC708038E —
45 NGC908033E NGC908032E — — NGC908038E —
2 1200 3 3 NGC312033E NGC312032E NGC312035E NGC312036E NGC312038E NGC312039E
2 43
44
NGC412033E
NGC712033E
NGC412032E
NGC712032E
NGC412035E
—
NGC412036E
—
—
NGC712038E
NGC412039E
—
2 45 NGC912033E NGC912032E — — NGC912038E —
Notes
2 1 For AC use only.
2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40°C or 50°C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40°C labeling.
2 3 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pocket; GN, neutral in left pocket.
4 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four).
2
5 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four).
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
N-Frame circuit breakers do not include terminals as standard. When copper or Cu/Al terminals are required, order by catalog number. 2
Line and Load Terminals 2
2
AWG Wire AWG Wire Metric
Maximum Terminal (Number of Catalog Metric Wire Catalog
Breaker Amperes Body Material Wire Type Conductors) Number 1 Range mm2 Number 1
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Terminals 2
700 Aluminum Cu/Al 1–500 (2) TA700NB1 50–240 TA700NB1M
1000 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–400 (3) TA1000NB1 95–185 TA1000NB1M 2
2
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al 4/0–500 (4) TA1200NB1 120–240 TA1200NB1M
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al 500–750 (3) TA1201NB1 300–400 TA1201NB1M
Optional Copper and Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals
2
700 Copper Cu 2/0–500 (2) T700NB1 70–240 T700NB1M
1000 Copper Cu 3/0–500 (3) T1000NB1 95–240 T1000NB1M 2
1200 Copper Cu 3/0–400 (4) T1200NB3 95–185 T1200NB3M
2
Base Mounting Hardware Handle Extension
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are 2
molded case switch. available.
2
Base Mounting Hardware 2 Handle Extension
Number
of Poles Description
Catalog
Number Description
Catalog
Number
2
Three- and four-pole Imperial hardware:
0.3125–18 x 1.25
BMH5 Single handle extension HEX5 2
pan-head steel screws and lock washers
Three- and four-pole Metric hardware: M8 pan-head steel screws BMH5M Interphase Barriers 2
and lock washers The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance
between circuit breaker poles for special termination 2
Terminal Shield applications. Barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that
Terminal Shield
are installed in the molded slots between the terminals.
(Field installation only.)
2
Description
Catalog
Number
Interphase Barriers
2
Three-pole terminal shield NTS3K
Description
Catalog
Number
2
Conductor Extension Kit Interphase barriers IPB5
2
Conductor Extension Kit 3 Notes
Catalog
1 Single terminals individually packed.
2 Metric hardware included with breaker.
2
Description Number
Three-pole both ends Metric 5104A24G04
3 Included as standard on 100% rated 800/1200A breakers.
2
Three-pole both ends English 5104A24G02
2
Keeper Nut
Not required on NG-Frame. Terminals are threaded. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Accessories
2
2 Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
in the circuit breaker.
2
NG-Frame Accessories
2 Three-Pole Four-Pole
Reference
2 Description Page Left Center Right Left Center Right Neu.
2 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-104 ● ■ ● ■

Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-104 ● ■ ● ■
2 Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-104 ● ■ ● ■
2 Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-104 ● ■ ● ■

Shunt trip—standard V4-T2-104 ■ ■
2 Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-105 ■ ■
2 Base mounting hardware V4-T2-65 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-102 ■ ■
2 Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-102 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
2 Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-102 ● ● ●
2 Electrical operator V4-T2-102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

2 Drawout cassette V4-T2-109 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Handle extension V4-T2-65 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Ammeter/cause of trip display V4-T2-101 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Cause of trip LED module V4-T2-101 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Digitrip 310 test kit V4-T2-102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

2 Marine/Naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Legend
Note
2 1 Contact Eaton.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
2
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) 2
2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Circuit 220–240 380–415 690
Breaker Number
Type of Poles 240 (UL) Icu Ics Icu Ics 480 600 Icu Ics 2
NGS 1 2, 3, 4 65 85 85 50 50 50 25 20 10
NGH 2, 3, 4 100 100 100 70 50 65 35 25 13 2
NGC 2, 3, 4 200 200 100 100 50 100 65 35 18
2
NG-Frame Digitrip Specifications 2
Specification 2
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
rms sensing Yes
2
Breaker Type
2
Frame N
Ampere range 320–1200A 2
Interrupting rating at 480 volts 50, 65, 100 (kA)
Protection 2
2
Ordering options LS, LSG LSI, LSIG
Fixed rated plug (In) No No
Overtemperature trip Yes Yes
2
Long Delay Protection (L)
Adjustable trip setting (In) Yes Yes 2
Long delay pickup 0.5–1.0 (In) 0.5–1.0 (In)
Long delay time I2t 12 seconds 12 seconds 2
Long delay time I4t
Long delay thermal memory
No
Yes
No
Yes
2
High load alarm No No 2
Short Delay Protection (S)
Short delay pickup 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In) 2
Short delay time I2t 100 ms No
Short delay time flat No Inst–300 ms
2
Short delay time zone selective interlocking Yes Yes
2
Instantaneous Protection (I)
Instantaneous pickup No 200–800% x (In) 2
Discriminator No No
Instantaneous override Yes Yes 2
Legend
BIM = Breaker Interface Module
2
(A) = GF Alarm
Is
In
= Sensor Rating
= Rating Plug
2
Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Note
2
2
1 1600 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Specifications, continued
2 Digitrip RMS 310+
Trip Unit Type LS, LSG LSI, LSIG
2 Ground Fault Protection (G)
2 Ground fault alarm No No

Ground fault pickup 1–5 x Ig (160A) 1–5 x Ig (160A)
2 Ground fault delay I2t No No
Ground fault delay flat Inst–500 ms Inst–500 ms
2 Ground fault zone selective interlocking Yes Yes
2 Ground fault thermal memory

System Diagnostics
Yes Yes
2 Status LEDs Yes Yes

Cause of trip LEDs Yes 1 Yes 1
2 Magnitude of trip information No No
Remote signal contact—ground alarm Yes 2 Yes 2
2 Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Optional Optional
2 System Monitoring
Digital display Yes 3 Yes 3
2 Current Yes 3 Yes 3

Power and energy No No
2 Power quality—harmonics No No
2
Power factor No No
Communications
2 Eaton PowerNet No No
Testing
2 Testing method Test set Test set
2
Legend
(A) = GF Alarm
2 Is
In
= Sensor Rating
= Rating Plug
2 Notes
1 With cause of trip LED module (Trip-LED)
2 2 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU).
3 With cause of trip display (DIGIVIEW or DIGIVIEWR06)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
NG-Frame 2
2
3 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 5.50 (139.7)
4 11.13 (282.6) 16.00 (406.4) 5.50 (139.7) 2
NG-Frame
2
3.44
(87.4) 2
BREAKER
R .25
9.25
(235.0)
2
(6.4)
2
1.91
16.00
(48.5)
(406.4) 2
3.68
2
1.50 (93.5)
(38.1)
2
3.19
(81.0)
6.38 8.25 5.50
2
(162.1) (209.6) (139.7)
2
2
NG-Frame
2
Complete Breaker
Breaker Type Three-Pole Four-Pole 2
NGS, NGH, NGC 45 (20.4) 58 (26.3)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Contents
2 RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)
Description Page
2 EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-29
2 LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-71
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-77
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-78
2 Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-79
2 Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . .
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .
V4-T2-84
V4-T2-87
2 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-91
Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-96

2 Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-99
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106
2 Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-109
2
2
2
● Eaton’s RG-Frame circuit
2 breakers are available as
frame (which includes trip
unit), rating plug and
2 terminals
● All R-Frame circuit breakers
2 are suitable for reverse
feed use
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. 2
2
70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac
2
RG Circuit Breaker/Frame
2
RG H 3 250 39 ZG E C
2
Frame
RG
Rating
Blank = 80% rated
2
C = 100% rated (except 2500A)
Performance
Amperes 2
160 = 1600 Trip Unit Terminations
2
at 480 Vac
200 = 2000 33 =
310+ Electronic LS M = Metric tapped line/load
H = 65 kAIC
250 = 2500 32 =
310+ Electronic LSI conductors
C = 100 kAIC
Poles
35
35B22
=
310+ Electronic LSG
=
310+ Electronic LS(A), GFA, no trip
E = Imperial tapped line/load
conductors
2
36 =
310+ Electronic LSIG W = No terminals
2
3 = Three
36B22 =
310+ Electronic LSI(A), GFA, no trip
4 = Four
38 =
310+ Electronic ALSI
w/ Maintenance Mode Feature
39 = 310+ Electronic ALSIG Blank = No feature 2
w/ Maintenance Mode B20 = High load alarm
39B22 = 310+ Electronic ALSI(A)
w/ Maintenance Mode and GFA, no trip
B21
ZG
=
=
Ground fault
Zone selective interlocking 2
2
RG Circuit Breaker/Frame for OPTIM 610 and 910
2
RGH 3 16 T33 W
2
Type
RGH 65K Trip Function
Modification Suffix
R = Ground fault remote
2
RGC 100K Amperes
2
Digitrip 610 RES trip
16 = 1600 T61 = LI E = 100% protection
Poles 20 = 2000 T62 = LSI (new design 310)
3 = Three
4 = Four
25 = 2500 T63 = LS
T64 = LIG
RES trip unit
P = 100% prot. neut. 2
4P RES trip unit
2
T65 = LSG
T66 = LSIG V3 = Electronic trip without
ambient temperature
Digitrip 910 marked on trip unit
T91 = LI
T92 = LSI
W = w/o terms 2
K = Molded case switch
2
T93 = LS
T94 = LIG
T95 = LSG
T96 = LSIG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Product Selection
2
70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac
2
Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with
Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number 2
2 L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug)
Maximum
2 Continuous
Ampere I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous
Rating Number G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response)
2 at 40°C 1 of Poles LS LSI LSG 3 LSIG 3
Short Time Range 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In
2 Short Time Delay
Ground Fault Pickup
—
—
I–300 ms
—
—
200–1200A
I–300 ms
200–1200A
Ground Fault Delay — — I–500 ms I–500 ms
2 1600 1 3 RGH316033E RGH316032E RGH316035E RGH316036E
2000 3 RGH320033E RGH320032E RGH320035E RGH320036E
2 2500 3 RGH325033E RGH325032E RGH325035E RGH325036E
2
2 100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac
2
Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with
2 L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug)
2 Continuous (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response)
Ampere
2 Rating
at 40°C 1
Number
of Poles LS LSI LSG 3 LSIG 3
2 Short Time Delay
Ground Fault Pickup
—
—
I–300 ms
—
—
200–1200A
I–300 ms
200–1200A
2 1600 1 44 RGH416033E RGH416032E — —
2 2000 4 4 RGH420033E RGH420032E — —

2500 44 RGH425033E RGH425032E — —
2 Notes
1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame.
2 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included.

3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “RGH316035RW.”
2
4 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “RGH416033PW,” “RGH416033EW.”
RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix “M” for metric threading.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac
2
Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with 2
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) 2
Continuous
Ampere
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous 2
at 40°C 1 of Poles LS LSI LSG 3 LSIG 3 2
Short Time Delay
Ground Fault Pickup
—
—
I–300 ms
—
—
200–1200A
I–300 ms
200–1200A 2
1600 1 3 RGC316033E RGC316032E RGC316035E RGC316036E 2
2
2000 3 RGC320033E RGC320032E RGC320035E RGC320036E
2500 3 RGC325033E RGC325032E RGC325035E RGC325036E
2
Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with
2
2
2
Maximum
Continuous (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response)
Ampere I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous
2
at 40°C 1 of Poles LS LSI LSG 3 LSIG 3
Short Time Delay
Ground Fault Pickup
—
—
I–300 ms
—
—
200–1200A
I–300 ms
200–1200A
2
2
1600 1 44 RGC416033E RGC416032E — —
2000 44 RGC420033E RGC420032E — —
2
2500 44 RGC425033E RGC425032E — —
2
Molded Case Switches 5 2
2
1600 3 RGK3160KSE
2000 3 RGK3200KSE 2
1600 4 RGK4160KSE
2000 4 RGK4200KSE 2
Notes
1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame.
2
2
2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included.
3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “RGH316035RW.”
4 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “RGH416033PW,” “RGH416033EW.”
5 Molded case switch will trip above 17,500 amperes.
2
RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix “M” for metric threading.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910

2 Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs
Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number 1
2 Maximum L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
Digitrip RMS
Interchangeable
Continuous S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Rating Plug
2 Ampere
Rating Number
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
(Order as Individual
Component)
2
at 40°C of Poles LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Fixed Rating Plug
Long Delay Pickup 0.5–1.0 x In 0.5–I.0n 0.5–1.0 x In 0.5–1.0 x In 0.5–1.0 x In 0.5–1.0 x In
Long Delay Time 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds
2 Short Time Range
Short Time Delay
2–6 x Ir
—
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x Ir
—
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2
Instantaneous 2–6 x M1 and M2 — 2–6 x M1 and M2 2–6 x M1 and M2 — 2–6 x M1 and M2
Ground Fault Pickup — — — 0.25–1.0 x In 2 0.25–1.0 x In 2 0.25–1.0 x In 2 Ampere Catalog
Ground Fault Delay — — — 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms Rating Number
2 Type RGH with Digitrip 610 High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
1600 3 RGH316T61WP44 RGH316T63WP44 RGH316T62WP44 RGH316T64WP44 RGH316T65WP44 RGH316T66WP44 800 RP6R16A080
2 1000 RP6R16A100
2 1200
1250
RP6R16A120
RP6R16A125
2 Includes 1600A rating plug 1600 RP6R16A160

2 1200 RP6R20A120
2
1250 RP6R20A125
1600 RP6R20A160

2 2000 RP6R25A200
2500 RP6R25A250
2 Type RGC with Digitrip 610 Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac
2
1600 3 RGC316T61WP44 RGC316T63WP44 RGC316T62WP44 RGC316T64WP44 RGC316T65WP44 RGC316T66WP44 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
2 1200 RP6R16A120
1250 RP6R16A125
2 1200 RP6R20A120
2 1250
1600
RP6R20A125
RP6R20A160

2 2000 RP6R25A200
2
Includes 2500A rating plug 2500 RP6R25A250
Notes
2 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included.

2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup.
2 RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs
2
Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number 1
Maximum L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
Digitrip RMS
Interchangeable 2
Continuous S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Rating Plug
Ampere
Rating Number
G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
(Order as Individual
Component)
2
2
at 40°C of Poles LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Fixed Rating Plug
Long Delay Pickup 0.5–1.0 x In 0.5–I.0n 0.5–1.0 x In 0.5–1.0 x In 0.5–1.0 x In 0.5–1.0 x In
Long Delay Time 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds 2–24 Seconds
Short Time Range
Short Time Delay
2–6 x Ir
—
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x Ir
—
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2–6 x Ir
100–500 ms
2
Instantaneous 2–6 x M1 and M2 — 2–6 x M1 and M2 2–6 x M1 and M2 — 2–6 x M1 and M2
Ground Fault Pickup — — — 0.25–1.0 x In 2 0.25–1.0 x In 2 0.25–1.0 x In 2 Ampere Catalog 2
Ground Fault Delay — — — 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms Rating Number
Type RGH with Digitrip 910 High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac 2
1000 RP6R16A100 2
1200
1250
RP6R16A120
RP6R16A125
2
Includes 1600A rating plug 1600 RP6R16A160 2
1200 RP6R20A120 2
1250 RP6R20A125
1600 RP6R20A160
2
2
2000 RP6R25A200 2
Type RGC with Digitrip 910 Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac 2
2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
2
1250 RP6R16A125
1200 RP6R20A120 2
1250
1600
RP6R20A125
RP6R20A160
2
2000 RP6R25A200 2
Includes 2500 A rating plug 2500 RP6R25A250
Notes
2
2
1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included.
2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup.
RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2
Line and Load Terminals Base Mounting Hardware
2 R-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/Al terminals as standard and Supplied by customer.
copper only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation
2 is required. Must have terminals for 100% rated and or freeze Handle Extension
testing requirements. Included with breaker.
2 Additional handle extensions
Line and Load Terminals are available.
2 Maximum Terminal AWG/kcmil
Breaker Body Wire Wire Range/ Metric Wire Catalog Handle Extension
2 Amperes
Wire Terminals
Material Type Hardware Number of Conductors Range mm2 Number
Description
Catalog
Number
2 1600
1600
Aluminum
Copper
Cu/Al
Cu
Metric
Metric
500–1000 (4)
1–600 (4)
300–500
50–300
TA1600RDM 1
T1600RDM 1
Single handle
extension
HEX6
2 2000
Rear Connectors
Aluminum Cu/Al Metric 2–600 (6) 35–300 TA2000RDM 2
Notes
1 Order one per pole—single terminals
2 2000 Copper — Metric — — B2016RDM 1

individually packed.
2000 Copper — Metric — — B2016RDLM 1 2 Order one TA2000RD kit per three poles.
Catalog number includes bus connection,

2 2500 Copper — Metric — — B2500RDM 1
terminals and hardware for either line
side or load side of three-pole breaker.
2 RG Rear Connector Exploded View 3 For use with 2500A Frame. Do not order
separately unless for replacement

Conductor Securing purposes. Included in breaker carton
2 Conductor
(Viewed from Rear (Viewed from Front Hardware when 2500A frame is ordered.
of Circuit Breaker and Cut of Circuit Breaker) RG MCCBs have metric threading on line
2 Away for Clarity) Cu Only
Terminal
and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if
imperial threading is required.
2 Catalog Number
T1600RDM 3
(For 1600A
2 Frame Only)
2 OR
2 Al/Cu
Terminal
Catalog
2 Number
TA1600RDM 3
2
(For 1600A
Frame Only)
Rear Connector (Cu)
2 B2016RDM
B2016RDLM (For 100% Application) Securing Hardware
(For 1600A and 2000A Frames)
2 B2500RDM for 2500A
2 TA2000RD Wire Terminal

Note: Order one TA2000RDM kit per three poles. Catalog number
2 includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or
load side of three-pole breaker.
2 Breaker Line/Load
Conductors
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Accessories
2
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles 2
2
RG-Frame Accessories
Reference Three-Pole Four-Pole 2
Description Page Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
2
2
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-104 ■ ■ 2
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-104 ■ ■
Shunt trip—standard V4-T2-104 ● ●
2
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-105 ● ●
2
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-76 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-102 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
2
Electrical operator V4-T2-102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Handle extension V4-T2-76 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Digitrip 310 test kit V4-T2-102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
2
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position 2
● Accessory available/modification available 2
Note
1 Contact Eaton. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2
2
UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)

Circuit
2 Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 277 480 600
2 RGH 3, 4 125 — 65 50
RGC 3, 4 200 — 100 65
2
2 IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1

2 Circuit
Breaker Number Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Type of Poles 240 415 690
2 RGH 3, 4
2 Icu
Ics
135
100
70
50
25
13
2 RGC 3, 4
Icu 200 100 35
2 Ics 100 50 18
2 Notes
1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers.
2 See Page V4-T2-70 for trip unit specifications.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
RG-Frame 2
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth 2
3 15.50 (393.7) 16.00 (406.4) 9.75 (247.7)
4 20.00 (508.0) 16.00 (406.4) 9.75 (247.7) 2
Front Cover Cutout Front View 3-Pole Side View 2
CL
2
2.25 (57.2)
14.50 Breaker
(368.3)
7.25
0.16 R
(4.1)
(184.2)
2
2
8.25
(209.6) .44 R
7.75 (11.2)
5.10 (196.9)
2
(129.5)
CL 16.00 13.00
9.70 (330.2)
(406.4) Tee
(246.4) Handle
15.00
(381.0)
Connectors
May Be
Rotated 90
2
2
6.57
4 Holes
0.44 Dia.
(11.2)
(166.9)
13.13
2
(333.5) 15.50
(393.7)
9.00
(228.6)
6.75
(171.5) 2
RG-Frame
2
Complete Breaker
Breaker Number of Poles 2
Type Three-Pole Four-Pole
1600 Amperes
2
RGH, RGC
2000 Amperes
102 (46.3) 135 (61.2)
2
RGH, RGC 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2) 2
2500 Amperes
RGH, RGC 135 (61.2) 182 (82.6) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Contents
2 Motor Circuit 480 Vac, Protectors
Description Page
2 EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15
2 LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2 RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
V4-T2-70
Product Selection Guide and Ordering

2 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-81
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . V4-T2-84
2 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . V4-T2-87
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-91
2 High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-96
2 Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-99
V4-T2-106
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
2 Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-109
2
2 Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information
2
EG-Frame—480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum
2
1
Motor
Full Load MCP MCP
Continuous Cam Current Trip Catalog 2
Amperes Setting Amperes 2 Setting 3 Number
3 A 0.69 –0.91 9 HMCPE003A0C 2
B 1.1–1.3 15
C 1.6–1.7 21 2
D
E
2.0–2.2
2.3–2.5
27
30
2
F 2.6– 2.8 33 2
7 A 1.5–2.0 21 HMCPE007C0C
B 2.6–3.1 35 2
C 3.7–3.9 49
D 4.8–5.2 63
2
E 5.3–5.7 70
2
F 5.8–6.1 77
15 A 3.4–4.5 45 HMCPE015E0C 2
B 5.7–6.8 75
C 8.0–9.1 105 2
2
D 10.4–11.4 135
E 11.5–12.6 150
F 12.7–13.0 165
2
30 A 3.9–9.1 90 HMCPE030H1C
B 11.5–13.7 150 2
C 16.1–18.3 210
D 20.7–22.9 270 2
E
F
23.0–25.2
25.3–26.1
300
330
2
Notes 2
1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters.
2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown.
Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
2
2
3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
EG-Frame—480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum, continued 1

2 Motor
Full Load MCP MCP
2 Continuous
Amperes
Cam
Setting
Current
Amperes 2
Trip
Setting 3
Catalog
Number
2 50 A 11.5–15.2 150 HMCPE050K2C

B 19.2–22.9 250
2 C 26.9–30.6 350
2 D
E
34.6–38.3
38.4–42.1
450
500
2 F 42.2–43.5 550
70 A 16.1–30.6 210 HMCPE070M2C
2 B 26.9–32.2 350
C 37.6–42.9 490
2 D 48.4–53.7 630
2 E
F
53.8–59.1
59.2–60.9
700
770
2 100 A 23.0–30.6 300 HMCPE100R3C

B 38.4–46.0 500
2 C 53.8–61.4 700
2
D 69.2–76.8 900
E 76.9–84.5 1000
2 F 84.6–87.0 1100
100 A 38.4–46.0 500 HMCPE100T3C
2 B 57.6–65.2 750
C 76.9–84.5 1000
2 D 4 1250
2
E 4 1375
F 4 1500
2
2 JG-Frame—600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 1
MCP MCP
2 Continuous
Amperes
Trip Range
(Amperes)
Catalog
Number
2 250 500–1000
625–1250
HMCPJ250D5L
HMCPJ250F5L
2 750–1500 HMCPJ250G5L
875–1750 HMCPJ250J5L
2 1000–2000 HMCPJ250K5L
1125–2250 HMCPJ250L5L
2 1250–2500 HMCPJ250W5L
2 Notes
1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters.
2 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown.
Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
2 4 Settings above 10 x I are for special applications. Where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be
n
less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
LG-Frame—600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 1
MCP MCP
2
Continuous Trip Range Catalog
Amperes (Amperes) Number 2
600 1250–2500 HMCPL600L6G
1500–3000 HMCPL600N6G 2
1750–3500
2000–4000
HMCPL600R6G
HMCPL600X6G
2
2250–4500 HMCPL600Y6G 2
2500–5000 HMCPL600P6G
3000–6000 HMCPL600M6G 2
Notes
1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 2
800 and 1200 ampere, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Contents
2 Series G Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
Description Page
2 EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15
2 LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2 RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-86
2 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . V4-T2-87
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-99
V4-T2-106
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
2 Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-109
2
2 Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
2 Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
● Eliminates need for ● Can be used with ● Phase unbalance ● IEC 60947-2
2 separate overload relay contactor to eliminate need protection ● UL 489 100% rated
for overload relay and still ● Phase loss protection ● UL 508
2 create manual motor
control
● Hot trip/cold trip ● CSA C22.2
● High load alarm
2 ● Meets requirement for
motor branch protection,
● Pre-detection trip relay
including: option
2 ● Disconnecting means
● Class 10, 15, 20, 30
protection
2 Branch circuit short
●
circuit protection
2 Overload protection
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Product Selection
2
JGMP Catalog Numbers
35 kAIC 65 kAIC
2
Continuous Amperes
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
50
100
JGMPS050G
JGMPS100G
JGMPH050G
JGMPH100G
2
160 JGMPS160G JGMPH160G 2
250 JGMPS250G JGMPH250G
2
JGMP FLA le Dial Setting 2
Continuous Amperes A B C D E F G H
50 20 20 25 30 32 40 45 50
2
100
160
40
63
45
80
50
90
63
100
70
110
80
125
90
150
100
160
2
250 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 2
2
LGMP Catalog Numbers
50 kAIC 65 kAIC 2
Catalog Catalog
Continuous Amperes Number Number
2
250 LGMPS250G LGMPH250G
400 LGMPS400G LGMPH400G 2
2
600 LGMPS600G LGMPH600G
630 1 LGMPS630G LGMPH630G
2
LGMP FLA le Dial Setting
Continuous Amperes A B C D E F G H
2
250 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 2
400 160 200 225 250 300 315 350 400
600 250 300 315 350 400 450 500 600 2
2
630 1 250 300 315 350 400 500 600 630
Notes
1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker.
For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02.

2
For additional breaker solutions, see Page V4-T2-261.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2
2
JGMPS and JGMPH Rating and Ampere Range
Maximum Rated Current—250A
2 Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz

Breaker Type
JGMPS JGMPH
2 IEC 60947-2 220–240 Vac I cu 85 100

I cs 85 100
2 380–415 Vac I cu 40 70
I cs 40 70
2 660–690 Vac I cu 12 14
2 NEMA UL 489 240 Vac

I cs 6
85
7
100
2 480 Vac 35 65
600 Vac 25 35
2 Number of poles 3 3
2
Ampere range 50–250 50 –250
2 LGMPS and LGMPH Rating and Ampere Range
2 Maximum Rated Current—630A 1

Breaker Type
2 Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz

IEC 60947-2 220–240 Vac I cu
LGMPS
85
LGMPH
100
2 I cs 85 100
380–415 Vac I cu 50 70
2 I cs 50 53
2
660–690 Vac I cu 20 25
I cs 10 13
2 NEMA UL 489 240 Vac 85 100

480 Vac 50 65
2 600 Vac 25 35
Number of poles 3 3
2 Ampere range 250–630 1 250 –630 1
2 Notes
1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker.
2 For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Contents
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules
Description Page
2
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80 2
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module 2
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-89 2
2
Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-99
V4-T2-106 2
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
Clockwise from Left:
JG, LG, EG MCCBs Shown with Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-109 2
Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module
2
30 mA Ground Fault 2
(Earth Leakage) Module
2
Product Description
Eaton offers a three- and four- UL-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate 2
pole 30 mA ground fault
(earth leakage) protection
module for Series G E-, J- and
2
L-Frame breakers. UL-listed
modules are available for 2
E, J and L molded case circuit
breakers (MCCBs). The 2
modules are bottom mounted
for circuits up to 125A (E-
Frame) 160 and 250 amperes
2
(J-Frame), or 400 and 630
amperes for the L-Frame. 2
The module is completely self-
contained because the
2
current sensor, relay and
power supply are located 2
inside the product. Current IEC-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate
pickup settings are selectable 2
from 0.03–10 amperes for all
IEC-rated modules and E and
J UL-listed module, and 0.03–
2
30 amperes for the L UL-
listed modules. Time delays 2
are also selectable from
Instantaneous–1.0 seconds 2
for 0.10 ampere settings and
above. A current pickup
setting of 0.03 amperes
2
defaults to an Instantaneous
time setting regardless of the 2
time dial’s position. Two
alarm contacts come as 2
standard: a 50% pretrip and a
100% after trip, both based 2
only on earth leakage
current levels.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Product Selection
2
2 EG-Frame EG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, LG-Frame LG-Frame Ground Fault Modules,
UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac,
50/60 Hz) 1 50/60 Hz)
2 Ampere Number Catalog Ampere Number Catalog
Rating of Poles Number Rating of Poles Number
2 125 3 ELEBN3125G 400 3 ELLBN3400W
2
125 4 ELEBN4125G 400 4 ELLBN4400W
600 3 ELLBN3600W
2 600 4 ELLBN4600W
2 EG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, LG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules,

IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac,
2 50/60 Hz) 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Number Catalog Ampere Number Catalog
2 Rating of Poles Number Rating of Poles Number
125 3 ELEBE3125G 400 3 ELLBE3400W
2 125 4 ELEBE4125G 400 4 ELLBE4400W
630 3 ELLBE3630W
2 JG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, 630 4 ELLBE4630W
JG-Frame
UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac,
2 50/60 Hz)
2 Rating of Poles Number
150 3 ELJBN3150W
2 150 4 ELJBN4150W
2 250 3 ELJBN3250W
250 4 ELJBN4250W
2
JG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules,
2 IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac,
50/60 Hz)
2 Ampere Number Catalog
2 160 3 ELJBE3160W
160 4 ELJBE4160W
2 250 3 ELJBE3250W
2 250 4 ELJBE4250W
Note
2 1 Shunt trip and undervoltage release cannot be used in an EG
breaker connected to an earth leakage module.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Dimensions
Assembled Breaker and Earth Leakage Module 2
2
Frame Height Width Depth
Three-Pole
EG 10.25 (260.3) 3.00 (76.2) 2.98 (75.8) 2
JG 11.25 (285.8) 4.13 (104.9) 3.57 (90.7)
LG 15.38 (390.7) 5.48 (139.2) 4.06 (103.1) 2
Four-Pole
EG 10.25 (260.3) 4.00 (101.6) 2.98 (75.8)
2
JG 11.25 (285.8) 5.50 (139.7) 3.57 (90.7)
2
LG 15.38 (390.7) 7.23 (183.6) 4.06 (103.1)
2
EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
10.26
2
(260.6)
4.75
(120.6)
0.55 (14.0) 2
1.49
2
1.00 (37.8)
2
0.50 3.98
(12.7) (25.4) (101.1)
2
3-Pole
1.00 2.98
(25.4) (75.7)
1.50 0.50
2.00
(50.8) 2
(38.1) (12.7)
2
4.78
(121.4) 0.70 (17.8)
2
8.59
(218.2)
0.90 (22.9) 2
0.35 (8.9)
2
3.01 2
0.09 (76.5)
(2.29)
2.75
3.17
(80.5)
2
(69.9)
0.78 2
(19.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

2
4-Pole
2 5.50 (139.7)
3-Pole
2
4.13 (104.9) 5.50
(139.7) 2.05
0.69
(52.1)
1.38 (17.5) 2.06 3.57 1.25
2 (35.1) (52.3) (90.7) (31.8) 0.63
(16.0)
2 R 0.19
1.88
(47.8) 6.97
3.92 3.92 (177.0)
2
5.50 (4.8)
(99.6) (139.7) (99.6) 4.93
0.28 (125.2)
2
7.00 11.25
(7.1)
(177.8) (285.8)
2 11.25
(285.8)
0.50
(139.7)
1.06
(26.9)
2
2 4.25
3.37
(85.6)
RESET
(108.0)
2 TEST
2
2.05
2 3.31
(84.1) 3.69
3.57
(90.7)
(52.1)
4.09
(103.9)
2
(93.7) 3.81
4.78 (96.8)
(121.4)
2
LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
2
5.16 4.31 3.44
2 (131.1) (109.5)
4.06
(87.4)
3.44 1.72
2 (87.4) (103.1) (43.7)

1.72 3.98 0.86
(43.7) (101.1) (21.8)
2
2 5.58
5.58
4.73
4.73 (141.7)
(141.7)
2 (120.1) (120.1)
2
8.44
2 8.44
(214.4)
10.13
(257.3)
(214.4)
2 15.38
(390.7)
2 13.69 15.38
13.68
(347.5)
(347.7) (390.7)
2
2
4-Pole 3.97 4-Pole
2 3-Pole
2.75 (69.9)
3-Pole
(100.8)
4.30 4-Pole
2.75 (69.9)
3-Pole
5.48 (139.2) 2.74 (69.6) (109.2) 7.22 (183.4) 2.74 (69.6)
2 4-Pole 4.55 3-Pole
7.22 (183.4) (115.6) 5.48 (139.2)
2 5.43
(137.9)
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Contents
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules
Description Page
2
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80 2
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . V4-T2-87 2
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
2
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-99
V4-T2-106 2
Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-109 2
2
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module 2
Product Overview Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 2
Power demand continues The current limiting breaker Superior system protection: ● IEC 60947-2
to grow in new and existing modules use a unique contact
● Auto reset improves
● UL 489 2
facilities. To meet increased design to enhance the ● CSA C22.2
system uptime and
demand, larger utility
supplies, spot networks and
system protection similar to
that of the circuit breaker. eliminates the need for 2
finding replacement parts
large facility transformers
are installed. The increased
When high short-circuit
current is flowing through the ● No fuses to replace, 2
capacity of the electrical contacts of these modules, reducing the overall cost of
source results in increased the design results in very high ownership and the waste 2
fault currents in excess interrupting capacities and created by fuses
of 100 kA short-circuit
protection. Eaton
improved current limiting
characteristics.
● Overloads, by using inverse 2
time current tripping
manufactures non-fused
current limiting modules with Application Description
characteristics of the
molded-case circuit
2
interrupting capacities up to High-performance breakers breaker
200 kA at 600 Vac or 70 kA at are most commonly applied ● Low-level short circuits, by 2
690 Vac. Unlike fused current when very high fault levels using instantaneous and/or
limiters with a one-time use, are available and with short-time delay tripping 2
a current limiter module applications where the characteristics of the
provides an automatic reset
of the module after a short-
current limiting capability is
used upstream of the final
molded-case circuit 2
breaker
circuit event. Resetting the
molded-case circuit breaker is
load to limit current. Typical
loads include lighting, power
● High-level short circuits, by 2
using ultra-high-speed,
the only action required to distribution, and motor
restore critical power to the control applications.
blow-apart contacts of the
current limiting module in
2
system; there is no time
wasted with sourcing the
series with the circuit
breaker contacts 2
correct replacement fuses
Let-through currents, by
2
●
or module to bring system
back online. improved opening speed of
the contacts, the resultant
rapid rise of arc voltage 2
introduces impedance into
the system 2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Product Selection
2
2 Series G High Performance Family Offering
2 480 Vac 600 Vac

415 Vac (IEC) 690 Vac (IEC)
Type Product Amperes (UL) (UL) Icu Ics Icu Ics
2 EGC 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only 15–125 100 35 1 100 100 — —
100 1
2
With limiter 15–100 150 150 150 — —
JG 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only 70–250 200 50 200 200 18 14
2 With limiter 70–225 200 200 200 150 70 18

JG 3P electronic Breaker only 20–250 200 50 200 200 18 14
2 With limiter 100–250 200 200 200 150 70 18
LG 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only 250–600 200 65 200 200 35 18
2 LG3P electronic Breaker only 100–600 200 65 200 200 35 18
2
EG IC Rating—150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
2 EG-Frame
UL Listed
(NEMA/IEC Rated) Breaker with Breaker with
2 Base Molded Case
Circuit Breaker
Line Side Mounted
Current Limiter
Load Side Mounted
Current Limiter
Line and Load
Terminations Included 2
Interphase Barrier
Included for Limiter
2 EGC3015FFG EGC3015FFGQ01 EGC3015FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK

EGC3016FFG EGC3016FFGQ01 EGC3016FFGQ02 T125EF EIPBSK
2 EGC3025FFG
EGC3030FFG
EGC3025FFGQ01
EGC3030FFGQ01
EGC3025FFGQ02
EGC3030FFGQ02
T125EF
T125EF
EIPBSK
EIPBSK

2

Notes
2 1 600Y/347V.
2 Two interphase barriers included on line end mounted limiter; (2) line end of limiter. Four interphase barriers included on load end mounted limiter; (2) line end of breaker
2 (2) load end of limiter.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module 2
2
Frame Height Width Depth Weight in lbs (kg)
EG 9.66 (245.7) 3.00 (76.2) 2.98 (75.8) 2.91 (1.32)
HMCP 9.66 (245.7) 3.00 (76.2) 2.98 (75.8) 4.18 (1.90) 2
EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module 2
4.17
9.66
(245.4)
2
2
0.56 (105.9)
(14.2) 3.61
(91.7)
2
2
1.00
3.00
(25.4) 0.50
1.00 (12.7)
2
(76.2)
1.00
(25.4)
2
(25.4)
2
3.20 2
(81.3)
4.17
(105.9)
2
2
2
2.75 0.09
(69.9) (2.3)
2
2
0.78
(19.8) 2
0.41
(10.4) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac

2 JG Frame
UL Listed, IEC Rated UL Listed, IEC Rated IEC Rated Breaker IEC Rated Breaker
2 Ampere
Rating
Magnetic
Range
Breaker With Line Side
Mounted Current Limiter 1
Breaker With Load Side
Mounted Current Limiter 2
With Line Side Mounted
Current Limiter 1
With Load Side Mounted
Current Limiter 2
2 70 350–700
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic
JGH3070FAGQ01 JGH3070FAGQ02
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic
— —
2 90 450–900 JGH3090FAGQ01 JGH3090FAGQ02 — —

100 500–1000 JGH3100FAGQ01 JGH3100FAGQ02 JGH3100AAGQ01 JGH3100AAGQ02
2 125 625–1250 JGH3125FAGQ01 JGH3125FAGQ02 JGH3125AAGQ01 JGH3125AAGQ02
150 750–1550 JGH3150FAGQ01 JGH3150FAGQ02 — —
2 160 800–1600 — — JGH3160AAGQ01 JGH3160AAGQ02
2 175 875–1750 JGH3175FAGQ01 JGH3175FAGQ02 — —

200 1000–2000 JGH3200FAGQ01 JGH3200FAGQ02 JGH3200AAGQ01 JGH3200AAGQ02
2 225 1125–2250 JGH3225FAGQ01 JGH3225FAGQ02 — —

Electronic Trip LS
2 250 — JGH325033GQ01 JGH325033GQ02 — —
2
Electronic Trip LSI
250 — JGH325032GQ01 JGH325032GQ02 — —
2 Electronic Trip LSG

250 — JGH325035GQ01 JGH325035GQ02 — —
2 Electronic Trip LSIG
250 — JGH325036GQ01 JGH325036GQ02 — —
2
Series G HMCP
2 Ampere Motor Circuit Protector with Breaker with Load Side
Rating Line Side Mounted Current Limiter Mounted Current Limiter
2 250 HMCPJ250D5LQ01 HMCPJ250D5LQ02
2 250
250
HMCPJ250F5LQ01
HMCPJ250G5LQ01
HMCPJ250F5LQ02
HMCPJ250G5LQ02
2 250 HMCPJ250J5LQ01 HMCPJ250J5LQ02

250 HMCPJ250K5LQ01 HMCPJ250K5LQ02
2 250 HMCPJ250L5LQ01 HMCPJ250L5LQ02
2
Maximum Terminal AWG Wire
Breaker Body Metric Wire Range/ Number Catalog
Amperes Material Wire Type Range mm2 of Conductors Number
2 Standard Pressure Type Terminals
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10–185 #8–350 (1) TA250FJ 3
2
Notes
2 1 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number FJIPBK.
2 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter.
3 Line and load terminals included with products listed above.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
JG + limiter 13.06 (331.7) 4.13 (104.9) 3.44 (87.4) 9.87 (4.48)
HMCP 13.06 (331.7) 4.13 (104.9) 3.44 (87.4) 9.87 (4.48) 2
JG-Frame With Current Limiter Module 2
2
2
4.12
(104.6)
4.13
(104.9) 2
2
2
2
2
13.06
(331.7)
2
2
4.41
(112.0) 2
3.44
3.34 (87.4) 2
(84.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Contents
2 High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination
Description Page
2 LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2 RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . V4-T2-84
2 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . V4-T2-87
Selective Coordination
V4-T2-97
V4-T2-98
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-98
V4-T2-99
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106
2 Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
2
2 High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination
2 Product Description Features, Benefits and Functions
Eaton’s Electrical Sector Eaton’s new LHH and NHH or NHH circuit breakers All other overcurrent
2 introduces new high-magnetic molded case circuit breakers remain closed, thus providing protective devices within
withstand molded case circuit are furnished with a higher continuity of power to the these systems shall remain
2 breakers, specifically designed
for critical operations and
level of magnetic pickup or
electronic instantaneous
other critical loads supplied
by the LHH or NHH circuit
closed. Similarly, backup
power system designs of
2 selective coordination
requirements. The high-
settings as indicated in
table on Page V4-T2-98.
breakers. a critical nature that are not
code mandated may also
magnetic withstand LHH These higher levels of Benefits of Using the LHH require overcurrent protective
2 and NHH frames continue magnetic pickup and and NHH Molded Case devices to be selectively
the legacy of circuit breaker electronic instantaneous Circuit Breakers coordinated as much as
2 innovation for which Eaton
is recognized throughout the
values in turn allow the
system designer to obtain
Customer expectations and
codes are driving product
practicable to provide a higher
level of uptime.
2 world. The LHH and NHH
breakers are equipped with
selective coordination at fault
current levels up to these
development to protect
customers’ critical
125 to 400 ampere trip units higher ratings. Greater values operations. NEC® 2005 and
2 with high-magnetic capability. of selective coordination are 2008 requires circuits with
This design enables the available based on elevators, emergency
2 breakers to withstand up manufacturer tested systems, legally required
to 90 times rated current combinations using the LHH standby systems, health care
2 before opening under short-
circuit conditions.
and NHH as line-side
breakers and standard
essential systems and critical
operation power systems to
2 The LHH and NHH circuit
breakers as load-side devices.
Refer to IA01200002E to
be selectively coordinated.
Simply stated, only the
breakers incorporate a higher determine the maximum closest protective device
2 level of instantaneous pickup,
thus allowing for higher
fault values that selective directly protecting the
coordination achieves. When circuit having an overcurrent
2 current levels of selective
coordination. Standard
the line-side and load-side (overload or fault) condition
molded case circuit breaker should open.
molded case circuit breakers
2 typically are furnished with a
trip ratings are chosen to
coordinate in the overload
magnetic pickup or electronic
2 instantaneous adjustment or
range, they also can be
selectively coordinated in
instantaneous override set at the fault range up to the
2 10 times (10x) the continuous
trip rating.
values listed in the table on
Page V4-T2-98 or IA01200002E.
2 For overcurrents protected
by circuit breakers on the
2 load-side of the LHH or NHH,
only the effected load-side
circuit breaker will open,
2 while the line-side LHH and/
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Product Selection
2
Proven Technology
and Performance
LHH LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers 2
The LHH is based on the
Series G L-Frame circuit
Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit
LSI Electronic
Trip Unit 2
breaker, sharing the same
Ampere
small footprint and field-fit
accessories as the L-Frame
Rating LHH Frame NHH Frame 2
breaker. The NHH is based 125 LHH3125FFG —
on the Series G N-Frame 150 LHH3150FFG NHH3150T52X15 2
circuit breaker and shares
the same footprint and
175
200
LHH3175FFG
LHH3200FFG
NHH3175T52X15
NHH3200T52X15
2
accessories as the N-Frame
breaker. NHH accessories
must be factory installed.
225 LHH3225FFG NHH3225T52X15 2
250 LHH3250FFG NHH3250T52X15
The LHH incorporates a 300 LHH3300FFG NHH3300T52X15 2
thermal-magnetic trip unit 350 LHH3350FFG NHH3350T52X15
with fixed thermal and
400 LHH3400FFG —
2
fixed magnetic settings.
The NHH has an OPTIM™
electronic trip unit with
2
LSI adjustment capabilities.
The instantaneous setting is 2
adjustable from 1000–4000A
or may be turned off to 2
default to the frame override
of 14,000A. A hand-held
OPTIMizer must be used
2
with the NHH to adjust
short-time delay and 2
instantaneous, however,
the long delay pickup is fixed 2
and cannot be adjusted.
The LHH and NHH
2
breakers are available in
Eaton’s panelboards and 2
switchboards.
2
● UL 2
● CSA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions

2 ● Three-pole Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2 65 kAIC at 480 Vac

●
● 125–400 ampere LHH Dimensions
2 ● 150–350 ampere NHH

Description Height Width Depth
Weight in
Lbs (kg)
● Trip units:
2 ● LHH—thermal-magnetic LHH 10.13 (257.3) 5.48 (139.2) 4.09 (103.9) 12.36 (5.6)
● NHH—LSI electronic trip unit NHH 16.00 (406.4) 8.25 (209.5) 5.50 (139.7) 46.80 (21.2)
2 ● No rating plugs required
● Factory-sealed breakers L-Frame
2 ● LHH uses same internal and external accessories
as standard Series G L-Frame circuit breaker 2.43 (61.7)
4.06
2 ● NHH uses same internal and external accessories R 0.25
(6.4)
CL Breaker
3.16
(103.1)
as standard Series G N-Frame circuit breaker (80.3) 5.58
2 LHH and NHH Electrical Characteristics
2.00 (141.7)
10.13
(50.8) (257.3)
2 Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz
1.92
(48.8)
2 Breaker Type 2.69

(68.3) 5.38
5.48
(139.2)
Description LHH NHH (136.7) Three-Pole
2 Max. rated current (amperes) 400 350
N-Frame
2
NEMA UL 489
240 Vac 100 100 Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View
2 480 Vac 65 65 3.44

(87.4)
600 Vac 35 35 R 0.25 CL
Breaker
2 250 Vac 42 — (6.4)
1.91
(48.5)
9.25
(235.0)
IEC 60947-2 1.50
2 220 Vac 100 100
(38.1) 16.00
(406.4)
2
415 Vac 70 70
690 Vac 25 25 3.68
(93.5)
2 125/250 Vdc 22 — 6.38
(162.1)
3.19
(81.0)
8.25
(209.6)
5.50
(139.7)
Number of poles 3 3
2 Ampere range 125–400A 150–350A
2 Continuous Current Ratings

2 Continuous
Current Magnetic
Continuous
Current Instantaneous
Continuous
Current Short Delay
Rating (Ir) Trip Point Multiplier Trip Point Multiplier Pickup
2 125A 2500A 20x — — —
2 150A
175A
2500A
4000A
16x
22x
14,000A
14,000A
93x
80x
225–1200A
260–1400A
2 200A 4000A 20x 14,000A 70x 300–1600A

225A 6000A 26x 14,000A 62x 338–1800A
2 250A 6000A 24x 14,000A 56x 375–2000A
2
300A 6000A 20x 14,000A 47x 450–2400A
350A 6000A 17x 14,000A 40x 525–2800A
2 400A 6000A 15x — — —
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Contents
Description Page
2
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80 2
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for 2
Special Features and Accessories
Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-101
2
External Accessories and Test Kit. . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-102
V4-T2-104 2
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108 2
2
2
2
2
Special Features and Accessories 2
Eaton’s molded case circuit In low voltage distribution Special Calibration Calibrations and Treatment
breakers are designed to systems, there are many Special non-UL listed Frame 2
provide circuit protection for varied applications of molded calibrations are available for Description EG JG LG NG RG
low voltage distribution
systems. They are described
case circuit breakers.
Eaton offers the most
certain ambient temperatures
Special ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
other than 40°C and for
calibration
by NEMA as, “... a device for
closing and interrupting a
comprehensive family of
frequencies other than
50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced Moisture- ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
circuit between separable in the industry. fungus
contacts under both normal
interrupting ratings will apply
for 400 Hz applications.
treatment 2
and abnormal conditions,” This section of circuit
and furthermore as, “... a breakers includes: ● Add suffix H01 to
breaker catalog number
2
breaker assembled as an ● Thermal-magnetic trip
integral unit in a supporting
and enclosing housing of
breakers for 400 Hz rating
2
● Electronic rms trip 50ºC Calibration
insulating material.” The
National Electrical Code
breakers Note: Breakers equipped with 2
(NEC) describes them as, “A
● Molded case switches electronic trip units can operate
device designed to open and ● Motor circuit protectors reliably in ambient temperatures
of 50°C. Add suffix “V3” to NG
2
close a circuit by non- ● Current limiting breakers MCCBs to remove standard
automatic means, and to ● Special application 40°C labeling. 2
open the circuit automatically breakers
on a predetermined overload
of current, without injury to
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete thermal
2
Modified Breakers
itself when properly applied
within its rating.”
Eaton breakers can be ordered
with internal accessories
magnetic breaker when
ordering listed ampere ratings 2
for breakers to be used in
So designed, Eaton circuit
breakers protect conductors
installed. These modified
breakers will be subject to an 50ºC ambients. 50ºC ambient 2
addition charge. MCCBs are not UL listed.
against overloads and
conductors and connected Contact Eaton for availability. 2
apparatus, such as motors
and motor starters, against 2
short circuits.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G

2 Moisture-Fungus Treatment UL 489 Supplement SA Molded case circuit breakers Conformance with these
2 All Eaton circuit breaker cases
are molded from glass-
applies to vessels over 65 feet
(19.8m) in length.
are designed to conform with
the following standards:
standards satisfies most local
and international codes,
assuming user acceptability
2 polyester, which does not
support the growth of fungus.
Requirements include 40°C
ambient calibration, special
● Underwriters Laboratories
Inc., Standard UL 489,
and simplified application.
Any parts that are susceptible
2 to the growth of fungus will
labeling, and no use of
aluminum conductors or
molded case circuit
breakers and circuit
equal or exceed Federal
require special treatment. terminals. (No 50°C.) breaker enclosures Specification Classification
2 Order by description. ● National Electrical W-C-375b requirements for
● Add suffix H08 the particular class associated
Manufacturers Association
2 ● Add suffix J01 to breaker Or you can choose to add (NEMA) Standards with the circuit breaker frame
catalog number 50ºC ambient but then there Publication No. AB1-1993, being considered.
2 Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers
is no “UL” mark. molded case circuit Open breakers do not have
breakers service entrance ratings.
Add suffix VH08
2
●
The circuit breakers may be ● Australian Standard AS Service entrance rating is part
ordered with freeze testing. UL 489 Supplement SB 2184, molded case circuit of the enclosure.
This option uses special
2 lubrication and mechanical
requires partial 50°C ambient
calibration, vibration testing, ●
breakers
British Standards Institution
operation is verified at –40°C.
2 ● Add suffix F01 to catalog
special nameplating and no
use of aluminum conductors
Standard BS 4752: Part 1,
switchgear and control
or terminals. Eaton chooses gear Part 1: circuit breakers
2
number –57°F, F02 –30°F
to always fully calibrate to ● Canadian Standards
Marine Applications 50°C ambient. (“Naval” Association (CSA) Standard
2 E- to R-Framed circuit labeled per UL but no “UL” C22.2 No. 5, service
breakers can be supplied to mark due to 50°C label.) entrance and branch circuit
2 meet the following marine ● Add suffix VH09 breakers
specifications: ● International
2 ● U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; Certified Test Reports Electrotechnical
Eaton breakers can be Commission
ABS—American Bureau of
2 Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; ordered with certified test Recommendations IEC
60947-2, circuit breakers
and Lloyds reports at the time of order
2 entry. Test report documents Japanese T-Mark Standard
●
These specifications the thermal and magnetic or molded case circuit

generally require molded electronic tripping breakers
2 case circuit breakers to be characteristics of the ● South African Bureau of
supplied with 50°C ambient, individual breaker. Breaker Standards, Standard SABS
2 and plug-in adapter kits. and test report must be 156, Standard Specification
When plug-in adapter kits are ordered together. Add suffix for molded case circuit
2 used, no terminals need be
supplied (switchboard
12 to breaker catalog number
and enter separate line item
breakers
● Swiss Electro-Technical
applications).
2 on order for certified test
report.
Association Standard SEV
Circuit breakers can also be 157-1, safety regulations
2 supplied to meet UL 489
Supplement SA (Marine use) ●
Union Technique de
2 and UL 489 Supplement SB
(Naval Use).
l’Electricite Standard NF C
63-120, low voltage
switchgear and control gear
2 circuit breaker
requirements
2 ● Verband Deutscher
Elektrotechniker
2 (Association of German
Electrical Engineers)
2 Standard VDE 0660, low
voltage switchgear and
2
control gear, circuit
breakers
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
2
Alarm Lockout Shunt Trips Cause of Trip Display/Remote Cause of Trip LED Module
The alarm switches operate The shunt trip is used for Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip LED 2
when the circuit breaker is remote tripping. The Cause of Trip Display Module can be field-installed
tripped by a short circuit or
The coil of the shunt trip is
can be field-installed on any on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip 2
overcurrent, but also when it Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. unit. The device provides a
rated only for short-time
is tripped by a shunt trip or
undervoltage release. operation.
The device provides breaker
information through an LCD
cause of trip indication via
LED. The Cause of Trip LED
2
screen, such as cause of
Auxiliary Switches
It is not permissible with
the circuit breaker open to trip, phrase current, ground
Module connects directly
onto the trip unit. When the 2
Auxiliary switches are used current and low loads. breaker trips, the module
for signaling and control
apply a continuous opening
command to the shunt trip in The display is ideal for indicates the cause of trip 2
purposes. The various order to prevent the breaker troubleshooting common (long delay, short delay,
functions of the auxiliary from closing. This means trips such as ground
fault, long delay, and
instantaneous and ground) 2
switches (changeover) are that interlocking circuits with via LED indication. The
shown on Page V4-T2-103. continuous commands instantaneous/short delay.
The DIGIVIEW version will
module is reset after the
breaker is reset.
2
may not be set up with
provide a local display at the
shunt trips.
breaker without additional Cause of Trip LED Module
2
Undervoltage Releases wiring by connecting directly
The circuit breaker cannot be
onto the trip unit. The Catalog
Number 2
DIGIVIEWR06 version has a
closed until the undervoltage
release is energized. If the
6 foot cable that allows users
to mount the display on the
TRIP-LED
2
release is not energized, the
circuit breaker can only
outside of an enclosure door
and connect to the trip unit 2
perform an idle switching
that is contained inside the
operation.
enclosure. 2
Frequent idle switching
actions should be avoided as Cause of Trip Display/ 2
they shorten the endurance Remote Mount Cause of
of the circuit breaker. Trip Display 2
Catalog
Number
2
DIGIVIEW
DIGIVIEWR06 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
External Accessories and Test Kit

2
2
Frame
Fit
2 Description Type EG JG LG NG RG
Non-padlockable handle block Field EFHB — — LKD4 —
2 Padlockable handle block Field EFPHB — — — —
Padlockable handle block Field EFPHBOFF FJPHBOFF LBHPOFF — —
2 off-only
Padlockable handle lock hasp Field EFPLK FJPHL LPHL PLK5 HLK6
2 Padlockable handle lock hasp Field EFPHLOFF FJPHLOFF LPHLOFF PLK55OFF HLK6OFF
off-only
2 Kirk key interlock kit 12 Field — KYKJG KYKLG KYK4 KYK6
Castell key interlock kit 23 Field — CTKJG CTKLG CTK4 CTK6
2 Slide bar interlock 4 Field EFSBI FJSBI LGSBI SBK5 —
2 Walking beam interlock 4 Three-pole

Four-pole
EG3WBI
EG4WBI
JG3WBI
JG4WBI
LG3WBI
LG4WBI
WBL5
WBL5
WBL6
—
2 Electrical operator 5 120 Vac MOPEG240C MOPJG120C MOPLG120C EOP5T07 EOP6T08K

240 Vac MOPEG240C MOPJG240C MOPLG240C EOP5T11 EOP6T11K
2 24 Vdc MOPEG48D MOPJG24D MOPLG24D EOP5T21 —
2
48 Vdc MOPEG48D — — EOP5T22 EOP6T21K
125 Vdc MOPEG120C MOPJG120C MOPLG120C EOP5T26 —
2 220 Vdc — MOPJG240C MOPLG240C — —

250 Vdc — MOPJG240C MOPLG240C — —
2 Plug-in adapters Three-pole PAD3E PAD3J PAD3L PAD53 —
Four-pole PAD4E PAD4J PAD4L — —
2 Rear connecting studs 6 Field EFRCSDL FJRCSDL LRCS3WK (3P) — —
2
EFRCSDS FJRCSDS LRCS4WK (4P) — —
EFRCSWL FJRCSWL — — —
2 EFRCSWS FJRCSWS — — —
2
Test Kit
2 Fit
Frame
Description Type EG JG LG NG RG
2 Electronic portable test kit 120V N/A MTST120V MTST120V MTST230V 7 MTST230V 7
230V N/A MTST230V MTST230V MTST230V 7 MTST230V 7
2 Notes
2
1 Provision only.
2 See Page V4-T2-311 for bolt projection dimensions.
3 Castell bolt mounting hole must be 10 mm.
2 4 Requires two breakers.

5 Contact Eaton for availability of operators for EG- and NG-Frames before December 2004.
2 6 D = Imperial threads UL, W = metric threads IEC, L = long studs, S = short studs.
7 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac, resulting in the same catalog number for 120V and 230V.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Accessory Configurations for EG–RG Circuit Breakers
2
Internal Accessory Configurations
2
2
2
2
¬ 2
¬
2
¨ ¨
¨ ¨ 2
¨ ¨
2
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
2
2
2
2
¨
≠
2
¬ = For N and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Only
2
Contact Making by the Auxiliary and Alarm Switches as a
Function of the Switching Position of the Circuit Breaker
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Accessories
2
Field Fit Kit Catalog Numbers
2
Alarm Lockout
2 Frame
Pole
2
Description Location EG, JG and LG NG RG 1
Make/Break Left — A1L5LPK —
2 Right ALM1M1BEPK 2 A1L5RPK A1L6RPK

2 Make/2 Break Left — A2L5LPK —
2 Right ALM2M2BEPK 3 A2L5RPK A2L6RPK
2 Auxiliary Switch
Frame
2 Description
Pole
Location EG, JG and LG NG RG 1
2
1A, 1B Left — A1X5PK —
Right AUX1A1BPK A1X5PK —
2 2A, 2B Left
Right
—
AUX2A2BPK
A2X5PK
A2X5PK
—
A2X6RPK
2 3A, 3B Left
Right
—
—
A3X5LPK
A3X5RPK
—
—
2 4A, 4B Left — — —
Right — — A4X6RPK
2
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout
2 Pole
Frame
Description
2
Location EG, JG and LG NG RG 1
— Left — AA115LPK —
2 Right AUXALRMEPK 4 AA115RPK —
2 Shunt Trip—Standard Shunt Trip—Standard

Frame
Pole
2 ST
Description Location EG, JG and LG 5 NG RG 1
48–60 Vac Left SNT060CPK SNT5LP05K —
2 a
Right — — SNT6P05K
10–240 Vac Left SNT120CPK SNT5LP11K —
2 Right — — SNT6P11K
2
380–600 Vac Left SNT480CPK 6 — —
Right — — —
2 220–250 Vdc or 380–440 Vac

480–600 Vac
—
—
SNT5LP14K
SNT5LP18K
SNT6P14K
SNT6P18K
2 12 Vdc Left
Right
SNT012CPK
—
—
—
—
—
2 24 Vac/dc Left SNT060CPK SNT5LP03K —

2 48–60 Vdc Left SNT060CPK SNT5LP23K —
2 110–125 Vdc Left SNT125DPK SNT5LP26K —
2 Notes
2
1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch.
2 Part number for JG and LG is ALM1M1BJPK.
3 Part number for JG and LG is ALM2M2BJPK.
2 4 Part number for JG and LG is AUXALRMJPK.

5 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module.
2
6 380–600 Vdc, 50/60 Hz.
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Shunt Trip—Low Energy
Frame
2
Pole
Description Location EG, JG and LG NG RG 1 2
— Left — LST5LPK —
Right — — LST6RPK 2
2
Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Pole
Frame 2
Description
2
Location EG, JG and LG 3 NG RG 1
110–127 Vac Left UVR120APK UVH5LP08K —
208–240 Vac
Right
Left
—
UVR240APK
—
UVH5LP11K
UVH6RP08K
—
2
24 Vdc
Right
Left
—
UVR024DPK
—
UVH5LP21K 2
UVH6RP11K
—
2
Right — — UVH6RP21K 2 2
24 Vac Left UVR024APK UVH5LP21K 2 —
Right — — UVH6RP21K 2 2
48–60 Vdc Left UVR048DPK UVH5LP23K —
Right — — UVH6RP23K 2
48–60 Vac Left UVR048APK UVH5LP05K —
120 Vdc Left UVR125DPK UVH5LP26K —
2
220–250 Vdc Left UVR250DPK UVH5LP28K —
Right — — UVH6RP28K
380–500 Vac Left
Right
UVR480APK
—
UVH5LP29K
—
—
UVH6RP29K
2
525–600 Vac Left
Right
UVR600APK
—
—
—
—
—
2
12 Vdc Left — UVH5LP20K — 2
12 Vac Left — UVH5LP02K — 2
Notes
2
2
1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch.
2 24 Vdc only use UVH5LP03K (NG) UVH6RP03K (RG) for 24 Vac.
3 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Contents
2 Series G Motor Operators
Description Page
2 LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2 RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80
Motor Operators
V4-T2-99
2 Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . .

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-107
V4-T2-107
2 Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108
2
2
2
2
2 Motor Operators
Eaton’s motor operator The robust motor operators
2 mechanism enables local and
remote ON, OFF and reset
offer various voltages to
maximize customer flexibility.
switching of a circuit breaker. Standard load transfer
2 The motor operator is switching can be
mounted on the circuit accomplished through the
2 breaker cover within use of two circuit breakers
the dimensions of the fitted with motor operators
2 circuit breaker. and a mechanical interlock.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Features, Benefits and Functions Product Selection
The motor operator provides ● A key is provided to 2
special features for ease of manually operate the
2
Motor Operators
customer use and status circuit breaker
Frame Voltage Frequency Inrush Current Catalog Number
indication. ● A special pull-out locking
● The motor operator allows mechanism provides a Series G E-Frame 100–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPEG240C 2
method for padlocking the 100–220 Vdc DC 1A MOPEG240C
2
the circuit breaker to be
opened, closed or reset circuit breaker handle in 24/48 Vdc DC 3A MOPEG48D
remotely the OFF position
2
Series C F-Frame 208–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPFD240C
● The motor operator
● The locking device will
accept three padlock 110–127 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPFD120C
contains a motor
connected to a cam drive shackles with a maximum
diameter of 1/4-inch
220–250 Vdc DC 1A MOPFD240C 2
mechanism. The cam 110–125 Vdc DC 1A MOPFD120C
(6.4 mm) each
drives a slide mechanism
to operate the circuit ● The cover provides visual 24 Vdc DC 3A MOPFD24D 2
status of the circuit
2
breaker handle Series G J-Frame 208–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPJG240C
● Internal limit switches and breaker: ON, OFF or 110–127 Vac 50/60 Hz 1A MOPJG120C
TRIPPED. A PUSH-TO-TRIP
relays are used to control
motor operation to prevent button allows the user to 220–250 Vdc DC 1A MOPJG240C
2
overdriving the circuit manually trip the breaker 110–125 Vdc DC 1A MOPJG120C
breaker handle and motor 24 Vdc DC 3A MOPJG24D 2
overload conditions Series G L-Frame 208–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 2A MOPLG240C
110–127 Vac 50/60 Hz 2A MOPLG120C
2
Manual Operating Key
Turn the Key
220–250 Vdc DC 2A MOPLG240C
2
(clockwise only) 110–125 Vdc DC 2A MOPLG120C
24 Vdc DC 6A MOPLG24D 2
2
2
Circuit Breaker
Status Indication
Window
2
2
PUSH-TO-TRIP Button 2
2
2
2
The motor operators are UL 2
and CSA listed, and CE
marked. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
Contents
2 LG Breaker with Plug-In Block
Description Page
2 LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2 RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-99
V4-T2-106
2 Plug-In Blocks
2
2
2 Plug-In Blocks
2 Product Description Product Selection
Plug-in adapters simplify
2 installation and front removal Plug-In Blocks
of circuit breakers. Plug-ins Breaker Number Catalog
2 are available for rear
connection applications on
Frame of Poles Number
EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks
2 three- and four-pole circuit
breakers. Trip on drawout EG 3 PAD3E
interlock kits are included.
2
EG 4 PAD4E
Stabs for EG, JG and LG plug-
JG 3 PAD3J
ins rotate 90° for flexible
2 installation. Use terminal
shields for IP30 protection.
JG 4 PAD4J
LG 3 PAD3L
2 LG 4 PAD4L
Trip-On Drawout Interlock Kit 1
2 EG 3, 4 PIILEG
2 JG
LG
3, 4
3, 4
PIILJG
PIILLG
2 Terminal Shields IP30

EG 3 EFTS3K
2 EG 4 EFTS4K
2
JG 3 FJTS3K
JG 4 FJTS4K
2 LG 3 LTS3K
LG 4 LTS4K
2 Position Switch
EG 3, 4 PADILE
2 JG 3, 4 PADILJ
2
LG 3, 4 PADILL
Note
2 1 Included with plug-in block. Trips the breaker when breaker is removed from plug-in block.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series G
2.2
Contents
Drawout Cassettes
Description Page
2
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-45
V4-T2-61
2
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-70
V4-T2-80 2
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for 2
Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-99
V4-T2-106
2
Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drawout Cassette
V4-T2-108
2
2
2
Drawout Cassette 2
Product Description Features Product Selection 2
The drawout cassette is Features of the drawout
available for use with JG, LG cassettes for the JG, LG and
JG Drawout Cassette JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes 2
and NG, three- and four-pole NG include:
Number Catalog
breakers. The cassettes
consist of two separate
● Trip on drawout—breaker Breaker Frame of Poles Number 2
will trip if it is in the ON JG 3 JG3DOM
components: the movable
mechanism, which attaches position when withdrawn 2
to the breaker, and the from the cassette
4 JG4DOM
stationary mechanism, which ● Secondary terminal block— 2
houses in the cassette. For the drawout cassettes
LG Drawout Cassette LG 3 LG3DOM
the JG, LG and NG drawout
cassettes, all necessary parts
include a secondary
terminal block for easier
2
for installation are included in
the one catalog number.
access when wiring low
voltage accessories, 2
including shunts and 4 LG4DOM
undervoltage releases 2
The drawout mechanism has
three primary positions: NG 3 NG3DOM
2
● Connected—the breaker is 4 NG4DOM 2
fully connected to the
primary stabs and
secondary contacts
2
Disconnected—both the
2
●
primary stabs and the

secondary contacts are
disconnected 2
● Withdraw—the breaker
can be removed from the 2
cassette
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family
Description Page
2 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-111
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-112
2 G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-115
V4-T2-129
2 J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-146
V4-T2-154
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-179
2 M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-205
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216
2 R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-231
2 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . .
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . .
V4-T2-261
V4-T2-263
2 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-264
V4-T2-268
External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-299
2 Learn Drawings
Online Online
2
2 Product Overview
2 Eaton’s molded case circuit
breakers are designed to
Eaton offers the most
comprehensive family of
50°C Calibration
Add suffix V to catalog
These specifications
generally require molded
provide circuit protection for molded case circuit breakers case circuit breakers to be
2 low voltage distribution in the industry.
Number for complete
breaker, listed above, when supplied with 50°C ambient,
systems. They are described ordering listed ampere ratings and plug-in adapter kits.
2 by NEMA as, “... a device for This section of circuit breakers
includes: for breakers to be used in When plug-in adapter kits are
closing and interrupting a 50°C ambients. (No price used, no terminals need be
2 circuit between separable
contacts under both normal
● Thermal-magnetic trip adder.) (No UL label.) supplied (switchboard
applications).
breakers
Moisture-Fungus Treatment
2 and abnormal conditions,”
and furthermore as, “... a
● Electronic rms trip
All circuit breaker cases are
Circuit breakers can also be
breakers supplied to meet UL 489
breaker assembled as an
2
molded from glass-polyester
integral unit in a supporting
● Molded case switches Supplement SA (Marine use)
which does not support the
and enclosing housing of ● Motor circuit protectors and UL 489 Supplement SB
growth of fungus. Any parts
2 insulating material.” The ● Current limiting breakers which are susceptible to the
(Naval Use).
National Electrical Code ● Special application growth of fungus will require UL 489 Supplement SA
2 (NEC) describes them as, “A
device designed to open and
breakers special treatment. applies to vessels over 65 feet
(19.8 m) in length.
Modified Breakers Freeze-Tested Circuit
2 close a circuit by non-
automatic means, and to Eaton breakers can be ordered Breakers
Requirements include 40°C
ambient calibration, special
open the circuit automatically The circuit breakers may be
2
with internal accessories labeling, and no use of
on a predetermined overload installed. These modified ordered with freeze testing. aluminum conductors or
of current, without injury to breakers will be subject to an This option uses special terminals. (No 50°C.)
2 itself when properly applied addition charge. lubrication and mechanical
● Suffix H08
within its rating.” operation is verified at –40°C.
2 So designed, Eaton circuit
Special Calibration
Special non-UL-listed Marine Applications Or you can choose to add
breakers protect conductors 50°C ambient but then there
2 against overloads and calibrations are available for
certain ambient temperatures
E- to R-Framed circuit
breakers can be supplied to
is no “UL” mark.
conductors and connected
other than 40°C and for meet the following marine ● Suffix VH08
2 apparatus, such as motors
and motor starters, against frequencies other than 50/60 specifications:
UL 489 Supplement SB
Hz or DC. Reduced
2 short circuits. U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; requires partial 50°C ambient
●
interrupting ratings will apply
for 400 Hz applications. ABS—American Bureau of calibration, vibration testing,
In low voltage distribution
Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; special nameplating and no
2 systems, there are many
varied applications of molded
Lloyds; and ABS/NVR use of aluminum conductors
or terminals. Eaton chooses
2 case circuit breakers.
to always fully calibrate to
50°C ambient. (“Naval”
2 labeled per UL, and UL now
allows 50°C label here.)
2 ● Suffix VH09
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Molded case circuit breakers ● Japanese T-Mark Standard Conformance with these
2
Certified Test Reports
Eaton breakers can be
are designed to conform with
molded case circuit
breakers
and international codes, 2
ordered with certified test assuming user acceptability
2
reports at the time of order ● Underwriters Laboratories
● South African Bureau of
Standards, Standard SABS and simplified application.
entry. Test report documents Inc., Standard UL 489,
156, Standard Specification
the thermal and magnetic or
electronic tripping
molded case circuit
breakers and circuit for molded case circuit
equal or exceed Federal 2
characteristics of the breaker enclosures breakers Specification Classification
individual breaker. Breaker ● National Electrical
● Swiss Electro-Technical W-C-375b requirements for 2
and test report must be Manufacturers Association Association Standard SEV the particular class associated
ordered together. Add suffix (NEMA) Standards 157-1, safety regulations
with the circuit breaker frame 2
12 to breaker catalog number Publication No. AB1-1993, being considered.
and enter separate line item
on order for certified test
molded case circuit ● Union Technique de
l’Electricite Standard NF C Open breakers do not have 2
breakers service entrance ratings.
report. ● Australian Standard AS
2184, molded case circuit
63-120, low voltage
switchgear and control gear Service entrance rating is part 2
circuit breaker of the enclosure.
●
breakers
British Standards Institution
requirements 2
● Verband Deutscher
Standard BS 4752: Part 1,
switchgear and control Elektrotechniker 2
gear Part 1: circuit breakers (Association of German
● Canadian Standards
Electrical Engineers)
Standard VDE 0660, low
2
Association (CSA) Standard
C22.2 No. 5, service
voltage switchgear and
control gear, circuit 2
entrance and branch circuit breakers
breakers 2
● International
Electrotechnical
Commission
2
Recommendations IEC
60947-2, circuit breakers
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Quick Reference
2
2
2 G-Frame
Continuous Volts UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
2 Circuit
Breaker
Ampere
Rating No. of Type
Federal
Specification
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
Page
Type at 40°C Poles AC DC of Trip 1 W-C-375b 120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250 Number
2 GHB 15–100 1 120 125 N.I.T.U. 11a 65 — — — — — 14 — V4-T2-120
2 GHB 15–100 2, 3 240 125/250 N.I.T.U. 11a10b, 11b — — 65 — — — — 14 V4-T2-120

GHB 15–100 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. 12b, 14b — — — 14 — — 14 — V4-T2-120
2 GHB 15–100 2, 3 480Y/277 125/250 N.I.T.U. 15b — — — 14 14 — — 14 V4-T2-120
HGHB 15–30 11 277 125 N.I.T.U. 12c, 13a, 13b 65 — — 25 — — 14 — V4-T2-120
2 GHQ 15–20 1 277 — N.I.T.U. — 65 — — 14 — — — — V4-T2-120
2 GHBS
GBHS
15–30
15–20
1, 2
1, 2
480Y/277
600Y/347
—
—
—
N.I.T.U.
—
—
65
—
65
—
—
—
14
—
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
V4-T1-34
V4-T1-34
2 GDB 15–50 2 480 125/250 N.I.T.U. — — — — — 14 — — 10 V4-T2-118

GDB 15–100 3 480 250 N.I.T.U. — — — — — 14 — — 10 V4-T2-118
2 GD 15–50 2 480 125/250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — 65 — 14 — — 10 V4-T2-117
GD 15–100 3 480 250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — 65 — 22 — — 10 V4-T2-117
2 GHC 15–100 1 120 125 N.I.T.U. 12c, 13a 65 — — — — — 14 — V4-T2-125
2 GHC 15–100 2, 3 240 125/250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — 65 — — — 1 V4-T2-125

GHC 15–100 277 125 N.I.T.U. 12c, 13a — — — 14 — — 14 — V4-T2-125
2 GHC 15–100 2, 3 480Y/277 125/250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — — 14 14 — — 14 V4-T2-125

HGHC 15–30 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. — 65 — — 25 — — 14 — V4-T2-125
2 Notes
2
1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit.
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
F-Frame
2
Circuit Ampere Federal
2
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
Breaker Rating No. of Type Specification Page
Type at 40°C Poles AC DC of Trip 1 W-C-375b 120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250 Number
EDB 100–225 2, 3 240 125 N.I.T.U. — — — 22 — — — 10 — V4-T2-129 2
EDS 100–225 2, 3 240 125 N.I.T.U. — — — 42 — — — 10 — V4-T2-129
ED 15–225 2, 3 240 125 N.I.T.U. 12b — — 65 — — — 10 — V4-T2-129 2
2
EDH 100–225 2, 3 240 125 N.I.T.U. 14b — — 100 — — — 10 — V4-T2-129
EDC 100–225 2, 3 240 125 N.I.T.U. 1 — — 200 — — — 10 — V4-T2-129
EHD 15–100 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. 13a — — — 14 — — 10 — V4-T2-129
2
EHD 15–100 2, 3 480 250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — 18 — 14 — — 10 V4-T2-129
FDB 15–150 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 18a — — 18 — 14 14 — 10 V4-T2-129 2
3
FDB 15–150 4 600 250 N.I.T.U. — — 18 — 14 14 — 10 V4-T2-129
FD 15–150 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. 13a — — — 35 — — 10 — V4-T2-129 2
FD
FD
15–225
15–225
2, 3
4
600
600
250
250
N.I.T.
—
22a
3
—
—
—
—
65
65
—
—
35
35
18
18
—
—
10
10
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-129
2
FDE 15–225 3 600 — N.I.T. — — — 65 — 35 18 — — V4-T2-129 2
HFD 15–150 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. 13a — — — 65 — — 10 — V4-T2-129
HFD 15–225 2,3 600 250 — 22a — — 100 — 65 25 — 22 V4-T2-129 2
3
HFD 15–225 4 600 250 — — — 100 — 65 25 — 22 V4-T2-129
HFDE 15–225 3 600 — N.I.T. — — — 100 — 65 25 — — V4-T2-129
2
FDC 4 15–225 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 24a
3
— — 200 — 100 35 — 22 V4-T2-129
2
FDC 4 15–225 4 600 250 — — — 200 — 100 35 — 22 V4-T2-129
FDCE 45 15–225 3 600 — N.I.T. — — — 200 — 100 25 — — V4-T2-129 2
2
Notes
1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit.
3 Not defined in W-C-375b.
4 Current limiting.
2
2
5 Check with Eaton for availability.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
J-Frame
2 Continuous Volts UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Circuit Ampere Type Federal
2 Breaker
Type
Rating
at 40°C
No. of
Poles AC DC
of
Trip 1
Specification
W-C-375b
AC (kA)
120 120/240 240 277 480 600
DC (kA) 2
125 250
Page
Number
2 JDB 70–250 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 22a — — 65 — 35 18 — 10 V4-T2-149

JD 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 22a — — 65 — 35 18 — 10 V4-T2-148
2 HJD 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 22a — — 100 — 65 25 — 22 V4-T2-148
2 JDC 3 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 22a — — 200 — 100 35 — 22 V4-T2-148
2 K-Frame
2 Circuit
Continuous
Ampere
Volts
Type Federal
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
Breaker Rating No. of of Specification Page
2 Type at 40°C Poles AC DC Trip 1 W-C-375b 120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250 Number
DK 250–400 2, 3 240 250 N.I.T.U. 14b — — 65 — — — — 10 V4-T2-160
2 KDB 100–400 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 23a — — 65 — 35 25 — 10 V4-T2-160
2
KD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65 — 35 25 — 10 V4-T2-157, V4-T2-158,
V4-T2-163, V4-T2-166
CKD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65 — 35 25 — — V4-T2-162, V4-T2-169,
2 V4-T2-171
HKD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100 — 65 35 — 22 V4-T2-157, V4-T2-158,
2 V4-T2-163, V4-T2-166
CHKD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100 — 65 35 — — V4-T2-162, V4-T2-169,
2 V4-T2-171
KDC 3 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 200 — 100 65 — 22 V4-T2-157, V4-T2-158,
2 V4-T2-163, V4-T2-166
2
L-Frame
2 Circuit
Continuous
Ampere
Volts
Type Federal
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
2
Breaker Rating No. of of Specification Page
Type at 40°C Poles AC DC Trip 1 W-C-375b 120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250 Number
2
LDB 300–600 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 23a — — 65 — 35 25 — 22 V4-T2-185
LD 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65 — 35 25 — 22 V4-T2-181, V4-T2-182,
V4-T2-189
2 CLD 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65 — 35 25 — — V4-T2-184, V4-T2-195
2 HLD 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100 — 65 35 — 25 V4-T2-181, V4-T2-182,

V4-T2-189
2 CHLD
LDC 3
300–600
300–600
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
600
600
250
250
I.T.U.
I.T.U.
23a
23a
—
—
—
—
100
200
—
—
65
100
35
50
—
—
—
30
V4-T2-184, V4-T2-195
V4-T2-181, V4-T2-182,
2
V4-T2-191
CLDC 3 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 200 — 100 50 — 30 V4-T2-184, V4-T2-197
2
2 M-Frame
2 Circuit
Breaker
Ampere
Rating No. of
Type
of
Federal
Specification
AC (kA) DC (kA) 2
Page
Type at 40°C Poles AC DC Trip 1 W-C-375b 120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250 Number
2 MDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65 — 50 25 — 22 V4-T2-207, V4-T2-209
2
CMDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65 — 50 25 — — V4-T2-210
HMDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100 — 65 35 — 25 V4-T2-207, V4-T2-209
2 CHMDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100 — 65 35 — — V4-T2-210
Notes
2 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit.
2 3 Current limiting.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family
Description Page
2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-110 2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-111
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)
V4-T2-112 2
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-116
V4-T2-116 2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-129
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-146 2
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-154
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-179 2
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-205
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-216
V4-T2-231
2
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . .
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261 2
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . V4-T2-263
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-264 2
Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-268
External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-299 2
2
2
2
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) 2
Product Description
● All two- and three-pole
2
circuit breakers are of the
common trip type. On all 2
three-phase delta (240V)
Grounded B phase 2
applications, refer to Eaton
● Single-pole circuit 2
breakers, 15 and 20
amperes. Switching duty
rated (SWD) for
2
fluorescent lighting
applications 2
All G-Frame circuit
2
●

reverse feed use
● HACR rated 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2 Circuit Breaker/Frame
2 GD 3 100 K
2 Circuit Breaker Type Suffix
GD HGHB Number of Poles Trip Amperes K = Molded case switch J01= Fungus proofed
2 GDB
GHB
HGHC
GHBGFEP
1 = 1 pole
2 = 2 poles
015
020
035
040
070
080
D = Ring type terminals R01= Shock tested
F01= Freeze tester
C = Steel collars
GHC GHCGFEP 3 = 3 poles 024 045 090
2 GHQ 030 050
060
100
V = 122°F (50°C) HID= High intensity discharge 1
2
2
2 UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
2 Circuit Number Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
Breaker Type of Poles 120 240 277 480 480Y/277 125 250 23
2 GDB 2, 3 — — — 14 — — 10
2 GD
GD
2
3
—
—
65
65
—
—
14
22
—
—
—
—
10
10
2 GHQ — 65 — 14 — — — —
GHB 1 65 — 14 — — 14 —
2 GHB 2, 3 — 65 — — 14 14 —
2
HGHB 1 65 — 25 — — 14 —
GHC 1 65 — 14 — — 14 —
2 GHC 2, 3 — 65 — — 14 14 —
HGHC 1 65 — 25 — — 14 —
2 Terminal Types
2 For line and load-side. Terminals are UL listed as suitable for wire type and size given below.
2 Terminal Types
Circuit Breaker Amperes Terminal Type Material Screw Head Type Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range (mm2) 4
2 Standard
15–20 Clamp (plated steel) Slotted Cu/Al 14–10 2.5–4
2 25–100 Pressure (aluminum body) Slotted Cu/Al 10–1/0 4–50
2 Optional—GD Only
15–100 Pressure (steel body) Slotted Cu 14–3 —
2 Notes
1 HID suffix only applies to the GHB and GHC single-pole, 15–20A circuit breakers.
2 2 Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum.

3 Two poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
2
4 Not UL listed sizes.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Typical G-Frame Circuit Breaker
Description Page
2
Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146 2
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216 2
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-231
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . .
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-263
V4-T2-264 2
2
Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (15–100 Amperes) 2
Product Description Standards and Certifications 2
● Cable in, cable out ● UL/CSA
● Includes mounting 2
hardware and BMHE
2
Product Selection 2
2
Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
2
Includes Binding
2
14 kAIC at 480 Vac 22 kAIC at 480 Vac Head Screws and Clamps
Includes Line and Load Terminals 10–32 x 0.312
Maximum
2
Continuous Two-Pole Three-Pole Three-Pole
Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog
at 40°C Number Number Number
15 GD2015 GD3015 GD3015D 2
20
25
GD2020
GD2025
GD3020
GD3025
GD3020D
GD3025D
2
30 GD2030 GD3030 GD3030D 2
35 GD2035 GD3035 GD3035D
40 GD2040 GD3040 GD3040D 2
45 GD2045 GD3045 GD3045D
50 GD2050 GD3050 GD3050D
2
60 — GD3060 GD3060D
2
70 — GD3070 GD3070D
80 — GD3080 GD3080D 2
90 — GD3090 GD3090D
100 — GD3100 GD3100D 2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Type GDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

2 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc

Includes Line and Load Terminals
Maximum
2 Continuous Two-Pole Three-Pole
Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog
at 40°C Number Number
2 15 GDB2015 GDB3015
2 20
25
GDB2020
GDB2025
GDB3020
GDB3025
2 30 GDB2030 GDB3030
35 GDB2035 GDB3035
2 40 GDB2040 GDB3040
2
45 GDB2045 GDB3045
50 GDB2050 GDB3050
2 60 — GDB3060
70 — GDB3070
2 80 — GDB3080
90 — GDB3090
2 100 — GDB3100
2 Type GD Molded Case Switches
2 Type GD Molded Case Switches—Three-Pole

2 Maximum Continuous Catalog Number
Ampere Rating at 40°C (Includes Line and Load Terminals)
2 60 GD3060K
60 GD3060KC 1
2 100 GD3100K
2 100 GD3100KD 2
Notes
2 1 Includes line and load steel terminals.
2 Includes binding head screws and clamps 10–32 x 0.312.
2 Molded case switches may open above 1300 amperes.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Dimensions
2
GD-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View

2
2
2
2
2
4.88
(123.8)
2
2
Off
2
2
2
2
3.00 2.63
(76.2) (66.7)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Typical GHB
Description Page
2 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-110
2 Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2 F-Frame (10–225 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-154
2 L-Frame (125–600 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-179
2 N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-231
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . .
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-263
V4-T2-264
Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-268
2 External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-299
2
2 Types GHB and HGHB Bolt-On Panelboard Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)
2 Standards and Certifications
These breakers meet the
2 requirements of Federal
Specification W-C-375b as
2 follows:
● Type GHB, 120 and 240V:
2 ● Single-pole: Class 11a
● Two-, three-pole:
2 Classes 10b, 11b, 12b,
14b, 15b
2 ● UL/CSA
2 Type GHB, 277 and

●
480Y/277V:
2 Single-pole:
●
Classes 12c, 13a

Two-, three-pole:
2
●
Class 13b
● Type HGHB 277V
2 ● Type GHQ 277V
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Product Selection
2
Typical GHB Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with 2
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units 1
277/480 Vac Maximum, 277/480 Vac Maximum, 277/480 Vac Maximum, 2
125 Vdc Maximum 2 125/250 Vdc Maximum 125/250 Vdc Maximum 3
Continuous Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole 2
2
15 GHB1015 45 GHB2015 4 GHB3015 4
20 GHB1020 45 GHB2020 4 GHB3020 4 2
25 GHB1025 GHB2025 GHB3025
30 GHB1030 GHB2030 GHB3030
2
35 GHB1035 GHB2035 GHB3035
2
40 GHB1040 GHB2040 GHB3040
45 GHB1045 GHB2045 GHB3045 2
50 GHB1050 GHB2050 GHB3050
60 GHB1060 GHB2060 GHB3060 2
2
70 GHB1070 GHB2070 GHB3070
80 GHB1080 GHB2080 GHB3080
90 GHB1090 GHB2090 GHB3090
2
100 GHB1100 GHB2100 GHB3100
2
Type HGHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
2
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum 2
Continuous Single-Pole
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
2
15 HGHB1015 6 2
20 HGHB1020 6
25 HGHB1025 2
30 HGHB1030
2
Type GHQ Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with 2
277 Vac Maximum 14 kAIC, No DC Rating 2
(HID and SWD)
Continuous Single-Pole 2
Ampere Rating Catalog
at 40°C Number
2
15 GHQ1015 7
20 GHQ1020 7 2
Notes
1 480Y/277V, circuit breakers (Type GHB) not suitable for three-phase delta (480V).
2
2 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only.
3 Use two outside poles. 2
4 Uses 0.190 (4.83) –32 screw type clamp terminals.
5 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
6 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
2
2
7 Includes 4A33462H01 load clip.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Dimensions
2
GDB-Frame, Three-Pole
2 Front View
2 Side View
2
2
2
2 4.00
(101.6)
2
2
2
2 3.00
(76.2)
2.63
(66.7)
2
Max.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Single-Phase (requires two poles)
Description Page
2
Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146 2
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2
V4-T2-263
V4-T2-264 2
2
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes) 2
● 15–60 amperes, 277V, These circuit breakers meet
50/60 Hz the requirements of UL 489 2
● Operational voltage and UL 1053.
240V to 305V 2
2
Product Selection 2
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground
2
Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles)
2
277 Vac, 30 mA
Continuous
Ampere Rating Catalog 2
at 40°C Number
15 GHBGFEP1015 2
2
20 GHBGFEP1020
30 GHBGFEP1030
40 GHBGFEP1040
2
50 GHBGFEP1050
60 GHBGFEP1060 2
2
2
Circuit Breaker Number Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 2
Type of Poles 277 Vac (50/60 Hz)
GHBGFEP 1 14,000
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Dimensions
2
GHB-Frame, Three-Pole
2 Front View
2 Side View
2
2
2
2 4.00
(101.6)
2
2
2
2 3.00
(76.2)
2.63
(66.7)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Typical GHC
Description Page
2
Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146 2
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2
V4-T2-263
V4-T2-264 2
2
Types GHC and HGHC Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes) 2
● 15–100 amperes These breakers meet the
● 120, 240, 277, 480Y/277V, requirements of Federal 2
50/60 Hz, 125, 125/250 Vdc Specification W-C-37b as
● Single-, two- and follows:
2
three-pole ● Type GHC, 277 and 480Y/
● Cable in, cable out 277V: 2
● Does not include mounting ● Single-pole:
hardware Classes 12c, 13a 2
● Two-, three-pole:
Class 13b 2
● UL/CSA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Product Selection
2
2 Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with
2 277 Vac Maximum, 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 480Y/277 Vac Maximum,
125 Vdc Maximum 1 125/250 Vdc Maximum 125/250 Vdc Maximum 2
2 Continuous Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
2 at 40°C Number Number Number
15 GHC1015 34 GHC2015 3 GHC3015 3
2 20 GHC1020 34 GHC2020 3 GHC3020 3
2
25 GHC1025 GHC2025 GHC3025
30 GHC1030 GHC2030 GHC3030
2 35 GHC1035 GHC2035 GHC3035

40 GHC1040 GHC2040 GHC3040
2 45 GHC1045 GHC2045 GHC3045
50 GHC1050 GHC2050 GHC3050
2 60 GHC1060 GHC2060 GHC3060
2
70 GHC1070 GHC2070 GHC3070
80 GHC1080 GHC2080 GHC3080
2 90 GHC1090 GHC2090 GHC3090

100 GHC1100 GHC2100 GHC3100
2
2 Type HGHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with
2 277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum
Continuous Single-Pole
2 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
2 15 HGHC1015 5
20 HGHC1020 5
2 25 HGHC1025
30 HGHC1030
2 Notes
2 1 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only.

2 Use two outside poles.
3 Uses 0.190–32 screw type clamp terminals.
2 4 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
5 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Single-Phase (requires two-pole spaces)
Description Page
2
Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146 2
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2
V4-T2-263
V4-T2-264 2
2
Type GHCGFEP Cable-In/Cable-Out 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes) 2
● 15–60 amperes, 277V, These circuit breakers meet
50/60 Hz the requirements of UL 489 2
● Operational voltage and UL 1053.
240V–305V 2
2
Product Selection 2
Type GHCGFEP 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit
Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
2
Continuous
Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277V, 30 mA 2
at 40°C Number 2
15 GHCGFEP1015
20 GHCGFEP1020 2
2
30 GHCGFEP1030
40 GHCGFEP1040
50 GHCGFEP1050
2
60 GHCGFEP1060
2
Technical Data and Specifications 2
Interrupting Capacity Ratings 2
Circuit Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles 277 Vac (50/60 Hz) 2
GHCGFEP 1 14,000
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Special Purpose Circuit Breakers
Description Page
2 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-110
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-111
2 Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-112
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-115
2 F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-129
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-146
2 K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-154
V4-T2-179
2 M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-205
V4-T2-216
2 R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-231
V4-T2-250
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . V4-T2-261
2 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . V4-T2-263
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-264
2 Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-268
2
2 Special Purpose GHC Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)
2 Product Description Product Selection
Eaton’s Type GHC circuit
2 breakers have binding head Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with
screw-type terminals on line
2 and load side. These circuit 277 Vac Maximum,
125 Vdc Maximum
480Y/277 Vac Maximum,
125/250 Vdc Maximum
480Y/277 Vac Maximum,
125/250 Vdc Maximum 1
breakers with screw-type
2 terminals (0.190–32) will be
marked “Special purpose
Continuous
Ampere Rating
Single-Pole
Catalog
Two-Pole
Catalog
Three-Pole
Catalog
breaker not for general use.” at 40°C Number Number Number
2 To order this special breaker, 25 GHC1025D GHC2025D GHC3025D
use the catalog number from
2 the tables on this page.
30 GHC1030D GHC2030D GHC3030D
2 40 GHC1040D GHC2040D GHC3040D

2 50 GHC1050D GHC2050D GHC3050D
2
2 80 GHC1080D GHC2080D GHC3080D

2 100 GHC1100D GHC2100D GHC3100D
2
Type GHB and GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with
2 Non-Interchangeable Trip Units for HID Lighting Applications
277 Vac Maximum
2 Continuous Single-Pole
2 Type at 40°C Number
Cable-in 15 GHC1015HID
2 20 GHC1020HID
Bolt-on 15 GHB1015HID
2 20 GHB1020HID
2 Note
1 Use two outside poles.
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Typical F-Frame Breaker
F-Frame Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
Description Page
2
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-112 2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-131
V4-T2-142
2
V4-T2-143
V4-T2-145
2
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-146
V4-T2-154 2
V4-T2-179
2
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-231 2
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . V4-T2-261 2
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) 2
Product Description
● All Eaton’s F-Frame circuit
2
●
All circuit breakers 10
2
2
through 30 amperes are
suitable for HID (high
intensity discharge) use
● All F-Frame circuit breakers 2
are suitable for reverse
feed use 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2
2 FDC 3 100 L
2 Circuit Breaker Suffix
Type Number of Trip Amperes E = 100% protected (four-pole only) neutral pole
2 EHD
FDB
Poles
1 = 1 pole
010
015
EH = 50% protected (four-pole only)
K = High magnetic molded case switch
FD 020 L = Line and load terminals
2
2 = 2 poles
HFD 3 = 3 poles 025 S = Stainless steel terminals
FDC 4 = 4 poles 030 V = 50°C calibration
2 035
040
Y = Line terminals only
045 Z = Aluminum terminals (≤100 amperes)
2 050
060
070
2 080
090
2 100
110
125
2 150
175 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)
200 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)
2 225 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)
2
EDC 3 200 L
2
2 Circuit Breaker
Type Number of Trip
Suffix
L = Line and load terminals
Poles Amperes
2
EDB W = Without terminals
EDS 2 = 2 poles 100 Y = Line terminals only
ED 3 = 3 poles 125 Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)
2 EDH
EDC
150
175
200
2 225
2
FDE 3 225 32 W
2
2 Circuit Breaker
Type Number of
Suffix
ZG = Zone
Suffix
Poles
2
FDE Trip Trip Unit selective L = Line and load terminals
HFDE 3 = 3 poles Amperes 33 = LS interlocking — = Load side terminals only
FDCE 80 32 = LSI
2 160
225
35 = LSG
36 = LSIG
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Product Selection
2
Type ED Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 2
Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 2
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
65 kAIC at 240 Vac 2
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Maximum Continuous
Ampere Rating at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
15 ED2015 ED3015 2
20 ED2020 ED3020
25 ED2025 ED3025 2
2
30 ED2030 ED3030
35 ED2035 ED3035
40 ED2040 ED3040
2
50 ED2050 ED3050
60 ED2060 ED3060 2
100 ED2100 ED3100
125 ED2125 ED3125 2
150
175
ED2150
ED2175
ED3150
ED3175
2
200 ED2200 ED3200 2
225 ED2225 ED3225
2
Type EDH Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 2
Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 2
100 kAIC at 240 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole
2
Maximum Continuous
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
15 — —
2
20 — —
25 — — 2
30 — —
35 — — 2
40
50
—
—
—
—
2
60 — — 2
100 EDH2100 EDH3100
125 EDH2125 EDH3125 2
150 EDH2150 EDH3150
175 EDH2175 EDH3175 2
200
225
EDH2200
EDH2225
EDH3200
EDH3225
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Type EDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable

2 Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
2
200 kAIC at 240 Vac
2 Two-Pole Three-Pole
Maximum Continuous Catalog Catalog
2 Ampere Rating at 40°C Number Number
15 — —
2 20 — —
25 — —
2 30 — —
2 35 — —
40 — —
2 50 — —
60 — —
2 100 EDC2100 EDC3100
2
125 EDC2125 EDC3125
150 EDC2150 EDC3150
2 175 EDC2175 EDC3175

200 EDC2200 EDC3200
2 225 EDC2225 EDC3225
2
Type EDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable
2 Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
2 (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
22 kAIC at 240 Vac
Two-Pole
Catalog
Three-Pole
Catalog
2
Ampere Rating at 40°C Number Number
100 EDB2100 EDB3100
2 110 EDB2110 EDB3110

125 EDB2125 EDB3125
2 150 EDB2150 EDB3150
175 EDB2175 EDB3175
2 200 EDB2200 EDB3200
2 225 EDB2225 EDB3225
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Type EDS Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable
Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed 2
(Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 2
42 kAIC at 240 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole 2
Maximum Continuous Catalog Catalog
Ampere Rating at 40°C Number Number
2
100 EDS2100 EDS3100
110 EDS2110 EDS3110 2
125 EDS2125 EDS3125
150 EDS2150 EDS3150
2
175 EDS2175 EDS3175
2
200 EDS2200 EDS3200
225 EDS2225 EDS3225 2
2
Type EHD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable
Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 2
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
14 kAIC at 277 Vac 14 kAIC at 480 Vac 2
Maximum Continuous
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
10 1 EHD1010 EHD2010 EHD3010 2
15 EHD1015 2 EHD2015 EHD3015
20 EHD1020 2 EHD2020 EHD3020 2
25 EHD1025 EHD2025 EHD3025
30 EHD1030 EHD2030 EHD3030
2
35 EHD1035 EHD2035 EHD3035
2
40 EHD1040 EHD2040 EHD3040
45 EHD1045 EHD2045 EHD3045 2
50 EHD1050 EHD2050 EHD3050
60 EHD1060 EHD2060 EHD3060 2
2
70 EHD1070 EHD2070 EHD3070
80 EHD1080 EHD2080 EHD3080
90 EHD1090 EHD2090 EHD3090
2
100 EHD1100 EHD2100 EHD3100
Notes 2
1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating.
2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Type FDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

2
14 kAIC at 600 Vac
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
2 Maximum Continuous Catalog Catalog Catalog
Ampere Rating at 40°C Number Number Number
2 10 1 FDB2010 FDB3010 FDB4010
2
15 FDB2015 FDB3015 FDB4015
20 FDB2020 FDB3020 FDB4020
2 25 FDB2025 FDB3025 FDB4025

30 FDB2030 FDB3030 FDB4030
2 35 FDB2035 FDB3035 FDB4035
40 FDB2040 FDB3040 FDB4040
2 45 FDB2045 FDB3045 FDB4045
2 50
60
FDB2050
FDB2060
FDB3050
FDB3060
FDB4050
FDB4060
2 70 FDB2070 FDB3070 FDB4070

80 FDB2080 FDB3080 FDB4080
2 90 FDB2090 FDB3090 FDB4090
100 FDB2100 FDB3100 FDB4100
2 110 FDB2110 FDB3110 FDB4110
2 125 FDB2125 FDB3125 FDB4125

150 FDB2150 FDB3150 FDB4150
2 Notes
2 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Type FD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
35 kAIC at 277 Vac 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 2
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Maximum Continuous Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog 2
Ampere Rating at 40°C Number Number Number Number
10 1 FD1010 — — — 2
2
15 FD1015 2 FD2015 FD3015 FD4015
20 FD1020 2 FD2020 FD3020 FD4020
25 FD1025 FD2025 FD3025 FD4025
2
30 FD1030 FD2030 FD3030 FD4030
35 FD1035 FD2035 FD3035 FD4035 2
40 FD1040 FD2040 FD3040 FD4040
45 FD1045 FD2045 FD3045 FD4045 2
50
60
FD1050
FD1060
FD2050
FD2060
FD3050
FD3060
FD4050
FD4060
2
70 FD1070 FD2070 FD3070 FD4070 2
80 FD1080 FD2080 FD3080 FD4080
90 FD1090 FD2090 FD3090 FD4090 2
100 FD1100 FD2100 FD3100 FD4100
110 FD1110 FD2110 FD3110 FD4110
2
125
150
FD1125
FD1150
FD2125
FD2150
FD3125
FD3150
FD4125
FD4150
2
175 — FD2175 FD3175 FD4175 2
200 — FD2200 FD3200 FD4200
225 — FD2225 FD3225 FD4225 2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Type HFD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

2
65 kAIC at 277 Vac 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
2 Maximum Continuous Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Ampere Rating at 40°C Number Number Number Number
2 15 HFD1015 1 HFD2015 HFD3015 HFD4015
2
20 HFD1020 1 HFD2020 HFD3020 HFD4020
25 HFD1025 HFD2025 HFD3025 HFD4025
2 30 HFD1030 HFD2030 HFD3030 HFD4030

35 HFD1035 HFD2035 HFD3035 HFD4035
2 40 HFD1040 HFD2040 HFD3040 HFD4040
45 HFD1045 HFD2045 HFD3045 HFD4045
2 50 HFD1050 HFD2050 HFD3050 HFD4050
2 60
70
HFD1060
HFD1070
HFD2060
HFD2070
HFD3060
HFD3070
HFD4060
HFD4070
2 80 HFD1080 HFD2080 HFD3080 HFD4080

90 HFD1090 HFD2090 HFD3090 HFD4090
2 100 HFD1100 HFD2100 HFD3100 HFD4100
110 HFD1110 HFD2110 HFD3110 HFD4110
2 125 HFD1125 HFD2125 HFD3125 HFD4125
2 150 HFD1150 HFD2150 HFD3150 HFD4150

175 — HFD2175 HFD3175 HFD4175
2 200 — HFD2200 HFD3200 HFD4200

225 — HFD2225 HFD3225 HFD4225
2 Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Type FDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
100 kAIC at 480 Vac 2
Maximum Continuous Catalog Catalog Catalog 2
15 FDC2015 FDC3015 FDC4015 2
2
20 FDC2020 FDC3020 FDC4020
25 FDC2025 FDC3025 FDC4025
30 FDC2030 FDC3030 FDC4030
2
35 FDC2035 FDC3035 FDC4035
40 FDC2040 FDC3040 FDC4040 2
45 FDC2045 FDC3045 FDC4045
50 FDC2050 FDC3050 FDC4050 2
60
70
FDC2060
FDC2070
FDC3060
FDC3070
FDC4060
FDC4070
2
80 FDC2080 FDC3080 FDC4080 2
90 FDC2090 FDC3090 FDC4090
100 FDC2100 FDC3100 FDC4100 2
110 FDC2110 FDC3110 FDC4110
125 FDC2125 FDC3125 FDC4125
2
150 FDC215 FDC3150 FDC4150
2
175 FDC2175 FDC3175 FDC4175
200 FDC2200 FDC3200 FDC4200 2
225 FDC2225 FDC3225 FDC4225
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Types FDE, HFDE and FDCE Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
2 Maximum Neutral LS LSI LSG LSIG
2 Ampere
Rating
CT for LSG
and LSIG
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 IC Rating 35 kAIC at 480 Vac

80 CTF080 FDE308033 FDE308032 FDE308035 FDE308036
2 160 CTF160 FDE316033 FDE316032 FDE316035 FDE316036

225 CTF225 FDE322533 FDE322532 FDE322535 FDE322536
2 IC Rating 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
80 CTF080 HFDE308033 HFDE308032 HFDE308035 HFDE308036
2 160 CTF160 HFDE316033 HFDE316032 HFDE316035 HFDE316036
2 225 CTF225
IC Rating 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1
HFDE322533 HFDE322532 HFDE322535 HFDE322536
2 80 CTF080 FDCE308033 FDCE308032 FDCE308035 FDCE308036

160 CTF160 FDCE316033 FDCE316032 FDCE316035 FDCE316036
2 225 CTF225 FDCE322533 FDCE322532 FDCE322535 FDCE322536
2
FDE Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective Interlocking Digitrip Electronic Trip Units
2 Ampere LSI w/ZSI LSIG w/ZSI Circuit
Breaker
2
Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number
Type Frame Ratings
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 225 100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225
2 80 FDE308032ZG FDE308036ZG
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 160 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160
160 FDE316032ZG FDE316036ZG
2
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 80 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80
225 FDE322532ZG FDE322536ZG
Note
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
2 80 HFDE308032ZG HFDE308036ZG
2 160
225
HFDE316032ZG
HFDE322532ZG
HFDE316036ZG
HFDE322536ZG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Molded Case Switches
Eaton’s molded case components and are of the 2
switches are used as high instantaneous automatic
compact switches in type. Molded case switches 2
applications requiring high are listed in accordance with
current switching capabilities. Underwriters Laboratories 2
Molded case switches are Standard UL 489.
constructed of circuit breaker
2
2
Complete Circuit Breaker with Load Side
Terminals Only
2
Maximum Continuous
Catalog
Catalog Catalog
2
Two-Pole
2
100
150
EHD2100K
—
FD2100K
FD2150K
HFD2100K
HFD2150K
2
225 — FD2225K HFD2225K 2
Three-Pole
100 EHD3100K FD3100K HFD3100K 2
2
150 — FD3150K HFD3150K
225 — FD3225K HFD3225K
Four-Pole
2
100 — FD4100K HFD4100K
150 — FD4150K HFD4150K 2
225 — FD4225K HFD4225K
Note
2
Molded case switches will open above 1800 amperes.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2
Breaker Mount Ammeter 1
Catalog
2
Description Number
Breaker mount ammeter DIGIVIEW
2 Line and Load Terminals Ordering Information
2 Line and load terminals provide

wire connecting capabilities for
F-Frame circuit breakers and
molded case switches have
specific ranges of continuous load terminals only as
2 current ratings and wire types. standard equipment. When
Except as noted, terminals standard line-end terminals
2 comply with Underwriters
Laboratories Standards UL
(same as standard load-end
terminals) are required, add
2 486A and UL 486B. Unless
otherwise specified, F-Frame
Suffix L to the circuit breaker
catalog number. When non-
circuit breakers are factory standard or optional line and/
2 equipped with load or load terminals are required,
terminals only. order by style number.
2 Specify if factory installation
is required.
2
Package of Three
2 Maximum
Breaker Terminal Body AWG Wire Metric Wire
Terminals
Catalog
Range mm2
2
Amperes Material Wire Type Range Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
2 20 (EHD) Steel Cu/AI 14–10 2.5–4 3T20FB 2

100 Steel Cu/AI 14–1/0 2.5–50 3T100FB
2 225 Aluminum Cu/AI 4–4/0 25–95 3TA225FD
Optional Pressure Terminals
2 50 Aluminum Cu/AI 14–4 2.5–25 3TA50FB 2
2 100
200
Aluminum
Stainless steel
Cu/AI
Cu
14–1/0
4–4/0
2.5–50
25–95
3TA100FD
3T150FB
2 225 Copper Cu 4–4/0 25–95 3T225FD

225 Aluminum Cu/AI 6–300 kcmil 16–150 3TA225FDK 3
2 Notes
1 Use on FDE, HFDE and FDCE electronic trip only.
2 2 Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers.

3 Includes terminal shield kit. Adds approximately 3 inches (76.2) to breaker height. Available for use on three-pole breaker only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
2
Collar
Screw
Nut
Collar
2
Clip 2
2
Conductor
Washer
Conductor Conductor
3T20FB
Wire Clamp
3T100FB, 3T150FB
Screw
3TA225FD
Extrusion
2
Assemble wire clamp to bottom of conductor as shown. Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of
conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer.
Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar.
Install clip with legs on top of conductor and snap end around
2
2
Caution: Collar must surround conductor. bottom of collar.
2
Collar
2
Conductor
Collar
2
Washer Washer
2
Conductor
Screw
Screw
2
3TA50FB 3TA100FD 3TA225FDK (Up to 150 mm2)
Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely Collar slides onto conductor and is held in position by a screw Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely
2
with screw and washer. and lockwasher. with screw and washer. Terminal shield must be used with
this collar. 2
Note: For 185 mm2, use 3TA225FDK1.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Accessories
2 Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles
2
2 FD Frame Accessories
2 Description
Reference
Page
Single-Pole
Center
Two-Pole
Left Right
Three-Pole 1
Left Center Right
Four-Pole
Left Center Right Neutral
2 Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole)

Alarm lockout switch (make only) V4-T2-270 ■
2 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-270 ■ ❏ ❏ ■
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-270 ■ ❏ ❏ ■
2 Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-272 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-272 ■

■
■
❏
■
❏
■
■
■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-274
2 Shunt trip—standard V4-T2-276 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Shunt trip—low energy V4-T2-280 ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-282 ■ ■ ■ ■
2
End cap kit V4-T2-303 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Keeper nut V4-T2-303 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-304 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Multiwire connectors V4-T2-305 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-305 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Terminal shields V4-T2-307 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Terminal end covers

Interphase barriers
V4-T2-308
V4-T2-308 ● ●
●
●
●
●
●
● ● ● ● ●
2 Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-309 ■ ■ ■ ■

Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-309 ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-310 ■ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
■
2
Cylinder lock V4-T2-310
Key interlock kit V4-T2-311 ■ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏

Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-312 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Electrical (solenoid and motor) operators V4-T2-313 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-314 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Rear connecting studs V4-T2-316 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-317
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-419 ● ● ●
2 LFD current limiter V4-T2-319 ● ● ●

IQ Energy Sentinel V4-T2-319 ● ● ● ● ●
2 Cause of trip display V4-T2-320 ● ●
● ●
2
Remote mount cause of trip display V4-T2-320
Cause of trip LED V4-T2-320 ● ●

Special calibration — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-110 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested circuit breakers — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Marine/naval application — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Legend Note
■ Applicable in indicated pole position 1 Internal accessories are listed with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for factory installation.
They are not listed with UL for field installation.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
2
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 277 480 600
Volts DC 1
125 250 23
2
EDB 2, 3 22 — — — 10 —
2
EDS 2, 3 42 — — — 10 —
ED 2, 3 65 — — — 10 — 2
EDH 2, 3 100 — — — 10 —
EDC 2, 3 200 — — — 10 — 2
EHD 1
2, 3
—
18
4
—
—
14
—
—
10
—
—
10
2
FDB 2, 3, 4 18 — 14 14 — 10 2
FD 1 — 35 — — 10 —
2, 3, 4 65 — 35 18 — 10 2
4
2
FDE 2, 3, 4 65 — 35 18 — —
HFD 1 — 65 — — 10 —
2, 3, 4 100 — 65 25 — 22
2
HFDE 4 2, 3, 4 100 — 65 25 — —
FDC 5 2, 3, 4 200 — 100 35 — 22 2
FDCE 456 3 200 — 100 25 — —
2
IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings (P1)
2
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
220, 240 380, 415 440 500
Volts DC 1
125 250 23
2
EDB 2, 3 22 — — — 10 — 2
EDS 2, 3 42 — — — 10 —
ED 2, 3 65 — — — 10 — 2
2
EDH 2, 3 100 — — — 10 —
EDC 2, 3 200 — — — 10 —
EHD 1 — 14 — — 10 —
2
2, 3 18 — 14 — — 10
FDB 2, 3, 4 18 14 14 14 — 10 2
FD 1 35 — — — 10 —
2, 3, 4 65 35 35 18 — 10 2
HFD 1
2, 3, 4
65
100
—
65
—
65
—
25
10
—
—
22
2
FDC 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 35 — 22 2
Digitrip Electronic Trip Units 2
2
Circuit Breaker
Type Frame Ratings
2
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 225 100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 160 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160
FDE, HFDE, FDCE 80 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80
2
Notes
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
4 Electronics available on three-pole only, no DC rating for FDE, HFDE, FDCE.
2
2
5 Current limiting.
www.comoso.com
Series C
F-Frame Digitrip Specifications

2 Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
2 rms sensing Yes

Breaker Type
2 Frame FDE
Ampere range 15–225A
2 Interrupting rating at 480V 35, 65, 100 (kA)
Protection
2 Ordering options LS LSI
LSG LSIG
2 Fixed rated plug (In) No
2
Overtemperature trip Yes
2 Adjustable rating plug (In)

Long delay pickup
No
40–100% frame
2 Long delay time I2t

Long delay time I4t
2–24 seconds
No
2 Long delay thermal memory Yes

High load alarm Yes
2 Short Delay Protection (S)

Short delay pickup 200–1000% x (Ir)
2 Short delay time I2t Yes No
Short delay time Flat No Inst–300 ms
2 Short delay time Z.S.I. Yes 1
2 Instantaneous pickup No
2
Discriminator No
Instantaneous override Yes
2 Ground Fault Protection (G)

Ground fault alarm No
2 Ground fault pickup

Ground fault delay I2t
20–100% frame
No
2 Ground fault delay flat Inst–300 ms

Ground fault Z.S.I. Yes 1
2 Ground fault thermal memory Yes
System Diagnostics
2 Cause of trip LEDs No
Magnitude of trip information No
2 Remote signal contacts No
System Monitoring
2 Digital display No
2
Current No
Voltage No
2 Power and energy

Power quality harmonics
No
No
2 Power factor
Communications
No
2 PowerNet No
Testing
2 Testing method Test kit
Legend
2 In = Rating Plug
Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In
2 Note
1 ZSI (zone selective interlocking) is optional. Must order with ZSI. Standard 310+ does not come with ZSI.
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
FD Frame 2
2
1 1.38 (35.1) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
2 2.75 (70.0) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0) 2
3 4.13 (105.0) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
4 5.50 (139.7) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0) 2
2
FD Frame, Three-Pole

2
2
2
2
On
Off 2
6.00
(152.4)
2
2
2
2
4.13 3.38 2
(104.9) (85.7)
2
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2
FD Frame 2
2
Number of Poles
Breaker Type 1 2 3 4
ED, EDB, EDS, EDH, EDC — 3 (1.4) 4.5 (2.0) —
2
EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 4.5 (2.0) 6 (2.7)
FDE, HFDE, FDCE — — 4.5 (2.0) — 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Typical J-Frame Breaker
Description Page
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)
2 Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-147
V4-T2-148
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-151
V4-T2-152
2 Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-153
V4-T2-154
V4-T2-179
2
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-205
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216
2 R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-231
2 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . V4-T2-261
2 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-264
Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-268
2
2 J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)
● All Eaton’s J-Frame circuit
2 ●
J-Frame circuit breakers are
2
available as individual
components (frame, trip
unit, terminals), or factory
2 assembled complete
breakers
2 ● J-Frame circuit breakers
with non-interchangeable
2 trip units are suitable for
reverse feed use
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
Circuit Breaker/Frame 2
JD 3 250 F 2
Circuit Breaker/ Suffix 2
Frame Type Number of Circuit Breaker/Frame C = Non-aluminum terminals
JDB
JD
Poles
2 = 2 poles 070
Ampere Rating F = Frame only
2
2
HJD 3 = 3 poles 090 V = 50°C calibration
JDC 4 = 4 poles 100 W = Without terminals
125 X = Load side terminals only
150
175
Y = Line side terminals only
2
200
225
250
2
2
Trip Unit
2
JT 3 250 T
2
Trip Unit Type
JT = Thermal-magnetic Number Trip Unit Rating/ T = Trip unit
Suffix
2
2
of Poles Plug Ampere Rating thermal-magnetic
2 = 2 poles 070 fixed thermal
3 = 3 poles 090 adj. magnetic
4 = 4 poles 100
125
V = 50°C calibration
(thermal-magnetic 2
150 trip units only)
175
200
2
225
250 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Product Selection
2
2 Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
2 Standard Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity

Ultra High Interrupting
Capacity Current Limiting Standard
600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated Thermal-Magnetic Terminals Only
Factory Assembled
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Factory Assembled
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Factory Assembled
Trip Unit Only 1
See Page
For Use with Standard or V4-T2-150
2 Maximum
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit High or Ultra High
Interrupting Frames
for Optional
Terminals
Continuous and Terminals 1 and Terminals 1 and Terminals 1
2 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 Two-Pole
70 JD2070 HJD2070 JDC2070 JT2070T TA250KB 2
2 90 JD2090 HJD2090 JDC2090 JT2090T
100 JD2100 HJD2100 JDC2100 JT2100T
2 125 JD2125 HJD2125 JDC2125 JT2125T
2 150
175
JD2150
JD2175
HJD2150
HJD2175
JDC2150
JDC2175
JT2150T
JT2175T
2 200 JD2200 HJD2200 JDC2200 JT2200T

225 JD2225 HJD2225 JDC2225 JT2225T
2 250 JD2250 HJD2250 JDC2250 JT2250T
Three-Pole
2 70 JD3070 HJD3070 JDC3070 JT3070T TA250KB 2
2
90 JD3090 HJD3090 JDC3090 JT3090T
100 JD3100 HJD3100 JDC3100 JT3100T
2 125 JD3125 HJD3125 JDC3125 JT3125T

150 JD3150 HJD3150 JDC3150 JT3150T
2 175 JD3175 HJD3175 JDC3175 JT3175T
200 JD3200 HJD3200 JDC3200 JT3200T
2 225 JD3225 HJD3225 JDC3225 JT3225T
2 250
Four-Pole 34
JD3250 HJD3250 JDC3250 JT3250T
2 125 JD4125 HJD4125 JDC4125 JT3125T TA250KB 2

150 JD4150 HJD4150 JDC4150 JT3150T
2 175 JD4175 HJD4175 JDC4175 JT3175T
200 JD4200 HJD4200 JDC4200 JT3200T
2 225 JD4225 HJD4225 JDC4225 JT3225T
2 250 JD4250 HJD4250 JDC4250 JT3250T
Notes
2 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating.
2
3 Fully rated neutral pole with no protection.
4 Neutral is in right pole.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers— Molded Case Switches
Frame Only Eaton’s molded case components and are of the 2
Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Ultra High Interrupting switches are used as high instantaneous automatic
Capacity Capacity Capacity Current Limiting compact switches in type. Molded case switches 2
600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated applications requiring high are listed in accordance with
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
Catalog
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Catalog
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Catalog
Number Number Number
Two-Pole
2
JD2250F HJD2250F JDC2250F
2
Three-Pole
JD3250F HJD3250F JDC3250F 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
Complete Circuit Breaker Only Without
Standard 2
Four-Pole Terminals Only
JD4250F HJD4250F JDC4250F

Maximum
Continuous
Suitable for See PageV4-T2-150
2
Reverse Feed Use for Optional Terminals
2
Ampere
Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog
Type JDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-
Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units Suitable for Two-Pole 2
Reverse Feed Application 250 JD2250KW JDB2250KW TA250KB 1
600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc

HJD2250KW HJDB2250KW —
2
Complete Circuit Breaker
Maximum Without Line and With Standard Line and
Three-Pole
2
Continuous Load Terminals Load Terminals Only 250 JD3250KW JDB3250KW TA250KB 1
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
HJD3250KW HJDB3250KW — 2
Four-Pole
Two-Pole
250 JD4250KW JDB4250KW TA250KB 1 2
70 JDB2070W JDB2070
2
HJD4250KW HJDB4250KW —
90 JDB2090W JDB2090
Notes
100 JDB2100W JDB2100
125 JDB2125W JDB2125
2
Molded case switches may open above 2500 amperes.
150
175
JDB2150W
JDB2175W
JDB2150
JDB2175
2
200 JDB2200W JDB2200 2
225 JDB2225W JDB2225
250 JDB2250W JDB2250 2
2
Three-Pole
70 JDB3070W JDB3070
90 JDB3090W JDB3090
2
100 JDB3100W JDB3100
125 JDB3125W JDB3125 2
150 JDB3150W JDB3150
175 JDB3175W JDB3175 2
200
225
JDB3200W
JDB3225W
JDB3200
JDB3225
2
250 JDB3250W JDB3250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
Line and Load Terminals Unless otherwise specified, J- Ordering Information
2 Eaton’s line and load terminals Frame circuit breaker line and J-Frame circuit breakers use
provide wire connecting load terminals are shipped Cu/AI terminals as standard.
2 capabilities for specific ranges separately for field installation. When optional copper-only
of continuous current ratings The bottom of the standard terminals are required, order
2 and wire types. All terminals
comply with Underwriters
TA250KB terminal contains a by catalog number. Specify if
factory installation is required.
recess that is positioned over
2 Laboratories Standards UL
486A and UL 486B and CSA
the J-Frame circuit breaker
terminal conductor.
Standard C22.2 No. 65, or
2 Electrical Bulletin 1165.
2
2 Collar
2 Collar
2
2 Slotted Nut
Slotted
Screw Screw
2 T250KB Terminal TA250KB Terminal (Standard)
2
2 Maximum Terminal
Breaker Body Wire AWG Wire Range/ Metric Wire Catalog
2 Amperes Material Type No. Conductors Range mm2 Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals
2 250 Aluminum Cu/AI 4–350 kcmil 25–185 TA250KB
2
Optional Cu Pressure Terminals
250 Stainless Steel Cu 4–350 kcmil 25–185 T250KB
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Accessories
2
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories 2
2
JD Frame Accessories 2
Two-, Three-Pole Four-Pole
2
Reference
2
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-270 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-272 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-272 ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-274 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ 2
■ ■ ■ ■
2
Shunt trip—low energy V4-T2-280 ■ ■ ■ ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-284 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
End cap kit V4-T2-303 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Plug nut V4-T2-304 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-304 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Multiwire connectors V4-T2-305 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Terminal shields V4-T2-307 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Interphase barriers V4-T2-308
Padlockable handle block V4-T2-309 ■ ■ 2
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-310 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
Cylinder lock V4-T2-310 ❏ ❏ 2
❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
2
Key interlock kit V4-T2-311
Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-312 ● ● ●
Electrical (solenoid) operator V4-T2-314 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-316 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Handle extension V4-T2-434 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
IQ Energy Sentinel V4-T2-319 ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton) 2
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Special calibration —
Freeze-tested circuit breakers — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Marine/naval application — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Legend 2
❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2
Circuit
2 Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240 480 600
Volts DC
125 250 12
2 JDB 2, 3 65 35 18 — 10
JD 2, 3, 4 65 35 18 — 10
2 HJD 2, 3, 4 100 65 25 — 22
JDC 3 2, 3, 4 200 100 35 — 22
2
2 IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings
2
Circuit
Breaker Number Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
2
Type of Poles 240 380 415 600 125 250 12
JD 2, 3, 4 65 35 35 — — 10
2 HJD 2, 3, 4 100 65 65 — — 22
JDC 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 — — 22
2 Notes
1 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
2 2 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA.

3 Current limiting.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
JD Frame 2
2, 3 4.13 (105.0) 10.00 (254.0) 4.06 (104.1) 2
4 5.50 (139.7) 10.00 (254.0) 4.06 (104.1)
2
JD-Frame, Three-Pole 2
2
Front View
Side View
2
Front View Cutout 4.13
(104.8)
2
1.56
(39.7)
0.34 R 0.78
(19.8)
2
(8.7 R)
CL Handle
2.92
3.94
(100.0)
(74.2) 2
10.00 ON
CL Breaker
0.88
(22.2) (254.0) 2
3.33
2
0.19 R
(4.8) R (84.5)
0.72 OFF
(18.2)
0.50 (12.7)
Diameter 2.75
1.38
(34.9) 2
3 Megger Holes (69.9)
if Required 3.50
(88.9)
1.75
(44.5) 2
4.06 2
(103.2)
2
JD Frame
2
Breaker Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit
Type Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
2
JDB 11.25 (5.1) 12.50 (5.7) — — — — — — —
JD 11.25 (5.1) 12.50 (5.7) 13.25 (6.0) 9.00 (4.1) 10.00 (4.5) 10.50 (4.8) 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) 2.25 (1.0) 2
HJD 11.25 (5.1) 12.50 (5.7) 13.25 (6.0) 9.00 (4.1) 10.00 (4.5) 10.50 (4.8) 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) 2.25 (1.0)
JDC 12.25 (5.6) 13.50 (6.1) 14.25 (6.5) 10.00 (4.5) 11.00 (5.0) 11.50 (5.2) 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) 2.25 (1.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Typical K-Frame Circuit Breaker
Description Page
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-146
2 K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-157
V4-T2-174
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-175
V4-T2-178
V4-T2-179
2
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216
2 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . V4-T2-261
2
2 K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)
● All Eaton K-Frame circuit
2 ●
K-Frame circuit breakers are
2
2 assembled complete
breakers
2 ● K-Frame circuit breakers
2 trip units are suitable for
reverse feed use
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
K-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology 1
2
250/400A K-Frame 310+ Assembly Breaker 2
2
KDB 3 400 F T36 ZG W
2
Performance at
480 Vac Number Feature
Terminal
W = No terminals
2
of Poles
2
KDB = 35 kAIC Ampere Rating Blank = No feature
HKDB = 65 kAIC 3 = Three-pole 125 Frame Designation B20 = High load alarm
250 B21 = Ground fault alarm and trip
400 ZG = Zone selective interlocking
2
T33 =
Trip Unit
310+ Electronic LS
2
2
T32 = 310+ Electronic LSI
T35 = 310+ Electronic LSG
T35B22 = 310+ Electronic LS(A), GFA, no trip
T36
T35B22
=
=
310+ Electronic LSIG
310+ Electronic LSI(A), GFA, no trip 2
T38 = 310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode
T39
T39B22
=
=
310+ Electronic ALSG with Maintenance Mode
310+ Electronic ALSI(A) with Maintenance
2
2
Mode and GFA, no trip
250/400A 310+ Electronic Trip Unit 2

KES 3 400 LSIG ZG 2
Trip Unit Type Feature 2
KES Number Blank = No feature
of Poles Ampere Rating B20 = High load alarm
B21 = Ground fault alarm and trip 2
2
3 = Three-pole 125 Trip Unit
4 = Four-pole 250
400
LS
LSI
=
=
310+ Electronic LS
310+ Electronic LSI
ZG = Zone selective interlocking
2
2
LSG = 310+ Electronic LSG 2
LSGB22 = LS(A), GFA, no trip 2
LSIG = 310+ Electronic LSIG 2
LSIGB22
ALSI
=
=
LSI(A), GFA, no trip 2
LSI with Maintenance Mode
2
ALSIG = LSIG with Maintenance Mode 2
ALSIGB22 = ALSIG(A) with Maintenance Mode, and GFA, no trip 2 2
400A Frame Only
2
KD 3 400 F 2
2
Performance at 480 Vac Frame Designation
KD = 35 kAIC
HKD = 65 kAIC
Number
of Poles
Ampere Rating
400
2
KDC = 100 kAIC
2
3 = Three-pole
CKD = 35 kAIC 100% rated 4 = Four-pole
CHKD = 65 kAIC 100% rated
Note
2
1 Cannot combine ‘B2X’ suffixes with ‘B2X’ suffixes.
2 Not available in four-pole configurations. 2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
K-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology

2
2 Thermal-Magnetic Breaker/Frame
2 KD 3 400 F
2 Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
Suffix
Number Circuit Breaker/ C = Copper terminals
2 DK
KD
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
Frame Ampere
Rating
E = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic
trip unit circuit breaker only)
KDB 3 = Three-pole 100 F = Frame only
2 HKD
KDC
4 = Four-pole 125
150
K
V
= High-magnetic molded-case switch
= 50° calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
2
175
200 X = Load terminals only
225 Y = Line side terminals only
2 250
300
Blank = Standard load and line side terminals
350
2 400
2 Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
2 KT 3 400 F
2
Trip Unit Type Suffix
2 KT = Thermal-magnetic Number
of Poles
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Ampere
T = Trip unit only
2 = Two-pole Rating
2 3 = Three-pole 100
4 = Four-pole 125
2 150
175
200
2 225
250
300
2 350
400
2 K-Frame with OPTIM Trip Unit Technology

2
OPTIM Circuit Breaker/Frame
2
KD 3 125 T5 7 W
2
Circuit Breaker/ Suffix
2 Frame Type Number Circuit Breaker/Frame Trip Model Trip Type W = Without terminals
KD of Poles Ampere Rating T5 = Model 550 2 = LSI
2 HKD
KDC
3 = Three-pole 125
250
T10 = Model 1050 6 = LSIG
7 = LSIA
CKD 400
2 CHKD
2
2
Note
1 Ampere rating available with electronic trip unit only.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Product Selection
2
Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units 2
Standard Interrupting
Capacity
High Interrupting
Capacity
Capacity Current Limiting 2
600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated Thermal-Magnetic
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
Factory Assembled
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Factory Assembled
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Factory Assembled
Trip Unit Only 1
Standard Terminals Only
2
2
Circuit Consisting Circuit Consisting Circuit Consisting For Use with Standard
Maximum of Frame, Trip Unit of Frame, Trip Unit of Frame, Trip Unit or High or Ultra High See Page V4-T2-173 for
Continuous and Terminals 1 and Terminals 1 and Terminals 1 Interrupting Frames Optional Terminals
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
Two-Pole 2
100 KD2100 HKD2100 KDC2100 KT2100T TA300K 2
125 KD2125 HKD2125 KDC2125 KT2125T TA300K 2 2
TA300K 2
2
150 KD2150 HKD2150 KDC2150 KT2150T
175 KD2175 HKD2175 KDC2175 KT2175T TA300K 2
200 KD2200 HKD2200 KDC2200 KT2200T TA300K 2
2
225 KD2225 HKD2225 KDC2225 KT2225T TA300K 2
250 KD2250 HKD2250 KDC2250 KT2250T TA350K 2 2
300 KD2300 HKD2300 KDC2300 KT2300T TA350K 2
350 KD2350 HKD2350 KDC2350 KT2350T TA350K 2 2
2
400 KD2400 HKD2400 KDC2400 KT2400T 2TA400K 3
Three-Pole
100 KD3100 HKD3100 KDC3100 KT3100T TA300K 2
2
125 KD3125 HKD3125 KDC3125 KT3125T TA300K 2
150 KD3150 HKD3150 KDC3150 KT3150T TA300K 2 2
175 KD3175 HKD3175 KDC3175 KT3175T TA300K 2
200 KD3200 HKD3200 KDC3200 KT3200T TA300K 2 2
225
250
KD3225
KD3250
HKD3225
HKD3250
KDC3225
KDC3250
KT3225T
KT3250T
TA300K 2
TA350K 2
2
300 KD3300 HKD3300 KDC3300 KT3300T TA350K 2 2
350 KD3350 HKD3350 KDC3350 KT3350T TA350K 2
400 KD3400 HKD3400 KDC3400 KT3400T 3TA400K 3 2
2
Four-Pole
100 KD4100 HKD4100 KDC4100 KT3100T TA300K 2
125 KD4125 HKD4125 KDC4125 KT3125T TA300K 2
2
175 KD4175 HKD4175 KDC4175 KT3175T TA300K 2
200 KD4200 HKD4200 KDC4200 KT3200T TA300K 2 2
225 KD4225 HKD4225 KDC4225 KT3225T TA300K 2
250 KD4250 HKD4250 KDC4250 KT3250T TA350K 2 2
2
300 KD4300 HKD4300 KDC4300 KT3300T TA350K 2
350 KD4350 HKD4350 KDC4350 KT3350T TA350K 2

400 KD4400 HKD4400 KDC4400 KT3400T 4TA400K 3
2
Notes
1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating. 2
3 2TA400K, 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Frame Only

2 Ultra High Interrupting
Standard Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Capacity Current Limiting
2 600 Vac Rated
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
600 Vac Rated
65 kAIC at 480 Vac
600 Vac Rated
100 kAIC at 480 Vac
2 Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 Two-Pole
KD2400F HKD2400F KDC2400F
2 Three-Pole
KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F
2 Four-Pole
2 KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F
2 Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units
2 Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-176.
2 Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole 1
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only 2
2 Ultra High
Interrupting
Standard Options
Standard High Capacity Adjustable Independently

2 Interrupting
Capacity
Interrupting
Capacity
Current
Limiting Adjustable Independently
Short Time
Pickup with
Adjustable
Short Time
I2t Short
2 Max. 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac Short Time Adjustable Pickup and
Cont. Rated Rated Rated Pickup with Short Time Delay and Delay and
Ampere 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at 100 kAIC I2t Short Pickup and Ground Fault Ground Fault
2 Rating
at 40°C
480 Vac
Catalog Number
480 Vac at 480 Vac Delay Ramp Delay Protection Protection Terminal
Information
2 125 KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F KES3125LS KES3125LSI KES3125LSG KES3125LSIG See Page
V4-T2-173
250 KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F KES3250LS KES3250LSI KES3250LSG KES3250LSIG
2 400 KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F KES3400LS KES3400LSI KES3400LSG KES3400LSIG
2
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Four-Pole 34
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only 2
Ultra High Standard Options
2 Standard High
Interrupting
Capacity Adjustable Independently
2 Interrupting
Capacity
Interrupting
Capacity
Current
Limiting Adjustable Independently
Short Time
Pickup with
Adjustable
Short Time
Max. 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac Short Time Adjustable I2t Short Pickup and
2 Cont.
Ampere
Rated
35 kAIC at
Rated
65 kAIC at
Rated
100 kAIC
Pickup with
I2t Short
Short Time
Pickup and
Delay and
Ground Fault
Delay and
Ground Fault
480 Vac 480 Vac at 480 Vac Delay Ramp Delay Protection Protection
2
Rating Terminal
at 40°C Catalog Number Information
2
125 KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F KES4125LS KES4125LSI — — See Page
V4-T2-173
250 KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F KES4250LS KES4250LSI — —
2 400 KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F KES4400LS KES4400LSI — —
Notes
2 1 Three-pole KES trip units are for use in three-pole frames only.
2 For AC use only.
2 3 Trip unit includes protected neutral pole. Use corresponding three-pole trip unit if protected neutral pole is not required.
4 Fully rated neutral pole protection is standard. For 50% rated protection on neutral pole, add Suffix E to four-pole trip unit catalog number.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Type KDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-176. 2
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Tip Unit Less
Terminals—Catalog Number
2
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time 2
Maximum (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response)
Continuous I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous
2
Ampere Rating
at 40ºC
Short Time Range
LS
2–8 x In
LSI
2–8 x In
LSG
2–8 x In
LSIG
2–8 x In
2
Short Time Delay — I–300 ms — 0–300 ms
Ground Fault Pickup
Ground Fault Delay
Number
of Poles
—
—
—
—
Varies by frame
0–500 ms
Varies by frame
0–500 ms 2
125
250
3
3
KDB3125FT33W
KDB3250FT33W
KDB3125FT32W
KDB3250FT32W
KDB3125FT35W
KDB3250FT35W
KDB3125FT36W
KDB3250FT36W
2
400 3 KDB3400FT33W KDB3400FT32W KDB3400FT35W KDB3400FT36W 2
2
Type HKDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-176. 2
2
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Tip Unit Less
Terminals—Catalog Number
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time
(I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response)
2
Maximum
2
Continuous I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous
Ampere Rating G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response)
at 40ºC LS LSI LSG LSIG
Short Time Range
Short Time Delay
2–8 x In
—
2–8 x In
I–300 ms
2–8 x In
—
2–8 x In
0–300 ms
2
Ground Fault Pickup Number — — Varies by frame Varies by frame
Ground Fault Delay of Poles — — 0–500 ms 0–500 ms 2
125 3 HKDB3125FT33W HKDB3125FT32W HKDB3125FT35W HKDB3125FT36W
250 3 HKDB3250FT33W HKDB3250FT32W HKDB3250FT35W HKDB3250FT36W 2
2
400 3 HKDB3400FT33W HKDB3400FT32W HKDB3400FT35W HKDB3400FT36W
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
2 Suitable for reverse feed application.
2
Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
2 240 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc 600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc
2 Maximum
Continuous
Without Line and With Line With Standard Line and
Without Line and With Standard Line
Load Terminals Terminals Only Load Terminals Only Load Terminals and Load Terminals
2
Ampere
Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
at 40°C Number Number Number Number Number
2 Two-Pole
100 — — — KDB2100W KDB2100
2 125 — — — KDB2125W KDB2125
2 150 — — — KDB2150W KDB2150

175 — — — KDB2175W KDB2175
2 200 — — — KDB2200W KDB2200

225 — — — KDB2225W KDB2225
2 250 DK2250W DK2250Y DK2250 KDB2250W KDB2250
2
300 DK2300W DK2300Y DK2300 KDB2300W KDB2300

Three-Pole
2 100 — — — KDB3100W KDB3100
125 — — — KDB3125W KDB3125
2 150 — — — KDB3150W KDB3150
2 175
200
—
—
—
—
—
—
KDB3175W
KDB3200W
KDB3175
KDB3200
2 225 — — — KDB3225W KDB3225

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Eaton’s molded case components and are of the 2
switches are used as high instantaneous automatic
compact switches in type. Molded case switches 2
applications requiring high are listed in accordance with
2
2
240 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 2
Maximum
Continuous
with Standard Line and
Load Terminals. Suitable for
2
Load Terminals Load Terminals Reverse Feed Use
2
Ampere
Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog
Two-Pole 2
400 DK2400K KD2400K KDB2400K
— HKD2400K HKDB2400K
2
Three-Pole
2
400 DK3400K KD3400K KDB3400K
— HKD3400K HKDB3400K 2
Four-Pole
400 — KD4400K KDB4400K 2
2
— HKD4400K HKDB4400K
Note
Molded case switches may open above 4000 amperes.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers

2 The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90°C wire is applied at the 75°C
ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units.
2
100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers—Three-Pole
2 See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-176.
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only
Standard Options
2 Standard High
Adjustable
Short Time
Independently
Adjustable
Interrupting Interrupting Adjustable Independently Pickup with Short Time
2 Maximum Capacity Capacity Short Time
Pickup with
Adjustable
Short Time
I2t Short
Delay and
Pickup and
Delay and
Continuous
2 Ampere
Rating
35 kAIC at
480 Vac
65 kAIC at
480 Vac
I2t Short
Delay Ramp
Pickup and
Delay
Ground Fault
Protection
Ground Fault
Protection Terminal
at 40°C Catalog Number Information
2 125 CKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3125LS KES3125LSI KES3125LSG KES3125LSIG See Page
V4-T2-173
2 250 CKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3250LS KES3250LSI KES3250LSG KES3250LSIG
400 CKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3400LS KES3400LSI KES3400LSG KES3400LSIG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 2
2
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2
– Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) ➀
2
L
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) 2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
Ampere LSI LSIG LSIA Fixed Rating Plug
Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog Ampere Catalog
at 40°C Number Number Number Rating Number 2
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 KD3125T52W KD3125T56W KD3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
2
90 ORPK125A90
2
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110 2
125 ORPK125A125
250 KD3250T52W KD3250T56W KD3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125 2
2
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
2
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250 2
400 KD3400T52W KD3400T56W KD3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225 2
250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2
350 ORPK40A350 2
400 ORPK40A400
Notes
2
1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
2 G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
at 40°C Number Number Number Rating Number
2
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 HKD3125T52W HKD3125T56W HKD3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
2 90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
2 110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
2 250 HKD3250T52W HKD3250T56W HKD3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125
2 150
175
ORPK025A150
ORPK025A175
2 200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
2 250 ORPK025A250
400 HKD3400T52W HKD3400T56W HKD3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
2 225 ORPK40A225
2 250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2 350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
2 Notes
2 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
L
S
– Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) 2
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 KDC3125T52W KDC3125T56W KDC3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
2
90 ORPK125A90
2
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110 2
125 ORPK125A125
250 KDC3250T52W KDC3250T56W KDC3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125 2
2
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
2
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250 2
400 KDC3400T52W KDC3400T56W KDC3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225 2
250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2
350 ORPK40A350 2
400 ORPK40A400
Notes
2
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2 Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
2
2 L
S
– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
2 G
A
– Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 2
Continuous
Ampere LSIG LSIA Fixed Rating Plug
2
Rating Catalog Catalog Ampere Catalog
at 40°C Number Number Rating Number
2
125 KD3125T106W KD3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
2 90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
2 110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
2 250 KD3250T106W KD3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125
2
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
2 200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
2 250 ORPK025A250
400 KD3400T106W KD3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
2 225 ORPK40A22
2 250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2 350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
2 Notes
2 2 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
L
S
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 2
Continuous
2
125 HKD3125T106W HKD3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
2
90 ORPK125A90
2
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110 2
125 ORPK125A125
250 HKD3250T106W HKD3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125 2
2
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
2
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250 2
400 HKD3400T106W HKD3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225 2
250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2
350 ORPK40A350 2
400 ORPK40A400
Notes
2
2 Factory sealed. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 2
Continuous
2
2
125 KDC3125T106W KDC3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
2 90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
2 110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
2 250 KDC3250T106W KDC3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125
2 150
175
ORPK025A150
ORPK025A175
2 200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
2 250 ORPK025A250
400 KDC3400T106W KDC3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
2 225 ORPK40A225
2 250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2 350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
2 Notes
2 2 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
2
2
2
L
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
125 CKD3125T52W CKD3125T56W CKD3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
2
90 ORPK125A90
2
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110 2
125 ORPK125A125
250 CKD3250T52W CKD3250T56W CKD3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125 2
2
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
2
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250 2
400 CKD3400T52W CKD3400T56W CKD3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225 2
250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2
350 ORPK40A350 2
400 ORPK40A400
Notes
2
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number 2
(refer to Page V4-T2-288).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
2
125 CHKD3125T52W CHKD3125T56W CHKD3125T57W 70 ORPK125A70
2 90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
2 110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
2 250 CHKD3250T52W CHKD3250T56W CHKD3250T57W 125 ORPK025A125
2 150
175
ORPK025A150
ORPK025A175
2 200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
2 250 ORPK025A250
400 CHKD3400T52W CHKD3400T56W CHKD3400T57W 200 ORPK40A200
2 225 ORPK40A225
2 250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2 350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
2
2
L
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 2
Continuous
at 40°C Number Number Rating Number 2
125 CKD3125T106W CKD3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
2
90 ORPK125A90
2
100 ORPK125A100
110 ORPK125A110 2
125 ORPK125A125
250 CKD3250T106W CKD3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125 2
2
150 ORPK025A150
175 ORPK025A175
200 ORPK025A200
2
225 ORPK025A225
250 ORPK025A250 2
400 CKD3400T106W CKD3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
225 ORPK40A225 2
250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2
350 ORPK40A350 2
400 ORPK40A400
Notes
2
2 Factory sealed. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 2
Continuous
2
2
125 CHKD3125T106W CHKD3125T107W 70 ORPK125A70
2 90 ORPK125A90
100 ORPK125A100
2 110 ORPK125A110
125 ORPK125A125
2 250 CHKD3250T106W CHKD3250T107W 125 ORPK025A125
2 150
175
ORPK025A150
ORPK025A175
2 200 ORPK025A200
225 ORPK025A225
2 250 ORPK025A250
400 CHKD3400T106W CHKD3400T107W 200 ORPK40A200
2 225 ORPK40A225
2 250
300
ORPK40A250
ORPK40A300
2 350 ORPK40A350
400 ORPK40A400
2 Notes
2 2 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Guide
2
Line and Load Terminals UL 486A and UL 486B and Ordering Information
Eaton’s line and load CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, K-Frame circuit breakers use 2
terminals provide wire or Electrical Bulletin 1165. Cu/AI terminals as standard.
connecting capabilities for Unless otherwise specified,
K-Frame circuit breaker line
When optional copper or Cu/ 2
specific ranges of continuous AI terminals are required,
current ratings and wire
types. All terminals comply
and load terminals are
shipped separately for field
order by catalog number.
Specify if factory installation
2
installation.
with Underwriters
Laboratories Standards
is required.
2
2
2
2
2
Tab is 1/4 x.032
2
TA401K TA400K, T400K TA350K, T350K TA300K, T300K T400KCW, TA400KCW, TA402K, T402K
TA401KCW 2
Terminals with
Maximum Terminal AWG Wire
Terminal Control Wire Termination
2
Breaker Body Wire Range/No. Metric Wire Catalog Catalog
Amperes Material Type Conductors Range mm2 Number Number
2
225 Aluminum Cu/AI 3–350 (1) 35–185 TA300K 1 — 2
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 250–500 (1) 120–240 TA350K 1 —
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–250 (2) 95–120 2TA400K 23 2TA400KCW 23
2
2
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 2
225 Copper Cu 3–350 (1) 35–185 T300K1 —
400 Copper Cu 250–500 (1) 120–240 T350K 1 — 2
2
400 Copper Cu 3/0–250 (2) 95–120 2T400K 3 2T400KCW 23
3T400K 4 3T400KCW 24
4T400K 5 4T400KCW 56
2
or
2/0–500 (1) 70–240 3TA401K 24 3TA401KCW 24 2
70–240 4TA401K 56 4TA401KCW 56
400 Aluminum Cu/AI 500–750 (1) 300–400 2TA402K 23 — 2
2
3TA402K 24 —
4TA402K 56 —
400 Copper Cu 500–750 (1) — 2T402K 23 — 2
3T402K 24 —
4T402K 56 — 2
Notes
1 Individually packed. 2
2 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
3 Two-pole kit. 2
4 Three-pole kit.
5 Four-pole kit.
6 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and three interphase barriers.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Accessories
2
2
KD Frame Accessories
2 Two-Pole 1 Three-Pole Four-Pole
Reference
2 Description Page Left Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
2 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-271 ■ ❏ ❏ ■

Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-271 ❏ ❏ ■
2 Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-273 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-273 ■ ■ ■ ■

2 Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-274 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
Shunt trip—standard 2 V4-T2-277 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Shunt trip—low energy 2 V4-T2-280 ■ ■ ■
2 Undervoltage release mechanism 2 V4-T2-285 ■ ■ ■ ■

PowerNet or zone interlock kit (OPTIM 550) V4-T2-288 ■
End cap kit V4-T2-303 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Keeper nut V4-T2-303 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-304 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Terminal adapter V4-T2-304 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Multiwire connectors V4-T2-305 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-306 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Terminal shields V4-T2-308 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Interphase barriers V4-T2-308 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-309 ■ ■ ■
2 Padlockable handle block V4-T2-309 ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-310 ■ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
2 Cylinder lock V4-T2-310 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
2 Key Interlock kit V4-T2-311 ■ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏

2 Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-312 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Electrical (solenoid) operator V4-T2-313 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Plug-in adapters V4-T2-314 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Rear connecting studs V4-T2-316 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-317 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Handle mechanisms V4-T2-419 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle extension V4-T2-434 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 IQ Energy Sentinel V4-T2-319 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-319 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Legend
Notes
2 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on KES or OPTIM trip units. Standard internal accessories cannot be mounted in right pole on any K-Frame OPTIM trip unites. Special OPTIM
2 ground fault and zone interlock accessories are available for field installation in the right pole of K-Frame 550 OPTIM trip units. Factory installed 2a/2b and bell/aux are available for factory
installation. K-Frame breakers equipped with OPTIM 1050 trip units include aux-bell alarm in the right pole.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
KD Frame Accessories, continued
Two-Pole 1 Three-Pole Four-Pole
2
Reference
Description Page Left Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
2
OPTIM System Components Three Poles
Breaker interface module (BIM) V4-T2-320 2
Digitrip OPTIMizer V4-T2-320
Auxiliary power module V4-T2-320
2
2
Special calibration — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-110 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Freeze-tested circuit breakers — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Legend
2
2
2
2
NEMA/UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings
2
Circuit
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
2
Breaker Number
Type of Poles 240 277 480 600 250 23
2
DK 2, 3 65 — — — 10
KDB 2, 3, 4 65 — 35 25 10 2
KD 2, 3, 4 65 — 35 25 10
HKD, HKDB 2, 3, 4 100 — 65 35 22 2
KDC 4
CKD
2, 3, 4
3
200
65
—
—
100
35
65
25
22
—
2
CHKD 3 100 — 65 35 — 2
2
IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Circuit Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles 240 380 415 440 500 600 250 23 2
DK
KDB
2, 3
2, 3, 4
65
65
—
40
—
40
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
2
KD 2, 3, 4 65 40 40 — — — 10 2
HKD, HKDB 2, 3, 4 100 65 65 — — — 22
KDC 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 — — — 22 2
Notes
1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
2
2 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker.
3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 2
4 Current limiting.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
310+ Specifications 310+ Adjustability Specifications

2 Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+ K-Frame
2 Breaker Type 310+ Settings 125A 250A 400A

Frame K Ir = continuous current or Ir \ In
2 Ampere range 250–400A long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
A (=Ir) 55 100 160
Continuous current range (A) 55–400A B (=Ir) 60 125 200
2 Ground fault pickup (A) 50–400A C (=Ir) 70 150 225
2 Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)

100% rated
35, 65, 100
Yes
D (=Ir) 80 160 250
E (=Ir) 90 175 300
2 Protection F (=Ir) 100 200 315

Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LS(A), LSIG, G (=Ir) 110 225 350
2 LSI(A), ALSI, ALSIG, ALSI(A)
H (=Ir=In) 125 250 400
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System ALSI, ALSIG, ALSI(A)
2
tLD = long delay time (seconds) 2 2 2 2
Interchangeable trip unit Yes (All 310+)
4 4 4 4
High load alarm, trip (suffix B20) Yes
2 Ground fault alarm, trip (suffix B21) LSG, LSIG, ALSIG
7 7 7 7
10 10 10 10
2 Zone selective interlock (suffix ZG)
Cause of trip indication Yes
Yes
12 12 12 12
15 15 15 15
2
(Catalog Nos: DIGIVIEW, DIGIVIEWR06, TRIP-LED)
Thru-cover accessories No 20 20 20 20
2 ISD x Ir = short delay pickup (amperes)

24
Position 1
24
2
24
2x
24
2x
2
(All 310+)
Position 2 3 3x 3x
Position 3 4 4x 4x
2 Position 4 5 5x 5x
Position 5 6 6x 6x
Position 8 10 10x 10x

Ig x In = ground fault pickup (amperes) Position 1 25 50 80
2 (310+ w/ground fault)
Position 2 37.5 75 120
2
Position 3 50 100 160
Position 4 75 150 240
2 Position 5 100 200 320

Position 6 125 250 400
2 Ii x In = instantaneous Position 1 312 625 1000
maintenance mode (amperes) (2.5x)
2 (310+ w/maintenance mode)

Position 2 (4x) 312 625 1000
Position 3 (6x) 312 625 1000
2 Position 4 312 625 1000
2
Position 5 312 625 1000
Position 6 312 625 1000
2 Position 7 312 625 1000
Note: RMM on KD310+ is not adjustable; it is set at 2.5x.

2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Specifications
Trip Unit Type Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
2
rms sensing
Breaker Type
Yes Yes
2
Frame
Ampere range
K
125–400A
K
125–400A
2
Interrupting rating at 480 volts
Protection
35, 65, 100 (kA) 35, 65, 100 (kA)
2
Ordering options
Fixed rated plug (In)
LSI, LSI(A), LSIG
Yes
LSI(A), LSIG
Yes
2
Overtemperature trip
Yes Yes
2
Adjustable rating plug (In)
Long delay pickup
No
0.4–1.0 x (In)
No
0.4–1.0 x (In)
2
Long delay time I2t
Long delay time I4t
2–24 seconds
1–5 seconds
2–24 seconds
1–5 seconds
2
High load alarm
Yes
0.5–1.0 x Ir
Yes
0.5–1.0 x Ir
2
Short delay pickup 150–800% x (Ir) 150–800% x (Ir)
2
Short delay time I2t
Short delay time flat
100–500 ms
100–500 ms
100–500 ms
100–500 ms
2
2
Short delay time zone selective interlocking Yes 1 Yes
2
Instantaneous pickup 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In)
Discriminator Yes Yes
2
Instantaneous override Yes Yes
Ground Fault Protection (G)
2
Ground fault alarm 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
Ground fault pickup 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
Ground fault delay I2t
2
100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault delay flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
2
Ground fault zone selective interlocking Yes 1 Yes
Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes
2
System Diagnostics
Status LEDs Yes Yes
2
Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes
Magnitude of trip information Yes Yes
Remote signal contact—ground alarm Yes 1 Yes
Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Optional Included 2
System Monitoring
Digital display Yes 2 Yes 2 2
Current Yes Yes
Power and energy No Yes 2
Power quality—harmonics No Yes
Power factor No Yes 2
Communications
PowerNet Yes 3 Yes 2
Testing
Testing method OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet 2
Legend
2
(A) = GF Alarm
Is = Sensor Rating
In = Rating Plug 2
Notes 2
1 Zone interlock kit.
2 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2 KD Frame
Number
2 of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 5.50 (149.7) 10.13 (257.3) 4.10 (104.1)
2 4 7.22 (183.4) 10.13 (257.3) 4.10 (104.1)
2 KD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole

2 Side View
Front View
2 Front Cover Cutout 5.49

4.31
(109.6)
2
(139.4)
0.34 R
(8.7 R)
2
3.75
2 CL Handle
(95.3)
0.83
2 0.19 R
(4.8 R)
(21.0) 1.64
(41.7)
ON
1.25
2
10.13
(31.8) (257.2)
1.31
OFF
2
(33.3)
2.63
(66.7)
2.39
2 4.78
(121.5)
(60.7)
2
2
2 Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
2 KD Frame
Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit 1
2 Breaker
Type Two-Pole Three-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
2 DK 10.0 (4.5) 11.5 (5.2) — — — —

KDB 10.0 (4.5) 11.5 (5.2) — — — —
2 KD 10.0 (4.5) 11.5 (5.2) 7.5 (3.4) 8.5 (3.9) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7)
2
HKD, HKDB 10.0 (4.5) 11.5 (5.2) 7.5 (3.4) 8.5 (3.9) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7)
KDC 10.0 (4.5) 11.5 (5.2) 7.5 (3.4) 8.5 (3.9) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7)
2 Note
1 Weights shown are for thermal-magnetic trip units. Three-pole electronic trip units weigh 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Typical L-Frame Circuit Breaker
Description Page
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-129 2
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-146
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)
V4-T2-154
2
V4-T2-180
V4-T2-181
2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-199
V4-T2-201 2
V4-T2-204
2
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-231 2
2
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) 2
Product Description
● All Eaton L-Frame circuit
● CE marked
2
●
L-Frame circuit breakers are
2
2
assembled complete 2
breakers
● L-Frame circuit breakers 2
trip units are suitable for
reverse feed use
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2 LD 3 600 F
2 Circuit Breaker/ Suffix
Frame Type Number Circuit Breaker/ C = Copper terminals
2 LDB
LD
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
Frame Ampere
Rating
F = Frame only
2
HLD 3 = Three-pole 300 V = 50°C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
LDC 4 = Four-pole 350 W = Without terminals
CLD 400 X = Load side terminals only
2 CHLD
CLDC
450
500
Y = Line side terminals only
600
2
2 LT 3 400 T
2 Trip Unit Type Suffix
LT = Thermal-magnetic Number Trip Unit Rating/Plug T = Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal
2 of Poles Ampere Rating adjustable magnetic
V = 50°C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
2 = Two-pole 300
2 3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
350
400
450
2 500
600
2
OPTIM Circuit Breaker/Frame
2
LD 3 125 T5 7 W
2
2 Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type Number Trip Type
Suffix
LD of Poles Circuit Breaker/
2
2 = LSI (550 only)
HLD 3 = Three-pole Frame Ampere Rating 6 = LSIG
LDC 125 (Available on Model 1050 only) 7 = LSIA
2 CLD
CHLD
250 (Available on Model 1050 only)
400 Trip Model
CLDC 600
2 T5 = Model 550
T10 = Model 1050
2
Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit
2 LES 3 600 LS P
2
Trip Unit Type Suffix Suffix
2 LES = Electronic Number
of Poles
Trip Unit
Ampere
LS P = 100% protected neutral on
LSI four-pole trip unit
2 3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole 600
Rating LSG
LSIG
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Product Selection
2
Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units 2
Capacity
High Interrupting
Capacity
Capacity Current Limiting 2
600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated 600 Vac Rated Thermal-Magnetic
35 kAIC at 480 Vac
Factory Assembled
65 kAIC at 480 Vac 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Trip Unit Only
Standard Terminals Only
2
2
Maximum Circuit Consisting of Factory Assembled Factory Assembled Circuit For Use with Standard
Continuous Frame, Trip Unit and Circuit Consisting of Frame, Consisting of Frame, or High or Ultra High See Page V4-T2-198 for
Ampere Terminals Trip Unit and Terminals Trip Unit and Terminals Interrupting Frames Optional Terminals
Rating
at 40°C 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
Two-Pole 2
300 LD2300 HLD2300 LDC2300 LT2300T TA602LD 2
350 LD2350 HLD2350 LDC2350 LT2350T TA602LD 2 2
TA602LD 2
2
400 LD2400 HLD2400 LDC2400 LT2400T
2
600 LD2600 HLD2600 LDC2600 LT2600T 2TA603LDK 3
Three-Pole 2
2
2
Four-Pole 4 2
400
450
LD4400
LD4450
HLD4400
HLD4450
LDC4400
LDC4450
LT4400T
LT4450T
TA602LD 2
TA602LD 2
2
2
Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Frame Only 2
Capacity 600 Vac Rated
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated
Capacity Current Limiting
600 Vac Rated
2
2
35 kAIC at 480 Vac 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Number Number Number
Two-Pole 2
LD2600F
Three-Pole
HLD2600F LDC2600F
2
LD3600F HLD3600F LDC3600F 2
Four-Pole
LD4600F HLD4600F LDC4600F 2
Notes
1 Magnetic trip range 5–10 times continuous ampere rating.
2
3 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
2 Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals.
2
Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only
2 Standard High
Ultra High
Interrupting
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short
Adjustable
Rating Plug
Standard
Terminals
Interrupting Interrupting Capacity Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time Only
2 Capacity
Maximum 600 Vac
Capacity
600 Vac
Current
Limiting
(Flat Response)
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay See Page
Continuous Rated Rated 600 Vac Rated Time to Instantaneous Fixed V4-T2-198
2 Ampere 35 kAIC at
480 Vac
65 kAIC at
480 Vac
100 kAIC at
480 Vac
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground
Fault Delay (Flat Response)
Rating
Plug
Ampere
Rating
for Optional
Terminals
Rating Ampere
2 at 40°C 1 Catalog Number
3
Catalog Number Rating Catalog Number
Three-Pole
2 600 LD3600F HLD3600F LDC3600F LES3600LS LES3600LSI LES3600LSG LES3600LSIG 300 6LES300T 300/400/ TA602LD 1
500/600
350 6LES350T TA602LD 1
2 400 6LES400T
A6LES600T1
420/440/ TA602LD 1
2
460/480
450 6LES450T TA602LD 1
A6LES400T5
500 6LES500T 520/540/ 3TA603LDK 4
2 600 6LES600T
560/580
A6LES500T5
2 Four-Pole 3
600 LD4600F HLD4600F LDC4600F LES4600LS LES4600LSI — — 300 6LES300T 300/400/ TA602LD 2
2 350 6LES350T
500/600
A6LES600T1
TA602LD 2
2 400 6LES400T 420/440/

460/480
TA602LD 2
450 6LES450T TA602LD 2
A6LES400T5
2 500 6LES500T 520/540/ 4TA603LDK 4
560/580
2 600 6LES600T
A6LES500T5
Notes
2 1 Individually packed.
2 For AC use only.
2 3 Neutral is in right pole.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB Electronic Circuit Breakers with
Non-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed 2
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug
Terminals and Rating Plug—Catalog Number (Order as Separate Items) 2
(I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response)
2
Maximum
I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous
Continuous
Ampere Rating
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) 2
at 40ºC LS LSI LSG LSIG Fixed Adjustable
Short Time Range 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2–8 x In 2
Short Time Delay — I–300 ms — 0–300 ms
Ground Fault Pickup
Ground Fault Delay
Number
of Poles
—
—
—
—
Varies by frame
0–500 ms
Varies by frame
0–500 ms Catalog Number 2
Type LDB, HLDB and LDCB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit
2
600 3 LDB3600FT33W LDB3600FT32W LDB3600FT35W LDB3600FT35W 6LES300T 300/400/500/600
6LES350T
A6LES600T1
2
6LES400T 420/440/460/480
6LES450T
A6LES400T5 2
2
6LES500T 520/540/560/580
A6LES500T5
6LES600T
600 3 HLDB3600FT33W HLDB3600FT32W HLDB3600FT35W HLDB3600FT36W 6LES300T 300/400/500/600
A6LES600T1
2
6LES350T
6LES400T 420/440/460/480 2
A6LES400T5
6LES450T
6LES500T 520/540/560/580 2
A6LES500T5
600 3 LDCB3600FT33W LDCB3600FT32W LDCB3600FT35W LDCB3600FT36W

6LES600T
6LES300T 300/400/500/600
2
2
A6LES600T1
6LES350T
6LES400T 420/440/460/480
6LES450T
A6LES400T5
2
6LES500T 520/540/560/580
6LES600T
A6LES500T5 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating
2 plug and terminals.
2
100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only
Adjustable
2 Ultra High Standard Options Rating Plug
Interrupting Independently Adjustable Independently Standard
2 Standard
Interrupting
High
Interrupting
Capacity
Current
Adjustable
Short Time
Short Time
Pickup with
Adjustable
Short Time
Terminals
Only
Capacity Capacity Limiting Adjustable Pickup and I2t Short Pickup and
2 Maximum 600 Vac
Rated
600 Vac
Rated
600 Vac
Rated
Short Time
Pickup with
Delay
Ground
Delay and
Ground
Delay and
Ground Fixed
See Page
V4-T2-198
Continuous
I2t Short
2 Ampere 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at 100 kAIC at Fault Fault Fault Rating Ampere for Optional
Rating 480 Vac 480 Vac 480 Vac Delay Ramp Protection Protection Protection Ampere Plug Rating Terminals
at 40°C 1 Catalog Number Rating Catalog Number
2 Three-Pole
2 600 CLD3600F CHLD3600F CLDC3600F LES3600LS LES3600LSI LES3600LSG LES3600LSIG 300

350
6LES300T
6LES350T
300/400/500/600
A6LES600T1
TA602LD 2
TA602LD 2
2 400 6LES400T 420/440/460/480

A6LES400T5
TA602LD 2
450 6LES450T TA602LD 2
2 500 6LES500T 520/540/560/580 3TA603LDK 3
A6LES500T5
600 6LES600T 3TA603LDK 3
2 Notes
2 1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug.

3 3TA603LDK terminal kit contains one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Type LDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Molded Case Switches
Non-Interchangeable Trip Units 1 Eaton’s molded case components and are of the 2
600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc switches are used as high instantaneous automatic
Complete Circuit Breaker compact switches in type. Molded case switches 2
Without Line and With Standard Line and applications requiring high are listed in accordance with
Maximum
Continuous Load Terminals Load Terminals Only current switching capabilities. Underwriters Laboratories 2
Ampere Catalog Catalog Molded case switches are Standard UL 489.
Rating Number Number constructed of circuit breaker
2
Two-Pole
300 LDB2300W LDB2300
2
350 LDB2350W LDB2350
400 LDB2400W LDB2400
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Standard Terminals Only 2
Maximum Circuit Breaker Only
450 LDB2450W LDB2450
Continuous
Ampere
without Line and Load
Terminals
See Page V4-T2-198 for
Optional Terminals
2
500 LDB2500W LDB2500
600 LDB2600W LDB2600
Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
Three-Pole
300 LDB3300W LDB3300
Two-Pole
600 LD2600WK 2TA603LDK
2
2
350 LDB3350W LDB3350
600 LDB2600WK 1 2TA603LDK
400 LDB3400W LDB3400
600 HLD2600WK 2TA603LDK
450 LDB3450W LDB3450
Three-Pole 2
500 LDB3500W LDB3500
600 LD3600WK 3TA603LDK
600 LDB3600W LDB3600
600 LDB3600WK 1 3TA603LDK 2
600
Four-Pole
HLD3600WK 3TA603LDK
2
600 LD4600WK 4TA603LDK 2
600 LDB4600WK 1 4TA603LDK
600 HLD4600WK 4TA603LDK 2
Notes
1 Factory sealed—suitable for reverse feed application.
2
Molded case switch will trip above 6000 amperes.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug

2 Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
2
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
2 L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
2 G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
2
125 LD3125T52W LD3125T56W LD3125T57W — ORPL125A070
2 — ORPL125A090
— ORPL125A100
2 — ORPL125A110
— ORPL125A125
2 250 LD3250T52W LD3250T56W LD3250T57W — ORPL025A125
2
— ORPL025A150
— ORPL025A175
2 — ORPL025A200
— ORPL025A225
2 — ORPL025A250
400 LD3400T52W LD3400T56W LD3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
2 225 ORPL40A225
2 250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2 350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
2 600 LD3600T52W LD3600T56W LD3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
2 400 ORPL60A400
2 500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
2
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) 2
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
125 HLD3125T52W HLD3125T56W HLD3125T57W 70 ORPL125A070
2
90 ORPL125A090
2
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110 2
125 ORPL125A125
250 HLD3250T52W HLD3250T56W HLD3250T57W 125 ORPL025A125 2
2
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
2
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250 2
400 HLD3400T52W HLD3400T56W HLD3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225 2
250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2
350 ORPL40A350 2
400 ORPL40A400
600 HLD3600T52W HLD3600T56W HLD3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300 2
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2
500 ORPL60A500
2
600 ORPL60A600
Notes 2
2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
2
125 LDC3125T52W LDC3125T56W LDC3125T57W — ORPL125A070
2 — ORPL125A090
— ORPL125A100
2 — ORPL125A110
— ORPL125A125
2 250 LDC3250T52W LDC3250T56W LDC3250T57W — ORPL025A125
2 —
—
ORPL025A150
ORPL025A175
2 — ORPL025A200
— ORPL025A225
2 — ORPL025A250
400 LDC3400T52W LDC3400T56W LDC3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
2 225 ORPL40A225
2 250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2 350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
2 600 LDC3600T52W LDC3600T56W LDC3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
2
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2 500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals. 2
2
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
2
2
L
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 23
Continuous
at 40°C Number Number Rating Number 2
125 LD3125T106W LD3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
2
90 ORPL125A090
2
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110 2
125 ORPL125A125
250 LD3250T106W LD3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125 2
2
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
2
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250 2
400 LD3400T106W LD3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225 2
250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2
350 ORPL40A350 2
400 ORPL40A400
600 LD3600T106W LD3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300 2
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2
500 ORPL60A500
2
600 ORPL60A600
Notes 2
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
3 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 23
Continuous
2
2
125 HLD3125T106W HLD3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
2 90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
2 110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
2 250 HLD3250T106W HLD3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125
2 150
175
ORPL025A150
ORPL025A175
2 200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
2 250 ORPL025A250
400 HLD3400T106W HLD3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
2 225 ORPL40A225
2 250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2 350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
2 600 HLD3600T106W HLD3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300
2
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2 500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
2 Notes
2 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
3 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
L
S
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 23
Continuous
2
125 LDC3125T106W LDC3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
2
90 ORPL125A090
2
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110 2
125 ORPL125A125
250 LDC3250T106W LDC3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125 2
2
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
2
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250 2
400 LDC3400T106W LDC3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225 2
250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2
350 ORPL40A350 2
400 ORPL40A400
600 LDC3600T106W LDC3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300 2
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2
500 ORPL60A500
2
600 ORPL60A600
Notes 2
3 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
2 Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
2
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
2
125 CLD3125T52W CLD3125T56W CLD3125T57W 70 ORPL125A070
2 90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
2 110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
2 250 CLD3250T52W CLD3250T56W CLD3125T57W 125 ORPL025A125
2
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
2 200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
2 250 ORPL025A250
400 CLD3400T52W CLD3400T56W CLD3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
2 225 ORPL40A225
2 250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2 350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
2 600 CLD3600T52W CLD3600T56W CLD3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
350 ORPL60A350
2 400 ORPL60A400
2 500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
2
L
S
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
125 CHLD3125T52W CHLD3125T56W CHLD3125T57W 70 ORPL125A070
2
90 ORPL125A090
2
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A125 2
125 ORPL125A125
250 CHLD3250T52W CHLD3250T56W CHLD3125T57W 125 ORPL025A125 2
2
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
2
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250 2
225 ORPL40A225 2
250
350
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A350
2
400 ORPL40A400 2
350 ORPL60A350 2
400 ORPL60A400
500 ORPL60A500
2
600 ORPL60A600
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2
Continuous
2
2
125 CLDC3125T52W CLDC3125T56W CLDC3125T57W 70 ORPL125A070
2 90 ORPL125A090
100 ORPL125A100
2 110 ORPL125A110
125 ORPL125A125
2 250 CLDC3250T52W CLDC3250T56W CLDC3125T57W 125 ORPL025A125
2 150
175
ORPL025A150
ORPL025A175
2 200 ORPL025A200
225 ORPL025A225
2 250 ORPL025A250
400 CLDC3400T52W CLDC3400T56W CLDC3400T57W 200 ORPL40A200
2 225 ORPL40A225
2 250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2 350 ORPL40A350
400 ORPL40A400
2 600 CLDC3600T52W CLDC3600T56W CLDC3600T57W 300 ORPL60A300
2
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2 500 ORPL60A500
600 ORPL60A600
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
2
L
S
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 23
Continuous
2
125 CLD3125T106W CLD3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
2
90 ORPL125A090
2
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110 2
125 ORPL125A125
250 CLD3250T106W CLD3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125 2
2
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
2
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250 2
400 CLD3400T106W CLD3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225 2
250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2
350 ORPL40A350 2
400 ORPL40A400
600 CLD3600T106W CLD3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300 2
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2
500 ORPL60A500
2
600 ORPL60A600
Notes 2
3 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2 L
S
2 G
A
2 Maximum
Continuous
OPTIM 1050 23

2 Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
2 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
125 CHLD3125T106W CHLD3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
2 90 ORPL125A090
2
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110
2 125 ORPL125A125
250 CHLD3250T106W CHLD3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125
2 150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
2 200 ORPL025A200
2 225
250
ORPL025A225
ORPL025A250
2 400 CHLD3400T106W CHLD3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200

225 ORPL40A225
2 250 ORPL40A250
300 ORPL40A300
2 350 ORPL40A350
2 600 CHLD3600T106W CHLD3600T107W

400
300
ORPL40A400
ORPL60A300
2 350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2 500 ORPL60A500
2
600 ORPL60A600
Notes
2 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
2
3 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
2
L
S
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 23
Continuous
2
125 CLDC3125T106W CLDC3125T107W 70 ORPL125A070
2
90 ORPL125A090
2
100 ORPL125A100
110 ORPL125A110 2
125 ORPL125A125
250 CLDC3250T106W CLDC3250T107W 125 ORPL025A125 2
2
150 ORPL025A150
175 ORPL025A175
200 ORPL025A200
2
225 ORPL025A225
250 ORPL025A250 2
400 CLDC3400T106W CLDC3400T107W 200 ORPL40A200
225 ORPL40A225 2
250
300
ORPL40A250
ORPL40A300
2
350 ORPL40A350 2
400 ORPL40A400
600 CLDC3600T106W CLDC3600T107W 300 ORPL60A300 2
350 ORPL60A350
400 ORPL60A400
2
500 ORPL60A500
2
600 ORPL60A600
Notes 2
3 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
Line and Load Terminals L-Frame circuit breaker line breaker before installation of Ordering Information
2 Eaton’s line and load and load terminals are the conductors. (Applies to all L-Frame circuit breakers use
terminals provide wire shipped separately for field styles.) The circuit breaker Cu/AI terminals as standard.
2 connecting capabilities for installation. line/load terminal conductors
are positioned in the
When optional copper
specific ranges of continuous The wire connecting terminal terminals are required, order
2 current ratings and wire
types. All terminals comply
is secured with two pan-
conducting holes in the wire
connecting terminal and are
by catalog Number. Specify if
factory installation is required.
head, slotted screws and secured with recessed socket
2 with Underwriters
Laboratories Standards UL
lockwashers that can be screws that are tightened to
checked for the correct the correct torque loading
486A and UL 486B and CSA
2 Standard C22.2 No. 65M.
torque loading or retightened
from the front of the circuit
from the front of the circuit
Unless otherwise specified, breaker.
2
Terminals
2 TA401LD or TA603LD
Terminal (Step-Type
2 Terminal Requires
Terminal Cover and Pan-Head Screws
Pan-Head Screws and
Lockwashers (Installed
Warning Label. and Lockwashers TA450LD or TA602LD or before Cable Clamping
2 See Inset.) T602LD Terminal Screws)
2 Terminal Cover
2
2
2
2 Warning Label
2 Retainer
2 Screws
Circuit Breaker
2 Line Terminal Cover
2
Terminals with
2 Maximum Terminal AWG Wire Terminal Control Wire Termination

Breaker Body Wire Range/Number Metric Wire Catalog Catalog
Amperes Material Type of Conductors Range mm2 Poles Number Number
2 Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals
2 400
400
Aluminum
Aluminum
Cu/AI
Cu/AI
4/0–600 (1)
4/0–600 (1)
120–300
120–300
Two-pole kit 1
Three-pole kit 1
2TA401LDK
3TA401LDK
—
—
2 400 Aluminum Cu/AI 4/0–600 (1) 120–300 Four-pole kit 1 4TA401LDK —

2
450 Aluminum Cu/AI 4–4/0 (2) 25–95 TA450LD —
2 500 Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–350 (2) 95–150 2
TA602LD TA602LDCW
Two-pole kit 1
2
600 Aluminum Cu/AI 400–500 (2) 185–240 2TA603LDK 2TA603LDKCW
600 Aluminum Cu/AI 400–500 (2) 185–240 Three-pole kit 1 3TA603LDK 3TA603LDKCW
2 600 Aluminum Cu/AI 400–500 (2) 185–240 Four-pole kit 1 4TA603LDK 4TA603LDKCW
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals
2 600 Copper Cu 250–350 (2) 120–250 2
T602LD T602LDCW
2
Notes
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Accessories
2
2
LD Frame Accessories 2
Two-Pole 1, Three-Pole Four-Pole
2
Reference
Description Page Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral 2
2
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) 3
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-271 ■ ■ ■ ■
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-271 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-273 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
■ ■ ■ ■
2
Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) V4-T2-273
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-275 ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-275 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Shunt trip—standard 4 V4-T2-277 ■ ■ ■ ■
Shunt trip—low energy 4 V4-T2-280 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
■ ■ ■ ■
2
Undervoltage release mechanism 4 V4-T2-286
Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) V4-T2-288 ■
2
End cap kit V4-T2-303 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-304 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-306
Terminal shields V4-T2-308 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-308 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-310 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏ 2
❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
2
Key interlock kit V4-T2-311
Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-312 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Electrical (motor) operator V4-T2-313 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Rear connecting studs V4-T2-316
Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-317 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-419 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Handle extension V4-T2-434 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-319 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Legend
2
● Accessory available/modification available 2
Notes
2
2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations.
3 OPTIM model 1050 is factory sealed and does not have the right pole space available for accessories. 2
4 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on LES or OPTIM trip units. Standard non-tripping internal accessories can be mounted in the left or right poles of LES and 550 OPTIM trip units.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
LD Frame Accessories, continued

2 Reference Two-Pole 1, Three-Pole Four-Pole
2 Description
OPTIM System Components Three Poles
Page Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral 2
2 Ground fault alarm unit V4-T2-319

Potential transformer module V4-T2-319
2 Breaker interface module (BIM) V4-T2-320
2
Auxiliary power module V4-T2-320

Special calibration — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-110 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Marine/naval application — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Legend
2 Notes
2
2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1 2
Circuit
Breaker Number
Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes)
2
2
Type of Poles 240 277 480 600 125 250 23
LDB 2, 3 65 — 35 25 — 22
LD 2, 3, 4 65 — 35 25 — 22 2
CLD 4 2, 3, 4 65 — 35 25 — —
HLD, HLDB 2, 3, 4 100 — 65 35 — 25 2
CHLD 4 2, 3, 4 100 — 65 35 — —
LDC, LDCB 5 2, 3, 4 200 — 100 50 — 30
2
CLDC 45 2, 3, 4 200 — 100 50 — —
2
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
2
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
240
Icu Ics
415
Icu Ics
690
Icu Ics
250 23
Icu Ics
2
LDB 2, 3 85 85 45 45 20 10 20 10 2
LD 2, 3, 4 85 85 45 45 20 10 20 10
CLD 4 2, 3, 4 85 85 45 45 20 10 — — 2
2
HLD, HLDB 2, 3, 4 100 100 70 70 25 13 20 10
CHLD 4 2, 3, 4 100 100 70 70 25 13 — —
LDC, LDCB 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 75 35 18 20 10
2
CLDC 4 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 75 35 18 — —
Notes 2
2 L/R = 8 milliseconds minimum. 2
3 Two-pole circuit breaker or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Incorporating thermal-magnetic trip unit only.
4 100% rated breakers.
5 Current limiting.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Specifications
2 Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
2 rms sensing Yes Yes Yes Yes

Breaker Type
2 Frame L L L L
Ampere range 300–600A 300–600A 200–600A 200–600A
2 Interrupting rating at 480 volts 35, 65, 100 (kA) 35, 65, 100 (kA) 35, 65, 100 (kA) 35, 65, 100 (kA)
2 Protection
Ordering options LS, LSG LSI, LSIG LSI, LSI(A), LSIG LSI(A), LSIG
2 Fixed rated plug (In) Yes Yes Yes Yes

2 Long Delay Protection (L)
2
Adjustable rating plug (In) Yes Yes No No
Long delay pickup 0.5–1.0 (In) 1 0.5–1.0 (In) 1 0.4–1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In)
2 Long delay time I2t 12 seconds 12 seconds 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds
Long delay time I4t No No 1–5 seconds 1–5 seconds
2 Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes Yes Yes
High load alarm No No 0.5–1.0 x Ir 0.5–1.0 x Ir
2
Short delay pickup 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In) 150–800% x (Ir) 150–800% x (Ir)
Short delay time I2t 100 ms No 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
2 Short delay time flat No Inst–300 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms

Short delay time zone selective interlocking No No Yes 4 Yes
2 Instantaneous Protection (I)
Instantaneous pickup No 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In)
2 Discriminator No No Yes Yes
2 Instantaneous override
Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Ground fault alarm No No 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)

Ground fault pickup 1–5 x Ig (120A) 1–5 x Ig (120A) 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
2 Ground fault delay I2t No No 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
2
Ground fault delay flat Inst–500 ms Inst–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault zone selective interlocking No No Yes 4 Yes
2 Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes Yes Yes

System Diagnostics
2 Status LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cause of trip LEDs No No Yes Yes
2 Magnitude of trip information No No Yes Yes
2 Remote signal contact—ground alarm

Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact
Yes 5
Optional
Yes 5
Optional
Yes 4
Optional
Yes
Included
2 Legend
2 (A) = GF Alarm
Is = Sensor Rating
In = Rating Plug
2 Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Notes
2 1 Adjust by rating plug.

2 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
2
5 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU).
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Specifications, continued
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
2
System Monitoring
2
Digital display No No Yes 1 Yes 1
Current No No Yes Yes 2
Power and energy No No No Yes
Power quality—harmonics No No No Yes 2
Power factor
Communications
No No No Yes
2
PowerNet No No Yes 2 Yes 2
Testing
Testing method Test set Test set OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet 2
Legend
2
(A) = GF Alarm
Is = Sensor Rating
In = Rating Plug 2
Notes 2
1 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2 Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2 LD Frame
2 2, 3 8.25 (209.6) 10.75 (273.1) 4.06 (103.1)
2 4 11.00 (279.4) 10.75 (273.1) 4.06 (103.1)
2 LD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole
2 Side View
Front Cover Cutout Front View

2 3.81
(96.8)
2 3.44
(87.3)
1.72
2
(43.7)
CL Breaker
3.28
2 CL Handle
1.33
(83.3)
(33.7)2.29
2 0.25 (6.4) R (58.2)
10.75 8.21
(273.1) (208.6)
2
1.50
(38.1)
3.64
2
(92.5) 7.28 0.19 R
(184.9) (4.8) R
2
2 8.25
(209.6)
2
2 Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
2 LD Frame
Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit
2 Breaker
Type Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
2 LD, HLD, LDC 18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 25 (11.3) 14 (6.4) 15 (6.8) 20 (9.1) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3)
LDB 18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 25 (11.3) — — — — — —
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Typical M-Frame Circuit Breaker
Description Page
2
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-115
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-129 2
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-146
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-154
V4-T2-179
2
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-206
2
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-207
V4-T2-212 2
V4-T2-213
2
Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-215
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-250
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216 2
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-231
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . V4-T2-263
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-264 2
Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-268
External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-299 2
2
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) 2
● All Eaton M-Frame circuit ● CE marked 2
● MDL-Frame circuit 2
breakers are available as
individual components 2
(frame, trip unit, terminals),
or factory assembled 2
complete breakers
● MDLB, HMDLB-Frame
circuit breakers with non-
2
interchangeable trip units
are suitable for reverse 2
feed use
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2 MDL 3 800 F
Frame Type Number Circuit Breaker/ F = Frame only
2 MDL, MDLB
HMDL, HMDLB
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
Frame Ampere Rating
300 1
K
V
=
=
High magnetic molded case switch
50°C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
3 = Three-pole 350 1 W = Without terminals
2 400 X
Y
=
=
Load side terminals only
Line side terminals only
450
2 500
600
700
2 800
2 MT 3 800 T
2 Trip Unit Type Suffix
2 MT
MES
Number
of Poles
Trip Unit Rating/
Plug Ampere Rating
T
V
=
=
Thermal-magnetic
50°C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
2 = Two-pole 300 1 LS = Digitrip RMS 310
2 3 = Three-pole 350 1
400
LSI
LSG
=
=
Digitrip RMS 310
Digitrip RMS 310
LSIG = Digitrip RMS 310
2 450
500
600
2 700
800
2 Note
1 Thermal-magnetic only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Product Selection
2
Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Two-Pole 2
Standard Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
High Interrupting Capacity
600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit Only 2
For Use with Standard
or High or Ultra High
2
Interrupting Frames Standard
Magnetic Trip Range

Terminals
Only 1
2
2
Factory Assembled Factory Assembled is 5–10 Up Through
Maximum Circuit Consisting Circuit Consisting 600A; 4–8 on 700 and See Page
Continuous of Frame, Trip Unit of Frame, Trip Unit 800A x Continuous V4-T2-211 for
Ampere
Rating
and Terminals
Catalog
Frame Only
Catalog
and Terminals
Catalog
Frame Only
Catalog
Ampere Rating
Catalog
Optional Terminals
Catalog
2
2
at 40°C Number Number Number Number Number Number
300 MDL2300 MDL2800F HMDL2300 HMDL2800F MT2300T TA700MA1
350 MDL2350 HMDL2350 MT2350T TA700MA1
2
400 MDL2400 HMDL2400 MT2400T TA700MA1
450 MDL2450 HMDL2450 MT2450T TA700MA1 2
500 MDL2500 HMDL2500 MT2500T TA700MA1
600 MDL2600 HMDL2600 MT2600T TA700MA1 2
700
800
MDL2700
MDL2800
HMDL2700
HMDL2800
MT2700T
MT2800T
TA700MA1
TA800MA2
2
2
Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole 2
Standard Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic
600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Trip Unit Only
2
For Use with Standard
or High or Ultra High
Interrupting Frames Standard
2
Terminals
Magnetic Trip Range Only 1 2
Factory Assembled Factory Assembled is 5–10 Up Through
Maximum
Continuous
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
Circuit Consisting
of Frame, Trip Unit
600A; 4–8 on 700 and
800A x Continuous
See Page
V4-T2-211 for 2
Ampere and Terminals Frame Only and Terminals Frame Only Ampere Rating Optional Terminals
Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
300 MDL3300 MDL3800F HMDL3300 HMDL3800F MT3300T TA700MA1 2
350 MDL3350 HMDL3350 MT3400T TA700MA1
400 MDL3400 HMDL3400 MT3400T TA700MA1 2
450
500
MDL3450
MDL3500
HMDL3450
HMDL3500
MT3450T
MT3500T
TA700MA1
TA700MA1
2
600 MDL3600 HMDL3600 MT3600T TA700MA1 2
700 MDL3700 HMDL3700 MT3700T TA700MA1
800 MDL3800 HMDL3800 MT3800T TA800MA2 2
Note
1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units—Two-Pole 1
2 Standard Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Standard Terminals Only 2
600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
2 Maximum
Continuous Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting See Page V4-T2-211 for
Ampere of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Optional Terminals
2 Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 300 MDLB2300 HMDLB2300 TA700MA1

350 MDLB2350 HMDLB2350 TA700MA1
2 400 MDLB2400 HMDLB2400 TA700MA1
2
2 600 MDLB2600 HMDLB2600 TA700MA1

2 800 MDLB2800 HMDLB2800 TA800MA2
2
Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole 1
2 Standard Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Standard Terminals Only 2
600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
2
Maximum
Continuous Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting See Page V4-T2-211 for
Ampere of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Optional Terminals
2 Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 300 MDLB3300 HMDLB3300 TA700MA1

2 400 MDLB3400 HMDLB3400 TA700MA1

2 500 MDLB3500 HMDLB3500 TA700MA1
2
2 800 MDLB3800 HMDLB3800 TA800MA2
Notes
2 1 Factory sealed for reverse feed application.
2 Two terminals are required per pole.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Order as Individual Components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals. 2
2
Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only
2
Standard
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (by Adjustable Rating Plug)
Adjustable Rating
Plugs 2
Interrupting (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response)
Capacity 600 High Interrupting I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time 2
Maximum Vac Capacity 600 Vac to Instantaneous
Continuous Rated 50 kAIC Rated 65 kAIC G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Fixed Rating
Ampere at 480 Vac at 480 Vac Delay (Flat Response) Plug Ampere Rating 2
Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog Ampere Catalog Catalog
at 40°C 1 Number Number Number Rating Number Number Terminals
2
800 MDL3800F HMDL3800F MES3800LS 400 8MES400T 400/500/600/800 See Page
MES3800LSI 500 8MES500T
A8MES800T V4-T2-211
for standard
2
MES3800LSG 600 8MES600T 620/640/660/680 and optional
MES3800LSIG 700 8MES700T
A8MES600T5 terminals 2
— 800 8MES800T 720/740/760/780
A8MES700T5 2
2
Types MDLB and HMDLB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units 3
Maximum Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit

2
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
LS
Catalog
LSI
Catalog
LSG
Catalog
LSIG
Catalog
2
at 40°C 1 Number Number
Number Number
2
800 MDLB3800T33W MDLB3800T32W MDLB3800T35W MDLB3800T36W 2
800 HMDLB3800T33W HMDLB3800T32W HMDLB3800T35W HMDLB3800T36W 2
Notes
1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug.
2
2
2 For AC use only.
3 Factory sealed, suitable for reverse feed application. CMDLB and CHMDLB are also available.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating
2 plug and terminals.
2
100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole
2 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only
2 Standard Options
Adjustable
Rating Plug
Independently
2 Adjustable
Short Time
Adjustable
Short Time Independently
2
Standard High Adjustable Pickup and Pickup with Adjustable
Maximum Interrupting Interrupting Short Time Delay I2t Short Short Time
Continuous Capacity Capacity Pickup with Ground Delay and Pickup and Fixed
2 Ampere
Rating
50 kAIC at
480 Vac
65 kAIC at
480 Vac
I2t Short
Delay Ramp
Fault
Protection
Ground Fault
Protection
Ground Fault
Protection Ampere
Rating
Plug
Ampere
Rating
2
at 40°C 1 Catalog Number Rating Catalog Number Terminals
800 CMDL3800F CHMDL3800F MES3800LS MES3800LSI MES3800LSG MES3800LSIG 400 8MES400T 400/500/600/800 See Page
2
A8MES800T V4-T2-211
500 8MES500T for standard
600 8MES600T 620/640/660/680 and optional
2 700 8MES700T
A8MES600T5 terminals
800 8MES800T 720/740/760/780

2 A8MES700T5
2 Molded Case Switches

Eaton’s molded case components and are of the
2 switches are used as
compact switches in
high instantaneous automatic
type. Molded case switches
2 applications requiring high
current switching capabilities.
are listed in accordance with
Underwriters Laboratories
2 constructed of circuit breaker
2
2 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc
Circuit Breaker Only without
2 Maximum
Continuous Line and Load Terminals
2 at 40°C Number
Two-Pole
2 800 MDL2800WK
MDLB2800WK 3
2 HMDL2800WK
2 Three-Pole
800 MDL3800WK
2 MDLB3800WK 3
HMDL3800WK
2 Notes
2
1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug.
2 For AC use only.
3 MDLB and HMDLB are suitable for reverse feed applications.
2 Molded case switch may trip above 6000 amperes.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
M-Frame circuit breakers use 2
Cu/AI terminals as standard.
When optional copper or Cu/ 2
AI terminals are required,
order by catalog number.
Specify if factory installation
2
is required.
2
2
2
2
2
TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA
2
Terminals with Control
Maximum Terminal AWG Wire Terminal Wire Termination 2
Breaker Body Wire Range/No. Catalog Catalog
Amperes Material Type Conductors Number Number
2
700 Aluminum Cu/AI 1–500 kcmil (2) TA700MA1 TA700MA1CWT 2
800 std. Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–400 kcmil (3) TA800MA2 TA800MA2CWT
800 Aluminum Cu/AI 500–750 kcmil (2) TA801MA TA801MACWT
2
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals
2
600 Copper Cu 2/0–500 kcmil (2) T600MA1 —
800 Copper Cu 3/0–300 kcmil (3) T800MA1 — 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Accessories
2
2 Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the
circuit breaker.
2
2 MD Frame Accessories
Two-Pole 1 Three-Pole
2
Reference
Description Page Left Right Left Center Right
2
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-271 ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-271 ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■
2
Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) V4-T2-273
2 Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-275 ■ ■ ■ ■

Shunt trip—standard 2 V4-T2-278 ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Shunt trip—low energy 2 V4-T2-280 ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
2
Undervoltage release mechanism 2 V4-T2-286
2 Base mounting hardware V4-T2-306 ●

Terminal shields V4-T2-308 ●
2 Interphase barriers V4-T2-308 ●
■
2
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-309
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-310 ❏ ❏ ❏
2 Key interlock kit V4-T2-311 ❏ ❏ ❏

Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-312 ● ● ● ● ●
2 Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-312 ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
2
Electrical (motor) operator V4-T2-313
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-315 ● ● ● ● ●
2 Rear connecting studs V4-T2-316 ● ● ● ● ●

Panelboard connecting straps V4-T2-317 ● ● ● ● ●
2 Handle mechanisms V4-T2-419 ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
2
Handle extension V4-T2-434
Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-319 ● ● ● ● ●

Special calibration — ● ● ● ● ●
2 Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-110 ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
2
Freeze-tested circuit breakers —
Marine/naval application — ● ● ● ● ●
2 Legend
2 Notes
2 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on MES trip units.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1 2
Circuit
Breaker Number
2
2
Type of Poles 240 480 600 250
MDL, MDLB 2, 3 65 50 25 22
CMDL 2, 3 65 50 25 — 2
HMDL, HMDLB 2, 3 100 65 35 25
CHMDL 2, 3 100 65 35 — 2
2
Interrupting Capacity rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) I CU ≠ I CS 2
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles 240 415 690 250 2
MDL, MDLB
CMDL
2, 3
2, 3
65/65
65/65
50/50
50/50
20/10
20/10
20/10
—
2
HMDL, HMDLB 2, 3 100/100 70/50 25/13 20/10 2
CHMDL 2, 3 100/100 70/50 25/13 —
Notes
2
2 Two-pole or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Thermal-magnetic trip units only, MDL, HMDL breakers with electronic trip unit are not DC rated. 2
3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds at 22 kA.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Specifications
2
MDL-Frame Digitrip
2 Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310
rms sensing Yes Yes
2 Breaker Type
2 Frame
Ampere range
MDL, MDLB, CMDL, HMDL, HMDLB, CHMDL
400–800A
MDL, MDLB, CMDL, HMDL, HMDLB, CHMDL
400–800A
2 Interrupting rating at 480 volts 50, 65 (kA) 50, 65 (kA)

Protection
2 Ordering options LS, LSG LSI, LSIG

Fixed rated plug (In) Yes Yes
2 Overtemperature trip Yes Yes
2 Adjustable rating plug (In) Yes Yes
2
Long delay pickup 0.5–1.0 (In) 1 0.5–1.0 (In) 1
Long delay time I2t 12 seconds 12 seconds
2 Long delay time I4t

No
Yes
No
Yes
2 High load alarm No No

2 Short delay pickup 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In)
Short delay time I2t 100 ms No
2 Short delay time flat No Inst–300 ms
Short delay time zone selective interlocking No No
2 Instantaneous pickup
Discriminator
No
No
200–800% x (In)
No
2 Instantaneous override Yes Yes

2 Ground fault alarm No No
Ground fault pickup 1–5 x Ig (160A) 1–5 x Ig (160A)
2 Ground fault delay I2t No No
Ground fault delay flat Inst–500 ms Inst–500 ms
2 Ground fault zone selective interlocking No No
2
Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes
System Diagnostics

Cause of trip LEDs No No
2 Magnitude of trip information No No

Remote signal contacts—ground alarm Yes 2 Yes 2
2 System Monitoring
Digital display No No
2 Current No No
2
Power and energy No No
Power quality—harmonics No No
2 Power factor
Communications
No No
2 Eaton’s PowerNet No No
Testing
2 Testing method Test set Test set
Legend Notes
2 In = Rating Plug 1 Adjust by rating plug.
2 With separate ground fault alarm unit
2 (GFAU).
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2
MD Frame 2
2, 3 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 4.06 (103.1) 2
2
MDL-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole
Drilling Plan
2
3.44
2
(87.3)
1.72
(43.7) 2
CL Breaker R 0.25
(6.4) 2
2
3.28 16.00
2
R 0.19 CL Handle 1.33 (83.3) (406.4)
(4.8) (33.7)
2
1.50
(38.1)
0.97 2
(24.6)
2
3.64
(92.5)
7.28 8.25 4.06
2
2
(184.9) (209.6) (103.2)
2
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg)
MD Frame 2
Breaker Type
Complete Breaker
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Frame Only
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Trip Unit 1
Two-Pole Three-Pole
2
MDL, HMDL (T/M T.U.) 26.5 (12.0) 29.0 (13.2) 24.5 (11.1) 26.0 (11.8) 2.5 (1.1) 3.0 (1.4) 2
MDL, HMDL (Elec. T.U.) — 30.0 (13.6) — 26.0 (11.8) — 4.0 (1.8)
Note
2
2
1 Thermal-magnetic only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Typical N-Frame Breaker
Description Page
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-111
2 K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-154
V4-T2-179
2 M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)
V4-T2-205
2 Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V4-T2-217
V4-T2-218
V4-T2-226
2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . V4-T2-261
2
2 N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)
Product Description
2 ● All Eaton N-Frame circuit
2
reverse feed use
All N-Frame circuit
2
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
Circuit Breaker/Frame 2
ND 3 12 T3 2 W 2
Circuit Breaker/
Frame Type
Suffix 2
Number Trip Type E = 100% R.P. protected (four-pole)
ND
HND
of Poles
2 = Two-pole
Circuit Breaker/Frame
Ampere Rating T3
Trip Model
= Model 310
2 = LSI
3 = LS
EH
K
=
=
50% R.P. protected (four-pole)
High magnetic molded case switch 2
NDC 3 = Three-pole 800 = 800 amperes T5 = Model 550 5 = LSG W = Without terminals
NDU
CND
4 = Four-pole 12 = 1200 amperes T7
T10
= Model 750
= Model 1050
6 = LSIG
7 = LSIA
X
Y
=
=
Load only terminals
Line only terminals
2
CHND
CNDC 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Product Selection
2
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
2 Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
2
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
2 S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
2 G
A
– Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Maximum OPTIM 550 2
2 Continuous Fixed
Ampere LSI LSIG LSIA Rating Plug
2 at 40°C Number Number Number Rating Number
2 800 ND3800T52W ND3800T56W ND3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
2 450
500
ORPN80A450
ORPN80A500
2 550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
2 700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
2 1200 ND312T52W ND312T56W ND312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
2 700
800
ORPN12A700
ORPN12A800
2 1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
2
800 HND3800T52W HND3800T56W HND3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
450 ORPN80A450
2 500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
2 600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700
2 800 ORPN80A800
2
1200 HND312T52W HND312T56W HND312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
2 800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
2 1200 ORPN12A120
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
2
L
S
G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2 Fixed
Continuous
2
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 NDC3800T52W NDC3800T56W NDC3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
2
450 ORPN80A450
2
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550 2
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700 2
2
800 ORPN80A800
1200 NDC312T52W NDC312T56W NDC312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
2
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100 2
1200 ORPN12A120
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
2 L– Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1
S– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)
I– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
2 G– Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
A– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 23 Fixed
Continuous
Ampere LSIG LSIA Rating Plug
2
2
800 ND3800T106W ND3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
2 450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
2 550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
2 700 ORPN80A700
2 1200 ND312T106W ND312T107W

800
600
ORPN80A800
ORPN12A600
2 700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
2 1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
2 800 HND3800T106W HND3800T107W 400

450
ORPN80A400
ORPN80A450
2 500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550
2 600 ORPN80A600
2
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
2 1200 HND312T106W HND312T107W 600 ORPN12A600

700 ORPN12A700
2 800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100
2 1200 ORPN12A120
2 Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
800 NDC3800T106W NDC3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
2 450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
2 550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
2 700 ORPN80A700
2 1200 NDC312T106W NDC312T107W

800
600
ORPN80A800
ORPN12A600
2 700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
2 1000 ORPN12A100
2
1200 ORPN12A120
Notes
2 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response.
2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
3 Factory sealed.
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
2
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
2
2
L
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) 2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2 Fixed
Continuous
800 CND3800T52W CND3800T56W CND3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
2
450 ORPN80A450
2
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550 2
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700 2
2
800 ORPN80A800
1200 3 CND312T52W CND312T56W CND312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
2
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100 2
1200 ORPN12A120
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 2
800 CHND3800T52W CHND3800T56W CHND3800T57W 400
450
ORPN80A400
ORPN80A450
2
500 ORPN80A500 2
550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600 2
700 ORPN80A700
800 ORPN80A800
2
1200 3 CHND312T52W CHND312T56W CHND312T57W 600 ORPN12A600
2
700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800 2
1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120 2
Notes
2
2
3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 550 2 Fixed
Continuous
2
2
800 CNDC3800T52W CNDC3800T56W CNDC3800T57W 400 ORPN80A400
2 450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
2 550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
2 700 ORPN80A700
2 1200 3 CNDC312T52W CNDC312T56W CNDC312T57W

800
600
ORPN80A800
ORPN12A600
2 700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
2 1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
2
L
S
A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
2
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 23 Fixed
Continuous
2
800 CND3800T106W CND3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
2
450 ORPN80A450
2
500 ORPN80A500
550 ORPN80A550 2
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700 2
2
800 ORPN80A800
1200 CND312T106W CND312T107W 600 ORPN12A600
700 ORPN12A700
2
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100 2
1200 ORPN12A120
800 CHND3800T106W CHND3800T107W 400
450
ORPN80A400
ORPN80A450
2
550 ORPN80A550 2
600 ORPN80A600
700 ORPN80A700 2
800 ORPN80A800
1200 CHND312T106W CHND312T107W 600 ORPN12A600
2
700 ORPN12A700
2
800 ORPN12A800
1000 ORPN12A100 2
1200 ORPN12A120
Notes
2
2
2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
3 Factory sealed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
2 L
S
2 G
A
Maximum
2
OPTIM 1050 23 Fixed
Continuous
2
2
800 CNDC3800T106W CNDC3800T107W 400 ORPN80A400
2 450 ORPN80A450
500 ORPN80A500
2 550 ORPN80A550
600 ORPN80A600
2 700 ORPN80A700
2 1200 CNDC312T106W 4 CNDC312T107W

800
600
ORPN80A800
ORPN12A600
2 700 ORPN12A700
800 ORPN12A800
2 1000 ORPN12A100
1200 ORPN12A120
2
Type ND Molded Case Switches
2
Type ND High Instantaneous (K)
2 Continuous Three-Pole Four-Pole 5
2 at 40°C Number Number
800 ND3800WK ND4800WK
2 HND3800WK HND4800WK
2
1200 ND312WK ND412WK
HND312WK HND412WK
2 Notes
2 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard.
3 Factory sealed.
2
Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes.

2 For UL listed, series tested molded case switch application data, refer to Eaton.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
Line and Load Terminals—Ordering Information
N-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/AI terminals are required, order by catalog 2
number. Specify if factory installation is required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 T700NB1 T1000NB1 2
2
Maximum Breaker Terminal Body Wire AWG Wire Range/ Metric Wire Catalog 2
Amperes Material Type No. Conductors Range mm2 Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 2
700 Aluminum Cu/AI 1–500 kcmil (2) 50–240 TA700NB1
1000 Aluminum Cu/AI 3/0–400 kcmil (3) 95–185 TA1000NB1 1
2
2
1200 Aluminum Cu/AI 4/0–500 kcmil (4) 120–240 TA1200NB1 1
1200 Aluminum Cu/AI 500–750 kcmil (3) 300–400 TA1201NB1 2

Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 2
700 Copper Cu 2/0–500 kcmil (2) 70–240 T700NB1
1000 Copper Cu 3/0–500 kcmil (3) 95–240 T1000NB1 2
2
1200 Copper Cu 3/0–400 kcmil (4) 95–185 T1200NB3
Notes
1 Terminal rating is AL9CU.
2 Terminal rating is AL7CU.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Accessories
2
2 Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the
circuit breaker.
2
ND Frame Accessories
2 Reference Three-Pole Four-Pole
2 Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) 1
2 Alarm lockout (Make/Break)

Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)
V4-T2-271
V4-T2-271
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■

2 Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination V4-T2-275 ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
2
Shunt trip—low energy V4-T2-280 ■ ■
2 Undervoltage release mechanism

Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550)
V4-T2-287
V4-T2-288
■
■
■
Terminal shield V4-T2-308 ■ ■ ■
2 Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-309 ■ ■
❏ ❏ ❏ ❏
2 Padlockable handle lock hasp
Key interlock kit
V4-T2-310
V4-T2-311 ❏ ❏ ❏ ❏

Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers V4-T2-312 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Electrical (motor) operator V4-T2-314 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
2 Handle extension V4-T2-434 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-320 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 OPTIM System Components Three Poles
Ground fault alarm unit V4-T2-319
2 Potential transformer module V4-T2-319
2
Breaker interface module (BIM) V4-T2-320
2 Auxiliary power module

V4-T2-320
2 Special calibration — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Freeze-tested circuit breakers — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 Legend

2 Note
2
1 OPTIM 550 and 1050 are factory sealed and do not have the right pole available for accessories.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1 2
Circuit
Breaker Number
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
2
2
Type of Poles 240 277 480 600
ND 2, 3, 4 65 — 50 25
CND 2 2, 3, 4 65 — 50 25 2
HND 2, 3, 4 100 — 65 35
CHND 2 2, 3, 4 100 — 65 35 2
NDC 2, 3, 4 200 — 100 65
CNDC 2 2, 3, 4 200 — 100 65
2
NDU 3 3 300 4 — 150 75 5
2
2
Circuit
Breaker Number Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Type of Poles 240 415 690
2
ND
Icu 2, 3, 4 85 50 20 2
Ics 2, 3, 4 85 50 10
CND 2
2
Icu 2, 3, 4 85 50 20
2
Ics 2, 3, 4 85 50 10
HND 2
Icu 2, 3, 4 100 70 25
Ics 2, 3, 4 100 50 13 2
2
CHND 2
Icu 2, 3, 4 100 70 25
Ics 2, 3, 4 100 50 13
2
NDC
Icu 2, 3, 4 200 100 35 2
Ics 2, 3, 4 100 50 18
CNDC 2 2
Icu
Ics
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
200
100
100
50
35
18
2
Notes 2
3 800 amperes maximum rating.
2
2
4 Successfully tested at 300 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 200 kAIC at 240 Vac.
5 Successfully tested at 75 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 65 kAIC at 600 Vac.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
N-Frame Digitrip
2 Trip Unit Type Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
2 rms sensing Yes Yes

Breaker Type
2 Frame N N
Ampere range 400–1200A 400–1200A
2 Interrupting rating at 480 volts 50, 65, 100 (kA) 50, 65, 100 (kA)
2 Protection
Ordering options LSI, LSIG, LSI(A) LSI(A), LISG
2 Fixed rated plug (In) Yes Yes

Overtemperature trip Yes Yes
2 Long Delay Protection (L)
2
Adjustable rating plug (In) No No
Long delay pickup 0.4–1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In)
2 Long delay time I2t 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds

Long delay time I4t 1–5 seconds 1–5 seconds
2 Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes
High load alarm No 0.5–1.0 x Ir
2
Short delay pickup 150–800% x (Ir) 150–800% x (Ir)
Short delay time I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
2 Short delay time flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms

Short delay time zone selective interlocking Yes Yes
Instantaneous pickup 200–800% x (In) 200–800% x (In)
2 Discriminator Yes Yes
2 Instantaneous override
Yes Yes
2 Ground fault alarm 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)

Ground fault pickup 20–100% x (Is) 20–100% x (Is)
2 Ground fault delay I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault delay flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
2 Ground fault zone selective interlocking Yes 1 Yes
2 Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes

System Diagnostics

Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes
2 Magnitude of trip information Yes Yes
2
Remote signal contact—ground alarm Yes 1 Yes
Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Optional Included
2 Legend
2 (A) = GF Alarm
Is = Sensor Rating
In = Rating Plug
2 Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Note
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
N-Frame Digitrip, continued
Trip Unit Type Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
2
System Monitoring
2
Digital display Yes 1 Yes 1
Current Yes Yes 2
Power and energy No Yes
Power quality—harmonics No Yes 2
Power factor
Communications
No Yes
2
Eaton PowerNet No 2 Yes 2
Testing
Testing method OPTIMizer, BIM, OPTIMizer, BIM, 2
PowerNet PowerNet
Legend 2
(A) = GF Alarm
Is = Sensor Rating
2
In = Rating Plug
Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 2
Notes
1 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
ND Frame
2 Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2 2, 3 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 5.50 (139.7)

4 11.13 (282.6) 16.00 (406.4) 5.50 (139.7)
2
2
ND-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole

2 Front Cover Cutout
2 3.44
(87.3)
2 1.72
(43.6)
0.25 R
2 (6.4 R)
1.91
CL Handle
2 (48.4)
CL Handle
16.00
(406.4) ON/I
2 3.68 0.19 R
(4.8 R)
(93.2) OFF/O
2 1.50
(38.1)
2 3.19
(80.9) 6.38
2
(161.9)
8.25 5.50
(209.6) (139.7)
2
2 Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
2 ND Frame
2
Complete Breaker
Breaker Type Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
2 ND, HND, NDC, NDU 37 (16.8) 45 (20.4) 58 (26.3)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Typical R-Frame Breaker
Description Page
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-129 2
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-154
V4-T2-179
2
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-205
V4-T2-216
2
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-232 2
V4-T2-233
2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-245
2
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) 2
Product Description
● Eaton R-Frame circuit
2
breakers are available as
frame (which includes trip 2
unit), rating plug and
terminals 2
● All R-Frame circuit breakers
are suitable for reverse 2
feed use
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2 RD 3 16 T53 W
Frame Type Number W = Without terminals
2 RD of Poles Circuit Breaker/Frame Trip Type 1 P = 100% protected neutral pole
RDC 3 = Three-pole Ampere Rating T53 = Digitrip RMS 510 LS R = Ground fault remote (310 only)
2 CRD 2
CRDC 2
4 = Four-pole 16 = 1600 amperes
20 = 2000 amperes
T65
T86
= Digitrip RMS 610 LSG
= Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG
K = Molded case switch
25 = 2500 amperes T96 = Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG

2 T106
T107
= Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG
= Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA
2 Notes
1 For complete list of available trip types, refer to Pages V4-T2-233 to V4-T2-242.
2 2 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Product Selection
2
Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 2
2
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only 2
L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
Maximum
S
I
– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
2
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
G
LI
LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG
Rated
Current
Fixed
Rating Plug
2
2
at 40°C Catalog Number (In) Catalog Number
1600 RD316T51W RD316T53W RD316T52W RD316T54W RD316T55W RD316T56W 800 RP6R16A080 2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120 2
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RD320T51W RD320T53W RD320T52W RD320T54W RD320T55W RD320T56W 1000 RP6R20A100
2
1200 RP6R20A120
2
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200 2
2000 RP6R25A200 2
2
2500 RP6R25A250
1600 RDC316T51W RDC316T53W RDC316T52W RDC316T54W RDC316T55W RDC316T56W 800 RP6R16A080
2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120 2
1600 RP6R16A160
2000 RDC320T51W RDC320T53W RDC320T52W RDC320T54W RDC320T55W RDC320T56W 1000 RP6R20A100 2
1200
1600
RP6R20A120
RP6R20A160
2
2000 RP6R20A200 2
2000 RP6R25A200 2
2500 RP6R25A250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers

2 The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90°C wire is applied at 75°C ampacity.
Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
2
2 100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers
2
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip Rating Plug Only
S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response)
2 Maximum
Continuous
I
G
Ampere Rated Fixed
2 Rating
at 40°C
LI
Catalog Number
LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Current
(In)
Rating Plug
Catalog Number
2 Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
1600 CRD316T51W CRD316T53W CRD316T52W CRD316T54W CRD316T55W CRD316T56W 800 RP6R16A080
2 1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
2 1600 RP6R16A160
2 2000 1 CRD320T51W CRD320T53W CRD320T52W CRD320T54W CRD320T55W CRD320T56W 1000

1200
RP6R20A100
RP6R20A120
2 1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2
1600 — CRDC316T53W CRDC316T52W CRDC316T54W CRDC316T55W CRDC316T56W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
2 1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
2 2000 1 CRDC320T51W CRDC320T53W CRDC320T52W CRDC320T54W CRDC320T55W CRDC320T56W 1000 RP6R20A100
1200 RP6R20A120
2 1600 RP6R20A160
2
2000 RP6R20A200
Note
2 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
2
2
Maximum I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup
2
Continuous G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)
Ampere Rated Fixed
Rating LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Current Rating Plug
2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120 2
2000 RD320T61W RD320T63W RD320T62W RD320T64W RD320T65W RD320T66W
1600
1000
RP6R16A160
RP6R20A100
2
1200 RP6R20A120 2
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200 2
2000 RP6R25A200
2
2500 RP6R25A250
2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120 2
2
1600 RP6R16A160
1200 RP6R20A120
2
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200 2
2000 RP6R25A200 2
2500 RP6R25A250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2
2 Maximum
Continuous
I
G
Ampere Rated Fixed
2 Rating
at 40°C
LI
Catalog Number
(In)
Rating Plug
Catalog Number
2 1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
2 1600 RP6R16A160

1200
RP6R20A100
RP6R20A120
2 1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2
1600 CRDC316T61W CRDC316T63W CRDC316T62W CRDC316T64W CRDC316T65W CRDC316T66W 800 RP6R16A080
1000 RP6R16A100
2 1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
1200 RP6R20A120
2 1600 RP6R20A160
2
2000 RP6R20A200
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
2
2
2
Ampere Rated Fixed
2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120 2
1600
1000
RP6R16A160
RP6R20A100
2
1200 RP6R20A120 2
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200 2
2000 RP6R25A200
2
2500 RP6R25A250
2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120 2
2
1600 RP6R16A160
1200 RP6R20A120
2
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200 2
2000 RP6R25A200 2
2500 RP6R25A250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2
2 Maximum
Continuous
I
G
Ampere Rated Fixed
2 Rating
at 40°C
LI
Catalog Number
(In)
Rating Plug
Catalog Number
2 1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
2 1600 RP6R16A160

1200
RP6R20A100
RP6R20A120
2 1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2
1000 RP6R16A100
2 1200 RP6R16A120
1600 RP6R16A160
1200 RP6R20A120
2 1600 RP6R20A160
2
2000 RP6R20A200
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
2
2
2
Ampere Rated Fixed
2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120 2
1600
1000
RP6R16A160
RP6R20A100
2
1200 RP6R20A120 2
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200 2
2000 RP6R25A200
2
2500 RP6R25A250
2
1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120 2
2
1600 RP6R16A160
1200 RP6R20A120
2
1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200 2
2000 RP6R25A200 2
2500 RP6R25A250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2
2 Maximum
Continuous
I
G
Ampere Rated Fixed
2 Rating
at 40°C
LI
Catalog Number
(In)
Rating Plug
Catalog Number
2 1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
2 1600 RP6R16A160

1200
RP6R20A100
RP6R20A120
2 1600 RP6R20A160
2000 RP6R20A200
2
1000 RP6R16A100
2 1000 RP6R16A100
1200 RP6R16A120
1200 RP6R20A120
2 1600 RP6R20A160
2
2000 RP6R20A200
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
2
2
Maximum
G
A
– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Fixed
2
Continuous
2
Ampere LSIA 1050 LSIG 1050 Rating Plug
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 2
1600 RD316T107W RD316T106W 800
1000
ORPR16A080
ORPR16A100
2
1200 ORPR16A120 2
1600 ORPR16A160
2000 RD320T107W RD320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100 2
1200 ORPR20A120
1600 ORPR20A160
2
2000 ORPR20A200
2
2500 RD325T107W RD325T106W 1600 ORPR25A160
2000 ORPR25A200 2
2500 ORPR25A250
2
1600 RDC316T107W RDC316T106W 800 ORPR16A080
1000 ORPR16A100
1200 ORPR16A120
2
1600 ORPR16A160
2000 RDC320T107W RDC320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100 2
1200 ORPR20A120
1600 ORPR20A160 2
2500 RDC325T107W RDC325T106W
2000
1600
ORPR20A200
ORPR25A160
2
2000 ORPR25A200 2
2500 ORPR25A250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
2 Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
2
100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
2 L
S
– Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time
2 Maximum
G
A
– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Fixed
Continuous
2 Ampere LSIA 1050 LSIG 1050 Rating Plug
2 1600 CRD316T107W CRD316T106W 800

1000
ORPR16A080
ORPR16A100
2 1200 ORPR16A120
1600 ORPR16A160
2 2000 1 CRD320T107W CRD320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100
1200 ORPR20A120
2 1600 ORPR20A160
2 2000 ORPR20A200
2 1600 CRDC316T107W CRDC316T106W 800 ORPR16A080

1000 ORPR16A100
2 1200 ORPR16A120
2
1600 ORPR16A160
2000 1 CRDC320T107W CRDC320T106W 1000 ORPR20A100
2 1200 ORPR20A120
1600 ORPR20A160
2 2000 ORPR20A200
2 Molded Case Switches

Refer to Eaton for UL listed,
2 series tested Molded Case
Switch application data.
2 Type RD—High Instantaneous (K)
2 Continuous
Complete without Terminals
Ampere Three-Pole Four-Pole
2 Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 1600 RD316WK RD416WK

2000 RD320WK RD420WK
2 Notes
1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors.
2 Molded case switch may trip above 17,500 amperes.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
Line and Load Terminals Ordering Information
Line and load terminals R-Frame circuit breakers have 2
provide wire connecting Cu/AI terminals as standard
capabilities for specific and Cu only terminals as an 2
ranges of continuous current option. Specify if factory
ratings and wire types. All
terminals comply with
installation is required. 2
Underwriters Laboratories
Standards UL 486A and UL 2
486B and CSA C22.2 No.
65M. Unless otherwise 2
specified, R-Frame circuit
breaker line load terminals are 2
shipped separately for field
installation.
2
2
Maximum
Breaker
Terminal
Body Wire
AWG/kcmil
Wire Range/ Metric Wire Catalog 2
Amperes Material Type Hardware No. Conductors Range mm2 Number
Wire Terminals 2
1600
1600
Aluminum
Copper
Cu/AI
Cu
English
English
500–1000 (4)
1–600 (4)
300–500
50–300
TA1600RD
T1600RD
2
2000 Aluminum Cu/AI English 2–600 (6) 35–300 TA2000RD 1 2
Rear Connectors
2000 Copper — English — — B2016RD 2
2
2
2000 Copper — English — — B2016RDL
2500 Copper — English — — B2500RD 3
Notes
1 Catalog Number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker.
2
2 For use with 100% rated 1600A and 2000A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when
100% rated device is ordered.

2
3 For use with 2500A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500A breaker is ordered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Mounting Hardware
2
2 Breaker Line/Load
Conductors
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 TA2000RD
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Accessories
2
2
RD Frame Accessories 2
2
Reference
Description Page Left Center Right Left Center Right Neu.
2
Internal Accessories 1
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-271 ■ ■ 2
Auxiliary switch (4A, 4B) V4-T2-271 ■ ■ 2
■ ■
2
Shunt trip—low energy V4-T2-280 ■ ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-287 ■ ■ 2
Accessory terminal block 2 V4-T2-288 ■ ■
External Accessories 2
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-306
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-309 ● ●
2
Key interlock kit V4-T2-311 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Walking beam interlock V4-T2-312
Electrical (motor) operator V4-T2-314 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
■ ■ ■ ■
2
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-419
Handle extension 3 V4-T2-434 ■ ■
OPTIM System Components
2
Breaker interface module (BIM) V4-T2-320 ● ● ●
Digitrip OPTIMizer V4-T2-320 ● ● ● 2
Auxiliary power module V4-T2-320 ● ● ●
2
Special calibration — ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
Freeze-tested circuit breakers — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2
Legend
2
2
Notes
1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch.
2
2
2 Mounts outside breaker.
3 Included with breaker.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
2 UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
2 Circuit
Breaker Number
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
2 Type
RD
of Poles
3, 4
240
125
277
—
480
65
600
50
2 CRD 2 3 125 — 65 50
RDC 3, 4 200 — 100 65
2 CRDC 2 3 200 — 100 65
2
2 Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)

Circuit
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
2 Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles 240 415 690
2 RD
Icu 3, 4 135 70 25
2 Ics 3, 4 100 50 13
RDC
2 Icu 3, 4 200 100 35
2
Ics 3, 4 100 50 18
Notes
2 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers.

2 See Page V4-T2-247 for Trip Unit Specifications.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Specifications
2
R-Frame Digitrip 2
2
Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip
Trip Unit Type RMS 510 RMS 610 RMS 810 RMS 910 OPTIM 1050
2
rms sensing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Breaker Type
Frame R R R R R
2
Ampere range 800–2500A 800–2500A 800–2500A 800–2500A 800–2500A
Interrupting rating at 480 volts 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 (kA) 65, 100 (kA) 2
Protection
Ordering options LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSI(A), LISG 2
LSG, LSIG LSG, LSIG LSG, LSIG LSG, LSIG
Fixed rated plug (In) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Overtemperature trip Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
Adjustable rating plug (In) No No No No No
2
Long delay pickup 0.5–1.0 x (In) 0.5–1.0 x (In) 0.5–1.0 x (In) 0.5 –1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In)
Long delay time I2t 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds 2
Long delay time I4t No No No No 1–5 Seconds
Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
High load alarm
No 0.85 x Ir 0.85 x Ir 0.85 x Ir 0.5-1.0 x Ir
2
Short delay pickup 200–600%
S1 and S2 x (Ir)
200–600%
S1 and S2 x (Ir)
200–600%
S1 and S2 x (Ir)
200–600%
S1 and S2 x (Ir)
150-800% x (Ir) 12 2
Short delay time I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
2
Short delay time flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time zone selective interlocking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
Instantaneous pickup 200–600% 200–600% 200–600% 200–600% 200–800% x (In) 2 2
M1and M2 x (In) M1and M2 x (In) M1and M2 x (In) M1and M2 x (In)
Discriminator Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes 2
Instantaneous override Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
Ground fault alarm 4 No No No No 25–100% x (In)
2
Ground fault pickup 4 25–100% x (Is) 25-100% x (Is) 25–100% x (Is) 25–100% x (Is) 25–100% x (In)
Ground fault delay I2t 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 2
Ground fault delay flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100 –500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault zone selective interlocking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2
2
Ground fault thermal memory Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Legend
(A) = GF Alarm 2
Is = Sensor Rating
In = Rating Plug
Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In 2
Notes
1 Except 2500 ampere frame is 200–600%. 2
2 Varies by frame.
3 LS/LSG only. 2
4 Not to exceed 1200 amperes.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
R-Frame Digitrip, continued

2 Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip
Trip Unit Type RMS 510 RMS 610 RMS 810 RMS 910 OPTIM 1050
2 Status LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Magnitude of trip information No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Remote signal contacts No Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 System Monitoring
2 Digital display
Current
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes 1
Yes
2 Voltage No No No Yes No
Power and energy No No Yes Yes Yes
2 Power quality—harmonics No No No Yes Yes
Power factor No No Yes (over Yes Yes
2 Eaton PowerNet only)
Communications
2 Eaton PowerNet No No Yes Yes Yes
2
Testing
Testing method Integral Integral Integral Integral OPTIMizer, BIM,
PowerNet
2 Legend
2 BIM = Breaker Interface Module

(A) = GF Alarm
Is = Sensor Rating
2 In = Rating Plug
Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In
2
Note
1 By OPTIMizer/BIM.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2
RD Frame 2
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth 2
3 15.50 (393.7) 16.00 (406.4) 9.75 (247.7)
4 20.00 (508.0) 16.00 (406.4) 9.75 (247.7) 2
RD-Frame, Three-Pole, 1600 and 2000 Amperes
2
Front View 2
11.13 (0.4) Dia. 15.50
Side View 2
14.50 (4 Holes) Use 4, (393.7)
7.25
(184.2)
(368.3) 0.38 (Mil) Dia. Bolts
for Mounting Breaker
9.00
(228.6)
2
C
L Breaker 2
5.09 7.75
(129.4)
C
L Handle
(196.9) 2
9.69
(246.1) 15.00
(381.0)
16.00
(406.4)
2
Push
To
Trip
2
2
6.65 0.16
(166.7) 12.91 (4.0)
(327.8) R Typ.
2
2
RD Frame 2
Breaker Type
Complete Breaker
2
1600 Amperes 2
RD, CRD 1, RDC, CRDC 1 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2)
2000 Amperes 2
2
RD, RDC 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2)
CRD, CRDC 130 (59.0) 175 (79.4)
2500 Amperes
2
RD, RDC 135 (61.2) 182 (82.6)
Note 2
1 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Motor Circuit Protectors
Description Page
2 Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2 F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146
2 L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-179
2 N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-216
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-252
V4-T2-253
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . V4-T2-261
2 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . V4-T2-263
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-264
2 Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-268
2
2
2
Designated as Eaton’s Types
The MCP is designed to
2 GMCP and HMCP, the
instantaneous-only motor
comply with the applicable
requirements of Underwriters
circuit protector (MCP) is Laboratories Standard UL
2 available in ratings from 3A to 489, Canadian Standards
1200A for motor starter sizes Association Standard C22.2
2 0 through 8. No. 5.1, and International
Electrotechnical Commission
An innovative design of
2 internal components allows
Recommendations
IEC 157-1.
higher MCP-starter
2 combination interrupting The MCP is a recognized
ratings. The MCP is marked component (UL File E7819)
2 to permit proper electrical
application within the
and complies with the
applicable requirements of
2 assigned equipment ratings. Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 489. It is also
designed to comply with the
2 applicable requirements of
Canadian Standards
2 Association Standard C22.2
No. 5.1, International
2 Electrotechnical Commission
Recommendations IEC 157-1,
and nameplates bear the CE
2 marking.
2
2
Note: Interrupting ratings are
2 dependent on starter it is used
with.
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
Motor Circuit Protector 2
HMCP 003 A0 C 2
Motor Circuit Suffix 2
Protective Type Continuous Ampere Magnetic Trip Range/ C = Non-aluminum terminals
HMCP = Three-pole
HM2P = Two-pole 1 003
Rating
A0 =
NEMA Starter Size
9–30/0
W=
X =
Without terminals
Load terminals only
2
HMCPS = Three-pole 007 C0 = 21–70/0 Y = Line terminals only
015 E0 = 45–150/0 S = Stainless steel terminals
(150A frame only)
2
025 D0 = 40–60/0
2
030 H1 = 90–300/1 No Suffix: Standard terminals on line and load
050 G2 = 80–120/2
K2 = 50–500/2
070 J2 =
M2 =
115–170/2
210–700/2
2
100 L3 = 160–240/3
150
R3 =
T4 =
300–1000/3
450–1500/4
2
2
U4 = 750–2500/4
250 A5 = 350–700/5
C5 = 450–900/5
400 D5 =
F5 =
500–1000/5
625–1250/5 2
G5 = 750–1500/5
J5 =
K5 =
875–1750/5
1000–2000/5
2
2
L5 = 1125–2250/5
W5 = 1250–2500/5
N5 = 1500–3000/5
R5 =
X5 =
1750–3500/5
2000–4000/5 2
Y5 = 2250–4500/5
600 L6 =
X6 =
1800–6000/6 (electronic)
500–2500/6 (electronic)
2
Y6 = 1000–4000/6 (electronic)
800 X7 = 1600–6400/7 (electronic) 2
1200 Y8 = 2400–9600/8 (electronic)
2
Motor Circuit Protector
2
GMCP 003 A0 C
2
Motor Circuit
Protective Device Continuous Magnetic Trip
Suffix
C = Non-aluminum terminals
2
Ampere Range/NEMA
2
GMCP = Three-pole
Rating Starter Size
003 A0 = 15–30/0
007
015
C0 = 35–70/0
E0 = 75–150/0
2
030 H1 = 150–300/1
050
060
K2 = 250–500/2
J2 = 300–600/2
2
2
063 M2 = 320–630/2
Note
1 On J- and K-Frame HMCPs only. 2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Product Selection
2
G-Frame
2
480 Vac Maximum, 600Y/347 Vac
2 NEMA Continuous Motor Full Load MCP MCP
Starter Size Amperes Cam Setting Current Amperes (FLA) 1 Trip Setting Catalog Number
2 0 3 A 1.1–1.2 15 GMCP003A0C
2
B 1.3–1.5 18
C 1.6–1.7 21
2 D 1.8–1.9 24
E 2.0–2.2 27
2 F 2.3–2.5 30
0 7 A 2.6–3.1 35 GMCP007C0C
2 B 3.2–3.6 42
2 C
D
3.7–3.9
4.3–4.7
49
56
2 E 4.8–5.2 63
F 5.3–5.7 70
2 0 15 A 5.7–6.8 75 GMCP015E0C
B 6.9–7.9 90
2 C 8.0–9.1 105
2 D
E
9.2–10.3
10.4–11.4
120
135
2 F 11.5–12.6 150
1 30 A 11.5–13.7 150 GMCP030H1C
2 B 13.8–16.0 180
2
C 16.1–18.3 210
D 18.4–20.6 240
2 E 20.7–22.9 270
F 23.0–25.2 300
2 2 50 A 19.3–22.9 250 GMCP050K2C
B 23.0–26.8 300
2 C 26.9–30.6 350
2 D
E
30.7–34.5
34.6–38.3
400
450
2 F 38.4–42.1 500
3 60 A 23.1–27.5 300 GMCP060J2C
2 B 27.7–32.2 360
C 32.3–36.7 420
2 D 36.9–41.4 480
2 E
F
41.5–46.0
46.2–50.5
540
600
2 3 63 A 24.2–32.1 320 GMCP063M2C

B 29.1–34.8 380
2 D 38.8–46.4 500
2
E 43.6–48.9 570
F 48.5–53.7 630
2 Notes
1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or
2 MCP ratings should be used.

All GMCP 3–63A come with line and load steel body terminals for Cu only wire. Refer to Page V4-T2-116 under Optional Terminal Types.
2 UL recognized and CSA approved.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Accessories
2
Modifications for GMCP
Internal accessories must be factory installed. 2
Internal Accessories 1 2
Electrical Ratings Contact Factory Style
Type Accessory Volts Frequency Amperes Arrangement Suffix Number 2
Shunt trip 2 120 50/60 Hz 1.1 — S5 1373D62G18
Shunt trip 2 240 50/60 Hz 2.1 — S6 1373D62G19 2
Auxiliary switch 3 240 50/60 Hz 6.0 1A/1B A3 1288C74G03
Auxiliary switch 3 240 50/60 Hz 6.0 2A/2B A6 1288C73G03 2
2
Alarm switch 3 240 50/60 Hz 6.0 Make/Break B3 1288C75G03
Auxiliary switch/alarm switch combination 3 240 50/60 Hz 6.0 1A/1B Make/Break B13 1288C76G09
External Mounted Accessories 2

Number Units Style
Description in Package Number 2
Lock dog (non-padlockable) 1 1294C01H01
Mounting hardware 1 624B375G23 2
DIN rail adapter 4 10 1225C79G02
2
Modifications for HMCP
See Internal Accessories starting on Page V4-T2-268. 2
Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames
2
Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame
Rating Type GMCP-Frame 2
2
Catalog
Description NEMA IP Number
S01 Blue Handle S01 blue handle, 1/3R/12 54 GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05
12-inch shaft 4/4X 65 GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07 2
S01 Red Handle S01 red handle, 1/3R/12 54 GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06
2
12-inch shaft 4/4X 65 GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08
2
Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms 2
G Direct 5 2
Black Handle Yellow Handle
With Shroud Without Shroud With Shroud Without Shroud 2
Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Frame Number Number Number Number 2
GMCP HRGMC1S HRGMC10 HRGMC3S HRGMC30
Notes
2
2
1 Only one accessory may be installed in GMCP.
2 LH only.
3 RH only.
4 For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 15 mm per DIN EN50022.
5 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame.
2
No UVR available on GMCP.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
F-Frame
2
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued
2 Motor Motor
Full Load MCP Full Load MCP
2 NEMA
Starter Cont. Cam
Current
Amperes
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
NEMA
Starter Cont. Cam
Current
Amperes
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
2
Size Amps Setting (FLA) 1 2 Number Size Amps Setting (FLA) 1 2 Number
0 3 A 0.69–0.91 9 HMCP003A0C 2 70 A 16.1–21.4 210 HMCP070M2C
2 B 0.92–1.0 12 B 21.5 –26.8 280

C 1.1–1.2 15 C 26.9 –32.2 350
2 D 1.3–1.5 18 D 32.3–37.5 420
E 1.6–1.7 21 E 37.6–42.9 490
2 F 1.8–1.9 24 F 43.0–48.3 560
2 G
H
2.0–2.2
2.3–2.5
27
30
G
H
48.4–53.7
53.8–59.1
630
700
2 0 7 A 1.5–2.0 21 HMCP007C0C 3 100 A 23.0–30.6 300 HMCP100R3C

B 2.1–2.5 28 B 30.7–38.3 400
2 C 2.6–3.1 35 C 38.4–46.0 500
2
D 3.2–3.6 42 D 46.1–53.7 600
E 3.7–3.9 49 E 53.8 –61.4 700
2 F 4.3–4.7 56 F 61.5 –69.1 800

G 4.8–5.2 63 G 69.2–76.8 900
2 H 5.3–5.7 70 H 76.9–84.5 1000
0 15 A 3.4–4.5 45 HMCP015E0C 4 150 A 34.6–46.0 450 HMCP150T4C
2 B 4.6–5.6 60 B 46.1–57.5 600
2 C
D
5.7–6.8
6.9–7.9
75
90
C
D
57.6–69.1
69.2–80.6
750
900
2 E 8.0–9.1 105 D 69.2–80.6 900

F 9.2–10.3 120 E 80.7–92.2 1050
2 G 10.4–11.4 135 F 92.3–103.7 1200
H 11.5 –12.6 150 G 103.8–115.2 1350
2 1 30 A 6.9–9.1 90 HMCP030H1C H 115.3–126.7 1500
2 B
C
9.2–11.4
11.5–13.7
120
150
4 150 A
B
57.0 –75.0
76.0–95.0
750
1000
HMCP150U4C
2 D 13.8–16.0 180 C 96.0–114.0 1250

E 16.1–18.3 210 D 115.0–130.7 1500
2 F 18.4–20.6 240 E 3 1750
2
G 20.7–22.9 270 F 3 2000
H 23.0–25.2 300 G 3 2250
2 2 50 A 11.5–15.2 150 HMCP050K2C H 3 2500

B 15.3–19.1 200 Notes
2 C 19.2–22.9 250 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA
value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam
D 23.0–26.8 300
2 E 26.9–30.6 350
settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the
2 F
G
30.7–4.5
34.6–38.3
400
450
ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load
ampere rating.
2 H 38.4–42.1 500 HMCP 3–100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with
line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Special Low Magnetic Protection Application MCP
2
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum
MCP MCP 2
Cont. Cam Trip Catalog
Amps Setting Setting 1 Number 2
25 A 40 HMCP025D0C
B 43 2
2
D 49
E 52
F 55
2
G 58
H 60 2
50 A 80 HMCP050G2C
B 87 2
C
D
93
98
2
E 103 2
F 109
G 115 2
H 120
70 A 115 HMCP070J2C
2
B 122
2
C 130
D 139 2
E 145
F 153 2
2
G 160
H 170
100 A 160 HMCP100L3C
2
B 174
C 185 2
D 196
E 207 2
F
G
218
229
2
H 240 2
Notes
1 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 2
HMCP 25–100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
MCPs for Application with Motor Starters Equipped with Electronic Overload Relays
2
2 Motor Full MCP Motor Full MCP
NEMA Load Current Trip MCP NEMA Load Current Trip MCP
2 Starter
Size
Cont.
Amps
Cam
Setting
Amperes
(FLA) 1
Setting
2
Catalog
Number
Starter
Size
Cont.
Amps
Cam
Setting
Amperes
(FLA) 1
Setting
2
Catalog
Number
2 0 3 A 0.69–0.91 9 HMCPS003A0C 3 100 A 23.0–30.6 300 HMCPS100R3C

B 0.92–1.0 12 B 30.7–38.3 400
2 C 1.1–1.2 15 C 38.4–46.0 500
2
D 1.3–1.5 18 D 46.1–53.7 600
E 1.6–1.7 21 E 53.8–61.4 700
2 F 1.8–1.9 24 F 61.5–69.1 800

G 2.0–2.2 27 G 69.2–76.8 900
2 H 2.3–2.5 30 H 76.9–84.5 1000
0 7 A 1.5–2.0 21 HMCPS007C0C 4 150 A 34.6–46.0 450 HMCPS150T4C
2 B 2.1–2.5 28 B 46.1–57.5 600
2 C
D
2.6–3.1
3.2–3.6
35
42
C
D
57.6–69.1
69.2–80.6
750
900
2 E 3.7–3.9 49 E 80.7–92.2 1050

F 4.3–4.7 56 F 92.3–103.7 1200
2 G 4.8–5.2 63 G 103.8–115.2 1350
H 5.3–5.7 70 H 115.3–126.7 1500
2 0 15 A 3.4–4.5 45 HMCPS015E0C 4 150 A 57.0–75.0 750 HMCPS150U4C
2 B
C
4.6–5.6
5.7–6.8
60
75
B
C
76.0–95.0
96.0–114.0
1000
1250
2 D 6.9–7.9 90 D 115.0–130.7 1500

E 8.0–9.1 105 E 3 1750
2 F 9.2–10.3 120 F 3 2000
2
G 10.4–11.4 135 G 3 2250
H 11.5–12.6 150 H 3 2500
2 1 30 A 6.9–9.1 90 HMCPS030H1C Notes

B 9.2–11.4 120 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA
2 C 11.5–13.7 150
value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam
D 13.8–16.0 180 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
2 E 16.1–18.3 210
3 Settings above 130A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the
ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load
2 F
G
18.4–20.6
20.7–22.9
240
270
ampere rating.
HMCP 25–100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.
2
HMCPS 3–100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 150A come
H 23.0–25.2 300 with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.
2 50 A 11.5–15.2 150 HMCPS050K2C
2 B 15.3–19.1 200
C 19.2–22.9 250
2 D 23.0–26.8 300
2 E
F
26.9–30.6
30.7–34.5
350
400
2 G 34.6–38.3 450
H 38.4–42.1 500
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
J-Frame
2
Motor Motor 2
NEMA
Starter Cont. Cam
Current
Amperes
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
NEMA
Starter Cont. Cam
Current
Amperes
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
2
(FLA) 1 Number 3 (FLA) 1 Number 3
2
Size Amps Setting 2 Size Amps Setting 2
4 250 A 27.0–30.7 350 HMCP250A5C 5 250 A 67.4–75.3 875 HMCP250J5C

B 30.8–33.8 400 B 75.4–83.8 980
2
C 33.9–36.9 440 C 83.9–92.3 1090
5 250 D 37.0–40.3 480 D 92.4–100.7 1200 2
E 40.4–43.8 525 E 100.8–109.2 1310
F 43.9–46.9 570 F 109.3–117.6 1420 2
G
H
47.0–50.7
47.0–50.7
610
660
G
H
117.7–126.1
126.2–134.6
1530
1640
2
I 47.0–50.7 700 I 134.7–142.8 1750 2
5 250 A 34.7–38.8 450 HMCP250C5C 5 250 A 77.0–86.6 1000 HMCP250K5C
B 38.9–43.4 505 B 86.6–96.1 1125 2
C 43.5–47.6 565 C 96.2–105.7 1250
D 47.7–52.2 620 D 105.8–115.3 1375
2
E 52.3–56.5 680 E 115.4–124.9 1500
2
F 56.6–60.7 735 F 125.0–134.6 1625
G 60.8–64.9 790 G 134.7–144.2 1750 2
H 65.0–69.2 845 H 144.3–153.8 1875
I 69.3–73.5 900 I 153.9–163.3 2000 2
2
5 250 A 38.5–43.4 500 HMCP250D5C 5 250 A 86.6–97.3 1125 HMCP250L5C
B 43.5–48.0 565 B 97.4–108.4 1265
C 48.1–53.0 625 C 108.5–118.8 1410
2
D 53.1–57.6 690 D 118.9–129.9 1545
E 57.7–62.3 750 E 130.0–140.7 1690 2
F 62.4–67.3 810 F 140.8–151.5 1830
G 67.4–71.9 875 G 151.6–162.3 1970 2
H
I
72.0–76.9
77.0–81.6
935
1000
H
I
162.4–173.0
173.1–183.6
2110
2250
2
5 250 A 48.1–53.8 625 HMCP250F5C 5 250 A 96.2–108.0 1250 HMCP250W5C 2
B 53.9–59.9 700 B 108.1–119.9 1405
C 60.0–66.1 780 C 120.0–132.3 1560 2
D 66.2–72.3 860 D 132.4–144.2 1720
E 72.4–78.4 940 E 144.3–156.1 1875
2
F 78.5–83.8 1020 F 156.2–168.0 2030
2
G 83.9–89.9 1090 G 168.1–179.9 2185
H 90.0–96.1 1170 H 180.0–192.3 2340 2
I 96.2–102.0 1250 I 192.4–204.0 2500
5 250 A 57.7–64.6 750 HMCP250G5C Notes
2
2
B 64.7–71.9 840 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA
value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate
C 72.0–79.2 935
cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.
D 79.3–86.5 1030 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place
2
E 86.6–93.8 1125
2
of HMCP.
F 93.9–101.1 1220 All HMCP and HM2P 250A come with line and load steel body terminals, T250KB. (With suffix
G 101.2–108.4 1315 “C,” without “C” comes with TA250KB.)
H 108.5–115.3 1410 2
I 115.4–122.4 1500
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
K-Frame
2
2 Motor Motor
2 NEMA
Starter Cont. Cam
Current
Amperes
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
NEMA
Starter Cont. Cam
Current
Amperes
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
2
Size Amps Setting (FLA) 1 2 Number 3 Size Amps Setting (FLA) 1 2 Number 3
4 400 A 27.0–30.7 350 HMCP400A5C 5 400 A 77.0–86.5 1000 HMCP400K5C
2 B 30.8–33.8 400 B 86.6–96.1 1125

C 33.9–36.9 440 C 96.2–105.7 1250
2 5 400 D 37.0–40.3 480 HMCP400A5C D 105.8–115.3 1375
E 40.4–43.8 525 E 115.4–124.9 1500
2 F 43.9–46.9 570 F 125.0–134.6 1625
2 G
H
47.0–50.7
50.8–53.8
610
660
G
H
134.7–144.2
144.3–153.8
1750
1875
2 I 53.9–57.2 700 I 153.9–163.3 2000

5 400 A 38.5–43.4 500 HMCP400D5C 5 400 A 86.6–97.3 1125 HMCP400L5C
2 B 43.5–48.0 565 B 97.4–108.4 1265
2
C 48.1–53.0 626 C 108.5–118.8 1410
D 53.1–57.6 690 D 118.9–129.9 1545
2 E 57.7–62.3 750 E 130.0–140.7 1690

F 62.4–67.3 810 F 140.8–151.5 1830
2 G 67.4–71.9 875 G 151.6–162.3 1970
H 72.0–76.9 935 H 162.4–173.0 2110
2 I 77.0–81.6 1000 I 173.1–183.6 2250
2 5 400 A
B
48.1–53.8
53.9–59.9
625
700
HMCP400F5C 5 400 A
B
96.2–108.0
108.1–119.9
1250
1405
HMCP400W5C
2 C 60.0–66.1 780 C 120.0–132.3 1560

D 66.2–72.3 860 D 132.4–144.2 1720
2 E 72.4–78.4 940 E 144.3–156.1 1875
F 78.5–83.8 1020 F 156.2–168.0 2030
2 G 83.9–89.9 1090 G 168.1–179.9 2185
2 H
I
90.0–96.1
96.2–102.0
1170
1250
H
I
180.0–192.3
192.4–204.0
2340
2500
2 5 400 A 57.7–64.6 750 HMCP400G5C 5 400 A 115.4–129.9 1500 HMCP400N5C

B 64.7–71.9 840 B 130.0–144.2 1690
2 C 72.0–79.2 935 C 144.3–158.4 1875
2
D 79.3–86.5 1030 D 158.5–173.0 2060
E 86.6–93.8 1125 E 173.1–187.6 2250
2 F 93.9–101.1 1220 F 187.7–201.9 2440

G 101.2–108.4 1315 G 202.0–216.1 2625
2 H 108.5–115.3 1410 H 216.2–230.7 2810
I 115.4–122.4 1500 I 230.8–244.9 3000
2 5 400 A 67.4–75.3 875 HMCP400J5C Notes
2
B 75.4–83.8 980 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA
C 83.9–92.3 1090
2 D 92.4–100.7 1200 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
E 100.8–109.2 1310
2
of HMCP.
F 109.3–117.6 1420 All HMCP and HM2P 400A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with
G 117.7–126.1 1530 suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K.
2 H 126.2–134.6 1640
2 I 134.7–142.8 1750
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
L-Frame
2
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued 600 Vac Maximum 4
Motor Motor 2
Full Load MCP Full Load
NEMA
Starter Cont. Cam
Current
Amperes
Trip
Setting
MCP
Catalog
NEMA
Starter Cont. Cam
Current
Amperes
MCP
Trip
MCP
Catalog
2
(FLA) 1 Number 3 (FLA) 1
2
Size Amps Setting 2 Size Amps Setting Setting Number
5 400 A 134.7–151.5 1750 HMCP400R5C 6 600 A 138.5–184.5 1800 HMCP600L6W
B 151.6–168.4 1970 B 184.6–230.7 2400
2
C 168.5–185.3 2190 C 230.8–276.8 3000
D 185.4–201.9 2410 D 276.9–323.0 3600 2
E 202.0–218.8 2625 E 323.1–369.1 4200
F 218.9–235.7 2845 F 369.2–415.3 4800 2
G
H
235.8–252.6
252.7–269.2
3065
3285
G
H
415.4–461.4
461.5–507.7
5400
6000
2
I 269.3–285.7 3500 6 600 A 38.5–46.1 500 HMCP600X6W 2
5 400 A 153.9–173.0 2000 HMCP400X5C B 46.2–61.4 600
B 173.1–192.3 2250 C 61.5–76.8 800 2
C 192.4–211.5 2500 D 76.9–96.1 1000
D 211.6–230.7 2750 E 96.2–115.3 1250
2
E 230.8–249.9 3000 F 115.4–153.7 1500
2
F 250.0–269.2 3250 G 153.8–192.2 2000
G 269.3–288.4 3500 H 192.3–230.7 2500 2
H 288.5–307.6 3750 6 600 A 76.9–96.1 1000 HMCP600Y6W
I 307.7–326.9 4000 B 96.2–115.3 1250 2
2
5 400 A 173.1–194.5 2250 HMCP400Y5C C 115.4–153.7 1500
B 194.6–216.1 2530 D 153.8–192.2 2000
C 216.2–237.6 2810 E 192.3–230.7 2500
2
D 237.7–259.5 3090 F 230.8–269.1 3000
E 259.6–281.1 3375 G 269.2–307.6 3500 2
F 281.2–302.6 3655 H 307.7–346.1 4000
G 302.7–324.1 3935 Notes
2
H 324.2–346.1 4215
2
1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA
I 346.2–368.1 4500
2
of HMCP.
4 Equipped with electronic trip device. 2
All HMCP and HM2P 400A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with
suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K. 2
All HMCP 600A come without terminals. For terminals, see Page V4-T2-211.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
N-Frame
2
600 Vac Maximum 1
2 NEMA Motor Full MCP MCP

Starter Cont. Cam Load Current Trip Catalog
2 Size Amps Setting Amperes (FLA) 2 Setting Number
7 800 A 123.1–184.5 1600 HMCP800X7W
2 B 184.6–246.1 2400
2 C
D
246.2–307.6
307.7–369.1
3200
4000
2 E 369.2–430.7 4800
F 430.8–492.2 5600
2 G 492.3–553.7 6400
8 1200 A 184.6–276.8 2400 HMCP12Y8W
2 B 276.9–369.1 3600
2 C
D
369.2–461.4
461.5–553.7
4800
6000
2 E 553.8–646.1 7200
F 646.2–738.4 8400
2 G 738.5–830.7 9600
2 Notes
1 Equipped with electronic trip device.
2
2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13X the minimum FLA value
shown. Where a 13X setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings
and/or MCP ratings should be used.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Description Page
2
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146 2
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
V4-T2-250 2
V4-T2-262
V4-T2-262 2
2
2
2
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) 2
Product Description
Motor protection circuit The electronic trip unit ● Phase loss protection The MPCB is based on
2
breakers (MPCBs) provide
UL 489 branch circuit
provides typical motor
overload relay functionality
● Active when the
maximum phase current
the Series C F-Frame.
Accessories for standard 2
protection, UL 508 and and short-circuit protection Series C breakers apply to the
2
is greater than 50% of
CSA C22.2 No. 14 motor against potential phase-to- FLA setting MPCB. Unlike Motor Circuit
protection, and meet IEC phase or phase-to-ground Breaker will trip when Protectors (MCPs), MPCBs
2
●
60947-2 and 50947-4 faults. minimum phase current are UL 489 listed with 35 kA
requirements. Typical branch is 25% or less than the and 65 kA interruption
● Disconnecting means
motor loads are protected by
three-component starters, ● Branch circuit short-circuit maximum phase current ratings.
2
consisting of breaker, protection ● Time delay of 1 or
contactor and overload ● Overload protection 2 seconds before 2
relay, or fuse, contactor and breaker trips
Class 5, 10, 15 and 20
2
●
overload relay. The MPCB ● Thermal memory to

● Phase unbalance prevent immediate restart
application-specific protection
protection
eliminates the need for motor
overload relay found in the
● FDMP breaker trips
after overload trip to allow
motor to cool down
2
when there is a 40%
traditional three-component
starter assembly. The branch difference between any 2
motor load protection is phase compared to the
simplified to an MPCB and calculated three-phase 2
contactor, reducing both average
space requirements and 2
heat generation in customer
panels. Protection is provided
by application-specific
2
electronic trip units.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Product Selection FDMP and HFDMP

2 35 kA With Phase 65 kA With Phase
2
35 kA Without Phase Unbalance, Unbalance and Adjustable 65 kA Without Phase Unbalance, Unbalance and Adjustable
Continuous Amperes Class 10 Motor Protection Only Motor Class Protection Class 10 Motor Protection Only Motor Class Protection
2
80 FDMP3080L FDMP3080JL HFDMP3080L HFDMP3080JL
2 160 FDMP3160L FDMP3160JL HFDMP3160L HFDMP3160JL

2
FLA le Dial Setting
2 Continuous Amperes A B C D E F G H
80 40 50 60 70 80 — — —
2 100 80 — 90 — 100 — — —
2 160 100 115 130 145 160 — — —

205 160 170 180 195 205 — — —
2
2 Technical Data and Specifications
2 Specifications
Feature FDMP HFDMP
2 Interruption rating at 240V 65 kA 100 kA
2
Interruption rating at 480V 35 kA 65 kA
Interruption rating at 600V 18 kA 25 kA
2 Icu/Ics at 240V 65 kA/33 kA 1 100 kA/50 kA 1

Icu/Ics at 415V 35 kA/18 kA 1 65 kA/33 kA 1
2 100% rated No No
FLA range (A) 40–205 40–205
2 Motor class protection 5, 10, 15, 20 5, 10, 15, 20
2 Phase unbalance protection (current)—active for phase current

>0.5 FLA setting
t40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds t40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds
2
Phase loss protection (current)—active for phase current Min. phase d0.25 max. phase for 1 second Min. phase d0.25 max. phase for 1 second
>0.5 FLA setting
Thermal memory protection Yes Yes
2 High load indicator — —
2 Pre-detection relays — —
Internal accessories Factory installed Factory installed
2 Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR
Notes
2 1 IEC ratings available only on FWMP and HFWMP.
For additional breaker solutions, see Page V4-T2-84.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment
Description Page
2
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146 2
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)
2
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) 2
Product Description Product Selection 2
Eaton’s Type ELC current Limiters are coordinated with
limiter attachment for the the MCP so that normal fault Type ELC Current
Limiter Attachment
ELC Current Limiter Attachment
2
MCP is designed to provide currents are interrupted MCP Rating Catalog
increased interrupting
capacity. The combination
automatically by the MCP
without any damage to the
(Amperes)
3
Number
ELC3003R
2
may be used for the
application up to 200,000A
limiter. Only the rare very
high fault is opened by
7 ELC3007R
2
15 ELC3015R
symmetrical at 600 Vac, the limiter. Faults that are
making the MCP suitable for interrupted by the limiter 30 ELC3030R 2
use in network distribution also magnetically trip the 50 ELC3050R
systems or other applications
where unusually high fault
MCP, opening all three
poles, preventing single-
100 ELC3100R 2
150 ELC3150R
currents are available. The
current limiter connects to
phase operation.
2
the load end of the MCP and Each of the three poles of the
is provided with terminals Type ELC limiter is equipped 2
suitable for copper or with an indicator that extends Type ELC Current Limiter Terminal Wire Sizes 1
aluminum conductors. when a fault is interrupted by
the limiter. Type ELC Current Wire Range Metric 2
(See table at right.) Limiter Maximum Amperes AWG (mm2)
Standard Aluminum Terminals 2
2
50 14–2 2.5–35
100 1–4/0 50–95
2
150 1–4/0 50–95
Non-Standard Terminals (Steel)
50
100
14–2 2
—
2.5–35
—
2
150 — —
2
Notes
1 Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as defined in
UL 486A or UL 486B.
2
2
2 Optional on special order for copper cable only.
All HMCP 800A and 1200A come without terminals. For terminals, see Page V4-T2-211.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
Description Page
2 Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2 F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . .
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
V4-T2-263

2 Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-267
2
2
2
2 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
2 Product Overview
Power demand continues to
Product Description
The current limiting breaker
Features and Benefits
Superior system protection:
● UL 489
2 grow in new and existing
facilities. To meet increased
modules use a unique contact
design to enhance the
● Auto reset improves
● CSA C22.2
demand, larger utility system protection similar to system uptime and

2 supplies, spot networks and that of the circuit breaker. eliminates the need for
finding replacement parts
large facility transformers are When high short-circuit
2 installed. The increased current is flowing through the ● No fuses to replace,
reducing the overall cost of
capacity of the electrical contacts of these modules,
2 source results in increased
fault currents in excess of
the design results in very high
interrupting capacities and
ownership and the waste
created by fuses
100 kA short-circuit improved current limiting
2 Overloads, by using inverse
●
protection. Eaton characteristics. time current tripping

manufactures non-fused characteristics of the
2 current limiting modules with Application Description molded-case circuit
interrupting capacities up to High-performance breakers breaker
2 200 kA at 600 Vac. Unlike
fused current limiters with a
are most commonly applied
when very high fault levels
● Low-level short circuits, by
using instantaneous and/or
2 one-time use, a current
limiter module provides an
are available and with
applications where the
short-time delay tripping
characteristics of the
automatic reset of the current limiting capability is
2 module after a short-circuit used upstream of the final
molded-case circuit
breaker
event. Resetting the molded- load to limit current. Typical
2 High-level short circuits, by
●
case circuit breaker is the loads include lighting, power
using ultra-high-speed,
only action required to restore distribution, and motor
blow-apart contacts of the
2 critical power to the system;
there is no time wasted
control applications.
current limiting module in
series with the circuit
2 with sourcing the correct
replacement fuses or
breaker contacts
module to bring the system
● Let-through currents, by
2 back online. improved opening speed of
the contacts, the resultant
2 rapid rise of arc voltage
introduces impedance into
the system
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Product Selection
2
Series C High Performance Ratings 2
Type
FDC 3P thermal-magnetic
Product
Breaker only
Amperes
15–225
480 Vac (UL)
100
600 Vac (UL)
35
2
With limiter 40–200 200 200 2
2
FD IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac 1
FD Frame
Ampere Breaker with Line Side Breaker with Load Side 2
Rating Mounted Current Limiter 2 Mounted Current Limiter 3
Thermal-Magnetic
2
40 FDC3040Q01 FDC3040Q02
2
45 FDC3045Q01 FDC3045Q02
50 FDC3050Q01 FDC3050Q02 2
60 FDC3060Q01 FDC3060Q02
70 FDC3070Q01 FDC3070Q02 2
2
80 FDC3080Q01 FDC3080Q02
90 FDC3090Q01 FDC3090Q02
100 FDC3100Q01 FDC3100Q02
2
110 FDC3110Q01 FDC3110Q02
125 FDC3125Q01 FDC3125Q02 2
150 FDC3150Q01 FDC3150Q02
175 FDC3175Q01 FDC3175Q02 2
200 FDC3200Q01 FDC3200Q02
2
Notes
1 Line and load terminal included.
2 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number FJ1PBK.
2
2
3 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Limiter Terminals
2 Maximum Terminal Metric Wire AWG Wire Range/ Catalog
Breaker Amperes Body Material Wire Type Range mm2 Number of Conductors Number
2 250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10–185 #8–350 (1) TA250FJ 1
2 Breaker Load Terminals (For Line Mounted Limiters Only)

2 Maximum Terminal AWG Wire Metric Wire Package of Three Terminals
Breaker Amperes Body Material Wire Type Range Range mm2 Catalog Number

100 Steel Cu/AI 14–1/0 2.5–50 3T100FB
2 225 Aluminum Cu/AI 4–4/0 25–95 3TA225FD
2 Note
1 Load side breaker terminations included for units configured with line mounted limiters.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
FD + limiter 12.06 (306.3) 4.13 (104.9) 3.39 (86.1) 8.50 (3.86)
2
FD-Frame With Current Limiter Module
2
2
2
4.12 4.13
(104.6) (104.9)
2
2
2
2
12.06
(306.3) 2
2
3.96
(100.5)
2
3.34
(84.8) 3.39 2
(86.1)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Contents
2 Series C Internal Accessories
Description Page
2 Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2 F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . .
V4-T2-263
V4-T2-264
2
2
2
2 Internal Accessories
2 Product Overview
Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Select shunt trip catalog When a 100 microfarad
2 For remote indication of Switch Combination number for the voltage within capacitor charged to 28 Vdc
automatic trip operation. Each catalog number listed in the indicated voltage range. is discharged through the
2 Does not function with tables on Pages V4-T2-273 Shunt trip coils are designed shunt trip coil, the resultant
manual switching; however, and V4-T2-274 includes one to be applied at specific AC or flux opposes the permanent
2 it will operate when either a
shunt trip or undervoltage
auxiliary switch and one alarm
switch. In an auxiliary switch
DC voltages within the voltage
range shown. Electrical ratings
magnet flux field, which
releases the stored energy
in the spring to trip the
2 release is operated. A ASL switch combination, the are also shown on applicable
“make” contact closes and a auxiliary switch is always circuit breaker accessory circuit breaker. As the circuit
“break” contact opens when mounted on the side of the nameplates. breaker resets, the shunt
2 the alarm/lockout switch plug-in module next to the trip reset arm is actuated by
operates. The switch center pole of the circuit Low Energy Shunt Trip the circuit breaker handle,
2 automatically resets when breaker. Low energy shunt trip resetting the shunt trip. The
plug-in module is mounted
the circuit breaker is reset. devices are designed to
2 Auxiliary Switch
Shunt Trip
The shunt trip provides
operate from low energy
output signals from dedicated
in retaining slots in the
top of the trip unit. Coil is
intermittent-rated only.
2 The auxiliary switch provides
circuit breaker contact status
remote controlled tripping of
the circuit breaker. The shunt
current sensors typically
applied in ground fault Cutoff provisions required
information by monitoring the trip consists of an intermittent protection schemes. in control circuit.
2 position of the molded cross rated solenoid with a tripping However, with a proper
bar that contains the moving plunger and a cutoff switch control voltage source, they
2 contact arms. The auxiliary assembled to a plug-in may be applied in place of
switch is used for remote module. When required conventional trip devices for
2 indication and interlock
system verification, and
for ground fault protection
applications, certain AC rated
special applications. Flux
paths surrounding permanent
magnets used in the shunt
2 consists of one or two SPDT
switches housed in a plug-in
shunt trips, as noted in the
electrical rating table, are trip assembly hold a charged
module. Each SPDT switch suitable for operation at spring poised in readiness to
2 has one “a” and one “b” 55 percent of rated voltage. operate the circuit breaker
contact. When the circuit trip mechanism.
2 breaker contacts are open,
the “a” contact is open and
2 the “b” contact is closed.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Undervoltage Release Accessory Terminal Block PowerNet and Zone Interlock
Mechanism (R-Frame) Kits (OPTIM 550 only) K-, L- and 2
The undervoltage release (For fixed-mounted N-Frames
mechanism monitors a configuration.) Eaton’s PowerNet 2
voltage (typically a line Internal accessory wiring Communications Kit can be
voltage) and trips the circuit
breaker when the voltage
leads are normally supplied ordered to add PowerNet
communications to an
2
with pigtail leads (18 AWG)
falls to between 70 and 35
percent of the solenoid coil
that exit from the right side of
the circuit breaker. Where
existing OPTIM 550 breaker
in the field. An 18-inch (457.2 2
rating. mm) wiring pigtail is routed to
specified, fixed-mounted
accessory terminal blocks are the rear of the breaker: two 2
The undervoltage release wires for PowerNet and two
available. A maximum of one
mechanism consists of a
continuous rated solenoid 24-point terminal block can be wires for 24 Vdc (45 mA 2
installed on the right side of load). It is recommended that
with a plunger and tripping
lever mounted in a plug-in the circuit breaker for the the power supply be an
“isolated high quality” unit.
2
module. The tab on the internal accessories.
tripping lever resets the For convenience in 2
undervoltage release determining the appropriate
mechanism when normal
voltage has been restored
number of terminal block 2
points required, refer
and the circuit breaker handle
is moved to the reset (or OFF)
to Page V4-T2-269. 2
position. With less than
pickup voltage applied to the 2
undervoltage release
mechanism, the circuit 2
breaker contacts will not
touch when a closing
operation is attempted.
2
Note: Undervoltage release 2
mechanism accessories are not
designed for, and should not be
used as, circuit interlocks. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Product Selection
2
Alarm Switch
2
Alarm Switch G-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only) 1
2 Electrical Ratings Contact Factory Catalog
Make Volts Frequency Amperes Arrangement Suffix Number 234
2 Alarm Switch
2
Break 240 50/60 Hz 6 1 Make/1 Break B3 1288C75G03
Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches Combination
2 240 50/60 Hz 6 1 Make/1 Break and 1A/1B B13 1288C76G09
2 F-Frame Alarm Switch 1

Factory Installation Kit 5
2
Factory Mounted
Connection Type and Location
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2 Number of
Contacts Mounting Same Side Rear 6 Opposite Side Same Side
(Make and Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
2 Break) (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number
1 Left 7 B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L1LPK A1L1LTK
2 Right B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L1RPK A1L1RTK
2 2 Left 7
Right
B09
B12
B10
B13
—
—
B11
B14
A2L1LPK
A2L1RPK
A2L1LTK
A2L1RTK
2 1 (Make only) Single-pole B15 8 — — — — —
2 F-Frame HMCP Alarm Switch 1

Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 5
2 Connection Type and Location
2 Number of
(Make and Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
2 Break) (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number
1 Left 7 B01 B02 B03 B04 MA1L1LPK MA1L1LTK
2 Right B05 B06 B07 B08 MA1L1RPK MA1L1RTK
2 2 Left 7 B09 B10 — B11 MA2L1LPK MA2L1LTK

Right B12 B13 — B14 MA2L1RPK MA2L1RTK
2
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Alarm Switch
2 Factory Mounted Field Mounted
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 9
2 Number of
2 (Make and
Break)
Location
(Pole)
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 1 Left j B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L2LPK A1L2LTK

Right B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L2RPK A1L2RTK 6
2 Notes
2
1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for
factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation
should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
2 2 Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads,18 AWG (16–0.010).
3 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker.
2
4 Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker.
5 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation.
6 Standard pigtail lead exit location.
2 7 Standard mounting location.

8 Factory installation only. Leads exit load end of circuit breaker.
2
9 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983.
j Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Alarm Switch
Factory Mounted Field Mounted
2
2
Number of
2
Sets of Mounting Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Contacts Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
(1M and 1B) (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number
1 Left 3 B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L3LPK A1L3LTK 2
2
Right 4
Left 3
B05
B09
B06
B10
B07
—
B08
B11
A1L3RPK
A2L3LPK
A1L3RTK
A2L3LTK
2
Right 4 B12 B13 — B14 A2L3RPK A2L3RTK 2
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Alarm Switch 2
Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 1 2
Number of
Sets of Mounting Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side 2
(1M and 1B) (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number 2
1 Left 3 B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L4LPK A1L4LTK
Right B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L4RPK A1L4RTK 2
2
2 Left 3 B09 B10 — B11 A2L4LPK A2L4LTK
Right B12 B13 — B14 A2L4RPK A2L4RTK
2
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Alarm Switch
Factory Mounted Field Mounted 2
Number of
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block 2
Sets of Mounting Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
Contacts
(1M and 1B)
Location
(Pole)
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
1 Left B01 B02 B03 B04 A1L5LPK A1L5LTK 2
Right 3 B05 B06 B07 B08 A1L5RPK A1L5RTK
2 Left B09 B10 — B11 A2L5LPK A2L5LTK 2
2
Right 3 B12 B13 — B14 A2L5RPK A2L5RTK
R-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)

2
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Pigtail Leads
Number of Contacts
(Make and Break)
Suffix
Number 6
Catalog
Number 6
2
1 B05 A1L6RPK
2
2 B12 A2L6RPK
Notes 2
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983.
2 Standard mounting location.
3 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
2
4 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983.
2
6 A maximum of three ASL plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Auxiliary Switch
2
2 Auxiliary Switch G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)
Electrical Ratings Contact Factory Catalog
2 a Volts Frequency Amperes Arrangement Suffix Number 12
240 50/60 Hz 6 1a/1b A3 1288C74G03
2 b
240 50/60 Hz 6 2a/2b A6 1288C73G03
2 F-Frame and HMCP (F) Auxiliary Switch

2 Factory Mounted
Factory Installation Kit 4
2 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads

Same Side Rear 3 Opposite Side
Terminal Block
Same Side
Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Number of Mounting
2 Contacts
A and B
Location
(Pole)
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Left 5
2
1 A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X1PK A1X1LTK
Left 5 A15 7 A16 7 A17 7 — E1X1PK —
2 Right or Neutral 6
6
A05
7
A06
7
A07
7
A08 A1X1PK A1X1RTK 8
Right or Neutral A18 A19 A20 — — —
2 2 Left 5 A09 A10 — A11 A2X1LPK A2X1LTK
Left 5 A21 7 A22 7 — — E2X1LPK —
2 Right or Neutral 6 A12 A13 — A14 A2X1RPK A2X1RTK 8
2 Right or Neutral 6 A23 7 A24 7 — — E2X1RPK —
2 F-Frame with Electronic Trip Unit Auxiliary Switch 9


2 Number of
Contacts
Mounting
Location
Same Side
Suffix
Rear
Suffix
Opposite Side
Suffix
Same Side
Suffix Catalog Catalog
A and B (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number
2 1 Right A30 A31 A32 — A1X1RPKFDE —
2 J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch
2 Factory Mounted
Field Mounted
Factory Installation Kit j
2 Number of Mounting
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads
Same Side Rear 3 Opposite Side
Terminal Block
Same Side
Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2
1 Left A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X2PK A1X2LTK
2 Right k A05 A06 A07 A08 A1X2PK A1X2RTK 4
2 2 Left A09 A10 — A11 A2X2PK A2X2LTK

Right k A12 A13 — A14 A2X2PK A2X2RTK 4
2 Notes
1 Includes 24-inch external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0.010).
2 2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker.
2
4 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation.
5 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2).
6 Not for use on F-Frame with electronic trip unit.
2 7 125 volts (max.), 50/60 Hz switch for use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum.
8 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers.
2 9 Only for use on three-pole F-Frame breakers with electronic trip unit.
j Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation or interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983.
2
k Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch
2
2
Connection Type and Location Factory Installation Kit 1
2
Number of Mounting Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side
1 Left A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X3PK A1X3LTK 2
Right 23 A05 A06 A07 A08 A1X3PK A1X3RTK 4
2 Left A09 A10 — A11 A2X3PK A2X3LTK

2
2
Right 23 A12 A13 — A14 A2X3PK A2X3RTK 4
Right A21 A22 — — 1482D28G10 67 —

3 Left A18 — — A15 A3X3LPK A3X3LTK 2
Right 3 A17 — — A16 A3X3RPK A3X3RTK 4
2
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch
Connection Type and Location Factory Installation Kit 1
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block 2
Contacts Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog 2
1 Left A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X4PK A1X4LTK 2
Right 2 A05 A06 A07 A08 A1X4PK A1X4RTK 4
2 Left A09 A10 — A11 A2X4PK A2X4LTK 2
2
Right 2 A12 A13 — A14 A2X4PK A2X4RTK 4
3 Left A18 — — A15 A3X4PK A3X4LTK
Right 2 A17 — — A16 A3X4PK A3X4RTK 4
2
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch
2
Connection Type and Location Factory Installation Kit 1 2
Number of
Contacts
Mounting
Location
Same Side
Suffix
Rear 2
Suffix
Opposite Side
Suffix
Same Side
2
2
1 Left A01 A02 A03 A04 A1X5PK A1X5LTK
2
Right 2
Left
A05
A09
A06
A10
A07
—
A08
A11
A1X5PK
A2X5PK
A1X5RTK 4
A2X5LTK
2
Right 2 A12 A13 — A14 A2X5PK A2X5RTK 4 2
3 Left A18 — — A15 A3X5LPK A3X5LTK
Right 2 A17 — — A16 A3X5RPK A3X5RTK 4 2
R-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only) 2
Number of 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Pigtail Leads
Contacts Suffix Catalog 2
A and B Number 5 Number 5
2 A12 A2X6RPK 2
4 A19 A4X6RPK
Notes
2
2
5 A maximum of two auxiliary switches (any combination of 2a/2b or 4a/4b plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
2
2
6 This option is not field installable.
7 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option.
www.comoso.com
Series C
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination

2
F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
2 Auxiliary Switch and
Alarm Switch Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 1
Combination
2
18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
a Same Side Rear 2 Same Side
2 b
Mounting
Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
(Pole) Number Number Number Number Number
2 Left 2 C01 C02 C03 AAL1LPK AAL1LTK
2
Right C04 C05 C06 AAL1RPK AAL1RTK 3
2 F-Frame HMCP Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination


2 Mounting
Location
Same Side
Suffix
Rear 2
Suffix
Same Side
(Pole) Number Number Number Number Number
2 Left 3 C01 C02 C03 MAAL1LPK MAAL1LTK
2 Right C04 C05 C06 MAAL1RPK MAAL1RPK
2 J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
2 Number of
2
Sets of
(1A and 1B) Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
2 (1M–1B) (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number
1 Left C01 C02 — C03 AAL2LPK AAL2LTK
2 Right 3 C04 C05 — C06 AAL2RPK AAL2RTK 3
2 K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
2 Connection Type and Location Field Installation Kits 4
Number of 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2 Sets of
(1A and 1B) Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
2 (1M–1B) (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number
1 Left C01 C02 — C03 AAL3LPK AAL3LTK
2 Right 56 C04 C05 — C06 AAL3RPK 7 AAL3RTK
2
Right C07 C08 — — 1482D28G09 89 —
Notes
2 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation.
2
3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers
4 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation of interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983.
2 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
7 Will not install on OPTIM Trip (RH).
2 8 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option.
9 This option is not field installable.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
2
2
2
Sets of Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
Contacts (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number
1A, 1B and Left C01 C02 — C03 AA114LPK AA114LTK 2
1 Make/1 Break
2A, 2B and
Right 2
Left
C04
C07
C05
C08
—
—
C06
C12
AA114RPK
AA214LPK
AA114RTK 3
AA214LTK
2
2
1 Make/1 Break
Right 2 C10 C11 — C13 AA214RPK AA214RTK 3
3A, 3B and Left C14 — — — AA314LPK —
1 Make/1 Break
Right 2 C15 — — — AA314RPK — 2
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination 2
2
2
Sets of Location Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
Contacts (Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number 2
1A, 1B and Left C01 C02 — C03 AA115LPK AA115LTK
1 Make/1 Break
Right 2 C04 C05 — C06 AA115RPK AA115RTK 3
2
2A, 2B and
1 Make/1 Break
Left
Right 2
C07
C10
C08
C11
—
—
C12
C13
AA215LPK
AA215RPK
AA215LTK
AA215RTK 3
2
Notes 2
3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breaker.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Shunt Trip
2
2 Shunt Trip G-Frame Shunt Trip (LH Three-Pole Only)
2
Electrical Ratings Suffix Catalog
Volts Frequency Amperes Number Number
ST
2 a
120
240
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
1.1
2.1
S1
S2
1373D62G01
1373D62G02
2 12 DC 2.8 S3 1373D62G15
24 DC 5.7 S4 1373D62G16
2 24 60 Hz — S7 1373D62G20
2
F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt Trip
2 Factory Mounted Factory Installation Kit 1
2 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads 2 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Rear 3 Opposite Side Same Side
2 Voltage Rating Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Number Number Number Number Number Number
2 Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings
2
12–24 Vac or Vdc S01 S02 S03 S04 SNT1LP03K SNT1LT03K
48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc 4 S05 S06 S07 S08 SNT1LP08K SNT1LT08K
2 208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT1LP12K SNT1LT12K
415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT1LP18K SNT1LT18K
2 Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 5
12–24 Vac or Vdc S17 S18 S19 S20 SNT1RP03K SNT1RT03K 6
2 48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc 4 S21 S22 S23 S24 SNT1RP08K SNT1RT08K 6
2 208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc

415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc
S25
S29
S26
S30
S27
S31
S28
S32
SNT1RP12K
SNT1RP18K
SNT1RT12K 6
SNT1RT18K 6
2 Notes
1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation.
2 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2).

2
4 120 Vac marked suitable for ground fault protection devices.
2 G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory.
Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819.
2 Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed.
Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip
2
2
2
Voltage Rating Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2

2
12–24 Vac or Vdc S41 S42 S43 S44 SNT2P04K SNT2T04K
2
110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc 3 S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT2P11K SNT2T11K 2
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT2P14K SNT2T14K
480–600 Vac S17 S18 S19 S20 SNT2P18K SNT2T18K 2
2
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings
12–24 Vac or Vdc S45 S46 S47 S48 SNT2P04K SNT2T04K 4
2
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S33 S34 S35 S36 SNT2P14K SNT2T14K 4 2
480–600 Vac S37 S38 S39 S40 SNT2P18K SNT2T18K 4
2
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip 2
2
2
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Number Number Number Number Number Number 2
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2
2
2
110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc 3 S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT3P11K SNT3T11K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT3P14K SNT3T14K 2
480–600 Vac S17 S18 S19 S20 SNT3P18K SNT3T18K
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 56 2
2

2
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S33 S34 S35 S36 SNT3P14K SNT3T14K 4
480–600 Vac S37 S38 S39 S40 SNT3P18K SNT3T18K 4 2
2
Notes
3 Suitable for use with Class 1 ground fault sensing element.
2
5 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Shunt Trip


18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Field Installation Kits 1
2
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2 Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2
2 12–24 Vac or Vdc

48–60 Vac
S01
S05
S02
S06
S03
S07
S04
S08
SNT4LP03K
SNT4LP05K
SNT4LT03K
SNT4LT05K
2 48–60 Vdc S85 S86 S87 — SNT4LP23K SNT4LT23K

110–240 Vac S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT4LP11K SNT4LT11K
2 110–125 Vdc S41 S42 S43 S44 SNT4LP26K SNT4LT26K
2
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT4LP14K SNT4LT14K
2 Right-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 3

12–24 Vac or Vdc S21 S22 S23 S24 SNT4RP03K SNT4RT03K
2 48–60 Vac S25 S26 S27 S28 SNT4RP05K SNT4RT05K
48–60 Vdc S88 S89 S90 — SNT4RP23K SNT4RT23K
2
110–125 Vdc S45 S46 S47 S48 SNT4RP26K SNT4RT26K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S33 S34 S35 S36 SNT4RP14K SNT4RT14K
Notes
2 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983.
2 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) three-pole trip units only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip
2
2
2
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 2
9–24 Vac or Vdc
48–60 Vac
S01
S05
S02
S06
S03
S07
S04
S08
SNT5LP03K
SNT5LP05K
SNT5LT03K
SNT5LT05K
2
110–240 Vac 3 S09 S10 S11 S12 SNT5LP11K SNT5LT11K 2
110–125 Vdc S41 S42 S43 S44 SNT5LP26K SNT5LT26K
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S13 S14 S15 S16 SNT5LP14K SNT5LT14K 2
48–60 Vdc S21 S22 S23 S24 SNT5LP23K SNT5LT23K
2
2
R-Frame Shunt Trip (RH Only)
2
2
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Pigtail Leads

Voltage Rating
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Suffix
Number 4
Catalog
Number 4 2
24 Vac or Vdc
48–60 Vac
S21
S25
SNT6P03K
SNT6P05K
2
110–240 Vac S29 SNT6P11K 2
380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc S33 SNT6P14K
480–600 Vac S37 SNT6P18K 2
48–60 Vdc S88 SNT6P23K
110–125 Vdc S45 SNT6P26K
2
Notes
2
3 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits.
2
4 A maximum of two shunt trip plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Low Energy Shunt Trip

2 Ordering Information
2 Select shunt trip catalog

number for the voltage within
2 the indicated voltage range.
Shunt trip coils are designed
to be applied at specific AC or
2 DC voltages within the
voltage range shown.
2 Electrical ratings are also
shown on applicable circuit
2 breaker accessory
nameplates.
2 F-, J-, K-, L-, M-, N- and R-Frames and HMCPs Low Energy Shunt Trip 1
Low Energy Shunt Trip
2 Factory Mounted
Field Mounted
2 UV
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads
Opposite
Terminal Block
2 Mounting Same Side Rear 3 Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Positions Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Catalog Catalog
(Pole) Number Number Number Number Number Number
2 F-Frame
2 Left
Right 3
NO1
NO5
NO2
NO6
NO3
NO7
NO4
NO8
LST1LPK 4
LST1RPK 4
LST1LTK 4
LST1RTK 4
2 J-Frame
Left NO1 NO2 NO3 — LST2LPK —
2 Right 3 NO5 NO6 NO7 — LST2RPK —
K-Frame
2 Left 3 NO1 NO2 NO3 — LST3LPK —
2 Right 56 NO5 NO6 NO7 — LST3RPK —

L- and M-Frames
2 Left NO1 NO2 NO3 — LST4LPK —

Right NO5 NO6 NO7 — LST4RPK —
2 N-Frame
2
Left 3 NO1 NO2 NO3 — LST5LPK —
R-Frame
2 Right NO1 — — — LST6RPK —
Notes
2 1 Cutoff provisions required in control circuit.
2 3 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker.

4 For F-Frame HMCP, add an “M” to beginning of catalog number. Field Installation Kit referenced for factory use only,
2
not UL listed for field installation.
5 For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Ordering Information 2
Select handle reset
undervoltage release
2
mechanism catalog number
for the voltage within the 2
indicated voltage range.
Undervoltage release 2
mechanism coils are
designed to be applied at 2
specific AC or DC voltages
within the voltage range
shown on applicable circuit
2
breaker accessory
nameplates. 2
G-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (LH Three-Pole Only)
2
Undervoltage Release
Mechanism Electrical Ratings
Volts (AC Only) Frequency (Hz) Amperes Style Numbers 123
Factory
Suffix
2
UV
120 50/60 0.05 1373D62G03 T1 2
24 50/60 0.22 1373D62G04 T2
48 50/60 0.11 1373D62G05 T3 2
2
60 50/60 0.10 1373D62G06 T4
110 50 0.049 1373D62G07 T5
208 60 0.026 1373D62G08 T6
2
220 50 0.025 1373D62G09 T7
240 50/60 0.024 1373D62G10 T8 2
380 50 0.015 1373D62G11 T9
415 50 0.013 1373D62G12 T10 2
440
480
50
60
0.012
0.01
1373D62G13
1373D62G14
T11
T12
2
Notes 2
1 Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0.010).
2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker.
3 Suitable for mounting in left pole only of three-pole breaker.
2
G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory.
Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819.
2
Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation
should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
F-Frame Factory Mounted (For F-Frame Breaker and F-Frame HMCP)

2 Undervoltage Release Mechanism
2
18-Inch Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2 Voltage Rating Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix
(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Number Number Number Number
2 Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings
2
12 Vac U01 U02 U03 U04
24 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08
2 48 Vac U37 U38 U39 U40

60 Vac U97 U98 U99 U100
2 110–127 Vac U13 U14 U15 U16
208–240 Vac U17 U18 U19 U20
2 380–480 Vac U21 U22 U23 U24
2 525–600 Vac
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 23
U25 U26 U27 U28
2 12 Vac U49 U50 U51 U52

24 Vac U53 U54 U55 U56
2 48 Vac U85 U86 U87 U88
60 Vac U101 U102 U103 U104
2 110–127 Vac U61 U62 U63 U64
2 208–240 Vac U65 U66 U67 U68

380–480 Vac U69 U70 U71 U72
2 525–600 Vac U73 U74 U75 U76

Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings
2 12 Vdc U29 U30 U31 U32
2
24 Vdc U33 U34 U35 U36
48 Vdc U37 U38 U39 U40
2 60 Vdc U97 U98 U99 U100

110–127 Vdc U41 U42 U43 U44
2 220–250 Vdc U45 U46 U47 U48
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 23
2 12 Vdc U77 U78 U79 U80
2 24 Vdc
48 Vdc
U81
U85
U82
U86
U83
U87
U84
U88
2 60 Vdc U101 U102 U103 U104

110–127 Vdc U89 U90 U91 U92
2 220–250 Vdc U93 U94 U95 U96
2 Notes
2 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory.
2 Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819.
Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be
2 done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
F-Frame Field Mounted Undervoltage Release Mechanism
F-Frame Breaker F-Frame Breaker HMCP
2
Factory Installation
Pigtail Leads
Kits 1
Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2
2
Voltage Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Number Number Number Number
2
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings
12 Vac UVH1LP02K UVH1LT02K MUVH1LP02K MUVH1LT02K
2
60 Vac UVH1LP24K UVH1LT24K MUVH1LP24K MUVH1LT24K 2
110–127 Vac UVH1LP08K UVH1LT08K MUVH1LP08K MUVH1LT08K
208–240 Vac UVH1LP11K UVH1LT11K MUVH1LP11K MUVH1LT11K 2
380–480 Vac
525–600 Vac
UVH1LP15K
UVH1LP18K
UVH1LT15K
UVH1LT18K
MUVH1LP15K
MUVH1LP18K
MUVH1LT15K
MUVH1LT18K
2
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 23 2
12 Vac UVH1RP02K UVH1RT02K MUVH1RP02K MUVH1RT02K
24 Vac UVH1RP03K UVH1RT03K MUVH1RP03K MUVH1RT03K 2
2
110–127 Vac UVH1RP08K UVH1RT08K MUVH1RP08K MUVH1RT08K
2
380–480 Vac UVH1RP15K UVH1RT15K MUVH1RP15K MUVH1RT15K 2
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 2
2
12 Vdc UVH1LP20K UVH1LT20K MUVH1LP20K MUVH1LT20K
2
110–127 Vdc UVH1LP26K UVH1LT26K MUVH1LP26K MUVH1LT26K 2
220–250 Vdc UVH1LP28K UVH1LT28K MUVH1LP28K MUVH1LT28K
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 23 2
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
UVH1RP20K
UVH1RP21K
UVH1RT20K
UVH1RT21K
MUVH1RP20K
MUVH1RP21K
MUVH1RT20K
MUVH1RT21K
2
48 Vdc UVH1RP22K UVH1RT22K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RT22K 2
60 Vdc UVH1RP22K UVH1RT22K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RT22K
110–127 Vdc UVH1RP26K UVH1RT26K MUVH1RP26K MUVH1RT26K 2
220–250 Vdc UVH1RP28K UVH1RT28K MUVH1RP28K MUVH1RT28K
Notes
2
1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation.
2 Standard mounting location. 2
3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Undervoltage Release Mechanism


Terminal
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Block 1

2 Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block 3
2 (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Number Number Number Number Number Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 4
2 12 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08 UVH2LP02K UVH2LT02K
2
24 Vac U09 U10 U11 U12 UVH2LP03K UVH2LT03K
48–60 Vac U13 U14 U15 U16 UVH2LP05K UVH2LT05K
2 110–127 Vac U17 U18 U19 U20 UVH2LP08K UVH2LT08K

2 12 Vac U37 U38 U39 U40 UVH2RP02K UVH2RT02K
2 24 Vac
48–60 Vac
U41
U45
U42
U46
U43
U47
U44
U48
UVH2RP03K
UVH2RP05K
UVH2RT03K
UVH2RT05K
2 110–127 Vac U49 U50 U51 U52 UVH2RP08K UVH2RT08K

208–240 Vac U53 U54 U55 U56 UVH2RP11K UVH2RT11K
2 12 Vdc T01 T02 T03 T04 UVH2LP20K UVH2LT20K

48–60 Vdc T09 T10 T11 T12 UVH2LP23K UVH2LT23K
2 110–127 Vdc T13 T14 T15 T16 UVH2LP26K UVH2LT26K
2 Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 3
2
12 Vdc T21 T22 T23 T24 UVH2RP20K UVH2RT20K
2 48–60 Vdc T29 T30 T31 T32 UVH2RP23K UVH2RT23K

110–127 Vdc T33 T34 T35 T36 UVH2RP26K UVH2RT26K
2 Notes
1 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton.
2 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breakers.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Undervoltage Release Mechanism
2
Terminal
2
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Block
Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block 2
(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Number Number Number Number Number Number 2
12 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08 UVH3LP02K UVH3LT02K 2
2
2
380–480 Vac U25 U26 U27 U28 UVH3LP15K UVH3LT15K 2
12 Vac U37 U38 U39 U40 UVH3RP02K UVH3RT02K 2
24 Vac
48–60 Vac
U41
U45
U42
U46
U43
U47
U44
U48
UVH3RP03K
UVH3RP05K
UVH3RT03K
UVH3RT05K
2
110–127 Vac U49 U50 U51 U52 UVH3RP08K UVH3RT08K 2
380–480 Vac U57 U58 U59 U60 UVH3RP15K UVH3RT15K 2
12 Vdc T01 T02 T03 T04 UVH3LP20K UVH3LT20K
2
2
110–127 Vdc T13 T14 T15 T16 UVH3LP26K UVH3LT26K 2
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 345 2
2
2
220–250 Vdc T37 T38 T39 T40 UVH3RP28K UVH3RT28K 2
Notes
1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 2
3 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
L-, HMCP (L) and (M)-Frames and Undervoltage Release Mechanism


Terminal
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Block

2 Same Side Rear 2 Opposite Side Same Side Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2 (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Number Number Number Number Number Number
2 12 Vac U05 U06 U07 U08 UVH4LP02K UVH4LT02K
2

2 12 Vac U37 U38 U39 U40 UVH4RP02K UVH4RT02K
2 24 Vac
48–60 Vac
U41
U45
U42
U46
U43
U47
U44
U48
UVH4RP03K
UVH4RP05K
UVH4RT03K
UVH4RT05K


2 110–127 Vdc T13 T14 T15 T16 UVH4LP26K UVH4LT26K
2 Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 34
2

2 Notes
2 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Undervoltage Release Mechanism
2
2
2
(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Number Number Number Number Number Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 2 2
12 Vac
24 Vac
U05
U09
U06
U10
U07
U11
U08
U12
UVH5LP02K
UVH5LP03K
UVH5LT02K
UVH5LT03K
2
2
208–240 Vac U21 U22 U23 U24 UVH5LP11K UVH5LT11K 2
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 2 2
2
2
220–250 Vdc T17 T18 T19 T20 UVH5LP28K UVH5LT28K 2
2
R-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (RH only)
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Pigtail Leads 2
Voltage Rating Suffix Catalog
(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Number 4 Number 4 2
12 Vac U37 UVH6RP02K
24 Vac U41 UVH6RP03K 2
2
48–60 Vac U45 UVH6RP05K
2
12 Vdc T21 UVH6RP20K 2
24 Vdc T25 UVH6RP21K
48–60 Vdc T29 UVH6RP23K 2
110–125 Vdc
220–250 Vdc
T33
T37
UVH6RP26K
UVH6RP28K
2
Notes 2
3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations.
2
2
4 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)

2
R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block 1
2 Accessory Terminal
Block (R-Frame)
Factory Installed Field Mounted
2 Suffix
Number
Catalog
Number
2 Q01 TBRDK
2
2 Number of Control Wires for Each Internally Mounted Accessory
Number of Contacts Required Number
2 Type of Accessory per Single Accessory of Wires
Auxiliary switch 2a/2b 6
2 4a/4b 12
Alarm (Signal)/ 1m/1b 6
2 Lockout switch 2m/2b 12
Shunt trip N/A 2
2 Low energy shunt N/A 2
Undervoltage release mechanism N/A 2
2
2 PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only)
K-, L- and N-Frames
2 PowerNet Interlock Kit 2
PowerNet and Zone
2 Interlock Kits Circuit
Breaker
Factory Install
Suffix
Catalog
Number
2 K-Frame PN ICK550K
L-Frame PN ICK550L
2 N-Frame PN ICK550N
2
2 Zone Interlock/Ground Kit 23
2 Circuit
Breaker
Factory Install
Suffix
Catalog
Number
2 K-Frame ZG ZGK550K
L-Frame ZG ZGK550L
2 N-Frame ZG ZGK550N
2
PowerNet and Zone Interlock/Ground Kit 23
2 Circuit Factory Install Catalog
Breaker Suffix Number
2 K-Frame ZGP ZGPK550K
2
L-Frame ZGP ZGPK550L
N-Frame ZGP ZGPK550N
2 Notes
1 One 24-point accessory terminal block provided with circuit breaker when ordered factory installed or shipped
2 from warehouse as separate item when ordered for field installation. See Digitrip RMS master connection diagram
(IL 29C714).
2 Installation of these kits restrict any other attachments from being installed in the RH pole.
2 3 Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit (catalog number GFAU).
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
Alarm Switch
2
F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12 L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 67
Maximum Maximum Dielectric Maximum Maximum Dielectric 2
Voltage Frequency Current Amperes Withstand Voltage Voltage Frequency Current Amperes Withstand Voltage
Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers 600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 2
3
2
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 125 DC 0.50 2500
125 DC 0.50 3 2500 250 DC 0.25 3 2500
250 DC 0.25 3 2500
N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 8
2
Single-Pole Circuit Breakers
125/250 50/60 Hz 63 2000 Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum
Current Amperes
Dielectric
Withstand Voltage
2
28 DC 33 2000
28 DC 54 2000
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
2
125 DC 0.50 3 2500
250 DC 0.25 3 2500 2
J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 56
Maximum Maximum Dielectric

2
Voltage Frequency Current Amperes Withstand Voltage R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 9j
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 Maximum Maximum Dielectric 2
Voltage Frequency Current Amperes Withstand Voltage
125 DC 0.50 3 2500
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 2
250 DC 0.25 3 2500
0.50 3
2
125 DC 2500
250 DC 0.25 3 2500
K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 67 Notes
2
Voltage Frequency Current Amperes Withstand Voltage 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
3 Non-inductive load.
2
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
2
4 Inductive (L/R = 0.026).
125 DC 0.50 3 2500 5 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
250 DC 0.25 3 2500
2
2
i Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations.
j Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Auxiliary Switch
2
2 Maximum Maximum Dielectric Maximum Maximum Dielectric
2 125 3 50/60 Hz 1 2500 600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
2 600
125
50/60 Hz
DC
6
0.50 4
2500
2500
125
250
DC
DC
0.50 4
0.25 4
2500
2500
2 250 DC 0.25 4 2500
2 N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 26

J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12 Maximum Maximum Dielectric
2 Maximum Maximum Dielectric
Voltage Frequency Current Amperes Withstand Voltage 600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
2 600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 125 DC 0.50 4 2500
125 DC 0.50 4 2500 250 DC 0.25 4 2500
2 250 DC 0.25 4 2500
2 R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 78

K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 25
2
Maximum Maximum
Voltage Frequency Current Amperes
2
600 50/60 Hz 6
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 125 DC 0.50 4
2 125 DC 0.50 4
4
2500 250 DC 0.25 4
250 DC 0.25 2500 Notes
2 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations.
2 3 For use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum.

2 8 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
2
Maximum Maximum Dielectric Maximum Maximum Dielectric 2
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 2
2
125 DC 0.50 3 2200 125 DC 0.50 3 2500
250 DC 0.25 3 2200 250 DC 0.25 3 2500
2
J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 24 N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 26
2
Maximum Maximum Dielectric Maximum Maximum Dielectric
2
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500 600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 0.50 3 2500 125 DC 0.50 3 2500 2
250 DC 0.25 3 2500 250 DC 0.25 3 2500
Notes
2
2
K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 25 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2).
Voltage Frequency Current Amperes Withstand Voltage 4 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
2
600 50/60 Hz 6 2500
125 DC 0.50 3 2500
2
250 DC 0.25 3 2500
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Shunt Trip
2
F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123 K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 678
2 50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz DC
2
Supply Minimum Supply Minimum Supply Minimum Supply Minimum
Voltage Operating Voltage VA Voltage Operating Voltage VA Voltage Operating Voltage VA Voltage Operating Voltage VA
2
12 6.75 75 12 9 100 12 9 45 12 8.4 35
24 6.75 300 24 9 400 24 9 200 24 8.4 170
2 48 36 92 48 36 100 48 — 830 48 — 710

60 36 140 60 36 160 60 — 1280 60 — 1105
2 110 156 480 110 77 55 110 5 60 100 110 77 110
120 156 570 120 77 66 120 5 60 120 120 77 130
2 127 156 640 125 77 71 127 5 60 140 125 77 140
2 208
220
156
156
180
200
—
—
—
—
—
—
208 5
220 5
60
60
420
470
—
—
—
—
—
—
2 240 156 240 — — — 240 5

60 550 — — —
380 300 610 127 — 72 380 285 95 220 154 41
2 415 300 130 220 — 110 400 285 108 250 154 54
440 300 330 250 — 140 415 285 120 — 154 —
2 480 300 380 — — — 440 285 136 — 154 —
2 525
550
300
300
450
530
—
—
—
—
—
—
480
525
360
360
40
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
2 600 300 590 — — — 550 360 50 — — —

600 360 70 — — —
2 Notes
2
1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds.
50/60 Hz DC 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds.
Supply Minimum Supply Minimum 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations.
2 Voltage Operating Voltage VA Voltage Operating Voltage VA 4 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations.
5 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with
12 9 31 12 8.4 50
2 24 9 173 24 8.4 247
accessory kits.
6 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds.
7 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 8 milliseconds.
2
48 36 686 48 33.6 1094
60 36 1014 60 33.6 1698
2 110 5 60.5 66 110 77 112

120 5 60.5 84 120 77 138
2 127 5 60.5 102 125 77 150
208 5
60.5 354 — 77 —
2 220 5 60.5 396 — — —
2
240 5 60.5 432 — — —
380 285 180 110 154 40
2 400 285 200 120 154 58

415 285 240 125 154 —
2 440 285 610 127 154 —
480 360 34 — — —
2 525 360 42 — — —
2 550
600
360
360
50
60
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
L- and M-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123 N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 125
50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz DC
2
Supply
Voltage
Minimum
Operating Voltage VA
Supply
Voltage
Minimum
Supply
Voltage
Minimum
Supply
Voltage
Minimum
Operating Voltage VA 2
2
12 9 45 12 9 35 24 16.8 200 24 16.8 170
24 9 200 24 9 170 48 33.6 830 48 33.6 710
48 34 830 48 34 710 60
4
33.6 1280 60 33.6 1150
2
60 34 1280 60 34 1105 110 60 100 110 77 110
110 4 60 100 110 77 110 120 4 60 120 120 77 130 2
120 4 60 120 120 77 130 127 4 60 140 125 77 140
127 4 60 140 125 77 140 208 4 60 420 — — — 2
208 4
220 4
60
60
420
470
—
—
77
—
—
—
220 4
240 4
60
60
470
550
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
240 4 60 550 — — — 380 266 95 220 154 41 2
380 266 95 220 154 41 400 266 108 250 — 54
400 266 108 250 — 54 415 266 120 — — — 2
2
415 266 120 — — — 440 266 136 — — —
440 266 136 — — — 480 336 40 — — —
480 336 40 — — — 525 336 50 — — —
2
525 336 50 — — — 550 336 50 — — —
550 336 50 — — — 600 336 70 — — — 2
600 336 70 — — —
2
Notes
1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds.
2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds.
4 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with
2
accessory kits.
5 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123456

2 Application Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings
2 Suffix
Number Voltage (V)
Frequency
(Hz)
Supply
Voltage (V)
Minimum
Operating Voltage (V) Ip (A) Irms at 0.250s (A) Irms at 0.033s (A) VA
One Minute Dielectric
Withstand Voltage (V)
2 03/03K 24
24
50/60
DC
24
24
16.8
16.8
36.1
36.1
—
16.5
25.5
—
612
396
1050
1050
2 05/05K 48–60 50/60 48 34.0 13.1 — 9.2 450 1120

48–60 50/60 60 34.0 17.2 — 12.2 740 1120
2 11/11K 3 110–240 50/60 110 60.5 4.2 — 3.0 330 1480
110–240 50/60 120 60.5 4.5 — 3.2 390 1480
2 110–240 50/60 127 60.5 4.6 — 3.3 430 1480
2 110–240
110–240
50/60
50/60
208
220
60.5
60.5
7.9
8.5
—
—
5.6
6.0
1170
1370
1480
1480
2 110–240 50/60 240 60.5 8.7 — 6.1 1470 1480

14/14K 380–440 50/60 380 266.0 4.5 — 3.2 1220 1880
2 380–440 50/60 415 266.0 5.0 — 3.6 1500 1880
2
380–440 50/60 440 266.0 5.3 — 3.7 1640 1880
220–250 DC 220 154.0 — 2.4 — 530 1500
2 220–250 DC 250 154.0 — 2.7 — 680 1500

18/18K 480–600 50/60 480 336.0 0.6 — 0.4 200 2200
2 480–600 50/60 525 336.0 0.7 — 0.5 270 2200
480–600 50/60 550 336.0 0.7 — 0.5 280 2200
2 480–600 50/60 600 336.0 0.8 — 0.6 360 2200
2 23/23K 48–60
48–60
DC
DC
48
60
34.0
34.0
—
—
9.8
11.6
—
—
470
700
1120
1120
2 26/26K 110–125 DC 110 77.0 — 3.3 — 370 1250

110–125 DC 120 77.0 — 3.6 — 440 1250
2 110–125 DC 125 77.0 — 3.8 — 480 1250
2 Notes
1 Approximate unlatching time of 6 milliseconds.
2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 milliseconds, at rated voltage.
2 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations.

4 Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute.
2 5 Maximum operating voltage—110% of maximum voltage range rating.

6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are yellow and white.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1
50/60 Hz DC 2
2
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
Supply Supply
Voltage Minimum Maximum Maximum VA Voltage Minimum Maximum Maximum VA
12 4.2 6.3 7.6 1.3 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 2.8 2
12 4.2 6.3 7.6 2.5 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 2.8
24 8.4 16.8 20.4 1.4 24 8.4 16.8 20.4 1.6 2
48 21.0 33.6 40.8 1.2 48 21.0 33.6 40.8 1.3
60 21.0 33.6 40.8 1.9 60 21.0 33.6 40.8 2.0
2
110 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.3 110 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.5
2
120 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.5 120 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.7
127 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.7 125 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.9 2
208 84.0 145.6 176.8 2.2 220 87.5 154.0 187.0 2.6
220 84.0 145.6 176.8 2.4 250 87.5 154.0 187.0 3.4 2
2
240 84.0 145.6 176.8 2.9 — — — — —
380 168.0 266.0 323.0 2.9 — — — — —
415 168.0 266.0 323.0 3.5 — — — — —
2
440 168.0 266.0 323.0 3.9 — — — — —
480 168.0 266.0 323.0 4.6 — — — — — 2
525 210.0 367.0 446.0 4.3 — — — — —
550 210.0 367.0 446.0 4.8 — — — — — 2
600 210.0 367.0 446.0 5.8 — — — — —
2
2
50/60 Hz
Dropout Voltage Pickup Voltage
DC
2
Supply Supply
Voltage Minimum Maximum Maximum VA Voltage Minimum Maximum Maximum VA 2
12 4.2 8.4 10.2 1.9 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 1.6
24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.9 24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.1 2
48
60
21.0
21.0
33.6
33.6
40.8
40.8
2.5
3.8
48
60
21.0
21.0
33.6
33.6
40.8
40.8
2.0
3.1
2
110 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.8 110 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.6 2
120 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.1 120 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.9
127 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.4 125 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.2 2
208 84.0 145.6 176.8 2.7 220 87.5 154.0 187.0 3.1
220 84.0 145.6 176.8 3.1 250 87.5 154.0 187.0 4.0
2
240 84.0 145.6 176.8 3.8 — — — — —
2
380 168.0 266.0 323.0 3.4 — — — — —
415 168.0 266.0 323.0 4.0 — — — — — 2
440 168.0 266.0 323.0 4.6 — — — — —
480 168.0 266.0 323.0 5.4 — — — — — 2
Notes
2
2
3 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1

2 50/60 Hz DC
2 Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage
Minimum Maximum
Pickup Voltage
Maximum VA
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage
Minimum Maximum
Pickup Voltage
Maximum VA
2 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 1.9 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 1.6

24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.9 24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.1
2 48 21.0 33.6 40.8 2.5 48 21.0 33.6 40.8 2.0
2 60
110
21.0
44.5
33.6
77.0
40.8
93.5
3.8
1.8
60
110
21.0
44.5
33.6
77.0
40.8
93.5
3.1
1.6
2 120 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.1 120 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.9
127 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.4 125 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.2
2 208 84.0 145.6 176.8 2.7 220 87.5 154.0 187.0 3.1
220 84.0 145.6 176.8 3.1 250 87.5 154.0 187.0 4.0
2 240 84.0 145.6 176.8 3.8 — — — — —
2 380
415
168.0
168.0
266.0
266.0
323.0
323.0
3.4
4.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2 440 168.0 266.0 323.0 4.6 — — — — —

480 168.0 266.0 323.0 5.4 — — — — —
2
2 L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 1
50/60 Hz DC
2 Supply
Supply
2
Voltage Minimum Maximum Maximum VA Voltage Minimum Maximum Maximum VA
12 4.2 8.4 10.2 1.9 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 1.6
2 24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.9 24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.1

48 21.0 33.6 40.8 2.5 48 21.0 33.6 40.8 2.0
2 60 21.0 33.6 40.8 3.8 60 21.0 33.6 40.8 3.1
110 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.8 110 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.6
2 120 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.1 120 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.9
2 127 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.4 125 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.2
208 84.0 145.6 176.8 2.7 220 87.5 154.0 187.0 3.1
2 220 84.0 145.6 176.8 3.1 250 87.5 154.0 187.0 4.0
240 84.0 145.6 176.8 3.8 — — — — —
2 380 168.0 266.0 323.0 3.4 — — — — —
2
415 168.0 266.0 323.0 4.0 — — — — —
440 168.0 266.0 323.0 4.6 — — — — —
2 480 168.0 266.0 323.0 5.4 — — — — —
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1
50/60 Hz DC
2
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage
Minimum Maximum
Pickup Voltage
Maximum VA
Supply
Voltage
Dropout Voltage
Minimum Maximum
Pickup Voltage
Maximum VA
2
12 4.2 8.4 10.2 1.9 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 1.6 2
24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.9 24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.1
48 21.0 33.6 40.8 2.5 48 21.0 33.6 40.8 2.0 2
2
60 21.0 33.6 40.8 3.8 60 21.0 33.6 40.8 3.1
110 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.8 110 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.6
120 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.1 120 44.5 77.0 93.5 1.9
2
127 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.4 125 44.5 77.0 93.5 2.2
208 84.0 145.6 176.8 2.7 220 87.5 154.0 187.0 3.1 2
220 84.0 145.6 176.8 3.1 220 87.5 154.0 187.0 —
240 84.0 145.6 176.8 3.8 250 — — — 4.0 2
380
415
175.0
175.0
266.0
266.0
323.0
323.0
3.4
4.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
480 175.0 266.0 323.0 4.6 — — — — — 2
500 175.0 266.0 323.0 5.4 — — — — —
Note 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
R-Frame AC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings 12

2 Application
Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings Approximate Operating Time (ms)
2 Supply Dropout Voltage (V) Pickup Minimum Initiation Maximum Circuit Dielectric
Catalog Voltage Voltage Voltage UVR Circuit Breaker Breaker Withstand
2 Suffix (V) (V) Minimum Maximum (V) Max. VA Response 3 Contact Separation 4 Contact Opening Voltage (V) 5
02/02K 12 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 2.3 5 46 77 1024
2 03/03K 24 24 8.4 16.8 20.4 3.1 5 46 77 1048
05/05K 48–60 48 21.0 33.5 40.8 3.4 5 46 77 1120
2 60 21.0 33.5 40.8 6.0 5 46 77 1120
2 08/08K 110–127 110

120
44.5
44.5
77.0
77.0
93.5
93.5
3.3
3.6
5
5
46
46
77
77
1254
1254
2 127 44.5 77.0 93.5 3.8 5 46 77 1254

11/11K 208–240 208 84.0 145.6 176.8 4.2 5 46 77 1480
2 220 84.0 145.6 176.8 6.6 5 46 77 1480
2
240 84.0 145.6 176.8 7.2 5 46 77 1480
29/29K 380–500 380 168.0 266.0 323.0 3.8 5 46 77 2000
2 415 168.0 266.0 323.0 8.3 5 46 77 2000

440 168.0 266.0 323.0 8.8 5 46 77 2000
2 480 168.0 266.0 323.0 9.6 5 46 77 2000
500 168.0 266.0 323.0 10.0 5 46 77 2000
2
2 R-Frame DC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings 12
Application
2 Ratings Electrical Operating Ratings Approximate Operating Time (ms)
Supply Dropout Voltage (V) Pickup Minimum Initiation Maximum Circuit Dielectric
2 Catalog
Suffix
Voltage
(V)
Voltage
(V) Minimum Maximum
Voltage
(V) Max. VA
UVR
Response 3
Circuit Breaker
Contact Separation 4
Breaker
Contact Opening
Withstand
Voltage (V) 5
2 20/20K 12 12 4.2 8.4 10.2 3.4 5 46 77 1024

21/21K 24 24 8.4 16.8 20.4 4.3 5 46 77 1048
2 23/23K 48–60 48 21.0 33.5 40.8 4.8 5 46 77 1120
60 21.0 33.5 40.8 7.2 5 46 77 1120
2 26/26K 110–127 110 43.8 77.0 93.5 3.3 5 46 77 1250
2 120
125
43.8
43.8
77.0
77.0
93.5
93.5
3.6
3.8
5
5
46
46
77
77
1250
1250
2 28/28K 220–250 220 87.5 154.0 187.0 6.6 5 46 77 1500

250 87.5 154.0 187.0 7.5 5 46 77 1500
2 Notes
2 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown.
3 UVR will override a momentary voltage dip up to the response time shown.
2 4 Unlatching occurs 1 millisecond before circuit breaker contacts begin to separate.

5 For 1 minute.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Contents
Series C External Accessories
Description Page
2
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-112
V4-T2-115
2
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-129
V4-T2-146 2
V4-T2-250
V4-T2-261
2
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-263
V4-T2-264 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-321 2
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-323 2
2
2
Product Overview
2
End Cap Kit J-Frame Plug Nut Multiwire Connectors
The end cap kit slides onto The plug nut is used in Eaton’s field-installed 2
the line or load conductor of applications where screw- multiwire connectors for the
the circuit breaker and acts as connected ring-type terminals load side (OFF) end terminals, 2
a threaded adapter for the are preferred to connect are used to distribute the load
conductor to accept a ring
terminal or other bolt-on
cables to circuit breaker
conductors. The plug nut is
from the circuit breaker to
multiple devices without the
2
connector. The end cap kit is
available with English and
press-fit into the opening in
the circuit breaker terminal
use of separate distribution
terminal blocks.
2
metric thread sizes. (Field conductor. Screws and
installation only.) Listed per washers are supplied by Multiwire lug kits include 2
UL File E7819. customer. mounting hardware,
insulators and tin-plated
aluminum connectors to
2
Keeper Nut Terminal Adapter
2
replace three mechanical load
The keeper nut slides onto
Control Wire Terminal Kit lugs. UL listed as used on the
the line or load conductor of
load side (OFF) end.
the circuit breaker and acts as
a threaded adapter for the
The control wire terminal kit
provides a means to tap off 2
control power from a main Terminal Shields
conductor to accept a ring
terminal or other bolt-on disconnect, using the Terminal shields provide 2
connector. The keeper nut is provided male end of a quick protection against accidental
available with English and disconnect. contact with live line side
terminations. Terminal
2
metric thread sizes. Screws
For use with steel or stainless
and washers are supplied by
customer. (Field installation
steel terminals only.
shields are fabricated from
high dielectric insulating 2
material and fasten over the
only.) Listed per UL File
E7819.
Note: Terminal Kits contain one
terminal for each pole and one front terminal access 2
terminal cover. openings. Small openings in
L-, M-, N-Frames the shields provide limited 2
access to the terminals for
Not required. Terminals are
threaded.
tightening connectors. (Field
installation only.)
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Terminal End Covers handle block holds the circuit Cylinder Lock Walking Beam Interlock
2 The terminal end covers are breaker handle in the ON The cylinder lock internally The walking beam Interlock
designed for use in motor position.) The device is blocks the trip bar in the provides mechanical
2 control center applications positioned over the circuit tripped position to prevent interlocking between two
where, because of confined breaker handle and secured the circuit breaker from adjacent circuit breakers of
2 spaces, line side conductors by a setscrew to deter
accidental operation of the
being switched to ON. the same pole configuration.
are normally custom fitted. The cylinder lock is factory The walking beam interlock
2 The molded end covers are
made of high dielectric glass-
circuit breaker handle. Listed
per UL File E7819. (Field
installed in the left pole only
of the circuit breaker cover.
mounts on a bracket behind
and between the circuit
installation only.)
2 polyester and slide over the
line ends of the circuit
Other internally mounted
accessories cannot be
breakers. A plunger on each
end of the beam is inserted
breaker. Close fitting Padlockable Handle installed in the same through an access hole in the
2 conductor openings are
Padlockable Handle Lock
pole as the cylinder lock. back plate and base of each
molded into the end covers. (Factory installation only.) circuit breaker. The walking
2 The end cover and circuit
breaker case fit together to
The device is positioned in
the cover opening to prevent Key Interlock Kit
beam interlock prevents both
circuit breakers from being
2 form terminal compartments
that isolate discharged
handle movement. Will
accommodate one 5/16-inch
(Lock Not Included)
The key interlock is used to
switched ON at the same
time. If a walking beam
ionizing gases during circuit (8 mm) padlock. externally lock the circuit interlock is installed, the
2 breaker tripping. Terminal end breaker handle in the OFF wiring troughs in the back
covers are available with two Snap-on Padlockable Handle position. When the key of the circuit breaker case
2 conductor opening diameters, Lock Hasp interlock is locked, an are blocked by the plungers
0.25-inch (6.4 mm) and 0.41- The snap-on padlockable extended deadbolt blocks and cannot be used for cross
2 inch (10.4 mm), and are listed
per UL File E7819. (Field
handle lock allows the handle
to be locked in the OFF or ON
movement of the circuit
breaker handle. Uniquely
wiring. Factory modified
circuit breakers are required
position. (Trip-free operation
2 installation only.)
allows the circuit breaker to
coded keys are removable
only with the deadbolt
for this application. UL
File E38116.
Interphase Barriers trip when the handle lock extended. Each coded key
2 The interphase barriers holds the circuit breaker controls a group of circuit Electrical Operator
provide additional electrical handle in the ON position.) breakers for a given specific The electrical (solenoid)
2 clearance between circuit This device was designed
for use on the single-pole
customer installation. operator is a single solenoid
breaker poles for special mechanism that enables local
The key interlock assembly is
2 termination applications. The
barriers are high dielectric
circuit breaker, but may be
used on one-, two-, three- Underwriters Laboratories
and remote circuit breaker
ON, OFF, and reset
and four-pole styles. The listed for field installation
2 insulating plates that are
installed in the molded slots handle lock snaps onto the under UL File E7819 and
switching. The electrical
operator is mounted on the
escutcheon area of the consists of a mounting kit
between the terminals. (Field circuit breaker cover within
2 installation only.) Two per handle with an optional and a purchaser supplied
deadbolt lock. The mounting
the trimline of the circuit
package. retaining screw for added breaker. The electrical
2 secureness. The handle
lock will accommodate
kit comprises a mounting
plate, which is secured to the
operator uses a unique
Base Mounting Plate bi-stable latch that allows
circuit breaker cover in either
2 Suitable for mounting six
one padlock with a 1/4-inch
(6.4 mm) shackle. Listed per the left- or right-pole position,
the device to operate using
one solenoid. The accessory
single-pole circuit breakers. key interlock mounting
UL File E7819. (Field
2 DIN Rail Adapter installation only.) screws, and a wire seal.
provides high-speed
switching with a maximum
Specific mounting kits are
operating time of 5 cycles
2 For use with standard 35 mm
DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp required for individual key
interlock types.
(80 mS), making it suitable
The padlockable handle lock for generator synchronizing
35 x 15 mm per DIN
2 EN50022.
hasp allows the handle to
be locked in the ON or OFF Sliding Bar Interlock
applications.
The sliding bar interlock Means are provided for
2 Adapter mounting screws
included are for use with two-
position. (Trip-free operation
allows the circuit breaker to provides mechanical remote electrical operation
and three-pole circuit trip when the handle lock interlocking between two and for local manual
2 breakers. Adapters for single- holds the circuit breaker adjacent three-pole circuit operation. A special slide
pole circuit breakers clip into handle in the ON position.) breakers. It is installed on the includes provisions for
2 the base molding. The hasp mounts on the enclosure cover between the
circuit breakers. When the
padlocking the circuit breaker
handle in the OFF position.
circuit breaker cover within
2 Key Operated Attachment the trimline. The cover is
predrilled on both sides of the
sliding bar interlock handle
is moved from one side to the
The slide will accept three
padlock shackles with a
Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) other, a bar extends to maximum diameter of
2
operating handle so that the
hasp can be mounted on alternately block movement 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each.
Non-Padlockable Handle Block either side of the handle. of the circuit breaker handles An interlock electrically
2 The non-padlockable handle The hasp will accommodate and prevents both circuit disconnects the solenoid
block secures the circuit up to three padlocks with breakers from being switched when the electrical operator
2 breaker handle in either the
ON or OFF position. (Trip-free
1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackles,
one per circuit breaker.
to ON at the same time.
Sliding bar interlocks are
cover is removed. The rating
data tables provide electrical
rating data for the electrical
2 operation allows the circuit
breaker to trip when the
Listed per UL File E7819.
(Field installation only.)
not UL listed. (Field
installation only.) (solenoid) operator.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
The electrical (motor) operator Panelboard Connecting Straps IQ Energy Sentinel TPotential Transformer Module
allows the circuit’s breaker to Panelboard connecting straps The IQ Energy Sentinel The potential transformer 2
be opened, closed or reset are used to connect the is a highly accurate, module is required for the
remotely. It also has a lock-off circuit breaker terminals to microprocessor-based, Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to 2
capability and provisions for the panelboard bus. The breaker-mounted device provide a voltage input to
manual operation. panelboard connecting straps designed to monitor power allow the trip unit to monitor 2
The electrical (motor) are available with various and energy readings. It power and energy as well as
operator contains a reversible ratings for outside and center
poles. (Field installation only.)
represents an alternative to
watt meters, watt-hour
power factor. The potential
transformer module is a 6 VA
2
motor connected to a ball
2
screw. The ball screw drives meters, and watt demand transformer with a primary
Panelboard connecting straps meters. Key advantages voltage input of up to 600 volt
the circuit breaker handle. are available to meet the include savings in space, line to line. Three 0.1 ampere
Limit switches and relays are
used to control the motor.
needs of most standard
panelboard applications.
lower installation costs, and fuses are provided on the 2
remote monitoring capability. primary of the transformer
Plug-In Adapters
Style numbers for mounting
brackets for CDP panelboard The IQ Energy Sentinel
and can be used for isolation
purposes during dielectric
2
Plug-in adapters simplify installations are also included. mounts on the load side
installation and front removal
Note: Not UL listed. Refer to
of a Series C F-Frame
testing. The device is
normally panel mounted 2
of circuit breakers. Individual (150 ampere) circuit breaker. and can feed up to 16 OPTIM
2
panelboard manufacturer for
line and load plug-in compatibility. It can be applied on three- trip units.
adapters are available for phase, four-wire systems,
rear connection applications
on two-, three-, and four-pole
ype LFD Current Limiter or single-phase, three-wire
systems with voltage
Solid-State (Electronic) Portable 2
The LFD current limiter is an Test Kit
circuit breakers. Common
2
connected through The solid-state (electronic)
accessory that bolts to the
mounting plates for line- Phases A and C.
load end of a standard FDB or portable test kit provides
and load-end adapters
are available.
FD thermal-magnetic circuit
breaker, providing 200,000A
For more information, see
Descriptive Bulletin 8178.
verification of performance
of all ratings of Digitrip 310 2
interrupting capacity at up to electronic trip units installed
One plug-in adapter kit is
required for line-end and 600 Vac. LFD current limiters in circuit breakers while in 2
one for load-end. for thermal-magnetic and service under varying load
Plug-in adapters are
electronic circuit breakers and/or phase imbalance. The 2
are listed with Underwriters test kit operates on 120-volt,
UL approved unless
otherwise noted.
Laboratories under File
E47239.
50/60 Hz power; it includes
complete instructions and test
2
Rear Connecting Studs Ground Fault Alarm Unit
times for testing long time,
short time/instantaneous 2
Rear connecting studs are The ground fault alarm unit is operation and optional
available in several sizes to a remotely mounted device ground fault operation of 2
accommodate specific fixed- with a combination indicating the circuit breaker.
mounted circuit breaker
applications.
light/test button that will light 2
when the breaker trips or
Each rear connecting stud alarms on ground fault. The
ground fault alarm unit
2
assembly consists of one stud
and one tube. To maintain requires a separate 120 Vac
power source to power the 2
proper clearances between
light and the internal relay,
poles, select alternate long
and short stud assemblies for which has 1NO and 1NC 2
circuit breakers with more contacts for remote indication.
than one pole. One assembly The ground fault alarm unit 2
is required for line-end and can be panel mounted for
one for load-end of each pole. ordering with an optional face
mounting bracket. For use on
2
Tubes must be ordered
separately. Connecting studs
are available only with English
Digitrip 310 only, K- through N-
Frame. 2
thread sizes.
2
Note: Not UL listed.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Breaker Interface Module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Cause of Trip Display/Remote

2 The Breaker Interface Module The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a Mount Cause of Trip Display
(BIM) is a panel mounted hand-held programmer that The Cause of Trip Display
2 user interface device that is is used to access, configure, can be field-installed on any
mounted on the front of an test and display information Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit.
2 electrical assembly or at a from OPTIM trip units. The The device provides breaker
remote location. The BIM is OPTIMizer plugs into the information through an LCD
2 used to access, configure,
test and display information
front of an OPTIM trip unit via
an eight-pin telephone jack
screen, such as cause of trip,
phrase current, ground current
and low loads. The display
2 for OPTIM trip units and other
devices. The BIM consists of
and is powered by a nine-volt
battery or the auxiliary power is ideal for troubleshooting
four display windows, eight module. One highlighted common trips such as
2 function buttons, 18 LEDs, feature is the “Copy” and ground fault, long delay, and
and a graphical time/current “Download” commands. instantaneous/short delay.
2 curve to provide breaker
status, operational Setting up multiple OPTIM
The DIGIVIEW version will
provide a local display at the
trips can be finished in
2 information, protection
status and energy monitoring. minutes and with no errors.
breaker without additional
wiring by connecting directly
A 24 Vdc power supply is An Auxiliary Power Module onto the trip unit. The
2 required to provide power connection provides a trip test DIGIVIEWR06 version has a
to the BIM. This is supplied when control power is not 6 foot cable that allows users
2 by the switchboard builder present at the breaker. The
OPTIMizer is supplied as a
to mount the display on the
to Eaton’s specifications. outside of an enclosure door
2 The BIM is a member of
Eaton’s PowerNet family of
standard package to include
the programmer, the eight-
and connect to the trip unit
that is contained inside
pin connection cord, battery
2 communicating devices that
connects OPTIM trip units, and carrying case. The
the enclosure.
Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip auxiliary power module Cause of Trip LED Module
2 units and energy sentinels is optional. The Cause of Trip LED
as a subnetwork system. Module can be field-installed
2 The BIM can also be Auxiliary Power Module
The auxiliary power module
on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip
connected to a main unit. The device provides a
2 network via a PONI module
to PowerNet software.
is a power supply requiring
120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz
cause of trip indication via
LED. The Cause of Trip LED
that provides a 32 Vdc output.
2 The auxiliary power module
Module connects directly
onto the trip unit. When the
provides control power for breaker trips, the module
2 testing an OPTIM trip unit indicates the cause of trip
when other means of control (long delay, short delay,
2 power is not available or
for continuous OPTIMizer
instantaneous and ground)
via LED indication. The
2
operation versus temporary module is reset after the
with a battery. The auxiliary breaker is reset.
power module connects
2 into the top of the Digitrip Note: The OPTIMizer can work
off of 32 Vdc control power,
OPTIMizer via a keyed
2 receptacle. The main
application for the auxiliary
although 24 Vdc is the standard
on OPTIM breakers.
2 power module would be for

the testing of a standalone
non-communicating OPTIM
2 breaker that ordinarily would
not have control power.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Product Selection
2
Termination Hardware—End Cap Kit
2
End Cap Kit End Cap Kit
Thread Thread Catalog 2
Type Size Number
Two-Pole F-Frame (225A) 2
Imperial 10–32 KPEK12
Metric M–5 KPEKM12 2
Three-Pole F-Frame (225A)
Imperial 10–32 KPEK1
2
Metric M–5 KPEKM1
2
Four-Pole F-Frame (225A)
Imperial 10–32 KPEK14 2
Metric M–5 KPEKM14
Three-Pole J-Frame 2
Imperial 0.312–18 KPEK2
Metric M–8 KPEKM2
2
Four-Pole J-Frame
2
Metric M–8 KPEKM24 2
Three-Pole K-Frame
Imperial 0.312–18 KPEK3 2
Metric M–8 KPEKM3
Four-Pole K-Frame 2
2
Three-Pole L-Frame
Imperial 0.312-18
2
KPEK4
Metric M-8 KPEKM4 2
Four-Pole L-Frame
Imperial 0.312–18 KPEK44 2
2
Termination Hardware—Keeper Nut 2
F-Frame Keeper Nut F-Frame Keeper Nut 2
Catalog Number
Thread
Type
Thread
Size
Package of 12
(Priced Individually)
2
Imperial 10–32 KPR1A
2
Metric M–5 KPR1AM
2
K-Frame Keeper Nut K-Frame Keeper Nut 2
Thread Thread Line/Load Catalog Number
Type Size End Package of 3
2
Imperial 0.375–16 Line KPR3A
Load KPR3B 2
2
Metric M–8 Line KPR3AM
Load KPR3BM
Note 2
L-, M-, N-Frames not required. Terminals are threaded.
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Termination Hardware
2
J-Frame Plug Nut
2
J-Frame Plug Nut
Thread Thread Catalog Number
Type Size Package of 6
2 Imperial 0.250–20 PLN2
2
Metric M–6 PLN2M
2 K-Frame Terminal K-Frame Terminal Adapter 1

Adapter
2 Line/Load End
Catalog
Number
2 Line and load TAD3
2
2
F-Frame Ordering Information
2 Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
F-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit 2
2
F-Frame Kit
Maximum Catalog
Description Amperes Number
2 Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs. 150 FCWTK
2
225 FCWTK225
2
2 J- and K-Frame Ordering Information
Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
2 J- and K-Frame Kit J- and K-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit

Catalog
2 Description Number
Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs. KCWTK
2
2
2
L-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit
2 AWG Wire Metric Wire Catalog
Range/Number Conductors Range mm2 Number
2 Al/Cu 95–150 TA602LDCW 3
3/0–350 kcmil (2)
2 Cu 120–250 T602LDCW 3
250–350 kcmil (2)
2 Al/Cu 185–240 2TA603LDKCW 45
400–500 kcmil (2)
2 Al/Cu 185–240 3TA603LDKCW 46
400–500 kcmil (2)
2 Al/Cu 185–240 4TA603LDKCW 47
400–500 kcmil (2)
2 Notes
1 K-Frame terminal adapter for use in replacing LB/DA breakers.
2 2 Not for use with T250KB terminals.

2 4 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
5 Two-pole kit.
6 Three-pole kit.
2 7 Four-pole kit.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Termination Hardware
2
G-Frame Control Wire Terminal
Catalog Catalog 2
Description Number Number
Control wire terminal (kit of 12) 5652B38G01 GCWTK 2
2
Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)
Multiwire Connectors
Maximum Wires per Wire Size Kit Catalog
2
Amperes Terminal Range AWG Cu Number
G-Frame 1
2
100 3 14–2 3TA100G3K
2
6 14–6 3TA100G6K
F-Frame 2
225 3 14–2 3TA150F3K
6 14–6 3TA150F6K 2
J-Frame
250 3 14–2 3TA250J3K
2
6 14–6 3TA250J6K 2
K-Frame
400 3 14–2/0 3TA400K3K 2
6 14–3 3TA400K6K
2
Base Mounting Hardware 2
Ordering Information
Hardware for surface mounting of circuit breakers is supplied only on request. Hardware consists of
mounting screws and lockwashers. Order hardware for circuit breaker pole configurations as required.
2
Mounting Hardware
2
Screw Length in Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number
2
G-Frame 2
0.138–32 x 2.63 (3.5 x 66.7 mm) Std. 624B375G23
0.138–32 x 3.00 (3.5 x 76.2 mm) 8703C80G05 2
Note
1 GD breakers require special tapping for multiwire lugs, as described in the IL or use with standard aluminum collars.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware

2 Number Type of Catalog
of Poles Description Mounting Number
2 F-Frame
2 1 0.164-32 x 3.188-inch pan-head steel screws, lockwashers and clamps Individual 624B375G01
Group 1 624B375G02
2 2 0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual 4218B80G01
3, 4 0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH1
2 J-Frame
2
2, 3, 4 0.250-20 x 2.75 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH2
K-Frame
2 2, 3, 4 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH3
L-Frame
2 2, 3, 4 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Individual BMH4
M-Frame
2 2, 3 0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Individual BMH5
2 N-Frame
2, 3, 4 0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH5
2 R-Frame
Supplied by customer
2
2 Metric Thread Mounting Hardware
Number Type of Catalog
2 of Poles Description Mounting Number
F-Frame
2 1 M4–0.7 x 80 mm pan-head steel screws, lockwashers, and clamps Individual 4218B80G09
2 2 M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers

Group 1
Individual
4218B80G10
4218B80G11
2 3, 4 M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH1M

J-Frame
2 2, 3, 4 M6–0.7 x 70 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH2M
K-Frame
2 2, 3, 4 M6–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH3M
2 L-Frame
2, 3 — Individual BMH4M
2 M-Frame
2 N-Frame
2
R-Frame
2 Supplied by customer
Note
2 1 One set of hardware for two circuit breakers.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Terminal Shields
2
G-Frame Terminal Shield
Catalog 2
Number Units in Package Number
10 GTSK3 2
2
F-Frame Terminal Shield
F-Frame
Standard (Package of 10) Special—For Use When Electrical
2
(Priced Individually) Operator is Mounted on Circuit Breaker
Number Catalog Catalog 2
of Poles Location Number Number
1 Line 625B229G06 — 2
2
2 Line 625B229G07 —
3 Line 625B229G08 4210B95G01
4 Line 625B229G09 4210B95G02
2
2
J-Frame J-Frame Terminal Shield
Number Catalog Number 2
of Poles Location (Package of 10)
2, 3 Line End 1266C07G01 2
4 Line End 6631C01G01
2, 3 Load End 6641C16G01
2
4 Load End 6641C16G02
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
K-Frame Terminal Shield Interphase Barriers

2 K-Frame
Number Catalog Number Ordering Information
of Poles Location (Package of 10) Two per package.
2 2, 3 Line TS33LN
Interphase Barriers
2 4 Line TS34LN Interphase Barrier
Catalog
3 Load TS33LD
Frame Number
2 F IPB1
2 J, K IPB3
L IPB4
2 L-Frame Terminal Shield

M IPB4
N IPB5
2 Catalog Number
(Package of 1)
2 314C420G05
2
Base Mounting Plate
2 Base Mounting Plate G-Frame GD/GHC
Base Mounting Plate
2 Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number
2 M-Frame Terminal Shield 1 207B513G01

Catalog Number
2 (Package of 1)
208B966G01
2 DIN Rail Adapter
2 DIN Rail Adapter DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC

Number Number of Units Catalog
2
of Poles in Package Number
1, 2 10 1225C79G01
2 3 10 1225C79G02 1
N-Frame Terminal Shield
2 Catalog Number Key Operated Attachment
(Package of 1)
2 NTS3K Key Operated Key Operated Attachment
Attachment G-Frame GD/GHC
2 Number of Units Catalog
in Package Number
2 10 GKOA
2
Terminal End Covers
Ordering Information Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)
The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers
2 only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)
Lock Dog (Non-
(one per circuit breaker) when ordering. G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB/GMCP
2
Padlockable)
Number of Units Catalog
F-Frame Terminal End Covers in Package Number
2
F-Frame
Conductor Opening Catalog 1 1294C01H01
Diameter in Inches (mm) Number
2 0.25 (6.35 mm) TEC1
2 0.41 (10.41 mm) TEC2

Note
2
1 For use on three-pole breakers only.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Non-Padlockable Handle Block
2
Non-Padlockable
Handle Block Catalog 2
Frame Number
F LKD1 2
J, K
L, M, N
LKD3
LKD4
2
2
2
Padlockable Handle
2
Padlockable Handle Padlockable G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB
Number of Units
in Package
Catalog
Number 1
2
10 1223C77G03 2
10 1223C77G05 2
10 1223C77G06 2 2
2
Padlockable Handle Lock 2
Padlockable Handle Padlockable Handle Lock 2
Lock Catalog
Frame Number
2
G GPHBOFF
J, K PHB3 2
2
2
Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
2
Snap-On Padlockable Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
Handle Lock Hasp Catalog 2
Frame Number
F PHL1 2
2
2
Notes
1 Accepts 0.285 Lock Shank.
2
2
2 Padlockable in the OFF position only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp

2
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
2 Padlockable Handle
Lock Hasp Catalog
Description Number
2 F-Frame
2 Single-pole breakers
Two-, three- and four-pole breakers
PHL1
PLK1
2 For left side mounting PLK1LOFF

For right side mounting PLK1ROFF
2 J, K-Frames
2
Two-, three- and four-pole breakers PLK3
For left side mounting PLK3LOFF 1
2 For right side mounting PLK3ROFF 1

L-Frame (Side Mounted)
2 Lock ON or OFF HLK4
Lock OFF only (left-hand mount) HLK4LOFF 1
2 L-Frame (Top Mounted)
2
Lock ON or OFF HLK4S
Lock OFF only HLK4SOFF 1
2 M-Frame
Lock ON or OFF HLK4
2 Lock OFF only (left-hand mount) HLK4LOFF 1
M-Frame (Vertical Mounting)
2 Lock ON/OFF HLK4S
2 Lock OFF only

N-Frame
HLK4SOFF
2 Side mounted PLK5

Top mounted (ON/OFF) PLK5S
2 Top mounted (OFF only) PLK5SOFF 1
2
R-Frame
Lock ON/OFF HLK6
2 Lock OFF only HLK6OFF 1
2 Cylinder Lock
2 Cylinder Lock Cylinder Lock

Catalog
2 Frame Number
F, J, K Order by description
2
2
Note
2 1 For padlockable handle lock hasp to padlock handle in OFF
position only, order either catalog number.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Key Interlock Kit
Ordering Information 2
Key interlock mounting kits are for field installation only. Select mounting kit catalog numbers
to match type of lock used. Key interlocks are supplied by customer. 2
Key Interlock Kit Key Interlock Kit 2
Bolt Projection in Kit
photo Lock Lock Withdrawn Position Catalog 2
Manufacturer Type in Inches (mm) Number
F-Frame 2
Superior B-4003-1 0.38 (9.5) KYK1
position
Kirk® F 0.38 (9.5) KYK1 2
Square D®
Castell 1
SF
K or QK
None
0.38 (9.5)
KYK1
CTK1
2
J, K-Frames 2
Superior B-4003-1 0.38 (9.5) KYK3
Kirk F 0.38 (9.5) KYK3 2
Square D SF None KYK3
Castell 1 K or QK 0.38 (9.5) CTK3
2
L-, M-, N-Frames
2
Superior B-4003-1 0.38 (9.5) KYK4
Kirk F 0.38 (9.5) KYK4 2
Square D SF None KYK4
Castell 1 K or QK 0.38 (9.5) CTK4 2
2
R-Frame
Superior B-4003-1 1.0 (25.4) KYK6
Kirk F 1.0 (25.4) KYK6
2
Square D SF 1.0 (25.4) KYK6
Castell 1 K or QK 1.0 (25.4) CTK6 2
JG-Frame
Superior B-4003-1 0.38 (9.5) KYKJG 2
Kirk
Square D
F
SF
0.38 (9.5)
None
KYKJG
KYKJG
2
Castell 1 K or QK 0.38 (9.5) CTKJG 2
LG-Frame
Superior B-4003-1 0.38 (9.5) KYKLG 2
Kirk F 0.38 (9.5) KYKLG
Square D SF None KYKLG
2
Castell 1 K or QK 0.38 (9.5) CTKLG
2
Note
1 When ordering Castell Interlock, it is necessary for customer to specify that the mounting bolt holes must be
10 mm in diameter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Sliding Bar Interlock

The sliding bar interlock is spacing as indicated in table
2 available for mounting and enclosure front panel
between two adjacent three- thickness of 1/8 or 3/16 inch
2 pole circuit breakers with (3.2 or 4.8 mm). (For field
circuit breakers centerline installation only.)
2
Sliding Bar Interlock Sliding Bar Interlock
2 Frame
Centerline Spacing
in Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number
2 F 4.19 (106.4) SBK1

J 4.38 (111.3) SBK2
2 K 5.75 (146.0) SBK3
2
L, M 8.50 (215.9) SBK4
N 8.50 (215.9) SBK5
2
Walking Beam Interlock
The walking beam interlock is With properly modified circuit
2 available for mounting breakers, the walking beam
between two adjacent circuit interlock is suitable for field
2 breakers spaced 1/4-inch (6.4
mm) apart and having the
installation. Order circuit
breakers specifying
same pole configuration. The modification for walking beam
2 two circuit breakers must be (20% price adder) and select
factory modified to accept the walking beam interlock from
2 walking beam interlock table below. Circuit breakers
assembly (suitable for use and walking beam interlock
2 with either two-, three- or
four-pole circuit breakers).
are boxed and shipped
separately.
2 Walking Beam Interlock
Walking Beam
2 Interlock
Frame
Catalog
Number
2 F WBL1
K WBL3
2 L, M WBL4A
N WBL5
2 R1 WBL6
2 Note
1 Three-pole only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Electrical Operator
2
F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator
Terminal Block 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead 2
2
Catalog Catalog
Voltage Frequency Number Number
2
120 AC EOP1T07 EOP1P07
240 AC EOP1T11 EOP1P11
2
F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator 1
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead 2
Catalog
Voltage Frequency Number 2
120 50/60 Hz AC MOPFD120C
24 DC MOPFD24D
2
125
208–240
DC
50/60 Hz
MOPFD120C
MOPFD240C
2
220–250 DC MOPFD240C 2
J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator
2
Operating
Terminal Block
Catalog
2
2
Voltage Frequency Number
120 50/60 Hz AC EOP2T07
240 50/60 Hz AC EOP2T11 2
2
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator
Terminal Block 2
Operating Catalog
Voltage Frequency Number
2
120 50/60 Hz AC EOP3MT07
240 50/60 Hz AC EOP3MT11 2
2
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Base Mounting Kit
Catalog 2
Frame Number
K BBMK3 2
2
2
L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator (310 and OPTIM)
Terminal Block 2
Operating Catalog
Voltage Frequency Number 2
120 50/60 Hz EOP4MT07
208 50/60 Hz EOP4MT11 2
2
240 50/60 Hz EOP4MT11A
480 50/60 Hz EOP4MT15
125 DC EOP4MT26
2
24 DC EOP4MT21
Note 2
1 Motor operators MOP1P07, MOP1P03DC, MOP1P05DC and MOP1P07DC are replaced by MOPFD
motor operators listed in table. 2

www.comoso.com
Series C
N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator

2 Pigtail Leads
2 Operating Voltage Frequency

Catalog
Number
2 120
208
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
EOP5T07
EOP5T09
2 240 50/60 Hz EOP5T11

480 50/60 Hz EOP5T15
2 24 DC EOP5T21
48 DC EOP5T22
2 125 DC EOP5T26
2
R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator
2 Factory-Installed Terminal Block
2 Operating
Voltage Frequency
Catalog
Number
2 120
240
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
EOP6T08K
EOP6T11K
2 48 DC EOP6T21K
2 Plug-In Adapters
2 F-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)

2 Continuous
Current Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog
(Amperes) Number Number Number
2 100–225 1480D13G01 1480D13G02 1480D13G07 1
2
Mounting plate 176C511H01 507C047H01 —
2 J-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)
2 Continuous
Current Rating Terminal
Two-Pole
Catalog
Three-Pole
Catalog
Four-Pole
Catalog
(Amperes) End Number Number Number
2 250 Line 1260C86G05 1260C86G06 1231C67G01
2 Load 1260C86G07 1260C86G08 1231C67G02

One line and one load 506C144G27 506C144G28 —
2 Mounting plate — 2 PMP23 —
2
K-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)—600 Vac Maximum
2 Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Continuous Current Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 Rating (Amperes) Number Number Number
400 PAD32 PAD33 —
2 Mounting plate 2 PMP33 —
2 Notes
1 100 ampere maximum.
2
2 Use three-pole mounting plate for two-pole circuit breaker.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
L-Frame (Threaded Stud Type)
2
Continuous Current
Rating (Amperes)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
2
600 (threaded stud type) 506C059G03 506C059G04 PAD44
600 (flat bar type) 1288C19G01 1288C19G02 6636C55H01
Mounting plate 504C824H01 504C824H01 —
2
2
M-Frame (Flat Bar Type)—600 Vac Maximum
Two-Pole Three-Pole 2
Continuous Current Catalog Catalog
Rating (Amperes) Number Number
2
800 2614D53G05 2614D53G06
Mounting plate 1290C73H01 1290C73H01 2
2
N-Frame (Flat Bar Type)
2
Two-Pole Three-Pole
Continuous Current
Rating (Amperes)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
1200 2614D53G03 2614D53G04 2
Mounting plate 1290C73H01 1290C73H01
2
Plug-In Adapters
2
Frame
Number of
Poles
Standard
Certification
Catalog
Number
2
FD 3 IEC PAD3F
2
FD 4 IEC PAD4F
JD 3 IEC PAD3JD 2
KD 3 IEC PAD3K
LD 3 IEC PAD3LD 2
LD 4 IEC PAD4LD
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Rear Connecting Studs

2
F-Frame 1 L-Frame Ordering Information
2 Stud Stud Tube Stud Catalog
Ampere Catalog Catalog Number
2 Rating Number Number
314C960G07
For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers
2 100A short 451D874G01 32B9446H20
314C960G08
314C960G09
2 100A short
100A short
451D874G01
451D874G01
32B9446H21
32B9446H22
2 100A short 451D874G01 32B9446H23 M-Frame Ordering Information 1

100A long 451D874G02 32B9446H24 Stud Stud
2 100A long 451D874G02 32B9446H25
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
100A long 451D874G02 32B9446H26
2 100A long 451D874G02 32B9446H27
225 314C960G01
400 314C960G04
2 For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers

225A short 374D883G01 374D883H06
400 314C960G05
400 314C960G06
2 225A short 374D883G01 374D883H07
600 314C960G07
225A short 374D883G01 374D883H08
2
600 314C960G08
225A short 374D883G01 374D883H09
600 314C960G09
2
225A long 374D883G02 374D883H10
800 314C960G10
225A long 374D883G02 374D883H11
800 314C960G11
2 225A long 374D883G02 374D883H12
800 314C960G12
225A long 374D883G02 374D883H13
2
N-Frame Ordering Information 1
2 J-Frame 1 Stud Stud
Stud Stud Tube Ampere Catalog
2 Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Rating Number
800 623B222G01
2 250A short 5010D23G01 456D983H05
800 623B222G02
250A short 5010D23G01 456D983H06
800 623B222G03
2 250A short 5010D23G01 456D983H07
1200 373B375G04
250A long 5010D23G02 5010D23H05
2 250A long 5010D23G02 5010D23H06
1200 373B375G03
Note
2 250A long 5010D23G02 5010D23H07 1 Not UL listed.
2 K-Frame 1
2 Stud
Ampere
Stud
Catalog
Standard Tube
Catalog
Rating Number Number
2 400A short 6642C14G02 313C909H17
2 400A short
400A short
6642C14G04
6642C14G06
313C909H18
313C909H19
2 400A long 6642C14G03 313C909H20

400A long 6642C14G05 313C909H21
2 400A long 6642C14G07 313C909H22
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Panelboard Connecting Straps
2
F-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
Pole Connector Type 2
Bus Continuous
2
Spacing Current Center Outside
in Inches Rating Catalog Catalog
(mm) (Amperes) Number Number
2.75 (69.9) 50 673B142G02 673B142G09 2
2.75 (69.9)
2.75 (69.9)
100
150
673B142G02
673B142G04
673B142G10
673B142G03
2
3.50 (88.9) 50 1253C72G01 1253C72G03 2
3.50 (88.9) 100 1253C73G03 1253C73G06
3.50 (88.9) 150 1253C73G01 1253C73G05 2
2
F-Frame Mounting Bracket
Catalog 2
Number of Poles Number
2 624B600H02 2
2
3 624B600H01
J-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps 2

Bus Continuous
Pole Connector Type
Center Outside
2
Spacing Current
in Inches
(mm)
Rating
(Amperes)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
3.50 (88.9) 250 2600D26G01 2600D26G02
2
K-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
2
Bus Continuous
Pole Connector Type
Center Outside
2
Spacing Current
in Inches
(mm)
Rating
(Amperes)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
3.50 (88.9) 400 4212B78G02 4212B77G01
2
K-Frame Mounting Bracket
2
Number of Poles
Catalog
Number
2
2, 3 208B264H01 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
L-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps

2 Pole Connector Type
Continuous
2 Current
Rating
Center
Catalog
Outside
Catalog
(Amperes) Number Number
2 600 624B609G01 506C052G01
2
2 L-Frame Mounting Bracket
Catalog
2
Number of Poles Number
2, 3 208B297H01
2
2 M-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
Bus Continuous Pole Connector Type
2 Spacing
in Inches
Current
Rating Connector Catalog
(mm) (Amperes) Type Number
2 3.50 (88.9) 800 Short 314C996G01
2
Medium 314C996G02
Long 314C996G03
2
2 M-Frame Mounting Bracket
Catalog
2 Number
315C270H01
2
2 N-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps
Bus Continuous Pole Connector Type
2 Spacing
in Inches
Current
Rating Connector Catalog
(mm) (Amperes) Type Number
2 3.50 (88.9) 1200 Short 505C606G04
2 Medium
Long
505C606G05
505C606G06
2
2 N-Frame Mounting Bracket (Four Required)
Catalog
2 Number
315C270H01
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Type LFD Current Limiter Potential Transformer Module
The LFD current limiter is an interrupting capacity at up to The potential transformer line to line. Three 0.1 ampere 2
accessory that bolts to the 600 Vac. LFD current limiters module is required for the fuses are provided on the
load end of a standard FDB or for thermal-magnetic circuit Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to primary of the transformer 2
FD thermal-magnetic and breakers are listed with provide a voltage input to and can be used for isolation
electronic circuit breaker, Underwriters Laboratories allow the trip unit to monitor purposes during dielectric 2
providing 200,000A under File E47239. power and energy as well as testing. The device is
power factor. The potential
transformer module is a 6 VA
normally panel mounted
and can feed up to 16 OPTIM
2
Type LFD Current Type LFD Current Limiter
Limiter Circuit Breaker
Rating Amperes
Catalog
Number
transformer with a primary
voltage input of up to 600 volt
trip units.
2
15–70 LFD3070R
Potential Transformer Potential Transformer Module 2
80–160 LFD3150R Module
Description
Catalog
Number 2
Ground Fault Alarm Unit
Potential transformer module DOPTMLN
2
The ground fault alarm unit is
a remotely mounted device
light and the internal relay,
which has 1NO and 1NC 2
with a combination indicating contacts for remote
light/test button that will light indication. The ground fault
Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit
2
when the breaker trips or alarm unit can be panel The solid-state (electronic) 50/60 Hz power; it includes
alarms on ground fault. The mounted for ordering with an portable test kit provides
verification of performance of
complete instructions and
test times for testing long
2
ground fault alarm unit optional face mounting
all ratings of Digitrip 310 time, short time/
requires a separate 120 Vac
power source to power the
bracket. For use on Digitrip
310 only, K- through N-Frame. electronic trip units installed instantaneous operation 2
in circuit breakers while in and optional ground fault
GF Alarm Unit
service under varying load operation of the circuit 2
Ground Fault Alarm and/or phase imbalance. The breaker.
2
Unit Catalog test kit operates on 120-volt,
Description Number
Ground fault alarm unit GFAU Portable Test Kit 2
Face mounting bracket 1264C67G01 Catalog
Description Number
2
Solid-state (electronic) STK2
IQ Energy Sentinel
portable test kit
2
The IQ Energy Sentinel The IQ Energy Sentinel
is a highly accurate, mounts on the load side of a 2
microprocessor-based, Series C F-Frame (150
breaker-mounted device ampere) circuit breaker. It can 2
designed to monitor power be applied on three-phase,
and energy readings. It
represents an alternative to
four-wire systems, or single-
phase, three-wire systems
2
watt meters, watt-hour
meters, and watt demand
with voltage connected
through Phases A and C. 2
meters. Key advantages
include savings in space, For more information, see 2
lower installation costs, and Descriptive Bulletin 8178.
remote monitoring capability. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
Breaker Interface Module (BIM) Auxiliary Power Module

2 The Breaker Interface Module Vdc power supply is required The auxiliary power module is power module connects into
(BIM) is a panel mounted to provide power to the BIM. a power supply requiring 120 the top of the Digitrip
2 user interface device that is This is supplied by the Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that OPTIMizer via a keyed
mounted on the front of an switchboard builder to provides a 32 Vdc output. The receptacle. The main
2 electrical assembly or at a Eaton’s specifications. The auxiliary power module application for the auxiliary
remote location. The BIM is BIM is a member of Eaton’s provides control power for power module would be for
PowerNet family of
communicating devices that
testing an OPTIM trip unit
when other means of control
the testing of a standalone
non-communicating OPTIM
2 for OPTIM trip units and other
devices. The BIM consists of
connects OPTIM trip units,
Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip
power is not available or for
continuous OPTIMizer
breaker that ordinarily would
not have control power.
four display windows, eight units and energy sentinels as operation versus temporary
2 function buttons, 18 LEDs, a subnetwork system. The with a battery. The auxiliary
and a graphical time/current BIM can also be connected to
2 curve to provide breaker
status, operational
a main network via a PONI
Auxiliary Power Auxiliary Power Module
module to PowerNet Module Catalog
2 information, protection status
and energy monitoring. A 24
software. Number
PRTBAPMDV
2 Breaker Interface Module (BIM)
Breaker Interface
2
Module (BIM) Catalog
Number Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display
The Cause of Trip Display can The DIGIVIEW version will
2 BIMII
be field-installed on any provide a local display at the
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. breaker without additional
2 The device provides breaker
information through an LCD
wiring by connecting directly
onto the trip unit. The
2 Digitrip OPTIMizer
screen, such as cause of trip,
phrase current, ground
DIGIVIEWR06 version has a
6 foot cable that allows users
current and low loads. The to mount the display on the
2 The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a
hand-held programmer that is
the programmer, the eight-
pin connection cord, battery
display is ideal for outside of an enclosure door
troubleshooting common and connect to the trip unit
and carrying case. The
auxiliary power module is
trips such as ground fault, that is contained inside the
long delay, and enclosure.
from OPTIM trip units. The optional.
2 OPTIMizer plugs into the
Note: 24 Vdc Power Supply
instantaneous/short delay.
front of an OPTIM trip unit via
2 an eight-pin telephone jack
A 24 Vdc power supply is
required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip
Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount
Cause of Trip Display
and is powered by a nine-volt units that are required to
2 battery or the auxiliary power
module. One highlighted
communicate either on the main
Eaton PowerNet network or as a
Catalog
Number
2 feature is the “Copy” and subnetwork to a BIM. The DIGIVIEW

“Download” commands. breaker’s load is 45 mA of current.
Typically one power supply is DIGIVIEWR06
2 Setting up multiple OPTIM
trips can be finished in
required per switchboard and can
provide control power to a BIM
and the OPTIM trip units. The 24 Cause of Trip LED Module
2 minutes and with no errors.
An Auxiliary Power Module Vdc power supply should be an
The Cause of Trip LED breaker trips, the module
“isolated high quality” power
connection provides a trip test Module can be field-installed indicates the cause of trip
2 when control power is not
supply with a “CE” label, and is
normally provided by the on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip (long delay, short delay,
present at the breaker. The switchboard manufacturer to unit. The device provides a instantaneous and ground) via
2 OPTIMizer is supplied as a Eaton’s recommendations. cause of trip indication via LED indication. The module is
standard package to include LED. The Cause of Trip LED reset after the breaker is
2 Module connects directly
onto the trip unit. When the
reset.
Digitrip OPTIMizer Digitrip OPTIMizer
2 Catalog
Number Cause of Trip LED Module
2 OPTIMizer—standard package Catalog
Number
2 TRIP-LED
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Accessories
2
Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame)
2
NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft and C371 1
Handle Length Catalog 2
in Inches (mm) Number 2
4 (101.6) C361KJ4 2
2
6 (152.4) C361KJ6
Roller Latch 3 C361KR
Series C Rotary Accessories 2

As an option, an auxiliary This accessory would be
switch is offered so that the mounted on the mechanism 2
control panel builder may and comes with 24-inch
electrically indicate the status (609.6 mm) pigtail leads. 2
of the breaker.
2
Series C Auxiliary Switch
Catalog 2
Number
5108A61G01 2
2
Notes
1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters
required for assembly.

2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied
with these kits.

2
2
3 Third roller latch for use with 4- or 6-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when 3 point latching is
required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
Electrical Operator
2
F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 12 L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data
2 Inrush Current Maximum Fuse
168j
Voltage 3 Frequency Amperes Operating Time Amperes 4 Operating Voltage 3 Inrush Current Amperes
2 120 50/60 Hz AC 10 5 cycles (80 ms) 3 120 AC 31
2
240 50/60 Hz AC 5 5 cycles (80 ms) 2 208 AC 13
240 AC 12
2 F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data 2567

125 DC 21
24 DC 50
2 Voltage 3 Frequency
Inrush Current
Amperes
2 120
24
AC
DC
2
5
N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data 16kl
Operating Inrush Current Fuse
2 48 DC 3 Voltage 3 Frequency Amperes Amperes
125 DC 2 120 50/60 Hz 31 6
2 208 50/60 Hz 21 —
2
240 50/60 Hz 19 4
J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 1689
480 50/60 Hz — —
Inrush Current Fuse
2 Voltage 3 Amperes Amperes 24 DC 50 —
120 30 6 48 DC 80 —
2 240 16 4 125 DC 21 —
2
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 1689 R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data mnop
2 Operating Inrush Current Fuse Operating Motor Inrush Current
Voltage 3 Amperes Amperes Voltage q Frequency Amperes
2 120 30 6 120 50/60 Hz 40
2 240 16 4 240 50/60 Hz 27

48 DC 53
2 24 DC 58
Notes
2 1 UL listed under UL File E64983.
2 The electrical operator design is endurance tested for 8000 electrical operations.
2 3 Tolerance: +10%, –15% of nominal voltage.

4 Use current-limiting type fuse where required.
5 UL listed under UL File E64124.
2 6 Frequency: 50/60 Hz.

7 Maximum operating time: 3 seconds max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe
2 duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute.
8 The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 6000 electrical operations.
2
9 Maximum operating time: 5 cycles (80 mS).
j Maximum operating time: 12 cycles.
k The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 2,500 electrical operations.
2 l Maximum operating time: 12 cycles max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe
duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute.
2
m Operator is an intermittent duty service. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not
exceed one per minute.

n Electric Operating time at rated voltage; (a) To turn breaker ON–1/2 second max. (b) To turn
2 breaker OFF–1/2 second max.

o Motor operating temperature; Class “A” temperature limits apply.
2
p A minimum 1 kVA power source is recommended for motor operation.
q Applied voltage should be no less than 85% or no more than 110% of rated voltage.
2
For OPTIM trip, OPEOPCK kit required.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
Dimensions
Rear Connecting Studs 2
F-Frame 1 2
Stud Stud Panel Thickness Tube Length Tube Dimensions
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number A B C
Catalog
Number D E F
2
For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers 2
100A short 451D874G01 1.00 (25.4) 1.06 (26.9) — 32B9446H20 — 3.63 (92.1) 0.31 (7.9)–18
100A short 451D874G01 0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 1.38 (34.9) — 32B9446H21 — 3.63 (92.1) 0.31 (7.9)–18 2
100A short
100A short
451D874G01
451D874G01
0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)
0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)
1.69 (42.9)
2.00 (50.8)
—
—
32B9446H22
32B9446H23
—
—
3.63 (92.1)
3.63 (92.1)
0.31 (7.9)–18
0.31 (7.9)–18
2
100A long 451D874G02 1.00 (25.4) — 3.44 (87.3) 32B9446H24 6.13 (155.6) — 0.31 (7.9)–18
2
100A long 451D874G02 0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) — 3.75 (95.2) 32B9446H25 6.13 (155.6) — 0.31 (7.9)–18
100A long 451D874G02 0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) — 4.06 (103.1) 32B9446H26 6.13 (155.6) — 0.31 (7.9)–18 2
100A long 451D874G02 0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) — 4.38 (111.3) 32B9446H27 6.13 (155.6) — 0.31 (7.9)–18
For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers 2
225A short
225A short
374D883G01
374D883G01
1.00 (25.4)
0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)
1.06 (26.9)
1.38 (34.9)
—
—
374D883H06
374D883H07
—
—
4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
0.44 (11.1)–14
0.44 (11.1)–14
2
225A short 374D883G01 0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 1.69 (42.9) — 374D883H08 — 4.25 (108.0) 0.44 (11.1)–14 2
225A short 374D883G01 0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 2.00 (50.8) — 374D883H09 — 4.25 (108.0) 0.44 (11.1)–14
225A long 374D883G02 1.00 (25.4) — 3.44 (87.3) 374D883H10 7.50 (190.5) — 0.44 (11.1)–14 2
2
225A long 374D883G02 0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) — 3.75 (95.2) 374D883H11 7.50 (190.5) — 0.44 (11.1)–14
225A long 374D883G02 0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) — 4.06 (103.1) 374D883H12 7.50 (190.5) — 0.44 (11.1)–14
225A long 374D883G02 0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) — 4.38 (111.3) 374D883H13 7.50 (190.5) — 0.44 (11.1)–14
2
F-Frame 2
B
E
2
Mounting Panel
2
“F” Thread 2
Breaker Mounting
2
Surface
.06
(1.5) A
2
C
.75
2
D
(19.1)
2
Note
1 Not UL listed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Series C

2
J-Frame
2 Stud Stud Panel Thickness Tube Length Tube
2 Rating Number A B C Number
250A short 5010D23G01 0.75–1.00 (19.1–25.4) 0.84 (21.4) — 456D983H05
2 250A short 5010D23G01 0.50–0.75 (12.7–19.1) 1.09 (27.7) — 456D983H06
2 250A short
250A long
5010D23G01
5010D23G02
0.25–0.50 (6.4–12.7)
0.75–1.00 (19.1–25.4)
1.03 (26.2)
—
—
3.88 (98.6)
456D983H07
5010D23H05
2 250A long 5010D23G02 0.50–0.75 (12.7–19.1) — 4.13 (104.9) 5010D23H06

250A long 5010D23G02 0.25–0.50 (6.4–12.7) — 4.38 (111.3) 5010D23H07
2
2 1.59 6.66
(40.4) (169.2)
2 0.59
(15.0)
A C
0.03
0.06
2 (1.5)
(0.7)
0.31 (7.9) – 18 Thread

2
2 Do Not Use More
Than 10 Ft Lbs
Torque to Tighten Nuts
0.50 (12.7) – 13 Thread
2 Breaker
2 Mounting Panel
B
3.63
2 (92.2)
2
K-Frame 1
2 Stud Stud Panel Thickness Tube Length Standard Tube Dimensions
2 Rating Number A B C Number D E F
400A short 6642C14G02 0.75–1 (19.1–25.4) 0.84 (21.3) — 313C909H17 — 3.66 (93.0) 0.75–16 (19.1–406.4)
2 400A short 6642C14G04 0.50–0.75 (12.7–18.4) 1.09 (27.69) — 313C909H18 — — —
2 400A short
400A long
6642C14G06
6642C14G03
0.25–0.5 (6.35–12.7)
0.75–1 (19.1–25.4)
1.03 (26.16)
—
—
3.78 (96.0)
313C909H19
313C909H20
—
—
—
—
—
—
2 400A long 6642C14G05 0.50–0.75 (12.7–18.4) — 4.03 (102.4) 313C909H21 6.58 (167.1) — —
400A long 6642C14G07 0.25 –0.5 (6.35–12.7) — 4.28 (108.7) 313C909H22 — — —
2
2 E
B
2 Mounting Panel
2 “F” Thread
Breaker Mounting
2 Surface
2
0.06 A C
2 (1.5)
1.67 D
(42.4)
2
Note
2 1 Not UL listed.
www.comoso.com
Series C
2.3
2
L-Frame
Stud Catalog
2
Stud Length (A) Number
5.47 (138.9) 314C960G07
2
7.97 (202.4) 314C960G08
2
10.47 (265.9) 314C960G09
2
.44
(11.2) A 2
Insulators
2
Washer
Nut 2
2
Circuit Breaker Rear 2
Connecting
Insulating Panel
Stud
2
2
M-Frame
Stud Diameter Extension Stud
2
Ampere and Back of Catalog
Rating Thread Breaker Number 2
225 0.50 (12.7)–13 3.66 (93.0) 314C960G01
400 0.75 (19.1)–16 5.91 (150.1) 314C960G04 2
400
400
0.75 (19.1)–16
0.75 (19.1)–16
8.41 (213.6)
10.91 (277.0)
314C960G05
314C960G06
2
600 1.00 (25.4)–12 5.91 (150.1) 314C960G07 2
600 1.00 (25.4)–12 8.41 (213.6) 314C960G08
600 1.00 (25.4)–12 10.91 (277.0) 314C960G09 2
800 1.13 (28.7)–12 5.91 (150.1) 314C960G10
800 1.13 (28.7)–12 8.41 (213.6) 314C960G11 2
800 1.13 (28.7)–12 10.91 (277.0) 314C960G12
2
N-Frame
2
Stud
Ampere
Diameter
and
Extension
Back of
Stud
Catalog
2
Rating Thread Breaker Number
800 1.13 (28.7)–12 5.5 (139.7) 623B222G01
2
800 1.13 (28.7)–12 8.0 (203.2) 623B222G02
2
800 1.13 (28.7)–12 10.5 (266.7) 623B222G03
1200 1.25 (31.8)–12 5.5 (139.7) 373B375G04 2
1200 1.25 (31.8)–12 10.5 (266.7) 373B375G03
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Definite Purpose
Contents
2 GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Frames
Description Page
2 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-327
Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-327
2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-329
Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-329
2 Line and Load Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-329
Optional Line and Load Terminals . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-329
2 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-330
2
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-331
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-329
2 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-332
Learn Drawings
2 Online Online
2
Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breaker Family
2
2 Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2 Optimized solution for HVAC/R and Pumping Applications.
Product Overview
2
GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Frames Eaton’s Definite Purpose Trip Units and Terminals External Accessories
2 15–800 Amperes
NEMA 480 Vac
breakers are rated from 15–
800A and are available in five
Definite Purpose breakers Definite Purpose breakers
contain factory-sealed use the same external
2 Eaton’s Definite Purpose
frame sizes. Each frame size
has the same compact
thermal-magnetic trip units. accessories as Series C
breakers: handle
are available in three-pole outside dimensions as The GP-Frame breaker
2 configurations, and are Series C breakers. (15–100A) includes line and
mechanisms, motor
operators, lock-off devices,
designed to meet the specific load terminals and breaker busbar extensions and
2 requirements of HVAC/R Additionally, Definite Purpose
breakers have been
mounting hardware. multiple terminal
and pumping applications. arrangements.
rigorously tested to the FP (15–225A), KP (200–
2 As with other members of UL 489 standard. They 400A), LP (450–600A) and
Eaton’s family of molded are assembled in an ISO MP (700–800A) Frames ship
2 case circuit breakers, Definite certified facility. standard without mounting
hardware. For line and load
Purpose breakers provide
2 high quality, reliability,
unmatched performance
terminals, add “L” to the end
of the catalog number or “W”
for no terminals.
2 and outstanding value.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Definite Purpose
2.4
Product Selection Guide
2
Electrical Characteristics 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Breaker Type GPS FPS FPH KPS KPH
2
Amperage range 15–100A 15–225A 15–225A 200–400A 200–400A
Performance level S S H S H 2
Breaker capacity (kA rms) 240 Vac 65 65 100 65 100
NEMA, UL, CSA 480 Vac 22 35 65 35 65 2
2
600 Vac — 18 25 25 35
Number of poles 3 3 3 3 3
Maximum voltage (Vac) 480 600 600 600 600
2
Thermal-magnetic ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Definite Purpose
2
2 Electrical Characteristics, continued
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Breaker Type LPS LPH MPS MPH
Amperage range 450–600A 450–600A 700–800A 700–800A
2 Performance level S H S H
Breaker capacity (kA rms) 240 Vac 65 100 65 100
2 NEMA, UL, CSA 480 Vac 35 65 50 65
2
600 Vac 25 35 25 35
Number of poles 3 3 3 3
2 Maximum voltage (Vac) 600 600 600 600

Thermal-magnetic ■ ■ ■ ■
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Definite Purpose
2.4
Features
2
Base Mounting Hardware Base Mounting Hardware
English base mounting Catalog Number 2
hardware is included with Frame English Metric
GP frame only. For all other
GP Included —
2
frames, order base mounting
hardware separately as per
the table to the right.
FP
KP
BMH1
BMH3
BMH1M
BMH3M
2
LP
MP
BMH4
BMH5
BMH4M
BMH5M
2
Note: Base mounting hardware, is included with GP-Frame breakers.
A separate catalog number is not required.
2
Line and Load Terminals Line and Load Termination
2
Both line and load terminals
are included with GP-Frame Breaker
Termination
Type
Awg Wire
Range
Metric Wire
Range (mm)
Wire
Type
Bolt Size
English
Bolt Size
Metric
Torque
Lb–In
Torque
Nm
Catalog
Number
2
Definite Purpose breakers.
For all other frames, add “L”
GP Wire #14–1/0 2.5–50 Cu only — — 45 5.1 Included
2
for line and load terminals
to be included or“W” for
Optional Line and Load Terminals
2
no terminals.
Maximum Awg Wire Wire Catalog

Catalog Number
with Control Wire
2
Breaker Amperes Range Type Number Termination
FP 100 #14–#10 Cu/Al 3T100FB 1 —
2
100
100
#8
#6–#4
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
3T100FB 1
3T100FB 1
—
—
2
100
200
#3–4/0
#3–4/0
Cu/Al
Cu only
3T100FB 1
3T150FB 1
—
—
2
225
225
#4–4/0
#6–300
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
3TA225FB 1
3TA225FDK 1
—
—
2
KP 400 250–500 (1) Cu/Al TA350K — 2
400 3/0–250 (2) Cu/Al 3TA400K 1 3TA400KCW
LP 500 250–350 (2) Cu/Al TA602LD TA602LDCW 2
600 400–500 (2) Cu/Al 3TA603LDK 1 3TA603LDKCW
MP 800 3/0–400 (3) Cu/Al TA800MA2 TA800MA2CWT 2
800 500–750 (2) Cu/Al TA801MA TA801MACWT
Note 2
Accessories 1 Package of three terminals.
End Cap Accessory Kit End Cap Accessory Kit

2
End caps for line and load
conductor termination are
2
optional with each breaker.
End caps secure the 2
conductor with a ring-type
connector. The kit includes 2
one end cap, three cap
screws, three nuts and three 2
lock washers.
Series C Accessories
2
For internal accessories, see
Page V4-T2-268. 2
For external accessories, see 2
Page V4-T2-299.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Definite Purpose

2
2 FP S 3 150 L
2 Frame Size Options
GP = GP-Frame Interrupting Rating K = Molded case switch 2
2 FP = FP-Frame
KP = KP-Frame
S = Standard Number of Poles L = Line and load terminals
W = Without terminals or
H = High 1 3 = Three-pole
2
LP = LP-Frame mounting hardware 1
MP = LP-Frame
2 Ampere Rating
GP-Frame FP-Frame KP-Frame LP-Frame MP-Frame
2 015 = 15A
020 = 20A
015 = 15A
020 = 20A
175 = 175A
200 = 200A
450 = 450A
500 = 500A
700 = 700A
800 = 800A
025 = 25A 025 = 25A 250 = 250A 600 = 600A
2 030 = 30A
035 = 35A
030 = 30A
035 = 35A
300 = 300A
400 = 400A
2 040 = 40A
045 = 45A
040 = 40A
045 = 45A
050 = 50A 050 = 50A
2 060 = 60A
070 = 70A
060 = 60A
070 = 70A
080 = 80A 080 = 80A
2 090 = 80A
100 = 100A
100 = 100A
110 = 110A
2
125 = 125A
150 = 150A
175 = 175A
2 200 = 200A
225 = 225A
2 Notes
1 Not available on GP-Frame.
2 2 When choosing a molded case switch, select the highest amperage rating for the frame and the standard interrupting rating.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Definite Purpose
2.4
Product Selection
2
Catalog Numbers
When ordering Definite Purpose breakers, use the appropriate 2
catalog numbers given below.
2
GP 100 GP-Frame/15–100A FP 225 FP-Frame/15–225A 2
Three-Pole Three-Pole
Frame/ Catalog Frame/ Catalog 2
Ampere Rating Number Ampere Rating Number
GP/15–100A circuit breakers GPS3015 FP/15–225A circuit breakers FPS3015 2
GPS3020 FPS3020
GPS3025 FPS3025
2
GPS3030
GPS3035
FPS3030
FPS3035
2
GPS3040 FPS3040 2
GPS3045 FPS3045
GPS3050 FPS3050 2
2
GPS3060 FPS3060
GPS3070 FPS3070
GPS3080 FPS3080
2
GPS3090 FPS3090
GPS3100 FPS3100 2
GP/100A molded case switch GPS3100K FPS3110
Note: All GP frames come standard with line and load terminals FPS3125 2
and base mounting hardware. Not available without terminals. FPS3150
FPS3175
2
FPS3200 2
FPS3225
FPH3015 2
FPH3020
FPH3025
2
FPH3030
FPH3035
2
FPH3040 2
FPH3045
FPH3050 2
2
FPH3060
FPH3070
FPH3080
2
FPH3090
FPH3100 2
FPH3110
FPH3125 2
FPH3150
FPH3175
2
FPH3200 2
FPH3225
FP/225A molded case switch FPS3225K 2
Note: At the end of catalog number, add “L” for terminals or “W”
for no terminals. 2
2
www.comoso.com
Definite Purpose
KP-Frame/200–400A Dimensions
2 KP 250
Three-Pole Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2 Frame/
Ampere Rating
Catalog
Number All dimensions are provided for guidance and should not be used
for construction purposes unless approved.
2 KP/175–400A circuit breakers KPS3175
KPS3200
Contact Eaton for detailed outline drawings.
2 KPS3250
KPS3300
GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Definite Purpose Frames
2 KPS3400
Breaker Type
KPH3175
2 KPH3200
GP FP KP LP MP
Width 3.00 (76.2) 4.13 (104.9) 5.49 (139.4) 8.25 (209.6) 8.25 (209.6)
2 KPH3250
KPH3300
Height 4.88 (124.0) 6.00 (152.4) 10.12 (257.0) 10.75 (273.1) 16.00 (406.4)
Depth 2.63 (66.7) 3.38 (85.9) 4.31 (109.6) 3.81 (96.8) 4.06 (103.1)
2 KPH3400
KP/400A molded case switch KPS3400K
2
2 LP 400 LP-Frame/450–600A
Three-Pole
2 Frame/ Catalog
Ampere Rating Number
2 LP/450–600A circuit breakers LPS3450
2
LPS3500
LPS3600
2 LPH3450
LPH3500
2 LPH3600
LP/600A molded case switch LPS3600K
2
2 MP 800 MP-Frame/700–800A
Three-Pole
2 Frame/ Catalog
Ampere Rating Number
2 MP/700–800A circuit breakers MPS3700
2
MPS3800
MPH3700
2 MPH3800
MP/800A molded case switch MPS3800K
2
2 Note: For KP, LP, MP frames above, add “L” for terminals or W”
for no terminals to end of catalog number.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Metering and Communications
2.5
Contents
PM3 Modules
Description Page
2
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module 2
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-335
2
Learn
Online
Drawings
Online 2
2
2
2
2
Power Monitoring and Metering with Modbus RTU
2
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module 2
Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 2
The PM3 is the perfect ● Communications via ● Communicates electrical ● Meets ANSI C12.1
solution for main, branch Modbus® and Eaton’s system data and circuit revenue grade standard 2
circuit and standalone INCOM™ protocol; breaker status with a current and
monitoring/metering
applications. With information
compatible with Eaton’s
PXG for Web page and
● Calculates power and voltage accuracy of
0.5% of reading
2
energy to an accuracy of
at your fingertips, you can
meter, monitor and ●
Ethernet capabilities
Works in 240 Vac PM3, ●
1.0% of reading
Configurable with thermal-
●
●
UL 489, Annex J
IEC 61000-4-2—ESD
2
communicate phase current 480 Vac and 600 Vac
and voltage with calculated applications
magnetic or electronic
trip units
● IEC 61000-4-4—EFT 2
power and energy. ● IEC 61000-4-5—SURGE
● 480 Vac PM3 has Suitable for reverse-feed
2
●
internal power supply

● IEC 61000-4-6—EMC
The PM3 is versatile, as it applications
connects to the load side of to power electronics ● ANSI C12.1 (1% accuracy)
Easy to install
2
●
a molded-case circuit breaker ● 600 Vac PM3 requires ● UL/cUL/CE

(MCCB) and communicates 24 Vdc auxiliary power PM3 Benefits When Combined
easily to a local network or ● Seamlessly integrates with with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit 2
the Internet through Eaton thermal-magnetic or ● Alarming: high load and
Power Xpert® Gateways
(PXGs). Cost of ownership
electronic trip units ground fault 2
● Zone selective interlocking
2
is reduced through ease of
installation. The PM3 is
● Arcflash Reduction
your ideal MCCB Maintenance System™
metering solution. ● Cause-of-trip localized 2
information through
Digiview and TRIP-LED 2
● Modbus/INCOM
communications
2
● HMI connectivity
●
through PXG
Current and voltage
2
metering to 0.5% of
reading 2
Power and energy
2
●
monitoring to 1.0%
of reading
● Reduces cost of ownership 2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
2
2
PM3 Modules PM3 Power Monitoring and Communications Module Technical Specifications for
Catalog Number
Modbus RTU
2 Frame 480V 600V Description Specification
Modbus Current Inputs
2 FD — PM3FM Pickup current 0.3A rms
JG — PM3JM Maximum reported current FD/JG 250A rms

2 KD and LG — PM3LM KD/LD 630A rms
Accuracy 0.5% of reading
2
INCOM
FD PM3FI480 PM3FI600 Voltage Inputs
2 JG PM3JI480 PM3JI600 Range Line-to-neutral 30–366 Vac
KD and LG PM3LI480 PM3LI600 Line-to-line 52–635 Vac
2 Supported systems Three-element wye, three-element wye + neutral

End Cap Kits Two-element delta, four-wire delta systems
2 (Sold Separately)
Input impedance 996 kiloohm/phase
Catalog
2
Burden per phase 0.36 VA/phase max. at 600V;
Frame Description Number 0.014 VA at 120V
FD Metric end cap kit KPEKM1 Phase voltage connections Internal via screw terminal to busbar
2 for F-Frame For wye system, a neutral is required to be connected to the PM3 on the
right Phoenix connector.
English end cap kit KPEK1
2 for F-Frame Neutral connection If neutral is not available, the meter will calculate a virtual neutral
based on the phase-to-phase rms voltage.
JG Metric end cap kit FJ3RTWK
2
The system voltage must be balanced for this to be accurate.
for JG-Frame
Frequency
English end cap kit FJ3RTDK
2 for JG-Frame Frequency 50/60 Hz
KD Metric end cap kit KPEKM3 Accuracy ± 0.1 Hz
2 for K-Frame
Resolution 0.1 Hz
English end cap kit KPEK3
Power and Energy
2 LG
for K-Frame
Metric end cap kit L3RTWK Accuracy 1% of reading (ANSI C12.1)
2
for LG-Frame Isolation
All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500V.
2 Technical Data and

Environmental Ratings
Operating temperature –20°C to +50°C
Specifications
2 Storage temperature –20°C to +50°C
Metered parameters Operating humidity 5 to 95% RH noncondensing
2 ● IA, IB, IC Sensing Method
● VAB, VBC, VCA, Van, Vbn, Vcn
2 ● Apparent Energy, Forward
Voltage, current True rms
Sampling rate 13.02K samples per second
Real Energy, Reverse Real
2 Energy, Net Real Energy, Update Rate
Lagging Reactive Energy, Watts, VAR and VA 1.03 sec at 60 Hz
2 Leading Reactive Energy, All other parameters 1.07 sec at 60 Hz
Net Reactive Energy
2
Power Supply (External)
● Apparent Power A, B, C;
Apparent Power Total; DC voltage 18–30 Vdc
2 Reactive Power A, B, C;
Reactive Power Total; Real
Maximum current 30.0 mA at 24 Vdc
Burden 0.72W
Power A, B, C;
2 Real Power Total Standard Communication Format
● Frequency, Apparent Connection type Three-wire RS-485 (A, B, Common)
2 Power Factor, Apparent Com port baud rate 9600 or 19,200 bauds Default: 19,200 bauds
PFA, Apparent PFB,
2 Apparent PFC
Modbus address range
Data format
01–247
Selectable (8, N, 1 | 8, N, 2 | 8, Even, 1 | 8, Odd, 1) Default: 8, N, 2
2 Protocols Modbus RTU

Internal termination resistor Via DIP switch Default: Enabled
2 selectable ON or OFF
www.comoso.com
2.5
FD Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus JG Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus 2
1.38
3.50 (88.9)
3.39
3.57 (90.7)
3.44
2
(86.1) 1.38 (87.4)
(35.1)
2
0.69 3.19 (35.1) 3.34
Line End 0.69
(17.5) (81.0) Line End (84.8)
(17.5)
2
123456789101112131415
3.63 3.63
2.88 On
(92.2) (92.2) 3.95 3.95
Off 3.17 (100.3)
2
(73.2) (100.3)
6.00 (80.5) 7.00
4.50 (152.4) O
N
(177.8)
CL CL
(114.3) Handle Handle CL CL
2
O
F
LED F
Handle Handle
RY EA
S
FACTO
5.50 PUSH TO
TRIP
(139.7) LED
RY EA
S
2
FACTO
O
N 1 2 3 4 5 6
9.53 11.00
(242.1) (279.4) 10.50
(266.7)
O
N 1 2 3 4 5 6
12.00
(304.8) 2
123456789101112131415 2
2
2.06 3.34 123456789101112131415
(52.3) Load End (84.8)

4.13 (104.9) 3.42 2.06 3.34
2
(86.9) (52.3) Load End (84.8)
3.94 (100.1) 4.13 (104.9) 3.42
(86.9)
4.41 (112.0)
2
KD Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus LG Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus
4.31 (109.5)
2
4.31 (109.5)
2
4.06 4.06
1.72 1.72
(103.1) (103.1)
(43.7) 0.86 (43.7)
3.81 0.86 3.98
(21.8) Line End Line End
2
(96.8) (21.8) (101.1)
4.92 5.77
(146.6) 5.77 4.73 5.58
5.58
2
(125.0) (120.1) (141.7)
(146.6) (141.7)
On/I
2
CL CL CL CL
8.44
(214.4)
Off/O Handle
10.13
Handle
8.44
(214.4)
Handle Handle 2
10.13
2
(257.3) (257.3)
12.14
(308.4)
Power Monitoring/
Metering Module
ON O
N1
Tx
Settings
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4 5 6
Rx STATUS
Network Address
Bell Alarm
13.83
12.14
(308.4)
Power Monitoring/
Metering Module Tx
Settings
Rx
1 2 3 4 5 6
STATUS
Network Address 13.82 2

(351.3)
ON O
A
COM N1 2 3 4 5 6
B
COM
MODBUS
COM
Aux. Alarm Bell Alarm
(351.0)
2
EARTH A
V Neutral COM
24 Vdc (+) See breaker for terminal information. B MODBUS
Power See instruction sheet for high voltage tests. COM
24 Vdc (–) COM
For use on Series G, L-Frame or Series C, K-Frame Aux. Alarm
Circuit Breaker, Switch, Motor Circuit Protector. EARTH
V Neutral
24 Vdc (+) See breaker for terminal information.
24 Vdc (–)
Power See instruction sheet for high voltage tests.
For use on Series G, L-Frame or Series C, K-Frame
Circuit Breaker, Switch, Motor Circuit Protector.
2.74 3.98
(69.6)
5.48 (139.2)
Load End
4.06
(101.1) 2.74
(69.6)
Load End
3.98
(101.1) 2
5.48 (139.2) 4.06
2
(103.1)
(103.1)
4.88 (124.0)
5.43 (137.9)
PM3 Dimensions and Shipping Weights 2

Description
Weight in lbs (kg)
Frame
FD
1.26 (0.57)
2
JG
KD/LG
1.60 (0.73)
2.25 (1.02)
2
Basic unit in inches (mm) FD
JG
4.13 W x 5.00 L x 3.39 H (104.9 x 127.0 x 86.1)
4.13 W x 5.00 L x 3.39 H (104.9 x 127.0 x 86.1)
2
KD/LG 5.48 W x 3.70 L x 4.06 H (139.2 x 94.0 x 103.2) 2
Shipping container dimensions in inches (mm) FD/JG 8.00 x 5.13 x 5.50 (203.2 x 130.3 x 139.7)
KD/LG 6.25 x 8.25 x 7.00 (158.7 x 209.5 x 177.8) 2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Contents
2 Engine Generator Circuit Breakers
Description Page
2 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-338
Accessories Selection Guide and
2 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-340
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-340
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-341
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-341
2 Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole
2 and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-355
E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-367
2 Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-390
2 Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . . V4-T2-404

Learn Drawings
2 Online Online
2
2
2
Eaton’s engine generator
Engine generator circuit
Engine generator molded
2 molded case circuit breakers
are designed specifically for
reverse feed application.
case circuit breakers are
designed to conform with the
application on diesel engine following standards:
2 powered standby generators
● Underwriters Laboratories
where high interrupting
2 circuit breakers are not Standard UL 489, Molded
Case Circuit Breakers and
required. The JG through NG
Circuit Breaker Enclosures
2 breakers are equipped with a
special trip unit, that includes File E7819
standard thermal (overload) ● Canadian Standards
2 protection and special low Association Standard
magnetic pickup range (FG C22.2 No. 5, Service
2 includes a fixed thermal- Entrance and Branch Circuit
magnetic pickup). The Breakers
2 standard thermal trip unit
provides overload protection
● International
Electrotechnical
2 for conductors per the
National Electrical Code®. The
Commission
Recommendations IEC
low magnetic pickup range is 947-2, Circuit Breakers
2 approximately two to five
times the continuous rating
2 and provides closer low-level
short-circuit protection when
2 applied on generators that
have very low short-circuit
Conformance with these
2 capacity. This combination
allows the user to customize
and international codes,
assuming user acceptability
the breaker to the generator and simplified application.
2 output.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
This information is presented ● JG, KG, LG and NG ● Contact Eaton for 2
only as an aid to breakers with W catalog additional ratings and
understanding catalog number suffix do not internal/external accessories 2
numbers. It is not to be used include any terminals ● Reverse feed
to build catalog numbers for ● JG, KG, LG and NG 2
circuit breakers. breakers without W catalog
● FG breakers include both number suffix include both 2
line and load side terminals line and load terminals
2
Circuit Breakers FG, JG, KG, LG and NG
2
FG 3 100 W
2
Frame
FG Number of Poles Trip Amperes
Suffix
2
3 = Three-pole 015
020 2
025
030
035
2
040
045
050
2
2
060
070
080
090
100 2
125
150
175
2
2
200
225
JG
175
200 2
225
KG
250 2
300
350 2
400
2
LG
450
500
NG
600
2
700
800
900
2
2
1000
1200
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Product Selection
2 The following table lists FG generator full load current
through NG engine generator rating (FLA). The maximum
2 breakers with the maximum kW rating is based on three-
generator kVA and kW rating. phase generators at 80%
2 Engine generator breakers power factor.
are applied at 115% of the
2
2 Thermal-Magnetic
Engine Generator
2 Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz
240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac
Breaker 3
Magnetic Catalog
2 Pickup Range kVA 1 kW 2 kVA 1 kW 2 kVA 1 kW 2 Number
Fixed 5 4 11 9 14 11 FG3015 4
2 Fixed 7 6 14 12 18 14 FG3020 4
Fixed 9 7 18 14 23 18 FG3025 4
2 Fixed 11 9 22 17 27 22 FG3030 4
2 Fixed
Fixed
13
14
10
12
25
29
20
23
32
36
25
29
FG3035 4
FG3040 4
2 Fixed 16 13 32 26 41 32 FG3045 4
Fixed 18 14 36 29 45 36 FG3050 4
2 Fixed 22 17 43 35 54 43 FG3060 4
Fixed 25 20 51 40 63 51 FG3070 4
2 Fixed 29 23 58 46 72 58 FG3080 4
2 Fixed 32 26 65 52 81 65 FG3090 4
Fixed 36 29 72 58 90 72 FG3100 4
2 Fixed 40 32 79 64 99 79 FG3110 4
Fixed 45 36 90 72 113 90 FG3125 4
2 Fixed 54 43 108 87 135 108 FG3150 4
2
Fixed 63 51 126 101 158 126 FG3175 4
Fixed 72 58 144 116 181 144 FG3200 4
2 Fixed 81 65 162 130 203 162 FG3225 4

350–700 63 51 126 101 158 126 JG3175W 5
2 350–700 63 51 126 101 158 126 JG3175 4
350–700 72 58 144 116 181 144 JG3200W 5
2 350–700 72 58 144 116 181 144 JG3200 4
2 350–700
350–700
81
81
65
65
162
162
130
130
203
203
162
162
JG3225W 5
JG3225 4
2 350–700 90 72 181 144 226 181 JG3250W 5

350–700 90 72 181 144 226 181 JG3250 4
2 500–1000 108 87 217 173 271 217 KG3300W 5
500–1000 108 87 217 173 271 217 KG3300 4
2 500–1000 126 101 253 202 316 253 KG3350W 5
2 500–1000 126 101 253 202 316 253 KG3350 4

1000–2000 144 116 289 231 361 289 KG3400 4
2 Notes
1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating.
2 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor.

3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units.
2
4 Breaker includes line and load terminals.
5 Without terminals.
2 The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Electronic
Engine Generator
2
Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz Breaker 3
Magnetic 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Catalog
2
Pickup Range kVA 1 kW 2 kVA 1 kW 2 kVA 1 kW 2 Number
500–2500 162 130 325 260 406 325 LG3450 4
2
2
500–2500 181 144 361 289 451 361 LG3500 4
500–2500 217 173 433 347 542 433 LG3600 4

500–2500 253 202 505 404 632 505 NG3700 4 2
500–2500 289 231 578 462 722 578 NG3800 4
1250–5000 325 260 650 520 812 650 NG3900 4 2
4
2
1250–5000 361 289 722 578 903 722 NG31000
1250–5000 433 347 867 693 1083 867 NG31200 4
Notes
1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating.
2
2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor.
3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units.
2
4 Breaker includes line and load terminals.
The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information Options and Accessories

2
Enclosures
2
Standard Terminals
Type 1 General Purpose as a main disconnect and Breaker Max. Amp AWG Wire Metric Wire Catalog
protective device for feeder Range mm2
2 ● Surface or flush mounting Frame Rating Range Number
circuits. Ratings through
● 15–1200 ampere range 1200 amperes are listed by FG 100 14–1/0 2.5–50 3T100FB 1
2 ● 600 Vac, 500 Vdc Underwriters Laboratories as

suitable for service entrance
FG 150 4–4/0 25–95 3TA225FD 1
JG 250 4–350 kcmil 25–185 TA250KB
Type 1 enclosed breakers
2 are designed for use in
application.
KG 350 250–500 kcmil 120–240 TA350K
commercial buildings, Type 12 Dustproof Surface KG 400 3/0–250 kcmil (2) 95–120 3TA400K 1
2 apartment buildings and
other areas where a general
Mounting
LG 600 250–500 kcmil (2) 120–240 3TA603LDK
● No knockouts or other
2 purpose enclosure is
applicable. The breaker is openings
NG
NG
700
1000
1–500 kcmil (2)
3/0–400 kcmil (3)
50–300
95–185
TA700NB1
TA1000NB1
front operable and is capable ● 15–1200 ampere range
2 of being padlocked in either ● 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
NG 1200 4/0–500 kcmil (4) 120–300 TA1200NB1
the ON or OFF position.

2 Ratings through 1200 The Type 12 enclosure is
designed in line with Neutral Kits, Insulated and Groundable
amperes are listed with
2 Underwriters Laboratories as
approved for service entrance
specifications for special
industry applications where
Max. Enclosure
Rating (Amperes)
Main Lug Number
Size Cu/Al
Ground Lug
Size Cu/Al
Catalog
Number
unusually severe conditions
2 application. Both surface and 100 (1) 14–1/0 (1) 14–1/0 INK100
flush mounted enclosures are involving oil, coolant, dust and
250 (1) 6–350 kcmil (1) 4–300 kcmil INK250
available. other foreign materials exist
2 Type 3R Rainproof Surface
in the operating atmosphere.
The handle padlocks in the
400 (1) 4–750 kcmil or
(2) 1/0–250 kcmil
(1) 4–300 kcmil INK400
2 Mounting OFF position and the cover is

interlocked with the handle
600 (2) 250–500 kcmil (1) 4–300 kcmil INK600
● Interchangeable hubs 1200 (3) 1/0 to 750 kcmil or (1) 6–250 kcmil INK1200
mechanism to prevent
2 (through 400 amperes) opening the cover with the
(4) 1/0 to 750 kcmil
● 15–1200 ampere range circuit breaker in the ON
2 ● 600 Vac, 500 Vdc position. Ratings through Internal Accessories
1200 amperes are listed by
2 This general purpose outdoor
service center employs a
Underwriters Laboratories as
suitable for service entrance
Auxiliary Switch 2
circuit breaker inside a 1A-1B 2A-2B
2 weatherproof sheet steel
application.
Breaker Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit
breaker enclosure to serve Frame Mounted Catalog Number Mounted Catalog Number
2 FG 3 A06 A1X1PK A13 A2X1RPK
Enclosure Selection Data JG A06 A1X2PK A13 A2X2PK
2 Breaker KG A06 A1X3PK A13 A2X3PK
Frame Enclosure Catalog
2 Amperes Type Class Number
LG A06 A1X4PK A13 A2X4PK
NG A06 A1X5PK A13 A2X5PK
FG Type 1 SFDN225
2 15–225
Type 3R RFDN225
Shunt Trip 2
2 JG
Type 12
Type 1
JFDN225
SJDN250
Breaker Factory Field Kit
Frame Rating Mounted Catalog Number
2 175–250
Type 3R RJDN250
FG 3 12–24 Vdc S02 SNT1LP03K
Type 12 JJDN250
2 KG Type 1 SKDN400
JG
KG
12–24 Vdc
12–24 Vdc
S42
S42
SNT2P04K
SNT3P04K
300–400
2
Type 3R RKDN400
LG 12–24 Vdc S02 SNT4LP03K
Type 12 JKDN400
NG 12–24 Vdc S02 SNT5LP03K
2 LG
450–600
Type 1 SLDN600
Notes
Type 3R RLDN600
1 Package of three terminals.
2 Type 12 JLDN600 2 Other accessories are available. Same as standard frame breakers.
3 Field installation on the FG Frame is not UL listed.
NG Type 1 SNDN1200
2 700–1200
Type 3R RNDN1200
2 Type 12 JNDN1200
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
2
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 2
Volts AC Interrupting Capacity
(50/60 Hz) (Symmetrical Amperes)
2
240 18,000
480 14,000 2
600 10,000
2
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Volts AC Interrupting Capacity
2
(50/60 Hz) (Symmetrical Amperes)
220, 240 18,000/ 9,000
2
380, 415 14,000/ 7,000
2
660, 690 18,000/ 9,000
14,000/ 7,000
10,000/5,000 2
2
Enclosure Selection Data 2
Breaker
Frame Enclosure Approx. Weight Conduit Sizes, Catalog 2
Amperes Type Class A B C D E Lbs (kg) Inches Number
FG Type 1 23.25 (590.6) 8.41 (213.6) 6.28 (159.5) 18.75 (476.3) 1.20 (30.5) 15 (7) 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50 SFDN225 2
15–225
Type 3R 25.66 (651.8) 8.84 (224.7) 9.31 (236.5) 24.28 (616.7) 1.70 (43.2) 19 (9) 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50 RFDN225
Type 12 25.66 (651.8) 8.84 (224.7) 9.31 (236.5) 24.28 (616.7) 1.70 (43.2) 18 (8) — JFDN225 2
JG
175–250
Type 1
Type 3R
34.70 (881.4)
37.50 (952.5)
10.92 (277.4)
11.56 (293.6)
7.20 (182.9)
10.22 (259.6)
30.00 (762.0)
35.77 (908.6)
1.88 (47.8)
1.94 (49.3)
31 (14)
40 (18)
0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3
0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3
SJDN250
RJDN250
2
Type 12 37.53 (953.3) 11.56 (293.6) 10.22 (259.6) 35.77 (908.6) 1.94 (49.3) 37 (17) — JJDN250 2
KG Type 1 38.81 (985.8) 11.06 (280.9) 10.94 (277.9) 34.00 (863.6) 2.28 (57.9) 53 (24) 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.50, 2, 2.50, 3, 3.50 SKDN400
300–400
Type 3R 41.69 (1058.9) 11.75 (298.5) 14.06 (357.1) 39.90 (1013.5) 1.97 (50.0) 60 (27) 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 2.50, 3, 3.50 RKDN400 2
Type 12 41.69 (1058.9) 11.75 (298.5) 14.06 (357.1) 39.90 (1013.5) 1.97 (50.0) 53 (24) — JKDN400
LG Type 1 45.88 (1165.4) 14.31 (363.5) 12.38 (314.5) 46.56 (1182.6) 1.91 (48.5) 81 (37) 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4 SLDN600
2
450–600
Type 3R 48.31 (1227.1) 14.91 (378.7) 15.50 (393.7) 46.56 (1182.6) 1.92 (48.8) 84 (38) 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4 RLDN600
2
Type 12 48.31 (1227.1) 14.91 (378.7) 15.50 (393.7) 46.56 (1182.6) 1.92 (48.8) 81 (37) — JLDN600
NG
700–1200
Type 1 61.22 (1555.0) 21.44 (544.6) 15.41 (391.4) 61.84 (1570.7) 1.97 (50.0) 178 (81) — SNDN1200 2
Type 3R 63.59 (1615.2) 22.00 (558.8) 17.63 (447.8) 61.84 (1570.7) 1.97 (50.0) 175 (79) — RNDN1200
Type 12 63.59 (1615.2) 22.00 (558.8) 17.63 (447.8) 61.84 (1570.7) 1.97 (50.0) 170 (77) — JNDN1200 2
Type 1 Surface Mounted Type 3R Rainproof Type 12, 12K Dustproof

2
E E
C
E C
2
B C
2
ON 2
D ON
D A
A OFF OFF
2
D A
2
B
B
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Contents
2 Direct Current Circuit Breakers
Description Page
2 Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-336
Direct Current Circuit Breakers
2 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-344
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-345
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-352
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-353
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-354
2
and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-355
E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-367
2 Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-390
2 Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . V4-T2-404
2
2
2 Direct Current Circuit Breakers
DC (direct current) Current ratings are available All DC breakers use the
2 systems and applications from 15 to 3000A, with same internal and external
are becoming commonplace a full scale of voltage and accessories as their
2 as alternative energy sources
have expanded and the
interrupting ratings to address
needs ranging from standard
corresponding Series C
and Series G AC frame
2 number of DC devices
and data centers using DC
to the highest performance.
Optional internal accessories
equivalents, except for the
NBDC breaker, which uses
power has swelled. provide remote tripping and the same internal and
2 Eaton offers molded case
indication of breaker status. external accessories as
the standard NB frame.
2 circuit breakers and switches
to meet circuit protection and
The DC breaker family is
UL 489 listed and exceeds The HFDDC through
switching requirements for a the requirements in UL 489 HMDLDC and EG to RG
2 host of different DC end user Supplement SC for UPS DC breakers use the same
requirements. Applications applications. Eaton breakers internal and external
2 include UPS battery supply may be applied in both accessories as their
circuits, solar systems and ungrounded and select corresponding Series C
2 electric vehicle charging, as
well as commercial and
grounded applications, with
poles connected in series
and Series G AC Frame
equivalents. NBDC uses the
2 industrial distribution. to operate at the maximum
voltages shown on Page
same internal and external
accessories as standard
V4-T2-343. To use DC circuit NB breakers.
2 breakers on 600V grounded
Many of the Eaton AC
systems, three poles in series
2 must be connected on the
ungrounded leg.
carry 250 Vdc ratings for
ungrounded systems. Refer
2 to Pages V4-T2-9 and
V4-T2-112 for these
2 interrupting tables.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Quick Reference Direct Current Circuit Breakers
2
Interrupting Capacity (kA) 2
Volts DC 1
Circuit Breaker Maximum Poles in Poles in Poles in Poles in 2
Type Amperes 125 Series 250 2 Series 500 600 Series 750 2 Series
EGEDC 100 10 1 35 2 35 — 3 — — 2
EGSDC 100 35 1 42 2 50 — 3 — —
EGHDC 100 42 1 50 2 65 — 3 — —
2
HFDDC 225 42 1 50 2 — 42 3 42 4
2
JGEDC 250 35 1 35 2 — 35 3 — —
JGSDC 250 42 1 42 2 — 50 3 — — 2
JGHDC 250 50 1 50 2 — 65 3 — —
HJDDC 250 42 1 50 2 — 42 3 — — 2
2
HKDDC 400 42 1 50 2 — 42 3 — —
LGEDC 600 22 1 22 2 — 35 3 — —
LGSDC 600 22 1 22 2 — 50 3 — —
2
LGHDC 600 50 1 50 2 — 65 3 — —
HLDDC 600 42 1 50 2 — 35 3 — — 2
HLDDC 3 1200 42 1 50 2 — — — — —
HMDLDC 800 42 1 50 2 — 35 3 — — 2
NBDC
RGHDC
1200
3000
42
42
1
1
50
50
2
2
—
—
50
65
3
3
—
—
—
—
2
IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings

2
Circuit Breaker Maximum 125 Volts DC Poles in 250 Volts DC Poles in 600 Volts DC Poles in 2
Type Amperes Icu Ics Series Icu Ics Series Icu Ics Series
EGEDC 100 10 10 1 10 10 2 — — — 2
EGSDC 100 35 35 1 35 35 2 — — —
EGHDC 100 42 42 1 42 42 2 — — —
2
JGEDC
JGSDC
250
250
22
22
22
22
1
1
22
22
22
22
2
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
JGHDC 250 42 42 1 42 42 2 — — — 2
HJDDC 250 — — — — — — 20 10 3
LGEDC 600 22 22 1 22 22 2 — — — 2
2
LGSDC 600 22 22 1 22 22 2 — — —
LGHDC 600 42 42 1 42 42 2 — — —
HLDDC 600 — — — — — — 20 10 3
2
HMDLDC 800 — — — — — — 20 10 3
Notes 2
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Time constants per UL 489.
2 EGEDC through HMDLDC have been tested up to 300 Vdc to allow for battery charging voltages. 750 Vdc is common in transportation applications.
2
HFDDC, four-pole 750 Vdc is available up to 150A maximum. 300 Vdc and 750 Vdc are not UL 489 listed voltage ratings.
2
3 Four-pole frame with two-poles connected in parallel.
See Page V4-T2-353 for series connection diagrams. Use NEC rated cable to connect/short poles in series as shown.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers

2
2 DC Circuit Breaker
2 HFDDC 3 150 W
2 Frame Suffix
EGEDC = Series G—E (100A max.) Number of Poles Trip Unit Ampere Rating Series C, NB Frames
2 EGSDC = Series G—E (100A max.)
EGHDC = Series G—E (100A max.)
1 = Single-pole
2 = Two-pole
015 = 15A
020 = 20A
K
L
= Molded case switch
= Line and load terminals, F-Frame
HFDDC = Series C—F (225A max.) 3 = Three-pole 025 = 25A MW = 135% magnetic trip unit, without terminals
2 JGEDC = Series G—J (250A max.)
JGSDC = Series G—J (250A max.)
4 = Four-pole 030 = 30A W = Without terminals
Series G Frames
035 = 35A
2
JGHDC = Series G—J (250A max.) 040 = 40A FFG = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, with terminals
HJDDC = Series C—J (250A max.) 045 = 45A FFW = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, without terminals
HKDDC = Series C—K (400A max.) 050 = 50A FAG = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, with terminals
2 LGEDC = Series G—L (600A max.)
LGSDC = Series G—L (600A max.)
060 = 60A
070 = 70A
FAW = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, without terminals
KSG = Molded case switch, with terminals
LGHDC = Series G—L (600A max.) 080 = 80A KSW = Molded case switch, without terminals
2 HLDDC = Series C—L (1200A max.)
HMDLDC = Series C—M (800A max.)
090 = 90A
100 = 100A
2
NBDC = NB (1200A max.) 110 = 110A
RGHDC = Series G—R (3000A max.) 125 = 125A
150 = 150A
2 175 = 175A
200 = 200A
225 = 225A
2 250 = 250A
300 = 300A
2
350 = 350A
400 = 400A
450 = 450A
2 500 = 500A
600 = 600A
700 = 700A
2 800 = 800A
900 = 900A
1000 = 1000A
2 1200 = 1200A
1600 = 1600A
2 2000 = 2000A
2500 = 2500A
3000 = 3000A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Product Selection
2
Type EGEDC DC Circuit Breakers— Type EGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 500 Vdc Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 500 Vdc 2
Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker
2
Maximum Maximum
Continuous with Terminals without Terminals Continuous with Terminals without Terminals
Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog
at 40°C Number Number at 40°C Number Number
2
25 EGEDC3025FFG EGEDC3025FFW 25 EGHDC3025FFG EGHDC3025FFW
30 EGEDC3030FFG EGEDC3030FFW 30 EGHDC3030FFG EGHDC3030FFW 2
2
45
50
EGEDC3045FFG
EGEDC3050FFG
EGEDC3045FFW
EGEDC3050FFW
45
50
EGHDC3045FFG
EGHDC3050FFG
EGHDC3045FFW
EGHDC3050FFW
2
2
Type EGSDC DC Circuit Breakers— 2

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 500 Vdc
Maximum Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker 2
with Terminals without Terminals
2
Continuous
at 40°C Number Number
25 EGSDC3025FFG EGSDC3025FFW 2
30 EGSDC3030FFG EGSDC3030FFW
40
45
EGSDC3040FFG
EGSDC3045FFG
EGSDC3040FFW
EGSDC3045FFW
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Type HFDDC DC Circuit Breakers—

2 HFDDC
Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals 1
2 Maximum
Continuous Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 at 40°C Number Number Number Number
15 HFDDC1015L HFDDC2015L HFDDC3015L HFDDC4015L
2 20 HFDDC1020L HFDDC2020L HFDDC3020L HFDDC4020L


2

2 125
150
HFDDC1125L
HFDDC1150L
HFDDC2125L
HFDDC2150L
HFDDC3125L
HFDDC3150L
HFDDC4125L
HFDDC4150L
2 175 — HFDDC2175L HFDDC3175L —

200 — HFDDC2200L HFDDC3200L —
2 225 — HFDDC2225L HFDDC3225L —
2
Type JGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—
2 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Complete Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard
2
Maximum
Continuous Breaker Frame Only 2 Trip Unit Terminals
2 at 40°C Number Number Number Number
70 JGEDC3070FAG JGEDC3250NN JT3070FA T250FJ
2 90 JGEDC3090FAG JGEDC3250NN JT3090FA T250FJ
2

2 Notes
1 For breaker without terminals, replace "L" with "W" at end of catalog number.
2 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Type JGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc 2
Maximum
Continuous Breaker Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals 2
at 40°C Number Number Number Number
2
70 JGSDC3070FAG JGSDC3250NN JT3070FA T250FJ
90 JGSDC3090FAG JGSDC3250NN JT3090FA T250FJ 2
2
2
2
Type JGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—
JGHDC3250NN
Maximum
2
70 JGHDC3070FAG JGHDC3250NN JT3070FA T250FJ
90 JGHDC3090FAG JGHDC3250NN JT3090FA T250FJ 2
2
2
2
Type HJDDC DC Circuit Breakers—
HJDDC3250
Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard
Maximum
Continuous Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals 2
2
70 HJDDC3250F JT3070T TA250KB
90 HJDDC3250F JT3090T TA250KB 2
2
150
175
HJDDC3250F
HJDDC3250F
JT3150T
JT3175T
TA250KB
TA250KB
2
Note
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers—

2 HKDDC3400
2 Maximum Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard

Continuous Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals
100 HKDDC3400F KT3100T TA300K
2 125 HKDDC3400F KT3125T TA300K
2
2 200 HKDDC3400F KT3200T TA300K

2 250 HKDDC3400F KT3250T TA350K
2 350 HKDDC3400F KT3350T TA350K
2 400 HKDDC3400F KT3400T 3TA400K 2
2 Type LGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—

LGEDC3630NN
2 Maximum Complete Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard
Breaker Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals
2
Continuous
2 250 LGEDC3250FAG LGEDC3630NN LT3250FA TA350LK
300 LGEDC3300FAG LGEDC3630NN LT3300FA TA350LK

500 LGEDC3500FAG LGEDC3630NN LT4500FA 3TA632LK 2
2 600 LGEDC3600FAG LGEDC3630NN LT3600FA 3TA632LK 2
2
Type LGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—
2 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Complete Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard
2 Continuous
Ampere Rating
Breaker
Catalog
Frame Only 1
Catalog
Trip Unit
Catalog
Terminals
Catalog
2
250 LGSDC3250FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3250FA TA350LK
2 300 LGSDC3300FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3300FA TA350LK

350 LGSDC3350FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3350FA TA350LK
2 400 LGSDC3400FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3400FA TA350LK
500 LGSDC3500FAG LGSDC3630NN LT4500FA 3TA632LK 2
2 600 LGSDC3600FAG LGSDC3630NN LT3600FA 3TA632LK 2
2 Notes
2 2 Three-pole kit.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Type LGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—
Maximum
2
250 LGHDC3250FAG LGHDC3630NN LT3250FA TA350LK
300 LGHDC3300FAG LGHDC3630NN LT3300FA TA350LK 2
2
500 LGHDC3500FAG LGHDC3630NN LT4500FA 3TA632LK 2
2
600 LGHDC3600FAG LGHDC3630NN LT3600FA 3TA632LK 2
2
HLDDC Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers—
2
Maximum Circuit Breaker
Frame Only 1
Thermal-Magnetic
Trip Unit
Standard
Terminals
2
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 2
300
350
HLDDC3600F
HLDDC3600F
LT3300T
LT3350T
TA602LD
TA602LD
2
400 HLDDC3600F LT3400T TA602LD 2
450 HLDDC3600F LT3450T TA602LD
500 HLDDC3600F LT3500T TA602LD 2
600 HLDDC3600F LT3600T 3TA603LDK 2
2
Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers— 2
Two-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 250 Vdc 34
Maximum Complete 2
Continuous Breaker
Ampere Rating Catalog 2
at 40°C Number
600 HLDDC20600 2
700 HLDDC20700
800 HLDDC20800 2
900
1000
HLDDC20900
HLDDC21000
2
1200 HLDDC21200 2
Notes
1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 2
2 Three-pole kit.
3 Includes breaker frame, trip unit and terminals.
4 Four-pole breaker with two poles wired in parellel.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Type HMDLDC DC Circuit Breakers—

2 HMDLDC3800F
2 Maximum Circuit Breaker Thermal-Magnetic Standard

Continuous Frame Only 1 Trip Unit Terminals
300 HMDLDC3800F MT3300T TA700MA1
2 350 HMDLDC3800F MT3350T TA700MA1
2

2
2 Type NBDC DC Circuit Breakers—
2 Maximum Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Standard
Continuous Assembled without Terminals 2 Terminals
2 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Includes Magnetic
Trip Unit Calibrated at 135%
Catalog
Number
2 700 NBDC3700MW Included TA1000NB1

800 NBDC3800MW Included TA1000NB1
1000 NBDC31000MW Included TA1000NB1
2
2 Type RGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—
2 Maximum
Factory Assembled Standard Rear
Continuous without Terminals 2 Connectors
2 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Catalog
Number
Includes Magnetic
Trip Unit Calibrated at 135%
Catalog
Number
2 1600 RGHDC31600FFW Included B2016RDM

2000 RGHDC32000FFW Included B2016RDM
2 2500 RGDC32500FFW Included B2500RDM
2
3000 RGHDC33000FFW Included B3000RDM
Notes
2 1 Includes frame and trip unit. Order terminals or connectors separately.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
DC Breaker Terminal Wire Ranges
Breaker Maximum Breaker Terminal Body AWG Wire Range/ Metric Wire Number of Standard Terminal
2
Frame Ampacity Material Wire Type Number of Conductors Range mm2 Terminals Included Catalog Number
EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC 100 Aluminum Cu/Al 14–1/0 2.5–50 3 3TA125EF
2
HFDDC 20
100
Steel
Steel
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
14–10 (1)
14–1/0 (1)
2.5–4 (1)
2.5–50 (1)
3
3
3T20FB
3T100FB
2
JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC
225
250
Aluminum
Stainless steel
Cu/Al
Cu
4–4/0 (1)
4–350 (1)
25–95 (1)
25–185 (1)
3
1
3TA225FD
T250FJ
2
HJDDC
HKDDC
250
225
Aluminum
Aluminum
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
4–350 kcmil (1)
3–350 kcmil (1)
25–185 (1)
35–185 (1)
1
1
TA250KB
TA300K
2
350 Aluminum Cu/Al 250–500 kcmil (1) 120–240 (1) 1 TA350K
2
400 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–250 kcmil (2) 95–120 (1) 3 3TA400K
LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC 400 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 (1) 35–240 (1) 1 TA350LK 2
630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 kcmil (2) 35–240 (2) 1 TA632L
630 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 kcmil (2) 35–240 (2) 3 3TA632LK 2
HLDDC 500 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–350 kcmil (2) 95–150 (2) 1 TA602LD
600 Aluminum Cu/Al 400–500 kcmil (2) 185–240 (2) 3 3TA603LDK 2
HMDLDC 600 Aluminum Cu/Al 1–500 kcmil (2) — 1 TA700MA1
800 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–400 kcmil (3) — 1 TA800MA2 2
NBDC 700 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–400 kcmil (3) 95–185 (3) 1 TA1000NB1
800 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–400 kcmil (3) 95–185 (3) 1 TA1000NB1 2
900 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–400 kcmil (3) 95–185 (3) 1 TA1000NB1
1000 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–400 kcmil (3) 95–185 (3) 1 TA1000NB1 2
2
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al 4/0–500 kcmil (4) 120–240 (4) 1 TA1200NB1
RGHDC 1600 Aluminum Cu/Al 500–1000 (4) 300–500 1 TA1600RDM
2
1600 Copper Cu 1–600 (4) 50–300 1 T1600RDM
2000 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–600 (6) 35–300 3 TA2000RDM
3000 TBD
2
Eaton’s DC molded case switches are used in applications requiring a compact, high-capacity disconnect. They are UL 489 listed and
have automatic high instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection. 2
Maximum With Line and Load Terminals Without Line and Load Terminals
2
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Interrupting Capacity
(Volts DC)
Poles in
Series
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
600 Vdc Maximum 2
100 42 3 HFDDC3100KL HFDDC3100KW
150 42 3 HFDDC3150KL HFDDC3150KW 2
250 65 3 JGKDC3250KSG JGKDC3250KSW 2
250 42 3 HJDDC3250K HJDDC3250KW
400 35 3 HKDDC3400K HKDDC3400KW 2
2
65 3 LGKDC3400KSG LGKDC3400KSW
600 65 3 LGKDC3630KSG LGKDC3630KSW
2
35 3 HLDDC3600K HLDDC3600WK
800 35 3 HMDLDC3800K HMDLDC3800WK
500 Vdc Maximum
100 65 3 EGK3100KSG EGK3100KSW
2
250 Vdc Maximum 2
150 50 2 HFDDC2150KL HFDDC2150KW 2
1200 50 1
HLDDC21200K 1 HLDDC21200WK 1 2
Note
1 Four-pole frame with two-pole connected in parallel. 2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Accessories
2
2
Field Installation Kits
2 JGEDC,
JGSDC,
JGHDC
2 Factory EGEDC, LGEDC,
Installation EGSDC, LGSDC,
2 Description (HFDDC) HFDDC 1 EGHDC LGHDC HJDDC HKDDC HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC RGHDC
Right-Pole Mounting
2 Auxiliary switch
1A-1B A06 A1X1PK AUX1A1BPK AUX1A1BPK A1X2PK A1X3PK A1X4PK A1X4PK 4980D16G05 —
2 2A-2B A13 A2X1RPK AUX2A2BPK AUX2A2BPK A2X2PK A2X3PK A2X4PK A2X4PK 4980D16G06 A2X6RPK
2
Alarm switch
1 make/1 break B06 A1L1RPK ALM1M1BEPK ALM1M1BJPK A1L2RPK A1L3RPK A1L4RPK A1L4RPK — A1L6RPK
2 Auxiliary and alarm combo

1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05 AAL1RPK AUXALRMEPK AUXALRMJPK AAL2RPK AAL3RPK AA114RPK AA114RPK — A2L6RPK
2 Left-Pole Mounting
Shunt trip
2 12 Vdc S02 SNT1LP03K SNT012CPK SNT012CPK SNT2P04K SNT3P04K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K 2606D58G14 —
24 Vdc S02 SNT1LP03K SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT2P04K SNT3P04K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K 2606D58G13 SNT6P03K 2
2 48 Vdc S06 SNT1LP08K SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT2P06K SNT3P06K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K 2606D58G12 SNT6P23K 2
60 Vdc S06 SNT1LP08K SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT2P06K SNT3P06K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K 2606D58G11 SNT6P23K 2
2 125 Vdc S10 SNT1LP12K SNT120CPK SNT120CPK SNT2P11K SNT3P11K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP26K 2606D58G10 SNT6P23K 2
2 250 Vdc
120 Vac
S14
S06
SNT1LP18K
SNT1LP12K
—
SNT120CPK
—
SNT120CPK
SNT2P14K
SNT2P11K
SNT3P14K
SNT3P11K
SNT4LP14K
SNT4LP11K
SNT4LP14K
SNT4LP11K
2606D58G09
2060D58G05
SNT6P14K
SNT6P11K 2
2 Undervoltage release
12 Vdc U30 UVH1LP20K UVR012DPK UVR012DPK UVH2LP20K UVH3LP20K UVH4LP20K UVH4LP20K 372D032G06 UVH6RP20K 2
2 24 Vdc U34 UVH1LP21K UVR024DPK UVR024DPK UVH2LP21K UVH3LP21K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP21K 372D032G07 UVH6RP21K 2
2 125 Vdc U42 UVH1LP26K UVR125DPK UVR125DPK UVH2LP26K UVH3LP26K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP26K 372D032G09 UVH6RP26K 2
2
120 Vac U14 UVH1LP08K UVR120APK UVR120APK UVH2LP08K UVH3LP08K UVH4LP08K UVH4LP08K 373D632G05 UVH6RP08K 2
2 Notes
1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation
2 under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker
is mounted and connected.
2 Right-pole mounted.
2 One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. Factory installation of accessories is available. Contact Eaton for assistance with part number configuration.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Wiring Diagrams
2
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application 12
2
250 Vdc Maximum—Two Poles in Series 2
2
2
2
Load 2
Load
(A) 2
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded
systems that have one end of load (A) connected to
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 2
grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
2
500 Vdc or 600 Vdc Maximum—Three Poles in Series
2
Load 2
2
2
2
Load
(A)
2
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 2
2
2
750 Vdc Maximum—Four Poles in Series
2
2
2
2
Load 2
Load
(A)
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
2
2
Notes
2
2
1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC.
2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Dimensions
2 DC Breaker Dimensions
2 Frame
Number
2 EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC 3 3.00 (76.2) 5.50 (139.7) 2.99 (75.9)

HFDDC 1 1.38 (35.1) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
2 2 2.75 (70.0) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
3 4.13 (105.0) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
2 4 5.50 (139.7) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0)
2
JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC 3 4.13 (104.9) 7.00 (177.8) 3.57 (90.7)
HJDDC 2, 3 4.13 (105.0) 10.00 (254.0) 4.06 (103.1)
2 HKDDC 2, 3 5.50 (139.7) 10.13 (257.3) 4.10 (104.1)

LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC 3 5.48 (139.2) 10.13 (257.3) 4.09 (103.9)
2 600A Max. HLDDC 2, 3 8.25 (209.6) 10.75 (273.1) 4.06 (103.1)
1200A Max. HLDDC 4 11.00 (279.4) 10.75 (273.1) 4.06 (103.1)
2 HMDLDC 2, 3 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 4.06 (103.1)
2 NBDC
RGHDC
3
3
8.25 (209.6)
15.50 (393.7)
16.00 (406.4)
16.00 (406.4)
5.50 (139.7)
9.75 (247.7)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Contents
PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers
Contents
2
Description Page 2
Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-336
Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 2
and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series 2
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-356
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-356 2
600 Vdc Per-Pole 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-356
V4-T2-357
2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-359
V4-T2-362
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-365 2
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-366
E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-367 2
Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-390
Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . V4-T2-404 2
2
2
2
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series 2
Product Overview
● Two PVGard lineups
Product Description
Photovoltaic (PV) systems There are two PVGard lineups PVGard 1000 Vdc
2
Poles-in-Series Lineup
● 600 Vdc per-pole breaker
and switch. Each pole
convert the energy of the sun
into electrical power that is
to choose from: the industry-
exclusive, 600 Vdc per-pole This 1000 Vdc poles-in-series 2
fed directly into the electric breakers and switches lineup provides reliable and
2
rated 600 Vdc
● 1000 Vdc poles-in-series grid. Within the balance of designed for residential and safe disconnect means and
breaker and switch. system (BOS), direct current light commercial applications overcurrent protection in
Requires poles in series (DC) circuit breakers protect and 1000 Vdc poles-in-series a single, compact device for 2
connection the wiring connected from breakers and switches for commercial and utility scale
● Both options UL 489B
the PV modules to the
combiner or the inverter,
commercial and utility scale
applications.
PV systems. This solution
does not require jumpers
2
listed for solar photovoltaic while also behaving as
circuit protection a disconnect. PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Lineup
with the breaker/switch to
be a UL 489B listed device, 2
● 50°C calibration Only Eaton can offer this providing reliability and
● Offers both 100% and Eaton is a global leader in
circuit protection and brings
breakthrough breaker that will flexibility in design without 2
80% rated breakers save significant space, time limitation on implementation
● Handle bi-directional
this expertise to bear in the
photovoltaic market. PVGard
and cost. As a single-circuit- of the breaker/switch. If 2
current flow per-pole device, it allows needed, cost-effective Eaton
solar circuit breakers are part
of a product family that
space savings of up to 66%
when compared to traditional
jumpers can be included.
2
combines a disconnect with
circuit protection in a single,
poles-in-series disconnects,
switches and breakers. In 2
compact, resettable device
addition, it eliminates the
to protect and isolate DC
circuits as needed in
need for jumpers for poles-in- 2
series connection—saving on
photovoltaic systems.
PVGard breakers can replace
installation time, labor and 2
even inventory.
fuses, fuse holders and
disconnects in combiner box 2
and inverter applications—
saving space, streamlining
design, purchasing and
2
receiving, and reducing spare
parts requirements. 2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Application Description Features Standards and Certifications

2 Photovoltaic (PV) systems PVGard breakers are uniquely Designed specifically for ● Designed to meet UL 489B
convert the energy of the sun designed with these features: high- and low-temperature for solar photovoltaic circuit
2 into electrical power that is demands of PV installations, protection
fed directly into the electric
● Meets the higher voltage PVGard circuit breakers ● UL File E350638, Category
2 grid. PVGard circuit breakers and lower fault current
levels of solar systems
undergo extreme ambient Control Number DIUR
are used to protect the wiring cycling tests, and carry a
2 from the modules to the
combiner box or inverter from
● Tested to extreme ambient
conditions from –40ºC to
robust operating temperature
range. Trip units calibrate at
+90ºC
2 overcurrents, and to provide
an isolation mechanism. ● Full complement of
100% and 80% of nameplate
current in a 50ºC ambient,
accessories for status, ensuring continuous
2 Eaton offers a complete line of signalling, and on/off operation in higher
UL 489 Listed multi-purpose operation remotely temperature environments
2 600 Vdc poles-in-series
breakers and switches, as
● Can handle bi-directional typical to solar.
well as protection for the flow of current Rigorous third-party testing
2 AC side of the inverter. ● Can be applied in includes limited and standard
Refer to Page V4-T2-342 grounded, ungrounded fault current tests, electrical
2 for 600 Vdc breakers and or bi-polar systems and mechanical endurance,
Page V4-T2-6 for AC ● Meets and exceeds the di-electric voltage withstand
2 breaker selection. standards of UL 489B for
photovoltaic molded case
and temperature tests.
Eaton’s PVGard products are
2 circuit breakers and
molded case switches
stand-alone devices without
requiring jumpers to be
UL 489B listed devices.
2 Available both standard
●
(80%-rated) and 100%- PVGard breakers are available

rated breakers
2 ● 50ºC calibration
with a full complement of
accessories to provide string
Ability to open on signal status, enable remote trip,
2
●
from DC arc or ground fault on/off operation, and can

detector be customized to site
2 ● Wide range of current requirements.
ratings increases options
2 for matching incoming
strings
2 ● Eliminates fuse stocking
costs and matching issues
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Product Selection
Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See Page V4-T2-361. 2
For complete internal and external accessories, see accessory section of each frame.
2
FD PVS Frame, 100A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 1.2 kA 1 (soon to be released)
FD PVS Frame
2
80% Rated 100% Rated
Number Poles/
Current Rating Amperes 600 Vdc Circuits Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
30 1, 2 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic FDPVS1030W CFDPVS1030W
40 1, 2 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic FDPVS1040W CFDPVS1040W 2
2
70
80
1, 2
1, 2
Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic
FDPVS1070W
FDPVS1080W
CFDPVS1070W
CFDPVS1080W
2
90 1, 2 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic FDPVS1090W CFDPVS1090W 2
2
JG PVS Frame JG PVS Frame, 250A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 1.2 kA 1
Number Poles/ 80% Rated 100% Rated

2
2
Current Rating Amperes 600 Vdc Circuits Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number
90 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic JGPVS3090W CJGPVS3090W
2
150 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic JGPVS3150W CJGPVS3150W 2
KD PVS Frame KD PVS Frame, 400A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 3 kA 1 2
Number Poles/ 80% Rated 100% Rated 2
Current Rating Amperes 600 Vdc Circuits Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number
100 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPVS3100W CKDPVS3100W 2
125 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPVS3125W CKDPVS3125W
2
CKDPVS3250W
2
250 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPVS3250W
Note
1 Terminals not included with frames. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2 Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See Page V4-T2-361.
2
FD PV Frame, 100A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 3 kA 1
2 FD PV Frame
2 Current Rating Amperes Poles in Series Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number
30 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic FDPV4030W CFDPV4030W
2 40 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic FDPV4040W CFDPV4040W
2 50
60
4
4
FDPV4050W
FDPV4060W
CFDPV4050W
CFDPV4060W

2
2 KD PV Frame KD PV Frame, 250A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA 1
2 80% Rated 100% Rated

Current Rating Amperes Poles in Series Trip Unit Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 125 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPV4125W CKDPV4125W
150 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic KDPV4150W CKDPV4150W


2
LG PV Frame, 400A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA 1
2 LG PV Frame
250 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic LGPV4250FFW CLGPV4250FFW
2 300 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic LGPV4300FFW CLGPV4300FFW
350 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic LGPV4350FFW CLGPV4350FFW
2 400 4 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic LGPV4400FFW CLGPV4400FFW
2
2 MDL PV Frame MDL PV Frame, 600A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 7.5 kA 1
300 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic MDLPV3300W CMDLPV3300W
2 350 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic MDLPV3350W CMDLPV3350W
2 400
450
3
3
MDLPV3400W
MDLPV3450W
CMDLPV3400W
CMDLPV3450W
2 500 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic MDLPV3500W CMDLPV3500W

600 3 Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic MDLPV3600W CMDLPV3600W
2 Note
2
1 Terminals not included with frames.
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Accessories
2
2
Available accessories Factory Modifications—Freeze Testing to –40ºC 4
● Auxiliary switch ● End cap kits Frame Modification Code

● Shunt trip ● Rotary handle mechanisms FD PV and FD PVS
JG PVS
F01
F01
2
● Electrical operator ● Flexible shaft handle
● Alarm lockout mechanisms KD PV and KD PVS
LG PV
F01
F01
2
● Undervoltage release
● Terminals
Optional modifications
● Freeze testing
MDL PV F01
Special calibration—contact Eaton for availability
2
● Lock-off devices
2
For complete internal and external accessories, see the
accessory section of each frame.
Eaton’s DC molded case MCS are UL 489B listed and 2
switches (MCS) are used in have automatic instantaneous
applications requiring a
compact, high capacity
current protection. These
devices do not provide
2
Description Frame
Catalog
Number
disconnect. PVGard 1000 Vdc overload protection.
2
Imperial Base Mounting Hardware
0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers FD PV BMH1
Maximum Continuous Interrupting Poles in Catalog
2
2
FD PVS Ampere Rating at 50°C Capacity Vdc Series Number
0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers KD PV BMH3
1000 Vdc Maximum
KD PVS
— JG PVS N/A 100
200
3000
5000
4
4
FDPV4100KW
KDPV4200KW
2
— LG PV N/A
0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and MDL PV BMH5
250
350
5000
5000
4
4
KDPV4250KW
KDPV4350KW
2
lockwashers and flat washers
Metric Base Mounting Hardware 400
600
5000
7500
4
3
LGPV4400KSW
MDLPV3600KSW
2
M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers FD PV BMH1M
M6–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers

FD PVS
KD PV BMH3M
Notes
1 Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or a molded case switch
2
KD PVS
— JG PVS Included 1
(included with breaker). If required separately, order 66A2546G02.
2 Individually priced. 2
— LG PV Included 1 3 Locks in ON and OFF position.
M8-1.25 x 35 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers MDL PV BMH5M

4 Add 20% to list price. 2
Interphase Barriers
FD PV IPB1 2
FD PVS
KD PV IPB3 2
KD PVS
JG PVS
LG PV
FJIPBK 2
IPB3
2
MDL PV IPB4 2
FD PV
FD PVS
LKD1
2
KD PV
KD PVS
LKD3
2
JG PVS N/A
LG PV N/A 2
MDL PV LKD4
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp 3 2
FD PV PLK1
FD PVS 2
KD PV PLK3
KD PVS
JG PVS FJPHL
2
LG PV LPHL
2
MDL PV HLK4
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Internal Accessories—Right Pole Mounting

2 FD PV 1 KD PV
FD PVS JG PVS KD PVS LG PV MDL PV
2 Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit
Modification Catalog Modification Catalog Modification Catalog Modification Catalog Modification Catalog
2 Code Number Code Number Code Number Code Number Code Number
Auxiliary Switch
2 1A-1B A06 A1X1PK A1 AUX1A1BPK A06 A1X3PK A1 AUX1A1BPK A06 A1X4PK
2A-2B A13 A2X1RPK A2 AUX2A2BPK A13 A2X3PK A2 AUX2A2BPK A13 A2X4PK
2 Alarm Switch
2 1 make/1 break
Auxiliary and Alarm Combo
B06 A1L1RPK B1 ALM1M1BJPKL B06 A1L3RPK B1 ALM1M1BJPK B06 A1L4RPK
2 1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05 AAL1RPK B2w AUXALRMJPK C05 AAL3RPK B2 AUXALRMJPK C05 AA114RPK
2 Internal Accessories—Left Pole Mounting

FD PV 1 KD PV
2 FD PVS JG PVS KD PVS LG PV MDL PV
Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit Factory Field Kit
2 Modification Catalog
Code Number
Modification Catalog
Code Number
Modification
Code
Catalog
Number
Modification
Code
Catalog
Number
Modification
Code
Catalog
Number
2 Shunt Trip
12 Vdc S02 SNT1LP03K S4 SNT012CPK S42 SNT3P04K S4 SNT012CPK S02 SNT4LP03K
2 24 Vdc S02 SNT1LP03K S1 SNT060CPK S42 SNT3P04K S1 SNT060CPK S02 SNT4LP03K

48 Vdc S06 SNT1LP08K S1 SNT060CPK S50 SNT3P06K S1 SNT060CPK S86 SNT4LP23K
2 60 Vdc S06 SNT1LP08K S1 SNT060CPK S50 SNT3P06K S1 SNT060CPK S86 SNT4LP23K
2
125 Vdc S10 SNT1LP12K S5 SNT125DPK S10 SNT3P11K S2 SNT120CPK S42 SNT4LP26K
250 Vdc S14 SNT1LP18K — — S14 SNT3P14K — — S14 SNT4LP14K
2 120 Vac S10 SNT1LP12K S2 SNT120CPK S10 SNT3P11K S2 SNT120CPK S10 SNT4LP11K
Undervoltage Release
2 12 Vdc U30 UVH1LP20K — — T02 UVH3LP20K U1 UVR012DPK T02 UVH4LP20K
24 Vdc U34 UVH1LP21K U2 UVR024CPK T02 UVH3LP21K U2 UVR024DPK T06 UVH4LP21K
2 48 Vdc U38 UVH1LP22K U4 UVR048DPK T10 UVH3LP22K U4 UVR048DPK T10 UVH4LP22K
2 60 Vdc
125 Vdc
—
U42
—
UVH1LP26K
U4
U6
UVR048DPK
UVR125DPK
—
T14
—
UVH3LP26K
—
U6
—
UVR125DPK
—
T14
—
UVH4LP26K
2 250 Vdc U46 UVH1LP28K U8 UVR250DPK T18 UVH3LP28K U8 UVR250DPK T18 UVH4LP28K
120 Vac U14 UVH1LP08K U5 UVR120APK U18 UVH3LP08K U5 UVR120APK U18 UVH4LP08K
2 Notes
1 Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories for the FD PV be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation
2 under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be
done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
2 One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Offering
Standard
2
Maximum Number of Terminal
Breaker
Frame
Breaker
Ampacity
Terminal Body
Material Wire Type
AWG Wire Range/
Number of Conductors
Metric Wire
Range mm2
Terminals
Included
Catalog
Number Comments
2
FD PV
FD PVS
50 Steel Cu/Al 14–4 (1) 2.5–25 (1) 3 3TA50FB 2
100 Aluminum Cu/Al 6–300 kcmil (1) 16–150 (1) 3 3TA225FDK Includes 3P terminal cover
100 Copper Cu 4–4/0 (1) 25–95 (1) 3 3T225FD 2
2
JG PVS 250 Aluminum Cu/Al #8–350 kcmil (1) — — TA250FJ
1
250 Aluminum Cu/Al (2) 2/0–(2) 4/0 — 3TA251FJK1
250 Aluminum Cu/Al (2) 2/0–(2) 4/0 — 2
3TA251FJK2
2
250 Copper Cu #4–350 kcmil (1) — — T250FJ
KD PV 225 Aluminum Cu/Al 3–350 kcmil (1) 35–185 (1) 1 TA300K 2
KD PVS
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 250–500 kcmil (1) 120–240 (1) 1 TA350K
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–250 kcmil (2) 95–120 (1) 4 4TA400K Contains interphase barriers 2
250
300
Aluminum
Aluminum
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
2/0–250 kcmil (2) or 2/0–500 kcmil (1)
3/0–250 kcmil (2)
70–240 (2)
95–120 (2)
4
4
4TA401K
4TA401K Contains interphase barriers
2
350 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–250 kcmil (2) 95–120 (2) 4 4TA401K Contains interphase barriers 2
225 Copper Cu 3–350 kcmil (1) 35–185 (1) 1 T300K
250 Copper Cu 250–500 kcmil (1) 120–240 (1) 1 T350K 2
250 Copper Cu 3/0–250 kcmil (2) 95–120 (1) 4 4T400K Contains interphase barriers
300 Copper Cu 3/0–250 kcmil (2) 95–120 (2) 4 4TA401K Contains interphase barriers
2
350 Copper Cu 3/0–250 kcmil (2) 95–120 (2) 4 4TA401K Contains interphase barriers
2
LG PV 400 Aluminum Cu/Al 2–500 kcmil (2) 35–240 (2) 4 4TA632LK Includes 4P terminal cover
250 Copper Cu 2–500 kcmil (1) 35–240 (1) 1 T350LK 2
400 Copper Cu 2–500 kcmil (2) 35–240 (2) 4 4T632LK Includes 4P terminal cover
MDL PV 300 Aluminum Cu/Al 1–500 kcmil (2) — 1 TA700MA1 2
2
600 Aluminum Cu/Al 3/0–400 kcmil (3) — 1 TA800MA2
Endcap Kits
Breaker Frame Number of Poles Thread Type Thread Size Catalog Number
2
FD PV 4 Imperial 10–32 KPEK14 2
4 Metric M–5 KPEKM14
JG PVS 3 Imperial — FJ3RTDK 2
2
3 Metric — FJ3RTWK
KD PVS 3 Imperial — KPEK3
3 Metric — KPEKM3
2
KD PV 4 Imperial 0.312–18 KPEK34
4 Metric M–8 KPEKM34 2
LG PV 4 Imperial — N/A
4 Metric M-10 L4RTWK 2
MDL PV 3
3
Imperial
Metric
—
—
—
—
2
Notes 2
1 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit.
2 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers

2 ● Thermal-magnetic circuit ● Two PVGard lineups
breakers
2 UL File EE350638,
●
● Designed to meet UL 489B Category Control

for solar photovoltaic circuit Number DIUR
2 protection ● 600 Vdc per-pole breaker
● 100% rated of the and switch
2 continuous current rating – Each pole rated
● 50°C calibrated 600 Vdc
2 ● Can be applied in ● 1000 Vdc poles-in-series
grounded, ungrounded or breaker and switch
2 bi-polar systems – Requires poles in
● Ability to open on signal series connection
2 from DC arc or ground fault
detector
2
Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
2 600 Vdc Per-Pole
2 PVGard 600 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame

UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 600 Vdc Per-Pole
2 Circuit
Breaker Type
Minimum
Amperes
Maximum
Amperes kA Rating
2 FD PVS 30 100 1.2

JG PVS 90 250 1.2
2 KD PVS 100 400 3
2 Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers

1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series
2 PVGard 1000 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame
2 UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 1000 Vdc
Circuit Minimum Maximum Poles in
2 Breaker Type
FD PV
Amperes
30
Amperes
100
kA Rating
3
Series
4
2 KD PV 125 350 5 4
LG PV 250 400 5 4
2 MDL PV 300 600 7.5 3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)
FD PVS JG PVS KD PVS
2
Number of 600 Vdc circuits 1 or 2 3 3
2
Maximum voltage rating 600 Vdc 600 Vdc 600 Vdc
Ampere range 30–150A 90–250A 100–400A 2
Interrupting capacity at 600 Vdc 1.2 kA 1.2 kA 3 kA
Time constant 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 2
Trip unit type Thermal-magnetic Thermal-magnetic Thermal-magnetic
Rated impulse withstand voltage 2
Main conducting paths 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
Auxiliary circuits 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 2
Endurance
Mechanical operations
Electrical operations
10,000
1000
10,000
400
6000
400
2
2
Maximum switching frequency 300 per hour 240 per hour 240 per hour
Third-party certification UL 489B UL 489B UL 489B
Environment
Design ambient temperature 50°C 50°C 50°C
2
Maximum current at 60°C, as % of rated current TBD 93% 93%
Maximum current at 70°C, as % of rated current TBD 85% 85% 2
Operating temperature range –20°C to +50°C –20°C to +50°C –20°C to +50°C
Storage temperature range
Suitable for freeze temperatures to –40°C
–20°C to +70°C
Option
–20°C to +70°C
Option
–20°C to +70°C
Option
2
Relative humidity 0 to 95% noncondensing 0 to 95% noncondensing
2
0 to 95% noncondensing
Suitable for reverse-feed applications Yes Yes Yes
2
Mounting—permissible mounting position
2
º
º
90
90
2
90
90
º
º
2
Connection diagrams 2
2
2
Load 2
Suitable for grounded or ungrounded systems.
Suitable for quantity (3) 600 Vdc circuits. 2
Suitable for grounded or ungrounded systems
Suitable for quantity (3) 600 Vdc circuits 2
Terminations
Al/Cu wire 3T100FB: (1) #14–1/0 TA250FJ: (1) #8–350 kcmil TA300K: (1) #3–350 kcmil 2
3TA225FDK: (1) #6–300 kcmil 1 3TA251FJK1: (2) 2/0–(2) 4/0 2 TA350K: (1) 250–500 kcmil
3TA251FJK2: (2) 2/0–(2) 4/0 3 TA403K: (2) 1/0–400 kcmil 2
3TA402K: (1) 500–-750 kcmil 4
Cu wire 3T150FB: (1) #4–4/0 T250FJ: (1) #4–350 kcmil T300K: (1) #3–350 kcmil 2
Dimensions in inches (mm)
Height 6.00 (152.4) 7.00 (177.8) 10.13 (257.3) 2
Width Three-pole: 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 5.50 (139.7)
Depth 3.38 (85.9) 3.57 (90.7) 4.10 (104.1)
2
Weight in lbs 6 6.6 11.42
Notes 2
1 Line/top side connection only PVGard FD PVS breakers.
2 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit.
3 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit.
2
2
4 Not UL 489B recognized size for maximum of 400A breaker.
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)
2 FD PV KD PV LG PV MDL PV
2 Number of poles 4 4 4 3
Maximum voltage rating 1000 Vdc 1000 Vdc 1000 Vdc 1000 Vdc
2 Maximum current rating 100A 350A 400A 600A
Interrupting capacity at 1000 Vdc 3 kA 5 kA 5 kA 7.5 kA
2 Time constant 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms
2 Ampere range
Trip unit type
15–100A
Thermal-magnetic
125–350A
Thermal-magnetic
250–400A
Thermal-magnetic
300–600A
Thermal-magnetic
2 Rated impulse withstand voltage

Main conducting paths 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
2 Auxiliary circuits 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Endurance
2 Mechanical operations 10,000 10,000 8000 8000
Electrical operations 1000 400 400 400
2 Maximum switching frequency
Third-party certification
300 per hour
UL 489B
240 per hour
UL 489B
240 per hour
UL 489B
240 per hour
UL 489B
2 Environment
Design ambient temperature 50°C 50°C 50°C 50°C
2 Maximum current at 60°C, as % of rated current
Maximum current at 70°C, as % of rated current
91%
88%
91%
88%
93%
88%
93%
88%
2 Operating temperature range

Storage temperature range
–20°C to +50°C
–20°C to +70°C
–20°C to +50°C
–20°C to +70°C
–20°C to +50°C
–20°C to +70°C
–20°C to +50°C
–20°C to +70°C
Suitable for freeze temperatures to –40°C Option Option Option Option
2 Relative humidity 0 to 95% noncondensing 0 to 95% noncondensing 0 to 95% noncondensing 0 to 95% noncondensing
Suitable for reverse-feed applications Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Mounting—permissible mounting position
2
2
º
º
90
90
90
90
º
º
2
2
Connection diagrams 1 2
2
2
2
2
Load
Load
(A)
2 Terminations
Al/Cu wire #6–300 kcmil (2) 3/0–250 kcmil (2) #2–500 kcmil (3) 3/0–400 kcmil
2 Cu wire #4–4/0 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil (2) #2–500 kcmil (3) 3/0–300 kcmil
2 Dimensions in inches (mm)

Height 6.00 (152.4) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) 16.00 (406.4)
2 Width
Depth
5.50 (139.7)
3.38 (85.9)
7.22 (183.4)
4.09 (103.9)
7.22 (183.4)
4.09 (103.9)
8.25 (209.5)
4.06 (103.1)
2
Weight in lbs 6 20 20 29
Notes
2 1 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
2 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Dimensions
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole 2
Number of
Circuits in 2
Frame a Frame Width Height Depth
FD PVS 1, 2 4.13 (104.9) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (85.7) 2
JG PVS
KD-PVS
3
3
4.13 (104.9)
5.49 (139.4)
7.00 (177.8)
10.13 (257.2)
3.44 (87.4)
4.31 (109.6)
2
2
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series
Frame
Number
2
FD PV 4 5.50 (139.7) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (86.0) 2
KD PV 4 7.22 (183.4) 10.13 (257.3) 4.09 (103.9)
LG PV 4 7.22 (183.4) 10.13 (257.3) 4.09 (103.9) 2
2
MDL PV 3 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 4.06 (103.1)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Wiring Diagrams
2
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application 12
2
FD PVS, JF PVS, KD PVS—600 Vdc Per-Pole
2
2
2
2 Load
2 Suitable for grounded or ungrounded systems.

Suitable for quantity (3) 600 Vdc circuits.
2
FD PV, KD PV, LG PV—1000 Vdc Maximum—Four Poles-in-Series
2
2
2
2
2 Load
Load
(A)
2 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
2 grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
2 MDL PV—1000 Vdc Maximum—Three Poles in Series
2 Load
2
2
2
2 Load
(A)
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
2 systems that have one end of load (A) connected to
2 Notes
1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC.
2 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Contents
E2 Mining Service Breakers
Description Page
2
Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-336 2
Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole 2
E2 Mining Service Breakers 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-387 2
Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . V4-T2-404 2
2
2
2
2
E2 Mining Service Breakers 2
Product Overview
600 Vac Mining Breaker 1000 Vac Mining Breaker 2
State-of-the-art E2 mining E2 electronic trip units are the Replacement Chart Replacement Chart
service breakers incorporate first to provide the mining
Classic Series C E2 Classic Series C E2M
2
the rigid specifications and industry with true rms
testing procedures developed
by a focus group led by
sensing, made possible by
the custom ASIC
FBM FDBM E2F HFM — E2FM
2
HFBM FDM E2F — JDCM E2JM
engineers from several
large coal companies and
microprocessor in each
electronic trip unit. HFDM (mag. only) E2F HKAM KDCM E2KM 2
Eaton design engineers. — JDM E2J HLAM LDCM E2LM
Additionally, the performance E2 breakers are designed to
be physically and electrically KAM KDM E2K HLCM LDCM E2LM 2
of these breakers was proven
and verified during hundreds
of hours of field testing in
interchangeable with Classic
Mining Service Breakers and
KAMH
LAM
KDM
LDM
E2K
E2L
HMAM
HMCM
—
—
E2MM
E2MM
2
supersede Series C® Mining
harsh mine environments.
Service Breakers. The table to LAMH LDM E2L HNBM — E2NM 2
E2 mining breakers are the right outlines direct LCM LDM E2L HNBMH — E2NM
available in 600 Vac and l000Y/ replacements. LCMH LDM E2L HNCM — E2NM 2
577 Vac. Interchangeable trip
MAM — E2M HLCLM — E2NM
units can be used on either
600 or 1000 Vac frames. MAMH — E2M HPBM — E2RM 1
2
The E2 mining breaker family
MCM — E2M
2
is designed especially for MCMH — E2M
trailing cable application per
MSHA 30 CFR 75. Field
NBM — E2N 2
NBMH — E2N
interchangeable electronic
rms sensing trip units are NCM — E2N 2
available from 150 to 2000 E2N
2
NCMH —
amperes with instantaneous
pickup settings conforming
to the code of Federal
Additional Information on Mining Breakers 2
Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2.
Electromechanical trip units
are also available with a
Source Description
2
TD01217001E E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data
2
wide range of magnetic
BR01217001E E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure
pickup ranges.
TC01217001E E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves
www.eaton.com/mining Mining and Metals 2
Note
1 E2R/E2RM is a new frame physically different than the HPBM. See DS29-170MS.
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Eaton’s mining service circuit Federal Regulations 30 CFR

2 breakers provide short-circuit 75.601-2. Electromechanical
protection as specified in the trip units are also available
2 code of Federal Regulations with a wide range of magnetic
30 CFR 75.601-2. E2 225/400A pickup ranges.
2 K frame and 400/600A
L frame electronic trip units The tables below list the
conductor size maximum
2 feature specifically designed
instantaneous pickup settings allowable circuit breaker
to conform exactly with the instantaneous setting and
2 code of the E2 breaker that meets
that setting.
2 Interrupting Capacity Rating Auxiliary Switch Electrical Rating Data
2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical kA) Maximum
Voltage Frequency
Maximum Current
Amperes
Circuit Vac (50/60 Hz) Vdc 1
2 Breaker Type 240 480 600 1000Y/577 250 600 50/60 Hz 6.0
E2F 65 25 18 — 10 125 DC 0.5 (non-inductive load)
2 E2J 65 35 18 — 10 250 DC 0.25 (non-inductive load)
E2K 65 35 25 — 10
2 E2LME 100 65 35 — 42
Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) Electrical Rating Data
2 E2L
E2M
65
65
35
35
25
25
—
—
22
22 Maximum Maximum Current
Voltage Frequency Amperes
2 E2N 65 50 25 — —
600 50/60 Hz 6.0
E2R 125 65 50 — —
2 E2FM 65 25 18 10 10
125
250
DC
DC
0.5 (non-inductive load)
0.25 (non-inductive load)
E2JM 65 35 18 10 22
2 E2KM 65 35 25 14 10 Notes
1 Two poles in series. DC rating applies to breakers with thermal-magnetic trip unit.
E2LMZ
2
100 65 35 10 42 Breakers with electronic trip units are not DC rated.
E2LM — 35 25 18 22 2 Series rated for application with Eaton’s E2KM and E2LM breakers.
2 E2MM
E2NM 2
—
—
35
50
25
25
18
25
22
—
2 E2RM — 65 50 25 —
2 Trailing Cable Setting Per 30 CFR 75
2 Maximum
Breaker
Maximum
Ampere E2/E2M
Conductor Instantaneous 75°C Insulated Instantaneous
2 Size Setting Conductor Only Setting
14 50 15 E2K 150A A
2 12 75 20 E2K 150A B
E2K 150A
2
10 150 30 C
8 200 50 E2K 225A A
2 6
4
300
500
65
85
E2K 225A
E2K 225A/E2L 400A
B
C/A
2 3 600 100 E2K 225A/E2L 400A D/B

2 800 115 E2K 225A/E2L 400A E/C
2 1 1000 130 E2K 225A/E2L 400A F/D
1/0 1250 150 E2K 225A/E2L 400A G/E
2 2/0 1500 175 E2K 225A/E2L 400A H/F
E2L 400A
2
3/0 2000 200 G
4/0 2500 230 E2L 400A H
2 250 2500 255 E2L 400A H

300 2500 285 E2L 400A H
2 350 2500 310 E2L 400A H

400 2500 335 E2L 400A H
2 500 2500 380 E2L 400A H
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Undervoltage Release Mechanism Electrical Rating Data
2
Breaker Type Supply Voltage Minimum Maximum Maximum VA
2
E2F/E2FM 110 Vac 44.5 77 93.5 1.3
120 Vac 1.5 2
127 Vac 1.7
110 Vdc 1.5
2
120 Vdc 1.7
2
125 Vdc 1.9
E2J/E2JM 110 Vac 44.5 77 93.5 1.8 2
120 Vac 2.1
127 Vac 2.4 2
110 Vdc
120 Vdc
1.6
1.9
2
125 Vdc 2.2 2
E2K/E2KM 110 Vac 44.5 77 93.5 1.8
120 Vac 2.1 2
2
127 Vac 2.4
110 Vdc 1.6
120 Vdc 1.9 2
125 Vdc 2.2
E2LME/E2LMZ 110 Vac 44.5 77 93.5 0.96 2
2
120 Vac 1.13
127 Vac 1.25
110 Vdc 43.8 77 93.5 0.94
2
120 Vdc 1.12
125 Vdc 1.21 2
E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 110 Vac 44.5 77 93.5 1.8
120 Vac 2.1
2
127 Vac 2.4
2
110 Vdc 1.6
120 Vdc 1.9 2
125 Vdc 2.2
E2N/E2NM 110 Vac 44.5 77 93.5 1.8 2
120 Vac
127 Vac
2.1
2.4
2
110 Vdc 1.6 2
120 Vdc 1.9
125 Vdc 2.2 2
E2R/E2RM
2
110 Vac 44.5 77 93.5 3.3
120 Vac 3.6
127 Vac 3.8 2
110 Vdc 43.8 77 93.5 3.3
120 Vdc 3.6 2
125 Vdc 3.8
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data

2 Operating Voltage Operating Voltage
2 Breaker Type
E2F/E2FM
Supply Voltage
48 Vac
Minimum
33.6
VA
92
Breaker Type
E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM
Supply Voltage
48 Vac
Minimum
34
VA
830
2 60 Vac 140 60 Vac 1280

110 Vac 480 110 Vac 60 100
2 120 Vac 570 120 Vac 120
2 127 Vac
208 Vac 146
640
180
127 Vac
48 Vdc 34
140
710
2 220 Vac 200 60 Vdc 1105

230 Vac 240 110 Vdc 77 110
2 48 Vdc 33.6 100 120 Vdc 130
2
60 Vdc 160 125 Vdc 140
110 Vdc 77 55 E2N/E2NM 110 Vac 60 100
2 120 Vdc 66 120 Vac 120

125 Vdc 71 127 Vac 140
2 E2J/E2JM 110 Vac 60.5 66 110 Vdc 77 110
120 Vac 84 120 Vdc 130
2 127 Vac 102 125 Vdc 140
2 110 Vdc 77 112 E2R/E2RM 110 Vac 60.5 330

120 Vdc 138 120 Vac 390
2 125 Vdc 150 127 Vac 430

E2K/E2KM 110 Vac 60 100 110 Vdc 77 370
2 120 Vac 120 120 Vdc 440
2 127 Vac
110 Vdc 77
140
110
125 Vdc 480
2 120 Vdc 130

125 Vdc 140
2 24 Vac 41
2
48 Vac 18 139
60 Vac 210
2 E2LME/E2LMZ 110 Vac 60 83

120 Vac 92
2 127 Vac 117
24 Vdc 120
2 48 Vdc 18 475
2 60 Vdc 720
110 Vdc 82 99
2 120 Vdc 120
125 Vdc 121
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Product Selection
2
E2F/E2FM
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Sealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit—
2
2
Include Line/Load Terminals
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 25 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole 1 2

2
Maximum Continuous Catalog
Ampere Rating at 40°C Number
2
15 E2F3015
20 E2F3020
25 E2F3025
2
30 E2F3030
35 E2F3035 2
40 E2F3040
45 E2F3045 2
50
60
E2F305
E2F3060
2
70 E2F3070 2
80 E2F3080
90 E2F3090 2
100 E2F3100
125 E2F3125
2
150 E2F3150
2
1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole
2
E2F/E2FM
Maximum Continuous
Catalog
Number
2
15 — 2
20 E2FM3020
25 E2FM3025 2
30 —
35 — 2
40
45
E2FM3040
—
2
50 E2FM3050 2
60 E2FM3060
70 E2FM3070 2
2
80 E2FM3080
90 E2FM3090
100 E2FM3100
2
125 E2FM3125
150 E2FM3150 2
2
Note
1 For two-pole application, use outer poles.
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2F/E2FM
2
Magnetic Only Circuit Breakers—Sealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit—
2 Include Line/Load Terminals
2
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 25 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole
Magnetic
Trip Range
Catalog
Number
2 3 9–30 E2F003AM
7 21–70 E2F007CM
2 15 45–150 E2F015EM
2
30 90–300 E2F030HM
50–150 E2F030EM
2 50 150–500 E2F050KM
66–190 E2F050YM
2 70 210–700 E2F070MM
100 150–500 E2F100KM
2 300–1000 E2F100RM
2 150 450–1500
750–2500
E2F150TM
E2F150UM
2
2 1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole
Maximum Continuous Magnetic Catalog
2 Ampere Rating at 40°C Trip Range Number
3 9–30 —
2 7 21–70 —
15 45–150 —
2 30 90–300 —
2
50–150 —
50 150–500 E2FM050KM
2 66–190 E2FM050YM
70 210–700 E2FM070MM
2 100 150–500 E2FM100KM
300–1000 E2FM100RM
2 150 450–1500 E2FM150TM
2 750–2500 E2FM150UM
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
E2J/E2JM
2
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
2
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole 2
Maximum Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit Only
Continuous
Ampere Rating Magnetic Catalog Catalog Catalog
2
2
at 40°C Trip Range Number Number Number
70 300–650 E2J3070W E2J3250F E2J3070T
90 450–900 E2J3090W E2J3250F E2J3090T
2
100 500–1000 E2J3100W E2J3250F E2J3100T
125 625–1250 E2J3125W E2J3250F E2J3125T 2
150 750–1500 E2J3150W E2J3250F E2J3150T
175 875–1750 E2J3175W E2J3250F E2J3175T 2
200
225
1000–2000
300–650
E2J3200W
E2J3225AW
E2J3250F
E2J3250F
E2J3200T
E2J3225TA
2
500–1000 E2J3225DW E2J3250F E2J3225TD 2
1125–2250 E2J3225W E2J3250F E2J3225T
250 1250–2500 E2J3250W E2J3250F E2J3250T 2
2
E2J/E2JM 1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole
Maximum Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Magnetic
Trip Range
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
70 300–650 E2JM3070W E2JM3250F E2J3070T 2
90 450–900 E2JM3090W E2JM3250F E2J3090T
100 500–1000 E2JM3100W E2JM3250F E2J3100T 2
125 625–1250 E2JM3125W E2JM3250F E2J3125T
150 750–1500 E2JM3150W E2JM3250F E2J3150T
2
175 875–1750 E2JM3175W E2JM3250F E2J3175T
2
200 1000–2000 E2JM3200W E2JM3250F E2J3200T
225 300–650 E2JM3225AW E2JM3250F E2J3225TA 2
500–1000 E2JM3225DW E2JM3250F E2J3225TD
1125–2250 E2JM3225W E2JM3250F E2J3225T 2
2
250 1250–2500 E2JM3250W E2JM3250F E2J3250T
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2J/E2JM
2
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit
2
2 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 25 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole
2 Continuous
2
250 300–650 E2J3250MAW E2J3250F E2J3250TMA
2 450–900 E2J3250MCW E2J3250F E2J3250TMC

500–1000 E2J3250MDW E2J3250F E2J3250TMD
2 625–1250 E2J3250MFW E2J3250F E2J3250TMF
750–1500 E2J3250MGW E2J3250F E2J3250TMG
2 875–1750 E2J3250MJW E2J3250F E2J3250TMJ
2 1000–2000
1125–2250
E2J3250MKW
E2J3250MLW
E2J3250F
E2J3250F
E2J3250TMK
E2J3250TML
2 1250–2500 E2J3250MW E2J3250F E2J3250TM
2
2 Maximum Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit Only
Continuous
2 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Magnetic
Trip Range
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 250 300–650
450–900
E2JM3250MAW
E2JM250MCW
E2JM3250F
E2JM3250F
E2J3250TMA
E2J3250TMC
2 500–1000 E2JM3250MDW E2JM3250F E2J3250TMD

625–1250 E2JM3250MFW E2JM3250F E2J3250TMF
2 750–1500 E2JM3250MGW E2JM3250F E2J3250TMG
875–1750 E2JM3250MJW E2JM3250F E2J3250TMJ
2 1000–2000 E2JM3250MKW E2JM3250F E2J3250TMK
2 1125–2250 E2JM3250MLW E2JM3250F E2J3250TML

1250–2500 E2JM3250MW E2JM3250F E2J3250TM
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
E2K/E2KM
2
2
Continuous
2
2
100 500–1000 E2K3100W E2K3400F E2K3100T
125 625–1250 E2K3125W E2K3400F E2K3125T
2
150 750–1500 E2K3150W E2K3400F E2K3150T
175 875–1750 E2K3175W E2K3400F E2K3175T 2
200 1000–2000 E2K3200W E2K3400F E2K3200T
225 300–650 E2K3225AW E2K3400F E2K3225TA 2
500–1000
1125–2250
E2K3225DW
E2K3225W
E2K3400F
E2K3400F
E2K3225TD
E2K3225T
2
250 1250–2500 E2K3250W E2K3400F E2K3250T 2
300 1500–3000 E2K3300W E2K3400F E2K3300T
350 1750–3500 E2K3350W E2K3400F E2K3350T 2
400 2000–4000 E2K3400W E2K3400F E2K3400T
2
E2K/E2KM 1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 14 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole 2
Maximum
Continuous
Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit Only
2
2
100 500–1000 E2KM3100W E2KM3400F E2K3100T
125 625–1250 E2KM3125W E2KM3400F E2K3125T 2
150 750–1500 E2KM3150W E2KM3400F E2K3150T
175 875–1750 E2KM3175W E2KM3400F E2K3175T
2
200 1000–2000 E2KM3200W E2KM3400F E2K3200T
2
225 300–650 E2KM3225AW E2KM3400F E2K3225TA
500–1000 E2KM3225DW E2KM3400F E2K3225TD 2
1125–2250 E2KM3225W E2KM3400F E2K3225T
250 1250–2500 E2KM3250W E2KM3400F E2K3250T 2
2
300 1500–3000 E2KM3300W E2KM3400F E2K3300T
350 1750–3500 E2KM3350W E2KM3400F E2K3350T
400 2000–4000 E2KM3400W E2KM3400F E2K3400T
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2K/E2KM
2
2
2 Continuous
2
400 300–650 E2K3400MAW E2K3400F E2K3400TMA
2 500–1000 E2K3400MDW E2K3400F E2K3400TMD

625–1250 E2K3400MFW E2K3400F E2K3400TMF
2 750–1500 E2K3400MGW E2K3400F E2K3400TMG
875–1750 E2K3400MJW E2K3400F E2K3400TMJ
2 1000–2000 E2K3400MKW E2K3400F E2K3400TMK
2 1125–2250
1250–2500
E2K3400MLW
E2K3400MWW
E2K3400F
E2K3400F
E2K3400TML
E2K3400TMW
2 1500–3000 E2K3400MNW E2K3400F E2K3400TMN

1750–3500 E2K3400MRW E2K3400F E2K3400TMR
2 2000–4000 E2K3400MW E2K3400F E2K3400TM
2
Continuous
2 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Magnetic
Trip Range
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 400 300–650 E2KM3250MAW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMA

500–1000 E2KM3400MDW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMD
2 625–1250 E2KM3400MFW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMF
750–1500 E2KM3400MGW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMG
2 875–1750 E2KM3400MJW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMJ
2 1000–2000 E2KM3400MKW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMK

1125–2250 E2KM3400MLW E2KM3400F E2K3400TML
2 1250–2500 E2KM3400MWW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMW

1500–3000 E2KM3400MNW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMN
2 1750–3500 E2KM3400MRW E2KM3400F E2K3400TMR
2
2000–4000 E2KM3400MW E2KM3400F E2K3400TM
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
E2K/E2KM
2
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
2
600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole 2
Continuous
2
2
100 50–800 E2KE3100W E2K3400F KEM3100T
125 50–800 E2KE3125W E2K3400F KEM3125T
2
150 50–800 E2KE3150W E2K3400F KEM3150T
200 200–1500 E2KE3200W E2K3400F KEM3200T 2
225 200–1500 E2KE3225W E2K3400F KEM3225T
500–2500 E2KE32252W E2K3400F KEM3225T2 2
400 200–1500
500–2500
E2KE3400W
E2KE34002W
E2K3400F
E2K3400F
KEM3400T
KEM3400T2
2
2
1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 14 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole
2
Continuous
Ampere Rating Magnetic Catalog Catalog Catalog 2
100 50–800 E2KEM3100W E2KM3400F KEM3100T 2
125
150
50–800
50–800
E2KEM3125W
E2KEM3150W
E2KM3400F
E2KM3400F
KEM3125T
KEM3150T
2
200 200–1500 E2KEM3200W E2KM3400F KEM3200T 2
225 200–1500 E2KEM3225 E2KM3400F KEM3225T
500–2500 E2KEM32252W E2KM3400F KEM3225T2 2
400 200–1500 E2KEM3400W E2KM3400F KEM3400T
500–2500 E2KEM34002W E2KM3400F KEM3400T2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2K/E2KM
2
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only
2
2 600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole
2 Continuous
2
150 50–800 E2KE3150MW E2K3400F KEM3150TM
2 225 200–1500 E2KE3225MW E2K3400F KEM3225TM

500–2500 E2KE3225M2W E2K3400F KEM3225TM2
2 400 200–1500 E2KE3400MW E2K3400F KEM3400TM
500–2500 E2KE3400M2W E2K3400F KEM3400TM2
2
2 1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 14 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole
2
Continuous
2 at 40°C Trip Range Number Number Number
150 50–800 E2KEM3150MW E2KM3400F KEM3150TM
2 225 200–1500 E2KEM3225MW E2KM3400F KEM3225TM
500–2500 E2KEM3225M2W E2KM3400F KEM3225TM2
2 400 200–1500 E2KEM3400MW E2KM3400F KEM3400TM
2 500–2500 E2KEM3400M2W E2KM3400F KEM3400TM2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
E2LME/E2LMZ (Series G)
2
Circuit Breakers with Magnetic Only Trip Unit
2
2
Maximum Continuous
400 3600–4400 E2LME3400KMW E2LME3400NN LT3400KM 2
2
Maximum Continuous Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2
at 40°C Trip Range Number Number Number 2
400 3600–4400 E2LMZ3400KMW E2LMZ3400NN LT3400KM
2
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit 2
2
600 Vac Maximum, 65 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole
Maximum Continuous Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2
160 320–1920 E2LME340031W E2LME3400NN LT340031M
200 400–2400 E2LME340031W E2LME3400NN LT340031M 2
225
250
450–2700
500–3000
E2LME340031W
E2LME340031W
E2LME3400NN
E2LME3400NN
LT340031M
LT340031M
2
300 600–3600 E2LME340031W E2LME3400NN LT340031M 2
315 630–3780 E2LME340031W E2LME3400NN LT340031M
350 700–4200 E2LME340031W E2LME3400NN LT340031M 2
400 800–4800 E2LME340031W E2LME3400NN LT340031M
2
1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole 2
2
Maximum Continuous Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit Only
160 320–1920 E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ3400NN LT340031M 2
200
225
400–2400
450–2700
E2LMZ340031W
E2LMZ340031W
E2LMZ3400NN
E2LMZ3400NN
LT340031M
LT340031M
2
250 500–3000 E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ3400NN LT340031M 2
300 600–3600 E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ3400NN LT340031M
315 630–3780 E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ3400NN LT340031M 2
2
350 700–4200 E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ3400NN LT340031M
400 800–4800 E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ3400NN LT340031M
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2L/E2LM
2
2
2 Continuous
2
300 1500–3000 E2L3300W E2L3600F E2L3300T
2 350 1750–3500 E2L3350W E2L3600F E2L3350T

400 2000–4000 E2L3400W E2L3600F E2L3400T
2 450 2250–4500 E2L3450W E2L3600F E2L3450T
500 2500–5000 E2L3500W E2L3600F E2L3500T
2 600 3000–6000 E2L3600W E2L3600F E2L3600T
2
Continuous
2 Ampere Rating Magnetic Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 300 1500–3000 E2LM3300W E2LM3600F E2L3300T

350 1750–3500 E2LM3350W E2LM3600F E2L3350T
2 400 2000–4000 E2LM3400W E2LM3600F E2L3400T
2 450
500
2250–4500
2500–5000
E2LM3450W
E2LM3500W
E2LM3600F
E2LM3600F
E2L3450T
E2L3500T
2 600 3000–6000 E2LM3600W E2LM3600F E2L3600T

1125–2250 — E2LM3600F E2L3600TL 1
2 Note
1 600 ampere thermal 1125–2250 T.A.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
E2L/E2LM
2
2
Continuous
2
2
600 1125–2250 E2L3600MLW E2L3600F E2L3600TML
1500–3000 E2L3600MNW E2L3600F E2L3600TMN
2
1750–3500 E2L3600MRW E2L3600F E2L3600TMR
2000–4000 E2L3600MXW E2L3600F E2L3600TMX 2
2250–4500 E2L3600MYW E2L3600F E2L3600TMY
2500–5000 E2L3600MPW E2L3600F E2L3600TMP 2
3000–6000 E2L3600MW E2L3600F E2L3600TM
2
2
Maximum
Continuous
2
600 1125–2250 E2LM3600MLW E2LM3600F E2L3600TML
1500–3000 E2LM3600MNW E2LM3600F E2L3600TMN 2
1750–3500
2000–4000
E2LM3600MRW
E2LM3600MXW
E2LM3600F
E2LM3600F
E2L3600TMR
E2L3600TMX
2
2250–4500 E2LM3600MYW E2LM3600F E2L3600TMY 2
2500–5000 E2LM3600MPW E2LM3600F E2L3600TMP
3000–6000 E2LM3600MW E2LM3600F E2L3600TM 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2L/E2LM
2
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
2
2 Continuous
2
300 500–2500 E2LE3300W E2L3600F LEM3300T
2 350 500–2500 E2LE3350W E2L3600F LEM3350T

400 500–2500 E2LE3400W E2L3600F LEM3400T
2 1000–4000 E2LE34002W E2L3600F LEM3400T2
600 500–2500 E2LE3600W E2L3600F LEM3600T
2 2500–5000 E2LE36002W E2L3600F LEM3600T2
2
Continuous
2 Ampere Rating Magnetic Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 300 500–2500 E2LEM3300W E2LM3600F LEM3300T

350 500–2500 E2LEM3350W E2LM3600F LEM3350T
2 400 500–2500 E2LEM3400W E2LM3600F LEM3400T
2 600
1000–4000
500–2500
E2LEM34002W
E2LEM3600W
E2LM3600F
E2LM3600F
LEM3400T2
LEM3600T
2 2500–5000 E2LEM36002W E2LM3600F LEM3600T2
2
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only
2
2 Continuous
2 400 500–2500 E2LE3400MW E2L3600F LEM3400TM
2 600
1000–4000
500–2500
E2LE3400M2W
E2LE3600MW
E2L3600F
E2L3600F
LEM3400TM2
LEM3600TM
2 2500–5000 E2LE3600M2W E2L3600F LEM3600TM2
2
2 Maximum
Continuous
2
2
400 500–2500 E2LEM3400MW E2LM3600F LEM3400TM
1000–4000 E2LEM3400M2W E2LM3600F LEM3400TM2
2 600 500–2500 E2LEM3600MW E2LM3600F LEM3600TM

2500–5000 E2LEM3600M2W E2LM3600F LEM3600TM2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
E2M/E2MM
2
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
2
Continuous
2
2
600 1500–3000 E2M3600W E2M3800F E2M3600TN
800 2000–4000 E2M3800W E2M3800F E2M3800TX
2
2
E2M/E2MM 1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole
Maximum
Continuous
Complete Breaker Frame Only Trip Unit Only 2
2
2
600 1500–3000 E2MM3600W E2MM3800F E2M3600TN
800 2000–4000 E2MM3800W E2MM3800F E2M3800TX
2
2
2
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit
2
Maximum
Continuous
2
2
800 1500–3000 E2M3800MNW E2M3800F E2M3800TMN
2000–4000 E2M3800MXW E2M3800F E2M3800TMX 2
2500–5000 E2M3800MPW E2M3800F E2M3800TMP
3000–6000 E2M3800MWW E2M3800F E2M3800TMW
2
2
2
2
Continuous
800 1500–3000 E2MM3800MNW E2MM3800F E2M3800TMN 2
2000–4000 E2MM3800MXW E2MM3800F E2M3800TMX
2500–5000 E2MM3800MPW E2MM3800F E2M3800TMP 2
3000–6000 E2MM3800MWW E2MM3800F E2M3800TMW
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2M/E2MM
2
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
2
2 Continuous
2
800 500–2500 E2ME3800W E2M3800F MEM3800T
2 1000–4000 E2ME38002W E2M3800F MEM3800T2
2
2 Maximum
Continuous
2
2
800 500–2500 E2MEM3800W E2MM3800F MEM3800T
1000–4000 E2MEM38002W E2MM3800F MEM3800T2
2
2 Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only
2 Maximum
Continuous

2 at 40°C Trip Range Number Number Number
800 500–2500 E2ME3800MW E2M3800F MEM3800TM
2 1000–4000 E2ME3800M2W E2M3800F MEM3800TM2
2
Continuous
2 Ampere Rating
at 40°C
Magnetic
Trip Range
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 800 500–2500 E2MEM3800MW E2MM3800F MEM3800TM

1000–4000 E2MEM3800M2W E2MM3800F MEM3800TM2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
E2N/E2NM
2
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
2
600 Vac Maximum, 50 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole Frame 2
Ampere Rating at 40°C Trip Range Number 2
400 500–2500 E2N3400W
500 500–2500 E2N3500W 2
2
600 500–2500 E2N3600W
700 500–2500 E2N3700W
800 500–2500 E2N3800W
2
900 1250–5000 E2N3900W
1000 1250–5000 E2N310W 2
1200 1250–5000 E2N312W
2
1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 25 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole Frame 2
2
Ampere Rating at 40°C Trip Range Number
2
400 500–2500 E2NM3400W
500 500–2500 E2NM3500W
600 500–2500 E2NM3600W
2
700 500–2500 E2NM3700W
800 500–2500 E2NM3800W 2
900 1250–5000 E2NM3900W
1000 1250–5000 E2NM310W 2
1200 1250–5000 E2NM312W
2
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only 2
2
600 Vac Maximum, 50 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole Frame
2
Ampere Rating at 40°C Trip Range Number
800 500–2500 E2N3800MW
2
1200 1250–5000 E2N312MW
2
1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 25 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole Frame
2
Maximum Continuous
Magnetic
Trip Range
Catalog
Number
2
800 500–2500 E2NM3800MW
2
1200 1250–5000 E2NM312MW
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2R/E2RM
2
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous (Does Not Include Rating Plugs) 1
2
2 600 Vac Maximum, 50 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole Frame
LS
2 1600 2–8 x In E2R316T33W
2
2000 2–8 x In E2R320T33W
LSI
2 1600 2–8 x In E2R316T32W

2000 2–8 x In E2R320T32W
2
2 1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 25 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole Frame
LS
2 1600 2–8 x In E2RM316T33W
2
2000 2–8 x In E2RM320T33W
LSI
2 1600 2–8 x In E2RM316T32W

2000 2–8 x In E2RM320T32W
2 Note
1 Rating plugs: 1600 amperes 16RES16T; 2000 amperes 20RES20T.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Accessories
2
Breaker Maximum Wire AWG Wire Range Catalog
2
Type Breaker Amperes Type (No. Conductors) Number
E2F/E2FM 100 Cu/AI #14–1/0 (1) 3T100FB (package of three)
2
150 Cu #4–4/0 (1) 3T150FB (package of three)
2
E2J/E2JM 250 Cu #4–350 (1) T250KB
E2K/E2KM 225 Cu #3–350 (1) T300K 2
350 Cu 250–500 (1) T350K
400 Cu 2/0–250 (2) 3T400K (three-pole kit) 2
E2LME/E2LMZ
E2L/E2LM
400
400
Cu/AI
Cu/AI
500–750 (1)
4/0–600 (1)
3TA631LK
3TA401LDK (three-pole kit)
2
600 Cu 250–350 (2) T602LD 2
E2M/E2MM 600 Cu (2) 2/0–500 kcmil T600MA1
600 Cu/AI (2) 1–500 kcmil TA700MA1 2
800 std. Cu/AI (3) 3/0–400 kcmil TA800MA2
800 Cu/AI (2) 500–750 kcmil TA801MA
2
800 Cu (3) 3/0–300 kcmil T800MA1
2
E2N/E2NM 700 Cu 2/0–500 (2) T700NB1
1000 Cu 3/0–500 (3) T1000NB1 2
1200 Cu 3/0–400 (4) T1200NB3
1600 Cu/AI 500–1000 (4) TA1600RD 2
2
2000 Cu/AI 2–600 (6) TA2000RD
End Cap Terminals—For Use with Ring Type Terminals 2

Breaker Maximum Catalog
Metric
Catalog 2
Type Breaker Amperes Number Number Imperial
E2F/E2FM 150 KPEK1 KPEMK1 — 2
2
E2J/E2JM 250 KPEK2 KPEMK2 —
E2K/E2KM 400 KPEK3 KPEMK3 —
E2LME/E2LMZ 400 — L3RTWK —
2
E2L/E2LM 600 KPEK4 KPEMK4 —
2
Padlockable Handle 2
Lock Hasp
Catalog 2
Breaker Type Number
E2F/E2FM PLK1 2
E2J/E2JM PLK3
E2K/E2KM PLK3 2
E2LME/E2LMZ
E2L/E2LM
LPHL
HLK4
2
E2M/E2MM HLK4 2
E2N/E2NM PLK5
E2R/E2RM HLK6 2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2
Undervoltage Release 1
2 Breaker UVR Voltage Mounting Catalog Factory
Type Type Rating Location Number Modification Code
2 E2F/E2FM Handle reset 208–240 Vac Left pole UVH1LP11K (thermal/magnetic only) 2 U18
2 Handle reset 110–127 Vdc Left pole UVH1LP26K (thermal/magnetic only) 2 U42
E2J/E2JM Handle reset 110–127 Vac Left pole UVH2LP08K 2 U18
2 Handle reset 208–240 Vac Left pole UVH2LP11K 2 U22

Handle reset 110–125 Vdc Left pole UVH2LP26K 2 T14
2 E2K/E2KM 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 Vac Left pole UVM3LP08K 23 U66
2
120 volt handle reset with LED 120 Vac Left pole UVM3LP08KT 24 U68
Handle reset 110–127 Vac Left pole UVH3LP08K 2 U18

2 E2LME/E2LMZ Handle reset 110–127 Vac Left pole UVR120APK U5
Handle reset 110–125 Vdc Left pole UVR125DPK U6
2 E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 Vac Left pole UVM4LP08K 23 U66
2 120 volt handle reset with LED

Handle reset
120 Vac
110–127 Vac
Left pole
Left pole
UVM4LP08KT 24
UVH4LP08K 2
U68
U18

2 E2N/E2NM 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 Vac Left pole UVM5LP08K 3 U66
120 volt handle reset with LED 120 Vac Left pole UVM5LT08K 4 U68
2 Handle reset 208–240 Vac Left pole UVH5LP11K 2

2
U22
Handle reset 110–125 Vdc Left pole UVH5LP26K T14
2 E2R/E2RM 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 Vac Right pole UVM6RP08K 35 U58
Handle reset 110–127 Vac Right pole UVH6RP08K 5 U49
2 Handle reset 208–240 Vac Right pole UVH6RP11K 5 U53
2
Handle reset 110–125 Vdc Right pole UVH6RP26K 5 T33
Notes
2 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed.

2 LH (RH also available).
3 Pigtail leads.
2 4 Terminal blocks.
5 RH only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Shunt Trip 1 Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch)
Factory Number of Sets
2
Breaker Voltage Mounting Catalog Modification of Contacts Factory
Type Rating Location Number Code Breaker
Type
(Make and
Break)
Mounting
Location
Catalog
Number
Modification
Code
2
E2F/E2FM 48–127 Vac or Left pole SNT1LP08K 2 S06
48–60 Vdc E2F/E2FM 1 Right A1L1LPK/A1L1RPK B06 2
208–230 Vac or Left pole SNT1LP12K 2 S10 2 Right A2L1LPK/A2L1RPK B13
110–127 Vdc
E2J/E2JM 1 Right A1L2LPK/A1L2RPK B06 2
E2J/E2JM 110–240 Vac or Left pole SNT2P11K 3 S10
110–125 Vdc
E2K/E2KM 1
2
Right
Right
A1L3LPK/A1L3RPK B06
A2L3LPK/A2L3RPK B13
2
E2K/E2KM 110–240 Vac or Left pole SNT3P11K 3 S10
110–125 Vdc E2LME/E2LMZ 1 Right ALM1M1BJPK B1
2
E2LME/E2LMZ 24–60 Vac/dc Left pole SNT060CPK S1 2 Right ALM2M2BJPK B3
110–240 Vac/dc Left pole SNT120CPK S2 E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 1 Right A1L4LPK/A1L4RPK B06 2
E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 48–60 Vac Left pole SNT4LP05K 2 S06 2 Right A2L4LPK/A2L4RPK B13
48–60 Vdc Left pole SNT4LP23K 2 S86 E2N/E2NM 1 Right A1L5LPK/A1L5RPK B06 2
110–240 Vac
110–125 Vdc
Left pole
Left pole
SNT4LP11K 2
SNT4LP26K 2
S10
S42 E2R/E2RM
2
1
Right
Right
A2L5LPK/A2L5RPK B13
A1L6RPK B05
2
E2N/E2NM 110–240 Vac Left pole SNT5LP11K 2 S10 2 Right A2L6RPK B12 2
110–125 Vdc Left pole SNT5LP26K 2 S42
Notes
E2R/E2RM 110–240 Vac Right pole SNT6P11K 4 S29 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed. 2
2 LH (RH also available).
110–125 Vdc Right pole SNT6P26K 4 S45
3 LH or RH.
4 RH only.
2
Auxiliary Switch 2
2
Number of Sets Factory
Breaker of Contacts Mounting Catalog Modification
Type (1A and 1B) Location Number Code
E2F/E2FM 1 Right A1X1PK A06 2
2 Right A2X1RPK A13
E2J/E2JM 1 Right A1X2PK A06
2
2 Right A2X2PK A13
2
E2K/E2KM 1 Right A1X3PK A06
2 Right A2X3PK A13 2
E2LME/E2LMZ 1 Right AUX1A1BPK A1
2 Right AUX2A2BPK A2 2
E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM
2
1 Right A1X4PK A06
2 Right A2X4PK A13
E2N/E2NM 1 Right A1X5PK A06
2
2 Right A2X5PK A13
E2R/E2RM 2 Right A2X6RPK A12 2
4 Right A4X6RPK A19
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Contents
2 Description Page
2 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole
2 E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-367
Classic Mining Breakers
2 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-392
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-397
2 Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-399
Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR . . . . V4-T2-404
2
2
2
2
2 Classic Mining Breakers
2 Product Overview
Classic mining service circuit installed Westinghouse
2 breakers continue to be equipment. To upgrade to the
manufactured and are current offering of E2 mining
2 primarily applied to achieve
an exact physical and
circuit breakers, consult the
cross reference information
2 electronic replacement of
previously Cutler-Hammer
on Page V4-T2-399.
2
AC Interrupting Capacity, Symmetrical Amperes
2 Breaker Type
2
60 Hz All Other 1000 Volt
AC Volts KAM LAM, MAM, NBM HKAM HLAM 2 Breakers 2
240 25,000 42,000 — — —
2 480 22,000 30,000 — — —
2 600 22,000 22,000 — — —

1000 1 — — 10,000 12,000 14,000
2
2 Special DC Interrupting Capacity
Interrupting Capacity (Amperes) at 300–330 Vdc
2 Single-Pole Two Poles in Series 4
Breaker Maximum
2 Type Ampere Rating 0.0–0.15 mH Inductance 3 0.15–0.5 mH Inductance 0.5–0.9 mH Inductance 2.4 mH Inductance
KAM 225 15,000 10,000 15,000 5000
2 LAM 400/600 15,000 10,000 15,000 5000
2 MAM
NBM
800
1200
15,000
15,000
10,000
10,000
15,000
15,000
5000
5000
2 Notes
1 Based on circuit power factor of 50% or greater.
2 2 HLAM must be rear stud connected. If front connected, interrupting capacity rating is 10,000 amperes.
3 Resistive circuit.
2 4 Two poles in electrical series in ungrounded leg of circuit.
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Classic Circuit Breakers For Mining Service
2
Undervoltage Release Data
Undervoltage releases are calibrated to pick up at 72 to 85% of rated voltage dropout between 2
35 to 70% of rated voltage.
Breaker Line Series Total 2
Type Volts Amperes Resistors 1 VA
KAM, HKAM 1 480/60 0.021 10,000 10.1 2
240/60
120/60
0.019
0.021
—
—
4.6
2.5
2
120/60 2 0.13 — 15.6 2
LAM, HLAM, MAM, 480/60 0.033 12,000 3 15.9
HMAM, NBM, HNBM 1
240/60 0.028 6,000 6.7 2
120/60 0.029 — 3.5
120/60 2 0.13 — 15.6
2
2
Shunt Trip Coil Data
Breaker
2
2
Type Volts Amperes VA
KAM, HKAM, LAM, HLAM, MAM, 480/60 0.085 40.8
2
HMAM, NBM, HNBM
240/60 1.7 408
120/60 0.88 105.6
48 DC 8.0 384 2
Notes
1 Supplied for external customer mounting. 2
2 New design electrical reset UVR.
3 16,000 for Type MAM and HMAM. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Product Selection
2 For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on Page V4-T2-399.
2 Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers
2 Breaker
Type
Frame
Style Numbers 12 Poles Amperes
Trip
Type
Accessories
(Included in Frame)
Magnetic Trip Range,
Amperes 3
2 KAM 2609D60G64 2 180 M None 200–400

1291C26G07 2 180 M UVR 4 200–400
2 2609D60G66 2 180 M Standard shunt trip 3 200–400
1291C26G01 2 225 TM UVR 4 300–700
2 1291C26G02 2 225 TM UVR 4 500–1000
2 2609D60G67 3 180 M None 200–400

1291C26G08 3 180 M UVR 4 200–400
2 2609D60G69 3 180 M Standard shunt trip 3 200–400

5685D48G75 3 225 TM None 300–700
2 5685D48G74 3 225 TM None 500–1000
2
1291C26G03 3 225 TM UVR 4 300–700
1291C26G04 3 225 TM UVR 4 500–1000
2 2609D60G01 3 225 TM Standard shunt trip 3 300–700

2609D60G02 3 225 TM Standard shunt trip 3 500–1000
2 2609D60G40 3 225 M None 300–700
2609D60G41 3 225 M None 500–700
2 1291C26G05 3 225 M UVR 4 300–700
2 LAM
1291C26G06
1291C32G01
3
2
225
400
M
TM
UVR 4
UVR 4
500–1000
500–1000
2 2609D60G61 2 400 M Shunt trip (48 Vdc) 750–1500

1291C32G03 3 400 TM UVR 4 500–1000
2 5685D48G73 3 400 TM None 800–1600
1291C32G02 3 400 TM UVR 4 800–1600
2 2609D60G03 3 400 TM Standard shunt trip 3 800–1600
2 2609D60G44 3 400 M None 800–1600

1291C32G04 3 400 M UVR 4 800–1600
2 Notes
1 Terminals not included in style number.
2 2 All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated.

3 Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type.
2 4 UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac.
M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on Page V4-T2-399.
2
Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers, continued
Breaker Frame Trip Accessories Magnetic Trip Range,
2
Type Style Numbers 12 Poles Amperes Type (Included in Frame) Amperes 3
MAM 2609D60G17 2 600 TM UVR 3 750–1500
2
2609D60G18 2 800 TM UVR 3 1000–2000
2
2609D60G63 3 400 TM UVR 3 2000–4000
5685D48G72 3 600 TM None 1500–3000 2
2609D60G19 3 600 TM UVR 3 1500–3000
2609D60G04 3 600 TM Standard shunt trip 3 1500–3000 2
2
2609D60G05 3 800 TM Standard shunt trip 3 2000–4000
5685D48G71 3 800 TM None 2000–4000
2609D60G20 3 800 TM UVR 3 2000–4000
2
2609D60G46 3 800 M None 1500–3000
2609D60G47 3 800 M UVR 3 1500–3000 2
2609D60G48 3 800 M None 2000–4000
2609D60G49 3 800 M UVR 3 2000–4000 2
2
NBM 1229C37G13 2 1000 TM UVR 4 1500–3000
1229C37G14 2 1200 TM UVR 4 2000–4000
1227C36G10 3 1000 TM None 2500–5000 2
1229C37G15 3 1000 TM UVR 4 2500–5000
1227C36G13 3 1000 TM Standard shunt trip 3 2500–5000 2
1227C36G14 3 1200 TM Standard shunt trip 3 2500–5000
1227C36G09 3 1200 TM None 2500–5000
2
1229C37G16 3 1200 TM UVR 4 2500–5000
2
1227C36G19 3 1200 M None 2500–5000
1229C37G17 3 1200 M UVR 4 2500–5000 2
Notes
1 Terminals not included in style number. 2
2 All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated.
3 Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type.
4 UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac.
2
M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
1000 Volt Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers

2 Breaker Frame Trip Accessories Magnetic Trip Range,
Type Style Numbers Poles Amperes Type (Included in Frame) Amperes 1
2 HKAM HKAM 2609D60G70 3 180 M None 200–400
2 1291C26G16 3 180 M UVR 2 200–400

5685D48G87 3 225 TM None 300–700
2 1291C26G12 3 225 TM UVR 2 300–700
5685D48G86 3 225 TM None 500–1000
2 1291C26G13 3 225 TM UVR 2 500–1000
2
1291C26G14 3 225 M UVR 2 300–700
1291C26G15 3 225 M UVR 2 500–1000
2
HLAM HLAM 5685D48G85 3 400 TM None 800–1600
2 1291C32G07 3 400 TM UVR 2 800–1600
2 1291C32G09 3 400 M UVR 2 800–1600
2
2
2 HMAM HMAM 5685D48G84 3 600 TM None 1500–3000
2
2609D60G28 3 600 TM UVR 3 1500–3000
5685D48G83 3 800 TM None 2000–4000
2 2609D60G29 3 800 TM UVR 3 2000–4000

2609D60G57 3 800 M UVR 3 1500–3000
2 2609D60G58 3 800 M UVR 3 2000–4000
2
2
2 HNAM HNBM 1227C36G12 3 1000 TM None 2500–5000
1229C37G19 3 1000 TM UVR 2 2500–5000
2 1227C36G11 3 1200 TM None 2500–5000
1229C37G20 3 1200 TM UVR 2 2500–5000
2 1229C37G18 3 1200 M UVR 2 2500–5000
2
2
2 Notes
2
1 The magnetic trip range does not change when rating plug is changed.
2 120 volt, 60 Hz electrical reset type.
3 Rated 120 volts, 60 Hz; undervoltage release is handle reset type.
2 M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Classic Mining Service Breaker Frames Only
Breaker Frame Size, Number Style Breaker Frame Size, Number Style
2
Type Amperes of Poles Numbers Type Amperes of Poles Numbers
KAM 1 225 2 2602D86G11 MAM 2 800 2 2600D43G11
2
225 3 2602D86G12 800 3 2600D43G12
2
KAMH 1 225 2 2602D86G13 MAMH 2 800 2 2600D43G13
225 3 2602D86G14 800 3 2600D43G14 2
HKAM 1 225 3 1264C99G05 HMAM 2 800 3 1264C99G03
LAM 2 400 2 2602D99G05 NBM 2 1200 2 2610D64G07 2
2
400 3 2602D99G06 1200 3 2610D64G08
LAMH 2 400 2 2602D99G07 NBMH 2 1200 2 2610D64G09
400 3 2602D99G08 1200 3 2610D64G10
2
HLAM 2 400 3 1264C99G02 HNBM 2 1200 3 2610D64G13
LAM3600F 600 3 2603D48G07 2
LAMH3600F 600 3 2603D48G08
HLAM3600F 600 3 2603D48G09 2
2
Trip Units for Classic Mining Circuit Breakers
Thermal-Magnetic Magnetic Only
2
2
Breaker Conductor Magnetic Trip Range, Maximum Continuous Three-Pole3 Three-Pole
Type Size Amperes Amperes Style Numbers Style Numbers
HKAM #6
#4–#3
150–400
300–700
180
225
—
5685D48G40
2609D99G22
2611D75G01
2
#4–#1 500–1000 225 5685D48G34 2611D75G02 2
HLAM #4–#1 750–1500 400 5685D48G97 2609D99G21
#2–#2/0 800–1600 400 5685D48G28 2611D75G03 2
HLAM600 #2–2/0 750–1500 600 2609D99G20 —
2/0–500 kcmil 1500–3000 600 2609D99G19 —
2
HMAM #2–#2/0 750–1500 600 — —
2
2/0–500 kcmil 1500–3000 600 5685D48G22 2611D75G04 4
#1–3/0 1000–2000 800 — — 2
3/0–500 kcmil 2000–4000 800 5685D48G16 2611D75G05
HNBM 2/0–500 kcmil 1500–3000 1000 — — 2
2
4/0–500 kcmil 2500–5000 1000 5685D48G10 —
3/0–500 kcmil 2000–4000 1200 — —
4/0–500 kcmil 2500–5000 1200 5685D48G04 2611D75G07
2
Notes
1 Frame modified for left-hand mounting of UVR attachment.
2 Frame modified for right-hand mounting of UVR attachment.
2
3 Three-pole trip units only are suitable for replacement in 1000 volt mining service circuit breakers.
4 800 amperes.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Terminals For Classic Mining Service Breakers

2 Terminals are UL listed for wire type and range listed below.
When used with aluminum conductors, use joint compound.
2 Breaker Terminal Maximum Package of 3 Line Terminals Wire Range,
Type Type Amperes Style Number Type
2 FBM, HFBM Style pressure type terminals 100 624B100G02 #14–1/0 Al/Cu
2 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 50 624B100G10 #14–#4 Al/Cu

100 624B100G17 # 4–4/0 Al/Cu
2
2 Terminals For Mining Service Breakers
Breaker Terminal Maximum Terminal Wire Range, Type
2 Type Type Amperes Catalog Number Number of Cables
KAM, HKAM Standard pressure terminals (copper only) 225 T225LA (1) #6–350 kcmil
2 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 225 TA225LA1 (1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4–350 kcmil Al
LAM Standard copper pressure terminals 225 T225LA (1) #6–350 kcmil Cu
2 400 T401LA (1) #4–250 kcmil Cu plus (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Cu
2 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 225 TA225LA1 (1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4–350 kcmil Al
400 TA400LA1 (1) #4–250 kcmil Al/Cu, plus (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Al/Cu
2 400 TA401LA (1) 600–750 kcmil Al

LAM-600, LAMH-600, HLAM-600 Standard copper pressure terminals 600 T600LA (2) 250–500 kcmil Cu
2 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 600 TA600LA (2) 250–500 kcmil Al/Cu
2
MAM, HMAM, MAMH Standard copper pressure terminals 350 T350MA (1) #1–600 kcmil Cu
600 T600MA1 (2) 2/0–500 kcmil Cu
2 800 T800MA1 (3) 3/0–300 kcmil Cu

Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 600 TA700MA1 (2) #1–500 kcmil Al/Cu
2 800 TA800MA2 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil Al/Cu
800 TA801MA (2) 500–750 kcmil Al/Cu
2 NBM, HNBM, NBMH Standard copper pressure terminals 1000 T1000NB1 (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Cu
2 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals

1200
1000
T1200NB1
TA1000NB1
(4) 3/0–400 kcmil Cu
(3) 3/0–400 kcmil Al/Cu
2 1200 TA1200NB1 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu

1200 TA1201NB1 (3) 500–750 kcmil Al/Cu
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Accessories
2
Classic Mining Circuit Breakers
2
Rear Connected Studs 1 Rear Connected Studs For Insulated Panels Only: Two Per Pole
For complete stud assembly, clearances required by Diameter, In Extension Back 2
order a stud and tube based Underwriters Laboratories.2 Stud Inches (mm) of Breaker In Stud
on thickness of customer’s
mounting panel. A short stud
Two studs required per pole.
For List Prices, see Eaton’s
Ampere Number and Thread Inches (mm) Style Numbers
2
LAM, HLAM Breakers
must be assembled adjacent
to a long stud to maintain
Price and Availability Digest.
225 3 0.50 (12.7)–13 3.22 (81.8) 1241 345 2
0.50 (12.7)–13 6.28 (159.5) 1241 346
Mounting Panel Stud Tube
225 34 0.50 (12.7)–13 4.97 (126.2) 1241 392
2
Thickness In Style Length In Style
Inches (mm) Length Numbers Inches (mm) Numbers 400 3 0.75 (19.1)–16
0.75 (19.1)–16
5.47 (138.9)
7.97 (202.4)
05B7383G22
05B7383G23
2
KAM, HKAM Breakers
0.75 (19.1)–1.00 (25.4) Short 656D565G01 0.84 (21.3) 456D983H05 0.75 (19.1)–16 10.47 (265.9) 05B7383G24 2
600 1.00 (25.4)–12 5.91 (150.1) 314C960G16
2
Long 656D565G02 3.78 (96.0) 456D983H08
0.50 (12.7)–0.75 (19.1) Short 656D565G01 1.09 (27.7) 456D983H06 1.00 (25.4)–12 8.41 (213.6) 314C960G17
2
Long 656D565G02 4.03 (102.4) 456D983H09 1.00 (25.4)–12 10.91 (277.1) 314C960G18
0.25 (6.4)–0.50 (12.7) Short 656D565G01 1.34 (34.0) 456D983H07 MAM, HMAM, MAMH Breakers
Long 656D565G02 4.28 (108.7) 456D983H10 225 0.50 (12.7)–13 3.66 (93.0) 314C960G01
2
400 0.75 (19.1)–16 5.91 (150.1) 314C960G04
0.75 (19.1)–16 8.41 (213.6) 314C960G05 2
0.75 (19.1)–16 10.91 (277.1) 314C960G06
600 1.00 (25.4)–12 5.91 (150.1) 314C960G07 2
1.00 (25.4)–12
1.00 (25.4)–12
8.41 (213.6)
10.91 (277.1)
314C960G08
314C960G09
2
800 1.13 (28.7)–12 4.91 (124.7) 314C960G10 2
1.13 (28.7)–12 8.41 (213.6) 314C960G11
1.13 (28.7)–12 10.91 (277.1) 314C960G12 2
NBM, HNBM, NBMH Breakers
800 1.13 (28.7)–12 5.50 (139.7) 623B222G01 2
1.13 (28.7)–12
1.13 (28.7)–12
8.00 (203.2)
10.50 (266.7)
623B222G02
623B222G03
2
1200 1.25 (31.8)–12 5.50 (139.7) 373B375G04 2
1.25 (31.8)–12 10.50 (266.7) 373B375G03
2
Line and Load Terminal Shields 5 2
Breaker Type Description Style Numbers
KAM Line terminals 1261C93G01
2
Load terminals 1262C46G01
2
LAM-400 Line terminals 1261C95G01
Load terminals 1262C48G01 2
MAM Line terminals 1261C97G01
Load terminals 1261C97G02 2
Notes
1 Not UL Iisted.
2
2
2 400 ampere LA studs of the same length have sufficient clearance; however, customer
connections may make it necessary to use a short stud adjacent to a long stud.
3 150, 300 and 400 ampere frames only.
4 This is a special stud that includes six contact nuts for use where bus contact nuts
must be used.
2
2
5 For breakers used with terminals and cable connections. Sold in packages of 10.
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Standard Handle Reset Undervoltage Release Shunt Trips

2 For Classic breakers field when voltage drops below For tripping breaker from a control voltages up to 250
mountable on special frames 35 to 70% of coil rating. Picks remote point. A solenoid Vdc or 600 Vac. Voltage and
2 listed on Page V4-T2-399, or up and seals in at 72 to 85% device mounts within breaker frequency must be specified.
replacement on breakers of coil rating. For line voltages case. Breaker trips when coil Standard leads extend 18.00
2 originally equipped with this
type UVR.
up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac.
Externally mounted resistors
is energized. A cutoff switch
breaks the circuit to the
inches (457.2 mm) outside of
breaker. Longer leads may
2 For undervoltage protection.
are supplied for certain ratings.
Standard leads extend 18.00
momentary rated coil when
breaker opens. Available for
be specified.
A solenoid device mounts inches (457.2 mm) outside of
2 within breaker case. Coil breaker. Longer leads may Breaker Volts Style
must be energized before be specified. Type (50–60 Hz) Numbers
2 closing breaker. Trips breaker
Right-Hand Mounting
KAM, HKAM 480 Vac 2605D15G16
2
Breaker Style
Type Volts Numbers
240 Vac 2605D15G17
2
Right-Hand Mounting 120 Vac 2605D15G19
LAM, HLAM 120 Vac 4995D12G11 LAM, HLAM 480 Vac 2606D56G16
2 120 Vac 1 1228C76G03 240 Vac 2606D56G17

240 Vac 4995D12G13 120 Vac 2606D56G19
2 480 Vac 4995D12G14 48 Vdc 2606D56G07
125 Vdc 4995D12G09
2
MAM, HMAM, 480 Vac 2606D57G16
MAM, HMAM, 120 Vac 5672D69G11 MAMH
240 Vac 2606D57G17
MAMH
2
120 Vac 1 — 120 Vac 2606D57G19
240 Vac 5672D69G13 NBM, HNBM, 480 Vac 2606D58G16
2 480 Vac 5672D69G14 NBMH
240 Vac 2606D58G17
NBM, HNBM, 120 Vac 4995D11G11 120 Vac 2606D58G19
2 NBMH
120 Vac 1 1229C35G03 Left-Hand Mounting
240 Vac 4995D11G13
2 480 Vac 4995D11G14
KAM, HKAM 480 Vac
240 Vac
2605D15G02
2605D15G03
2 Left-Hand Mounting
KAM, HKAM 120 Vac 4995D10G01
120 Vac 2605D15G05
LAM, HLAM 480 Vac 2606D56G02
2 120 Vac 1 1228C76G03 240 Vac 2606D56G03
240 Vac 4995D10G03 120 Vac 2606D56G05
2 480 Vac 4995D10G04 MAM, HMAM, 480 Vac 2606D57G02
MAMH
2 240 Vac 2606D57G03
120 Vac 2606D57G05
2 NBM, HNBM,
NBMH
480 Vac 2606D58G02
240 Vac 2606D58G03
2 120 Vac 2606D58G05
2 Notes
1 Electrical reset UVR.
2
2 Auto reset type.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Reference Information
2
E2 Cross-Reference
Series C Mining Superseded by E2 Mining Series C Mining Superseded by E2 Mining
2
1491D72G31 E2J3070T FDBM3040 E2F3040 2
1491D72G32 E2J3090T FDBM3045 E2F3045
1491D72G33 E2J3100T FDBM3050 E2F3050 2
2
1491D72G37 E2J3200T FDBM3050U62 E2F3050U62
6622C87G27 E2K3225AWU66 FDBM3050WU62 E2F3050WU62
6622C87G28 E2K3225DWU66 FDBM3060 E2F3060
2
6622C87G32 E2K3400GWU66 FDBM3070 E2F3070
E2KM3100 E2KEM3100W FDBM3070WU62 E2F3070WU62 2
E2KM3100U66 E2KEM3100WU66 FDBM3080 E2F3080
E2KM3125 E2KEM3125W FDBM3090 E2F3090 2
2
E2KM3125U66 E2KEM3125WU66 FDBM3100 E2F3100
E2KM3150 E2KEM3150W FDBM3100LM04U62 E2F3100M04U62
E2KM3150MU66 E2KEM3150WU66 FDBM3125 E2F3125
2
E2KM3150TM E2KEM3150MW FDBM3150 E2F3150
E2KM3150U66 E2KEM3150MWU66 FDBM3150L E2F3150L 2
E2KM3200 E2KEM3200W FDM3015 E2F3015
E2KM3200U66 E2KEM3200WU66 FDM3015L E2F3015L 2
E2KM3225
E2KM3225F
E2KEM3225W
E2KM3400F
FDM3015LU62
FDM3020
E2F3015LU62
E2F3020
2
E2KM3225FUV E2KM3400F FDM3020LU62 E2F3020LU62 2
E2KM3225MU66 E2KEM3225MWU66 FDM3025 E2F3025
E2KM3225TM E2KEM3225TM FDM3025L E2F3025L 2
E2KM3225U66 E2KEM3225WU66 FDM3025LS22 E2F3025LS22
E2LM3300U66 E2LEM3300WU66 FDM3025LU62 E2F3025LU62
2
E2LM3350U66 E2LEM3350WU66 FDM3030 E2F3030
2
E2LM34002U66 E2LEM34002WU66 FDM3030LS22 E2F3030LS22
E2LM3400F E2LM3600F FDM3040 E2F3040 2
E2LM3400FUV E2LM3600F FDM3040L E2F3040L
E2LM3400M2U66 E2LEM3400M2WU66 FDM3040LU62 E2F3040LU62 2
2
E2LM3400MU66 E2LEM3400MWU66 FDM3050 E2F3050
E2LM3400U66 E2LEM3400WU66 FDM3050LU62 E2F3050LU62
FDBM3015 E2F3015 FDM3050U62 E2F3050U62
2
FDBM3015WU62 E2F3015WU62 FDM3060 E2F3060
FDBM3020 E2F3020 FDM3060LU62 E2F3060LU62 2
FDBM3025 E2F3025 FDM3070 E2F3070
FDBM3025U62 E2F3025U62 FDM3070A02U62 E2F3070A02U62 2
FDBM3030
FDBM3030U62
E2F3030
E2F3030WU62
FDM3080
FDM3090
E2F3080
E2F3090
2
FDBM3030WU62 E2F3030WU62 FDM3100 E2F3100 2
FDBM3035 E2F3035 FDM3100LS22 E2F3100LS22
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
E2 Cross-Reference, continued
2 Series C Mining Superseded by E2 Mining Series C Mining Superseded by E2 Mining
2 FDM3100LU62 E2FLU62 JDCM3150W E2JM3150W

FDM3125 E2F3125 JDCM3175W E2JM3175W
2 FDM3125LU62 E2F3125LU62 JDCM3200W E2JM3200W
FDM3150 E2F3150 JDCM3225A5W E2JM3225AW
2 HFDM003AM E2F003AM JDCM3225D5W E2JM3225DW
2 HFDM003AMLU62
HFDM007CM
E2F003AMLU62
E2F007CM
JDCM3225W
JDCM3250A5MW
E2JM3225W
E2JM3250MAW
2 HFDM007CMU62 E2F007CMU62 JDCM3250A5MWU18 E2JM3250MAWU18

HFDM015EM E2F015EM JDCM3250A5W E2JM3250AW
2 HFDM015EMA02 E2F015EMA02 JDCM3250C5MW E2JM3250MCW
2
HFDM015EMLU62 E2F015EMLU62 JDCM3250D5MW E2JM3250MDW
HFDM015EMU62 E2F015EMU62 JDCM3250D5MWA06 E2JM3250MDWA06
2 HFDM030HM E2F030HM JDCM3250D5W E2JM3250DW

HFDM030HMLU62 E2F030HMLU62 JDCM3250D5WS10 E2JM3250DWS10
2 HFDM030HMU62 E2F030HMU62 JDCM3250F E2JM3250F
HFDM050KM E2F050KM JDCM3250F5MD01 E2JM3250MFD01
2 HFDM050KML E2F050KML JDCM3250F5MW E2JM3250MFW
2
HFDM050KMLU62 E2F050KMLU62 JDCM3250G5MW E2JM3250MGW
HFDM050KMU62 E2F050KMU62 JDCM3250G5WA02D01 E2JM3250MGA02D01
2 HFDM070MM E2F070MM JDCM3250J5MW E2JM3250MJW

HFDM070MMU62 E2F070MMU62 JDCM3250J5MWA02 E2JM3250MJA02
2 HFDM1001M E2F1001M JDCM3250J5WA02D01 E2JM3250MJA02D01
HFDM1001MS22 E2F1001MS22 JDCM3250J5WD01 E2JM3250MJD01
2 HFDM100LM E2F100LM JDCM3250K5MW E2JM3250MKW
2 HFDM100LMA02
HFDM100LMU62
E2F100LMA02
E2F100LMU62
JDCM3250L5MW
JDCM3250MW
E2JM3250MLW
E2JM3250MW
2 HFDM 100RM E2F100RM JDCM3250W E2JM3250W

HFDM100RML E2F100RML JDCMAA2D1 E2JM3250MM02D01
2 HFDM100RMS22 E2F100RMS22 JDCMDD1S30 E2JM3250MDS30D01
HFDM100RMU62 E2F100RMU62 JDCMFD01 E2JM3250MFD01
2 HFDM150TM E2F150TM JDCMGA02D1 E2JM3250MGA02D01
2 HFDM150TML E2F150TML JDCMJA2D1 E2JM3250MJA02D01

HFDM150TMU62 E2F150TMU62 JDCMJD01 E2JM3250MJD01
2 HFDM150UM E2F150UM JDM2250F E2JM3250F

JCDA2D1S30 E2JM250MDA2D1S30 JDM3070W E2J3070W
2 JCMA2D1S30 E2JM250MFA2D1S30 JDM3090W E2J3090W
2
JDCM3070W E2JM3070W JDM3100W E2J3100W
JDCM3090W E2JM3090W JDM3125W E2J3125W
2 JDCM3100W E2JM3100W JDM3150W E2J3150W

JDCM3125W E2JM3125W JDM3150WU18 E2J3150WU18
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Series C Mining Superseded by E2 Mining Series C Mining Superseded by E2 Mining
2
JDM3175W E2J3175W JM3250TL5M_1125-2250 E2J3250TML
2
JDM3200W E2J3200W JM3250TM E2J3250TM
JDM3200WA06 E2J3200WA06 KDCM3100W E2KM3100W 2
JDM3225A5W E2J3225AW KDCM3125W E2KM3125W
JDM3225D5W E2J3225DW KDCM3150W E2KM3150W 2
JDM3225W
JDM3250A5MW
E2J3225W
E2J3250MAW
KDCM3175W
KDCM3200W
E2KM3175W
E2KM3200W
2
JDM3250A5W E2J3250AW KDCM3225A5MW E2KM3200MAW 2
JDM3250C5MW E2J3250CW KDCM3225D5MW E2KM3200MDW
JDM3250D5MW E2J3250MDW KDCM3225W E2KM3225W 2
JDM3250D5W E2J3250DW KDCM3250W E2KM3250W
JDM3250F E2J3250F KDCM3250WU18 E2KM3250WU18
2
JDM3250F5MW E2J3250MFW KDCM3300W E2KM3300W
2
JDM3250G5MW E2J3250MGW KDCM3350W E2KM3350W
JDM3250J5MW E2J3250MJW KDCM3400D5MA02D09H04 E2KM3400MDA02D09H04 2
JDM3250K5MW E2J3250MKW KDCM3400D5MW E2KM3400MDW
JDM3250L5MW E2J3250MLW KDCM3400D5MWA02D07 E2KM3400MDA02D07 2
2
JDM3250MW E2J3250MW KDCM3400D5W E2KM3400DW
JDM3250W E2J3250W KDCM3400D5WD09 E2KM3400DD09
JDM3250WS10 E2J3250WS10 KDCM3400F E2KM3400F
2
JM2225T1125-2250 E2J3225T KDCM3400F5MW E2KM3400MFW
JM3070T E2J3070T KDCM3400FD09G04 E2KM3400MFD09G04 2
JM3090T E2J3090T KDCM3400G5MW E2KM3400MGD09G05
JM3100T E2J3100T KDCM3400G5MWD09H04 E2KM3400MGD09H04 2
JM3125T
JM3150T
E2J3125T
E2J3150T
KDCM3400G5W
KDCM3400G5WD07
E2KM3400MGW
E2KM3400MGD07
2
JM3175T E2J3175T KDCM3400J5MA02D09 E2KM3400MJA02D09 2
JM3200T E2J3200T KDCM3400J5MA2D9G4S30 E2KM3400MJA2D9G4S30
JM3225T E2J3225T KDCM3400J5MD09 E2KM3400MJD09 2
JM3225TA5 E2J3225TA KDCM3400J5MD09H04S30 E2KM3400MJD09H04S30
JM3225TD5 E2J3225TD KDCM3400J5MW E2KM3400MJW
2
JM3250T E2J3250T KDCM3400J5MWA02D07 E2KM3400MJA02D07
2
JM3250TA5 E2J3250TA KDCM3400J5MWA06 E2KM3400MJWA06
JM3250TA5M_350-700 E2J3250TMA KDCM3400J5MWD07S30 E2KM3400MJD07S30 2
JM3250TC5M E2J3250TMC KDCM3400J5WD07 E2KM3400MJD07
JM3250TD5_500-1000 E2J3250TMD KDCM3400K5MW E2KM3400MKW 2
2
JM3250TF5M_625-1250 E2J3250TMF KDCM3400K5MWS10 E2KM3400MKWS10
JM3250TG5M_750-1500 E2J3250TMG KDCM3400K5MWU18 E2KM3400MKWU18
JM3250TJ5M_875-1750 E2J3250TMJ KDCM3400L5MW E2KM3400MLW
2
JM3250TK5M_1000-2000 E2J3250TMK KDCM3400L5MWD09H04 E2KM3400MLD09H04
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2 Series C Mining Superseded by E2 Mining Series C Mining Superseded by E2 Mining
2 KDCM3400L5MWS10 E2KM3400MLWS10 KDM3300WS10 E2K3300WS10

KDCM3400L5WD07 E2KM3400MLD07 KDM3350W E2K3350W
2 KDCM3400MW E2KM3400MW KDM3400D5MW E2K3400MDW
KDCM3400N5MW E2KM3400MNW KDM3400D5W E2K3400DW
2 KDCM3400N5MWA06 E2KM3400MNWA06 KDM3400D5WU18 E2K3400DWU18
2 KDCM3400N5WA02D07
KDCM3400R5MW
E2KM3400MNA02D07
E2KM3400MRW
KDM3400F
KDM3400F5MW
E2K3400F
E2K3400MFW
2 KDCM3400W E2KM3400W KDM3400FK37A06D09D18 E2KE3400A06D09D18

KDCM3400W5MW E2KM3400MWW KDM3400G5A06D09U18 E2K3400GA06D09U18
2 KDCMDMD07 E2KM3400MDD07 KDM3400G5A13D09U18 E2K3400GA13D09U18
2
KDCMNA2D7 E2KM3400MNA02D07 KDM3400G5MW E2K3400MGW
KDM2400F E2K2400F KDM3400G5W E2K3400GW
2 KDM2400G5MS50 E2K2400MGWS50 KDM3400G5WA06 E2K3400GWS10

KDM2400G5MW E2K2400MGW KDM3400G5WS10 E2K3400GWS10
2 KDM2400W5MW E2K2400MWW KDM3400G5WU18 E2K3400GWU18
KDM2400W5MWA06D07S10 E2K2400MWA06D07S10 KDM3400J5MW E2K3400MJW
2 KDM2400W5MWA06D10S10 E2K2400MWA06D10S10 KDM3400K5MS54 E2K3400MKWS54
2
KDM2400W5MWD07 E2K2400MWD07 KDM3400K5MW E2K3400MKW
KDM2400W5MWD07S10 E2K2400MWD07S10 KDM3400L5MW E2K3400MLW
2 KDM2400W5MWD10 E2K2400MWD10 KDM3400MW E2K3400MW

KDM2400W5MWD10S10 E2K2400MWD10S10 KDM3400MWA06U18 E2K3400MWA06U18
2 KDM2400W5MWS10 E2K2400MWWS10 KDM3400N5MW E2K3400MNW
KDM3100W E2K3100W KDM3400R5MW E2K3400MRW
2 KDM3125W E2K3125W KDM3400W E2K3400W
2 KDM3150W
KDM3150WA06
E2K3150W
E2K3150WA06
KDM3400W5MW
KEM3100T
E2K3400MWW
KEM3100T
2 KDM3175W E2K3175W KEM3125T KEM3125T

KDM3200W E2K3200W KEM3150T KEM3150T
2 KDM3225A5W E2K3225AW KEM3150TM KEM3150TM
KDM3225D5A13D09U18 E2K3225DA13D09U18 KEM3200T KEM3200T
2 KDM3225D5MW E2K3400MDW KEM3225T KEM3225T
2 KDM3225D5W E2K3225DW KEM3225T2 KEM3225T2

KDM3225F E2K3400F KEM3225TM KEM3225TM
2 KDM3225W E2K3225W KEM3225TM2 KEM3225TM2

KDM3225WK37 E2KE3225W KM2225TA5 E2K2225TA
2 KDM3225WK37U18 E2KE3225WU18 KM2225TA5M E2K2400TMA
2
KDM3225WK38 E2KE3225MW KM2225TD5 E2K2225TD
KDM3250W E2K3250W KM2225TD5M E2K2400TMD
2 KDM3300W E2K3300W KM2400TD5 E2K2400TD

KDM3300WA06U18 E2K3300WA06U18 KM2400TD5M E2K2400TMD
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Superseded by Series C Superseded by
2
Series C Mining E2 Mining Mining E2 Mining
KM2400TG5M E2K2400TMG LEM3300T LEM3300T
2
KM2400TN5M E2K2400TMN LEM3350T LEM3350T
2
KM2400TW5M E2K2400TMW LEM3400T LEM3400T
KM3100T E2K3100T LEM3400T2 LEM3400T2 2
KM3125T E2K3125T LEM3400TM LEM3400TM
KM3150T E2K3150T LEM3400TM2 LEM3400TM2 2
2
KM3175T E2K3175T LEM3600T LEM3600T
KM3200T E2K3200T LEM3600TM LEM3600TM
KM3225T E2K3225T LM3600TL6M E2L3600TML
2
KM3225TA5 E2K3225TA LM3600TN6M E2L3600TMN
KM3225TA5M E2K3400TMA LM3600TP6M E2L3600TMP 2
KM3225TD5 E2K3225TD LM3600TR6M E2L3600TMR
KM3225TD5M E2K3400TMD LM3600TS6M E2L3600TM 2
KM3250T
KM3300T
E2K3250T
E2K3300T
LM3600TX6M
UVE3LP08K
E2L3600TMX
UVE3LP08K
2
KM3350T E2K3350T UVE4LP08K UVE4LP08K 2
KM3400T E2K3400T
KM3400TD5 E2K3400TD Additional Information on Mining Breakers 2
KM3400TF5M E2K3400TMF
KM3400TG5M E2K3400TMG
Source Description
2
TD01217001E E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data
KM3400TJ5M E2K3400TMJ
BR01217001E E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure 2
KM3400TK5M E2K3400TMK
TC01217001E E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves
KM3400TL5M E2K3400TML
www.eaton.com/mining Mining and Metals 2
KM3400TM E2K3400TM
KM3400TN5M E2K3400TMN 2
2
KM3400TR5M E2K3400TMR
KM3400TW5M E2K3400TMW
LDCM3600EMA05W E2LEM3600MA05W
2
LDCM3600F E2LM3600F
LDM3600F E2L3600F 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Contents
2 GFR Relay
Description Page
2 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole
2 E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-367
2 Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-405
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-406
2
2
2
2
2 Add-On Ground Fault Protection—Type GFR
A Type GFR ground fault The GFR devices are UL Eaton’s GFR ground fault
2 protection system, when Class I devices designed to relays, current sensors, test
properly installed on a protect electrical equipment panels and accessory devices
2 grounded electrical system,
will sense phase-to-ground
against extensive damage
from arcing ground faults.
are UL listed by Underwriters
Laboratories in accordance
2 fault currents. When the level
of fault current is in excess of A basic Type GFR ground
with their standard for ground
fault sensing and relaying
the pre-selected current fault protection system equipment, UL 1053, under
2 pickup and time delay consists of a ground fault
relay, a ground fault current
File E48381.
settings, the GFR relay will
2 initiate a trip action of a
disconnect device, which will
sensor and a disconnect
device equipped with a shunt
Note: Relays are also listed with
CSA under their file number
trip device. This disconnect 43357.
2 open the faulted circuit and
clear the fault. device can be a molded case
circuit breaker, a power
2 circuit breaker, a bolted
pressure switch or other
2 fusible disconnect device,
suitable for application with
2 UL Class I ground fault
sensing and relaying
equipment.
2 Note: Suitable for either surface
2
or semi-flush mounting.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
2.6
Product Selection
Each installation requires: ● One circuit breaker or 2
disconnect device with
● One relay unit (select trip shunt trip, or a shunt trip 2
ampere as required) attachment for mounting in
● One current sensor (select
configuration required)
existing breaker 2
● Test panel (optional)
2
GFR Relay GFR Relay 2
2
Ground Fault Pickup Amperes
1–12 5–60 100–1200
GFR Relay Catalog Catalog Catalog
Types Number 1 Number 1 Number 1 2
For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control
Electrical reset with zone interlocking GFR12EI GFR60EI GFR1200EI
2
Electrical reset without zone interlocking GFR12E GFR60E GFR1200E
2
Mechanical reset with zone interlocking GFR12MI GFR60MI GFR1200MI
Mechanical reset without zone interlocking GFR12M GFR60M GFR1200M 2
For 120 Vdc Control
Electrical reset with zone interlocking — — GFR1200EID 2
2
Electrical reset without zone interlocking — — GFR1200ED
Mechanical reset with zone interlocking — — GFR1200MID
Mechanical reset without zone interlocking — — GFR1200MD
2
Current Sensor
2
Typical Current Sensor
Window Size
in Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number
2
Used with Relays Rated 1–12 Amperes 2
5.50 (139.7) I.D. 1283C45G01
2.50 (63.5) I.D. 179C768G01
5.50 (139.7) I.D. 1256C13G01
2
7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect. 2 1257C88G04
2
3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 760.5) Rect. 2 1257C92G03
2.50 (63.5) I.D. 179C768G02
5.50 (139.7) I.D. 1256C13G02 2
2
8.25 (209.6). I.D. 179C767G02
7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect. 2 1257C88G03
9.94 x 16.94 (252.5 x 430.3) Rect. 2 1257C90G02
2
9.94 x 23.94 (252.5 x 608.1) Rect. 2 1257C91G02
15.94 x 19.94 (404.9 x 506.4) Rect. 2 1257C89G02 2
3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 633.5) Rect. 2 1257C92G04
6.75 x 29.64 (171.5 x 752.9) Rect. 2 1255C39G03 2
Notes
1 Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting.
2
2
2 One end removable for installation.
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Specialty Breakers
Accessories Technical Data and

2 Specifications
Options Test Panel (120 Vac) Indicating Ammeter
2 Additional optional equipment Used to test the ground fault The optional indicating Sensor
can be added to the protection system, to give an indication ammeter connects to the ● 600 volt, 50/60 Hz
2 system to meet the the relay has tripped the sensor terminals through a maximum system voltage
requirements of the specifying breaker, and to reset the relay momentary contact
2 engineer, including: after tripping. These
functions may be separately
pushbutton, and will indicate
(in amperes) any ground fault
Electrical Ratings
● Ground fault test panel GFR Relay
2 ● Ground fault warning
mounted pilot devices. current flowing through the
sensor. Kit includes the ● Ground fault detection
indicator relay Note: When a mechanically reset
ammeter and pushbutton. ranges:
2 ● Ground fault indicating
relay is used with a test panel,
both the relay and test panel Note: Not UL listed.
● 1 to 12, 5 to 60 or 100 to
ammeter must be reset following either a 1200 amperes
2 GFR relays are available with
simulated ground fault test or
Ammeter Kit ● Output contacts:
actual ground fault. Not UL listed.
zone selective interlocking
2 circuitry to interlock several
GFR System
Used with
Kit Catalog
Number
● 240 volt, 50/60 Hz:
3.0 amperes
relays within the same Optional Test Panel
2 system. This allows the relay
Control Test
Catalog
Number
1–12 ampere 752B820G01 ● 120 volt, 50/60 Hz:
6.0 amperes
which detects a ground fault 5–60 ampere 752B820G02
2 28 Vdc: 3.0 amperes
●
to instantly clear the fault by 120 Volt 120 Volt GFRTP 100–1200 ampere 752B820G03
tripping the disconnect 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz ● 125 Vdc: 0.5 amperes
2 device. The relay
simultaneously sends a signal Ground Fault Warning Indicator
Shunt Trip Attachments ● Control power
to relay units “upstream” from Use 120 Vac shunt trips. requirements:
2 the fault to time delay or to
This is an accessory item for
use with GFR relays with Faceplate
● 120 volt, 50/60 Hz or
block their operation interlocking circuitry. At 125 Vdc (optional)
2 completely. Current sensors approximately 30–50% of the
Recommended when these
relays are semi-flush
in various designs provide a relay pickup setting, the
2 range of “window” sizes to
accommodate standard bus
indicator switches separate
mounted, to close the door
cutout opening.
120 Vac control power to a
2 and cable arrangements. lamp or relay, (not included)
to give an indication of a Face Plate
Shunt trip attachments may
2 be ordered for field mounting
in Eaton’s molded case circuit
ground fault. The indicator is
rated 110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz Description
Catalog
Number
for a maximum indicator load
2 breakers, or may be ordered
factory installed in the of 0.5 amperes.
Faceplate 752B410G01
breaker.
2 Ground Fault Warning
Indicator
2 Catalog
Description Number
2 Manual reset 1234C67G01
Self-resetting 1234C67G02
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Contents
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2
Handle Mechanisms—Series G 2
High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . V4-T2-408
Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .
V4-T2-413
V4-T2-415
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle Mechanisms—Series C
V4-T2-416
2
High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . V4-T2-421
Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-425 2
Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-427
Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . V4-T2-429 2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431
Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-434 2
2
2
2
Handle Mechanisms—Series G 2
Product Overview 2
Handle mechanisms are used Through-the-Door Handle mechanisms are used
to operate molded case ● High-Performance Rotary on enclosed circuit breakers, 2
circuit breakers, molded case ● Universal Rotary control panels and motor
switches and motor circuit
protectors. They are available
control centers in many
different applications. Eaton
2
Direct (Close-Coupled)
in three basic configurations—
Flange Mounted, Through-
● Universal Direct
has a handle mechanism for
virtually any need. 2
the-Door and Direct (Close-
Coupled)—providing safe,
Flange Mounted
● Flex Shaft™
2
dependable operation and
ease of installation. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2 Handle Mechanisms
Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-407
2 High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-409
2
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-412
Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . V4-T2-415
2 Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-416
2 High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . V4-T2-421
Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-425
2 Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-427
V4-T2-429
2 Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-431
V4-T2-434
2
2
2
2 High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms
2 Product Description Features
The high-performance rotary In addition to its robust ● NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) ● Same handle can be used
2 handle mechanism uses a design features, the handle and NEMA Type 4/4X on multiple frame sizes,
simple, yet robust design mechanism has stand-off (IP65) ratings reducing the number of
2 to make installation and
operation easy. The external
support that allows for easy
operation with a gloved hand.
● Black/Blue or Red/Yellow parts needed
external handle colors ● Red and yellow handles to
2 handle’s key functional
components are all metallic,
With a shallow profile, the
handle can easily be used in
● Three shaft lengths—6, 12
and 24 inches, which can
designate emergency
disconnecting means
ensuring reliability. The metal- applications where an internal
2 be cut to size to match All handle mechanisms can
●
on-metal interface between or double door is required. enclosure depth accept padlocks or multi-
the handle and shaft prevents hasp locks for added
2 The high-performance Conveniently packaged as
●
contaminant buildup that flexibility
could impede operation, external handle can accept kit containing handle, shaft
padlocks or multi-hasp locks. and mechanism ● Fast, easy installation
2 while UV and chemical agent
resistant materials protect The door is interlocked when ● Replacement parts are (see video on website for
the handle from heat and padlocked and cannot be available separately step-by-step instructions)
2 fading in direct sunlight, as bypassed. ● Metallic functional Standards and Certifications
well as chemicals that may components ensure
2 be introduced in harsh reliability
The mechanisms for EG, JG
and LG breakers have an
environments. ● Metal-on-metal interface internal handle that can be
2 between handle and shaft operated independent of
● UV and chemical agent- door position, and locked-out
2 resistant materials protect to meet one of the key NFPA
the handle requirements (NFPA® 79)
2 ● Shallow profile and UL 508A disconnect
requirements.
● Compatible with both
2 Series C and Series G
molded case circuit
● NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54
● NEMA 4/4X, IP65
2 breakers and molded case
switch platforms
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Product Selection
2
Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames
2
Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—EG-, JG- and LG-Frame 2
Rating Type EG-Frame JG-Frame LG-Frame
Catalog Catalog Catalog 2
Description NEMA IP Number Number Number
S01 Blue Handle S01 blue handle, 1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD06B0 / 68C6040G25 JGHMVD06B0 / 68C6041G13 — 2
6-inch shaft
4/4X 65 EGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6040G28 JGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6041G16 —
S01 blue handle, 1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD12B0 / 68C6040G26 JGHMVD12B0 / 68C6041G14 — 2
12-inch shaft
S01 blue handle,

4/4X
1/3R/12
65
54
EGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6040G29
EGHMVD24B0 / 68C6040G27
JGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6041G17
JGHMVD24B0 / 68C6041G15
—
—
2
2
24-inch shaft 1
4/4X 65 EGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6040G30 JGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6041G18 —
S01 Red Handle S01 red handle, 1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD06R0 / 68C6040G31 JGHMVD06R0 / 68C6041G19 —
6-inch shaft
4/4X 65 EGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6040G34 JGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6041G22 — 2
2
S01 red handle, 1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD12R0 / 68C6040G32 JGHMVD12R0 / 68C6041G20 —
12-inch shaft
4/4X 65 EGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6040G35 JGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6041G23 —
S01 red handle,
24-inch shaft 1
1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD24R0 / 68C6040G33 JGHMVD24R0 / 68C6041G21 —
2
4/4X 65 EGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6040G36 JGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6041G24 —
S2 Blue Handle S2 blue handle,
6-inch shaft
1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD06B / 68C6040G13 JGHMVD06B / 68C6041G01 LGHMVD06B / 68C6042G01 2
4/4X 65 EGHMVD06BX / 68C6040G16 JGHMVD06BX / 68C6041G04 LGHMVD06BX / 68C6042G04
S2 blue handle, 1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD12B / 68C6040G14 JGHMVD12B / 68C6041G02 LGHMVD12B / 68C6042G02 2
12-inch shaft
2
S2 blue handle, 1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD24B / 68C6040G15 JGHMVD24B / 68C6041G03 LGHMVD24B / 68C6042G03
24-inch shaft 1
2
S2 Red Handle S2 red handle, 1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD06R / 68C6040G19 JGHMVD06R / 68C6041G07 LGHMVD06R / 68C6042G07
6-inch shaft
4/4X 65 EGHMVD06RX / 68C6040G22 JGHMVD06RX / 68C6041G10 LGHMVD06RX / 68C6042G10 2
S2 red handle, 1/3R/12 54 EGHMVD12R / 68C6040G20 JGHMVD12R / 68C6041G08 LGHMVD12R / 68C6042G08
12-inch shaft
4/4X 65 EGHMVD12RX / 68C6040G23 JGHMVD12RX / 68C6041G11 LGHMVD12RX / 68C6042G11 2
S2 red handle,
24-inch shaft 1
1/3R/12
4/4X
54
65
EGHMVD24R / 68C6040G21
EGHMVD24RX / 68C6040G24
JGHMVD24R / 68C6041G09
JGHMVD24RX / 68C6041G12
LGHMVD24R / 68C6042G09
LGHMVD24RX / 68C6042G12
2
Notes 2
1 24-inch handle comes with support bracket.
Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames

2
2
Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—NG- and RG-Frame
Rating Type NG-Frame RG-Frame
2 Description NEMA IP
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 S3 Blue Handle S3 blue handle,

10-inch shaft
1/3R/12
4/4X
54
65
NGHMVD08B / 68C6043G01
NGHMVD08BX / 68C6043G03
—
—
2
2
2 S3 Red Handle S3 red handle, 1/3R/12 54 NGHMVD08R / 68C6043G02 —
10-inch shaft
2 4/4X 65 NGHMVD08RX / 68C6043G04 —
2
2 S4 Blue Handle S4 blue handle, 1/3R/12 54 NGHMVD08BT / 68C6043G05 RGHMVD08B / 68C6044G01
10-inch shaft
2 4/4X 65 NGHMVD08BTX / 68C6043G07 RGHMVD08BX / 68C6044G03
2
2
2 S4 Red Handle S4 red handle,
10-inch shaft
1/3R/12 54 NGHMVD08RT / 68C6043G06 RGHMVD08R / 68C6044G02
4/4X 65 NGHMVD08RTX / 68C6043G08 RGHMVD08RX / 68C6044G04
2
2
2
Note
2 Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Separate Components for Series G Frames
2
Series G Components—Shafts and Mechanisms 2
Shaft Length
Frame
Shaft
Width 6-Inch 10-Inch 12-Inch 24-Inch 1
Mechanism
Only 2
EG
JG
8 mm
8 mm
66A6010G95
66A6010G95
—
—
66A6010G96
66A6010G96
66A6010G97
66A6010G98
1498D66G17
69D6025G17
2
LG 8 mm 66A6010G95 — 66A6010G96 66A6010G99 69D6051G30 2
NG 12 mm — 66A6013H01 — — 69D9101G30
RG 12 mm — 66A6013H01 — — 69D9101G31 2
2
Series G Components—Handles Only
Rating Type Handles Only 2
S01 S01 S2 S2 S3 S3 S4 S4
Frame NEMA IP Blue/Black Red/Yellow Blue/Black Red/Yellow Blue/Black Red/Yellow Blue/Black Red/Yellow 2
EG 1/3R/12 54 68C6048G41 68C6048G42 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 — — — —
4/4X 65 68C6048G43 68C6048G44 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 — — — —
2
JG 1/3R/12 54 68C6048G41 68C6048G42 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 — — — —
2
4/4X 65 68C6048G43 68C6048G44 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 — — — —
LG 1/3R/12 54 — — 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 68C6048G05 68C6048G06 — — 2
4/4X 65 — — 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 68C6048G07 68C6048G08 — —
NG 1/3R/12 54 — — — — 68C6048G05 68C6048G06 68C6048G09 68C6048G10 2
2
4/4X 65 — — — — 68C6048G07 68C6048G08 68C6048G11 68C6048G12
RG 1/3R/12 54 — — — — — — 68C6048G09 68C6048G10
4/4X 65 — — — — — — 68C6048G11 68C6048G12
2
Notes
1 24-inch handle comes with support bracket.
2
Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Dimensions
2 Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches)
2
High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms
2 Front Operation
2 Handle Type Direction of Operation Door Drilling

Type S01
2
2
2
2
2
2 Type S2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Type S3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Type S4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Contents
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2
Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-407 2
Universal Rotary
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-415
V4-T2-416
2
High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . V4-T2-421 2
Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-425
Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-427 2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 2
Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-434
2
2
2
Universal Rotary 2
Eaton’s Universal Rotary is The Universal Rotary Universal Rotary is UL listed
suitable for use with Type 1 mechanisms for EG-, JG- and and meets CSA requirements. 2
or 12 enclosure types. All LG-Frame MCCBs can be Universal Rotary also meets
rotary handle mechanisms
include a handle “lock off” to
operated by hand with the
door open or “locked off” to
IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2
for international compliance.
2
prevent turning the breaker
ON while in the OFF position,
prevent operation with the
door open.
Rotary UL File Number is
E64983. 2
and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/
Reset positions. The 2
Universal Rotary has the
added feature of international
markings for ON (I) and OFF
2
(O). The Universal Rotary is
made of molded material.
2
2
Features 2
Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism 2
2
NEMA Enclosure Type International Available Shaft
Number Handle Handle Indication: Markings Handle Handle Handle Lengths
Rotary of Poles 1 3R 12 4/4X 1 Lock-Off 2 ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET ON (I) OFF (O) Material Colors Rotation (Inches)
Series C rotary — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Metal Black 45 deg. 6, 12, 16, 24 2
Universal rotary — ■ — ■ — ■ ■ ■ Molded plastic Yellow/Red/Black 90 deg. 6, 12, 24
Notes
2
2
1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.”
2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
2
2 Universal Rotary Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms
2 Handle
Color
UL
Rating
Shaft Length
in Inches (mm)
Complete
Catalog Number 1
2 EG-Frame
Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) EHMVD06B
2 12.00 (304.8) EHMVD12B

24.00 (609.6) EHMVD24B
2 Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) EHMVD06R
12.00 (304.8) EHMVD12R
2 24.00 (609.6) EHMVD24R
2 JG-Frame
Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) FJHMVD06B
2 12.00 (304.8) FJHMVD12B

24.00 (609.6) FJHMVD24B
2 Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) FJHMVD06R
2
12.00 (304.8) FJHMVD12R
24.00 (609.6) FJHMVD24R
2 LG-Frame
Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) KLHMVD06B
2 12.00 (304.8) KLHMVD12B
24.00 (609.6) KLHMVD24B
2 Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) KLHMVD06R
2 12.00 (304.8)
24.00 (609.6)
KLHMVD12R
KLHMVD24R
2 NG-Frame
Black 1 6.00 (152.4) HMVD5B
2 RG-Frame
Black 1 9.00 (228.6) HMVD6B
2 Note
2 1 Complete catalog number includes handle, mechanism, shaft and mounting hardware.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Contents
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2
Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms
V4-T2-413 2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-416
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431
2
2
2
Product Description Application Description Standards and Certifications 2
Direct (close-coupled) handle The Universal Direct handle Direct (close-coupled) handle The Universal Direct handle
mechanisms mount directly mechanisms are rated Type 1 mechanisms are typically mechanism is UL listed, 2
to the circuit breaker. and Type 12. used for applications where IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2
They are used in shallow
enclosures where the The Universal Direct handle
high volume, standardized
enclosures are being
compliant, and meets CSA
requirements.
2
mechanism is available as
standard variable depth
Through-the-door type standard with a door interlock
fabricated.
2
mechanism is not practical to prevent opening the
or cannot be used. enclosure while the circuit
breaker is in the ON position.
2
It is also available without a
door interlock. 2
2
Product Selection
2
Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms
2
Universal Direct
(EG–LG) Black Handle Color
With Interlock Without Interlock
Red Handle Color
With Interlock Without Interlock
2
Frame
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2
EG EHMCCBI EHMCCB EHMCCRI EHMCCR
2
JG JHMCCBI JHMCCB JHMCCRI JHMCCR
LG LHMCCBI LHMCCB LHMCCRI LHMCCR 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
2 Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2 Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-407
V4-T2-413
V4-T2-415
2 Flex Shaft
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-418
V4-T2-418
2 Handle Mechanisms—Series C
Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-425
2 Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-427
2 Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431
2
2
2 Flex Shaft
Flex Shaft is UL listed under
2 Flange-Mounted Handle
Mechanisms
Flex Shaft comes preset from
the factory, requiring only
File E64983 and meets CSA
requirements.
2 Flange-mounted handle
mechanisms mount on the
minor field adjustments on
installation, which takes
flange of an enclosure door. about 10 minutes—a
2 The Flex Shaft is an extra significant time savings
heavy-duty mechanism that compared to installation of
2 includes a flexible shaft in other types of flange handle
various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) mechanisms. The Flex Shaft
2 through 10 feet (3m) for use
with various size enclosures.
mechanism also takes up less
interior enclosure space than
2 The Flex Shaft handle will
competitive designs, and the
handle fits standard flange
accept up to three padlock cutouts. Flex Shaft handle
2 shackles, each with a
maximum diameter of
can be remotely mounted
from breaker, where an
2 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be
used with Type12 fabricated
operator can use it by
“funneling” the cable
enclosures. An optional
2 handle is available for Flex
through conduit.
Shaft that is suitable for use
2 with Type 4 environments.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Product Selection
Note: Type 4X handle Note: When selecting the length Note: The standard method 2
mechanisms are available. of shaft, ensure minimum of shipment includes the
Add Suffix X to the complete bending radius of 4 inches mechanism preset at the factory; 2
Catalog Number. (101.6 mm) is maintained to however, minor field adjustments
operate properly. may be required.
2
Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms
2
12
Flex Shaft
Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)
Breaker
2 (0.6)
Catalog
3 (0.9)
Catalog
4 (1.2)
Catalog
5 (1.3)
Catalog
6 (1.8)
Catalog
2
2
Frame Number Number Number Number Number
EG EHMFS02 EHMFS03 EHMFS04 EHMFS05 EHMFS06
JG N/A JHMFS03 JHMFS04 JHMFS05 JHMFS06 2
LG N/A — LHMFS04 — —
NG N/A N/A F5S04C F5S05C F5S06C 2
RG N/A N/A F6S04 F6S05 F6S06
2
2
7 (2.1) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 10 (3.1)
Breaker Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Frame Number Number Number Number 2
EG EHMFS07 EHMFS08 EHMFS09 EHMFS10
JG JHMFS07 JHMFS08 JHMFS09 JHMFS10
2
LG
NG
LHMFS07
N/A
—
N/A
—
N/A
LHMFS10
F5S10C
2
RG N/A N/A N/A N/A 2
Notes
1 Three-pole only for EG-; three- and four-pole for JG- and LG-Frame. 2
2 EG-, JG- and LG-Frame can be left- or right-hand mounted.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Accessories
2
2
Handle Auxiliary Switch—Early Break Design, Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft
1A–1B Contact for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame) 1
2
Breaker Catalog Catalog
Frame Number Number 2
2
EG AUX1EBFSEG C361KJ4
JG AUX1EBFSJG C361KJ6
2 LG AUX1EBFSLG C361KR
Auxiliary contact changes state prior to parting of breaker

2 contacts to allow for shutdown of equipment. Contacts mounted
on breaker mechanism customer supplied wiring.
2
2
2 Dimensions
2 Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft

(E- through R-Frame) 1
2 Catalog Handle Length
Number 2 in Inches (mm)
2 C361KJ4 4.00 (101.6)
2
C361KJ6 6.00 (152.4)
C361KR Roller latch 3
2 Notes
1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters
2 required for assembly.

2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied
with these kits.

2 3 Third roller latch for use with 4.00- or 6.00-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when three-point
latching is required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Contents
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2
V4-T2-413
V4-T2-415
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-416
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431
2
2
2
Handle Mechanisms—Series C 2
Product Overview 2
Handle mechanisms are used Through-the-Door Handle mechanisms are used
to operate molded case ● High-Performance Rotary on enclosed circuit breakers, 2
circuit breakers, molded case ● Series C Rotary control panels and motor
switches and motor circuit
protectors. They are available
● Universal Rotary
control centers in many
different applications. Eaton
2
in three basic configurations—
Flange Mounted, Through- Direct (Close-Coupled)
has a handle mechanism for
virtually any need. 2
the-Door and Direct (Close- ● Universal Direct
Coupled)—providing safe, ● Euro IEC 2
dependable operation and ● G Direct
ease of installation. 2
Flange Mounted
● Flex Shaft 2
● C371
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms

2 Type C371 is UL Listed under
Through-the-Door Handle Universal Rotary F-Frame Flange-Mounted Handle File E62635.
2 Mechanisms Mechanisms
Eaton’s through-the-door Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Flange-mounted handle Flex Shaft is UL Listed under
2 handle mechanisms mount Mechanisms
Direct (close-coupled) handle
mechanisms mount on the File E64983 and meets
CSA requirements.
on the front of an enclosure flange of an enclosure door.
2 or cabinet door and externally
operate the circuit breaker via
mechanisms mount directly
to the circuit breaker. They are
The Flex Shaft is an extra
heavy-duty mechanism that
Series C Rotary and Universal
used in shallow enclosures Rotary, are UL Listed and
a variable depth shaft or a includes a flexible shaft in
2 linear operator (Type MC). where the standard variable various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m)
meet CSA requirements.
Universal Rotary also meets
Each rotary type handle depth Through-the-door type through 10 feet (3m) for use
2 mechanism includes a mechanism is not practical with various size enclosures.
IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2
handle, base operating or cannot be used. They are
2 mechanism and shaft that
can be cut to various lengths.
typically for applications
where high volume,
The Flex Shaft handle will
accept up to three padlock E64983.
shackles, each with a
2
standardized enclosures The Universal Direct handle
Series C Rotary and Universal are being fabricated. maximum diameter of mechanism is UL 489 Listed,
Rotary handle mechanisms 3/8-inch (9.5 mm). Can be IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2,
2 are for use with molded case The Euro IEC Direct handle
mechanism can be used on
used with NEMA 1, 3R and and meets CSA requirements.
circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L, 12 fabricated enclosures. An The Euro IEC Direct handle
2 MDL), molded case switches
and motor circuit protectors.
F- through R-Frames. optional handle is available for
Flex Shaft that is suitable for
mechanism is IEC-240-1. G
The G Direct is available with Direct is UL Listed and meets
use with NEMA 4 and 4X
2 Type 4/4X handles are similar a black or the yellow handle,
and with or without a shroud.
environments. Flex Shaft
CSA requirements.
to standard handles except comes preset from the
2 they include an internal
neoprene gasket. Type 4/4X
It is suitable for use with
NEMA 1 enclosures. It is for
factory, requiring only minor
field adjustments on
use only with the G-Frame
2 handle style number is
6648C22G03. Due to (GD, GC, GHC, GMCP).
installation, which takes
about 10 minutes—a
gasketing effect between
2 the handle and the housing,
An escutcheon ring and
interlock clip are provided as
significant time savings
compared to installation of
the handle may not indicate other types of flange handle
standard. The standard design
2 a tripped position.
includes a lock-off feature. mechanisms. The Flex Shaft
2 interior enclosure space than
competitive designs and the
2 handle fits standard flange
cutouts. Flex Shaft handle
2 can be remotely mounted
operator can use it by
2 “funneling” the cable
through conduit.
2 The Type C371 circuit breaker
operating mechanisms are
2 designed for installation in
control enclosures where
2 main or branch circuit
protective devices are
2 required. All circuit breaker
mechanisms are suitable for
2 right-hand mounting.
Auxiliary contacts are not
2 available for mounting on
operating mechanisms.
2 Where required, have them
installed in circuit breaker.
2 Handle Extension
Handle extension is not
2 included with J, K, L, M and
N-Frame breakers. It must be
2 purchased separately.
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Description Page
Handle Mechanisms
Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-407
2
High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms .
V4-T2-408
V4-T2-413 2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-416 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-424 2
V4-T2-427
V4-T2-429
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-431
V4-T2-434
2
2
2
2
High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms 2
Product Description Features 2
The high-performance rotary In addition to its robust ● NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) ● Same handle can be used
handle mechanism uses a design features, the handle and NEMA Type 4/4X on multiple frames sizes 2
simple, yet robust design mechanism has stand-off (IP65) ratings reducing the number of
to make installation and
operation easy. The external
support that allows for easy
operation with a gloved hand.
● Black/Blue or Red/Yellow parts needed
2
external handle colors ● Red and yellow handles to
handle’s key functional
components are all metallic,
With a shallow profile, the
handle can easily be used in
● Three shaft lengths—6, 12
and 24 inches, which can
designate emergency
disconnecting means
2
ensuring reliability. The metal- applications where an internal be cut to size to match All handle mechanisms can
2
●
on-metal interface between or double door is required. enclosure depth accept padlocks or multi-
the handle and shaft prevents hasp locks for added
The high-performance Conveniently packaged as
2
●
contaminant buildup that flexibility
could impede operation, external handle can accept kit containing handle, shaft
padlocks or multi-hasp locks. and mechanism ● Fast, easy installation
while UV and chemical agent
resistant materials protect The door is interlocked when ● Replacement parts are (see video on website for 2
the handle from heat and padlocked and cannot be available separately step-by-step instructions)
fading in direct sunlight, as bypassed. ● Metallic functional Standards and Certifications
2
well as chemicals that may components ensure
be introduced in harsh reliability
The mechanisms for EG, JG
and LG breakers have an
2
environments. ● Metal-on-metal interface internal handle that can be
between handle and shaft operated independent of 2
● UV and chemical agent- door position, and locked-out
resistant materials protect to meet one of the key NFPA 2
the handle requirements (NFPA® 79)
● Shallow profile and UL 508A disconnect
requirements.
2
● Compatible with both
Series C and Series G
molded case circuit
● NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 2
● NEMA 4/4X, IP65
breakers and molded case
switch platforms 2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
2
Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames
2
2 Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GC/GD- and GMCP-Frame
Rating Type GC/GD-Frame GMCP-Frame
2 Catalog Catalog
Description NEMA IP Number Number
2 S01 Blue Handle S01 blue handle, 1/3R/12 54 GCHMVD12B / 68C6039G01 GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05
12-inch shaft
4/4X 65 GCHMVD12BX / 68C6039G03 GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07
2
2 S01 Red Handle S01 red handle,
12-inch shaft
1/3R/12 54 GCHMVD12R / 68C6039G02 GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06
4/4X 65 GCHMVD12RX / 68C6039G04 GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08
2
2
Separate Components for Series C Frames
2
2 Series C Components—Shaft and Mechanism
Shaft Shaft Length Mechanism
2 Frame Width 6-Inch 10-Inch 12-Inch Only
GC/GD 6 mm — — 66A6013H02 GCHMVD / 2A92095G15
2 GMCP 6 mm — — 66A6013H02 GMHMVD / 2A92095G16
2 GD 8 mm 66A6010G95 — 66A6010G96 1498D34G90

FD 8 mm 66A6010G95 — 66A6010G96 1498D34G91
2 JD 10 mm 66A6012G15 — 66A6012G16 1498D34G92

KD 10 mm 66A6012G15 — 66A6012G16 1498D34G93
2 LD 10 mm 66A6012G15 — 66A6012G16 1498D34G94
2
MDL 10 mm 66A6012G15 — 66A6012G16 1498D34G95
ND 12 mm — 66A6013H01 — 69D9101G30
2 RD 12 mm — 66A6013H01 — 69D9101G31
Note
2 Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Series C Components—Handles Only
Rating Type Handles Only
2
Frame NEMA IP
S01
Blue/Black
S01
Red/Yellow
S2
Blue/Black
S2
Red/Yellow
S3
Blue/Black
S3
Red/Yellow
S4
Blue/Black
S4
Red/Yellow 2
2
GC/GD 1/3R/12 54 68C6048G41 68C6048G42 — — — — — —
4/4X 65 68C6048G43 68C6048G44 — — — — — —
GMCP 1/3R/12 54 68C6048G41 68C6048G42 — — — — — —
2
4/4X 65 68C6048G43 68C6048G44 — — — — — —
GD 1/3R/12 54 68C6048G41 68C6048G42 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 — — — — 2
4/4X 65 68C6048G43 68C6048G44 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 — — — —
FD 1/3R/12 54 68C6048G41 68C6048G42 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 — — — — 2
JD
4/4X
1/3R/12
65
54
68C6048G43
—
68C6048G44
—
68C6048G03
68C6048G01
68C6048G04
68C6048G02
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4/4X 65 — — 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 — — — — 2
KD 1/3R/12 54 — — 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 — — — —
4/4X 65 — — 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 — — — — 2
2
LD 1/3R/12 54 — — 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 68C6048G05 68C6048G06 — —
4/4X 65 — — 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 68C6048G07 68C6048G08 — —
MDL 1/3R/12 54 — — 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 68C6048G05 68C6048G06 — —
2
4/4X 65 — — 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 68C6048G07 68C6048G08 — —
ND 1/3R/12 54 — — — — 68C6048G05 68C6048G06 68C6048G09 68C6048G10 2
4/4X 65 — — — — 68C6048G07 68C6048G08 68C6048G11 68C6048G12
RD 1/3R/12 54 — — — — — — 68C6048G09 68C6048G10 2
2
4/4X 65 — — — — — — 68C6048G11 68C6048G12
Note
Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Dimensions
2 Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches)
2
High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms
2 Front Operation
2 Handle Type Direction of Operation Door Drilling

Type S01
2
2
2
2
2
2 Type S2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Type S3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Type S4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Contents
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2
Universal Rotary
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-416
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 2
2
2
2
Series C Rotary 2
Eaton’s through-the-door These rotary handles are Series C Rotary is UL listed and
handle mechanisms mount robust and durable, made meets CSA requirements. 2
on the front of an enclosure entirely of metal parts. It also
or a cabinet door and
externally operate the circuit
has a lock-out tag-out level at
the tip of the handle for
2
breaker via a variable depth
shaft or a linear operator
padlocking.
2
(Type MC). Each rotary type NEMA Type 4/4X handles are
handle mechanism includes a similar to standard handles
except they include an
2
handle, a base operating
mechanism and a shaft that
can be cut to various lengths.
internal neoprene gasket.
NEMA Type 4/4X handle style 2
number is 6648C22G03. Due
Series C Rotary handle to gasketing effect between 2
mechanisms are used with the handle and the housing,
molded case circuit breakers the handle may not indicate a 2
(G, F, J, K, L, MDL), molded tripped position.
case switches and motor
circuit protectors.
2
2
Features
2
Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism
NEMA Enclosure Type International Available Shaft 2
Rotary of Poles 1 3R 12 4/4X 1 Lock-Off 2 ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET ON (I) OFF (O) Material Colors Rotation (Inches) 2
Series C rotary — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Metal Black 45 deg. 6, 12, 16, 24
Universal rotary — ■ — ■ — ■ ■ ■ Molded plastic Yellow/Red/Black 90 deg. 6, 12, 24 2
Notes
1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.” 2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
2
Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms
2
Series C Rotary Series C Rotary Ordering Information
2 Shaft Complete Separate Catalog Number Catalog Number
Length Catalog Standard Breaker
2 Inches (mm) Number 1 Handle 2 Mechanism 3 Shaft 4 IEC IP65 56 IEC IP66 56
F-Frame
2 6.00 (152.4) HM1R06 6648C22G25 6648C23G11 4217B37G08 WHM1R06 WHM1R06X
2 12.00 (304.8)
16.00 (406.4)
HM1R12
HM1R16
6648C22G25
6648C22G25
6648C23G11
6648C23G11
4217B37G05
4217B37G06
WHM1R12
WHM1R16
WHM1R12X
WHM1R16X

J-Frame
12.00 (304.8) HM2R12 6648C22G01 6648C23G21 4217B37G05 WHM2R12 WHM2R12X

K-Frame

2
L- and MDL-Frame

2 MD/MDS
2 6.00 (152.4)
12.00 (304.8)
HM7R06
HM7R12
6648C22G21
6648C22G21
6648C23G17
6648C23G17
4217B37G08
4217B37G05
—
—
—
—
2 16.00 (406.4) HM7R16 6648C22G21 6648C23G17 4217B37G06 — —

24.00 (609.6) HM7R24 6648C22G21 6648C23G17 4217B37G07 — —
2 N-Frame

2 Notes
1 Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket.
2 2 Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number 6648C22G03 for Type 4/4X handle or add X Suffix to complete catalog number.
Handle is cast aluminum.
2
3 Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm).
4 Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension.
5 IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware.
2 6 Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Contents
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2
Universal Rotary
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-415
V4-T2-416
2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431
2
2
Universal Rotary 2
Eaton’s Universal Rotary is The Universal Rotary Universal Rotary is UL listed
suitable for use with Type 1 mechanisms for EG-, JG- and and meets CSA requirements. 2
or 12 enclosure types. All LG-Frame MCCBs can be Universal Rotary also meets
rotary handle mechanisms
include a handle “lock off” to
operated by hand with the
door open or “locked off” to
IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2
2
prevent turning the breaker
ON while in the OFF position,
prevent operation with the
door open.
E64983. 2
and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/
Reset positions. The 2
Universal Rotary has the
added feature of international
markings for ON (I) and OFF
2
(O). The Universal Rotary is
made of molded material.
2
2
Features 2
Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism 2
2
NEMA Enclosure Type International Available Shaft
Rotary of Poles 1 3R 12 4/4X 1 Lock-Off 2 ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET ON (I) OFF (O) Material Colors Rotation (Inches)
Series C rotary — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Metal Black 45 deg. 6, 12, 16, 24 2
Universal rotary — ■ — ■ — ■ ■ ■ Molded plastic Yellow/Red/Black 90 deg. 6, 12, 24
Notes
2
2
1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.”
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
2
Universal Rotary F-Frame
2
2 Universal Rotary Series C Universal Rotary 1
F-Frame Handle Shaft Length Complete
2 Color in Inches (mm) Catalog Number
G-Frame
2 Black 6.00 (152.4) GHMVD06B
2
12.00 (304.8) GHMVD12B
Red 6.00 (152.4) GHMVD06R
2 12.00 (304.8) GHMVD12R

F-Frame
2 Black 6.00 (152.4) FHMVD06B
12.00 (304.8) FHMVD12B
2 Red 6.00 (152.4) FHMVD06R
2 J-Frame
12.00 (304.8) FHMVD12R
2 Black 6.00 (152.4) JHMVD06B

12.00 (304.8) JHMVD12B
2 Red 6.00 (152.4) JHMVD06R
2
12.00 (304.8) JHMVD12R
K-Frame
2 Black 6.00 (152.4) KHMVD06B

12.00 (304.8) KHMVD12B
2 Red 6.00 (152.4) KHMVD06R
12.00 (304.8) KHMVD12R
2 L-Frame
2
Black 6.00 (152.4) LHMVD06B
12.00 (304.8) LHMVD12B
2 Red 6.00 (152.4) LHMVD06R

12.00 (304.8) LHMVD12R
2 Note
1 Only available as complete handle mechanism. Parts not sold separately.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Contents
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2
V4-T2-413 2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-416
2
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-430 2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431
2
2
2
Product Description Application Description Standards and Certifications 2
Direct (close-coupled) handle The Universal Direct handle Direct (close-coupled) handle The Universal Direct handle
mechanisms mount directly mechanisms are rated Type 1 mechanisms are typically mechanism is IEC 60947-1 2
to the circuit breaker. and Type 12. used for applications where and IEC 60947-2 compliant.
They are used in shallow
enclosures where the The Universal Direct handle
high volume, standardized
enclosures are being
2
mechanism is available as
standard variable depth
Through-the-door type standard with a door interlock
fabricated.
2
mechanism is not practical to prevent opening the
or cannot be used. enclosure while the circuit
breaker is in the ON position.
2
It is also available without a
door interlock. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
2
2
2 Euro IEC Direct
Black Handle
2 Catalog
Frame Number
2 F HMCC1B
J HMCC2B
2 K HMCC3B
2 L and M
N
HMCC4B
HMVD5B
2 R HMVD6B
2
G Direct 1
2 Black Handle Yellow Handle
With Shroud Without Shroud With Shroud Without Shroud
2 Frame
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2 GD/GHC HRGCC1S HRGCC10 HRGCC3S HRGCC30

GMCP HRGMC1S HRGMC10 HRGMC3S HRGMC30
2 Note
2
1 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Contents
Handle Mechanisms
Description Page
2
V4-T2-413
V4-T2-415
2
Flex Shaft
Handle Mechanisms—Series C 2
Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 2
2
2
2
Flex Shaft 2
Flex Shaft is UL listed under
Flange-Mounted Handle
Mechanisms
Flex Shaft comes preset from
the factory, requiring only
File E64983 and meets CSA 2
requirements.
Flange-mounted handle
mechanisms mount on the
minor field adjustments on
installation, which takes 2
flange of an enclosure door. about 10 minutes—a
The Flex Shaft is an extra significant time savings 2
heavy-duty mechanism that compared to installation of
includes a flexible shaft in other types of flange handle 2
various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) mechanisms. The Flex Shaft
through 10 feet (3m) for use
with various size enclosures.
interior enclosure space than
2
The Flex Shaft handle will
competitive designs, and the
handle fits standard flange 2
accept up to three padlock cutouts. Flex Shaft handle
shackles, each with a
maximum diameter of
can be remotely mounted 2
3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be
used with Type12 fabricated
operator can use it by 2
“funneling” the cable
enclosures. An optional
handle is available for Flex
through conduit.
2
Shaft that is suitable for use
with Type 4 environments. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
2 Handle Mechanisms
2 Flex Shaft
2 3 (0.9) 4 (1.2) 5 (1.5) 6 (1.8) 7 (2.1) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 10 (3.0)
Breaker Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
2 Frame Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
G1 F0S03C F0S04C F0S05C F0S06C — — — —
2 F F1S03C F1S04C F1S05C F1S06C F1S07C F1S08C F1S09C F1S10C
2 F (dual)
J
F1S03CD
F2S03C
F1S04CD
F2S04C
F1S05CD
F2S05C
F1S06CD
F2S06C
F1S07CD
F2S07C
F1S08CD
F2S08C
F1S09CD
F2S09C
F1S10CD
F2S10C
2 K F3S03C F3S04C F3S05C F3S06C F3S07C F3S08C F3S09C F3S10C

L and MDL — F4S04C F4S05C F4S06C — — — F4S10C
2 N — F5S04C F5S05C F5S06C — — — F5S10C
R — F6S04 F6S05 F6S06 — — — —
2 MD, MDS (old) — F7S04 F7S05 F7S06 — — — F7S10C
2 Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms

2 Type C371
2 Operating
Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle
For NEMA 1–12 For NEMA 4/4X
Mechanism Only 4 Enclosure Enclosure
2 Circuit Breaker or Frame
Variable Depth
Mounting Range Catalog Catalog Catalog
Motor Circuit Protector Size Min./Max. 23 Number Number Number
2 HMCP and Series C 150 6.50–16 (165.1–406.4) C371E C371E1 C371E2
EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED
2 HMCP and Series C 250 6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4) C371F C371F5 C371F6
HJD, JD, JDB, JDC
2 HMCP and Series C 400 6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4) C371F C371F5 C371F6
DK, HKD, KD, KDB
2 Series C
HLD, LD, LDC
600 8.50–22 (215.9–558.8) C371G C371G5 C371G6
2 Series C MD, MDS

(No MDL)
800 8.75–22 (222.3–558.8) C371K C371K5 C371K6
2 Series C
HND, ND, NDC
1200 9.75–22 (247.7–558.8) C371K C371K5 C371K6
2 Notes
1 Suitable for GC/GD MCCB; not suitable for GMCP.
2 2 For increased maximum allowable depth, see connecting rods on Page V4-T2-433.
3 Dimensions shown are from panel flange surface.
2
4 Does not include handle.
Type 4/4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix X to complete catalog number. Add Suffix I to complete catalog number for IEC handle. Original narrow handle design (No C Suffix) is available.
Remove C from catalog number.
2 When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) (5 inches, 12.7 mm for L-, N- and R-Frames) is maintained to operate properly. The standard method of
shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor field adjustments may be required.
2 Dual breakers operator available on F-Frame only. Only the F, J and K can mount LH and RH all other RH only.
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
2.7
2
Handle Only 2
2
Circuit Breaker
Frame Size NEMA Operating Catalog
(Amperes) Enclosure Type Handle Length Number
150 1/3R/3/12 4.00 (101.6) C371H1 2
4/4X 4.00 (101.6) C371H2
1/3R/3/12 6.00 (152.4) C371H3
2
4/4X 6.00 (152.4) C371H4
2
250–1200 1/3R/3/12 4.00 (101.6) C371H5
4/4X 4.00 (101.6) C371H6 2
1/3R/3/12 6.00 (152.4) C371H7
4/4X 6.00 (152.4) C371H8 2
2
Channel Support Kit (Rod Not Supplied)
For use to prevent bending of the operating handle mounting 2
surface. This is especially useful when the operating handle is
mounted on a channel in a multi-door enclosure. 2
Amperes Catalog Number
2
600–1200 C371CS6
2
Connecting Rods 1 2
Application Catalog Number
Disconnect switches (30, 60, 100, 200A sizes) C371CS1 2
2
Circuit breakers (150, 250, 400A sizes) C371CS1
Circuit breakers (600, 800, 1200A sizes) C371CS2
Note 2
1 Increase maximum allowable depth by 5 inches (127 mm).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
2 Handle Extension
Description Page
2 Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-407
V4-T2-413
V4-T2-415
2 Flex Shaft
2 Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-425
2 Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431
2 Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-434
2
2
2
2 Handle Extension
● Suitable for use on two- or
2 three-pole G-Frame
● Not included with J, K, L,
2 M and N-Frame breakers;
it must be purchased
2 ●
separately
Included with R-Frame
2 breakers
2
Product Selection
2
Handle Extension 12
2 Handle Extension
Style
Frame Number
2 J, K HEX3
2 L, M HEX4
N HEX5
2 R HEX6
2
Notes
1 Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame
breakers. It must be purchased separately.

2 2 Handle extension is included with breaker with R-Frame
breakers.
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.comoso.com
Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses
3.1 Power Circuit Breakers

Power Breakers, Contactors
and Fuses Family
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-2
3
Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-6 3
Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-11
Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . V4-T3-14 3
Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T3-18
V4-T3-27
3
Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34 3
3.2 Medium Voltage Power Contactors
3
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-51
SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-53 3
SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-62
SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-66 3
3.3 Fuses General 3
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
V4-T3-70
Power Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-70
Power vs. Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-70 3
Low vs. Medium vs. High Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-70
Expulsion vs. Current Limiting (Definitions per ANSI C47.40-1993). . . V4-T3-71 3
Fuse Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Fuse Component Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T3-71
V4-T3-71
3
3.4 Expulsion Fuses 3
Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73
3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-74 3
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-75
3
3.5 Current Limiting Fuses
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-94 3
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-96
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—September 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T3-1
www.comoso.com
3.1 Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses
Power Circuit Breakers
Contents
3 Power Circuit Breaker
Description Page
3 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-3
3 Magnum DS Low Voltage Power
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-6
3 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-11
3 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case
3 Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V4-T3-18
Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . V4-T3-27
3 Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34
3
3
3
3 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers
3 Product Overview
3 Magnum Low Voltage Power

Circuit Breakers for Global
Three Product Families
Magnum consists of three Magnum SB Low Voltage Magnum IEC Air Circuit
Application
3 Magnum™ Low Voltage
product families; each
provides specific ratings
Insulated Case Circuit
Breakers for Switchboard
Breakers for IEC Rated
Switchboards
Power Circuit Breakers features and approvals to Applications
3 enable comprehensive optimize performance when
● Up to 690 Vac
solutions to meet and exceed applied in power distribution
● Up to 635 Vac ● 200 to 6300A continuous
3 the unique and wide-ranging equipment and custom ● 200 to 5000A continuous ● 40 to 105 kA Icu/Ics
requirements of today’s enclosures: ● 50 to 150 kA interrupting
3 global power distribution
systems. This powerful Magnum DS Low Voltage
circuit breaker offering is Power Circuit Breakers for
3 designed for ultimate custom ANSI Rated Switchgear
configuration and application Applications
3 flexibility, with the needs of ● Up to 635 Vac
the power distribution
3 200 to 6000A continuous
● Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated
equipment user and the Case Circuit Breaker Family UL Rated
electrical equipment ● 42 to 200 kA interrupting for Switchboard Applications
Magnum IEC Low Voltage Air Circuit
3 manufacturer in mind. Breaker Family
3
3
Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit
3 Breaker Family ANSI Rated for
Switchgear Applications
3
3
3
3
3
3
V4-T3-2 Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—September 2012 www.eaton.com
www.comoso.com
3.1
Features, Benefits and Functions
● 200 kA interruption ● Two-step stored energy 3
ratings with current mechanism for manually
limiting performance and and electrical operated 3
low current let-through to breakers
reduce damaging energy ● Digitrip™ RMS Trip Unit 3
to downstream equipment family protection with
at high fault levels four models each providing 3
● Withstand ratings up to increasing levels of
100 kA to maximize
system coordination and
protection and feature
options for coordination,
3
●
selectivity
Four physical frame sizes
information and
diagnostics: 3
(Narrow, Standard, Double Microprocessor-based
3
●
Narrow and Double) rms sensing

to promote breaker ● Basic to programmable
application in compact overcurrent protection 3
modular enclosures and and alarms
improve enclosure density ● Local display for Through-the-Door Design for Human 3
● Continuous current information, status and Interface with the Breaker
3
Compartment Door Closed
ratings from 800 to diagnostics
6300A with 100% rating ● Ampere, voltage and
at 104ºF (40ºC) and no
derating on most ratings
power metering 3
up to 122ºF (50ºC)
● Power quality,
● Fixed breaker mounting
harmonics and
waveform capture
3
configurations with
horizontal and optional
● Communications with
translators to common
3
vertical and front
connected terminal
connections ●
protocols
Zone selective
3
● Drawout breaker
mounting configurations
interlocking for
improved coordination 3
Integral Arcflash
3
●
with cassette and optional
safety shutters Reduction Maintenance
System™
Three- and four-pole
3
●
breaker configurations ● Breaker health High Technology Microprocessor-

monitoring Based Digitrip RMS 1150+ Trip Units are
3
● Through-the-door design Available With Advanced Features Like
for human interface with ● Field-installable Programmable Overcurrent Settings,
the breaker compartment accessories (UL® listed) Power Metering, Power Quality
door closed common across the and Communications
3
breaker frames and
designed to be easily
installed in the field to
3
service or modify the
breaker at the point of use 3
Secondary terminal
3
●
contacts mounted at the

top front of the breaker and
away from the primary 3
voltage areas for improved
safety and access. Finger-
safe terminal blocks
3
accommodate ring-tongue
or spade type terminals as 3
standard
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Breaker Features on Front Cover Magnum DS Drawout Breaker

3 The controls and indicators 3 1 2
are functionally grouped on
3 the breaker faceplate to
optimize the human
3 interface, visibility and ease
of use. For maximum safety,
3 a modern, through-the-door
design permits access to the
4
3 breaker levering system, trip

unit, controls and indicators
5
6
with the door closed.
3 1 Red Mechanical Trip Flag
7
3 Pop-out Indicator
(Optional)—Interlocked 8
Indicator Requiring
3 Manual Reset is also
Available
3 2 Accessory Viewing
9
Windows for:
3 j
● Shunt Trip Attachment
3 (STA)
● Spring Release Device
k
3 (SR)
● Undervoltage Release
l
3 (UVR) Device or Second

STA
3 3 Digitrip RMS Trip Unit

(Model 520M Shown)
3 Protected by Clear Cover
4 Contact Status Indicators:
3 ● OPEN—Green
3 CLOSED—Red
●
5 Spring Status Indicators:

3 ● Charged—Yellow Accessory Viewing Windows Visibly
Confirm the Breaker Shunt Trip, Spring
3 Discharged—White
●
Release, and UVR Installation and Their
Control Voltage Rating
6 Push OFF (Open) Drawout Breaker Levering Can be
3
Accomplished With the Compartment
Pushbutton—Red Door Closed Without the Need for a
7 Special Levering Tool
Push ON (Close)
3 Pushbutton—Green
Through-the-Door Design for Human
Interface with the Breaker
Compartment Door Closed, for Example,
8
3 Manual Spring Charging
Handle for Manually
Manually Charging the Stored
Energy Springs
Charging the Stored
3 Energy Springs
3
9 Mechanical Operations
Counter (Optional)
3 j Key Off Lock (Optional)
k
Padlockable Levering
3 Device Shutter for
Drawout Breakers
3 l
Color-Coded Position
3 Indicator for Drawout
Breakers:
3 ● CONNECT—Red
● TEST—Yellow
3 ● DISCONNECT—Green
www.comoso.com
3.1
Breaker Internal Features
Magnum is designed for ease 6 Padlockable Levering 3 1 3
of access for inspection, Device Shutter for
modification and Drawout Breakers 3
maintenance at the point of
3
7 Color-Coded Position 2
use. The breaker front cover
is easily removed with four Indicator for Drawout
Breakers:
captive bolts, revealing the
modular internal breaker
3
● CONNECT—Red
features.
1
● TEST—Yellow
3
Secondary Terminal ● DISCONNECT—Green
Points for Internal Breaker

Wiring Connections
8 Secondary Contact Blocks 3
for Connection to External
2 Breaker Accessory Cell Control Wiring 3
Mounting Deck with Three 9
Positions for Mounting: Removable Arc Chute
Covers for Easy Access to
5
3
● Shunt Trip Attachment Breaker Main Contacts
(STA) j Primary Finger Cluster
3
● Spring Release Device
(SR)
Disconnecting Contacts
for Drawout Breaker are
4
3
● Undervoltage Release
Mounted on the Breaker
(UVR) Device or Second Element (Not in the
7
3
STA Breaker Compartment) 6
3 Digitrip RMS Trip Unit for Ease of Access for 3
(Model 1150+ Shown) Inspection and Magnum Drawout Breaker Front View With Front Cover Removed
4 Spring Charging Motor

Maintenance Showing Easy Access to the Breaker Internal Devices
3
Note: Some competitors mount 8
(Optional) for Electrically
Charging the Stored
the primary finger clusters inside
the cell, requiring shutdown of
3
Energy Springs
5 Manual Spring Charging
the switchgear for inspection and
maintenance. 3
Handle for Manually
Charging the Stored
k Current Sensor Viewing 3
Windows to View and
Energy Springs Confirm Breaker Sensor
Rating
9
3
l Rigid Frame Housing 3
(Thermoset Composite
Resin) Providing
Increased Strength and
3
Durability
3
3
3
3
3
j k l 3
Magnum Drawout Breaker Rear View Showing Primary Disconnecting
Finger Clusters Mounted on the Breaker for Ease of Inspection 3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Contents
3 Magnum DS, MDSX and MDSL Circuit Breakers
Description Page
3 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-2
Magnum DS Low Voltage Power
3 Circuit Breakers
3 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-10
Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power
3 Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-11
Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case
3 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-14
Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V4-T3-18
3 Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . V4-T3-27
Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34
3
3
3
3 Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers
Magnum DS is a true
3 UL 1066 listed low voltage UL and ANSI Test Certifications and switchboards with the
following test certifications:
power circuit breaker family, Magnum DS meets or
3 designed for the highest
performance requirements
exceeds the applicable ANSI,
NEMA®, UL and CSA®
● UL 1558 (Certified
Magnum DS Low Voltage
standards, including:
3 of switchgear and specialty
enclosure applications.
Metal-Enclosed
Switchgear)
● ANSI C37.13 (Low Voltage
3 ● Magnum DS Low Voltage
AC Power Circuit Breakers
Used in Enclosures)
● UL 891 (Certified
Pow-R-Line C™ Low
The Magnum MDSL Current
3 have interrupting ratings
up to 200 kA at 480 Vac,
Limiting Power Circuit Breakers have
integral current limiters to provide
● ANSI C37.16 (Preferred
Ratings, Related ●
Voltage Switchboards)
UL 1008 Standard for
interrupting ratings of 200 kA at
and short-time withstand Requirements, and Transfer Switch Equipment
3 ratings up to 100 kA at 635
600 Vac.
Application ● UL, CSA 22.2.31 Low
Vac with continuous Recommendations for Voltage Assemblies
3 current ratings up to 6000A Low Voltage Power Circuit
to maximize system Breakers and AC Power Approvals and Marks
3 coordination and selectivity Circuit Breakers) ● UL listed: Magnum DS
● Magnum MDSX Current ● ANSI C37.17 (Trip Devices Breaker UL File No.
3 Limiting Power Circuit
Breakers have 200 kA
for AC and General
Purpose DC Low Voltage
E52096 and Cassette
UL File No. E204565
interrupting ratings at
3 480 Vac with continuous ●
Power Circuit Breakers)
ANSI C37.50 (Test
● ABS (American Bureau
of Shipping) Type Listed
current ratings up to 5000A
3 ● Magnum MDSL Current
Procedures for Low
Voltage AC Power Circuit
Certificate Number
04-HS422844A-DUB
Limiting Power Circuit Breakers Used in
3 Additional Magnum DS
●
Breakers have 200 kA Enclosures)
The Magnum MDSX Current Limiting approvals and certificates
interrupting ratings at Power Circuit Breakers have fast ● UL 1066 (Standard for Low can be found on
3 600 Vac with continuous
opening contacts to provide
interrupting ratings up to 200 kA at
Voltage AC and DC Power www.eaton.com
480 Vac without fuses. Circuit Breakers Used in
3 Enclosures)
● NEMA SG3 (This standard
3 adopts ANSI C37.16 in
its entirety)
3 Comprehensive Enclosure
Product Selection
Contact Eaton for pricing.
Solutions
3 Magnum DS has proven
performance in Eaton
3 manufactured switchgear
www.comoso.com
3.1
3
Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family
3
MD S 4 12 3 V E A 06 MU 3
Breaker Type Trip Unit and Protection, 3
MD = Magnum DS and External Control Voltage
SB = Magnum switchboard Current Limiter Selection
A = Non-DSL (no limiter)
When Required
NN = Non-automatic (no trip unit)
3
22 = 220 + LI
3
Frame Type D = MA250
Mounting Configuration E = MA300 52 = 520 LSI
S = Standard or double 5G = 520 LSIG
N = Narrow and Load Terminals Nameplate F = MA400
3
Language G = MA600 M2 = 520M LSI
D = MDDX only H = Fixed horizontal
H = MA800 MT = 520M LSI (24/48 Vdc)
V = Fixed vertical E = English
K = MB1200 MU = 520M LSI (120 Vac)
L = Drawout (MDN)
3
Interrupting/ A = Spanish MV = 520M LSI (240 Vac)
W = Drawout (MDS) L = MB1600
Withstand Rating M = MB2000 MQ = 520M LSI (125 Vac)
4 = 42 N = MD2500 MG = 520M LSIG
5 = 50
6 = 65
Poles and Neutral
(Facing Front of Breaker)
P = MD3000 MH = 520M LSIG (24/48 Vdc)
MM = 520M LSIG (120 Vac)
3
3
8 = 85 3 = Three MN = 520 LSIG (240 Vac)
Sensor and Rating Plug Rating
C = 100 4 = Four (neutral left) MX = 520M LSIG (125 Vac)
E = 150 (DSE) NN = None ME = 520M LSIA (24/48 Vdc)
3
X = 200 (DSX/DDX) 01 = 100 13 = 1250 MC = 520 LSIA (120 Vac)
L = 200 (DSL) 02 = 200 16 = 1600 MF = 520M LSIA (240 Vac)
05 = 250 20 = 2000 MZ = 520M LSIA (125 Vac)
Continuous Amperes and
03 = 300
04 = 400
25 = 2500
30 = 3000
CT = 520MC LSI (24/48 Vdc)
CU = 520MC LSI (120 Vac)
3
Phasing (Facing Front of 06 = 600 32 = 3200 CV = 520MC LSI (240 Vac)
Breaker)
08 = 800 ABC
08 = 800
10 = 1000
40 = 4000
50 = 5000
CQ = 520MC LSI (125 Vac) 3
CH = 520MC LSIG (24/48 Vdc)
3
12 = 1200 ABC 12 = 1200 60 = 6000 CM = 520MC LSIG (120 Vac)
16 = 1600 ABC CN = 520MC LSIG (240 Vac)
20 = 2000 ABC CX = 520MC LSIG (125 Vac)
25 = 2500 ABC
30 = 3000 ABC
CE = 520MC LSIA (24/48 Vdc)
CC = 520MC LSIA (120 Vac)
3
32 = 3200 ABC or ABCABC CF = 520MC LSIA (240 Vac)
3N = 3200 AABBCC
4N = 4000 AABBCC
CY = 520MC LSIA (125 Vac)
1A = 1150 LSI (24/48 Vdc)
3
5N = 5000 AABBCC
3
1C = 1150 LSI (120 Vac)
6N = 6000 AABBCC 1E = 1150 LSI (240 Vac)
40 = 4000 ABCABC 1Q = 1150 LSI (125 Vac)
50 = 5000 ABCABC
60 = 6000 ABCABC
1F = 1150 LSIG (24/48 Vdc)
1G = 1150 LSIG (120 Vac) 3
1H = 1150 LSIG (240 Vac)
1X = 1150 LSIG (125 Vac)
1J = 1150 LSIA (24/48 Vdc)
3
3
1K = 1150 LSIA (120 Vac)
1M = 1150 LSIA (240 Vac)
1Y = 1150 LSIA (125 Vac)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family, continued

3
A W C H N E H K L A X
3
3 Shunt Trip (ST)
N = None
3 A = 110–127 Vac/dc
R = 208–240 Vac/dc Undervoltage
C = 24 Vdc Release (UVR) or Padlock Provisions for Blocking Close
3 H = 48 Vdc
B = 110–127 Vac/dc
2nd Shunt Trip (ST) Auxiliary Switch and/or Open ACB Manual Pushbuttons
N = None N = None N = None
(100% duty)
3 S = 220–250 Vac/dc
A
R
= UVR (110–127 Vac)
= UVR (208–240 Vac)
2 = 2A/2B
4 = 4A/4B
M = Metal (block close and open)
P = Plastic (block close and open)
(100% duty) C = UVR (24 Vdc) 6 = 6A/6B C = Metal (block close only)
3 D = 24 Vdc (100% duty)
K = 48 Vdc (100% duty)
H
D
= UVR (48 Vdc)
= UVR (60 Vdc)
H = Plastic (block close only)
S = Metal swbd lock-off (block close,
J = 60 Vdc (100% duty) E = UVR (110–125 Vdc) Bell Alarms Switch (OTS)
3
depress open)
6 = 60 Vdc F = UVR (220–250 Vdc) with 2a/2b Contacts and/or
G = UVR (32 Vdc) Mechanical Trip Indicator
Operations Counter and/or
3 Motor Operator X = UVR (380–415 Vac) OTS 2a/2b Trip Indicator
Keylock Provisions
M = Manual operated J = UVR (480 Vac) E = No OTS No indicator
K = UVR (600 Vac) N = No OTS With indicator Counter Keylock
N = 110–125 Vac (5-sec)
3 W = 110–125 Vdc (5-sec)
T = 220–250 Vdc (5-sec)
1
2
= 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/dc)
= 2nd ST (208–250 Vac/dc)
Y = With OTS
M = No OTS
With indicator
With interlocked N =
Provisions
No counter No locks
3 = 2nd ST (24 Vdc) indicator K = No counter Kirk lock
3
P = 220–240 Vac (5-sec)
L = 24 Vdc (5-sec) 4 = 2nd ST (48 Vdc) L = With OTS With interlocked C = No counter Castell lock
K = 48 Vdc (5-sec) 6 = 2nd ST (60 Vdc) indicator R = No counter Ronis lock
3 S = 60 Vdc (5-sec) B = 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/dc S = No counter CES lock

100% duty) A = Counter No lock
O = 2nd ST (220–250 Vac/dc Y = Counter Kirk lock
3
Spring Release 100% duty) L = Counter Castell lock
Device (SRD) I = 2nd ST (24 Vdc 100% duty) H = Counter Ronis lock indicator
N = None Q = 2nd ST (48 Vdc 100% duty) E = Counter CES lock
3 A = 110–127 Vac/dc
R = 208–240 Vac/dc
9 = 2nd ST (60 Vdc 100% duty)
Latch Check Switch/Trip Unit Metering
C = 24 Vdc
3 H = 48 Vdc
S = 60 Vdc
Voltage Connection for Digitrip 1150 Trip Unit
Latch Check 1150 Voltage
Switch Connection
3 N= None Upper terminals
M = None Lower terminals
3 L =
Y=
LCS wired to SRD
LCS Wired to SRD
Upper terminals
Lower terminals
C= LCS Wired External Upper terminals
3 D= LCS Wired External Lower terminals
3 Breaker Shipping Options and Instructions

A = Fixed breaker alone with door kit
3
F = Fixed breaker alone without door kit
A = Drawout breaker alone without door frame kit
C = Drawout breaker in cassette (un-wired)
3 P = Drawout breaker in cassette (shutters)
S = Drawout breaker in cassette (shutters)
W = Drawout breaker in cassette (pre-wired and shutters)
3 Double frame drawout breakers ship without cassette
drawout. ACBs ship in narrow and universal cassettes only.
3 Frame Use
X = All breakers
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Cassette Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family
3
M E 32 3 C A DN N NNN W C
3
Cassette Family
M = Standard or double frame
Cassette Shipping
C = Cassette only
3
B = Breaker shipped in cassette
3
L = Narrow frame
S = SB standard or double frame
T = SB narrow frame Cassette Wiring
Future Use
Cassette Frame and Rear Terminals
P = Basic cassette
N = Un-wired 3
W = Cassette wired
3
E = SB cassette (150 kAIC) (without vertical bus stabs)
N = Cassettes (up to 100 kA) C = Basic cassette with stabs
Future Use
L = MDSL cassettes (200 kA) (with vertical bus stab kit)
X = MDSX cassettes (200 kA) H = Narrow frame cassette
(with horizontal terminal pads)
NNN = All cassettes
3
U = Universal cassette Shutters
Continuous Amperes
16 = Up to 1600A
(with universal terminal pads)
N = No shutters 3
20 = Up to 2000A S = Shutters installed
32 = 2500 to 3200A
40 = 4000 to 1600A
Arc Hood
A = Arc hood installed
3
50 = 5000 to 2000A
Door Frame and Gasket Kit 3
Poles DN = Door frame and gasket kit included
3 = Three-pole XN = Door frame and gasket kit not included 3
4 = Four-pole
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com

3
3
Magnum DS Switchgear Class UL 1066 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers
Breaker Type rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz 1 Available Current Sensor and
3 Frame
Amperes
Catalog
Position 1–6
Frame
Type
Interrupting
at 254 Vac
Interrupting
at 508 Vac
Interrupting
at 635 Vac
Short-Time
Withstand Rating
Fixed Internal
Instantaneous Trip
Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit
(Establishes Breaker In Rating)
3 800 MDN-408
MDN-508
Narrow
Narrow
42
50
42
50
42
50
42
50
—
—
200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800
3 MDN-608
MDN-C08
Narrow
Narrow
65
100
65
100
65
65
65
20
—
18 x In
3 MDS-408
MDS-608
Standard
Standard
42
65
42
65
42
65
42
65
—
—
3 MDS-808
MDS-C08
Standard
Standard
85
100
85
100
85
100
85
85
—
85
3 MDS-L08 2
MDS-X08 3
Standard
Standard
200
200
200
200
200
4
—
30
—
30
3 1600 MDN-416
MDN-516
Narrow
Narrow
42
50
42
50
42
50
42
50
—
—
200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000,
1200, 1600
3 MDN-616
MDN-C16
Narrow
Narrow
65
100
65
100
65
65
65
30
—
18 x In
3 MDS-616 Standard 65 65 65 65 —
MDS-816 Standard 85 85 85 85 —
3 MDS-C16 Standard 100 100 100 85 85

MDS-L16 2 Standard 200 200 200 — —
3 MDS-X16 3 Standard 200 200 4
30 30
2000 MDN-620 Narrow 65 65 65 65 — 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,
3 MDN-C20 Narrow 100 100 65 35 18 x In 1600, 2000
MDS-620 Standard 65 65 65 65 —
3 MDS-820 Standard 85 85 85 85 —
MDS-C20 Standard 100 100 100 85 85
3 MDS-L20 2 Standard 200 200 200
4
— —
MDS-X20 3 Standard 200 200 30 30
3 3200 MDS-632 Standard 65 65 65 65 — 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,
1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3200
MDS-832 Standard 85 85 85 85 —
3 MDS-C32 Standard 100 100 100 85 85
4
MDS-X32 3 Double 200 200 50 50
3 4000 MDN-640 Double narrow 65 65 65 65 — 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000
MDN-840 Double narrow 85 85 65 85 —
3 MDN-C40 Double narrow 100 100 65 100 —
MDS-840 Double 85 85 85 85 —
3 MDS-C40 Double 100 100 100 100 —
4
MDS-X40 3 Double 200 200 50 50
3 MDD-X40 Double 200 200 100 100 —
5000 MDS-850 Double 85 85 85 85 — 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000
3 MDS-C50 Double 100 100 100 100 —
4
MDS-X50 35 Double 200 200 50 50
3 MDD-X50 Double 200 200 100 100 —
6000 MDS-C60 5 Double 100 100 100 100 — 3200, 4000, 5000, 6000
3 MDD-X60 5 Double 200 200 100 100 — 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000
3 Notes
1 Interrupting ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS Trip Unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published short-time withstand rating.
These interruption ratings are based on the standard duty cycle consisting of an open operation, a 15-second interval and a close-open operation, in succession, with delayed tripping in case of
3 short-delay devices. The standard duty cycle for short-time ratings consists of maintaining the rated current for two periods of 1/2 seconds each, with a 15-second interval of zero current between
the two periods.
3
2 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker With Integral Current Limiters. Current Limiter selected determines short-time and fixed instantaneous trip rating. Maximum voltage rating
is 600 Vac.
3 Magnum MDSX Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker with fast opening contacts.
3 4 Product to be tested. Contact Eaton for product rating.

5 Breaker applied in a tested fan-cooled enclosure.
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Contents
Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker
Description Page
3
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-2 3
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-6 3
Circuit Breaker 3
Trip Curve Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-13
Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case 3
Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V4-T3-18 3
Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34 3
3
3
Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker 3
Product Description 3
The following curves illustrate the available system fault A. Maximum protection of
the ratings, melting time- current is below the “downstream” 3
current characteristics and “threshold” current of that components. Type
current limiting, or let-through
characteristics, of limiters for
limiter, and it will offer no
current limiting effect.
MDSL breakers are often
used for this purpose
3
Magnum Low Voltage Power
Circuit Breakers. The current limiting principle
even when the
maximum available fault 3
is illustrated below: currents are within the
The let-through current for a
given limiter application is la= The Available Peak Fault interrupting rating of the 3
Current corresponding unfused
readily determined by
extending a vertical line from tm=The Melting Time
Magnum breakers. 3
the applicable maximum B. Protection of the circuit
available symmetrical fault Ip= The Peak Let-Through breaker only. 3
amperes at the bottom Current
margin to the characteristic
ta= The Arcing Time
Case A would tend to use the
smallest available limiter;
3
line for the particular limiter,
Case B the largest. When
and from this intersection
extending a horizontal line to
tc= The Total Interrupting
(Clearing)Time
downstream protection is 3
required, the selection is
the left margin and reading
the peak current. The Current Limiting usually a compromise, since 3
withstand rating of any circuit certain small limiters cannot
elements protected by the be coordinated with the
breaker to avoid nuisance
3
limiters should be at least
blowing on overloads or small
3
Ia
equal to this peak current.
Ip and moderate short circuits.
It will be noted that the let-
through current increases tm
tc
ta Minimum, recommended
and maximum limiter sizes
3
with the limiter size or
ampere rating; in other
Limiter Selection
for Magnum MDSL breakers
are given in the table on 3
words, the maximum current
Page V4-T3-12.
limiting effect is obtained
with the smallest size. This
The selection of a suitable
limiter rating for a given 3
application is generally
effect is to be expected,
since the resistance governed by a choice of 3
decreases as the rating the following types of
increases. If the vertical line protection: 3
from the bottom margin as
described in the previous
paragraph does not intersect
3
the limiter characteristic line,
3
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
3
3
Magnum MDSL Sensor/Rating Plug vs. Current Limiter Selection 1
Sensor and MDSL Current Limiter Selection Chart 2
3
Rating Plug In
200 MA250 MA300 MA400 MA600 3 MA800 MB1200 MB1600 MB2000 MD2500 MD3000
3 250 MA400 MA600 MA800 3 MB1200 MB1600 MB2000 MD2500 MD3000

300 MA400 MA600 MA800 3 MB1200 MB1600 MB2000 MD2500 MD3000
3 400 MA600 MA800 MB1200 3 MB1600 MB2000 MD2500 MD3000
600 MA800 MB1200 MB1600 MB2000 3 MD2500 MD3000
3 800 MB1200 MB1600 MB2000 MD2500 3 MD3000
3
1000 MB1600 MB2000 MD2500 3 MD3000
1200 MB2000 MD2500 3 MD3000
3 1600 MD3000 3
2000 MD3000 3
3
3 Technical Data and Specifications
3 Magnum MDSL Ratings

Catalog Available Sensor/
3 Frame Number Rating Plug (Amperes)
800 MDSL08 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800
3 1600 MDSL16 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600
3 2000 MDSC20 1600, 2000
Notes
3 1 Select the current limiter based on the Magnum breaker frame and current sensor and rating
plug as shown.
3
2 Refer to MDSL current limiter curves for let-through and time characteristics.
3 The recommended ratings shown as shaded provide for reduced current let-through and
breaker coordination within the trip unit settings. Selection of current limiters below the
3 recommended ratings shown provides lower current let-through, however, trip unit settings
must be considered to avoid nuisance operation.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Trip Curve Charts
3
Type Magnum DSL Limiters, Peak Let-Through Current Type Magnum DSL Limiters Average Melting Time-Current
Characteristics Characteristics
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Available Current, rms Symmetrical Amperes x 10 Scale x 100 = Current in Amperes
Note 3
For Time/Current Curves, see www.eaton.com/electrical
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Contents
3 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker
Description Page
3 Circuit Breakers
3 Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V4-T3-18
3 Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34
3
3
3
3 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers
Magnum SB is a Low Voltage downstream circuits at the
3 Insulated Case Circuit breaker maximum instantaneous UL and ANSI Test Certifications Comprehensive Enclosure
Solutions
family designed for the trip point and to facilitate Magnum SB meets or
3 performance and economic
requirements of UL 891
feeder circuit breaker
protection in UL 891
exceeds the applicable ANSI,
NEMA, UL and CSA
Magnum DS has proven
performance in Eaton
switchboards with 3-cycle standards, including: manufactured switchgear
3 switchboards.
bus bracing and switchboards with the
● Magnum SB Insulated ●
● ANSI C37.13 (Low Voltage following test certifications:
Magnum SBSE Current
3 Case Circuit Breakers have
interrupting ratings up to
Limiting Power Circuit
AC Power Circuit Breakers
Used in Enclosures) ● UL 1558 (Certified
Breakers have 150 kA Magnum DS Low Voltage
3 100 kA at 635 Vac with
continuous current ratings
interrupting ratings at
● ANSI C37.16 (Preferred
Ratings, Related Metal-Enclosed
480 Vac with continuous switchgear)
up to 5000A Requirements, and
3 ● Magnum SB Insulated
current ratings up to
5000A. The short-time Application ● UL 891 (Certified
Case Circuit Breakers have Recommendations for Pow-R-Line C Low Voltage
3 lighter-duty short-time
withstand rating is 30 kA
for standard frame and Low Voltage Power Circuit Switchboards)
withstand ratings and fixed 50 kA for double frame Breakers and AC Power ● UL, CSA 22.2.31 Low
3 internal instantaneous trips breakers Circuit Breakers) Voltage Assemblies
on most ratings, which is ● ANSI C37.17 (Trip Devices
3 characteristic of UL 489
molded case breakers
for AC and General
Purpose DC Low Voltage
Approvals and Marks
UL listed: Magnum DS
commonly used in UL 891
3 switchboards. This ●
Power Circuit Breakers)
ANSI C37.50 (Test
Breaker UL File E52096 and
Cassette UL File E204565
provides for greater
3 economy and excellent
Procedures for Low
Voltage AC Power Circuit
coordination and selectivity Breakers Used in
3 for most commercial
applications
Enclosures)
● UL 1066 (Standard for Low Product Selection
3 ● Fixed internal
instantaneous trips will
Voltage AC and DC Power Contact Eaton for pricing.
Circuit Breakers Used in
3 be phased in on all SB
Insulated Case Circuit
Enclosures)
Breakers rated 3200A and
● NEMA SG3 (This standard
3 below to provide an extra adopts ANSI C37.16 in
its entirety)
safety factor by reducing
3 the energy let-through to
Typical Magnum SB Low Voltage
Insulated Case Circuit Breaker
3 Nameplate
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
3
Magnum SB Switchboard Class Insulated Case Low Voltage Air Circuit Breakers
rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz 1
3
Breaker Type Available Current Sensor and
Frame
Amperes
Catalog
Position 1–6
Frame
Type
Interrupting
at 254 Vac
Interrupting
at 508 Vac
Interrupting
at 635 Vac
Short-Time
Withstand Rating
Fixed Internal
Instantaneous Trip
Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit
(Establishes Breaker In Rating) 3
3
2
800 SBN-508 Narrow 50 50 35 20 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800
2
SBN-608 Narrow 65 65 42 20
SBN-C08 Narrow 100 100 65 20 18 x In 3
2
SBS-608 Standard 65 65 65 20
SBS-C08 Standard 100 100 85 20 2 3
3
SBS-E08 4 Standard 200 150 30 30
1200 SBN-512 Narrow 50 50 35 25 2
200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200
3
3
2
SBN-612 Narrow 65 65 42 25
SBN-C12 Narrow 100 100 65 25 18 x In
SBS-612 Standard 65 65 65 25 2
3
2
SBS-C12 Standard 100 100 85 25
SBS-E12 4 Standard 200 150 3
30 30 3
2
3
1600 SBN-516 Narrow 50 50 35 30 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600
2
SBN-616 Narrow 65 65 42 30
SBN-C16 Narrow 100 100 65 30 18 x In
2
3
SBS-616 Standard 65 65 65 30
SBS-C16 Standard 100 100 85 30 2
3
4 3
SBS-E16 Standard 200 150 30 30
2000 SBN-620 Narrow 65 65 65 35 2
200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 3
1600, 2000
SBN-C20
SBS-620
Narrow
Standard
100
65
100
65
65
65
35
35
18 x In
2
3
SBS-C20 Standard 100 100 85 35 2
3
4 3
SBS-E20 Standard 200 150 30 30
2500 SBS-625 Standard 65 65 65 45 2
200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 3
2 2000, 2500
SBS-E25 4 Double 200 150 3
50 50
3
3
2
3000 SBS-630 Standard 65 65 65 50 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600,
2 2000, 2500, 3000
SBS-E30 4 Double 200 150 3
50 50 3
4000 SBS-840 Double 85 85 85 85 — 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000
SBS-C40 Double 100 100 100 100 — 3
3
3
SBS-E40 4 Double 200 150 50 50
5000 SBS-850 Double 85 85 85 85 — 2500, 3000, 4000, 5000
SBS-C50 Double 100 100 100
3
100 —
3
SBS-E50 45 Double 200 150 50 50
6000 SBS-C60 5 Double 100 100 100 100 — 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000 3
Notes
1 Interrupting ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS Trip Unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published short-time withstand rating. 3
These interruption ratings are based on the standard duty cycle consisting of an open operation, a 15-second interval and a close-open operation, in succession, with delayed tripping in case of
short-delay devices. The standard duty cycle for short-time ratings consists of maintaining the rated current for two periods of 1/2 seconds each, with a 15-second interval of zero current between
the two periods.
3
3
2 Fixed internal instantaneous trip set at approximately 18 x I symmetrical will be phased into the product.
n
3 Product to be tested. Contact Eaton for product rating.
4 Magnum SBSE Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker with fast opening contacts.
5 Breaker applied in a tested fan-cooled enclosure.
3
Magnum SB is UL 1066 listed.
3
3
www.comoso.com
Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum SB and Magnum DS ANSI/UL Rated Power Circuit Breakers
3
3
3
3 Trip Unit Type Digitrip 520 Digitrip 520M Digitrip 520MC Digitrip 1150+ 1
3 Ampere range
Interrupting rating at 480V
200–6000A
42–200 kA
200–6000A
42–200 kA
200–6000A
42–200 kA
200–6000A
42–200 kA

3 Protection Ordering options LI, LSI, LSIG LSI, LSIG, LSIA LSI, LSIG, LSIA LSI, LSIG, LSIA
Fixed rating plug (In) Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 Overtemperature trip Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 Long delay
protection
Long delay pickup 0.4–1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In)
Long delay time I2t at 6 x Ir 2–24 sec 2–24 sec 2–24 sec 2–24 sec
(L)
3 Long delay time I4t No No No 1–5 sec
IEEE curves No No No Yes
3
High load alarm No No No 0.5–1.0 x (Ir)
Short delay Short delay pickup 200–1000% x (Ir) and M1 200–1000% x (Ir) and M1 200–1000% x (Ir) and M1 200–1000% x (Ir) and M1
protection
3 (S) Short delay time I2t at 8 x Ir 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
3 Short delay time ZSI Yes Yes Yes Yes
Instantaneous Instantaneous pickup 200–1000% x (In) and M1 200–1000% x (In) and M1 200–1000% x (In) and M1 200–1000% x (In) and M1
3 protection
(I)
Making current release Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 Ground fault
Off position
Ground fault alarm
LSI and LSIG
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3
protection
Ground fault pickup 25–100% x (In) 25–100% x (In) 25–100% x (In) 24–100% x (In)
(G) 2
Ground fault delay I2t at 0.625 x In 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
3 Disable ground fault protection No No No No
Neutral protection (N) Model LSI Model LSI Model LSI Model LSI
3 Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes

Magnitude of trip information No Yes Yes Yes
3 Remote signal contacts No Yes Yes Yes

Programmable contacts No No No Yes
3 Electronic operations counter No No No Yes
3 Notes
1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included.
3
2 1200A maximum ground fault setting per UL/NEC.
In = Rating plug and sensor rating.

Ir = Long delay pickup setting.
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum SB ANSI/UL Rated Power Circuit Breakers, continued
3
3
3
Trip Unit Type Digitrip 520 Digitrip 520M Digitrip 520MC Digitrip 1150+ 1 3
System Monitoring
Digital display No 4-Character LCD 4-Character LCD 24-Character LED
3
Current (%) full scale sensor No Yes +/– 2% Yes +/– 2% Yes +/– 1% 3
Voltage (%) L to L No No No Yes +/– 1%
Power and energy (%) No No No Yes +/– 2% 3
Apparent power kVA and demand No No No Yes
Reactive power kVAR No No No Yes
3
Power factor No No No Yes
3
Crest factor No No No Yes
System Communications 3
Type — — INCOM/PowerNet/Modbus 2/ INCOM/PowerNet/TripLink/
PROFIBUS 2 Modbus 2/PROFIBUS 2 3
Power supply in breaker N/A Optional Standard Standard
Additional Features 3
Trip log (three events) No No No Yes
Electronic operations counter No No No Yes
3
Testing method 3 Test set Test set Test set Integral and test set
3
Waveform capture No No No Yes
ARMs (Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Mode) No No Yes Yes 4 3
Breaker health monitor No No No Yes
Programmable relay functions No No No Yes 1 3
Notes
3
3
2 Requires externally mounted MMINT or PMINT module.
3 Test set for secondary injection.
4 Contact Eaton for availability.
In = Rating plug and sensor rating. 3

Ir = Long delay pickup setting.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Contents
3 Magnum Double Narrow Frame Drawout Air Circuit Breaker With Cassette
Description Page
Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers
3 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-19
3 Magnum Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-26
Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34
3
3
3 Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers
Magnum Air Circuit Breakers
3 are designed to enable global IEC Test Certifications ● Eaton Tabula Low
Voltage Switchboard
● American Bureau of
Shipping (ABS)
power distribution solutions Magnum Air Circuit Breakers
3 in IEC switchboards and other
custom enclosures.
meet or exceed the
applicable IEC standards,
Systems (global) for
Low Voltage Systems
●
●
Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
Lloyds of London
including: Builders
3 ● Magnum IEC Air Circuit ● Eaton Elatis (Germany)
● South African Bureau of
Standards (SABS)
Breakers have interrupting ● EN/IEC 60947-2 Low Voltage
3 ratings up to 100 kA at
690 Vac with continuous
● KEMA third-party witness Switchboards
● For a complete and
comprehensive listing of all
and follow-up testing ● Eaton Xenergy and
3 ●
Magnum IEC Air Circuit Comprehensive Enclosure
Modan switchboard
low voltage power
breakers, please visit
systems (global) for www.eaton.com
Solutions
3 Breaker continuous current
frames are 100% rated. Magnum Air Circuit Breakers
low voltage systems
builders
No thermal de-rating is have proven performance in
3 required when applying the IEC switchboards and custom Approvals and Marks
breaker in the low voltage enclosures manufactured by
Magnum Air Circuit Breakers
3 systems enclosure at Eaton and Low Voltage
carry the following approvals
Note: The KEMA Keur Mark on
the Magnum ACB Label Confirms
ambient temperatures Systems Builders (OEMs) to
and approval marks: Third-Party Witness and Follow-
3 ●
of 104ºF (40°C)
Magnum IEC Breakers
● CE
up Testing
● EN/IEC 60947-1
3 carry the KEMA Keur Mark,
which requires periodic
● EN/IEC 60439-1
●
●
KEMA Keur mark
ABS (American Bureau of
follow-up testing, ● Eaton manufactured IEC
3 witnessed by KEMA, to Low Voltage Switchboard
Shipping) Type Listed
Certificate Number
demonstrate our product solutions include:
04-HS422844B-PDA-DUB
3 performs to its published ● Eaton MEM M-Form ● CCC (Certificate for China
nameplate ratings. This (UK) Low Voltage
Compulsory Product
3 differentiates Magnum
Air Circuit Breakers from
Switchboards
Certification) to
● Eaton Holec® Capitole GB14048.2-2001,
3 the competition, where in
general, self-certification
40 and Capitole 20
(Holland) Low Voltage
Certificate Numbers:
testing is performed on ● 2005010307139381
3 products when initially
Switchboards
● 2003010307094561
introduced with no binding ● 2003010307094558
3 commitments to perform
subsequent follow-up
3 third-party testing.
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
3
Magnum IEC Breaker Product Family
3
1
MW N 5 12 4 V E A - 03 MT 4 F C L R Y C T M W X
3
Breaker Frame Future Use 3
I = Standard X = All ACBs
or double
N = Narrow ACB Shipping Instructions
3
K = Special
1100 Vac ACB Shunt Trip
A = Fixed ACB with door kit
F = Fixed ACB without door kit 3
Attachment (STA) A = D/O ACB only without
4
Interrupting Icu
= 40 kV
Trip Unit and Protection,
(and External Control
N = None
A = 110–127 Vac/dc
door kit
C = D/O ACB in cassette
3
5 = 50 kV Voltage When Required) R = 208–240 Vac/dc (un-wired)
6
8
= 65 kV
= 85 kV
NN = Non-automatic (no trip unit) C = 24 Vdc
H = 48 Vdc
P = D/O ACB in cassette 3
22 = 520 LI (pre-wired)
C
Z
= 100 kV
= 25 kV
52 = 520 LSI
5W = 520i LSIG
B = 110–127 Vac/dc
(100% duty)
S = D/O ACB in cassette
(shutters) 3
(1100 Vac MWK) M2 = 520M LSI S = 220–250 Vac/dc W = D/O ACB in cassette
Continuous Amperes
MT = 520M LSI (24–48 Vdc)
MU = 520M LSI (120 Vac)
(100% duty)
D = 24 Vdc (100% duty)
(pre-wired and shutters)
Double frame D/O ACBs ship
3
K = 48 Vdc (100% duty) without cassette
3
and Phasing (Facing MV = 520M LSI (240 Vac)
Front of Breaker) MW = 520Mi LSIG J = 60 Vdc (100% duty)
MJ = 520Mi LSIG (24–48 Vdc) 6 = 60 Vdc Latch Checking Switch/Trip Unit
08 = 800 ABC
10 = 1000 ABC
12 = 1250 ABC
MK = 520Mi LSIG (120 Vac)
ML = 520Mi LSIG (240 Vac) Motor Operator
Metering Voltage Connection
for Digitrip 1150 Trip Unit
3
ME = 520M LSIA (24–48 Vdc)
3
16 = 1600 ABC M = Manual operated Latch Check 1150 Voltage
20 = 2000 ABC MC = 520M LSIA (120 Vac) N = 110–125 Vac (5-sec) Switch Connection
25 = 2500 ABC MF = 520M LSIA (240 Vac) W = 110–125 Vdc (5-sec)
CT = 520MC LSI (24–48 Vdc) N = None Upper terminals
32 = 3200 ABC
41 = 4000 ABC (standard CU = 520MC LSI (120 Vac)
T = 220–250 Vdc (5-sec)
P = 220–240 Vac (5-sec)
M = None Lower terminals
L = LCS wired to SRD Upper terminals
3
drawout only) CV = 520MC LSI (240 Vac) L = 24 Vdc (5-sec) Y = LCS wired to SRD Lower terminals
4N = 4000 AABBCC
5N = 5000 AABBCC
CE = 520MC LSIA (24–48 Vdc)
CC = 520MC LSIA (120 Vac)
K = 48 Vdc (5-sec)
S = 60 Vdc (5-sec)
C = LCS wired external Upper terminals 3
CF = 520MC LSIA (240 Vac) D = LCS wired external Lower terminals
6N = 6300 AABBCC
40 = 4000 ABCABC CJ = 520MCi LSIG (24–48 Vdc)
CK = 520MCi LSIG (120 Vac) Spring Release Operations Counter and/or
3
50 = 5000 ABCABC Device (SRD)
CF = 520MCi LSIG (240 Vac) Keylock Provisions
60 = 6300 ABCABC
C1 = 520MC ARMS LSI (24–48 Vdc)
C2 = 520MC ARMS LSI (120 Vac)
N = None
A = 110–127 Vac/dc
Counter Keylock 3
Provisions
Poles and Neutral
3
C3 = 520MC ARMS LSI (240 Vac) R = 208–240 Vac/dc
(Facing Front of Breaker) C4 = 520MC ARMS LSIA (24–48 Vdc) N = No counter No locks
C = 24 Vdc
K = No counter Kirk lock
3 = Three C5 = 520MC ARMS LSIA (120 Vac) H = 48 Vdc
3
C6 = 520MC ARMS LSIA (240 Vac) C = No counter Castell lock
4 = Four (neutral left) S = 60 Vdc
C7 = 520MC ARMS LSIG (24–48 Vdc) R = No counter Ronis lock
R = Four (reserved for neutral right)
S = No counter CES lock
C8 = 520MC ARMS LSIG (120 Vac)
3
Undervoltage Release (UVR) or A = Counter No lock
Mounting Configuration C9 = 520MC ARMS LSIG (240 Vac) 2nd Shunt Trip (ST)
1W = 1150i LSI (24–48 Vdc) Y = Counter Kirk lock
and Load Terminals N = None L = Counter Castell lock
3
1N = 1150i LSI (120 Vac)
H = Fixed horizontal 1P = 1150i LSI (240 Vac) A = UVR (110–127 Vac) H = Counter Ronis lock indicator
V = Fixed vertical 1R = 1150i LSIG/A (24–48 Vdc) R = UVR (208–240 Vac) E = Counter CES lock
L = Drawout horizontal C = UVR (24 Vdc)
1S = 1150i LSIG/A (120 Vac)
1T = 1150i LSIG/A (240 Vac) H = UVR (48 Vdc) Padlock Provisions for Blocking Close 3
Nameplate Language D = UVR (60 Vdc) and/or Open ACB Manual Pushbuttons
E = English Auxiliary Switch
E = UVR (110–125 Vdc)
F = UVR (220–250 Vdc) N = None
M = Metal (block close and open)
3
A = Spanish N = None G = UVR (32 Vdc)
Sensor and Rating Plug Rating

2 = 2A/2B
4 = 2A/2B
X = UVR (380–415 Vac)
J = UVR (480 Vac)
P = Plastic (block close and open)
C = Metal (block close only) 3
6 = 2A/2B K = UVR (600 Vac) H = Plastic (block close only)
3
NN = None 13 = 1250
02 = 200 16 = 1600 1 = 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/dc)
05 = 250 20 = 2000 2 = 2nd ST (208–250 Vac/dc) Bell Alarms Switch (OTS) with 2a/2b
3
03 = 300 25 = 2500 3 = 2nd ST (24 Vdc) Contacts and/or Mechanical Trip Indicator
04 = 400 30 = 3000 4 = 2nd ST (48 Vdc) OTS 2a/2b Trip Indicator
06 = 600 32 = 3200 6 = 2nd ST (60 Vdc)
E = No OTS No indicator
07 = 630
08 = 800
40 = 4000
50 = 5000
B = 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/dc
100% duty)
N = No OTS With indicator 3
Y = With OTS With indicator
O = 2nd ST (220–250 Vac/dc
3
10 = 1000 63 = 6300 M = No OTS With interlocked indicator
12 = 1200 100% duty)
L = With OTS With interlocked indicator
I = 2nd ST (24 Vdc 100% duty)
3
Q = 2nd ST (48 Vdc 100% duty)
9 = 2nd ST (60 Vdc 100% duty)
Note
1 Exclusionary rules apply. Refer to price list. Confirm all final part numbers with Eaton. Format structure subject to modifications and additions without notice. 3
www.comoso.com
Cassette Magnum IEC Breaker Product Family 1

3
E N 32 4 H K N N S N N N W C
3
3 Cassette Family
E = Standard or double frame IEC
Cassette Shipping
C = Cassette only
3
N = Narrow frame IEC
Cassette Wiring
Future Use
3
N = Un-wired
N = All cassettes W = Cassette wired
3 Continuous Amperes Future Use

20 = Up to 2000A N = All cassettes
3 32 = 2500–3000A
41 = 4000A standard frame Future Use
40 = 4000A
3 63 = 5000–6000A N = All cassettes
Future Use
3 Poles
3 = Three-pole N = All cassettes
4 = Four-pole
3 Shutters
Rear Terminals N = No shutters
3 H = Horizontal stabs (upper
and lower terminals)
S = Shutters installed
3
Future Use
Arc Hood N = All cassettes
A = Arc hood for 690 Vac
3 K = Arc hood for 1100 Vac Door Frame and Gasket Kit
D = Includes door kit
3 X = Equals door kit not included
N = All cassettes
3 Note
1 Exclusionary rules apply. Refer to price list. Confirm all final part numbers with Eaton. Format structure subject to modifications and additions without notice.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
3
Magnum IEC 60947-2 Rated Air Circuit Breakers
rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 1 Available Current Sensor
3
Breaker Type and Rating Plugs for Digitrip
Frame Catalog Frame Interrupting at Interrupting at Interrupting at Withstand Rating Fixed Internal RMS Trip Unit 3
Amperes Position 1–6 Type 240 Vac Icu = Ics 440 Vac Icu = Ics 690 Vac Icu = Ics Icw 1-Sec / 3-Sec Instantaneous Trip (Establishes Breaker In Rating)
800 MWN-408 Narrow 40 40 40 40/— — 200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800 3
MWN-508 Narrow 50 50 50 50/— —
MWN-608 Narrow 65 65 65 65/40 — 3
MWI-608 Standard 65 65 65 65/— —
MWI-808 Standard 85 85 85 85/65 — 3
3
MWI-C08 Standard 100 100 85 85/65 85
1000 MWN-410 Narrow 40 40 40 40/— — 200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000
MWN-510
MWN-610
Narrow
Narrow
50
65
50
65
50
65
50/—
65/40
—
—
3
MWI-610 Standard 65 65 65 65/— —
3
MWI-810 Standard 85 85 85 85/65 —
MWI-C10 Standard 100 100 85 85/65 85 3
1250 MWN-412 Narrow 40 40 40 40/— — 200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800,
MWN-512 Narrow 50 50 50 50/— —
1000, 1250
3
MWN-612 Narrow 65 65 65 65/40 —
MWI-612 Standard 65 65 65 65/— — 3
MWI-812 Standard 85 85 85 85/65 —
MWI-C12 Standard 100 100 85 85/65 85 3
3
1600 MWN-516 Narrow 50 50 50 50/— — 200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000,
1250, 1600
MWN-616 Narrow 65 65 65 65/40 —
MWI-616
MWI-816
Standard
Standard
65
85
65
85
65
85
65/—
85/65
—
—
3
2000
MWI-C16
MWN-520
Standard
Narrow
100
50
100
50
85
50
85/65
50/30
85
— 200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000,
3
MWN-620 Narrow 65 65 65 65/40 —
1250, 1600, 2000
3
MWI-620 Standard 65 65 65 65/50 —
MWI-820 Standard 85 85 85 85/65 — 3
MWI-C20 Standard 100 100 85 85/65 85
2500 MWI-625 Standard 65 65 65 65/— — 200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000, 3
1250, 1600, 2000, 2500
MWI-825 Standard 85 85 85 85/65 —
MWI-C25 Standard 100 100 85 85/65 85 3
3
3200 MWI-632 Standard 65 65 65 65/50 — 200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000,
1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200
MWI-832 Standard 85 85 85 85/65 —
4000
MWI-C32
MWI-641 2
Standard
Standard
100
65
100
65
85
65
85/65
65/50
85
— 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000
3
MWI-841
MWI-C41 2
2 Standard
Standard
85
105
85
105
85
85
85/65
85/65
—
—
3
MWN-64N Double narrow 65 65 65 65/— — 3
MWN-84N Double narrow 85 85 65 85/— —
MWN-C4N Double narrow 100 100 65 100/— — 3
MWI-64N Double 65 65 65 65/— —
MWI-84N Double 85 85 85 85/— — 3
MWI-C4N Double 100 100 100 100/— —
5000 MWI-85N Double 85 85 85 85/— — 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000 3
MWI-C5N Double 100 100 100 100/— —
6300 MWI-86N Double 85 85 85 85/— — 3200, 4000, 5000, 6300 3
3
MWI-C6N Double 100 100 100 100/— —
Notes
1 Interrupting ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS Trip Unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published breaker I
2 Magnum IEC standard frame breakers rated for 4000A continuous current are available in drawout configuration only.
cw rating. 3
www.comoso.com
Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers
3
3
3
3 Trip Unit Type Digitrip 520i Digitrip 520Mi Digitrip 520MCi Digitrip 1150i+ 1
3 Ampere range 200–6300A 200–6300A 200–6300A 200–6300A

Interrupting rating at 690V 40–100 kA 40–100 kA 40–100 kA 40–100 kA

3 Protection Ordering options LI, LSI, LSIG LSI, LSIG, LSIA LSI, LSIG, LSIA LSI, LSIG, LSIA
3
Fixed rating plug (In) Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 Long delay
protection
Long delay setting 0.4–1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In) 0.4–1.0 x (In)
Long delay time I2t at 6 x Ir 2–24 sec 2–24 sec 2–24 sec 2–24 sec
(L)
3 Long delay time I4t No No No 1–5 sec
IEC Type A, B, C curves No No No Yes
3 Short delay
High load alarm
Short delay pickup
No
200–1000% x (Ir) and M1
No
200–1000% x (Ir) and M1
No
200–1000% x (Ir) and M1
0.7–1.0 x Ir
150–1000% x (Ir) and M1
3
protection
Short delay time I2t at 8 x Ir 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
(S)
Short delay time flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
3 Short delay time ZSI Yes Yes Yes Yes
Instantaneous Instantaneous pickup 200–1000% x (In) and M1 200–1000% x (In) and M1 200–1000% x (In) and M1 200–1000% x (In) and M1
3 protection
Making current release Yes Yes Yes Yes
(I)
3 Off position Yes Yes Yes Yes

Earth fault Earth fault alarm No Yes Yes Yes
3 protection
(G)
Earth fault pickup 25–100% x (In) 25–100% x (In) 25–100% x (In) 24–100% x (In)
Earth fault delay I2t at 0.625 x In 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
3 Earth fault delay flat 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
3
Earth fault ZSI Yes Yes Yes Yes
Earth fault memory Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 Disable ground fault protection No No No Yes

Neutral protection (N) Model LSI Model LSI Model LSI Model LSI
Cause of trip LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes
3 Magnitude of trip information No No No Yes
3 Remote signal contacts

Programmable contacts
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
2
3 Notes
3 In = Rating plug rating.

Ir = LDPU setting.
3 i Trip units are only used on IEC breakers with earth fault.
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers, continued
3
3
3
Trip Unit Type Digitrip 520i Digitrip 520Mi Digitrip 520MCi Digitrip 1150i+ 1 3
System Monitoring
3
Digital display No 4-Character LCD 4-Character LCD 24-Character LED
Current (%) full scale sensor No Yes +/– 2% Yes +/– 2% Yes +/– 1% 3
Voltage (%) L to L No No No Yes +/– 1%
Power and energy (%) No No No Yes +/– 2% 3
3
Apparent power kVA and demand No No No Yes
Reactive power kVAR No No No Yes
Power factor No No No Yes
3
Crest factor No No No Yes
Power quality—harmonics No No No Yes 3
% THD No No No Yes
System Communications 3
3
Type — — INCOM/PowerNet/Modbus 2/ INCOM/PowerNet/TripLink/
PROFIBUS 2 Modbus 2/PROFIBUS 2
3
Power supply in breaker N/A Optional Standard Standard
Additional Features
Trip log (three events) No No No Yes
3
Electronic operations counter No No No Yes
Testing method 3 Test set Test set Test set Integral and test set 3
Waveform capture No No No Yes
ARMs (Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Mode) No No Yes Yes 4 3
Breaker health monitor
Programmable relay functions
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes 1
3
Notes 3
2 Requires externally mounted MMINT or PMINT module.
3 Test set for secondary injection.
3
3
4 Contact Eaton for availability.
In = Rating plug rating.

Ir = LDPU setting.
i Trip units are only used on IEC breakers with earth fault. 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Power Circuit Breaker
Magnum Options and Accessories

3
Breaker-Mounted Options ● Undervoltage Release ● Mechanical Operations
3 and Accessories (UVR). Trips the breaker Counter. Records
Magnum breakers are when an existing voltage mechanical operations
3 available with a signal is lost or falls below
an established threshold
of the breaker over its
installed life
comprehensive array of
3 factory-installed breaker
options to enable configured-
● Auxiliary Switch. Up to
6a/6b auxiliary individual
● Key Off Lock Provisions.
Enables mounting of a
to-order solutions for
3 specified customer
dedicated contacts are
available for customer use
single cylinder Kirk®,
Castell or Ronis key lock
requirements. Field option to indicate if the breaker is to lock the breaker in the
3 kits are available to provide in the OPEN or CLOSE OPEN position
easy service, modification position ● Latch Check Switch.
3 and customization of the
breaker at the point of use.
● Mechanical Trip Indicator Provides 1 Form C
Flag. The red trip indicator (changeover contact) that Shunt Trip, Spring Release and
3
Undervoltage Release Device Installed
● Shunt Trip device (ST). flag pops out to provide changes state when the on Accessory Deck
Provides for remote local visual indication when breaker is ready to close.
3 electrically controlled the Digitrip RMS trip unit
acts to trip the breaker on
Can be wired to the Spring
Release Device for fast
breaker opening when
an overcurrent condition. transfer applications
3 energized by a rated
voltage input Available in two options: or wired for external
an interlocked version that ready-to-close indication
3 Spring Charge Motor
●
mechanically locks out the
(MOT). Charges the
breaker until the indicator
breaker closing springs
3 automatically, facilitating
is manually reset and a
non-interlocked version for
remote or local closing.
3 The motor assembly
●
indication only.
Bell Alarm/Overcurrent
Auxiliary Switches Come in Modular
2a/2b Contact Stages Providing up to
includes its own cut-off
6a/6b Dedicated Contacts
3 switch that changes state
at the end of the charging
Trip Switch (OTS).
Provides 2 Form C
(changeover) contacts that
3 cycle. This contact can be
wired out for external change state when the
indication Digitrip RMS trip unit acts
3 ● Spring Release device
to trip the breaker on an
overcurrent condition. The Arc Chutes are Easily Removable
(SR). Provides for remote
3 electrically controlled
contacts are available for
external indication or
for Inspection and Access to
Breaker Contacts
breaker closing when its
customer use and are
3 coils are energized by a
rated voltage input
manually reset by the
Mechanical Trip Indicator
3 ● Padlockable Pushbutton
Cover. Permits padlocking
3 hinged cover plates to
block access to the PUSH
3 ON and PUSH OFF buttons
on the breaker faceplate Heel-Toe Contact Design Provides
Mechanical Trip Indicator With Bell
3
Demonstrated Long Life and Includes
Wear Indicator for Visual Inspection Alarm (OTS) Switches Mounted
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Magnum Breaker Control Device Application Guide—Vdc
Breaker Control Device Nominal Voltage 24 Vdc 32 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc
3
Shunt Trip (ST)—Trip Circuit
3
Operational voltage range 70–110% 17–26 Vdc — 34–53 Vdc 42–66 Vdc 77–138 Vdc 154–275 Vdc
Power consumption (inrush) Required for 35 ms 1 250W — 250W 250W 450W 450W 3
Opening time Seconds 35 ms — 35 ms 35 ms 35 ms 35 ms
Spring Release (SR)—Close Circuit 3
Operational voltage range
Power consumption (inrush)
70–110%
Required for 200 ms
17–26 Vdc
250W
—
—
34–53 Vdc
250W
42–66 Vdc
250W
77–138 Vdc
450W
154–275 Vdc
450W
3
Closing time Seconds 40 ms — 40 ms 40 ms 40 ms 40 ms 3
Spring Charge Motor (MOT)
Operational voltage range 85–110% voltage 20–26 Vdc — 41–53 Vdc 51–66 Vdc 94–138 Vdc 187–225 Vdc 3
Amperes (running) Running 12.0A — 5.0A 4.0A 2.0A 1.0A
Amperes (inrush) % of running 300% — 500% 500% 600% 600%
3
Power consumption — 300W — 250W 250W 250W 250W
3
Charging time Seconds 5 sec — 5 sec 5 sec 5 sec 5 sec
Undervoltage Release (UVR) 3
Operational voltage range 85–110% voltage 20–26 Vdc 27–35 Vdc 41–53 Vdc 51–66 Vdc 94–138 Vdc 187–275 Vdc
Dropout voltage range 30–60% voltage 7–14 Vdc 10–19 Vdc 14–29 Vdc 18–36 Vdc 33–75 Vdc 66–150 Vdc 3
3
Power consumption (inrush) Required for 200 ms 250W 275W 275W 275W 450W 450W
Power consumption (continuous) Required for 400 ms 18W 15W 18W 18W 10W 10W
Opening time Seconds 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms
3
Auxiliary Switches
Minimum load contact rating Inductive load 0.5A — 0.5A — 0.5A 0.25A 3
3
Magnum Breaker Control Device Application Guide—Vac
Breaker Control Device Nominal Voltage 120 Vac 240 Vac 415 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 3
Shunt Trip (ST)—Trip Circuit
Operational voltage range 70 –110% 77–140 Vac 146–264 Vac — — —
3
Power consumption (inrush) Required for 35 ms 450 VA 450 VA — — —
3
Opening time Seconds 35 ms 35 ms — — —
Spring Release (SR)—close circuit 3
Operational voltage range 70–110% 77–140 Vac 146–264 Vac — — —
Power consumption (inrush) Required for 200 ms 450 VA 450 VA — — — 3
Closing time
Spring Charge Motor (MOT)
Seconds 40 ms 40 ms — — —
3
Operational voltage range 85–110% voltage 93–140 Vdc 177–264 Vdc — — — 3
Amperes (running) Running 2.0A 1.0A — — —
Amperes (inrush) % of running 600% 600% — — — 3
3
Power consumption — 250 VA 250 VA — — —
Charging time Seconds 5 sec 5 sec — — —
Undervoltage Release (UVR)
3
Operational voltage range 85–110% voltage 94–140 Vac 177–264 Vac 323–457 Vac 408–528 Vac 510–660 Vac
Dropout voltage range 30–60% voltage 33–76 Vac 62–144 Vac 114–249 Vac 144–288 Vac 180–360 Vac 3
Power consumption (inrush) Required for 200 ms 450 VA 400 VA 480 VA 400 VA 400 VA
Power consumption (continuous) Required for 400 ms 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 3
3
Opening time Seconds 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms
Auxiliary Switches
Minimum load contact rating Inductive load 10A 10A — — —
3
Note
1 100% duty shunt trips require power consumption (inrush) for 200 ms. 3
www.comoso.com
Wiring Diagrams
3
3 Typical Magnum Breaker Control Circuit
3 Legend:
LS Limit Switch for Closing Spring
3 MOT Motor for Spring Charging

ST Shunt Trip 1
SR Spring Release Close Open G Open R
3 UVR Undervoltage Release
OTS Overcurrent Trip Switch
3 Description of Operation: B12 B15 B26 B10 B24 A7 A1 A2 A3
3
1 — Motor is energized through
Lever
LS contact.
in Door
2 — Motor runs and charges closing Switch
3 spring.
3 — When closing spring is fully charged, Control
(Draw-
out Only)
a.
LS contacts change state. OTS 1*

3
Power
4 — Close contacts energize SR coil. SR L.S. b. ST a. UVR OTS 2*
5 — When breaker closes, “b” opens.
3 6 — LS contacts change state and motor
recharges closing springs.
MOT
3
B13 B14 B27 B11 B25 A8 A4 A5 A6
3 Notes
* Contacts shown for breaker open (not fully charged),
not tripped.
3 – – – – Dotted line denotes Magnum Breaker.
1 Not needed with 100% duty rated shunt.
3
3 MDSEOBKR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Contents
Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers
Description Page
3
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-2 3
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-11 3
Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers 3
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-28
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-28 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-33
Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34 3
3
Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers 3
Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions 3
Series NRX is a low voltage The Series NRX is a compact Series NRX utilizes several ● Fold-up cassette—with this
power circuit breaker suitable globally certified low voltage innovative technologies: simple design, all items in 3
for UL 1558, UL 891, power (air) circuit breaker. It a cassette are replaceable
Rogowski coil—does not
3
●
and IEC switchgear and is rated for 800 amperes without removing the
switchboards. The compact (UL 1066), 800 and 1200 saturate like iron core cassette from the cell
sensors, and one sensor
size and weight of three-pole
drawout with cassette Series
amperes (UL 489) and 630–
1600 amperes (IEC 60947-2) accommodates 200–1600
●
●
“Arc chute” design
Breaker-mounted racking
3
NRX, see Page V4-T3-33, with an interrupting capacity ampere range. You never
allows for a 24.00 (609.6 mm) of 65 kA with short time have to change a sensor
and CTs are not required
or levering-in device—
Racking device is mounted 3
switchgear enclosure. withstand at 42 kA at the 440/ on the breaker, decreasing
The breaker ratings are:
480 Vac level. ● Tension clamp secondary
terminals—10A continuous the width of the cassette, 3
The Series NRX circuit because the cassette is not
● 800A for UL 1066
breaker provides all the
rating at 600V meets UL/
CSA/RoHS and UL-94 V0. burdened with the cost or 3
● 800A, 1200A for UL 489 capabilities of a power circuit parts of the lev-in
Mounted directly to fixed
● 630–1600A IEC 60947-2 breaker in the compact size breaker or drawout ● Plug-N-Play accessories— 3
from a voltage range of of a molded case breaker. cassette, they reduce No special tools needed.
220–725 Vac It offers you the same
protection and performance
wiring throughout Accessory comes with
plug and wires ready to
3
enclosure and provide
—along with increased
flexibility—at half the size
clean, organized wiring
schemes
install
3
of a typical power circuit The use of these
Breaker-mounted
3
●
breaker. The dimensions and technologies allows Series
communication modules NRX to offer a life of 20,000
design of Series NRX allows —communication modules
up to eight UL 1066 or
UL 489 breakers in a 24-inch
for INCOM™, Modbus®
mechanical operations and
10,000 electrical operations 3
and PROFIBUS mount with a high degree of
(600 mm) wide structure. The
one frame size, regardless
directly to the cassette, reliability. 3
reducing the space and
of ampere rating, reduces
drawing conversion, structure
room required in gear for
communication capability
3
integration time and parts
inventory for several board,
● “Direct Drive”
mechanism—
3
gear and machinery
3
applications. symmetrically loaded
forces of the two-staged
stored energy mechanism
improves robustness, 3
reliability, and achieves
improved breaker
life ratings
3
3
www.comoso.com

3 ● UL 1066 (low voltage AC ● IEC 60947-3 (switches, ● ANSI C37.60 (requirements ● ANSI C37.13 (IEEE®
power circuit breakers disconnectors, switch- for overhead, pad-mounted standard for low voltage
3 used in enclosures) disconnectors and dry-type and submersible AC power circuit breakers
● UL 489 (molded-case fuse-combination units) automatic reclosers and used in enclosures)
3 circuit breakers, molded ● CSA 22.2 (molded-case fault interrupters for ● CCC—China
case switches and circuit circuit breakers, molded AC systems) ● KEMA (&CB)
3 breaker enclosures) case switches and circuit ● ANSI C37.50 (low voltage ● UL 891 (deadfront
● EN 45011 breaker enclosures) AC power circuit breakers switchboard)
3 ● CEI EN 60947 ● ANSI C37.51 (metal- used in enclosures—test
procedures)
● UL 1558 (metal-enclosed
● BS EN 60439-1 Form 4b enclosed low voltage low voltage power circuit
3 ● IEC 60439-1 (low voltage
AC power circuit breaker
switchgear assemblies—
● ANSI C37.17 (for trip
devices for AC and general
breaker switchgear)
switchgear and controlgear
3
conformance test purpose DC low voltage
assemblies) procedures) power circuit breakers)
● IEC 60947-1 (low voltage ANSI C37.20.1 (metal- ANSI C37.16 (low voltage
3
● ●
switchgear and controlgear enclosed low voltage power circuit breakers
—Part 1 general rules) power circuit breaker and AC power circuit
3 ● IEC 60947-2 (low voltage switchgear) protectors—preferred
switchgear and controlgear ratings, related
3 —Part 2 circuit breakers) requirements,
and application
3 recommendations)
3 Reference Information
3 List of Instruction Leaflets and Manuals
3 Description
Publication
Number
3 Instruction Book for Fixed and Drawout Breaker/Cassette MN01301001E

IL Drawout Circuit Breaker and Cassette Rejection Interlocks IL01301006E
3 IL Auxiliary Switch in Right Accessory Tray IL01301007E
IL UVR/ST/OTS in Left Accessory Tray IL01301008E
3 IL Motor Operator IL01301010E
3 IL Spring Release Device and Latch Check Switch

(Numbers 5 and 6 are Combining into one Document)
IL01301010E
3
IL Door Escutcheon and Gasket Kit IL01301012E
IL Drawout Cassette IP 20 Shutters IL01301013E
3 IL Fixed Breaker Arc Hood Kit IL01301014E

IL Fixed Breaker Front/Rear/Cable Connectors IL01301015E
3 IL Drawout Cassette Front/Rear/Cable Connectors IL01301016E
IL Racking Device Levering Device IL01301018E
3 IL Mechanical Pop-Out Indicator and Interlocked Indicator IL01301019E
3 IL Breaker and Cassette Phase Barriers

IL Cassette Rails
IL01301021E
IL01301025E
3 IL Mounting Feet IL01301030E

IL Surface Mount IL01301036E
3 IL Terminal Blocks IL01301037E
IL Modbus Communication Adapter Module IL01301034E
3 IL INCOM Communication Adapter Module IL01301033E
3 IL Digitrip 520 and 520M Manual IL70C1619H01

IL IP55 Cover IL01301038E
3 PROFIBUS Communication Module IL01301035E

IL Kirk Key Lock IL01301039E
3 IL Ronis Key Lock IL01301040E
3
IL Pushbutton Covers IL01301041E
www.comoso.com
3.1
3
Series NRX Type NF-Frame Circuit Breaker (Exclusionary Rules Apply)
3
N S S6 08 3 W 52 8 A B A N 4 X N D X
3
Breaker Frame Size
N = Type NF, 630–1600A, Motor Operator
Spring Release,
Latch Check Switch 3
(70 mm pole spacing)
3
M = Manually operated N = No spring release, no LCS
B = 110–125 Vac E = No spring release, LCS wired external
Standard, Mechanism, Device W = 110–125 Vdc A = 110–127 Vac/dc, no LCS
S = UL 1066, stored energy,
T = 208–250 Vac
P = 220–250 Vdc
B
C
= 110–127 Vac/dc, spring release LCS
= 110–127 Vac/dc, LCS wired external 3
power breaker R = 208–240 Vac/dc, no LCS
L = 24 Vdc
X = UL 489, stored energy,
insulated case breaker
Rating Plug
(Amperes)
H = 48 Vdc
S = 60 Vdc
S
T
= 208–240 Vac/dc, spring release LCS
= 208–240 Vac/dc, LCS wired external
3
E = IEC 60947-2, stored 1 = 200 L = 24 Vdc, no LCS
energy, air breaker 2 = 250
3 = 300
Shunt Trip P = 24 Vdc, spring release LCS 3
Q = 24 Vdc, LCS wired external
N = No shunt trip
3
Fault Current Rating 4 = 400 H = 48 Vdc, no LCS
5 = 500 A = 110–127 Vac/dc
S4 = 42 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC J = 48 Vdc, spring release LCS
6 = 600 R = 208–240 Vac/dc
S5 = 50 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC K = 48 Vdc, LCS wired external
3
7 = 630 L = 24 Vdc
S6 = 65 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC 1 = 60 Vdc, no LCS
8 = 800 H = 48 Vdc
2 = 60 Vdc, spring release LCS
A = 1000 S = 60 Vdc
3 = 60 Vdc, LCS wired external
Frame Rating (Amperes)
07 = 630 (IEC only)
B = 1200
C = 1250
3
08 = 800 D = 1600
10 = 1000 (IEC only) 3
12 = 1200 (UL only) Trip Unit, Power Supply
13 = 1250 (IEC only)
16 = 1600 (On NF: IEC only) SW = Switch—no MCR—42 kA
for IEC and UL 1066 (non-auto)
1B = 150 LSI, with ZSI , 24 Vdc 3
12 = 1150i LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc
Poles, Phasing
22 = 520 LI, no ZSI
52 = 520 LSI, no ZSI
13 = 1150i LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc
1E = 1150 LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 3
3 = Three-pole, ABC 53 = 520 LSI, with ZSI 1F = 1150 LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc
4 = Four-pole, NABC 5G = 520 LSIG, no ZSI
5H = 520 LSIG, with ZSI
1L = 1150 LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc
1M = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc
3
M2 = 520M LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 14 = 1150 LSIGA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc
W = Drawout
Mounting Configuration
M3 = 520M LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc
MA = 520M LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc
15 = 1150 LSIGA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc
1C = 1150 LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
3
B = Fixed mount rear connect, mounting bracket,
3
MB = 520M LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc 1D = 1150 LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
with secondary terminal row MG = 520M LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 16 = 1150i LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
R = Fixed mount rear connect, surface mount, MH = 520M LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc 17 = 1150i LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
3
with secondary terminal row R2 = 520M LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 1J = 1150 LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
T = Fixed mount front connect, surface mount, R3 = 520M LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 1K = 1150 LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
cable connect, with secondary terminal row RA = 520M LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 1R = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
F = Fixed mount front connect, mounting bracket,
bus connect, with secondary terminal row
RB = 520M LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
RG = 520M LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
1S = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
18 = 1150i LSIGA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
3
S = Fixed mount front connect, surface mount, RH = 520M LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
3
19 = 1150i LSIGA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS
bus connect, with secondary terminal row 1A = 1150 LSI, with ZSI , 24 Vdc
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Series NRX Type NF-Frame Circuit Breaker (Exclusionary Rules Apply), continued
3
N S S6 08 3 W 52 8 A B A N 4 X N D X
3
3 UVR, Second Shunt Trip Future Use
N = None X = All product
3 A = 110–125 Vac/dc UVR

R = 220–250 Vac/dc UVR
Trip Indicator
and Bell Alarm
OTS Secondary
Terminal Blocks Drawout Breaker Shipping,
L = 24 Vdc UVR N None None Per breaker options Fixed Breaker Terminals (Door Frame Kit
3 H = 48 Vdc UVR
S = 60 Vdc UVR
X Trip indicator
Z Trip indicator
None
2 Form C
Per breaker options
Per breaker options
ships as standard unless noted otherwise)
G = 32 Vdc UVR D = Drawout (or parent) breaker shipping
3
M Interlock trip indicator None Per breaker options alone, without door frame kit
1 = 110–127 Vac/dc second shunt trip Y Interlock trip indicator 2 Form C Per breaker options
2 = 208–240 Vac/dc second shunt trip C = Drawout breaker in cassette,
1 None None Full complement no shutters, no terminals
4 = 24 Vdc second shunt trip
3 8 = 48 Vdc second shunt trip
9 = 60 Vdc second shunt trip
2 Trip indicator
3 Trip indicator
None
2 Form C
Full complement
Full complement
1 = Drawout breaker in cassette,
no shutters, short vertical/horizontal
4 Interlock trip indicator None Full complement
3
5 Interlock trip indicator 2 Form C Full complement no shutters, long vertical/horizontal
Auxiliary, Switches,
Label Language
3 E = No auxiliary switches,
Padlock
Provisions
Key Lock
Provisions
Operations
Counter
with shutters, short vertical/horizontal
no label (parent) N No None No with shutters, long vertical/horizontal
3 2 = 2 Form C, English
4 = 4 Form C, English
A
B
No
Yes (plastic/plastic)
—
—
Provided
No
no shutters, no terminals
A = Fixed terminal adapters for rear
3
C Yes (plastic/plastic) — Provided
connect, short vertical/horizontal
E = Fixed terminal adapters for rear
3 connect, long vertical/horizontal

F = Fixed terminal adapters for rear
connect, with mounting feet, short
3 vertical/horizontal
H = Fixed terminal adapters for rear
connect, with mounting feet, long
3 vertical/horizontal
3
Series NRX Type NF-Frame Cassette
3
NX 12 3 F A B N S N N N C
3
3 Cassette Family and Breaker Frame Cassette Shipping
NS = UL 1066 N-Frame C = Cassette only
3 NX = UL 489 N-Frame
NE = IEC N-Frame
B = Breaker shipped in cassette
3
Future
Continuous Ampere Range N = None
08 = 800 (UL 1066) Arc Hood
3 12 = 800–1200 (UL 489)
16 = 630–1600 (IEC)
A = Arc hood installed (default) Future
N = None
3 Poles and Phasing
Door Frame Gasket and Rejection Kits
B = Door kit included (default), with rejection kit Secondary Contact Terminals Installed
(Facing Front of Breaker) D = Door kit included, no rejection kit
3 3 = Three-pole ABC
4 = Four-pole NABC
R = Not included, with rejection kit
N
B
= None
= Breaker defined, when breaker ships in cassette
N = Not included, with rejection kit
F = Full complement
3 Load Terminal Connections TOC Switches
C = Common options when cassette ships alone
(Truck Operated Cell)

3
F = With flat tapped pads only Shutters
G = With vertical/horizontal bus adapter kit (short style) N = Not included (default)
H = With front-connected kit N = Not included (default)
S = Included
3 N = No cassette stabs (interunit only)
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
3
Mounting and Load Connection Configurations 3
Rear-Connected Front-Connected
Breaker Breaker Standard Bus

Horizontal/Vertical Adapter Kit
With and Without Cover
Horizontal/Vertical Adapter Kit
With and Without Cover
Cable-Connected
Cable Terminals
3
Type Mechanism Connection Provisions (Kits Shipped Unassembled) (Kits Shipped Unassembled) With Cover
Drawout Breaker Stored energy Finger clusters — — — 3
3
3
Cassette — Rear-connected —
3
pre-drilled bus pads
3
3
3
Fixed Stored energy Rear-connected
pre-drilled bus pads
3
3
3
UL 1066 Ratings 3
Description Rating
Continuous current rating (amperes) 800 3
Short-Circuit Rating (kA)
254 Vac 85
3
508 Vac 65 3
635 Vac 35
Short-time withstand (kA) 1 42 3
UL 489 Ratings
3
Description Rating Rating
3
Continuous current rating (amperes) 800 1200
Short-Circuit Rating (kA) 3
240 Vac 85 85
480 Vac 65 65
3
600 Vac 42 42
3
Short-time withstand (kA) 42 42
3
IEC 60947-2 Ratings
Description Rating Rating Rating 3
Continuous current rating (amperes) 630 and 800 1000 and 1250 1600
3
Short-circuit rating (kA) Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
240/254 Vac 85 50 85 50 85 50 3
415/435 Vac 65 50 65 50 65 50
690/725 Vac 42 42 42 42 42 42 3
3
Short-time withstand = Icw (kA) 42 42 42 42 42 42
Note
1 35 kAIC short-time withstand at 635V level only. All other voltages 42 kAIC short-time withstand.
3
www.comoso.com
Accessory Ratings
3
Shunt Trip
3 Control Operational Voltage Inrush/Continuous Power Opening Time
Voltages Frequency Range 70–110% Consumption (VA) (ms)
3 24 DC 17–26 500/5 25
3 48 DC 34–53 530/5 25
110–127 50–60 Hz 77–140 540/5 25
3 110–125 DC 77–138 540/5 25

208–240 50–60 Hz 146–264 500/5 25
3 220–250 DC 154–275 515/5 25
3
UVR
3 Control Operational Voltage Dropout Volts Inrush/Continuous Power Opening Time
Voltages Frequency Range 85–110% 35–60% Consumption (VA) (ms)
3 24 DC 20–26 8–14 500/5 50
3 32
48
DC
DC
27–35
41–53
11–19
17–29
620/5
850/5
50
50
3 110–127 50–60 Hz 94–140 44–94 890/5 50

110–125 DC 94–138 44–94 890/5 50
3 208–240 50–60 Hz 177–264 84–125 910/5 50
220–250 DC 187–275 88–132 910/5 50
3 380–415 AC 323–457 145–228 960/5 50
3 480 AC 408–528 168–288 800/8 50

600 AC 510–660 210–360 800/12 50
3
3 Spring Release
Control Operational Voltage Inrush Power Closing Time
3 Voltages Frequency Range 70–110% Consumption (VA) (ms)
24 DC 17–26 500 25
3 48 DC 34–53 530 25
110–127 50–60 Hz 77–140 540 25
3 110–125 DC 77–138 540 25
3 208–240
220–250
50–60 Hz
DC
146–264
154–275
500
515
25
25
3
3 OCT/OTS
Control Contact Rating
3 Voltages Frequency (Amperes)
250 50–60 Hz 10
3 125 DC 0.5
250 DC 0.25
3
3 Auxiliary Switch
3
Control Contact Rating
Voltages Frequency (Amperes)
3
250 50–60 Hz 10
125 DC 0.5
3 250 DC 0.25
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Breaker Position/Continuity
Breaker Continuity Between Continuity Between
3
Position Red and Black Lead Pairs Blue and Black Lead Pairs
Open NO 45 and 43
3
NO 46 and 47
3
NO 51 and 49
NO 52 and 53 3
Closed 44 and 43 NO
48 and 47 NO 3
3
50 and 49 NO
54 and 53 NO
3
Motor Operator
Control Operational Voltage Running Current Typical Inrush Power Consumption Maximum Charging
3
Voltages
24
Frequency
DC
Range 85–110%
20–26
(A)
5
Current
500%
(VA)
150
Time (Sec)
3
3
48 DC 41–53 3 500% 150 3 3
110–127 50–60 Hz 94–140 2 300% 280 3
110–125 DC 94–138 1 500% 150 3 3
3
208–240 50–60 Hz 177–264 1 1000% 280 4
220–250 DC 187–275 1 1000% 280 4
3
Control Voltages and Currents
Control Voltages 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110–125 Vdc 110–127 Vac 220–250 Vdc 208–240 Vac
3
Current 3
Close current (inrush) 21 11 5 5 2 2
Shunt trip current (ST)—(inrush/continuous) 21 / .2 11 / .1 5 / .04 5 / .04 2 / .02 2 / .02 3
3
Charge motor current—(inrush/continuous) TBD TBD 5/1 6/2 10 / 1 10 / 1
Operating Voltage Rating
Close 17–26 34–53 77–138 77–140 154–275 146–264
3
Trip 17–26 34–53 77–138 77–140 154–275 146–264
Charge 20–26 41–53 94–138 94–140 187–275 177–264 3
3
Dimensions
Series NRX Three-Pole Drawout with Cassette 3
3
Height Width Depth Lbs (kg)
14.18 (360.2) 10.02 (254.5) 10.68 (271.3) 85.00 (38.59)
3
Fixed Circuit Breaker and Drawout with Cassette
3
Breaker Type Height Width Depth Lbs (kg)
Fixed 3
Three-pole 13.18 (334.8) 8.25 (209.6) 7.15 (181.6) 33.58 (15.23)
Four-pole 13.18 (334.8) 11.00 (279.4) 7.15 (181.6) 44.40 (20.14) 3
Drawout with Cassette
Three-pole 14.18 (360.2) 10.02 (254.5) 10.69 (271.5) 85.20 (38.65)
3
Four-pole 14.18 (360.2) 12.69 (322.3) 10.69 (271.5) 104.00 (47.17) 3
3
www.comoso.com
Contents
3 Type VCP-W/VCP-T Medium Voltage Vacuum Circuit Breaker
Description Page
Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers
3 Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-35
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-35
3 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-36
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-49
3
3 Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers
3 Product Description Application Description
Breakers and structures for IEC Eaton's medium voltage
3 switchgear assemblies: ● T-VAC medium voltage circuit breakers offer the
circuit breakers latest in vacuum technology,
3 ANSI
● VCP-W medium voltage
● 5/15 kV VCP-T (capacitor providing superior control and
protection of medium voltage
switching circuit
3 circuit breakers
● 5/15 kV VCP-W (K>1,
breakers available) power equipment in utility,
industrial, commercial, mining
● Ground and test devices and marine installations. Built
3 K=1, narrow design,
extra-capability and
● Dummy elements in a state-of-the-art ISO®
generator circuit 9002 certified facility, they
VCP-W IEC medium
3
●
breakers available) meet and exceed all ANSI

voltage circuit breakers
and IEC requirements.
● 27 kV and 38 kV (extra- ● 3.6/7.2/12/17.5 kV
3 capability circuit ● 24 kV
Available in drawout
configurations, Eaton’s
breakers available) vacuum circuit breakers
3 ● Ground and test devices OEM Structures are a result of our ongoing
● Dummy elements ● Metal-clad, commitment to research and
3 ● VCP-T medium voltage
compartmented design development, which have
● Barebones resulted in significant
3
circuit breakers breakthrough technologies.
● 5/15 kV VCP-T (capacitor
● Power modules
Each breaker is provided with
switching and magnetic ● Mini modules
3 actuated circuit breakers ● Breaker compartment kits
its unique Quality Assurance
Certificate that documents all
available) tests and inspections
3 ● Ground and test devices performed.
● Dummy elements
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Features, Benefits and Functions Standards and Certifications
● Designed, tested and
3
VCP-W Standard Features VCP-T Standard Features certified in accordance
● Eaton’s maintenance-free ● Small without with ANSI and IEC 3
vacuum interrupters with compromise—significantly standards
visual contact erosion smaller and lighter than ● Applicable ANSI standards 3
indicator comparable breakers C37.04-1979 or 1999,
● Non-sliding/non-rolling ● Grounded steel barrier C37.09-1979 or 1999, 3
V-flex™ current transfer between mechanism and C37.06-2000 and C37.013
●
system
Glass polyester insulation ●
primary conductors
Spring loaded, silver-plated
● Internal arc resistance 3
tested to IEC 298,
● Cycloaliphatic epoxy
insulation (optional with
primary disconnects
(drawout breaker)
Appendix AA,
25 kA for 1 second
3
Type VCPW-SE breakers) for Silver-plated primary
3
● ● Drawout circuit breaker
27 kV and 38 kV breakers connections (fixed fully qualified to IEC 56 by
circuit breaker) testing inside the IEC 298
Front-accessible operating
3
●
mechanism ● Manual charging of switchgear cubicle

closing springs (includes ● IEEE C37.013 and
3
● Electrically operated
trip-free, spring stored shunt trip) amendment C37.013a-2007
energy mechanism ● Integral spring charging
● Interlocks that prevent handle 3
moving a closed circuit ● Auxiliary switch (5a and
breaker into or out of the 5b contacts) 3
connected position ● Mechanical operations
● Closing springs counter 3
automatically discharge ● 24, 48, 125 and 250 Vdc,
before moving the circuit
breaker into or out of the
120 and 240 Vac control 3
● Shunt trip
●
enclosure
Provisions for manual
● ON and OFF pushbuttons 3
charging of closing springs
● Integral lifting hooks
● Manual close and trip
● Through- or behind-door 3
pushbuttons operation
● Operations counter
● Identified/dedicated 3
secondaries
Closing spring charged/
3
●
discharged indicator
● Secondary umbilical cord
(drawout circuit breaker)
3
● Circuit breaker Open/
Closed indicator
● Secondary disconnect
block (fixed circuit breaker)
Auxiliary switch with 2A/3B
3
●
for DC and 1A/3B for AC

● Two-step stored energy
spare contacts mechanism
● Spring charging motor, close
● O–0.3s–CO–15s–CO 3
coil, trip coil, latch check ● Anti-pump
switch and anti-pump relay ● Trip free 3
● Latch check switch
● Visible contact erosion 3
indicator
● Visible contact wipe 3
indicator
● Disconnect, Test and 3
Connect (drawout circuit
breaker) 3
● Integral levering
mechanism (drawout
circuit breaker)
3
● Field-installable accessories
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
3 Please contact your Eaton sales representative for additional product information and to review your specific application and required
product configuration.
3
3
ANSI Standards
3
ANSI Standard Ratings—VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis—
3 Standard Circuit Breakers 1
Circuit Breaker Type
3 Description 50 VCP-WND250 50 VCP-W250 50 VCP-W350

50 VCP-W500
(63 kA) 75 VCP-W500
150 VCP-W1500
150 VCP-W500 150 VCP-W750 150 VCP-W1000 (63 kA)
3 Identification
Nominal voltage class kV 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 7.2 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8
3 Nominal three-phase 250 250 350 — 500 500 750 1000 —
MVA class
3 Rated Values
Voltage
3 Maximum voltage E
kV rms
4.76 4.76 4.76 4.76 8.25 15 15 15 15
3 Voltage range factor K 2 1.24 1.24 1.19 1.00 1.25 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.00
Insulation Level
3 Withstand test voltage
Power frequency (1 min.) 19 19 19 19 36 36 36 36 36
3 kV rms
Impulse kV peak 60 60 60 60 95 95 95 95 95
3 Current
Continuous current at 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
3
60 Hz amperes
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
3 Short-circuit current (at 29 29 41 63 33 18 28 37 63
rated max. kV) I kA rms
3 Interrupting time cycles 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Permissible tripping delay 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 Y seconds
Maximum voltage divided 3.85 3.85 4.0 4.76 6.6 11.5 11.5 11.5 15.0
3 by K E/K kV rms 2
Current Values
3 Maximum symmetrical
interrupting capability 36 36 49 63 41 23 36 48 63
Short-time current K x 1
3 kA rms 2
Closing and latching 97 97 132 170 111 62 97 130 170
3 capability kA peak
Closing and latching 58 58 78 101 66 37 58 77 101
3 momentary capability
Weight Lbs (kg)
3 1200A 345 (157) 350 (159) 460 (209) 525 (238) 375 (170) 350 (159) 350 (159) 460 (209) 525 (238)
2000A 345 (157) 410 (186) 490 (223) 530 (241) 410 (186) 410 (186) 410 (186) 490 (223) 530 (241)
3 3000A 345 (157) 525 (238) 525 (238) 550 (250) 525 (238) 525 (238) 525 (238) 525 (238) 550 (250)
3
Notes
1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), and C37.09-1999.
2 See Consulting Application Guide for further information.
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Extra Capability Breakers 1 3
Description 50 VCP-W25C 50 VCP-W40C 50 VCP-W50C 50 VCP-W63C 75 VCP-W50C 150 VCP-W25C 150 VCP-W40C 150 VCP-W50C 150 VCP-W63C 3
Identification
Nominal voltage class kV 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 7.2 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8
3
Nominal three-phase
MVA class
— — — — — — — — — 3
Rated Values
3
Voltage
Maximum voltage E
kV rms 5.95 5.95 5.95 5.95 10.3 17.5 17.5 17.5 15.0 3
Voltage range factor K 2 1.00
Insulation Level
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3
3
Withstand test voltage
Power frequency (1 min.)
3
kV rms 24 24 24 24 42 42 42 42 42
Impulse kV peak 75 75 75 75 95 95 95 95 95
Current
Continuous current at 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 3
60 Hz amperes
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
3
Short-circuit current (at
rated max. kV) I kA rms 25 40 50 63 50 25 40 50 63
3
Interrupting time cycles 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3
Permissible tripping delay
Y seconds 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23
3
Maximum voltage divided
by K E/K kV rms 2
Current Values
5.95 5.95 5.95 5.95 10.3 17.5 17.5 17.5 15.0
3
Maximum symmetrical
interrupting capability 3
Short-time current K x 1
kA rms 2 25 40 50 63 50 25 40 50 63
3
Closing and latching
capability kA peak
97 139 139 175 139 97 139 139 175
3
momentary capability
Weight Lbs (kg)
58 83 83 104 83 58 83 83 104
3
3
1200A 350 (159) 460 (209) 525 (238) 350 (159) 460 (209) 350 (159) 350 (159) 460 (209) 525 (238)
2000A 410 (186) 490 (223) 530 (241) 410 (186) 490 (223) 410 (186) 410 (186) 490 (223) 530 (241)
3000A 525 (238) 525 (238) 550 (250) 525 (238) 525 (238) 525 (238) 525 (238) 525 (238) 550 (250) 3
Notes
1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), and C37.09-1999. 3
3 Tested for 3 seconds.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3 Generator Breakers (to ANSI C37.013) 1
3
Description 50 VCP-WG50 50 VCP-WG63 50 VCP-WG75 150 VCP-WG50 150 VCP-WG63 150 VCP-WG75
3 Identification
Nominal voltage class kV 4.16 4.16 4.16 13.8 13.8 13.8
3 Nominal three-phase MVA class — — — — — —

Rated Values
3 Voltage
Maximum voltage E kV rms 4.76 4.76 4.76 15.0 15.0 15.0
3 Voltage range factor K 2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Insulation Level
3 Withstand test voltage
Power frequency (1 min.) kV rms 19 19 19 36 36 36
3 Impulse kV peak 60 60 60 95 95 95
3 Current
Continuous current at 60 Hz amperes 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
3
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
3 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000

Short-circuit current (at rated max. kV) kA rms 50 63 75 50 63 75
3 Interrupting time cycles
1200A 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 2000A 3 3 3 3 3 3
3000A 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 4000A 5 5 5 5 5 5
3
Permissible tripping delay Y seconds
1200A 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3
2000A 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3
3 3000A 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3
3 4000A
Maximum voltage divided by K E/K kV rms 2
1
4.76
1
4.76
1
4.76
1
15.0
1
15.0
1
15.0
3 Current Values
Maximum symmetrical interrupting capability
3
Short-time current K x 1 kA rms 2 50 63 75 50 63 75
Closing and latching capability kA peak 137 173 206 137 173 206
3 Closing and latching momentary capability 82 103 123 82 103 123

Weight Lbs (kg)
3 1200A 525 (238) 525 (238) 926 (419) 525 (238) 525 (238) 926 (419)
2000A 530 (241) 530 (241) 936 (424) 530 (241) 530 (241) 936 (424)
3 3000A 550 (250) 550 (250) 946 (429) 550 (250) 550 (250) 946 (429)
4000A 956 (433) 956 (433) 956 (433) 956 (433) 956 (433) 956 (433)
3 Notes
3
1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), C37.09-1999 and C37.013 (including C37.013a-2007).
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1)
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type
3
Identification
Rated Values
50 VCP-W25 50 VCP-W40 50 VCP-W50 50 VCP-W63 75 VCP-W40 75 VCP-W50 150 VCP-W25 150 VCP-W40 150 VCP-W50 150 VCP-W63
3
Maximum voltage (V)
kV rms 4.76 4.76 4.76 4.76 8.25 8.25 15 15 15
15 3
Power frequency Hz 1 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
3
Insulation Level
Power frequency
withstand voltage (1 min.) 3
kV rms 19 19 19 19 36 36 36 36 36 36
Lightning impulse 3
withstand voltage
(1.2 x 50 μs) kV peak 60 60 60 60 95 95 95 95 95 95 3
Continuous current A rms 2 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 j 1200 1200 1200 j
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 j 3
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 j
Short-Circuit Ratings k 3
(Reference C37.04-1999
and C37.06-2009 except as
noted j)
3
3
Symmetrical interrupting
current (I) kA rms sym 3 25 40 50 63 40 50 25 40 50 63
DC component (% DC) 4 50 50 44 55 50 44 50 50 44 55
Asymmetrical interrupting
3
current (It) kA rms asym
total 5 31 49 59 80 49 59 31 49 59 80 3
current (2.6 x I) kA peak 65 104 130 164 104 130 65 104 130 164 3
Short-time withstand
current rms 6 25 40 50 63 40 50 25 40 50 63
3
Transient Recovery
Voltage parameters
are based on TD-4 3
Peak voltage
(E2) = (uc) (kV peak) 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 14 14 28 j, 25.7 25.7 25.7 28 j 3
Time to peak
(T2 = t3 x 1.137) (μsec) 50 50 50 50 59 59 75 75 75 75
3
TRV rise time (t3) (μsec) 44 44 44 44 52 52 66 66 66 66
RRRV = uc/t3 (kV/μsec) 7 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.27 0.27 0.42, 0.39 0.39 0.39 0.42 3
Interrupting time
ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 3
Cycles (60 Hz) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Operating duty (duty cycle) O–0.3s– O–0.3s– O–0.3s– O–0.3s– O–0.3s– O–0.3s– O–0.3s– O–0.3s– O–0.3s– O–0.3s– 3
CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO CO–3m–CO
Mechanical endurance 3
no-load operations 89 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
Notes 3
1 All circuit breakers are tested at 60 Hz, however, they can also be applied at 50 Hz with no de-rating.
2 4000A fan cooled rating is available for 3000A circuit breakers.
3 Because the voltage range factor K=1, the short-time withstand current and the maximum symmetrical interrupting current are equal to the rated symmetrical interrupting current.
3
4 Based on the standard DC time constant of 45 ms (corresponding to X/R of 17 for 60 Hz) and the minimum contact parting time as determined from the minimum opening time plus the assumed
minimum relay time of 1/2 cycle (8.33 ms for 60 Hz).

3
5 The asymmetrical interrupting current, I total, is given by (I ) = I x Sqrt (1 + 2 x %DC x %DC) kA rms asym total.
t
6 Duration of short-time current and maximum permissible tripping delay are both 2 seconds for all circuit breakers listed in this table, as required in C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 and C37.06-2009. 3
7 RRRV can also be calculated as = 1.137 x E /T .
2 2
8 Each operation consists of one closing plus one opening.
9 All 40 and 50 kA circuit breakers exceed required 5000 no-load operations; all 63 kA circuit breakers exceed the required 2000 no-load ANSI operations.
3
3
j These circuit breakers were tested to the preferred TRV ratings specified in C37.06-2000.
3
3
www.comoso.com
Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1), continued
3 Drawout Circuit Breaker Type
3 Identification
Capacitance Current
50 VCP-W25 50 VCP-W40 50 VCP-W50 50 VCP-W63 75 VCP-W40 75 VCP-W50 150 VCP-W25 150 VCP-W40 150 VCP-W50 150 VCP-W63
3 Switching Capability
(Reference C37.04a-2003,
C37.06-2009 and C37.09a-
3 2005)
Cable-charging current
Class C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
3 A rms 3–10 3–10 3–10 7.5–25 7.5–25 7.5–25 7.5–25 7.5–25 7.5–25 7.5–25
3 Isolated shunt capacitor

bank current
Class C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2, C2, C1 C2, C2, C1 C2, C2, C1 C2
3 A rms
1200A 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630
3 2000A 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000
3000A 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600
3 Back-to-Back
Capacitor Switching
3 Capacitor bank current
Class C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2, C2, C1 C2, C2, C1 C2, C2, C1 C2
3 A rms
1200A 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630 75–630
3 2000A 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000
3000A 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600
3 Inrush current kA peak 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Inrush frequency kHz
3 1200A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
2000A 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
3 3000A 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Out-of-Phase Switching
3 Voltage = 1.44 x V (kV rms) 7 7 7 7 12 12 22 22 22 22
Current = 0.25 x I (kA rms) 6.3 10 12.5 15.8 10 12.5 6.3 10 12.5 15.8
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
VCP-W Vacuum Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis 1
3
Identification
270 VCP-W750 270 VCP-W1000 270 VCP-W1250 270 VCP-W1600 270 VCP-W2000 270 VCP-W25C 270 VCP-W32C 270 VCP-W40C
3
Nominal voltage class kV 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 3
Nominal three-phase MVA class 750 1000 1250 1600 2000 — — —
Rated Values 3
3
Voltage
Maximum voltage E kV rms 27 2 27 2 27 2 27 2 27 2 27 27 27
Voltage range factor K3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Insulation Level 3
Withstand test voltage
Power frequency (1 min.) kV rms 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 3
3
Impulse kV peak 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125
Current
3
Continuous current at 60 Hz amperes 600 600 600 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
1200 1200 1200 2000 2000 1600 1600 1600
2000 2000 2000 — — — — —
3
Short-circuit current (at rated 16 22 25 25 40 25 7 31.5 8 40 9
maximum kV) 45
Interrupting time ms (cycles) 83 (5) 6 83 (5) 6 83 (5) 6 83 (5) 6 83 (5) 6 50 (3) 50 (3) 50 (3)
3
Maximum permissible tripping delay
Y seconds
2 2 2 2 2 2.5 1.6 1.0 3
Transient recovery voltage
E2 kV peak 51 51 51 51 51 50 50 50
3
T2 μs 105 105 105 105 105 50 50 50
3
Current Values
Closing and latching capability
(2.6 K times rated short-circuit current)
43 60 68 85 106 85 100 112
3
kA peak
Capacitor switching cable 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 3
charging amperes
Weight Lbs (kg) 3
600A 460 (209) 460 (209) 460 (209) 545 (247) 545 (247) 545 (247) 545 (247) 545 (247)
1200A 480 (218) 480 (218) 480 (218) 560 (254) 600 (272) 560 (254) 560 (254) 560 (254) 3
2000A 500 (227) 500 (227) 500 (227) — — — — —
Notes
3
1 CESI tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04, C37.09 and C37.06. Consult Eaton for CESI copies of test reports on file. Operating duty cycle CO-15 seconds-CO.
Operating time values: Opening 33–55 ms, closing 50–60 ms and reclosing 18 cycles (300 ms). 3
2 Tested at 28.5 kV.
3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI.
4 Also maximum interrupting rating and short-time current rating.
3
5 Duration of short-time current = 3 seconds, except as noted in footnotes 7, 8 and 9.
6 Optional interrupting time of 50 ms (3 cycles) is available.
3
3
7 Duration of short-time current = 2.5 seconds.
8 Duration of short-time current = 1.6 seconds.
9 Duration of short-time current = 1 second.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings

3
Type VCP-W Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis 12
3 Circuit Breaker Type
3
380 VCP-W 6 and 380 VCP-W 25 and 380 VCP-W 32 and 380 VCP-W 21 and 380 VCP-W 40 and
Identification 380 VCP-WR 16 380 VCP-WR 25 380 VCP-WR 32 380 VCP-WR 21 380 VCP-WR 40
3
Rated Values
Voltage
Nominal voltage class kV rms 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5
3 Maximum voltage V kV rms 38 38 38 38 38
3 Voltage range factor K 3

V/K 3 kV rms
1
38
1
38
1
38
1.65 8
23 8
1
38
3 Insulation Level Withstand Test

Power frequency (1 minute) kV rms 80 80 80 80 80
3 Lightning impulse 1.2 x 50 4 kV peak 170 170 170 170 170

Current
3 Continuous current at 60 Hz 5 A rms 600 600 600 1200 1200
1200 1200 1200 2000 2000
3 1600 1600 1600 3000FC 3000FC
2000 2000 2000 2500 2500
3 — — 3000FC — —
3 Short-Circuit Current
— — 2500 — —
3
Sym. interrupting at V (Isc) kA rms 16 25 31.5 21 40
% DC component (Idc) 47 47 47 47 47
3 Asym. factor S (ref.) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms total 19.2 30.0 37.8 39.5 48.0
3 Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (Kxlsc) 3 kA rms 16 25 31.5 35 8 40
Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (SxKxlsc) 3 kA rms total 19.3 30.0 37.8 42.0 48.0
3 Closing and latching capability kA peak 43 68 85 95 107
3 Momentary current withstand capability kA rms total

Short-time current kA rms
26
16
40
25
50
31.5
56
35
63
40
3 Duration of short-time current s 3 3 3 3 3

Operating duty (duty cycle) 9j 9j 9j (2500 only 9k) 9j (2500 only 9k) 9k
3 Rated reclosing factor (R) % 100 100 100 (2500 only 0%) 100 (2500 only 0%) 100
Interrupting time 6
3 rms 83 83 83 83 83
Cycle 5 5 5 5 5
3 Maximum permissible tripping delay sec. 2 2 2 2 2
3 Transient recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs

Mechanical endurance 7
0.6
2000
0.6
2000
0.6
2000
0.6
2000
0.6
2000
3 Notes
1 KEMA tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04-1979, C37.09-1979 and C37.06-1979 (operating duty sequence CO–15s–CO). Typical operating time values: operating 45 ms, closing 75 ms
3 and reclosing 300 ms (18 cycles).

2 The standard breaker is not rated for capacitor switching. If you require capacitor switching, please refer to the “C” breakers.
3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI. Refer to the Consulting Application Guide for more information.
3 4 The ANSI C37.06 standard requires 150 kV BIL. If higher BIL levels are required, please refer to the “C” breakers.
5 For forced air cooled fixed breaker applications, consult Eaton.
3 6 If you require 50 ms (3 cycle) interrupting time, please refer to the “C” breakers.
7 No-load operations.
3
8 At 23 kV rms (rated maximum voltage/K). Rated maximum symmetrical interrupting capability = 35 kA rms (K x 1).
9 CO–15s–CO.
j Rated and tested also for rapid reclosing capability O–0.3s–CO.
3 k Not rated for rapid reclosing.
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Type VCP-WC Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings
3
Type VCP-WC Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis 12
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type 3
3
380 VCP-W 16C and 380 VCP-W 25C and 380 VCP-W 32C and 380 VCP-W 21C and 380 VCP-W 40C and
Identification 380 VCP-WR 16C 380 VCP-WR 25C 380 VCP-WR 32C 380 VCP-WR 21C 380 VCP-WR 40C
3
Rated Values
Voltage
Nominal voltage class kV rms 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5
Maximum voltage V kV rms 38 38 38 38 38 3
K3
3
Voltage range factor 1 1 1 1.65 8 1
V/K 3 kV rms 38 38 38 23 8 38
Insulation Level Withstand Test
Power frequency (1 minute) kV rms 80 80 80 80 80
3
Lightning impulse 1.2 x 50 μs 4 kV peak 170 170 170 170 170
3
Current
Continuous current at 60 Hz 5 A rms 600 600 600 1200 1200
3
1200 1200 1200 2000 2000
1600 1600 1600 3000FC 3000FC 3
2000 2000 2000 2500 2500
— — 3000FC — — 3
Short-Circuit Current
— — 2500 — —
3
3
Sym. interrupting at V (Isc) kA rms 16 25 33.1 21 40
% DC component (Idc) 75 65 57 52 63
Asym. factor S (ref.)
Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms total
1.46
23.3
1.36
34.0
1.3
42.5
1.24
26.1
1.34
53.5
3
Maximum sym. interrupting at V/K (Kxlsc) 3 kA rms
3
16 25 33.1 35 8 40
3
Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (SxKxlsc) kA rms total 23.3 34.0 42.5 43.4 53.5
Closing and latching capability kA peak 50 75 91 102 107 3
Momentary current withstand capability kA rms total 30 44 54 60 65
Short-time current kA rms 16 25 31.5 35 40 3
Duration of short-time current s 3.09 3.09 3.09 3.21 3.04
Operating duty (duty cycle) 9j 9j 9j (2500A k) 9j (2500A k) 9k 3
Rapid reclosing factor (R) %
Interrupting time 6
100 100 100 (2500A N/A) 100 (2500A N/A) —
3
rms 50 50 50 50 50
Cycles 3 3 3 3 3
3
Maximum permissible tripping delay sec.
Transient recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs
2
0.7
2
0.7
2
0.7
2
0.7
2
—
3
1.3 1.3 0.7 1.3 —
3
— — 0.7 1.3 —
— — 1.3 0.7 — 3
— — 1.3 — —
— — 0.7 — — 3
Notes
1 KEMA tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04-1979, C37.09-1979 and C37.06-1979 (operating duty sequence CO–15s–CO). Typical operating time values: operating 45 ms, closing 75 ms 3
and reclosing 300 ms (18 cycles).
2 The standard breaker is not rated for capacitor switching. If you require capacitor switching, please refer to the “C” breakers.
3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI. Refer to the Consulting Application Guide for more information.
3
4 The ANSI C37.06 standard requires 150 kV BIL. If higher BIL levels are required, please refer to the “C” breakers.
5 For forced air cooled fixed breaker applications, consult Eaton.
3
6 If you require 50 ms (3 cycle) interrupting time, please refer to the “C” breakers.
7 No-load operations. 3
8 At 23 kV rms (rated maximum voltage/K). Rated maximum symmetrical interrupting capability = 35 kA rms (K x 1).
9 CO–15s–CO.
j Rated and tested also for rapid reclosing capability O–0.3s–CO.
3
3
k Not rated for rapid reclosing.
www.comoso.com
Type VCP-WC Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings

3
Type VCP-WC Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, continued12
3 Drawout Circuit Breaker Type
3
380 VCP-W 16C and 380 VCP-W 25C and 380 VCP-W 32C and 380 VCP-W 21C and 380 VCP-W 40C and
Identification 380 VCP-WR 16C 380 VCP-WR 25C 380 VCP-WR 32C 380 VCP-WR 21C 380 VCP-WR 40C
3
Capacitor Switching Ratings
Definite Purpose
Overhead line current A rms 5 5 5 (2500A N/A) 5 (2500A N/A) —
3 Isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms 250 250 250 250 —
3 250 and 1000 (2000A) 250 and 1000 (2000A) 250 and 1000 (2000A
and 3000FC)
250 and 1000 (2000A
and 3000FC)
—
(2500 N/A) (2500 N/A)

3 Definite Purpose—Back-to-Back Capacitor Switching
Cable charging current A rms 56 56 53 53 53
3 Capacitor bank current A rms 250 250 250 250 —
250 and 1000 (200A) 250 and 1000 (200A) 250 and 1000 (2000A 250 and 1000 (2000A —
3 and 3000FC) and 3000FC)
(2500 N/A) (2500 N/A)
3 Inrush current kA peak 20 20 20 20 —

20 and 20 (2000A) 20 and 20 (2000A) 20 and 20 (2000A and 20 and 20 (2000A and —
3 3000FC)
(2500 N/A)
3000FC)
(2500 N/A)
3 Inrush frequency kHz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 —

5 and 5 (2000A) 5 and 5 (2000A) 5 and 5 (2000A and 5 and 5 (2000A and —
3 3000FC)
(2500 N/A)
3000FC)
(2500 N/A)
3 Mechanical endurance (no-load operations) 7 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
IEC Standards
3
IEC Standards 1—VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis
Identification Rated Values 3
3
Insulation Level Short-Circuit Breaking
Power Impulse Normal Current and 3-Second Short-Circuit Cable Charging
Circuit Breaker Voltage Frequency Withstand Current Short-Time Current Making Current Breaking Current Weight
Type kV rms kV rms Peak kV Peak Amperes kA rms kV Peak Amperes Lbs (kg) 3
36 VCP-WND25 3.6 10 40 630 25 65 10 350 (159)
3.6 10 40 1250 25 65 10 350 (159)
3
36 VCP-WND32 3.6 10 40 630 31.5 82 10 350 (159)
3
3.6 10 40 1250 31.5 82 10 350 (159)
72 VCP-WND25 7.2 20 60 630 25 65 10 350 (159) 3
7.2 20 60 1250 25 65 10 350 (159)
72 VCP-WND32 7.2 20 60 630 31.5 82 10 350 (159) 3
3
7.2 20 60 1250 31.5 82 10 350 (159)
36 VCP-W25 3.6 10 40 630 25 65 10 414 (188)
3.6 10 40 1250 25 65 10 430 (195)
3
3.6 10 40 2000 25 65 10 496 (225)
36 VCP-W32 3.6 10 40 1250 31.5 82 10 414 (188) 3
3.6 10 40 2000 31.5 82 10 496 (225)
36 VCP-W40 3.6 10 40 1250 40 104 10 496 (225) 3
72 VCP-W25
3.6
7.2
10
20
40
60
2000
630
40
25
104
65
10
10
550 (250)
414 (188)
3
7.2 20 60 1250 25 65 10 414 (188) 3
7.2 20 60 2000 25 65 10 496 (225)
72 VCP-W32 7.2 20 60 1250 31.5 82 10 414 (188) 3
7.2 20 60 2000 31.5 82 10 430 (195)
72 VCP-W40 7.2 20 60 1250 40 104 10 430 (195)
3
7.2 20 60 2000 40 104 10 496 (225)
3
120 VCP-W25 12.0 28 75 630 25 65 25 430 (195)
12.0 28 75 1250 25 65 25 496 (225) 3
12.0 28 75 2000 25 65 25 496 (225)
120 VCP-W32 12.0 28 75 1250 31.5 82 25 430 (195) 3
3
12.0 28 75 2000 31.5 82 25 496 (225)
120 VCP-W40 12.0 28 75 1250 40 104 25 496 (225)
12.0 28 75 2000 40 104 25 550 (250)
3
175 VCP-W25 17.5 38 95 630 25 65 — 430 (195)
17.5 38 95 1250 25 65 — 496 (225) 3
17.5 38 95 2000 25 65 — 496 (225)
175 VCP-W32 17.5 38 95 1250 31.5 82 — 430 (195) 3
175 VCP-W40
17.5
17.5
38
38
95
95
2000
1250
31.5
40
82
104
—
—
496 (225)
496 (225)
3
17.5 38 95 2000 40 104 — 550 (250) 3
175 VCP-W50 17.5 38 95 1250 50 130 — 1013 (460)
17.5 38 95 2000 50 130 — 1079 (490) 3
17.5 38 95 3150 50 130 — 1156 (525)
Note
3
3
1 IEC Standards 60056 and 60694 apply.
3
3
www.comoso.com
3
ANSI Standard Ratings—VCP-T and VCP-TR Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to ANSI C37.04 and C37.09)
3 Identification Rated Values
3
Insulation Level
Circuit Voltage Power Impulse Continuous Short-Circuit 3 Short-Circuit Mechanical
Breaker Class Frequency Withstand Current Breaking Current Making Current Endurance C–0
3 Type kV rms kV rms kV Peak Amperes kA rms kA Peak Operations
50 VCP-T16 4.76 19 60 600 16 42 20,000
3 and
4.76 19 60 800 16 42 20,000
50 VCP-TR16
3 4.76 19 60 1200 16 42 10,000

4.76 19 60 1600 2 16 42 10,000
3 50 VCP-T20
and
4.6 19 60 600 16 52 10,000
4.6 19 60 800 16 52 10,000
3
50 VCP-TR20
4.6 19 60 1200 16 52 10,000
3
4.6 19 60 1600 2 16 52 10,000
50 VCP-T25 4.76 19 60 600 25 65 10,000
and
3 50 VCP-TR25 4.76 19 60 800 25 65 10,000
4.76 19 60 1200 25 65 10,000
3 4.76 19 60 1600 2 25 65 10,000
75 VCP-T16 8.25 20 60 1 600 16 42 20,000
3 and
75 VCP-TR16
8.25 20 60 1 800 16 42 20,000
3 8.25
8.25
20
20
60 1
60 1
1200
1600 2
16
16
42
42
10,000
10,000
3 75 VCP-T20
and
8.25 20 60 1 600 20 52 10,000
8.25 20 60 1 800 20 52 10,000
75 VCP-TR20
3 8.25 20 60 1 1200 20 52 10,000
8.25 20 60 1 1600 2 20 52 10,000
3 75 VCP-T25 8.25 20 60 1 600 25 65 10,000
and
3 75 VCP-TR25 8.25 20 60 1 800 25 65 10,000
8.25 20 60 1 1200 25 65 10,000
3 8.25 20 60 1 1600 2 25 65 10,000

150 VCP-T16 15 36 95 600 16 42 10,000
3 and
150 VCP-TR16
15 36 95 800 16 42 10,000
3
15 36 95 1200 16 42 10,000
15 36 95 1600 2 16 42 10,000
3 150 VCP-T20
and
15 36 95 600 20 52 10,000
15 36 95 800 20 52 10,000
150 VCP-TR20
3 15 36 95 1200 20 52 10,000
15 36 95 1600 2 20 52 10,000
3 150 VCP-T25 15 36 95 600 25 65 10,000
and
3 150 VCP-TR25
15
15
36
36
95
95
800
1200
25
25
65
65
10,000
10,000
3 15 36 95 1600 2 25 65 10,000
Notes
3 1 Use 15 kV breaker and cassette when 95 kV impulse withstand required.
2 1600A VCP-T breaker available.
3 3 Also 2 second short-time current rating.
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
3
ANSI Standard Ratings—VCP-TL/VCP-TRL Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to ANSI C37.04 and C37.09)
Identification Rated Values 3
3
Rated Insulation Level Short-Circuit Short-Circuit Mechanical Approx.
Circuit Maximum Power Impulse Continuous Breaking Making Endurance 3 Weight
Breaker Voltage Frequency Withstand Current Current 2 Current C–O Fix/Drawout
Type 1 kV rms kV rms kV Peak Amperes kA rms kA Peak Operations (Pounds) 3
50 VCP-TL16 4.76 19 60 600 16 42 100,000 153/232
and
1200 16 42 100,000 155/234
3
50 VCP-TRL16
3
1600 4 16 42 100,000 157/NA
50 VCP-TL20 4.76 19 60 600 20 52 100,000 159/237
and
50 VCP-TRL20
1200 20 52 100,000 161/239 3
1600 4 20 52 100,000 163/NA
50 VCP-TL25 4.76 19 60 600 25 65 100,000 166/243 3
and
3
1200 25 65 100,000 168/245
50 VCP-TRL25
1600 4 25 65 100,000 170/NA
75 VCP-TL16
and
8.25 20 75 5 600 16 42 100,000 155/232
3
1200 16 42 100,000 157/234
75 VCP-TRL16
1600 4 16 42 100,000 159/NA 3
75 VCP-TL20 8.25 20 75 5 600 20 52 100,000 161/239
and
75 VCP-TRL20
1200 20 52 100,000 161/241 3
75 VCP-TL25 8.25 20 75 5
1600 4
600
20
25
52
65
100,000
100,000
163/NA
166/245
3
3
and
1200 25 65 100,000 168/247
75 VCP-TRL25
1600 4 25 65 100,000 170/NA
150 VCP-TL16 15 36 95 600 16 42 100,000 155/234 3
and
1200 16 42 100,000 157/237
150 VCP-TRL16
1600 4 16 42 100,000 159/NA
3
150 VCP-TL20
and
15 36 95 600 20 52 100,000 161/239
3
150 VCP-TRL20 1200 20 52 100,000 163/241
1600 4 20 52 100,000 166/NA 3
150 VCP-TL25 15 36 95 600 25 65 100,000 168/245
and
150 VCP-TRL25
1200 25 65 100,000 170/247 3
3
1600 4 25 65 100,000 172/NA
Notes
1 Independent shunt trips are available for use with traditional protective relaying schemes.
2 Also 2-second short-time current rating.
3
3
3 Operating mechanism up to 100,000 operations, vacuum interrupter 30,000.
4 1600A available as fixed VCP-TRL/VCP-TRLC circuit breaker only.
5 Use 15 kV breaker and cassette when impulse withstand >75 kV is required.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3
IEC Standard Ratings—T-VAC and T-VACR Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to IEC 62271-100)
3 Identification Rated Values
3
Insulation Level
Circuit Voltage Power Frequency Lightning Impulse (Uw) Normal Short-Circuit 3 Short-Circuit Mechanical
Breaker Class Withstand Voltage Withstand Voltage Current (In) Breaking Current Making Current Endurance C–0
3 Type kV rms kV rms kV Peak Amperes kA rms kA Peak Operations
72 T-VAC16 7.2 20 60 630 16 40 20,000
3 and
7.2 20 60 800 16 40 20,000
72 T-VACR16
3 7.2 20 60 1250 16 40 10,000

7.2 20 60 1600 2 16 40 10,000
3 72 T-VAC20
and
7.2 20 60 630 20 50 10,000
7.2 20 60 800 20 50 10,000
3
72 T-VACR20
7.2 20 60 1250 20 50 10,000
3
7.2 20 60 1600 2 20 50 10,000
72 T-VAC25 7.2 20 60 630 25 63 10,000
and
3 72 T-VACR25 7.2 20 60 800 25 63 10,000
7.2 20 60 1250 25 63 10,000
3 7.2 20 60 1600 2 25 63 10,000
120 T-VAC16 12 28 75 1 630 16 40 20,000
3 and
120 T-VACR16
12 28 75 1 800 16 40 20,000
3 12
12
28
28
75 1
75 1
1250
1600 2
16
16
40
40
10,000
10,000
3 120 T-VAC20
and
12 28 75 1 630 20 50 10,000
12 28 75 1 800 20 50 10,000
120 T-VACR20
3 12 28 75 1 1250 20 50 10,000
12 28 75 1 1600 2 20 50 10,000
3 120 T-VAC25 12 28 75 1 630 25 63 10,000
and
3 120 T-VAC25 12 28 75 1 800 25 63 10,000
12 28 75 1 1250 25 63 10,000
3 12 28 75 1 1600 2 25 63 10,000
175 T-VAC16 17.5 38 95 630 16 40 10,000
3 and
175 T-VACR16
17.5 38 95 800 16 40 10,000
3
17.5 38 95 1250 16 40 10,000
17.5 38 95 1600 2 16 40 10,000
3 175 T-VAC20
and
17.5 38 95 630 20 50 10,000
17.5 38 95 800 20 50 10,000
175 T-VACR20
3 17.5 38 95 1250 20 50 10,000
17.5 38 95 1600 2 20 50 10,000
3 175 T-VAC25 17.5 38 95 630 25 63 10,000
and
3 175 T-VACR25
17.5
17.5
38
38
95
95
800
1250
25
25
63
63
10,000
10,000
3 17.5 38 95 1600 2 25 63 10,000
Notes
3 1 Use 17.5 kV breaker and cassette when 95 kV impulse withstand required.
2 1600A T-VAC breaker available.
3 3 Also 3-second short-time current rating.
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.1
Dimensions
3
3
3
3
3
3
Type VCP-W Circuit Breaker
Shown from Rear
Type VCP-W Circuit Breaker
with Deadfront Panel Removed
Mini Module 3
3
5/15 kV VCPW-ND and VCP-W Power Modules
3
Power Module, 5/15 kV VCPW-ND 26.00 (660.4) Wide, VCP-W 36.00 (914.4) Wide
3
16.62
Auxiliary
(422.1)
3
Drawer in
Shutter
Withdrawn
Position Auxiliary 3
Drawer in
Connected
Position Main Bus 3
Window
3
Shutter
3
3
3
95.00
28.50 18.00 1 Breaker in (2413.0)
(723.9) (457.2) Operating or
53.56
(1360.4)
8.06
(204.7)
Connected Position
C.T. Barrier 3
76.94 Breaker in 3
(1954.3) Withdraw
Position 3
Top of
Rail Rolling Shutter 3
Service
3
5.38 Removable Breaker in Test or
3
(136.7)
3
Breaker Disconnected Position
Extension Rails
3
27.75 50.00
(704.9) (1270.0)
66.00
(1676.4) 3
Note
1 VCPW-ND dimensions of breaker travel 15.00 (381.0). 3
3
3
www.comoso.com

3
5/15 kV VCPW-ND and VCP-W Mini Modules
3
5 kV VCPW-ND Mini Module 25.88 (657.4) Wide
3
3.62 4.41
3 (91.9) (112.0)
30.38
3 (771.7)
Upper C.T.
3
Mounting Plate
Breaker Lifting
Yoke Opening C.T. Barrier
3 Breaker in
Contact
600V Class
Withdrawn Current 40.62
Breaker
3 Position Fingers Transformer 1 (1031.7)
Travel
3
6.94
(176.2)
Breaker Front Cover
Breaker in Operating Position
3 Top of Rail
Rolling
Front
Cover Lower C.T.
Mounting Plate Shutter
in Test
3 Surface
Position
3 5.38
(136.7)
3 Removable Breaker
Extension Rails
3 34.00 44.25
(863.6) (1123.9)
3
5/15 kV VCP-W Mini Module
3
3 5/15 kV VCP-W Mini-Module 35.88 (911.4) Wide
Breaker Front Cover 3.05
3 in Operating Position (77.5)
3 29.81
(757.2)
3 Breaker Lifting C.T. Barrier
Yoke Opening
3 600V Class
Current
Breaker in
Transformer 1
3 Withdrawn 40.62
Position (1031.7)
9.94
3 (252.5)
Breaker
Travel
3 Top of Rail Breaker Front Cover
Rolling in Test Position
3 Surface
3 5.38
(136.7)
3 Removable Breaker
3
Extension Rails
34.00 44.25
3 (863.6) (1123.9)
Note
3 1 Current transformers not supplied.
www.comoso.com
Medium Voltage Power Contactors
3.2
Contents
Description Page
3
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-52 3
SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A . . . . . . V4-T3-53
SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-62 3
SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-66
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Product Overview 3
Voltage Class Altitude Control Voltage 3
Eaton’s SL Medium Voltage 7.2 kV/160–400A SL Control coil voltage should
Vacuum Contactors are Contactors are capable of be selectable in the field. 3
designed to operate at operating in virtually any Standard voltages available
voltages from 2200 to
15,000V, depending on
altitude range. Three versions
are offered in Standard,
should be 120/60, 110/50,
240/60, 220/50 and 125 Vdc.
3
contactor type. Typical
system voltages are 2400,
High and Low altitude
configurations. No de-rating
Coil should pickup at 80% of
rated coil voltage and dropout 3
3300, 4160 and 6600V for is necessary for proper not sooner than 60% of rated
7.2 kV contactors and 10,000, operation. Altitude coil voltage. Opening time 3
11,000, 13,200 and 13,800V designations are listed in should be field selectable
for 15 kV contactors. the table below. within the range of 30 ms–
330 ms for 7.2 kV/160–400A
3
Altitude and 50–330 ms for 15 kV/
250A. Opening time for
3
Altitude Low Standard High
7.2 kV/800A must be
7.2 kV/160–400A specified at order entry and 3
can be either 130 ms, 250 ms
3
Feet –11,500 –3300 +6600
to to to or 330 ms.
–3300 +6600 +13,100
Meters –3500 –1000 +2000 3
to to to
–1000 +2000
7.2 kV/800A and 15 kV/250A
+4000
3
Feet N/A –3300
to
+11,800
to
3
+11,800 +16,000
Meters N/A –1000 +3600
3
to to
+3600 +4900 3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com

3
3 Power Contactors
3 SL N 01 2 S 5 A - 22 0
3 SL Contactor Series Mechanical Latch
3 Design
7.2 kV/160–400A
(Coil Voltage)
7.2 kV/800A
15 kV/250A
(Coil Voltage)
3 N = NEMA
C = IEC 0 = None 0 = None
1 = 24 Vdc 1 = 24 Vdc
3 Type
2 = 32 Vdc
3 = 48 Vdc
3 = 48 Vdc
4 = 110 (50/60)
01 = 7.2 kV Contactor 4 = 110/50,120/60 or 125 Vdc 5 = 220 (50/60)
3 03 = 15 kV Contactor 5 = 220/50, 240/60 6 = 96–125 Vdc
3 Ampere Rating Auxiliary Contacts
1 = 160 7.2 kV/160–400A 7.2 kV/800A

3 2 = 7.2 kV/200, 15 kV/250
3 = 360
15 kV/250A
22 = 2NO, 2NC 22 = 2NO, 2NC
3
4 = 400 28 = 2NO, 8NC
8 = 800 37 = 3NO, 7NC
46 = 4NO, 6NC
3 Altitude 55 = 5NO, 5NC
64 = 6NO, 4NC
7.2 kV/160–400A 7.2 kV/800A 73 = 7NO, 3NC
3 15 kV/250A 82 = 8NO, 2NC
S = Standard –3281 to +6562 ft S = Standard –3281 to +11,811 ft
3 (–1000 to +2000m)
L = Low –11,483 to –3281 ft
(–1000 to +3600m)
H = High +11,811 to +16,076 ft
Coil Voltage
(–3500 to –1000m) (+3600 to +4900m) A = 120/60

3 H = High +6562 to +13,123 ft
(+2000 to +4000m)
B = 240/60
S = 125 Vdc
U = 110/50
3 W = 220/50
3 Coil Dropout Time

7.2 kV/160–400A 7.2 kV/800A
3 15 kV/250A
5 = 30 ms 6 = 50 ms (15 kV/250A only)
3 6 = 50 ms
7 = 130 ms
7 = 130 ms
8 = 250 ms (250A); 200 ms (800A)
8 = 250 ms 9 = 330 ms
3 9 = 330 ms
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
Contents
SL 7.2 kV/160–400A Medium Voltage Contactor
Description Page
3
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-51 3
SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-55 3
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-55 3
Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-59 3
3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-60
SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-62
SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A. . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-66
3
3
3
3
SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A 3
Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions 3
● A single family of ● Long life—300,000 Easy-to-Install Option Kits
contactors for any medium Eaton’s SL Medium Voltage
Contactor starting applications:
electrical and over 2 million (Field Addition) 3
voltage control application. mechanical ● Up to six extra auxiliary
Squirrel-cage induction
3
●
Voltage range of 2200– ● Mounting flexibility—panel contacts
7200V motors or pedestal mounting ● Mechanical latch—many
Synchronous motors
3
●
● Ampere ratings from provisions are standard. coil voltages
160–400A with induction ● Wound-rotor Unit can be mounted in
motor horsepower ranges horizontal or vertical
3
Long Life Guarantees
from 600–5500 hp Fully applicable to: position High Quality
● Three different altitude ● Full voltage starting ● Field-selectable settings ● 300,000 electrical
versions ● Reduced voltage starting for coil voltage, AC/DC, operations 3
● Leading-edge vacuum and coil dropout time ● 2.5 million mechanical
technology The perfect choice for harsh ● Field kits available for operations 3
● Fully complies with global duty applications: auxiliary contacts and
standards ● Mining mechanical latch. 3
● Pulp and paper Accessories are common
● HVAC
for all sizes
3
● Special ordering allows unit
● Petrochemical
● Automotive
to be factory pre-set to
customer specification,
3
● Many others including field kit
installation 3
● Highest quality available—
all contactors manufactured 3
within state-of-the-art
“ISO-Certified” facilities. 3
100% made in America
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
SL Series Features (7.2 kV/160–400A)

3
3
3 Panel-Mount
Provisions
Panel-Mount
Provisions
3
Vacuum Interrupters
3
3
3
Panel-Mount
3 Provisions
Actuator Assembly
3
3 Control
Terminal Strip Contactor Nameplate
3
Auxiliary Auxiliary
3 Contact Blocks Contact Blocks
3
3 Pedestal-Mount
Provisions
Pedestal-Mount
Provisions
3
Coil Control Board Magnet Coil Mechanical Latch
3 (Behind Control Terminal Strip) Provision
3 Control Settings
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Control Terminal Strip Coil Control Board DIP Switches
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
Standards and Certifications Options and Accessories
3
Global Acceptability SL Vacuum Contactor Series—Sizes 7.2 kV/160–400A Accessory Kits
● NEMA Mechanical Latch Kit Auxiliary Contact Kit Mechanical Interlock Kit 3
● ANSI Field Mount to 7.2 kV/60– Field Mount auxiliary Field Mount mechanical
● IEC 400A SL Vacuum Contactor. contact kits for 7.2 kV/160– interlock kits for 7.2 kV/160– 3
Coil voltages available in a 400A SL Vacuum Contactor. 400A SL Vacuum Contactor.
Third-Party Verification wide range of AC and DC Contact kits are available 3
● UL selections. Easy to install on in many configurations of
● CSA
new and existing units. NO-NC. 3
● KEMA
● Third-party qualified by 3
UL, CSA, KEMA
3
Design and Test Standards
● UL 347, File No. E63257 3
● CSA T.I.L. D-21,
File No. LR28548 3
● IEC No. 60470
● ANSI/NEMA ICS 3
Mechanical Latch Kit Auxiliary Contact Kit Mechanical Interlock Kit
3
Ordering Information— Ordering Information— Ordering Information—
3
Mechanical Latch Kit Auxiliary Contact Kit Mechanical Interlock Kit
Coil Catalog Catalog Catalog
3
Product Selection Voltage Number Description Number Description Number
24 Vdc SLA-ML24 3NO–3NC additional SLA-AS33 Vertical or horizontal SLA-MI
3
arrangement
32 Vdc SLA-ML32 6NO additional SLA-AS60
3
48 Vdc SLA-ML48 6NC additional SLA-AS06
110/50, 120/60,
125 Vdc selectable
SLA-ML120 5NO–1NC additional SLA-AS51 3
4NO–2NC additional SLA-AS42
220/50, 240/60 selectable SLA-ML240
2NO–4NC additional SLA-AS24 3
3
1NO–5NC additional SLA-AS15
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com

3
The SL Contactor Ratings Dropout Time (Field Adjustable) Control Voltage Settings (7.2 kV/160–400A)
3 ● Voltages of 2200–7200V ● 30 ms Setting SW1 SW2 SW3
● Amperages from 160–400A ● 50 ms
3 ● Interrupting ratings as high ● 130 ms
110 Vac, 50 Hz
120 Vac, 60 Hz
Off
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
as 8500A 250 ms
3
●
220 Vac, 50 Hz Off On Off
● 330 ms
Control Voltages (Field Adjustable) 240 Vac, 60 Hz On On Off
3 ● 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 125 Vdc Off Off On
● 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz
3 ● 125 Vdc
Dropout Time Settings (7.2 kV/160–400A)
3 Front and Rear View (7.2 kV/160–400A) Delay Setting SW4 SW5 SW6
3 30 ms Off Off Off

50 ms On Off Off
3 130 ms Off On Off

250 ms On On Off
3 330 ms Off Off On
3
Altitude Designations (7.2 kV/160–400A)
3 Altitude Low Standard High
3 Feet –11,483 to –3281 –3281 to +6562 +6562 to +13,123
Front View Rear View Meters –3500 to –1000 –1000 to +2000 +2000 to +4000
3 Note
Stock units pre-set to 120/60 Vac.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
SL Series Fuses
3
Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors—7.2 kV/160A Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors—7.2 kV/360A
Motor Suggested Minimum Motor Suggested Minimum 3
FLA Voltage Eaton Fuse Rating Opening Time FLA Voltage Eaton Fuse Rating Opening Time
11–18 2400–4800 5BCLS-30 30–1R 30 11–18 2400–4800 5BCLS-30 30–1R 30 3
18–31
31–46
2400–4800
2400–4800
5BCLS-2R
5BCLS-3R
70–2R
100–3R
30
30
18–31
31–46
2400–4800
2400–4800
5BCLS-2R
5BCLS-3R
70–2R
100–3R
30
30
3
46–62 2400–4800 5BCLS-4R 130–4R 30 46–62 2400–4800 5BCLS-4R 130–4R 30 3
62–74 2400–4800 5BCLS-5R 150–5R 30 62–74 2400–4800 5BCLS-5R 150–5R 30
74–93 2400–4800 5BCLS-6R 170–6R 30 74–93 2400–4800 5BCLS-6R 170–6R 30 3
93–137 2400–4800 5BCLS-9R 200–9R 130 93–137 2400–4800 5BCLS-9R 200–9R 130
137–160 2400–4800 5BCLS-12R 230–12R 130 137–187 2400–4800 5BCLS-12R 230–12R 130
3
11–34 5500–6600 7BCLS-2R 70–2R 30 187–200 2400–4800 5BCLS-12R 230–12R 130
3
34–46 5500–6600 7BCLS-3R 100–3R 30 200–360 2400–4800 N/A — —
46–56 5500–6600 7BCLS-4R 130–4R 30 11–34 5500–6600 7BCLS-2R 70–2R 30 3
56–68 5500–6600 7BCLS-5R 150–5R 30 34–46 5500–6600 7BCLS-3R 100–3R 30
68–85 5500–6600 7BCLS-6R 170–6R 30 46–56 5500–6600 7BCLS-4R 130–4R 30 3
3
85–137 5500–6600 7BCLS-9R 200–9R 50 56–68 5500–6600 7BCLS-5R 150–5R 30
137–160 7BCLS-12R 230–12R 250
68–85 5500–6600 7BCLS-6R 170–6R 30
137–160 5500–6600 7BCLS-12R 230–12R 250
85–137 5500–6600 7BCLS-9R 200–9R 50
3
137–200 5500–6600 7BCLS-12R 230–12R 250
Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors—7.2 kV/260A 187–200 5500–6600 7BCLS-12R 230–12R 250 3
Motor Suggested Minimum 200–360 5500–6600 N/A — —
FLA Voltage Eaton Fuse Rating Opening Time 3
11–18 2400–4800 5BCLS-30 30–1R 30
18–31 2400–4800 5BCLS-2R 70–2R 30
Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors—7.2 kV/400A 3
Motor Suggested Minimum
31–46 2400–4800 5BCLS-3R 100–3R 30
46–62 2400–4800 5BCLS-4R 130–4R 30
11–18 2400–4800 5BCLS-30 30–1R 30
62–74 2400–4800 5BCLS-5R 150–5R 30
18–31 2400–4800 5BCLS-2R 70–2R 30 3
74–93 2400–4800 5BCLS-6R 170–6R 30
93–137 2400–4800 5BCLS-9R 200–9R 130
31–46
46–62
2400–4800
2400–4800
5BCLS-3R
5BCLS-4R
100–3R
130–4R
30
30
3
3
137–200 1 2400–4800 5BCLS-12R 230–12R 130
62–74 2400–4800 5BCLS-5R 150–5R 30
11–34 5500–6600 7BCLS-2R 70–2R 30
74–93 2400–4800 5BCLS-6R 170–6R 30
34–46 5500–6600 7BCLS-3R 100–3R 30
93–137 2400–4800 5BCLS-9R 200–9R 30 3
46–56 5500–6600 7BCLS-4R 130–4R 30
137–187 2400–4800 5BCLS-12R 230–12R 30
56–68 5500–6600 7BCLS-5R 150–5R 30
187–273 2400–4800 5BCLS-18R 390–18R 50
3
68–85 5500–6600 7BCLS-6R 170–6R 30
85–137 5500–6600 7BCLS-9R 200–9R 50
273–400 2 2400–4800 5BCLS-24R 450–24R 130
3
11–34 5500–6600 7BCLS-2R 70–2R 30
137–200 1 5500–6600 7BCLS-12R 230–12R 250
34–46 5500–6600 7BCLS-3R 100–3R 30 3
46–56 5500–6600 7BCLS-4R 130–4R 30
56–68 5500–6600 7BCLS-5R 150–5R 30 3
3
68–85 5500–6600 7BCLS-6R 170–6R 30
85–137 5500–6600 7BCLS-9R 200–9R 30
137–187 5500–6600 7BCLS-12R 230–12R 30
3
187–273 5500–6600 7BCLS-18R 390–18R 50
273–400 2 5500–6600 7BCLS-24R 450–24R 250 3
3
Notes
1 For FLA > 180, maximum acceleration time = 4.5 seconds.
2 For FLA > 360, maximum acceleration time = 6 seconds.
Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds except where 3
otherwise noted.
3
www.comoso.com
SL Series Ratings
3
Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings (7.2 kV/160–400A)
3 Interrupting Rating Application Table
3
Synchronous Motor
Rated Utilization NEMA NEMA Induction Motor Horsepower Transformer Capacitor Maximum
Voltage Unfused (E1) kA Fused (E2) kA Horsepower (0.8 PF) (1.0 PF) kVA kVAR Insulation Voltage
3 7.2 kV/160A Frame
3 2200–2500
3000–3600
4.5
4.5
50
50
600
900
600
900
800
1000
600
800
480
640
7200
7200
3 3800–4800 4.5 50 1200 1200 1400 1000 960 7200

6000–6900 4.5 50 1800 1800 2200 1600 1320 7200
3 7.2 kV/200A Frame
2200–2500 4.5 50 800 800 1000 750 600 7200
3 3000–3600 4.5 50 1100 1100 1250 1000 800 7200
3 3800–4800 4.5 50 1500 1500 1750 1250 1200 7200

6000–6900 4.5 50 2250 2250 2750 2000 1650 7200
3 7.2 kV/360A Frame

2200–2500 4.5 50 1500 1500 1750 1200 1000 7200
3 3000–3600 4.5 50 2000 2000 2500 1600 1475 7200
3
3800–4800 4.5 50 2500 2500 3000 2000 2150 7200
6000–6900 4.5 50 4000 4000 5000 3200 2950 7200
3 7.2 kV/400A Frame

2200–2500 8.5 50 1750 1750 2000 1500 1200 7200
3 3000–3600 8.5 50 2250 2250 2500 2000 1650 7200
3800–4800 8.5 50 3000 3000 3500 2500 2400 7200
3 6000–6900 8.5 50 4500 4500 5500 4000 3300 7200
3
Rating Specifications (7.2 kV/160–400A)
3 Ampere Rating 7.2 kV/160A 7.2 kV/200A 7.2 kV/60A 7.2 kV/400A
3 Maximum Interrupting Current

(Three operations—amperes) 4500 4500 4500 8500
3 Rated Current 160 200 360 400

IEC Make-Break Capability—AC4 (Amperes)
3 Make
Break
1600
1280
2000
1600
3600
2880
4000
3200
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
Product Specifications
3
7.2 kV/160–400A
● Short-time current: ● Closing time: 80 ● Control circuit burden: ● Latch (when specified) 3
● 30 seconds: 2400A milliseconds (energization ● Closing: (200 ● Mechanical life: 250,000
● 1 second: 6000A to contact touch) milliseconds) operations 3
● 8.7 ms: 63 kA peak
● Selectable opening times: – 110/120 AC, 125 DC ● Trip voltage
(0.5 cycle) ● 30 milliseconds 1 kVA – DC: 24V 3
● Normal service altitude: (2 cycles) – 220/240 AC 1.8 kVA – DC: 125V
–3281 to +6562 ft (–1000 ● 50 milliseconds ● Holding: – AC: 110/120V 3
to +2000m) (3 cycles) – 110/120 AC, 125 DC ● Minimum trip voltage:
● Mechanical life: 2.5 million ● 130 milliseconds
(8 cycles)
40 VA 80% rated coil voltage 3
● Electrical life: – 220/240 AC 50 VA ● Trip burden
● 6 x Rated Make/1x Rated
● 250 milliseconds
(15 cycles)
● Auxiliary contact rating: – 24 Vdc: 400 VA 3
Break: 300,000 ● 600V (maximum) – 48 and 125 Vdc:
operations ● 330 milliseconds
(20 cycles)
● 10A continuous current 400 VA 3
● 6 x Rated Make/6 x ● Making capacity – 110 and 120 Vac:
Rated Break: 300,000
operations
● Arcing time: 12 ms
(0.75 cycle) or less – AC: 7200 VA 400 VA 3
– DC: 125 VA – 220 and 240 Vac:
● BIL (impulse withstand):
60 kV (1.2 x 50
● Pickup voltage: 80%
rated coil voltage ● Breaking capacity 400 VA 3
● Trip time (2 cycles):
– AC: 720 VA
microseconds) Dropout voltage: 60%
3
●
30 ms
● Dielectric strength: 20 kV rated coil voltage – DC: 125 VA ● Weight
rms (1 minute) Control voltages:
3
●
● 150–360A: 47 lbs
● AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/60, (21.3 kg)
3
220/50, 240/60 ● 400A: 49 lbs (22.2 kg)
● DC: 125
3
Wiring Diagrams
Electrical Connections Diagrams (7.2 kV/160–400A)
3
Connection for Magnetically Held Contactor Connections for Mechanically Latched Contactor 3
8
(+)
3
7
6 Black
White
3
DC DC 1
M (–)
3
Coil 1 Coil 2
5 White DC Latch
Black M Coil
4 Control
3
Voltage
(Open)
8
3
7 White
Control
Voltage
2
6 Black
DC DC
3
(On/Off) 1 Coil 1 Coil 2
5 White
Black
3
4
3 3
Control
Voltage
2
3
(Close) 1
Note
3
3
1 M contacts are connected in parallel for
< 48V. M contacts are connected in
series for > 48V.
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Dimensions
3 Dimensional Drawings 7.2 kV/160–400A
3 Front Rear
14.00 4.38 4.38
3 4.38
(355.6)
4.38 (111.3) (111.3)
(111.3) (111.3) Upper
3 Terminals
3
Lower
3 6.85
Terminals 15.50
(393.7)
(174.0)
3 15.06
16.00
(382.5) 16.00
3 (406.4)
(406.4)
8.75
3 7.36
(222.2)
(186.9)
3
3 15.25
(387.4)
3
15.25
(387.4)
16.25 16.25
(412.8) (412.8)
3
3 Base Plate Side
0.406 (10.3) 0.78
3 DIA (6) (19.8)
Rear Mounting
3 0.328 (8.3) DIA
8.70
3 (221.0) 6.85
(174.0)
Front Mounting
0.328 (8.3) DIA 15.50
(393.7)
3 7.70
(195.6)
3 16.00
(406.4)
3 Front
1.77 7.36
(45.0) (186.9)
3 0.83
(21.1)
13.60
(345.4)
0.83
(21.1)
0.313 (8.0) DIA
0.27
(6.9)
3 15.25
(387.4)
Front
3 8.70 4.44 8.70
3
(221.0) (112.8) (221.0)
9.09
3
(230.9)
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
3
Lug Terminal
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Upper Lug Terminal
3
Lug Terminal
Contactor Hardware
Width De Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter)
3
pt
h
7.2 kV/160 0.75 (19.1) 1.31 (33.3) 10
Hardware
7.2 kV/200
7.2 kV/360
1.00 (25.4)
1.00 (25.4)
1.31 (33.3)
1.31 (33.3)
10
10
3
Diameter
7.2 kV/400 1.00 (25.4) 1.31 (33.3) 10 3
Lower Lug Terminal 3
Contactor
Ampere Rating Width Depth
Hardware
(Bolt Diameter) 3
7.2 kV/160
7.2 kV/200
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
1.10 (27.9)
1.10 (27.9)
10
10
3
7.2 kV/360 1.25 (31.8) 1.10 (27.9) 10 3
7.2 kV/400 1.25 (31.8) 1.10 (27.9) 10
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Contents
3 SL 7.2 kV/800A Medium Voltage Contactor
Description Page
3 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-51
3 SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-63
3 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-65
3 SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-66
3
3
3
3
3
3 SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A
3 Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits Standards and Certifications
● A single family of and Functions
3 contactors for any medium Eaton’s SL Medium Voltage
Contactors starting applications:
● Two different altitude Acceptability
voltage control application. versions ● NEMA
3 Squirrel-cage induction
●
Voltage range of 2200– ● Leading-edge vacuum ● ANSI
7200V motors
technology ● IEC
3 Synchronous motors
●
● 800A rating with induction ● Long life—100,000
motor horsepower ranges ● Wound-rotor electrical and 300,000 Third-Party Verification
from 3000–10,000 hp
3 Fully applicable to: ●
mechanical
Special ordering allows unit
●
●
UL
CSA
● Full voltage starting
3 ● Reduced voltage starting
to be factory pre-set to
● KEMA
including field kit

3 The perfect choice for harsh installation
● UL 347, File No. E63257
duty applications: ● Highest quality available—
3 ● Mining all contactors manufactured
● CSA T.I.L. D-21,
File No. LR28548
● Pulp and paper within state-of-the-art
3 ANSI/NEMA ICS 3
●
● HVAC “ISO-Certified” facilities.
100% made in America ● IEC 60470
● Petrochemical
3 ● Automotive Factory Installed Option Kit
● Many others
3 ● Mechanical latch—many
coil voltages
Product Selection
3 Long Life Guarantees Contact Eaton for pricing.
High Quality
3 ● 100,000 electrical
operations
3 ● 300,000 mechanical
operations
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
Options and Accessories Technical Data and Specifications
3
SL Series—Accessory Options 800A The SL Contactor Ratings Control Voltages
● Voltages of 2200–7200V ● 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 3
● 800A (720A enclosed) ● 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz
● Interrupting rating of ● 125 Vdc 3
12,500A
Dropout Time 3
● 130–330 ms
3
Front and Rear View 7.2 kV/800A
3
3
3
3
Mechanical Latch Assembly 800A
Mechanical Latch Option—

3
SL Vacuum Contactor
Size 800A 3
Factory installed for 800A
SL Vacuum Contactor.
Front View Rear View
3
Coil voltages available in
SL Series Fuses
a wide range of AC and
DC selections.
3
Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors 7.2 kV/SL-800
3
FLA Voltage Eaton Fuse Rating Opening Time
225–360 2400–4800 5BCLS-24R 450–24R 50
3
360–449 2400–4800 5BCLS-36R 650–36R 130
3
450–720 2400–4800 5BCLS-44R 800–44R 250
225–400 5500–6600 7BCLS-24R 450–24R 50 3
400–449 5500–6600 7BCLS-36R 650–36R 130
450–720 5500–6600 7BCLS-44R 800–44R 250 3
Note
Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds except where
3
otherwise noted.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
SL Series Ratings
3
Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings 7.2 kV/SL-800
3
Synchronous Motor
3 2200–2500 12.5 (50 MVA) 50 (200 MVA at 2300V) 3000 3000 3500 2500 2400 7200
3 3000–3600
3800–5000
12.5 (50 MVA)
12.5 (75 MVA)
50 (285 MVA at 3300V)
50 (400 MVA at 4600V)
4000
5000
4000
5000
5000
6000
3500
4500
3200
4000
7200
7200
3 6000–7200 12.5 (100 MVA) 50 (570 MVA at 6600V) 8000 8000 10,000 6000 4800 7200
3
Rating Specifications 7.2 kV/SL-800
3 Ampere Rating 7.2 kV/800A
Maximum Interrupting Current
3 (Three operations—amperes) 12,500
Rated Current 800 (720 enclosed)
3 IEC Make-Break Capability—AC4 (Amperes)
Make 8000
3 Break 6400
3
3 7.2 kV/800A
3 Short-time current Closing time (energization Control voltages: Latch (when specified):
● ● ● ●
● 30 seconds: 4320A to contact touch): ● AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/ ● Mechanical life:

80 milliseconds
3 ● 1 second: 10,800A
● Opening times ●
60 Vac, 220/50, 240/60
DC: 125 Vdc ●
250,000 operations
Trip voltage
● 8.7 ms (0.5 cycle)
(de-energization to full
3 ●
86 kA peak
Normal service altitude:
open):
● Control circuit burden:
● Closing (120/240):
– DC: 24, 48, 96V
– AC: 110/120, 220/
● 130 ms (8 cycles)
3 –3281 to +6562 ft (–1000
to +2000m) ● 200 ms (12 cycles) ●
2600 VA
Holding (120/240): 50 VA ●
240V 50/60 Hz
Minimum trip voltage:
● 330 ms (20 cycles) 80% rated coil voltage
3 Mechanical life: 1 million
● ● Auxiliary contact rating:
● Electrical life: 100,000 ● Arcing time: 12 ms ● 600V (maximum)
● Trip burden
3 ●
operations
BIL (impulse withstand): ●
(0.75 cycle) or less
Pickup voltage: 80% rated
● 10A continuous current – 24 Vdc: 1200 VA
– 48 and 96 Vdc:
● Making capacity
60 kV (1.2 x 50
3 microseconds) ●
coil voltage
Dropout voltage: 60%
– AC: 7200 VA
400 VA
– 110 and 220 Vac:
● Dielectric strength: 18.2 kV – DC: 200 VA 500 VA
3 rms (1 minute)
rated coil voltage ● Breaking capacity ● Trip time (2 cycles):
– AC: 720 VA 30 milliseconds
3 – DC: 200 VA ● Weight: 95 lbs (43.1 kg)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
Dimensions
Dimensional Drawings 7.2 kV/800A 3
Side Top
3
2.75 3.70 4.38 4.38
(69.9)
Latch Trip Target
(94.0) (111.3) (111.3) 0.50 (12.7) DIA Bolt Hole
(6) Places
3
(When Used)
0.50 (12.7) DIA
Mounting Hole 3
(4) Places
Intl’k Intl’k 0.625 (15.9) square 3
shaft with the axis
14.89
(378.2)
10.25
vertical when the
contactor is closed. 3
(260.4) Rotates 3.8
Optional
12 Point Plug 11.25
counterclockwise
to open. 3
8.50 (285.8)
(216.0)
4.34
2.35
(59.7)
3
4.01
(101.9) (110.2)
0.39 (9.9)
3
5.01
(127.3)
6.12
(155.4) 16.93
0.80 (20.3)
3
(430.0)
8.07
(205.0)
16.15
(410.2)
3
3
Front Lug Terminal
16.41
3
Latch
(416.8)
(when used)
1.30 (33.0) 4.50
3
(114.3)
Plug
(when used)
Line
Terminals
3
1.15 (29.2)
Latch Trip 17.12 3
(when used) (434.8)
0.3 (7.62) Load 11.36
3
Travel Terminals
3
Required to (288.5)
Trip when
10.70
Latch is Used
Optional
2.69
(271.8)
3
(68.3) Lug Terminal Upper Lug Terminal
3
12 Point Plug
Contactor Hardware
4.06 Width De Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter)
pt
3
(103.1) h
13.94 7.2 kV/800 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 10
(354.0)
Hardware Lower Lug Terminal 3

Diameter
Contactor Hardware
Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter) 3
7.2 kV/800 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 10
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Contents
3 SL 15 kV/250A Medium Voltage Contactor
Description Page
3 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-51
3 SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-62
SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A
3 Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-67
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-69
3
3
3
3
3
3 SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A
3 Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits Standards and Certifications
● A single family of and Functions
3 contactors for any medium Eaton’s SL Medium Voltage
Contactors starting applications: Factory Installed Option Kit
Acceptability
voltage control application. ● NEMA
3 Squirrel-cage induction
●
Voltage range of 7200– ● Mechanical latch—many ● ANSI
15,000V motors coil voltages ● IEC
3 Synchronous motors
●
● 250A rating with induction
motor horsepower ranges ● Wound-rotor Long Life Guarantees Third-Party Verification
from 500–5000 hp High Quality
3 ● Two different altitude Fully applicable to: ● 250,000 electrical
●
●
UL
CSA
versions ● Full voltage starting operations
3 ● Leading-edge vacuum ● Reduced voltage starting
● 250,000 mechanical
● KEMA
technology operations
3 ● Long life—250,000 The perfect choice for harsh
● UL 347, File No. E63257
electrical and mechanical duty applications:
3 operations ● Mining
● CSA T.I.L. D-21,
File No. LR28548
● Special ordering allows unit ● Pulp and paper
3 ANSI/NEMA ICS 3
●
to be factory pre-set to ● HVAC
● IEC 60470
● Petrochemical
3 including field kit
installation
● Automotive
● Many others
3 ● Highest quality
available—all contactors
Product Selection
3 manufactured within
state-of-the-art “ISO- Contact Eaton for pricing.
Certified” facilities. 100%
3 made in America
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
Options and Accessories Technical Data and Specifications
3
SL Series—Accessory Options 15 kV/250A The SL Contactor Ratings Control Voltages
● Voltages to 15,000V ● 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 3
● 250A ● 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz
● Interrupting rating ● 125 Vdc 3
of 5000A
Dropout Time 3
● 50–330 ms
● Field selectable 3
Front and Rear View 15 kV/250A 3
3
3
3
3
Mechanical Latch Assembly 15 kV/250A
Mechanical Latch Option—

SL Vacuum Contactor
Factory installed for 15 kV/ 3
250A SL Vacuum Contactor.
Coil voltages available in Front View Rear View 3
a wide range of AC and
DC selections. SL Series Fuses 3
Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors 15 kV/SL-250A 3
50–200 1 10,000–13,800 15HLE-250E 250E 130
Notes
3
3
1 For FLA > 150, contact factory for maximum acceleration time.
Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds except where
otherwise noted.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
SL Series Ratings
3
Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings 15 kV/250A
3
Synchronous Motor
3 10,000–11,000 5 50 (950 MVA at 11,000V) 4000 4000 4500 3800 Consult factory 15,000
3 12,400–13,800 5 50 (1190 MVA at 13,800V) 5000 5000 5500 4750 Consult factory 15,000
3 Rating Specifications 15 kV/250A
3 Ampere Rating 15 kV/250A

Maximum Interrupting Current
3 (Three operations—amperes) 5000
Rated Current 250
3 IEC Make-Break Capability—AC4 (Amperes)
Make 2500
3 Break 2000
3
3 15kV/250A
● Short-time current ● Closing time (energization ● Control voltages: ● Latch (when specified):
3 ● 30 seconds: 1500A to contact touch):
80 milliseconds
● AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/ ● Mechanical life: 250,000
● 1 second: 3750A 60 Vac, 220/50, 240/60 operations
3 ● 8.7 ms (0.5 cycle)
● Selectable opening times
(de-energization to full
● DC: 125 Vdc ● Trip voltage
25 kA peak ● Control circuit burden: – DC: 24, 48, 96V
3 ● Normal service altitude:
open):
● 50 ms (3 cycles)
● Closing (120/240): – AC: 110/120, 220/
–3281 to +6562 ft (–1000 1700/2600 VA 240V, 50/60 Hz
3 to +2000m) ●
●
130 ms (8 cycles)
250 ms (12 cycles)
● Holding (120/240): 80 VA ● Minimum trip voltage:
● Mechanical life: 250,000 ● Auxiliary contact rating: 80% rated coil voltage
3 operations ● 330 ms (20 cycles) ● 600V (maximum)
● Trip burden
● Electrical life: 250,000 ● Arcing time: 12 ms ● 10A continuous current – 24 Vdc: 1200 VA
3 operations (0.75 cycle) or less
● Making capacity – 48 and 96 Vdc:
● BIL (impulse withstand): ● Pickup voltage: 80% rated 400 VA
– AC: 7200 VA
3 75 kV (1.2 x 50
microseconds)
coil voltage
– DC: 200 VA
– 110 and 220 Vac:
● Dropout voltage: 60% 500 VA
Breaking capacity
3
●
● Dielectric strength: 36 kV rated coil voltage ● Trip time (2 cycles):
rms (1 minute) – AC: 720 VA 30 milliseconds
3 – DC: 200 VA ● Weight: 95 lbs (43.1 kg)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.2
Dimensions
Dimensional Drawings 15 kV/250A 3
Front Side 15 kV/250A
3
16.18
(410.9)
4.65
3
Line Terminals
3
(118.1)
3
21.40
(543.4) Intl'k
3
17.77
(451.4)
3
12.29
(312.1)
Load 3
8 7 6 5
LATCH COIL
4 3 2 2
AUX POWER Terminals 18.58
3.50
(88.9)
(471.9)
3
5.60
7.95
(202.0)
(142.2) 3
3
15.88
(403.4) 5.60
(142.2)
Front View
3
3
13.25
(336.6)
RH Side View
3
Top Lug Terminal 3
3.55
(90.1)
4.40
(111.7)
4.40
(111.7) 3
3
ø 0.31
(7.9)
ø 0.34
(8.7)
3
3
3
13.00
(330.2) 3
11.50
(292.1)
Lug Terminal Upper Lug Terminal 3
Contactor Hardware
Width
3
4.60 De Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter)
pt
(116.8) h
15 kV/250 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 10
3
Hardware Lower Lug Terminal
0.38
(9.5)
Diameter
Contactor Hardware 3
15.88 Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter)
(403.4) 0.80 15 kV/250 1.50 (38.1) 1.25 (38.1) 10 3
16.63 (20.3)
(422.4) 3
Top View
3
3
www.comoso.com
Fuses General
Contents
3 Description
3 Fuses General
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Product Overview
3 Power Fuse Power vs. Distribution
Eaton’s roots in the IEEE Std. C37.41 ™ The following IEEE standards The differentiation is intended
3 medium voltage power IEEE Standard Design are also applicable to the fuse to indicate the test conditions
fuse business began Tests for High-Voltage products covered in this and where fuses are normally
3 over 75 years ago under
Westinghouse® Electric.
(>1000V) Fuses, Fuse and
Disconnecting Cutouts,
publication: applied on an electrical
system, based on specific
IEEE Std. C37.48 ™
3 In 1935, Westinghouse
introduced the medium
Distribution Enclosed Single-
Pole Air Switches, Fuse IEEE Guide for the
requirements for generating
sources, substations and
voltage boric acid expulsion Disconnecting Switches, and Application, Operation, and distribution lines. Each
3 fuse followed by the medium Fuse Links and Accessories Maintenance of High Voltage class has its own unique
voltage current limiting fuse. used with These Devices Fuses, Distribution Enclosed set of voltage, current and
3 Even today, medium voltage
fuses continue to use that
(ANSI). Single-Pole Air Switches, construction requirements
(see C37.42, .46 and .47).
Fuse Disconnecting
3 core technology. Eaton
continues to build on the
ANSI C37.42 ™ Switches, and Accessories
(ANSI).
Low vs. Medium vs.
IEEE Standard Specifications
technology legacy by High Voltage
3 engineering higher
for High-Voltage (>1000V)
Expulsion-Type Distribution- IEEE Std. C37.48.1 ™ While fuses are defined in
performance, cost-effective Class Fuses, Fuse and the ANSI standards as either
3
IEEE Guide for the
power fuse products. Disconnecting Cutouts, Classification, Application, low or high voltage, Eaton
Fuse Disconnecting and Coordination of Current- has elected to name their
3 Eaton’s medium voltage
fuses are manufactured and Switches, and Fuse Links, Limiting Fuses with Rated fuses to correspond with the
equipment in which they are
tested to the requirements and Accessories used with Voltages 1–38 kV.
3 of the C37-4X series of These Devices (ANSI).
A better understanding of
installed. Therefore, per ANSI
C84, our fuses are named
standards, which are some fuse terminology will as follows:
3 maintained and updated
regularly to maintain currency
ANSI C37.46
American National Standard
help you understand and
select the correct fuse. The
● Low voltage—1000V and
3 with industry practices.
These standards are:
for High Voltage Expulsion
and Current Limiting Type
following is a brief overview below
Medium voltage—greater
of those terms. ●
Power Class Fuses and Fuse
3 IEEE Std. C37.40 ™ Disconnecting Switches. ●
than 1000 to 69,000V
High voltage—greater than
IEEE Standard Service
3 Conditions and Definitions ANSI C37.47 69,000V
for High Voltage Fuses, American National Standard
3 Distribution Enclosed Single- for High Voltage Current
Limiting Type Distribution
Pole Air Switches, Fuse
3 Disconnecting Switches,
and Accessories (ANSI).
Class Fuses and Fuse
Disconnecting Switches.
3
3
www.comoso.com
Fuses General
3.3
Expulsion vs. Current Limiting (Definitions per ANSI C47.40-1993) General Fuse Component Terms
An expulsion fuse is a vented Backup Fuses 3
fuse in which the expulsion Fuse Refill Unit (of an Exhaust Control Device
effect of the gases produced
A fuse capable of interrupting
all currents from the
Expulsion Fuse) When expulsion fuses are 3
by internal arcing, either maximum rated interrupting A fuse refill unit is a used in enclosures, exhaust
alone or aided by other current down to the rated replaceable assembly control devices (filters, 3
mechanisms, results in minimum interrupting current. containing the calibrated condensers or mufflers) are
current interruption.
Backup fuses are always
current-responsive fuse
element and certain other
used to control the sound
of the fuse operation, and
3
An expulsion fuse is not used in a series with another items that facilitate current
current limiting and as a interrupting device capable of interruption. On its own, the
to de-ionize and absorb the
fuse exhaust products. These 3
result limits the duration of a interrupting currents below refill unit has no interrupting devices are normally supplied
fault on the electrical system,
not the magnitude.
the fuse’s minimum ability. A refill unit must be separately, because of 3
interrupting current. mounted in a fuseholder with different characteristics and
A current limiting fuse is a
General Purpose Fuses
a spring assembly to form a
refillable fuse unit. The refill
ratings. They are reusable but 3
fuse that, when its current may need replacement after
responsive element is melted A fuse capable of interrupting
all currents from the rated
unit is the section of the fuse
that must be replaced after a
several heavy operations.
3
by a current within the fuse’s
fuse operation. Mounting
3
specified current limiting interrupting current down
range, abruptly introduces to the current that causes A mounting provides all the
melting of the fusible element Fuseholder (of an necessary parts to safely
3
a high resistance to reduce
in no less than one hour. Expulsion Fuse) mount a fuse in its intended
current magnitude and
duration, resulting in A fuseholder is a reusable piece of equipment. The
subsequent current
General Purpose fuses are
typically used to protect
holder that when equipped
with a fuse refill unit forms
base is the metal support to 3
interruption. Refer to Fuse which all other pieces attach.
feeders and components
Types Protection Range
figure on Page V4-T3-72 for a
such as transformers.
a fuse unit, capable of
interrupting an overload or
Insulators attach to the base
and insulate the live fuse unit
3
fault current. A fuseholder
features comparison. Full Range Fuses is supplied with a spring and
from the base and everything
beyond the base. Live parts 3
Fuse Types A fuse capable of interrupting shunt assembly, necessary are the parts of the mounting
There are three current all currents from the rated
interrupting current down
to complete the internal that are energized once 3
limiting fuse types: Backup, interrupting assembly. The electricity is flowing. The live
General Purpose and Full to the minimum continuous
current that causes melting
spring and shunt assembly is
supplied with the fuseholder
parts provide the means to 3
Range. It is important that the hold the fuse unit in place,
of the fusible element,
user have an understanding
of these definitions to ensure with the fuse applied at
but is also available as a
replacement part, as it may
electrical contact, and a
place to make line and load
3
the maximum ambient need replacement after connections.
proper application of the fuse
(see Fuse Types Protection temperature specified by several of heavy operations. 3
Range figure on Page the manufacturer. Non-Disconnect Mounting
V4-T3-72). Fuse Unit A non-disconnect mounting 3
A fuse unit is a replaceable does not provide a means for
unit or assembly that is
able, on its own, to perform
removing the fuse unit until 3
the circuit is dead and the
current interruption. In
the case of a refillable fuse
fuse unit can be removed
manually. The fuse unit is
3
unit, the refill unit must
be replaced after a fuse
held in place by friction
through the use of fuse 3
operation. Where a complete clips or by a cross bar.
fuse unit is supplied from the 3
factory, the complete fuse
unit must be replaced after a
fuse operation. All current-
3
limiting fuses are fuse units.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Fuses General
Disconnect Mounting End Fittings General High Voltage Fuse Comparison

3 The disconnect mounting End fittings are metal parts Expulsion Current Limiting
allows the fuse unit to be that attach to each end of a
3 removed (off load) using an fuse unit’s ferrules (end caps).
Vented Sealed
insulated hook stick. The As previously mentioned, Electromechanical Static

3 hookstick grabs a pull ring they are used solely with Interrupts at current zero Limits fault current
and disconnects the fuse disconnect fuse applications
Generally higher voltage and current application Generally higher interrupting ratings
3 unit, which may then be
lifted out of its mounting.
or when converting a non-
disconnect to a disconnect
capabilities
Different time/current characteristics Different time/current characteristics
3 Dropout Mounting
fuse configuration.
When end fittings are
Dropout mountings are
3 used in outdoor applications.
ordered, a fitting for each end
of the fuse is included. Keep
Fuse Types Protection Range
The fuse unit is equipped
3 with a mechanical trigger that
in mind that end fittings can
become damaged in use and,
i max. — Maximum rated interrupting current
i min. — Minimum rated interrupting current
unlatches the upper contact, i hr. — Current causing element melting in 1 hour
therefore, are sold separately
3 allowing the fuse unit to drop
out, increasing the dielectric
from the live parts when
i — Any current melting element with no time limit
necessary. It is not necessary

3 separation, and providing
visible indication of a
to purchase an entire set of
live parts when only the end
Current Limiting Type

blown fuse. BACKUP
3 fittings are required.
Live Parts GENERAL PURPOSE
3 Live parts were briefly
discussed as part of the
FULL RANGE
3 “Mounting” definition.
Everything above the
3 insulators on the mounting
excluding the fuse unit, fuse i i hr. i min. i max.
holder, and the fuse end
3
Interrupting Current
fittings (if required) are
considered the live parts. Fuse
3 end fittings are discussed
next and are not required
3 with non-disconnect live
parts, but are required and
3 included with disconnect live
parts. Live parts may be sold
separately as replacement
3 parts or for new OEM
applications.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
Contents
Description Page
3
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-74 3
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-75
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Product Description Accessories 3
Eaton’s expulsion fuses use
boric acid as the interrupting
Type DBU fuse units are
designed for new and
The following accessories are
available for expulsion fuses:
3
medium. Under a fault aftermarket utility applications.
condition, arc heat End fittings are available, in Mountings 3
decomposes the boric acid both indoor and outdoor Mountings include a base,
into water vapor. The water versions, as well as live parts porcelain or glass polyester 3
vapor blast deionizes the arc and mountings. Mufflers insulators, and live parts.
path preventing arc re-ignition
after a natural current zero.
confine the arc within the fuse
and substantially reduce the
They help enable the fuse to
be safely attached to the
3
Type RBA indoor expulsion
noise and exhaust when the
fuse interrupts.
gear. Mountings can be
either disconnect, 3
fuses must be fitted with a nondisconnect or dropout.
discharge filter or condenser,
that moderates the discharge
Non-disconnect mountings 3
are available in bolt-on or
exhaust. The discharge filter
limits the exhaust to a small
clamp-type arrangements. 3
Fuses may be vertical
and relatively inert amount of
gas and lowers the noise
or underhung.
3
level without affecting the Live Parts
fuse interrupting rating. RBA E-Rated Refillable Boric Acid
Live parts attach the fuse to 3
Steam discharge, that can the insulators and are
effect the interrupting, is fully
restricted by the condenser.
considered part of the 3
mounting. All parts above the
Type RDB outdoor dropout insulators are live parts. 3
fuses include an ejector End Fittings
spring that forces the arcing
rod through the top of the End fittings are metal parts 3
that attach to each end of the
fuse. The arcing rod strikes a
latch on the mounting that fuse at the ferrules. They are 3
forces the fuse to swing used only on disconnect
outward through a 180° arc fuses or when converting a 3
into the dropout position. RDB E-Rated Refillable Outdoor nondisconnect to a
Refill units can be field

Dropout Boric Acid disconnect fuse.
3
installed into RBA and RDB
expulsion fuses. Once the 3
operated unit has been
removed, the separately 3
purchased unit can be easily
installed into the fuse holder. 3
DBU Dropout Boric Acid—for Use
Indoors, Inside Switchgear or Outdoors 3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses

3
Expulsion Fuse
3 Easy to Use, Easy to Order! These Catalog numbers can Examples:
Eaton’s fuse catalog be entered directly and easily: 8RBA2-10E 8.3 max. kV,
3 numbering system makes it
easy to order the right fuse.
● No change in order RBA-200 refill,
processing will occur if you 10E amperes
3 The catalog numbers are
easy to remember, unique use either a style number DBU17-30K 17.1 max. kV,
to each fuse, and are broken or its corresponding DBU fuse unit,
3 down in three descriptive catalog number. You will 30 amperes
segments: Fuse Type, Voltage get the same fuse
3 Rating and Current Rating. ● If you are ordering a
replacement for an older
15RBA8-INH 15.5 max. kV,
RBA-800,
indicating
3 Westinghouse fuse, it
will only have the style nondisconnect
number. Order under this holder
3 style number and you will RBA4-FLTR RBA-400 filter
get the correct fuse
3
3 Expulsion Fuse Units
15 DBU 17 - 100 E
3
3 Maximum kV
8 Type Maximum kV Amperes E
Speed
3 15
25
RBA
DBU
17
27
0.5
3
50
65
K
SE
38 DBA 38 5 80
3 48
72
RDB
RBT
7
10
100
125
92 BA 15 150
3 121
145
20 200
25 250
3 30
40
300
400
3 Expulsion Fuse Accessories

3 15 RBA2 - P NM
3
Maximum kV Hardware
3 8 Type Insulator UM = Underhung mounting
15 RBA G = Glass polyester VM = Vertical mounting
3 17
25
DBU
RDB
P = Porcelain
H = High BIL
DL
NL
= Disconnect live parts
= Nondisconnect live parts
27 BA DH = Disconnect holder
3 38 NH = Nondisconnect holder
NM = Nondisconnect mounting
UL = Underhung live parts
3 VL
I
= Vertical live parts
= Indicating
3 O = Outdoor
FLTR = Filter
COND = Condenser
3 MFLR = Muffler
SHNT = Shunt and spring assembly
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
Product Selection
3
Type RBA and RDB 3
Type 8RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A 3
RBA/RBT Refill Units
Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Approximate
3
Ampere Rating Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-635 Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-635 Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
10E 8RBA2-10E 1, 2 — — 1.0 (0.45)
3
15E
20E
8RBA2-15E
8RBA2-20E
1, 2
1, 2
—
8RBT2-20E
—
3, 4
1.0 (0.45)
1.0 (0.45)
3
25E
30E
8RBA2-25E
8RBA2-30E
1, 2
1, 2
8RBT2-25E
8RBT2-30E
3, 4
3, 4
1.0 (0.45)
1.0 (0.45)
3
40E
50E
8RBA2-40E
8RBA2-50E
1, 2
1, 2
8RBT2-40E
8RBT2-50E
3, 4
3, 4
1.0 (0.45)
1.0 (0.45)
3
65E
80E
8RBA2-65E
8RBA2-80E
1, 2
1, 2
8RBT2-65E
8RBT2-80E
3, 4
3, 4
1.0 (0.45)
1.0 (0.45)
3
100E
125E
8RBA2-100E
8RBA2-125E
1, 2
1, 2
8RBT2-100E
8RBT2-125E
3, 4
3, 4
1.0 (0.45)
1.0 (0.45)
3
150E
200E
8RBA2-150E
8RBA2-200E
1, 2
1, 2
8RBT2-150E
8RBT2-200E
3, 4
3, 4
1.0 (0.45)
1.0 (0.45)
3
3
Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—
8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 8RBA2 Fuseholders) 1 3
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)
Mounting (Including Live Fuse Filters Spring and 3
Live Parts Less Holder) Parts and Condensers Shunt Assy.
Fuseholder Voltage (kV)

Porcelain
Insulator
Glass
Polyester
3
Ampere
Rating Style
Non-Indicating Indicating
Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal Maximum
LIWL Catalog
(BIL) Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 3
10E–200E Non-disconnect 8RBA2-NH 8RBA2-INH 4.8 5.5 60 5RBA2-PNM 5RBA2-GNM 15RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR
RBA2-COND
8RBA2-SHNT
3
Non-disconnect 8RBA2-NH 8RBA2-INH 7.2 8.3 75 8RBA2-PNM 8RBA2-GNM 15RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR
RBA2-COND
8RBA2-SHNT
3
Disconnect 8RBA2-DH BRBA2-IDH 4.8 5.5 60 5RBA2-PDM 5RBA2-GDM 14RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR
RBA2-COND
8RBA2-SHNT
3
Disconnect 8RBA2-DH BRBA2-IDH 7.2 8.3 75 8RBA2-PDM 8RBA2-GDM 14RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR
RBA2-COND
8RBA2-SHNT
3
Bolt-in — 8RBA2-INH-B 4.8 5.5 60 5RBA8-PNM 5RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR
RBA2-COND
8RBA2-SHNT
3
Bolt-in — 8RBA2-INH-B 7.2 8.3 75 8RBA8-PNM 8RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR
RBA2-COND
8RBA2-SHNT
3
3
Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) 3
Mounting (Including Live Spring and
Live Parts Less Holder) Parts Shunt Assy. 3
Vertical (180°) Underhung (90°)
Ampere
Fuseholder
Catalog
Voltage (kV)
LIWL
Mounting
Catalog
Mounting
Catalog
Vertical
Catalog
Underhung
Catalog Catalog
3
3
Rating Style Number Nominal Maximum (BIL) Number Number Number Number Number
10E–200E Dropout 8RDB2-DH 7.2 8.3 95 8RDB2-VM 8RDB2-UM RDB2-VL RDB2-UL 8RDB2-SHNT
Dropout 8RDB2-DH 7.2 8.3 110 8RDB2-HVM 8RDB2-HUM RDB2-VL RDB2-UL 8RDB2-SHNT
3
Notes
1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase.
Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the |user is supplying base support and insulators.
3
3
2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase.
Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
Type 8RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A
3 RBA/RBT Refill Units
3 Ampere Rating
Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)
Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-635
Time Lag (Fuse Refills)
Approximate
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
3 0.5
3
8RBA4-.5
8RBA4-3
5, 6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
2.1 (0.95)
2.1 (0.95)
3 5E
7E
8RBA4-5E
8RBA4-7E
5, 6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
2.1 (0.95)
2.1 (0.95)
3 10E
15E
8RBA4-10E
8RBA4-15E
5,6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
2.1 (0.95)
2.1 (0.95)
3 20E
25E
8RBA4-20E
8RBA4-25E
5, 6
5, 6
8RBT4-20E
8RBT4-25E
7, 8
7, 8
2.1 (0.95)
2.1 (0.95)
3 30E
40E
8RBA4-30E
8RBA4-40E
5, 6
5, 6
8RBT4-30E
8RBT4-40E
7, 8
7, 8
2.1 (0.95)
2.1 (0.95)
3
50E 8RBA4-50E 5, 6 8RBT4-50E 7, 8 2.1 (0.95)
65E 8RBA4-65E 5, 6 8RBT4-65E 7, 8 2.1 (0.95)
3
80E 8RBA4-80E 5, 6 8RBT4-80E 7, 8 2.1 (0.95)
100E 8RBA4-100E 5, 6 8RBT4-100E 7, 8 2.1 (0.95)
125E 8RBA4-125E 5, 6 8RBT4-125E 7, 8 2.1 (0.95)
3 150E 8RBA4-150E 5, 6 8RBT4-150E 7, 8 2.1 (0.95)
200E 8RBA4-200E 5, 6 8RBT4-200E 7, 8 2.1 (0.95)
3 250E 8RBA4-250E 5, 6 8RBT4-250E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
300E 8RBA4-300E 5, 6 8RBT4-300E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 400E 8RBA4-400E 5, 6 8RBT4-400E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—

8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 8RBA4 Fuseholders) 1
3 RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)
Mounting (Including Live Fuse Filters Spring and
3 Live Parts Less Holder) Parts and Condensers Shunt Assy.
Porcelain Glass
3 Ampere
Fuseholder
Voltage (kV) Insulator
LIWL Catalog
Polyester
3
Rating Style Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal Maximum (BIL) Number Number Number Number Number
0.5–400E Non-disconnect 8RBA4-NH 8RBA4-INH 4.8 5.5 60 5RBA4-PNM 5RBA4-GNM 15RBA4-NL RBA4-FLTR 8RBA4-SHNT
3 Non-disconnect 8RBA4-NH 8RBA4-INH 7.2 8.3 75 8RBA4-PNM 8RBA4-GNM 15RBA4-NL

RBA4-COND
RBA4-FLTR 8RBA4-SHNT
3 Disconnect 8RBA4-DH BRBA2-IDH 4.8 5.5 60 5RBA4-PDM 5RBA4-GDM 14RBA4-DL

RBA4-COND
3 Disconnect 8RBA4-DH BRBA2-IDH 7.2 8.3 75 8RBA4-PDM 8RBA4-GDM 14RBA4-DL

RBA4-COND
3 Bolt-in — 8RBA2-INH-B 4.8 5.5 60 5RBA8-PNM 5RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL

RBA4-COND
3 Bolt-in — 8RBA4-INH-B 7.2 8.3 75 8RBA8-PNM 8RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL

RBA4-COND
3 RBA4-COND
3 Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)
3 Mounting (Including
Live Parts Less Holder)
Live
Parts
Spring and
Shunt Assy.
3 Fuseholder Voltage (kV)

Vertical (180°)
Mounting
Underhung (90°)
Mounting Vertical Underhung
Ampere Catalog LIWL Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
3 Rating Style Number Nominal Maximum (BIL) Number Number Number Number Number
0.5–400E Dropout 8RDB4-DH 7.2 8.3 95 8RDB4-VM 8RDB4-UM RDB4-VL RDB4-UL 8RDB4-SHNT
3 Dropout 8RDB4-DH 7.2 8.3 110 8RDB4-HVM 8RDB4-HUM RDB4-VL RDB4-UL 8RDB4-SHNT
3
Notes
3 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase.
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
Type 8RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 8RBA8/8RDB4 Fuseholders—
8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 800A 3
3
Ampere Catalog Curve Reference Catalog Curve Reference Shipping
Rating Quantity Number 36-635 Quantity Number 36-635 Weight Lbs (kg) 3
450E 2 8RBA4-250E 9 2 8RBT4-250E 12 1
540E 2 8RBA4-300E 9 2 8RBT4-300E 12 1 3

3
720E 2 8RBA4-400E 9 2 8RBT4-400E 12 1

3
3
Mounting (Including
Live
Parts
Fuse Filters
and Condensers
Spring and
Shunt Assy. 3
Porcelain Glass
Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Insulator Polyester 3
Ampere Non-Indicating Indicating LIWL Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
3
450E–720E Non-disconnect 8RBA8-NH 8RBA8-INH 4.8 5.5 60 5RBA8-PNM 5RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 8RBA4-SHNT
RBA4-COND 3 3
Non-disconnect 8RBA8-NH 8RBA8-INH 7.2 8.3 75 8RBA8-PNM 8RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 8RBA4-SHNT
RBA4-COND 3
3
3
3
Mounting (Including
Live
Parts
Spring and
Shunt Assy. 3
Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Mounting Mounting Vertical Underhung 3
3
450E–720E Disconnect 8RDB4-NH 7.2 8.3 95 8RDB8-VM 8RDB8-UM RDB8-VL RDB8-UL 8RDB4-SHNT
Disconnect 8RDB4-NH 7.2 8.3 110 8RDB8-HVM 8RDB8-HUM RDB8-VL RDB8-UL 8RDB4-SHNT 3
Notes
1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 8.3 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E.
3
2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase.
3 Two filters or condensers required.
3
4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3 Ampere Rating
Approximate
3 10E 15RBA2-10E 1, 2 — — 1.1 (0.5)

15E 15RBA2-15E 1, 2 — — 1.1 (0.5)
3 20E 15RBA2-20E 1, 2 15RBT2-20E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)
25E 15RBA2-25E 1, 2 15RBT2-25E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)
3 30E 15RBA2-30E 1, 2 15RBT2-30E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)
3 40E
50E
15RBA2-40E
15RBA2-50E
1, 2
1, 2
15RBT2-40E
15RBT2-50E
3, 4
3, 4
1.1 (0.5)
1.1 (0.5)
3 65E 15RBA2-65E 1, 2 15RBT2-65E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)

80E 15RBA2-80E 1, 2 15RBT2-80E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)
3 100E 15RBA2-100E 1, 2 15RBT2-100E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)
125E 15RBA2-125E 1, 2 15RBT2-125E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)
3 150E 15RBA2-150E 1, 2 15RBT2-150E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)
3 200E 15RBA2-200E 1, 2 15RBT2-200E 3, 4 1.1 (0.5)
3 Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—

3
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)
Live
Parts
Fuse Filters
and Condensers
Spring and
Shunt Assy.
Porcelain Glass
3 Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Insulator Polyester
3 Rating Style Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal Maximum (BIL) Number Number Number Number Number
10E–200E Non-disconnect 15RBA2-NH 15RBA2-INH 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA2-PNM 14RBA2-GNM 15RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR 15RBA2-SHNT
3 RBA2-COND
Non-disconnect 15RBA2-NH 15RBA2-INH 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA2-PNM — 15RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR 15RBA2-SHNT
3 RBA2-COND
3 Disconnect 15RBA2-DH 15RBA2-IDH 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA2-PDM 14RBA2-GDM 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR 15RBA2-SHNT
RBA2-COND
3 Disconnect 15RBA2-DH 15RBA2-IDH 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA2-PDM — 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR 15RBA2-SHNT
RBA2-COND
3 Bolt-in — 15RBA2-INH-B 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA8-PNM 14RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR 15RBA2-SHNT
3
RBA2-COND
Bolt-in — 15RBA2-INH-B 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA8-PNM 15RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR 15RBA2-SHNT
3 RBA2-COND
3 RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)
3 Live Parts Less Holder)
Parts Shunt Assy.
Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Mounting Mounting Vertical Underhung

3 Ampere Catalog LIWL Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
3 10E–200E Dropout 15RDB2-DH 13.8 15.5 110 15RDB2-VM 15RDB2-UM RDB2-VL RDB2-UL 15RDB2-SHNT
3
Notes
3 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase.
3 Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
3
Ampere Rating
Approximate
3
0.5
3
15RBA4-.5
15RBA4-3
5, 6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
2.3 (1.0)
2.3 (1.0)
3
5E
7E
15RBA4-5E
15RBA4-7E
5, 6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
2.3 (1.0)
2.3 (1.0)
3
10E
15E
15RBA4-10E
15RBA4-15E
5,6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
2.3 (1.0)
2.3 (1.0)
3
3
20E 15RBA4-20E 5, 6 15RBT4-20E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0)
25E 15RBA4-25E 5, 6 15RBT4-25E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0)
30E 15RBA4-30E 5, 6 15RBT4-30E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0)
40E 15RBA4-40E 5, 6 15RBT4-40E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0) 3
50E 15RBA4-50E 5, 6 15RBT4-50E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0)
65E 15RBA4-65E 5, 6 15RBT4-65E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0) 3
80E 15RBA4-80E 5, 6 15RBT4-80E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0)
100E 15RBA4-100E 5, 6 15RBT4-100E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0) 3
125E 15RBA4-125E 5, 6 15RBT4-125E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0)
150E 15RBA4-150E 5, 6 15RBT4-150E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0) 3
200E 15RBA4-200E 5, 6 15RBT4-200E 7, 8 2.3 (1.0)
250E 15RBA4-250E 5, 6 15RBT4-250E 10, 11 2.3 (1.0) 3
300E 15RBA4-300E 5, 6 15RBT4-300E 10, 11 2.3 (1.0)
400E 15RBA4-400E 5, 6 15RBT4-400E 10, 11 2.3 (1.0) 3
Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 15RBA4 Fuseholders) 1 3
Mounting (Including Live Fuse Filters Spring and 3
Fuseholder Voltage (kV)

Porcelain
Insulator
Glass
Polyester
3
Ampere
Rating Style
LIWL Catalog
(BIL) Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number 3
0.5–400E Non-disconnect 15RBA4-NH 15RBA4-INH 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA4-PNM 14RBA4-GNM 15RBA4-NL RBA4-FLTR
RBA4-COND
15RBA4-
SHNT 3
Non-disconnect 15RBA4-NH 15RBA4-INH 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA4-PNM — 15RBA4-NL RBA4-FLTR
RBA4-COND
15RBA4-
SHNT 3
Disconnect 15RBA4-DH 15RBA2-IDH 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA4-PDM 14RBA4-GDM 15RBA4-DL RBA4-FLTR
RBA4-COND
15RBA4-
SHNT 3
Disconnect 15RBA4-DH 15RBA2-IDH 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA4-PDM — 15RBA4-DL RBA4-FLTR
RBA4-COND
15RBA4-
SHNT
3
Bolt-in — 15RBA4-INH-B 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA8-PNM 14RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA-FLTR
RBA4-COND
15RBA4-SHNT
3
Bolt-in — 15RBA4-INH-B 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA8-PNM 15RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA-FLTR 15RBA4-SHNT
3
RBA4-COND
3
Live Parts Less Holder) Parts Shunt Assy. 3
Ampere
Fuseholder
Catalog
Voltage (kV)
LIWL
Mounting
Catalog
Mounting
Catalog
Vertical
Catalog
Underhung
Catalog Catalog
3
3
3
Notes
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses

3 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 800A
3
3 Rating Quantity Number 36-635 Quantity Number 36-635 Weight Lbs (kg)
450E 2 15RBA4-250E 9 2 15RBT4-250E 12 1
3 540E 2 15RBA4-300E 9 2 15RBT4-300E 12 1
3 720E 2 15RBA4-400E 9 2 15RBT4-400E 12 1
3 Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—

3
Live
Parts
Fuse Filters
and Condensers
Spring and
Shunt Assy.
Porcelain Glass
450E–720E Non-disconnect 15RBA8-NH 15RBA8-INH 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA8-PNM 14RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 15RBA4-SHNT
3 RBA4-COND 3
Non-disconnect 15RBA8-NH 15RBA8-INH 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA8-PNM 14RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 15RBA4-SHNT
3 RBA4-COND 3
3
Live
Parts
Spring and
Shunt Assy.
3 Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Mounting Mounting Vertical Underhung
3 Rating Style Number Nominal Maximum (BIL) Number Number Number Number Number
450E–720E Disconnect 15RDB4-NH 13.8 15.5 110 15RDB8-VM 15RDB8-UM RDB8-VL RDB8-UL 15RDB4-SHNT
3 Disconnect 15RDB4-NH 13.8 15.5 150 15RDB8-HVM 15RDB8-HUM RDB8-VL RDB8-UL 15RDB4-SHNT
3 Notes
1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 15 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E.
3 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
3
Ampere Rating
Approximate
3
10E 25RBA2-10E 1, 2 — — 1.3 (0.6)
3
15E 25RBA2-15E 1, 2 — — 1.3 (0.6)
20E 25RBA2-20E 1, 2 25RBT2-20E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6) 3
25E 25RBA2-25E 1, 2 25RBT2-25E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6)
30E 25RBA2-30E 1, 2 25RBT2-30E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6) 3
40E
50E
25RBA2-40E
25RBA2-50E
1, 2
1, 2
25RBT2-40E
25RBT2-50E
3, 4
3, 4
1.3 (0.6)
1.3 (0.6)
3
65E 25RBA2-65E 1, 2 25RBT2-65E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6) 3
80E 25RBA2-80E 1, 2 25RBT2-80E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6)
100E 25RBA2-100E 1, 2 25RBT2-100E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6) 3
125E 25RBA2-125E 1, 2 25RBT2-125E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6)
150E 25RBA2-150E 1, 2 25RBT2-150E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6) 3
200E 25RBA2-200E 1, 2 25RBT2-200E 3, 4 1.3 (0.6)
3
3
3
Mounting (Including
Live
Parts
Fuse Filters
and Condensers
Spring and
Shunt Assy. 3
Porcelain Glass
Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Insulator Polyester 3
3
10E–200E Non-disconnect 25RBA2-NH 25RBA2-INH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA2-PNM — 38RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR 25RBA2-SHNT
RBA2-COND 3
RBA2-COND
3
Disconnect 25RBA2-DH 25RBA2-IDH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA2-PDM — 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR
RBA2-COND
25RBA2-SHNT
3
Disconnect 25RBA2-DH 25RBA2-IDH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA2-PDM — 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR 25RBA2-SHNT 3
RBA2-COND
Bolt-in — 25RBA2-INH-B 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA8-PNM 24RBA8-GNM 38RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR 25RBA2-SHNT 3
3
RBA2-COND
Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 200A 2 3
3
Live Parts Less Holder) Parts Shunt Assy.
Vertical (180°) Underhung (90°) 3
Ampere
Rating Style
Catalog
Number Nominal Maximum
LIWL
(BIL)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3
10E–200E Dropout 25RDB2-DH 23.0 25.5 150 25RDB2-VM 25RDB2-UM RDB2-VL RDB2-UL 25RDB2-SHNT 3
Notes
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3 Ampere Rating
Approximate
3 0.5
3
25RBA4-.5
25RBA4-3
5, 6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
2.7 (1.2)
2.7 (1.2)
3 5E
7E
25RBA4-5E
25RBA4-7E
5, 6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
2.7 (1.2)
2.7 (1.2)
3 10E 25RBA4-10E 5,6 — — 2.7 (1.2)

15E 25RBA4-15E 5, 6 — — 2.7 (1.2)
3 20E 25RBA4-20E 5, 6 25RBT4-20E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)

25E 25RBA4-25E 5, 6 25RBT4-25E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
3 30E 25RBA4-30E 5, 6 25RBT4-30E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)

40E 25RBA4-40E 5, 6 25RBT4-40E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
3 50E 25RBA4-50E 5, 6 25RBT4-50E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
65E 25RBA4-65E 5, 6 25RBT4-65E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
3 80E 25RBA4-80E 5, 6 25RBT4-80E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
100E 25RBA4-100E 5, 6 25RBT4-100E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
3 125E 25RBA4-125E 5, 6 25RBT4-125E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
150E 25RBA4-150E 5, 6 25RBT4-150E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
3 200E 25RBA4-200E 5, 6 25RBT4-200E 7, 8 2.7 (1.2)
250E 25RBA4-250E 5, 6 25RBT4-250E 10, 11 2.7 (1.2)
3 300E 25RBA4-300E 5, 6 25RBT4-300E 10, 11 2.7 (1.2)

3 RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)
Live
Parts
Fuse Filters
and Condensers
Spring and
Shunt Assy.
Porcelain Glass
0.5–300E Non-disconnect 25RBA4-NH 25RBA4-INH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA4-PNM — 38RBA4-NL RBA4-FLTR 25RBA4-SHNT
3 RBA4-COND
3 RBA4-COND
Disconnect 25RBA4-DH 25RBA2-IDH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA4-PDM — 38RBA4-DL RBA4-FLTR 25RBA4-SHNT
3 RBA4-COND
3 RBA4-COND
3
RBA4-COND
3
3 Live Parts Less Holder) Parts Shunt Assy.
3 Ampere
Fuseholder
Catalog
Voltage (kV)
LIWL
Mounting
Catalog
Mounting
Catalog
Vertical
Catalog
Underhung
Catalog Catalog
3
3 Dropout 25RDB4-DH 23.0 25.5 200 25RDB4-HVM 25RDB4-HUM RDB4-VL RDB4-UL 25RDB4-SHNT
Notes
3 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase.
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A 3
3
Ampere Catalog Curve Reference Catalog Curve Reference Shipping Weight
Rating Quantity Number 36-635 Quantity Number 36-635 Lbs (kg) 3
450E 2 25RBA4-250E 9 2 25RBT4-250E 12 1
540E 2 25RBA4-300E 9 2 25RBT4-300E 12 1 3

3
25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 25RBA8 Fuseholders) 2 3
3
Porcelain Glass 3
Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Insulator Polyester
Ampere
Rating Style
LIWL Catalog
(BIL) Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3
450E–540E Non-disconnect 25RBA8-NH 25RBA8-INH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA8-PNM — 38RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 25RBA4-SHNT 3
RBA4-COND 3
Non-disconnect 25RBA8-NH 25RBA8-INH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA8-PNM — 38RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 25RBA4-SHNT 3
RBA4-COND 3
3
Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A 4 3
3
Vertical (180°) Underhung (90°) 3
Ampere
Rating Style
Catalog
LIWL
(BIL)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3
450E–540E Disconnect 25RDB4-NH 23.0 25.5 150 25RDB8-VM 25RDB8-UM RDB8-VL RDB8-UL 25RDB4-SHNT 3
Disconnect 25RDB4-NH 23.0 25.5 200 25RDB8-HVM 25RDB8-HUM RDB8-VL RDB8-UL 25RDB4-SHNT
Notes
3
1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 25 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E.
2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuse
3 Ampere Rating
Approximate
3 10E 38RBA2-10E 1, 2 — — 1.4 (0.6)

15E 38RBA2-15E 1, 2 — — 1.4 (0.6)
3 20E 38RBA2-20E 1, 2 38RBT2-20E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)
25E 38RBA2-25E 1, 2 38RBT2-25E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)
3 30E 38RBA2-30E 1, 2 38RBT2-30E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)
3 40E
50E
38RBA2-40E
38RBA2-50E
1, 2
1, 2
38RBT2-40E
38RBT2-50E
3, 4
3, 4
1.4 (0.6)
1.4 (0.6)
3 65E 38RBA2-65E 1, 2 38RBT2-65E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)

80E 38RBA2-80E 1, 2 38RBT2-80E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)
3 100E 38RBA2-100E 1, 2 38RBT2-100E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)
125E 38RBA2-125E 1, 2 38RBT2-125E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)
3 150E 38RBA2-150E 1, 2 38RBT2-150E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)
3 200E 38RBA2-200E 1, 2 38RBT2-200E 3, 4 1.4 (0.6)

3
Live
Parts
Fuse Filters
and Condensers
Spring and
Shunt Assy.
Porcelain Glass
10E–200E Non-disconnect 38RBA2-NH 38RBA2-INH 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA2-PNM — 38RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR 38RBA2-SHNT
3 RBA2-COND
3 RBA2-COND
RBA2-COND
RBA2-COND
3 Bolt-in — 38RBA2-INH-B 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA8-PNM 38RBA8-GNM 38RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR 38RBA2-SHNT
3
RBA2-COND
3 Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 200A 2
3 Vertical (180°) Underhung (90°)
3 Ampere
Rating Style
Catalog
LIWL
(BIL)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3 10E–200E Dropout 38RDB2-DH 34.5 38.0 200 38RDB2-VM 38RDB2-UM RDB2-VL RDB2-UL 38RDB2-SHNT
3 Notes
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
3
Ampere Rating
Approximate
3
0.5
3
38RBA4-.5
38RBA4-3
5, 6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
3.1 (1.4)
3.1 (1.4)
3
5E
7E
38RBA4-5E
38RBA4-7E
5, 6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
3.1 (1.4)
3.1 (1.4)
3
10E
15E
38RBA4-10E
38RBA4-15E
5,6
5, 6
—
—
—
—
3.1 (1.4)
3.1 (1.4)
3
20E 38RBA4-20E 5, 6 38RBT4-20E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4)
3
25E 38RBA4-25E 5, 6 38RBT4-25E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4)
30E 38RBA4-30E 5, 6 38RBT4-30E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4) 3
40E 38RBA4-40E 5, 6 38RBT4-40E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4)
50E 38RBA4-50E 5, 6 38RBT4-50E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4) 3
65E 38RBA4-65E 5, 6 38RBT4-65E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4)
80E 38RBA4-80E 5, 6 38RBT4-80E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4) 3
100E 38RBA4-100E 5, 6 38RBT4-100E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4)
125E 38RBA4-125E 5, 6 38RBT4-125E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4) 3
150E 38RBA4-150E 5, 6 38RBT4-150E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4)
200E 38RBA4-200E 5, 6 38RBT4-200E 7, 8 3.1 (1.4) 3
250E 38RBA4-250E 5, 6 38RBT4-250E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
300E 38RBA4-300E 5, 6 38RBT4-300E (0, 11 3.1 (1.4) 3
Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure— 3
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) 3
Live Parts Less Holder) Parts and Condensers Shunt Assy. 3
Porcelain Glass
Ampere
Fuseholder
Voltage (kV) Insulator
LIWL Catalog
Polyester
3
Rating
0.5–300E
Style
Non-disconnect
Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal
38RBA4-NH 38RBA4-INH 34.5
Maximum
38.0
(BIL) Number
150 38RBA4-PNM
Number
—
Number
38RBA4-NL
Number
RBA4-FLTR
Number
38RBA4-SHNT
3
RBA4-COND
3
RBA4-COND 3
RBA4-COND 3
RBA4-COND 3
RBA4-COND 3
3
Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 400A 2
Parts Shunt Assy.
3
3
0.5–300E Dropout 38RDB4-DH 34.5 38.0 150 38RDB4-VM 38RDB4-UM RDB4-VL RDB4-UL 38RDB4-SHNT 3
3
Notes
3
Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses

3 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 800A
3
3 Rating Quantity Number 36-635 Quantity Number 36-635 Weight Lbs (kg)
450E 2 38RBA4-250E 9 2 38RBT4-250E 12 1
3 540E 2 38RBA4-300E 9 2 38RBT4-300E 12 1
3
3
3
3 Porcelain Glass
Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Insulator Polyester
3 Ampere
Rating Style
LIWL Catalog
(BIL) Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3 450E–540E Non-disconnect 38RBA8-NH 38RBA8-INH 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA8-PNM — 38RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 38RBA4-SHNT
RBA4-COND 3
3 Non-disconnect 38RBA8-NH 38RBA8-INH 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA8-PNM — 38RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 38RBA4-SHNT
RBA4-COND 3
3
3 Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 800A 4
3 Vertical (180°) Underhung (90°)
3 Ampere
Rating Style
Catalog
LIWL
(BIL)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3 450E–540E Disconnect 38RDB4-NH 34.5 38.0 150 38RDB8-VM 38RDB8-UM RDB8-VL RDB8-UL 38RDB4-SHNT
Disconnect 38RDB4-NH 34.5 38.0 200 38RDB8-HVM 38RDB8-HUM RDB8-VL RDB8-UL 38RDB4-SHNT
3 Notes
3
1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 38 kV fuse, order 2 pieces of an 8RBA4-400E.
3 3 Two filters or condensers required.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
Type DBU
3
DBU-EFID Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal 3
Ampere
Standard Speed
Catalog Curve Reference Ampere
Slow Speed
Catalog Curve Reference Ampere
K Speed
Catalog Curve Reference
3
Rating Number 12 36-643 Rating Number 12 36-643 Rating Number 12 36-643
5E DBU17-5E 11,14 — — — 3K DBU17-3K 12, 15
3
7E DBU17-7E 11,14 — — — 6K DBU17-6K 12, 15
3
10E DBU17-10E 11,14 — — — 8K DBU17-8K 12, 15
3
DBU17-GNM
13E DBU17-13E 11,14 — — — 10K DBU17-10K 12, 15
15E DBU17-15E 11,14 15SE DBU17-15SE 10, 13 12K DBU17-12K 12, 15
20E DBU17-20E 11,14 20SE DBU17-20SE 10, 13 15K DBU17-15K 12, 15 3
3
DBU17-GDM 40E DBU17-40E 11,14 40SE DBU17-40SE 10, 13 30K DBU17-30K 12, 15
3
DBU-EFOD
125E
150E
DBU17-125E
DBU17-150E
11,14
11,14
125SE
150SE
DBU17-125SE
DBU17-150SE
10, 13
10, 13
100K
140K
DBU17-100K
DBU17-140K
12, 15
12, 15
3
200E DBU17-200E 11,14 200SE DBU17-200SE 10, 13 — — —
3
Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal 3
Voltage (kV)
3
Ampere
Rating Style Style Nominal Maximum LIWL (BIL) Mounting Live Parts End Fittings Muffler
3 3 4
3
5E–200E, Indoor Non loadbreak 13.8 17.1 95 DBU17-GNM DBU17-NL DBU-EFID DBU-MFLR
15SE–200SE,
Indoor Loadbreak 13.8 17.1 95 DBU17-GDM 3 DBU17-DL 3 DBU-EFID 4 DBU-MFLR
3K–200K
Outdoor Dropout 13.8 17.1 125 DBU-17-DM — DBU-EFOD —
3
Notes
1 Maximum interrupting rating 14 kA symmetrical.
2 Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg).
3
3 To complete the mounting catalog number, specify -R for right side cale terminator or -L for left side cale terminator.
4 End fittings DBU-EFID include a muffler.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal

3 DBU-EFID
Standard Speed Slow Speed K Speed
3 Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number 12
Curve Reference
36-643
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number 12
Curve Reference
36-643
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number 12
Curve Reference
36-643
3 5E
7E
DBU27-5E
DBU27-7E
11,17
11,17
—
—
—
—
—
—
3K
6K
DBU27-3K
DBU27-6K
12, 18
12, 18
3 DBU17-GNM
10E DBU27-10E 11,17 — — — 8K DBU27-8K 12, 18
13E DBU27-13E 11,17 — — — 10K DBU27-10K 12, 18
3 15E DBU27-15E 11,17 15SE DBU27-15SE 10, 16 12K DBU27-12K 12, 18
3 30E
40E
DBU27-30E
DBU27-40E
11,17
11,17
30SE
40SE
DBU27-30SE
DBU27-40SE
10, 16
10, 16
25K
30K
DBU27-25K
DBU27-30K
12, 18
12, 18
DBU17-GDM
3
3 DBU-EFOD 150E DBU27-150E 11,17 150SE DBU27-150SE 10, 16 140K DBU27-140K 12, 18
3 200E DBU27-200E 11,17 200SE DBU27-200SE 10, 16 — — —
3
Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal
3 Ampere Voltage (kV)
3 5E–200E, Indoor Non loadbreak 23.5 27.0 110 DBU27-GNM 3 DBU27-NL 3 DBU-EFID 4 DBU-MFLR
15SE–200SE,
3 3K–200K
Indoor
Outdoor
Loadbreak
Dropout
23.5
23.5
27.0
27.0
110
150
DBU27-GDM 3
DBU-27-DM
DBU27-DL 3
—
DBU-EFID 4
DBU-EFOD
DBU-MFLR
—
3 Notes
1 Maximum interrupting rating 12.5kA symmetrical.
3 2 Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg).

3
4 End fittings DBU-EFID include a muffler.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal
DBU-EFID
Standard Speed Slow Speed K Speed
3
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number 12
Curve Reference
36-643
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number 2
Curve Reference
36-643
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number 12
Curve Reference
36-643 3
3
5E DBU38-5E 11,17 — — — 3K DBU38-3K 12, 18
7E DBU38-7E 11,17 — — — 6K DBU38-6K 12, 18
DBU17-GNM
10E DBU38-10E 11,17 — — — 8K DBU38-8K 12, 18
3
13E DBU38-13E 11,17 — — — 10K DBU38-10K 12, 18
30E
40E
DBU38-30E
DBU38-40E
11,17
11,17
30SE
40SE
DBU38-30SE
DBU38-40SE
10, 16
10, 16
25K
30K
DBU38-25K
DBU38-30K
12, 18
12, 18
3
DBU17-GDM
3
DBU-EFOD 150E DBU38-150E 11,17 150SE DBU38-150SE 10, 16 140K DBU38-140K 12, 18
3
200E DBU38-200E 11,17 200SE DBU38-200SE 10, 16 — — — 3
3
Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 38.0 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal
Ampere Voltage (kV) 3
5E–200E, Indoor Non loadbreak 34.5 38 150 DBU38-GNM 3 DBU38-NL 3 DBU-EFID 4 DBU-MFLR 3
15SE–200SE,
3K–200K 3
Notes
1 Maximum interrupting rating 10 kA symmetrical (outdoor dropout, 8.5 kA indoor with muffler. 3
2 Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg).
4 End fittings DBU-EFID includes a muffler.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses

3
Type DBA
3
Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors
3 DBA-1 Fuse Units Approximate DBA-1 Fuse Units Approximate
Ampere Catalog Curve Reference Shipping Weight Ampere Catalog Curve Reference Shipping Weight
3 Rating Number 36-623 Lbs (kg) Rating Number 36-623 Lbs (kg)
Type DBA-1 Fuse Refills 25 kV Maximum (23 kV Nominal)
3 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)
0.5 25DBA1-.5 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
0.5 8DBA1-.5 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
3 3 8DBA1-3 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
3
5E
25DBA1-3
25DBA1-5E
10, 11
10, 11
3.1 (1.4)
3.1 (1.4)
5E 8DBA1-5E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
3 7E 8DBA1-7E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
7E 25DBA1-7E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
10E 25DBA1-10E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
3 10E 8DBA1-10E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
15E 25DBA1-15E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
15E 8DBA1-15E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
20E 25DBA1-20E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
3 20E 8DBA1-20E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
25E 25DBA1-25E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
25E 8DBA1-25E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
3 30E 8DBA1-30E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
30E 25DBA1-30E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
40E 25DBA1-40E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
3
40E 8DBA1-40E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
50E 25DBA1-50E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
50E 8DBA1-50E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
65E 25DBA1-65E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
3 65E 8DBA1-65E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
80E 25DBA1-80E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
80E 8DBA1-80E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
3
100E 25DBA1-100E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
100E 8DBA1-100E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
125E 25DBA1-125E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
125E 8DBA1-125E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
3 150E 8DBA1-150E 10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
150E 25DBA1-150E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
200E 25DBA1-200E 10, 11 3.1 (1.4)
3 200E 8DBA1-200E
15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)
10, 11 1.5 (0.7)
3 0.5 15DBA1-.5 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)

3 15DBA1-3 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 5E 15DBA1-5E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
7E 15DBA1-7E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 10E 15DBA1-10E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 15E 15DBA1-15E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)

20E 15DBA1-20E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 25E 15DBA1-25E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)

30E 15DBA1-30E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 40E 15DBA1-40E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3
50E 15DBA1-50E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
65E 15DBA1-65E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 80E 15DBA1-80E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)

100E 15DBA1-100E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 125E 15DBA1-125E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
150E 15DBA1-150E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3 200E 15DBA1-200E 10, 11 2.1 (0.95)
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors,
continued 3
DBA-1 Fuse Units DBA-1 Fuse Units
Ampere Catalog Curve Reference
Approximate
Shipping Weight Ampere Catalog Curve Reference
Approximate
Shipping Weight 3
Rating Number 36-623 Lbs (kg) Rating Number 36-623 Lbs (kg)
Type DBA-1 Fuse Refills 72 kV Maximum (69 kV Nominal) 3
38 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal)
3
0.5 72DBA1-.5 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
0.5 38DBA1-.5 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
3 72DBA1-3 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
3 38DBA1-3 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
5E 38DBA1-5E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
5E 72DBA1-5E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
3
7E 72DBA1-7E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
7E
10E
38DBA1-7E
38DBA1-10E
10, 12
10, 12
4.2 (1.9)
4.2 (1.9)
10E 72DBA1-10E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2) 3
15E 72DBA1-15E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
15E 38DBA1-15E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
20E 72DBA1-20E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2) 3
20E 38DBA1-20E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
25E 38DBA1-25E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
25E
30E
72DBA1-25E
72DBA1-30E
10, 12
10, 12
7.1 (3.2)
7.1 (3.2)
3
3
30E 38DBA1-30E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
40E 72DBA1-40E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
40E 38DBA1-40E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
50E 72DBA1-50E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
50E 38DBA1-50E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
65E 72DBA1-65E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2) 3
65E 38DBA1-65E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
80E 72DBA1-80E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
80E 38DBA1-80E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
100E 72DBA1-100E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
3
100E 38DBA1-100E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
125E 38DBA1-125E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
125E 72DBA1-125E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
3
150E 72DBA1-150E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
3
150E 38DBA1-150E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
200E 72DBA1-200E 10, 12 7.1 (3.2)
200E 38DBA1-200E 10, 12 4.2 (1.9)
48 kV Maximum (46 kV Nominal)
3
0.5 48DBA1-.5 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
3 48DBA1-3 10, 12 6.5 (3.0) 3
5E 48DBA1-5E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
7E 48DBA1-7E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0) 3
10E
15E
48DBA1-10E
48DBA1-15E
10, 12
10, 12
6.5 (3.0)
6.5 (3.0)
3
20E 48DBA1-20E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0) 3
25E 48DBA1-25E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
30E 48DBA1-30E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0) 3
3
40E 48DBA1-40E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
50E 48DBA1-50E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
65E 48DBA1-65E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
3
80E 48DBA1-80E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
100E 48DBA1-100E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0) 3
125E 48DBA1-125E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
150E 48DBA1-150E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0) 3
3
200E 48DBA1-200E 10, 12 6.5 (3.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses

3 continued
3
DBA-1 Fuse Units Approximate DBA-1 Fuse Units Approximate
Ampere Catalog Curve Reference Shipping Weight Ampere Catalog Curve Reference Shipping Weight
3 Type DBA-2 Fuse Refills 72 kV Maximum (69 kV Nominal)
38 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal)
3 0.5 38DBA2-.5 10, 12 10 (4.5)
0.5
3
72DBA2-.5
72DBA2-3
10, 12
10, 12
15 (6.8)
15 (6.8)
3 38DBA2-3 10, 12 10 (4.5)
3 5E 38DBA2-5E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
5E 72DBA2-5E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
7E 72DBA2-7E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
3 7E
10E
38DBA2-7E
38DBA2-10E
10, 12
10, 12
10 (4.5)
10 (4.5)
10E 72DBA2-10E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
15E 72DBA2-15E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
3 15E 38DBA2-15E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
20E 72DBA2-20E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
20E 38DBA2-20E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
3 25E 38DBA2-25E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
25E
30E
72DBA2-25E
72DBA2-30E
10, 12
10, 12
15 (6.8)
15 (6.8)
3
30E 38DBA2-30E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
40E 72DBA2-40E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
40E 38DBA2-40E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
50E 72DBA2-50E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
3 50E 38DBA2-50E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
65E 72DBA2-65E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
65E 38DBA2-65E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
3
80E 72DBA2-80E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
80E 38DBA2-80E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
100E 72DBA2-100E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
100E 38DBA2-100E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
3 125E 38DBA2-125E 10, 12 10 (4.5)
125E 72DBA2-125E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
150E 72DBA2-150E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
3 150E
200E
38DBA2-150E
38DBA2-200E
10, 12
10, 12
10 (4.5)
10 (4.5)
200E 72DBA2-200E 10, 12 15 (6.8)
3 48 kV Maximum (46 kV Nominal)

0.5 48DBA2-.5 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3 3 48DBA2-3 10, 12 12 (5.4)
5E 48DBA2-5E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3 7E 48DBA2-7E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3 10E
15E
48DBA2-10E
48DBA2-15E
10, 12
10, 12
12 (5.4)
12 (5.4)
3 20E 48DBA2-20E 10, 12 12 (5.4)

25E 48DBA2-25E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3 30E 48DBA2-30E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3
40E 48DBA2-40E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
50E 48DBA2-50E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3 65E 48DBA2-65E 10, 12 12 (5.4)

80E 48DBA2-80E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3 100E 48DBA2-100E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
125E 48DBA2-125E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3 150E 48DBA2-150E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3 200E 48DBA2-200E 10, 12 12 (5.4)
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Expulsion Fuses
3.4
continued 3
DBA-1 Fuse Units DBA-1 Fuse Units
Ampere Catalog Curve Reference
Approximate
Shipping Weight Ampere Catalog Curve Reference
Approximate
Shipping Weight 3
Type DBA-2 Fuse Refills 145 kV Maximum (138 kV Nominal) 3
3
3 145DBA2-3 10, 13 25 (11.4)
3 92DBA2-3 10, 13 19 (8.6)
5E 145DBA2-5E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
5E 92DBA2-5E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
7E 92DBA2-7E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
7E 145DBA2-7E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
3
10E 145DBA2-10E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
10E
15E
92DBA2-10E
92DBA2-15E
10, 13
10, 13
19 (8.6)
19 (8.6)
15E 145DBA2-15E 10, 13 25 (11.4) 3
20E 145DBA2-20E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
20E 92DBA2-20E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
25E 145DBA2-25E 10, 13 25 (11.4) 3
25E 92DBA2-25E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
30E 92DBA2-30E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
30E
40E
145DBA2-30E
145DBA2-40E
10, 13
10, 13
25 (11.4)
25 (11.4)
3
3
40E 92DBA2-40E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
50E 145DBA2-50E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
50E 92DBA2-50E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
65E 145DBA2-65E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
65E 92DBA2-65E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
80E 145DBA2-80E 10, 13 25 (11.4) 3
80E 92DBA2-80E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
100E 145DBA2-100E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
100E 92DBA2-100E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
125E 145DBA2-125E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
3
125E 92DBA2-125E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
150E 92DBA2-150E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
150E 145DBA2-150E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
3
200E 145DBA2-200E 10, 13 25 (11.4)
3
200E 92DBA2-200E 10, 13 19 (8.6)
3 121DBA2-3 10, 13 22 (10)
3
5E 121DBA2-5E 10, 13 22 (10)
7E 121DBA2-7E 10, 13 22 (10) 3
10E 121DBA2-10E 10, 13 22 (10)
15E 121DBA2-15E 10, 13 22 (10) 3
20E
25E
121DBA2-20E
121DBA2-25E
10, 13
10, 13
22 (10)
22 (10)
3
30E 121DBA2-30E 10, 13 22 (10) 3
40E 121DBA2-40E 10, 13 22 (10)
50E 121DBA2-50E 10, 13 22 (10) 3
3
65E 121DBA2-65E 10, 13 22 (10)
80E 121DBA2-80E 10, 13 22 (10)
100E 121DBA2-100E 10, 13 22 (10)
3
125E 121DBA2-125E 10, 13 22 (10)
150E 121DBA2-150E 10, 13 22 (10) 3
200E 121DBA2-200E 10, 13 22 (10)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Current Limiting Fuses
Contents
3 Description Page
3 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-96
Type CLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-96
3 Type HLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-100
Type BHLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-103
3 Type HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-106
Type CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-108
3 Type CLPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-114
3
Type CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-119
Type CXN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-123
3 Type CXF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T3-125
V4-T3-126
3
3
3
3 Catalog Number Selection
3 Easy to Use, Easy to Order! Examples:
Eaton’s fuse catalog These catalog numbers can 5CLE-30E—5.5 max. kV,
3 numbering system makes it be entered directly and easily: CLE fuse unit, 30E amperes
easy to order the right fuse.
3 No change in order 15CXN-45C—15.5 max. kV,
●
The catalog numbers are
easy to remember, unique processing will occur if you CXN fuse unit, 45C amperes
use either a style number
3 to each fuse, and are broken
down in three descriptive or its corresponding 5CLS-GDM-E—5.5 max. kV,
catalog number. You will CLS fuse unit, glass polyester
segments: Fuse type, voltage
3 rating and current rating. get the same fuse nondisconnect mounting
CLE-DL-D—CLE, disconnect
3 live parts Size D
3 Current Limiting Fuses
3 15 CLE – 100 E – D
3 Maximum kV Size
2 = 2.4, 2.5, 2.75 Type Ampere Rating Class A
3 4 = 4.3, 4.8
5 = 5.08, 5.5
CLE CLS75 0.5 to 1350 E B
D
HLE CX R
3 7 = 7.2
8 = 8.3
BHLE
CLPT
CXN
AHLE
C
X
15 = 15.5 NCLPT ACLS
3 25 = 25.5
38 = 38.0
CLS
BCLS
CXI
NCLS
CLS70
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.5
Current Limiting Fuse Accessories
3
15 CLE – P NM – C
3
Maximum kV
2 = 2.4, 2.5, 2.75 Type
Diameter Size
A = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm) 0.53E–1.5E single barrel
3
4 = 4.3, 4.8 B = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm) 3E–10E single barrel
3
CLE CLS Insulator Hardware
5 = 5.08, 5.5 HLE CLS75 G = Glass polyester DM = Disconnect mounting C = 2-inch (50.8 mm) single barrel
7 = 7.2 CLPT CX P = Porcelain NM = Nondisconnect mounting D = 3-inch (76.2 mm) single barrel
8 = 8.3
15 = 15.5
NCLPT CXN H = High BIL DL
NL
= Disconnect live parts
= Nondisconnect live parts
E = 3-inch (76.2 mm) double barrel
F = 4-inch (101.6 mm) double barrel 3
25 = 25.5 DF = Disconnect end fittings G = 5/8-inch (15.9 mm) ferrule (CX/CXN only)
38 = 38.0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
www.comoso.com
Product Selection
3
Type CLE
3
3 Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 2.75 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)
Performance Curves
3 Current Rating
(Amperes)
Barrel
Number
Interrupting Rating
rms (kA Sym.)
Heritage
Product
Indoor/
Outdoor
Minimum
Melting Time
Total
Clearing Time
Peak Let-Through
Current
Catalog
Number
3 15E 1 50 H Indoor 56353202 56353302 63931702 2CLE-15E

20E 1 50 H Indoor 56353202 56353302 63931702 2CLE-20E
3 25E 1 50 H Indoor 56353202 56353302 63931702 2CLE-25E
10E 1 50 H Indoor 53686104 53686204 63931704 2CLE-10E
3 30E 1 50 H Indoor 53686104 53686204 63931704 2CLE-30E
3 40E
50E
1
1
50
50
H
H
Indoor
Indoor
53686104
53686104
53686204
53686204
63931704
63931704
2CLE-40E
2CLE-50E
3 65E 1 50 H Indoor 53686104 53686204 63931704 2CLE-65E

80E 1 50 H Indoor 53686104 53686204 63931704 2CLE-80E
3 100E 1 50 H Indoor 53686104 53686204 63931704 2CLE-100E
125E 1 50 H Indoor 53686104 53686204 63931704 2CLE-125E
3 150E 1 50 H Indoor 53686104 53686204 63931704 2CLE-150E
3 200E
225E
1
1
50
50
H
H
Indoor
Indoor
53686104
53686104
53686204
53686204
63931704
63931704
2CLE-200E
2CLE-225E
3 250E 2 50 H Indoor 53690002 53690102 63931802 2CLE-250E

300E 2 50 H Indoor 53690002 53690102 63931802 2CLE-300E
3 350X 2 50 H Indoor 53690002 53690102 63931802 2CLE-350X
3
400X 2 50 H Indoor 53690002 53690102 63931802 2CLE-400X
450X 2 50 H Indoor 53690002 53690102 63931802 2CLE-450X
3
Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 2.75 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)
3 Live Parts
Mounting (Including End Fittings
3 (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2
Glass-Polyester
End Fittings) 2 (Disconnect Only)
Fuse Approximate
Porcelain Insulator Insulator
3 Ampere
Rating
Mounting
Type 1
Voltage
BIL (kV) Diameter
Clip
Center Length
Shipping
Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
3 15E–25E Non-disconnect
Disconnect
60
60
2.00 (50.8) 8.13 (206.5) 9.50 (241.3) 2 (0.91) 2CLE-PNM-C
2CLE-PDM-C
2CLE-GNM-C
2CLE-GDM-C
CLE-NL-C
CLE-DL-C
—
CLE-DF-C
3 10E–250E Non-disconnect 60 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 10.90 (276.9) 7 (3.18) 2CLE-PNM-D 2CLE-GNM-D CLE-NL-D —
Disconnect 60 2CLE-PDM-D 2CLE-GDM-D CLE-DL-D CLE-DF-D
3 300E–450E Non-disconnect 60 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 10.90 (276.9) 15 (6.81) 2CLE-PNM-E 2CLE-GNM-E CLE-NL-E —
3
Disconnect 60 2CLE-PDM-E 2CLE-GDM-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-E
Fuse Dimensional Details

3 Type CLE Fuse
3
CLE kV “L” “B” Dia.
"B" Dia. 15E–25E 9.50 (241.3) 2.00 (50.8)
3 "L"
10E–450E 10.90 (276.9) 3.00 (76.2)
Notes
3 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting.
3.31 2 End fittings supplied only when required.

Ref.
3 (84.1)
3 "L"
www.comoso.com
3.5
Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)
Performance Curves
3
Current Rating
(Amperes)
Barrel
Number
Interrupting Rating
rms (kA Sym.)
Heritage
Product
Indoor/
Outdoor
Minimum
Melting Time
Total
Clearing Time
Peak Let-Through
Current
Catalog
Number 3
3
15E 1 50 H Indoor 56353204 56353304 63931702 5CLE-15E
20E 1 50 H Indoor 56353204 56353304 63931702 5CLE-20E
25E 1 50 H Indoor 56353204 56353304 63931702 5CLE-25E
10E 1 63 — Indoor/outdoor 70548501 70548601 70548701 5CLE-10E-D 3
15E 1 63 — Indoor/outdoor 70548501 70548601 70548701 5CLE-15E-D
30E 1 63 — Indoor/outdoor 70548501 70548601 70548701 5CLE-30E 3
40E 1 50 — Indoor/outdoor 70545801 70545901 70546701 5CLE-40E
3
600E 2 40 — Indoor 62908902 62908903 62908904 5CLE-600E
750E
1100E
2
4
40
31
—
—
Indoor
Indoor
62908902
62908902
62908903
62908903
62908904
62908904
5CLE-750E
5CLE-1100E
3
1350E 4 31 — Indoor 62908902 62908903 62908904 5CLE-1350E
3
Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal) 3
Live Parts
Mounting
(Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2
(Including
End Fittings) 2
End Fittings
(Disconnect Only)
3
Ampere
Fuse
Mounting Voltage Clip
Approximate
Shipping Porcelain Insulator
Glass-Polyester
Insulator 3
Type 1
3
Rating BIL (kV) Diameter Center Length Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
10E-D–25E-D Non-disconnect 60 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 9 (4.09) 5CLE-PNM-D 5CLE-GNM-D CLE-NL-D —
30E–250E
15E–25E
Disconnect
Non-disconnect
60
60 2.00 (50.8) 11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 3 (1.36)
5CLE-PDM-D
5CLE-PNM-C
5CLE-GDM-D
5CLE-GNM-C
CLE-DL-D
CLE-NL-C
CLE-DF-D
—
3
3
Disconnect 60 5CLE-PDM-C 5CLE-GDM-C CLE-DL-C CLE-DF-C
300E–450E Non-disconnect 60 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 19 (8.63) 5CLE-PNM-E 5CLE-GNM-E CLE-NL-E —
3
Disconnect 60 5CLE-PDM-E 5CLE-GDM-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-E
600E and 750E Consult factory 60 4.00 (101.6) N/A N/A 40 (18.16) — — — —
1100E and 1350E Consult factory — 4.00 (101.6) N/A N/A 80 (36.32) — — — —
3
Fuse Dimensional Details
Type CLE Fuse
3
CLE kV “L” “B” Dia.
"B" Dia. 15E–25E 12.90 (327.7) 2.00 (50.8)
3
"L"
10E–450E 17.90 (454.7) 3.00 (76.2)
3
Notes
1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting.
3
3.31 2 End fittings supplied only when required.
Ref.
(84.1)
3
"L" 3
www.comoso.com

3 Performance Curves
3 Current Rating
(Amperes)
Barrel
Number
Interrupting Rating
rms (kA Sym.)
Heritage
Product
Indoor/
Outdoor
Minimum
Melting Time
Total
Clearing Time
Peak Let-Through
Current
Catalog
Number
3 15E
20E
1
1
50
50
H
H
Indoor
Indoor
56353204
56353204
56353304
56353304
63931703
63931703
8CLE-15E
8CLE-20E
3 25E 1 50 H Indoor 56353204 56353304 63931703 8CLE-25E

3 15E 1 50 — Indoor/outdoor 70548501 70548601 70548801 8CLE-15E-D
3 25E 1 50 — Indoor/outdoor 70548501 70548601 70548801 8CLE-25E-D
3 30E
40E
1
1
50
50
—
—
Indoor/outdoor
Indoor/outdoor
70548501
70546201
70548601
70546301
70548801
70547301
8CLE-30E
8CLE-40E
3 50E 1 50 — Indoor/outdoor 70546201 70546301 70547301 8CLE-50E

3

3 Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)

Live Parts
3 Mounting
(Including
End Fittings) 2
End Fittings
(Disconnect Only)
3 Ampere
Fuse
Approximate
Glass-Polyester
Insulator
Rating Type 1 BIL (kV) Diameter Center Length Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
3 15E–25E Non-disconnect 75 2.00 (50.8) 14.00 (355.6) 15.50 (393.7) 3 (1.36) 8CLE-PNM-C 8CLE-GNM-C CLE-NL-C —
3 Disconnect 75 8CLE-PDM-C 8CLE-GDM-C CLE-DL-C CLE-DF-C

10E-D–25E-D Non-disconnect 75 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 9 (4.09) 8CLE-PNM-D 8CLE-GNM-D CLE-NL-D —
3 30E–175E
Disconnect 75 8CLE-PDM-D 8CLE-GDM-D CLE-DL-D CLE-DF-D
200E–350E Non-disconnect 75 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 19 (8.63) 8CLE-PNM-E 8CLE-GNM-E CLE-NL-E —
3 Disconnect 75 8CLE-PDM-E 8CLE-GDM-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-E
3 Fuse Dimensional Details

3 Type CLE Fuse
3 CLE kV “L” “B” Dia.
3 "B" Dia. 15E–25E 15.50 (393.7) 2.00 (50.8)

10E–350E 17.90 (454.7) 3.00 (76.2)
3
"L"
Notes
1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting.
3 3.31
(84.1)
Ref.
2 End fittings supplied only when required.
3
"L"
3
3
www.comoso.com
3.5
Performance Curves
3
Current Rating
(Amperes)
Barrel
Number
Interrupting Rating
rms (kA Sym.)
Heritage
Product
Indoor/
Outdoor
Minimum
Melting Time
Total
Clearing Time
Peak Let-Through
Current
Catalog
Number 3
3
15E 1 31.5 H Indoor 56353204 56353304 63931703 15CLE-15E
20E 1 31.5 H Indoor 56353204 56353304 63931703 15CLE-20E
25E 1 31.5 H Indoor 56353204 56353304 63931703 15CLE-25E
80E 1 63 2 Indoor/outdoor 70546801 70546901 70547501 15CLE-80E 3
100E 1 63 2 Indoor/outdoor 70546801 70546901 70547501 15CLE-100E
125E 1 63 2 Indoor/outdoor 70546801 70546901 70547501 15CLE-125E 3
150E 1 63 2 Indoor/outdoor 70546801 70546901 70547501 15CLE-150E
175E 2 63 2
2
Indoor/outdoor 70547001 70547101 70547501 15CLE-175E 3
200E 2 63 Indoor/outdoor 70547001 70547101 70547501 15CLE-200E
250E 2 63 2
2
Indoor/outdoor 70547001 70547101 70547501 15CLE-250E 3
300E 2 63 Indoor/outdoor 70547001 70547101 70547501 15CLE-300E
80E 2 85 H2 Indoor 59878302 59878402 63931604 15CLE2-80E 3
100E 2 85 H2 Indoor 59878302 59878402 63931604 15CLE2-100E
125X
150E
2
3
85
50
H2
H2
Indoor
Indoor
59878302
59878302
59878402
59878402
63931604
63931604
15CLE2-125X
15CLE3-150E
3
175E/200X 3 50 H2 Indoor 59878302 59878402 63931604 15CLE3-175E/200X
3
Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal) 3
Live Parts
Mounting
(Including
End Fittings) 2
End Fittings
(Disconnect Only)
3
Ampere
Fuse
Approximate
Glass-Polyester
Insulator
3
3
Rating Type 1 BIL (kV) Diameter Center Length Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
15E–25E Non-disconnect 95 2.00 (50.8) 20.00 (508.0) 21.50 (546.1) 4.5 (2.04) 15CLE-PNM-C 15CLE-GNM-C CLE-NL-D —
Disconnect
110
95
15CLE-HPNM-C
15CLE-PDM-C
—
15CLE-GDM-C
—
CLE-DL-C
—
CLE-DF-C
3
10E-D–25E-D Non-disconnect
110
95 3.00 (76.2) 20.00 (508.0) 23.90 (607.1) 11 (4.99)
15CLE-HPDM-C
15CLE-PNM-D
—
15CLE-GNM-D
—
CLE-NL-D
—
—
3
30E–150E
3
110 15CLE-HPM-D — — —
Disconnect 95 15CLE-PDM-D 15CLE-GNM-D CLE-DL-D CLE-DF-D
3
110 15CLE-HPDM-D — — —
175E–300E

Volume 4 Circuit Protection

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Volume 4 Circuit Protection

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Electrical Sector Solutions

Volume 4 Circuit Protection

© 2010 Eaton Corporation

Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Terms and Conditions

Technical and Descriptive Publications

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Copyright ©2014 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

Using the Eaton Catalog Library

Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—June 2013 www.eaton.com i

ii Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

1 Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers 1 Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out

1 QPHW P 15–100 2, 3 240 — 14b — — 22,000 — — — V4-T1-6

Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers 1 Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out, continued

1 QCHGF C, GF 15–30 2 120/240 — — — 22,000 — — — — V4-T1-29

V4-T1-6 Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—August 2013 www.eaton.com

Protectors, Types QCGF, QCHGF, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP V4-T1-28

Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—5 mA Sensitivity

1 2 5 5.00 (2.3) 15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)

V4-T1-10 Volume 4—Circuit Protection CA08100005E—August 2013 www.eaton.com

1 2 For special low-magnetic breaker, order BAB1015L1 or BAB1020L1.

● HID ratings for HID (High

1 Neutral Two 120V

1 QUICKLAG Type: QBHGF 22,000A Interrupting Capacity

QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14

QUICKLAG Type: QCHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers

1 15 QCHW1015 1 QCHW2015 QCHW2015H QCHW3015H QCHW4015H

1 50 QCHW1050 QCHW2050 QCHW2050H QCHW3050H QCHW4050H

1 90 — QCHW2090 QCHW2090H QCHW3090H QCHW4090H

1 40 QHCX1040 QHCX2040 — QHCX3040H —

1 70 QHCX1070 QHCX2070 — QHCX3070H —

1 20 QHCW1020 1 QHCW2020 — QHCW3020H —

QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14

a spring-loaded release. industrial applications where

QCF Breaker Catalog Numbers 123

1 QCF Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings

1 25 QCF1025 QCF2025 QCF2025H QCF3025H

1 (#10–32 plus/minus terminal screw provided).

1 Contact the Customer Support Center.

QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14

1 QUICKLAG Ground Fault

1 25 10,000 — — BABRP1025 25 10,000 — BRRP125

QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-14

Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams

1 GHQRSP 15–20 Slotted Clamp #14–#4 AWG

1 Dimensions per Pole

1 GHQRSP 1.00 (25.4) 4.63 (117.6) 2.81 (71.4)

1 3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

1 40 BAB1040HE BAB2040HE BAB3040HE

1 100 — BAB2100HE BAB3100HE

1 Breaker Catalog Numbers—Ground Fault Single-Pole 30 mA Sensitivity

1 Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . .

Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . V4-T1-34

Breaker Catalog Numbers, continued

1 QUICKLAG Type: HQP Non-Automatic Switches

1 100 BAB1100N — BAB2100N BAB3100N

1 QUICKLAG Type: QCD Non-Automatic Switches

QUICKLAG Type P, B—single-, two- and three-pole (off only) 10 QL123PLOFF

1 QCFCLIP QUICKLAG Type C face mounting clip 24 QCFCLIP

Factory Modifications and Installed Terminals

1 Shunt trip (requires one extra pole space on right side)

1 Marine duty QUICKLAG Types P, B, C H08

1 400 Hz calibration QUICKLAG Types P, B, C G

determine the optimal protection by reducing current Type B: 5 I : t < 0.1 s